NKK Switches Complete Catalog PDF

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 916

New Products

SmartSwitch Frameless OLED Pushbutton


Full Screen, high definition programmable pushbutton switch. Features
contrast and resolution of 96x64 pixels in a compact screen. Range of
over 65,000 colors. Guaranteed operating life of 50,000 hours minimum.
Consists of dust tight construction with low energy consumption.

SmartSwitch Wide View Switches


LCD 64 x 32 high resolution pushbuttons, compact pushbutton and
display with larger screen, narrow frame, superior visibility. Standard
pushbuttons, compact pushbuttons or display with wider view and
36 x 24 resolution.

What is a SmartSwitch?
SmartSwitch products combine a pushbutton or rocker switch with a programmable OLED or LCD
display for a space saving, simplified, multi-function device.

Why SmartSwitch?
• Simplify complex, multi-decision operations
• Reduce panel space, installation time and cost
• Smallest off-the-shelf OLED and LCD devices

Series KP, NP01, & UB2 with Alternating Legands


Bicolor LED illumination paired with alternating legends allows for a
multitude of customized legend display options. New super bright
bicolors Red/Green or Amber/Blue.
Series M Dual Seal Waterproof Toggle
Superb quality and construction design eliminates the need for a
separate waterproof boot. Dual seal provides increased protection
against wet environments and debris. Polished, chrome-plated
actuator delivers in terms of sleek design and functionality.

Series SK Antistatic Snap-in Keylock


Totally sealed quality construction with internal o-ring, gasket between
base and housing and insert-molded terminals provide increased
protection. Housing and bushing of high insulating material withstands
over 15 kilovolts of electrostatic discharge.

Series UB Alternating Legands


Bicolors red/green and amber/blue with alternating standard or custom
legands. Super bright LED provides brilliant uniform illumination. Small
behind panel dimension for easy snap-in mounting in tight spaces.

Series YB2 Panel Seal Pushbuttons


Innovative new caps with the look of classic, elegant stainless steel
when nonilluminated. Features LED color or legands when illuminated.
Antistatic properties with enhanced durability against environmental
concerns. Meets IP65 of IEC60529 standards.
Contents by Type
Toggles Section A
Toggles

A A Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4 M Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A48


B Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12 M2100 Series Illuminated . . . . . . A80
B Series Illuminated . . . . . . . . . . A20 M2T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A88
Rockers

B D2 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A24 P Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A96


G Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A34 S Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A100
G Series Illuminated . . . . . . . . . . A38 TL Series Illuminated . . . . . . . . A126
Pushbuttons

C G3T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A42 WT Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A132


Rockers Section B
Programmable Illuminated PB

A Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B4 LW Series Illuminated. . . . . . . . . B56


D CW Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B12 M Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B62
CWSB Series Illuminated . . . . . . B18 M2100 Series Illuminated . . . . . . B92
CWSC Series Illuminated . . . . . . B22 M2T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B98
G Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B28 MLW Series Illuminated. . . . . . . B106
E GW Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B32 P Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B114
GW Series Illuminated . . . . . . . . B36 SW Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B120
JW Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B40 WR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B124
Keylocks

F JWS Series Illum & Nonillum . . . . B50


Pushbuttons Section C
AB Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C6 M2B Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C64
Rotaries

G BB Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C12 MB2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . C72


DB Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C18 MB2400 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . C96
EB Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C24 MB2500 Series . . . . . . . . . . . C116
Slides

H FB Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C38 SB Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C128


GB Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C44 SB4011 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . C38
GB2 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C48 SCB Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C131
G3B Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C52 WB Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C134
Tactiles

J JP Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C58
Illuminated Pushbuttons Section D
K FP01 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D4 LP01 Series Illum & Nonillum . . . . D68
Tilt

GB Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D8 NP01 Series Illum & Nonillum. . . . D74


HB Series Illum & Nonillum . . . . . D12 UB Series Illum & Nonillum . . . . . D80
HB2 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D18 UB2 Series Illum & Nonillum . . . . D92
L
Touch

KB Series Illum & Nonillum. . . . . . D22 YB Series Illum & Nonillum . . . . D104
KP Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D36 YB2 Series Illum & Nonillum . . . D118
LB Series Illum & Nonillum . . . . . . D48
Indicators

M SmartSwitch Programmable Switches & Displays Section E


Frameless OLED Pushbutton . . . . . E4 LCD 64 x 32 Compact Pushbutton .E28
Accessories

OLED Pushbutton . . . . . . . . . . . . . E8 LCD 36 x 24 Pushbutton . . . . . . . E35


Y OLED Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E8 LCD 36 x 24 Display . . . . . . . . . E39
OLED Rocker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E15 LCD 36 x 24 Compact Pushbutton .E41
LCD 64 x 32 Pushbutton . . . . . . . E22 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E48
Supplement

Z LCD 64 x 32 Display . . . . . . . . . E26

ii www.nkkswitches.com
Contents by Type
Keylocks Section F

Toggles
CK Series High Security . . . . . . . . F3 SK Series Process Sealed, PCB . . . F19
A
SK Series Low, Medium Security . . . F9 SK Series Antistatic, Snap-in . . . . . F25
SK Series Antistatic, PCB Mount . . F15

Rockers
B
Rotaries Section G
FR01 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G4 MRB Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G28

Pushbuttons
FR02 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G12 ND Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G34 C
HS Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G46 ND3 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G38
MR Series Logic Level . . . . . . . . G16 PS Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G46

Programmable Illuminated PB
MR Series Power Level . . . . . . . . G22 TS Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G46
D
Slides Section H
AS Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H4 MS Series Illuminated. . . . . . . . . H38
CS Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10 SM Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H42 E
FS Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H14 SS Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H44
JS01 & JS03 Series . . . . . . . . . . H18 SS Series Illuminated. . . . . . . . . . H49

Keylocks
JS02 & JS04 Series . . . . . . . . . . H24 SS3 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H53
F
MS Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H30

Tactiles Section J

Rotaries
CB Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J4 JB Series Illuminated . . . . . . . . . . J28 G
CB3 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J8 JF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J34
HP02 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J12 JF Series Illuminated . . . . . . . . . . . J40

Slides
HP03 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J16 JL Series Illuminated . . . . . . . . . . . J46 H
JB Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J20

Tilt Switches Section K

Tactiles
DSA Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K3 DSB Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K3 J
Touch Screens & Membranes Section L
FT Series Touch Screens . . . . . . . . L3 FM Series Membranes . . . . . . . . . L15 K

Tilt
Indicators Section M
Matching Indicators for Series: A, G, HB, JF, KB, LB, P01 (MLW), UB, UB2, YB . . . M2
L Touch
Accessories & Hardware Section Y
Adaptors, Bezels, Boots, Caps, Hardware, Keys, Knobs, Lamps, Mounters, O-rings,
Indicators

Paddles, Protective Covers & Guards, Rockers, Sockets, Tools . . . . . . . . . . Y1 - Y34 M


Supplement Section Z
Accessories

Product Safety Precautions, In-House Standard Test Methods, General Tolerances,


Materials & Conversions, Electrical Ratings, Lamps & LEDs, Ballast Resistors, Processing Y
Data, Standards & Approvals, Terms & Acronyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Z1 - Z27
Supplement

Product Overview . . . . . . . Z28 - Z29 Index by Model No. . . . . . Z30 - Z33


Z
www.nkkswitches.com iii
Contents by Series
Series Description Section/Page Series Description Section/Page

A Subminiature/Toggle/Process Seal A4 G Ultra-miniature/Illum Toggle/Process Seal/PC Mnt A38


A Subminiature/Rocker/Process Seal B4 G Ultra-miniature/Rocker/Process Seal/PC Mount B28
A Subminiature/Indicator/PC Mount M3 G Ultra-miniature/Indicator/PC Mount M5

AB Subminiature/Pushbutton/Process Seal C6 GB Ultra-miniature/Pushbutton/Process Seal/PC Mnt C44


GB Ultra-miniature/Illum Plunger/Process Seal/PC Mnt D8
AS Subminiature/Slide/PC Mount H4 GB2 Ultra-thin/Pushbutton/PC Mount C48

AT Accessories & Hardware Y2 G3B Ultra-miniature/Process Seal Pushbutton/SMT C52


G3T Ultra-miniature/Process Seal Toggle/SMT A42
B Subminiature/Toggle/Antistatic/Process Seal A12
B Subminiature/Fully Illuminated Toggle/Process Seal A20 GW Ultra-thin/Rocker/PC Mount B32
BB Subminiature/Pushbutton/Antistatic/Process Seal C12 GW Ultra-thin/Fully Illuminated Paddle/PC Mount B36

CB 6mm/Process Seal Tactile/Through-Hole Mount J4 HB Subminiature/Illum & Nonillum PB/Panel Mount D12
CB3 6mm/Process Seal Tactile/SMT J8 HB Subminiature/Indicator/Panel Mount M6

CK 16 & 19mm Hi Security Keylock/Bushing Mount F3 HB2 Subminiature/Audio-Video Pushbutton/PC Mount D18

CS Miniature/Slide/Antistatic/PC Mount H10 HP02 6mm Tactile/Through-hole Mount J12


HP03 6mm Tactile/SMT J16
CW Miniature/Power Rocker/Snap-in/Panel Mount B12
CWSB Miniature/Power Rocker/Neon Lighted B18 HS Standard Size/Rotary/6 & 12 amp/1-6 Pole G46
CWSC Miniature/Power Rocker/LED Lighted B22
IS Programmable/Frameless OLED Pushbutton/96 x 64 E4
D2 Miniature/Toggle/Light Duty A24 IS Programmable/OLED Pushbutton/64 x 48 E8
IS Programmable/OLED Display/52 x 36 E8
DB Miniature/Pushbutton/Light Touch C18 IS Programmable/OLED Rocker/96 x 64 E15
IS Programmable/Pushbutton/LCD 64 x 32 E22
DSA Mercury-free/Sealed/Tilt Switch K3 IS Programmable/Display/LCD 64 x 32 E26
IS Programmable/Compact Pushbutton/LCD 64 x 32 E28
DSB Contactless/Photo Interrupter/Sealed/Tilt Switch K3 IS Programmable/Pushbutton/LCD 36 x 24 E35
IS Programmable/Display/LCD 36 x 24 E39
EB Miniature/Light Touch Pushbutton/Panel Mount C24 IS Programmable/Compact Pushbutton/LCD 36 x 24 E43
EB Miniature/Light Touch Pushbutton/Snap-in Mount C30
JB Low Profile/Tactile/Process Seal J20
FB Subminiature/Pushbutton/Panel Mount C38 JB Low Profile/Illuminated Tactile/Process Seal J28

FM Illum, 12 or 16 Keys/Nonillum, 4 or 16/Membrane L15 JF Ultra-thin/Tactile/Process Seal J34


JF Ultra-thin/Illuminated Tactile/Process Seal J40
FP01 Contactless/Illuminated Pushbutton/Snap-in Mount D4 JF Ultra-thin/Indicator/Process Seal M8

FR01 10mm Ultra-Thin/DIP Rotary/Through-hole G4 JL Ultra-thin/Illuminated Tactile/PC Mount J46


FR02 10mm Ultra-Thin/DIP Rotary/SMT G12
JP TV Rated/Pushbutton/Snap-in Mount C58
FS Miniature/Slide/High Frequency/PC Mount H14
JS01 DIP Slide/Through-hole/Standard Actuator H18
FT Resistive/5-Wire, 4-Wire & Digital/Touch Screen L3 JS02 DIP Slide/SMT/Standard Actuator H24
JS03 DIP Slide/Through-hole/Piano Actuator H18
G Ultra-miniature/Toggle/Process Seal/PC Mount A34 JS04 DIP Slide/SMT/Piano Actuator H24

iv www.nkkswitches.com
Contents by Series
Series Description Section/Page Series Description Section/Page

JWL TV Rated/16 Amp Rocker/Snap-in Mount B40


JWM TV Rated/10 Amp Rocker/Snap-in Mount B40 P01 Miniature/Indicator/for MLW Series M19
JWS 10 Amp Rocker/Snap-in Mount B50
PS Standard Size/Rotary/30 Amp/1-5 Pole G46
KB Miniature/Illum, Nonillum Pushbutton/Panel Mount D22
KB Miniature/Indicator/Panel Mount M9 S Standard Size/Toggle/Low Capacity A101
S Standard Size/Toggle/Medium Capacity A103
KP Illuminated Audio-Video Pushbutton D36 S Standard Size/Toggle/Medium-High Capacity A108
S Standard Size/Toggle/High Capacity A119
LB Standard Size/Illum, Nonillum PB/Panel Mount D48
LB Standard Size/Illum, Nonillum PB/Panel Seal D59 SB Standard Size/Pushbutton/Low-Medium Capacity C128
LB Standard Size/Indicator/Panel Mount M14
SB40 Miniature/Pushbutton/Panel Mount C38
LP01 Short Body/Illum, Nonillum PB/Panel Mount D68
SCB Standard Size/Pushbutton/Snap Action C131
LW Standard Size/Dual Lamp Rocker/Power Rated B56
LW Standard Size/Illuminated Rocker/Hi Capacity B61 SK 12mm Low & Med Security Keylock/Bushing Mnt F9
SK Subminiature Keylock/Antistatic/Process Seal F15
M Miniature/Toggle/Multi-function A48 SK Miniature Keylock/Process Seal F19
M Miniature/Rocker & Paddle/Multi-function B62 SK Miniature Keylock/Antistatic/Snap-in/Custom F25

M2B Miniature/Pushbutton/Process Seal C64 SM Ultra-miniature/Slide/PC Mount H42

M2T Miniature/Toggle/Process Seal A88 SS Ultra-miniature/Slide/PC Mount H44


M2T Miniature/Rocker & Paddle/Process Seal B98 SS Ultra-miniature/Illuminated Slide/PC Mount H49

M2100 Miniature/LED Tip Toggle A80 SS3 Ultra-miniature/Slide/SMT H53


M2100 Miniature/LED Tip Rocker & Paddle B92
SW Standard Size/Rockers/Medium Capacity B120
MB2000 Miniature/Pushbutton/Momentary & Alternate Action C72 SW Standard Size/Rockers/High Capacity B122

MB2400 Miniature/Pushbutton/Light Touch/Momentary C96 TL Miniature/Illuminated Toggle/Panel Mount A126

MB2500 Miniature/Pushbutton/Light Touch/Momentary C116 TS Standard Size/Rotary/6 Amp/1-5 Pole G46

MLW Miniature/Illuminated Rocker, Paddle/Power Rated B106 UB Low Profile/Illum, Nonillum PB/PC & Snap-in D80
UB Low Profile/Indicator/PC & Snap-in M21
MR Rotary/Logic Level/1/2” Diameter/Process Seal G16
MR Rotary/Power Level/1/2” Diameter/Enclosed G22 UB2 Low Profile/Illum, Nonillum PB/PC & Snap-in D92
MRB Rotary/Process Seal/Logic Level/PC Mount G28 UB2 Low Profile/Indicator/PC & Snap-in M26

MS Miniature/Slide/Power & Logic Level H30 WB Std Size/Pushbutton/Environmentally Sealed C134


MS Miniature/Illuminated Slide/Power Level H38 WR Standard Size/Rocker/Environmentally Sealed B124
WT Standard Size/Toggle/Environmentally Sealed A132
ND 8mm DIP Rotary/Process Seal/Binary Coded G34
ND3 8mm DIP Rotary/SMT/Binary Coded G38 YB Short Body/Illum, Nonillum PB/Panel Mount D104
YB Short Body/Indicator/Panel Mount M29
NP01 Submini/Illumin PB/Smooth Actuation/PC Mount D74
YB2 22mm/Short Body/Illuminated PB/Panel Mount D118
P Standard Size/Toggle/Panel Mount A96
P Standard Size/Rocker & Paddle/Panel Mount B114

www.nkkswitches.com v
Switch Selection Guide
TOGGLES - SECTION A
MOUNTING TERMINALS
PROCESS
MAXIMUM RATING SIZE PC Bush- Snap- Two Solder Quick Wire- SMT SEAL SERIES PAGE NO.
PC Screw
Board ing in Screw Lug Connect Wrap Gull Wing
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • • • G A34
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • • • G Illum A38
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • • G3T A42
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC submini • • • A A4
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC submini • • • B A12
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC submini • • • B Illum A20
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • • • • M A48
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • M2T A88
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • • • M2100 A80
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • TL A126
0.4VA @ 48V AC/DC miniature • • • D2 A24
6A @ 125V AC miniature • • • • • • M A48
6A @ 125V AC miniature • • • M2T A88
6A @ 125V AC miniature • • • • • M2100 A80
6A @ 125V AC miniature • • TL A126
10A @ 125V AC standard • • • • • P A96
10A @ 125V AC standard • • wire lead • WT A132
5A @ 125V AC standard • • S Low Cap A101
15~20A @ 125V AC standard • • • S Med Cap A103
15~25A @ 125V AC standard • • • • S Med/Hi A108
30~50A @ 125V AC standard • • S Hi Cap A119
30A @ 125V AC/DC standard • • S AC/DC A119

ROCKERS - SECTION B
MOUNTING TERMINALS
PROCESS
PC Bush- Snap- Two Solder Quick Wire-
MAXIMUM RATING SIZE PC Screw SEAL SERIES PAGE NO.
Board ing in Screw Lug Connect Wrap
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • • • G B28
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • • GW B32
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • • GW Illum B36
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC submini • • • A B4
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • • • • • M B62
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • M2T B98
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • • • • M2100 B92
3A @ 250V AC miniature • • CWT B12
5A @ 125V AC miniature • • MLW B106
6A @ 125V AC miniature • • CWT B12
6A @ 125V AC miniature • • • • • • • M B62
6A @ 125V AC miniature • • • M2T B98
6A @ 125V AC miniature • • • • • • M2100 B92
6A @ 125/250V AC miniature • • • JWS B50
6A @ 250V AC miniature • • • • • CWS B12
9A @ 125V AC miniature • • • CWSB Illum B18
9A @ 125V AC miniature • • • CWSC Illum B22
10A @ 125V AC standard • • • • P B114
10A @ 125V AC standard • • LW B56
10A @ 125/250V AC miniature • • • JWS B50
10A @ 125/250V AC standard • • • JWM B40
15A @ 125/250V AC standard • • • wire lead • WR B124
16A @ 125/250V AC standard • • • JWL B40
20A @ 110V AC standard • • LW B56
15~20A @ 125V AC standard • • SW Med B120
30A @ 125V AC/DC standard • • SW Hi Cap B122

vi www.nkkswitches.com
Switch Selection Guide
PUSHBUTTONS - SECTION C
MOUNTING TERMINALS
PROCESS
MAXIMUM RATING SIZE PC Bush- Snap- Two Solder Quick Wire- SMT SERIES PAGE NO.
PC Screw SEAL
Board ing in Screw Lug Connect Wrap Gull Wing
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • • • GB C44
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • • GB2 C48
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • • G3B C52
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC submini • • • AB C6
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC submini • • • BB C12
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • DB C18
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • • • EB C24
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC submini • turret FB C38
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • M2B C64
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • • • • • MB2000 C72
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • • • • MB2400 C96
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • • • MB2500 C116
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • SB4011 C38
500mA @ 125V AC submini • turret FB C38
1A @ 125V AC miniature • • • M2B C64
3A @ 125V AC miniature • • • • • EB C24
3A @ 125V AC miniature • • • • • • MB2400 C96
3A @ 125V AC miniature • • • • • MB2500 C116
3A @ 125V AC miniature • • SB4011 C38
6A @ 125V AC miniature • • • • • • • MB2000 C72
6A @ 125V AC standard • • wire lead • WB C134
10A @ 125/250V AC standard • • • JPM C58
15A @ 125V AC standard • • • SB C128
15A @ 125V AC standard • • SCB C131
16A @ 125/250V AC standard • • • JPL C58

ILLUMINATED PUSHBUTTONS - SECTION D


MOUNTING TERMINALS
PROCESS SERIES PAGE NO.
PC Bush- Snap- Two Solder Quick Wire-
MAXIMUM RATING SIZE PC Screw SEAL
Board ing in Screw Lug Connect Wrap
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • • GB D8
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC submini • • HB2 D18
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC submini • • NP01 D74
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • • • KB D22
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • • UB D80
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • • UB2 D92
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • • • YB D104
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC standard • • • • • • LB D48
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC standard • • • • YB2 D118
0.1A @ 30V AC/DC submini • • HB D12
100mA @ 12V DC miniature • • KP D36
1A @ 125/250V AC miniature • • • • • KB D22
3A @ 125/250V AC miniature • • • • • YB D104
3A @ 125/250V AC miniature • • • • LP01 D68
3A @ 125/250V AC standard • • • • • • LB D48
3A @ 125/250V AC standard • • • • YB2 D118
5A @ 125/250V AC miniature • • • • UB D80
5A @ 125/250V AC miniature • • • • UB2 D92
5V Photo Interrupter standard • * FP01 D4
* See FP01 Series for connector options

www.nkkswitches.com vii
Switch Selection Guide
SMARTSWITCH PROGRAMMABLE - SECTION E
MOUNTING TERMINALS
MAXIMUM RATING SIZE LCD OLED RESOLUTION PC Snap- SERIES PAGE
PC
(PIXELS) Board in NO.
PUSHBUTTON
100mA @ 12V DC standard • 96 x 64 • • IS E4
100mA @ 12V DC standard • 64 x 48 • • IS E8
100mA @ 12V DC standard • 64 x 32 • • IS E22
100mA @ 12V DC compact • 64 x 32 • • IS E28
100mA @ 12V DC standard • 36 x 24 • *• • IS E35
100mA @ 12V DC compact • 36 x 24 • • IS E41
standard • 52 x 36 IS E8
DISPLAY standard • 64 x 32 IS E26
standard • 36 x 24 IS E39
ROCKER
3VA maximum DC • 96 x 64 • IS E15
* Mounting option with Panel Mount Housing

KEYLOCKS - SECTION F
MAXIMUM RATING SIZE MOUNTING INDEXING TERMINALS POSITIONS PROCESS SEAL SERIES PAGE NO.
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC submini PC Board 45° PC 3 • SK F15
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC submini PC Board 45° PC 5 • SK F15
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature PC Board 90° PC 2 • SK F19
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature PC Board 45° PC 3 • SK F19
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature Snap-in 45° Solder Lug 3 SK F25
3A @ 125V AC miniature Bushing 45° Solder Lug 3 SK F9
3A @ 125V AC miniature Bushing 90° Solder Lug 2 SK F9
3A @ 250V AC standard Bushing 90° Solder Lug 2 CK F3
3A @ 250V AC standard Bushing 45° Solder Lug 3 CK F3

ROTARIES - SECTION G
MOUNTING INDEXING TERMINALS
PROCESS
MAXIMUM RATING SIZE PC Bush- Solder SMT SERIES PAGE NO.
Step Size PC Screw SEAL
Board ing Lug Gull Wing
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • 30° • • MRF G16
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • 30° • • MRK G16
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • 45° & 90° • • MRB G28
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • 60° turret MRY G22
100mA @ 5/50V DC ultra-mini • 22.5° & 36° • • ND G34
100mA @ 5/50V DC ultra-mini 22.5° & 36° • • ND3 G38
100mA @ 5/50V DC submini • • 22.5° & 36° • FR01 G4
100mA @ 5/50V DC submini 22.5° & 36° • FR02 G12
250mA @ 125V AC miniature • • 30° • • MRA G16
1A @ 30V DC miniature • 45° turret MRX G22
2A @ 30V DC miniature • 60° turret MRY G22
2A @ 125V AC miniature • 45° turret MRX G22
3A @ 30V DC miniature • 60° • MRT23 G22
3A @ 125V AC miniature • 60° turret MRY G22
4A @ 30V DC miniature • 120° • MRT22 G22
5A @ 125V AC miniature • 60° • MRT23 G22
6A @ 125V AC standard • 45° • HS13 G46
6A @ 125/250V AC standard • 30° • TS G46
10A @ 125V AC miniature • 120° • MRT22 G22
12A @ 125V AC standard • 30° • HS16 G46
30A @ 125/250V AC standard • 30° • PS G46

viii www.nkkswitches.com
Switch Selection Guide
SLIDES - SECTION H
MOUNTING TERMINALS
PROCESS
MAXIMUM RATING SIZE PC Bush- Snap- Two Solder Quick Wire- SMT SERIES PAGE NO.
PC Screw SEAL
Board ing in Screw Lug Connect Wrap Gull Wing
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • • SS H44
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • SS3 H53
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC submini • • AS H4
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • FS H14
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • • MS H30
1.0mA @ 10mV AC/DC ultra-mini • • SM H42
25mA @ 24V DC ultra-mini • • JS01, JS03 H18
25mA @ 24V DC ultra-mini • JS02, JS04 H24
0.1A @ 12V DC ultra-mini • SS3 H53
0.1A @ 30V DC ultra-mini • • SS H44
0.1A @ 30V DC ultra-mini • • SS Illum H49
0.1A @ 50V DC ultra-mini • • JS01, JS03 H18
0.1A @ 50V DC ultra-mini • JS02, JS04 H24
500mA @ 12V DC ultra-mini • • SM H42
3A @ 125V AC miniature • • CS H10
6A @ 125V AC miniature • • • • MS H30
6A @ 125V AC miniature • • • • MS Illum H38

TACTILES - SECTION J
MOUNTING TERMINALS
PROCESS
MAXIMUM RATING SIZE PC Bush- Snap- Two Solder Quick Wire- SMT SERIES PAGE NO.
PC Screw SEAL
Board ing in Screw Lug Connect Wrap Gull Wing
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • • HP02 J12
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • HP03 J16
3VA @ 28V DC ultra-mini • • HP02 J12
3VA @ 28V DC ultra-mini • HP03 J16
50mA @ 24V DC ultra-mini • • • CB J4
50mA @ 24V DC ultra-mini • • CB3 J8
50mA @ 24V DC submini • • • JF J34
50mA @ 24V DC submini • • JF Illum J40
50mA @ 24V DC submini • • • JB J20
50mA @ 24V DC submini • • • JB Illum J28
50mA @ 24V DC submini • • JL J46
125mA @ 24V DC submini • • • JB J20
125mA @ 24V DC submini • • • JB Illum J28

TILT SWITCHES - SECTION K


MOUNTING TERMINALS
PC Bush- Snap- Two Solder Quick Wire- PROCESS
MAXIMUM RATING SIZE PC Screw SERIES PAGE NO.
Board ing in Screw Lug Connect Wrap SEAL
0.1A @ 12V DC miniature • • DSA K3
5V Photo Interrupter submini • • • DSB K3

www.nkkswitches.com ix
Switch Selection Guide
TOUCH SCREENS - SECTION L

MAXIMUM RATING TECHNOLOGY INPUT METHOD *STANDARD SCREEN SIZES SERIES PAGE NO.

5.5V DC 5-Wire Resistive 10.4” ~ 15.0” FT L3


Finger, Gloved Finger
or Stylus
4-Wire Resistive 5.7” ~ 15.0” FT L8
1mA @ 5V DC (resistive load)
Digital Finger 5.7” FT L14

* Custom sizes available; contact factory for more information.

MEMBRANE SWITCH KEYPADS - SECTION L

NUMBER OF SURFACE SHEET


MAXIMUM RATING ILLUMINATION
KEYS Black Gray Overlay SERIES PAGE NO.

4 •

4 •
Nonilluminated
16 •
20mA @ 24V DC FM L15
16 •

Dot Illuminated 12 Gray Surface Sheet


with with Embossed White
Overlay 16 Keypad & Gray Legends

x www.nkkswitches.com
Contents Toggles
Toggles

A
A Series...........................................A4
0.4VA Logic Level; Process Sealed
Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC
Rockers

PCB Mount

B Series.........................................A12
Pushbuttons

Antistatic; Process Sealed


0.4VA Logic Level
Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC
PCB Mount
Programmable Illuminated PB

B Series Illuminated..........................A20
Subminiature Fully Illuminated; Process Sealed
0.4VA Logic Level
Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC
PCB Mount

D2 Series.......................................A24
Keylocks

0.4VA Logic Level


Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC
PCB Mount
Rotaries

G Series ........................................A34
Ultra-Miniature; Process Sealed
0.4VA Logic Level
Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC
Slides

PCB Mount

G Series Illuminated .........................A38


Tactiles

Ultra-Miniature Fully Illuminated


0.4VA Logic Level
Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC
PCB Mount
Tilt

G3T Series.....................................A42
Ultra-Miniature; Process Sealed SMT
0.4VA Logic Level
Touch

Gull-wing Terminals
Upright & Right Angle Mount

M Series........................................A48
Indicators

Dual Seal Waterproof, IP67 Rated


6A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
12mm Bushing, Solder Lug Terminals
Accessories

M Series........................................A52
Bushing Mount
6A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Supplement

Solder Lug, Quick Connect, Straight PC, & Wirewrap

A2 www.nkkswitches.com
Toggles Contents

Toggles
M Series........................................A64 A
Straight PC with Bracket
6A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level

Rockers
PCB Mount

M Series........................................A70

Pushbuttons
Right Angle & Vertical PC
6A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
PCB Mount

Programmable Illuminated PB
M2100 Series Illuminated.................A80
6A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
LED Tipped Toggle
Solder Lug, Quick Connect, & PC
Bushing, Flat Frame & Snap-in Mount

Keylocks
M2T Series ....................................A88
Process Sealed
6A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level

Rotaries
Straight, Right Angle, Vertical, & Extended PC
PCB Mount

P Series .........................................A96

Slides
Internationally Approved
10A Power Level
Solder Lug, Straight PC, & Quick Connect

Tactiles
Bushing Mount

S Series .......................................A100

Tilt
5A to 50A Low, Medium, & High Capacity
Solder Lug, Quick Connect, & Screw Lug
Bushing Mount

Touch

TL Series Illuminated .......................A126


6A Power Level or 0.4VA Logic Level
Indicators

Translucent Toggle with Bright or Super Bright LED


Solder Lug; Bushing Mount
Accessories

WT Series....................................A132
Environmentally Sealed
10A Power Level
Solder Lug, Screw Lug, & Wire Lead
Supplement

Bushing Mount

www.nkkswitches.com A3
Series A Process Sealed Subminiature Toggles
Toggles

A
General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Logic Level: 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons

(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)


Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB

Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum


Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 100,000 operations minimum for On-None-On & On-Off-On
50,000 operations minimum for other circuits
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 1.47N (momentary); 1.18N (maintained) for .394” (10.0mm) toggles
2.73N (momentary); 1.84N (maintained) for all other toggles
Keylocks

Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)


Angle of Throw: 26°

Materials & Finishes


Rotaries

Toggle: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide for antistatic; nickel plated brass for all others
Case Housing: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Support Bracket: Tin plated phosphor bronze
Movable Contact: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Slides

Stationary Contacts: Brass with gold plating


Terminals: Brass with gold plating
Tactiles

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range
& returning in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Tilt

Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)

PCB Processing
Touch

Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended. See Profile A in Supplement section.


Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Cleaning: Automated cleaning. See Cleaning Specifications in Supplement section.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


The A Series toggles have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
Accessories

When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement

A4 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Toggles Series A

Toggles
A
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Subminiature size saves space on PC boards.

Pushbuttons
Specifically developed for logic-level applications.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Totally sealed body construction prevents contact contamination
and allows time- and money-saving automated soldering and
cleaning.

Award-winning STC contact mechanism with


benefits unavailable in conventional mechanisms:
smoother, positive detent actuation, increased
contact stability and unparalleled logic-level

Keylocks
reliability. (Additional STC details in Terms &
Acronyms; see Supplement contents.)

Molded-in, epoxy sealed or ultrasonically

Rotaries
welded terminals lock out flux, solvents,
and other contaminants.

Slides
.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm) terminal
spacing conforms to standard PC board grid
spacing.

Tactiles
Toggle option in antistatic material available for
dissipating electrostatic discharges.

Tilt
Matching indicators available.

Touch

Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A5
Series A Process Sealed Subminiature Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE


Rockers

A 1 2 J V
Pushbuttons
Programmable Illuminated PB

Poles Toggles Optional Caps


SPST A .394” (10.0mm) Bat G .394” (10.0mm) Bat Lever Cap
1
SPDT
J .248” (6.3mm) Bat J .248” (6.3mm) Bat Lever Cap
DPDT
2 J2 .248” (6.3mm) Antistatic Bat
SP3T
E .394” (10.0mm) Flatted Paddles
H .248” (6.3mm) Flatted A Short Paddle for K Toggle
K Snap Top for A or B Paddle B Long Paddle for K Toggle
Keylocks

Circuits
1 OFF NONE ON
PC Terminals Cap Paddle
Rotaries

2 ON NONE ON
P Straight Colors Colors
3 ON OFF ON A Black A
B Straight with Bracket
5 ON NONE (ON) B White B
Straight with Inline Bracket
B1
R (ON) NONE ON (Single Pole only) C Red C
Slides

8 (ON) OFF (ON) H Right Angle with Bracket --- Yellow E


9 ON OFF (ON) V Vertical with Bracket --- Green F
S (ON) OFF ON Vertical with Inline Bracket --- Blue G
Tactiles

V1
(Single Pole only)
*4 ON ON ON --- Gray H
*6 (ON) ON (ON)
*7 ON ON (ON)
( ) = Momentary
Tilt

* 3-ON circuits
Touch

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


A12JV
Indicators

.248” (6.3mm) Long


Bat Toggle
Accessories

Vertical PC Terminals
SPDT
ON-NONE-ON Circuit
Supplement

A6 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Toggles Series A

Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS A
Toggle Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics

Rockers
Up Center Down Up Center Down
Note: Terminal numbers are
not actually on the switch.
Pole Model Slot Slot

Pushbuttons
INTERNAL
SP A11 OFF NONE ON OPEN OPEN 3-1 SPST CONNECTION
1 3

A12 ON NONE ON
A13 ON OFF ON

Programmable Illuminated PB
A15 ON NONE (ON) 2 (COM)
SP A1R (ON) NONE ON 2-3 OPEN 2-1 SPDT
A18 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1

A19 ON OFF (ON)


A1S (ON) OFF ON

A22 ON NONE ON
A23 ON OFF ON
A25 ON NONE (ON) 2 (COM) 5
DP A2R (ON) NONE ON 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 DPDT
A28 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1 6 4

Keylocks
A29 ON OFF (ON)
A2S (ON) OFF ON

For 3 Throw (3-on)

Rotaries
Connected Terminals & Schematics External Connection
Pole Model Up Center Down
The SP3T model utilizes
A24 ON ON ON a double pole base.
SP A26 (ON) ON (ON)

Slides
A27 ON ON (ON) (out) (out)
External
Connection
External
Connection
External
Connection
External 1 4
Common
2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5 connections (in)
2 5
External
must be made

Tactiles
3 6 Conn
during field (out)
1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out)
installation.
2-3 5-6 2-3 5-4 2-1 5-4

TOGGLES

Tilt
Standard Material & Finish: Brass with Bright Nickel Material & Finish for J2: Matte finish black glass fiber reinforced polyamide

A J J2
Touch
.394” (10.0mm) Bat .248” (6.3mm) Bat .248” (6.3mm) Antistatic Bat
26°
(2.6) Dia
.102
26° Dissipating 20Kv ESD: Straight PC 26°
(2.6) Dia (2.1) Dia
(10.0) .102 .083
Indicators

.394 (6.3) Dissipating 10Kv ESD: Straight PC (6.3)


.248
.248
with Bracket, Right Angle, & Vertical
Accessories

E .394” (10.0mm) Flatted


H .248” (6.3mm) Flatted
K Snap Top for Paddles
26°
(2.7)
(1.6) .106
.063 26° (2.6) 26° (2.5)
(1.6) .102 (1.6) .098
(10.0)
Supplement

.063 .063
.394 (6.3) (5.0)
.248 .197

www.nkkswitches.com A7
Series A Process Sealed Subminiature Toggles
Toggles

A PC TERMINALS

Use of a support bracket is recommended to increase PCB mounting strength and stability.
Rockers

Straight with Inline Bracket


P Straight
B Straight with Bracket
B1 Single Pole only

(10.16)
Pushbuttons

.400 (10.16)
(5.08) .400
.200 (2.54) Typ (2.54)
(2.54) Typ (5.08) .100 .100 (2.54) Typ
.100 .200 (0.6) Dia Typ (0.3) Typ .100
(5.08) Typ (0.3) Typ .024 .012 (0.6) Dia Typ
.200 (0.6) Dia Typ .012 (0.7) Typ .024
.024 .028 (0.7) Typ
.028
Programmable Illuminated PB

(0.8)
.031 (1.0)
.039
CL

(9.0) (9.0) (5.08)


(8.8) (8.8) (9.0) .200
.354 .346 .354 .346 .354

Right Angle Vertical with Inline Bracket


H with Bracket
V Vertical with Bracket
V1 Single Pole only
Keylocks

(5.08)
.200 (0.6) Dia Typ
.024 (0.6) Dia Typ
(2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ .024
.100 .100 (0.6) Dia Typ (0.5) Typ
.020 (0.5) Typ
.024 .020
(2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ
.100 .100
(5.08)
.200 (0.3) (5.08) (5.08)
Rotaries

.012 (0.7) .200 .200


(0.3) (0.3)
.028 .012 .012 (1.0)
(0.5) (0.7) (0.7)
.028 .039
.020 .028 CL
(5.08)
(8.8) (9.0) (9.0) (8.8) (9.0) .200
.346 .354 .354 .346 .354
Slides

CAPS & PADDLES

AT4003 AT4064
G J
Tactiles

.394” (10.0mm) Bat Lever Cap .248” (6.3mm) Bat Lever Cap

26°
(3.0) Dia 26°
.118
(3.0) Dia
.118
Material: PVC (11.0) (10.0) Material: PVC (7.0)
Tilt

.433 .394 (6.3)


Colors Available: Colors Available: .276
.248
A, B, C A, B, C
Touch

AT467 AT468
A Short Paddle
B Long Paddle
26° (4.4)
(4.6) (2.4) .173
26° .181 .094
(5.0)
Indicators

(2.4)
.094 .197
(15.1) (5.0) Dia (14.2)
Material: Polyamide (10.3) (9.4) Material: Polyamide .594 .197 .559
.406 .370
Colors Available: Colors Available:
A, B, C, E, F, G, H A, B, C, E, F, G, H
Accessories

Color Codes:
Supplement

A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray

A8 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Toggles Series A

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Single Pole Straight PC

Rockers
(5.0) (2.6) Dia (0.6) Dia Typ
.197 (0.4) Typ .102 .024
.016 (1.0)
1 .039
1
(6.0) (9.8) 2

Pushbuttons
26° 2
(2.54) Typ
.236 .386 3
3 .100
(0.8) Dia Typ
Slot .031
(0.3) (4.5) (0.5) (2.54) Typ (1.0) CL
.012 .177 .020 .100 .039
(5.84) (10.0) (13.1) (3.1) (5.08)
.230 .394 .516 .122 CL .200

Programmable Illuminated PB
A11 models do not have Terminal 2 A12AP

Double Pole Straight PC

(5.0) (2.6) Dia (0.6) Dia Typ


.197 (0.4) Typ .102 .024
.016 (5.08)
.200

Keylocks
4 1
1 4
(6.0) (9.8) 5 2
26° 2 5
.386
.236 6 3
3 6
(2.54) Typ
.100
Slot (0.4) (3.5) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (0.8) Dia Typ
.016 .138 .031 .100 .031
(9.2) (10.0) (13.1) (3.1) (5.08)
.394 .516 .122 .200

Rotaries
.362

A22AP

Single Pole Straight PC • Bracket

Slides
(5.0) (2.6) Dia (0.3) Typ (0.6) Dia Typ (0.7) Typ (1.0)
.197 .102 .012 .024 .028 .039 (1.0)

Tactiles
.039
1 1
1
(6.0) (10.16) (9.8) 2 (2.54) Typ 2
.236 26° .400
2 .100
.386 3 3 (2.54) Typ
3
.100
(0.8) Dia Typ
Slot .031 (0.8) Dia Typ
(0.3) (4.5) (0.5) (2.54) Typ (1.0) .031
.012 .020 .100 (2.54) CL
.177 .039
.100
(5.84) (10.0) (13.1) (3.1) (2.54) CL

Tilt
.230 .394 .516 .122 CL .100

B Terminals B1 Terminals A12AB

Touch
Double Pole Straight PC • Bracket
Indicators

(5.0) (2.6) Dia (0.3) Typ (0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)


.197 .102 .012 .024 .200
4 1
1 4
(6.0) (10.16) (9.8) 5 2 (2.54) Typ
26° 2 5 .100
.236 .400 .386 6 3
3 6
Accessories

Slot (0.4) (3.5) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (0.8) Dia Typ


(0.7) Typ
.016 .138 .031 .100 .028 .031
(9.5) (10.0) (13.1) (3.1) (5.08)
.374 .394 .516 .122 .200
Supplement

A22AB

www.nkkswitches.com A9
Series A Process Sealed Subminiature Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Right Angle PC Single Pole


Rockers

26°

(6.0) (2.6) Dia Slot (0.8)


Pushbuttons

.236 (0.3) .102 .031


.012 (2.54) Typ
(3.3) .100
(5.0) .131 (6.18) 1 2 3
3 2 1
.197 .243 (5.08)
.200

(0.3) Typ (0.7) (3.1) (0.8) Dia Typ


.028 .122
Programmable Illuminated PB

.012 .031
(5.08) (5.08) (0.6) Dia Typ
.200 .200 .024
(9.8) (10.0) (4.5) (9.38) (2.54) Typ
.386 .394 .177 .369 .100

A12AH

Right Angle PC Double Pole

(6.0) (2.6) Dia Slot (0.8)


.236 (0.4) .102 .031 (2.54) Typ
.016 .100
(2.54)
Keylocks

3 2 1
(5.0) (10.0) 1 2 3 .100
.197 (5.2) 6 5 4
.394 4 5 6

.205 (5.08)
(3.5) .200
.138
(0.3) Typ (0.7) (2.54) (3.1) (0.8) Dia Typ
.012 .028 .100 .122 .031
(5.08) (5.08) (0.5) (0.6) Dia Typ
Rotaries

.200 .200 .020 .024


(9.8) (10.0) (16.4) (2.54) Typ
.386 .394 .646 .100

A22AH
Slides

Vertical PC Single Pole

(5.0) (2.6) Dia (0.8) (1.0)


.197 (0.4) .102 .031 .039 (1.0)
.016 (2.54) Typ .039
.100
Tactiles

1 1
1 (2.54) Typ
(6.0) 26° 2 (10.2) 2 2
.100
.236 (5.3) .402 3 3
3
.208 (5.08)
(0.8) Dia Typ .200
Slot .031
(0.7) Typ (2.54) (0.5) (0.6) Dia Typ (2.54) (0.8) Dia Typ
.028 .100 .020 .024 .100 CL .031
(0.3) Typ (2.54) (1.0) (3.1) (1.0) CL
.012 .100 .039 .122 .039
Tilt

(2.54) (2.54) Typ (5.08)


.100 .100 .200
(5.84) (10.0) (4.5) (14.46)
.230 .394 .177 .569 CL

A12AV V Terminals V1 Terminals


Touch

Vertical PC Double Pole


Indicators

(5.0) (2.6) Dia (0.8)


.197 (0.4) Typ .102 .031 (5.08)
.016 .200
1 4
4 1 (2.54) Typ
(6.0) 26° (10.2) 5 2 .100
2 5
.236 (5.3) .402 6 3
3 6
.208 (5.08)
.200
Accessories

Slot
(3.5) (0.5)
.138 (0.8) Dia Typ
.020 .031
(0.3) Typ (0.7) (1.0) (3.1)
.012 .028 .039 .122
(5.08) (5.08) (2.54) Typ (0.6) Dia Typ
.200 .200 .100 .024
(9.5) (10.0) (18.95) (5.08)
.394
Supplement

.374 .746 .200

A22AV

A10 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes

www.nkkswitches.com A11
Series B Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Toggles
Toggles

A
General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Logic Level: 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.
Pushbuttons

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum
Programmable Illuminated PB

Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC


Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 100,000 operations minimum for On-None-On & On-Off-On
50,000 operations minimum for other circuits
50,000 operations minimum for locking lever models
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: Toggles A, A1, E & K with Long Paddle: 1.47N (momentary); 1.18N (maintained)
Toggles J & H & K with Short Paddle: 2.72N (momentary); 1.84N (maintained)
Toggle L: 0.59N
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Keylocks

Angle of Throw: 26°

Materials & Finishes


Toggle: Nickel plated brass
Rotaries

Bushing: Carbon blended polyamide; nickel plated zinc alloy for locking levers & threaded bushing
Gasket: Nitrile butadiene rubber
Case Housing: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Support Bracket: Tin plated phosphor bronze
Slides

Movable Contact: Phosphor bronze with gold plating


Stationary Contacts: Copper alloy with gold plating
Terminals: Copper alloy with gold plating
Tactiles

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Tilt

Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)

Installation
Touch

Mounting Torque: .30 ~ .45Nm (2.65 ~ 3.98 lb • in) for A1 actuator with threaded bushing only

PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Indicators

Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.


Cleaning: Automated cleaning. See Cleaning specifications in Supplement section.
Accessories

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 available
The B Series toggles have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
Supplement

When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.

A12 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Toggles Series B

Toggles
A
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Subminiature size saves space on PC boards.

Pushbuttons
Specifically developed for logic-level applications.

Antistatic superstructure, consisting of the carbon impregnated

Programmable Illuminated PB
bushing and the support bracket, prevents static discharge
to the contacts. Static electricity from an operator’s touch
travels from actuator through the bushing and bracket to
the PC board.

Locking lever mechanism offered as a toggle option.

Keylocks
Optional threaded, 6mm diameter bushing for
panel seal mounting meets IP65 of IEC60529
specifications (similar to NEMA 4 and 13).

Rotaries
Totally sealed body construction prevents
contact contamination and allows time-
and money-saving soldering and cleaning.
Epoxy sealed terminals lock out flux and

Slides
other contaminants.

Award-winning STC contact mechanism with

Tactiles
benefits unavailable in conventional mechanisms:
smoother, positive detent actuation, increased contact
stability and unparalleled logic-level reliability. (Additional
STC details in Terms & Acronyms; see Supplement section.)

Tilt
.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm) terminal spacing
conforms to standard PC board grid spacing.
Touch

Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A13
Series B Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

B 1 2 A B
Rockers
Pushbuttons

Poles Toggles Optional Caps


1 SPDT A .394” (10.0mm) Bat G .394” (10.0mm) Bat Lever Cap
Programmable Illuminated PB

2 DPDT .315” (8.0mm) Bat with J .248” (6.3mm) Bat Lever Cap
A1 Panel Seal Threaded Bushing
(Straight PC only)
J .248” (6.3mm) Bat
E .394” (10.0mm) Flatted
H .248” (6.3mm) Flatted
Locking Lever
L
(with Circuits 2 & 3 only)
Keylocks

Circuits PC Terminals Cap Paddle


2 ON NONE ON P Straight Colors Colors
A Black A
Rotaries

3 ON OFF ON *B Straight with Bracket


5 ON NONE (ON) *H Right Angle with Bracket B White B

*R (ON) NONE ON *V Vertical with Bracket C Red C

8 (ON) OFF (ON) * Bracketed models are ESD protected --- Yellow E
Slides

9 ON OFF (ON) --- Green F

*S (ON) OFF ON --- Blue G

( ) = Momentary --- Gray H


Tactiles

* Reverse circuits R & S


available with right angle
& vertical only
Tilt

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


Touch

B12AB

.394” (10.0mm)
Indicators

Bat Toggle
Accessories

SPDT
Straight PC Terminals ON-NONE-ON Circuit
with Bracket
Supplement

A14 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Toggles Series B

Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS A
Toggle Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics

Rockers
Up Center Down Up Center Down
Note: Terminal numbers are
Pole Model
not actually on the switch.

Pushbuttons
Slot Slot

B12 ON NONE ON
B13 ON OFF ON
B15 ON NONE (ON)

Programmable Illuminated PB
2 (COM)
SP B1R (ON) NONE ON 2-3 OPEN 2-1 SPDT
3 1
B18 (ON) OFF (ON)
B19 ON OFF (ON)
B1S (ON) OFF ON

B22 ON NONE ON
B23 ON OFF ON
B25 ON NONE (ON) 2 (COM) 5
DP B2R (ON) NONE ON 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 DPDT

Keylocks
3 1 6 4
B28 (ON) OFF (ON)
B29 ON OFF (ON)
B2S (ON) OFF ON

Rotaries
TOGGLES

Standard Material & Finish: Brass with Bright Nickel

Slides
.394” (10.0mm) .315” (8.0mm) Bat with .248” (6.3mm)
A Bat
A1 Panel Seal Threaded Bushing
J Bat

Tactiles
26°
26°
(2.6) Dia 26°
.102 (2.6) Dia
.102 (2.6) Dia

Tilt
(10.0) .102
(8.0) (6.3)
.394 .315 .248

Touch

.394” (10.0mm)
E H L
Indicators

Flatted .248” (6.3mm) Flatted Locking Lever

26°
(4.5) Dia
26° .177
Accessories

(1.6) (2.7) 26° (5.1) Dia


.063 .106 (1.6) (2.6) .201
.063 .102 (12.5)
(10.0) .492
.394 (6.3) (11.5)
.248 .453 (5.8)
.228
(5.9)
Supplement

.232

www.nkkswitches.com A15
Series B Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Toggles
Toggles

A PC TERMINALS

Use of a support bracket is recommended to increase PCB mounting strength and stability.
Rockers

P Straight
B Straight with Bracket
(10.16)
.400
Pushbuttons

(2.54) Typ (5.08) (2.54) Typ


.100 .200 .100
(0.6) Dia Typ (5.08) (0.6) Dia Typ
(5.08) .024 .200 .024
.200 (0.6) Typ (0.4) Typ
.024 .016
Programmable Illuminated PB

(3.1) Typ (3.1)


.122 .122

H Right Angle with Bracket


V Vertical with Bracket
(2.54) Typ
.100 (0.5) Typ
(0.6) Dia Typ .020
.024 (0.6) Dia Typ
.024
Keylocks

(2.54) Typ
.100 (2.54) Typ
(0.6) .100
.024 (0.4)
(0.6)
.016 .024
(0.5) Typ (0.4)
.020 .016
Rotaries

OPTIONAL CAPS

AT4003 AT4064
Slides

G .394” (10.0mm) Bat Lever Cap


J .248” (6.3mm) Bat Lever Cap

26°
(3.0) Dia 26°
Tactiles

.118
(3.0) Dia
Material: PVC (11.0) (10.0)
Material: PVC .118
.433 (7.0)
Colors Available: .394 Colors Available: .276 (6.3)
.248
A, B, C A, B, C
Tilt

Color Codes:
Touch

A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

A16 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Toggles Series B

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Single Pole Straight PC

Rockers
(6.0) Dia (2.6) Dia (0.6) Dia Typ
.236 .102 .024
(1.0)
1 .039
1
26° 2
(8.8) 2
.346 3 (2.54) Typ
3
.100

Pushbuttons
(0.8) Dia Typ
Slot (3.5) (0.8) (1.0) .031
(2.54) Typ CL
.138 .031 .100 .039
(6.8) (10.0) (13.1) (3.1)
.268 .394 .516 .122 CL

B12AP

Programmable Illuminated PB
Double Pole Straight PC

(6.0) Dia (2.6) Dia (0.6) Dia Typ


.236 .102 .024
(5.08)
4 1 .200
1 4
26° 2 5
(8.8) 5 2

.346 6 3
3 6
(2.54) Typ
.100
Slot (3.5) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (0.8) Dia Typ
.138 .031 .100 .031

Keylocks
(8.8) (10.0) (13.1) (3.1) (5.08)
.346 .394 .516 .122 .200
B22AP

Single Pole Straight PC • Bracket

Rotaries
(6.0) Dia (2.6) Dia (0.4) Typ (0.6) Dia Typ (0.6) Typ (1.0)
.236 .102 .016 .024 .024 .039

1
1
(10.16) (8.8) 2 (2.54) Typ
26° .400
2
.346 .100
3
3

Slides
(0.8) Dia Typ
Slot .031
(6.0) (2.7) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (1.0) (2.54)
.236 .106 .031 .100 .039 .100
(8.0) (10.0) (13.1) (3.1) (2.54) CL
.315 .394 .516 .122 CL .100

Tactiles
B12AB

Double Pole Straight PC • Bracket


(6.0) Dia (2.6) Dia (0.4) Typ (0.6) Dia Typ
.236 .102 .016 .024 (5.08)

Tilt
.200
1 4
(10.16) (8.8) 4 1
26° .400 2 5
(2.54) Typ
.346 5 2
3 6
6 3
.100

Slot
(6.0) (2.7) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (0.6) Typ

Touch
.236 .106 .031 .100 .024 (0.8) Dia Typ
.031
(8.8) (10.0) (13.1) (3.1) (5.08)
.346 .394 .516 .122 .200

B22AB
Indicators

Single Pole Right Angle PC

(2.6) Dia (3.4) (2.54) Typ


.102 .134 .100
(6.0) Dia (7.3)
Accessories

1 2 3
3 2 1
.236 .287 (5.08)
.200
Slot
(0.4) (3.1) (0.6) Dia Typ (0.8) Dia Typ
.016 .122 .024 .031
(0.6) Typ (2.7) (5.08) (2.54) Typ
.024 .106 .200 .100
(5.08) (10.0) (13.9) (8.8)
Supplement

.200 .394 .546 .346

B12AH

www.nkkswitches.com A17
Series B Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Right Angle PC Double Pole
Rockers

(2.6) Dia (2.54) Typ


.102 3 2 1 .100
(6.0) Dia (8.8) (2.54)
.236 (3.1) (4.4) .346 1 2 3 .100
6 5 4
.122 .173 4 5 6

Slot (5.08)
(0.4) (2.54) (0.5) .200
(0.6) Typ
Pushbuttons

.024 .016 .100 .020


(5.08) (2.7) (5.08) (0.6) Dia Typ (0.8) Dia Typ
.200 .106 .200 .024 .031
(8.8) (10.0) (16.4) (2.54) Typ
.346 .394 .646 .100
B22AH
Programmable Illuminated PB

Vertical PC Single Pole


(6.0) Dia (2.6) Dia
.236 .102 (1.0)
.039 (2.54) Typ
1
1 .100
(8.8) 2
26° 2
.346
(1.0) (4.4) 3
3
.039 .173 (5.08)
Slot (2.7) .200
.106 (0.8) Dia Typ
(0.6) Typ (0.4) (0.5) (3.1) (0.6) Dia Typ
.024 .031
.024 .016 .020 .122
(2.54) (5.08) (2.54) Typ (1.0) CL (2.54)
.100 .200 .100 .039 .100
(8.0) (10.0) (18.9) CL
Keylocks

.315 .394 .746


B12AV

Vertical PC Double Pole


(6.0) Dia (2.6) Dia
Rotaries

.236 .102 (5.08)


.200
1 4 4 1 (2.54) Typ
(8.8) 5 2 .100
26° (4.4)
2 5
.346
(1.0) 3 6 6 3
.039 .173 (5.08)
Slot (2.7) .200
.106
(0.4) (0.5) (3.1)
Slides

(0.6) Typ (0.8) Dia Typ


.024 .016 .020 .122 .031
(5.08) (5.08) (2.54) Typ (0.6) Dia Typ
.200 .200 .100 .024
(8.8) (10.0) (18.9) (5.08)
.346 .394 .746 .200
B22AV
Tactiles

Locking Lever • Straight PC • Bracket Single Pole

(6.0) (4.5) Dia (5.1) Dia (0.4) Typ (0.6) Dia Typ (0.6) Typ (1.0)
.236 .177 .201 .016 .024 .024 .039
Tilt

1
1
(10.16) (8.8) 2 (2.54) Typ
26° .400
2
.346 3
.100
3
(5.8) (0.8) Dia Typ
Slot .228 .031
(11.5) (5.5) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (1.0) (2.54)
Touch

.453 .217 .031 .100 .039 .100


(8.0) (12.5) (15.5) (3.1) (2.54) CL
.315 CL .100
.492 .610 .122
B12LB
Indicators

Locking Lever • Straight PC • Bracket Double Pole

(6.0) Dia (4.5) Dia (5.1) Dia (0.4) Typ (0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
.236 .177 .201 .016 .024 .200
Accessories

4 1
1 4
(10.16) (8.8) 5 2 (2.54) Typ
26° .400 2 5
.346 6 3
.100
3 6
(5.8)
Slot .228
(0.8) Dia Typ
(5.68) (11.5) (5.5) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (0.6) Typ .031
.224 .453 .217 .031 .100 .024
Supplement

(8.85) (12.5) (15.5) (3.1) (5.08)


.348 .492 .610 .122 .200

B22LB

A18 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Toggles Series B

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Panel Seal • Single Pole Threaded Bushing • Straight PC

Rockers
(2.6) Dia (0.6) Dia Typ
M6 P0.75 .024
.102 (1.0)
1 1 .039
26°
2 (8.8) 2

Pushbuttons
3 .346 3 (2.54) Typ
.100
(0.8) Dia Typ
Slot .031
(4.8) (5.5) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (1.0) CL
.189 .217 .031 .100 .039
(6.8) (8.0) (15.1) (3.1)
.268 .315 .594 .122 CL

Programmable Illuminated PB
B12A1P

Panel Seal • Double Pole Threaded Bushing • Straight PC

(2.6) Dia (0.6) Dia Typ


M6 P0.75 .024
.102 (5.08)
4 1 .200
1 4

Keylocks
26° 2 5
(8.8) 5 2

.346 6 3
3 6
(2.54) Typ
.100
Slot (0.8) Dia Typ
(4.8) (5.5) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ
.189 .217 .031 .100 .100 .031
(8.8) (8.0) (15.1) (3.1)
.346 .315 .594 .122 CL

Rotaries
B22A1P

STANDARD HARDWARE & PANEL CUTOUT

Slides
AT513M AT063
Metric Hex Nut Gasket
M6 P0.75

Tactiles
(8.0) (6.2) (8.6) (6.0)
.315 .244 .339 .236

Material: Material: (5.0)


(4.9) .197
Brass, Nitrile butadiene .193
Nickel plated rubber (6.9)

Tilt
.272

(9.0) (1.5)
.354 .059 Maximum Panel Thickness
(1.3)
.051 with Standard Hardware:
.087” (2.2mm)
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A19
Series B Subminiature Fully Illuminated Toggles
Toggles

A
General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Logic Level: 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons

(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)


Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.
Programmable Illuminated PB

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 100,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 1.18N
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Angle of Throw: 26°
Keylocks

Materials & Finishes


Actuator: Polyamide
Bushing Housing: Polyamide
Rotaries

Case Housing: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide


Support Bracket: Phosphor bronze with tin plating
Movable Contact: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Stationary Contacts: Brass with tin plating
Terminals: Brass with gold plating
Slides

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +55°C (–13°F through +131°F)
Tactiles

Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)


Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range
& returning in 5 minutes; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 3 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt

PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering recommended. See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Touch

Cleaning: Automated alcohol based cleaning recommended, 5 minutes maximum. Do not use high-purity
alcohol (50% alcohol or more) or organic solvent. High alcohol solution can damage clear plastic.
See Cleaning specifications in Supplement section.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


The B Series illuminated toggles have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
Accessories

These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement

A20 www.nkkswitches.com
Subminiature Fully Illuminated Toggles Series B

Toggles
A
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
LED provides maximum illumination to bushing and actuator,
indicating actuator status in highly visible green, red, or

Pushbuttons
amber for single color or red/green for bicolor.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Totally sealed body construction prevents contact
contamination and allows time- and money-saving
automated soldering and cleaning. Molded-in,
epoxy sealed terminals lock out flux and other
contaminants.

Award-winning STC contact mechanism with

Keylocks
benefits unavailable in conventional mechanisms:
smoother, positive detent actuation, increased
contact stability, and unparalleled logic-level
reliability. (Additional STC details in Terms &

Rotaries
Acronyms; see Supplement section.)

.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm) terminal

Slides
spacing conforms to standard PC board grid
spacing.

Tactiles
Tilt
Touch

Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A21
Series B Subminiature Fully Illuminated Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

B 1 2 J J P C
Rockers
Pushbuttons

Poles Circuits Actuator PC Terminals LEDs


1 SPDT 2 ON NONE ON J Clear P Straight Single Color
Programmable Illuminated PB

Combines with single color H Right Angle C Red


or bicolor LEDs
V Vertical D Amber
3 ON OFF ON
F Green
Combines with
ON-NONE-ON only
bicolor LED only
Bushing Bicolor
J Clear CF Red/Green
ON-NONE-ON
Keylocks

& ON-OFF-ON
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
B12JJPC
Rotaries

Clear Toggle & Bushing


with Red LED

SPDT
Slides

ON-NONE-ON Circuit
Straight
PC Terminals
Tactiles

POLE & CIRCUITS

Toggle Position Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics


Tilt

Up Center Down Up Center Down Note: Terminal numbers are not actually on
Pole
Model the switch. LED circuit is isolated and
Throw
requires an external power source.
Touch

Slot Slot

(4) Red
B12 ON NONE ON 2-3 NONE 2-1 2 (COM)
(5) (6) (5)
SPDT
Indicators

(6) Green
B13 ON OFF ON 2-3 OPEN 2-1 3 1
Single Color Bicolor

ACTUATOR & BUSHING


Accessories

J Clear Toggle
26°
(1.9) Dia
J Clear Bushing
.075
(6.3)
Supplement

.248

(3.5)
.138

A22 www.nkkswitches.com
Subminiature Fully Illuminated Toggles Series B

Toggles
LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS A
LEDs are an integral part Single Color Bicolor
of the switch and not
available separately. The C D F CF

Rockers
electrical specifications
shown are determined at Colors Red Amber Green Red/Green
a basic temperature of
25°C. If the source volt- Maximum Forward Current I FM 30mA 30mA 25mA 30mA/25mA

Pushbuttons
age exceeds the rated Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA/20mA
voltage, a ballast resistor
Forward Voltage VF 1.95V 2.0V 3.3V 1.95V/3.3V
is required.
The resistor value can be Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5V 5V 5V 5V/5V

Programmable Illuminated PB
calculated by using the
formula in the Supplement Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F 0.40mA/°C 0.33mA/°C 0.40mA/°C/0.33mA/°C
section. Ambient Temperature Range –25°C ~ +55°C

PC TERMINALS

P Straight
H Right Angle with Bracket
V Vertical with Bracket

Keylocks
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Straight PC
(6.0) Dia (1.9) Dia (0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
.236 .075 .024 .200

Rotaries
(2.54) Typ
1 4
4 1 .100
26° 2 5
(8.8) 5 2
.346 6 3
3 6

(0.8) Dia Typ


Slot (3.5) (0.8) (2.54) Typ .031
.138 .031 .100

Slides
(8.8) (6.3) (13.1) (3.1) (5.08)
.346 .248 .516 .122 .200

Terminal 4 is a support pin on single color models. B12JJPC

Tactiles
Right Angle PC
26°

3 2 1
(2.54) Typ
(6.0) Dia (8.8) .100 (2.54)
(3.1)

Tilt
.236 .346 1 2 3 .100
.122 6 5 4
(1.9) Dia 4 5 6
.075 (5.08)
Slot
.200
(0.6) Typ (0.4) (2.54) (0.5)
.024 .016 .100 .020 (0.8) Dia Typ
(5.08) (2.7) (5.08) (0.6) Dia Typ .031
.200 .106 .200 .024
Touch
(8.8) (6.3) (16.42) (2.54) Typ
.346 .248 .646 .100

Terminal 4 is a support pin on single color models. B13JJHCF


Indicators

(1.9) Dia Vertical PC


.075
(5.08)
1 4 .200
(6.0) Dia 26° (3.1) (8.8)
2 5 4 1
(2.54) Typ
Accessories

.236 .122 .346


3 6 5 2 .100
6 3
Slot (5.08)
(0.6) Typ (0.4) (0.5) Typ .200
.024 .016 .020
(5.08) (2.7) (5.08) (2.54) Typ (0.6) Dia Typ (0.8) Dia Typ
.200 .106 .200 .100 .024 .031
(8.8) (6.3) (18.96) (5.08)
Supplement

.346 .248 .746 .200

Terminal 4 is a support pin on single color models. B13JJVCF

www.nkkswitches.com A23
Series D2 PCB Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A
General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Logic Level: 0.4VA maximum @ 48V AC/DC maximum
(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 48V)
Pushbuttons

Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB

Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum


Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 100,000 operations minimum for bat lever models
50,000 operations minimum for locking lever models
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Angle of Throw: 24°
Keylocks

Materials & Finishes


Toggle/Lever: Brass with chrome plating
Bushing: Brass with nickel plating
Support Bracket: Straight PC: phosphor bronze with tin plating; right angle & vertical: brass with tin plating
Rotaries

Housing: Polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) (UL94V-0)


Base: 1- and 2-pole GFR polyamide (UL94V-0); 4-pole liquid crystal polymer (LCP) (UL94V-0)
Movable Contacts: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Stationary Contacts: Brass with gold plating
Terminals: Brass with gold plating
Slides

Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F)
Tactiles

Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)


Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt

PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering recommended. See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: 1- & 2-pole: 3 seconds maximum @ 350°C maximum;
4-pole: 4 seconds maximum @ 410°C maximum
Touch

Cleaning: Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.


See Cleaning specifications in Supplement section.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 rated housing & base
The D2 Series toggles have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-current, logic level circuit.
Accessories

When used as intended in a logic level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement

A24 www.nkkswitches.com
PCB Mount Miniature Toggles Series D2

Toggles
A
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Base of heat resistant resin meets UL94V-0 flammability rating.

Pushbuttons
Maximized voltage capability of 48V allows use in medium source
applications and increases operating life.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Award-winning STC contact mechanism with benefits unavailable
in conventional mechanisms: smoother positive detent actuation,
increased contact stability, and unparalleled reliability.
(Additional STC details under Terms and Acronyms in
the Supplement section.)

Keylocks
Round .031” (0.8mm) diameter PC terminals for easy
PCB assembly.

Rotaries
Terminal spacing conforms to standard .100” (2.54mm)
PC board grid spacing.

Slides
Molded-in terminals prevent entry of flux, solvents, and
other contaminants.

Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A25
Series D2 PCB Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE


Rockers

D220 1 2 P
Pushbuttons
Programmable Illuminated PB

Poles Actuators
1 SPDT No .413” (10.5mm)
Code Bat Lever
2 DPDT
.200” (5.1mm) Diameter
*4 4PDT L
Locking Lever
* Combines with
Keylocks

ON-NONE-ON circuit
only & not available
with Right Angle
Rotaries

Circuits PC Terminals
2 ON NONE ON P Straight
3 ON OFF ON B Straight with Bracket
5 ON NONE (ON) H Right Angle w/Bracket
Slides

8 (ON) OFF (ON) V Vertical with Bracket


9 ON OFF (ON)
( ) = Momentary
Tactiles
Tilt

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


D22012P
Touch

.413” (10.5mm)
Bat Lever
Indicators

SPDT
Accessories

ON-NONE-ON Circuit

Straight PC Terminals
Supplement

A26 www.nkkswitches.com
PCB Mount Miniature Toggles Series D2

Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS A
Toggle Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics

Rockers
Down Center Up Down Center Up
Keyway Keyway
Note: Terminal numbers are not
actually on the switch.
Pole Model

D22012 ON NONE ON

Pushbuttons
D22013 ON OFF ON 2 (COM)
SP D22015 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 OPEN 2-1 SPDT
D22018 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1

D22019 ON OFF (ON)

Programmable Illuminated PB
D22022 ON NONE ON
D22023 ON OFF ON 2 (COM) 5
DP D22025 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 DPDT
D22028 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1 6 4

D22029 ON OFF (ON)

2 5 (COM) 8 11
2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4
4P D22042 ON NONE ON OPEN 4PDT
8-9 11-12 8-7 11-10 3 1 6 4 9 7 12 10

Keylocks
ACTUATORS
24°

No Code .413” (10.5mm) L .413” (5.1mm) Diameter (5.1) Dia


.201
Bat Lever Locking Lever

Rotaries
24°
(2.8) Dia (19.4) (8.0)
.110 .764 .315
Material: Material: (4.6) Dia
(17.9) .181
Chrome over brass (10.5) Chrome over brass .705
.413

Slides
(7.0) (6.1) M6 P0.75
.275 .240

PC TERMINALS

Tactiles
Straight with Right Angle Vertical
P Straight
B Bracket
H with Bracket
V with Bracket

Tilt
Touch

OPTIONAL CAPS & CAP COLORS


Indicators

AT415 AT444 Bat Lever AT427 Cap Supplied


24°
Bat Lever Cap Conical Cap with Locking Lever
(5.1) Dia
24° .201
24°
Material: (5.0) Dia Material: Material:
Accessories

(4.8) Dia
Polyethylene .197 Polyethylene .189 Anodized (19.4) (8.0)
(12.0) (11.5) Aluminum .764 .315
.472 (4.6) Dia
(13.5) (13.1) .452 .181
(17.9)
.532 .516
Colors Available: Colors Available: Colors Available: .705

ABCEFG ABCEFG ACG


Supplement

Colors Codes: A Black B White C Red E Yellow F Green G Blue

www.nkkswitches.com A27
Series D2 PCB Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Straight PC • Single Pole


Keyway M6 P0.75 (0.3)
Rockers

.012
3

24° 2
(14.4)
(5.08) Typ .567
.200
1
Pushbuttons

(2.8) Dia (0.8) Dia Typ (0.3)


.110 .031 .012
(10.5) (7.2) (13.9) (3.6) (7.0)
.413 .283 .547 .142 .276

Keyway M6 P0.75
Programmable Illuminated PB

(5.08) Typ
2 .200
24°
(5.08) Typ
.200 1

(1.0) Dia Typ


.039
(5.1) Dia (17.9) (0.8) Dia Typ
.201 .705 .031
(19.4) (6.1) (13.9) (3.6)
.764 .240 .547 .142

D22012P D22012LP Actuator in Down Position


Keylocks

Straight PC • Double Pole (0.3)


Keyway M6 P0.75
.012
6 3

24° 5 2
(14.4)
(5.08) Typ .567
Rotaries

.200
4 1

(2.8) Dia
.110 (0.8) Dia Typ (5.08) (0.3)
.031 .200 .012
(10.5) (7.2) (13.9) (3.6) (12.4)
.413 .283 .547 .142 .488
Slides

Keyway M6 P0.75 (5.08)


.200
3 6

(5.08) Typ
2 5 .200
24°
(5.08) Typ
.200
Tactiles

1 4

(1.0) Dia Typ


.039
(5.1) Dia (17.9) (0.8) Dia Typ
.201 .705 .031
(19.4) (6.1) (13.9) (3.6)
.764 .240 .547 .142

D22022P D22022LP Actuator in Down Position


Tilt

Straight PC • Four Pole (0.3)


Keyway M6 P0.75 .012
12 9 6 3
Touch

(14.4)
24° 11 8 5 2
.567
(5.08) Typ
.200 10 7 4 1

(2.8) Dia
.110 (0.8) Dia Typ (5.08) Typ (2.54)Typ (0.3)
.200
Indicators

.031 .100 .012


(10.5) (7.2) (13.9) (3.6) (22.6)
.413 .283 .547 .142 .890

Keyway M6 P0.75 (5.08) Typ


.200
3 6 9 12
Accessories

(5.08) Typ
2 5 8 11 .200
24°
(5.08) Typ
.200 1 4 7 10

(1.0) Dia Typ


.039
(5.1) Dia (17.9) (0.8) Dia Typ
Supplement

.201 .705 .031


(19.4) (6.1) (13.9) (3.6)
.764 .240 .547 .142

D22042P D22042LP Actuator in Down Position

A28 www.nkkswitches.com
PCB Mount Miniature Toggles Series D2

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
(5.08)
(6.2) Dia (0.4) Typ
.200
(0.7) Typ
Straight PC • Bracket
Keyway
Single Pole

Rockers
.244 .016 .028

3
(15.24) (14.4)
.600 .567
24° 2
(5.08) Typ (16.44)
.200 .647

Pushbuttons
1

(2.8) Dia (0.8) Dia Typ (0.3)


.110 .031 .012
(10.5) (6.8) (14.3) (3.6) (7.0)
.413 .268 .563 .142 .276
(2.54) Typ
(6.2) Dia (0.4) Typ

Programmable Illuminated PB
Keyway .100
.244 .016
3

(15.24) (5.08) Typ


.600 2 .200
24°
(5.08) Typ
.200 1
(7.62) Typ
.300
(1.0) Dia Typ
(5.1) Dia (17.9) (0.8) Dia Typ .039
.201 .705 .031
(19.4) (5.7) (14.3) (3.6)
.764 .224 .563 .142
Actuator in Down Position D22012B D22012LB

Straight PC • Bracket

Keylocks
(5.08)
.200
(0.7) Typ (0.3)
Keyway (6.2) Dia
.244
(0.4) Typ
.016 .028 .012 Double Pole
6 3
(15.24) (14.4)
.600 .567
24° 5 2
(5.08) Typ (16.44)

Rotaries
.200 .647
4 1

(2.8) Dia
.110 (0.8) Dia Typ (5.08) (0.3)
.031 .200 .012
(7.0) (10.5) (6.8) (14.3) (3.6) (12.4)
.276 .413 .268 .563 .142 .488

Slides
(6.2) Dia (0.4) Typ
Keyway .244 .016 (2.54) Typ
.100

(15.24) 3 6
.600 (5.08) Typ
24° .200
(5.08) Typ 2 5
.200

Tactiles
1 4
(7.62) Typ
.300

(5.1) Dia (17.9) (0.8) Dia Typ (1.0) Dia Typ


.201 .705 .031 .039
(7.0) (19.4) (5.7) (14.3) (3.6)
.276 .764 .224 .563 .142
Actuator in Down Position D22022B D22022LB

Tilt
(5.08)
.200 Straight PC • Bracket
(6.2) Dia (0.4) Typ (0.7) Typ (0.3)
Keyway .244 .016 .028 .012 Four Pole
12 9 6 3

Touch
(15.24) (14.4)
.600 .567
24° 11 8 5 2
(5.08) Typ (16.44)
.200 .647
10 7 4 1

(2.8) Dia
.110 (0.8) Dia Typ (5.08) Typ (2.54)Typ (0.3)
Indicators

.031 .200 .100 .012


(7.0) (10.5) (6.8) (14.3) (3.6) (22.6)
.276 .413 .268 .563 .142 .890

Keyway (6.2) Dia (0.4) Typ


.244 .016 (2.54) Typ
.100
(5.08) Typ
Accessories

(15.24) .200
.600 3 6 9 12
24°
(5.08) Typ (5.08) Typ
.200 2 5 8 11 .200

1 4 7 10
(7.62) Typ
.300
(5.1) Dia (17.9) (0.8) Dia Typ
Supplement

.201 .705 .031


(1.0) Dia Typ
(7.0) (19.4) (5.7) (14.3) (3.6) .039
.276 .764 .224 .563 .142
Actuator in Down Position D22042B D22042LB

www.nkkswitches.com A29
Series D2 PCB Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Right Angle PC • Single Pole


Rockers

(6.2) Dia
Keyway .244

(0.3) 1 2 3 (7.0)
.012 .276
Pushbuttons

(2.8) Dia (0.3)


.110 .012
(3.5) (0.4) (3.5) (0.3)
.138 .016 .138 .012
(0.7) Typ (0.9) (0.8) Dia (5.08) Typ
.028 .035 .031 .200
(5.08) (10.5) (7.7) (15.24) (14.4)
Programmable Illuminated PB

.200 .413 .303 .600 .567

D22012H

(6.2) Dia
.244
Keyway (5.08) Typ
.200
3 2 1
(0.3)
.012

(5.1) Dia (15.24)


Keylocks

.201 .600
(3.5) (0.4) (3.5)
.138 .016 .138
(0.7) Typ (0.9) (0.8) Dia (2.54) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ
.028 .035 .031 .100 .039
(5.08) (6.6) (15.24)
.200 .260 .600
Rotaries

D22012LH Actuator in Down Position

Right Angle PC • Double Pole


Slides

Keyway (6.2) Dia


.244

4 5 6
Tactiles

(12.4)
(0.3) .488
1 2 3
.012
(2.8) Dia
.110
(0.3)
(3.5) (0.4) (0.5) (3.5) (0.3) .012
.138 .016 .020 .138 .012
(0.7) Typ (0.9) (0.8) Dia Typ (5.08) Typ
.028
Tilt

.035 .031 .200


(5.08) (10.5) (7.7) (15.24) (2.54) (14.4)
.200 .413 .303 .600 .100 .567

D22022H
Touch

Keyway (6.2) Dia (5.08) Typ


.244 .200
Indicators

(2.54)
6 5 4 .100
3 2 1
(0.3)
.012
(5.1) Dia
.201 (15.24)
.600
Accessories

(3.5) (0.4) (0.5) (3.5)


.138 .016 .020 .138
(0.7) Typ (0.9) (0.8) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ
.028 .035 .031 .100
(5.08) (6.6) (15.24) (2.54) (1.0) Dia Typ
.200 .260 .600 .100 .039
Supplement

D22022LH Actuator in Down Position

A30 www.nkkswitches.com
PCB Mount Miniature Toggles Series D2

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Vertical PC • Single Pole

Rockers
(6.2) Dia (0.3) Typ
Keyway .244 .012
3

(14.4)
24° 2
.567
(0.3) (3.5)

Pushbuttons
.012 .138 1
(1.0)
.039
(2.8) Dia (0.3)
(3.5) .110 .012
(0.4) (0.5)
.138 .016 .020
(0.7) Typ (0.9) (0.8) Dia Typ
.028

Programmable Illuminated PB
.035 .031
(5.08) (10.5) (7.7) (15.24) (2.54) Typ (7.0)
.200 .413 .303 .600 .100 .276

D22012V

Keyway (6.2) Dia


.244
3 (2.54) Typ
2 .100
24° 1
(0.3) (3.5)
.012 .138
(1.0)
.039 (15.24)
.600

Keylocks
(3.5) (5.1) Dia (0.4) (0.5)
.138 .201 .016 .020
(0.7) Typ (17.9) (0.9) (0.8) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ
.028 .705 .035 .031 .100
(5.08) (19.4) (6.6) (15.24) (2.54) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ
.200 .764 .260 .600 .100 .039

Rotaries
Actuator in Down Position D22012LV

Vertical PC • Double Pole

Slides
(6.2) Dia (0.3)
Keyway .244 .012
6 3

Tactiles
(14.4)
24° 5 2
.567
(0.3) (3.5)
.012 .138
4 1
(1.0)
.039
(2.8) Dia
.110 (0.3)
(3.5) (0.4) (0.5) .012
.138 .016 .020
(0.7) Typ (0.9) (0.8) Dia Typ (5.08)

Tilt
.028 .035 .031 .200
(5.08) (10.5) (7.7) (15.24) (2.54) Typ (12.4)
.200 .413 .303 .600 .100 .488

D22022V

Touch

Keyway (6.2) Dia


.244
Indicators

3 6 (2.54) Typ
2 5 .100
24° 1 4
(0.3) (3.5)
.012 .138
(1.0)
.039 (15.24)
.600
Accessories

(3.5) (5.1) Dia (0.4) (0.5)


.138 .201 .016 .020
(0.7) Typ (17.9) (0.9) (0.8) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ
.028 .705 .035 .031 .100
(5.08) (19.4) (6.6) (15.24) (2.54) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ
.200 .764 .260 .600 .100 .039
Supplement

Actuator in Down Position D22022LV

www.nkkswitches.com A31
Series D2 PCB Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Vertical PC • Four Pole
Keyway (6.2) Dia (0.3)
Rockers

.244 .012
12 9 6 3

(14.4)
24° 11 8 5 2
.567
(0.3) (3.5)
.012 .138
10 7 4 1
Pushbuttons

(1.0)
.039
(2.8) Dia
.110 (0.3)
(3.5) (0.4) (0.5) .012
.138 .016 .020
(0.7) Typ (0.9) (0.8) Dia Typ (5.08) Typ (2.54)Typ
.028 .035 .031 .200 .100
Programmable Illuminated PB

(5.08) (10.5) (7.7) (15.24) (2.54) Typ (22.6)


.200 .413 .303 .600 .100 .890

D22042V

Keyway (6.2) Dia


.244 (5.08) Typ
.200
3 6 9 12 (2.54) Typ
2 5 8 11 .100
24° 1 4 7 10
(0.3) (3.5)
.012 .138
(1.0)
.039 (15.24)
.600
Keylocks

(3.5) (5.1) Dia (0.4) (0.5)


.138 .201 .016 .020
(0.7) Typ (17.9) (0.9) (0.8) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ
.028 .705 .035 .031 .100
(5.08) (19.4) (6.6) (15.24) (2.54) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ
.200 .764 .260 .600 .100 .039
Rotaries

D22042LV Actuator in Down Position

STANDARD HARDWARE OPTIONAL


AT513M AT507M AT509 AT501M
Slides

Hex Nut Locking Ring Lockwasher Knurled Face Nut


Brass with nickel plating Steel with zinc/chromate Steel with zinc/chromate Brass with chrome plating
2 supplied 1 supplied 1 supplied
Tactiles

(6.0) Dia
.236
M6 P0.75 M6 P0.75

(8.0) (12.0) Dia (6.4) Dia (10.2) Dia (10.0) Dia


.315 .472 .252 .394
(2.0) .402
.079
Tilt

(5.5)
.217

(9.0) (1.5) (1.7) (0.8) (0.5) (1.7)


.354 .059 .067 .031 .020 .067
Touch

PANEL CUTOUTS & MAXIMUM PANEL THICKNESS


Indicators

With Standard Without Without Without Locking Ring


Hardware Bottom Hex Nut Locking Ring & Bottom Hex Nut
Accessories

.087” (2.2mm) for .154” (3.9mm) for .118” (3.0mm) for (5.6)
.185” (4.7mm) for
Standard Lever (6.5) Dia (6.5)
.256
Standard Lever Standard Lever .220 Standard Lever
.256 (6.5) Dia
.256 (0.6)
(2.2) Dia .024
.051” (1.3mm) for .087 .110” (2.8mm) for .083” (2.1mm) for .142” (3.6mm) for
Supplement

Locking Lever Locking Lever Locking Lever Locking Lever

A32 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes

www.nkkswitches.com A33
Series G Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A
General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Logic Level: 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons

(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)


Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.
Programmable Illuminated PB

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 80 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 100,000 operations minimum for On-None-On & On-Off-On
50,000 operations minimum for other circuits
Electrical Life: 100,000 operations minimum for On-None-On & On-Off-On
50,000 operations minimum for other circuits
Nominal Operating Force: 0.93N for momentary & 1.20N for maintained
Keylocks

Angle of Throw: 28°

Materials & Finishes


Actuator: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Rotaries

Case: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide


Sealing Rings: Nitrile butadiene rubber
Movable Contacts: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Stationary Contacts: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Base:
Slides

Glass fiber reinforced polyamide


Terminals: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Support Bracket: Phosphor bronze with tin plating
Tactiles

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +85°C (–13°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Tilt

Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)

PCB Processing
Touch

Soldering: Wave Soldering recommended: See Profile A in Supplement section.


Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Cleaning: Automated cleaning. See Cleaning specifications in Supplement section.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


The G Series toggles have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
Accessories

These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement

A34 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Toggles Series G

Toggles
A
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Ultra-miniature size allows high density mounting, and extremely light weight
of 0.25 gram makes these switches ideal for handheld equipment.

Pushbuttons
Totally sealed body construction prevents contact contamination
and allows time- and money-saving automated soldering and

Programmable Illuminated PB
cleaning.

Molded-in, epoxy sealed terminals lock out flux,


solvents, and other contaminants.

Award-winning STC contact mechanism with


benefits unavailable in conventional mechanisms:

Keylocks
smooth, positive detent actuation, increased
contact stability, and unparalleled logic-level
reliability. (Additional STC details in Terms &
Acronyms; see Supplement section.)

Rotaries
.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm) terminal
spacing conforms to standard PC board grid

Slides
spacing. Round terminals facilitate easier
through-hole mounting on PC boards.

Tactiles
Matching indicators available.

Tilt
Touch
Indicators

Actual Size
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A35
Series G Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

G 1 3 A H
Rockers
Pushbuttons

Poles Circuits Actuator PC Terminals


1 SPDT 2 ON NONE ON .150” (3.8mm) P Straight
A
Column Toggle H Right Angle
2 DPDT 3 ON OFF ON
Programmable Illuminated PB

5 ON NONE (ON) V Vertical


8 (ON) OFF (ON)
9 ON OFF (ON)
( ) = Momentary

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


Keylocks

G13AH

SPDT
Rotaries

ON-OFF-ON Circuit
.150” (3.8mm)
Column Toggle Right Angle
PC Terminals
Slides

POLES & CIRCUITS


Toggle Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Tactiles

Up Center Down Up Center Down


Note: Terminal numbers are
not actually on the switch.
Pole Model Slot Slot

G12 ON NONE ON
Tilt

G13 ON OFF ON 5 (COM)


SP G15 ON NONE (ON) 5-6 OPEN 5-4 SPDT
4 6
G18 (ON) OFF (ON)
G19 ON OFF (ON)
Touch

G22 ON NONE ON
G23 ON OFF ON 5 (COM) 2
DP G25 ON NONE (ON) 5-6 2-3 OPEN 5-4 2-1 DPDT
4 6 1 3
G28 (ON) OFF (ON)
Indicators

G29 ON OFF (ON)

ACTUATOR
Accessories

28°

A .150” (3.8mm) Column Toggle


(1.7) Dia
.067
(3.8)
.150
Supplement

(4.0) Dia
.157

A36 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Toggles Series G

Toggles
PC TERMINALS A

P Straight
H Right Angle
V Vertical

Rockers
(2.54) Typ
.100
(0.4) Dia Typ
(0.5) Typ .016
(2.54) Typ .020
(2.54) Typ .100
.100 (0.4) Dia Typ
(0.4) Dia Typ .016 (2.54) Typ

Pushbuttons
.016 (2.6) (2.54) Typ .100
.102 .100 (0.5) Typ
.020
(4.5)
(7.0) .177
(7.0) (4.5)
.276 .276 (2.54) Typ (7.0) (4.5)
.177 .100 .276 .177

Programmable Illuminated PB
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Single & Double Pole (2.54)


Straight PC
.100 4
(2.54) Typ
5 .100
(1.7) Dia (4.0) Dia (0.4) Dia Typ
.067 .157 .016 6

1 4 (0.6) Dia Typ


.024
28° 2 5 (7.0)

Keylocks
.276
3 6 (2.54)
.100
4 1
Slot (1.6) (2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ
.063 .100 5 2 .100
(4.5) (3.8) (7.0) (2.6) (2.54) 6 3
.177 .150 .276 .102 .100
(0.6) Dia Typ

Rotaries
.024

On single pole models, locations 1 & 3 are for support pins. G19AP

Single & Double Pole Right Angle PC

Slides
28°
(2.54) Typ
.100 4 5 6
(1.7) Dia (4.0) Dia (0.4) (0.6) Dia Typ
Slot .067 .157 (5.08)
.016 .024 .200
3 2 1

Tactiles
(4.9)
.193
(2.6) 6 5 4 (2.54) Typ
.102 .100 1 2 3
(2.54)
(0.4) Dia Typ (5.08) (0.5) (0.4) Dia Typ 4 5 6 .100
.016 .200 .020 .016
(0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
(5.08) (1.6) (2.54) (2.54) Typ

Tilt
.024 .200
.200 .063 .100 .100
(7.8) (3.8) (10.22) (7.0)
.307 .150 .402 .276
G19AH

Single & Double Pole Vertical PC Touch


(2.54)
.100 4
(1.7) Dia (4.0) Dia (0.4) (2.54) Typ
5 .100
.067 .157 .016
Indicators

6
1 4
(0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
2 5 (7.4) .024 .200
28° .292
3 6
(2.6) CL
.102
Accessories

Slot
(2.54)
(0.4) Dia Typ (1.0) (0.5) Typ (0.4) Dia Typ .100
.016 .039 .020 .016 4 1
(2.54) (2.54) (2.54) Typ
(1.6) (5.08) (2.54) Typ 5 2 .100
.100 .063 .200 .100 .100
6 3
(5.3) (3.8) (12.76) (4.5)
.209 .150 .502 .177 (0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
Supplement

.024 .200

G22AV

www.nkkswitches.com A37
Series G Fully Illuminated Ultra-Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A
General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Pushbuttons

Logic Level: 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum


(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.
Programmable Illuminated PB

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 80 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 100,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 100,000 operations minimum
10,000 operations minimum @ 0.1A @ 28V AC/DC
Nominal Operating Force: 1.30N
Angle of Throw: 28°
Keylocks

Materials & Finishes


Actuator: Polyamide
Rotaries

Case: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide


Sealing Rings: Nitrile butadiene rubber
Movable Contacts: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Stationary Contacts: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Base: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Slides

Power Terminals: Phosphor bronze with gold plating


Lamp Terminals: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Tactiles

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +55°C (–13°F through +131°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 500Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range
& returning in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Tilt

Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)

PCB Processing
Touch

Soldering: Wave Soldering recommended. See Profile A in Supplement section.


Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Cleaning: Automated cleaning. See Cleaning specifications in Supplement section.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


The G Series toggles have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
Accessories

When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement

A38 www.nkkswitches.com
Fully Illuminated Ultra-Miniature Toggles Series G

Toggles
A
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Fully illuminated toggle for highly visible status indication with LED in red,

Pushbuttons
green, or amber for single color and red/green for bicolor.

Ultra-miniature size allows high density mounting, and extremely

Programmable Illuminated PB
light weight makes these switches ideal for handheld equipment.

Totally sealed body construction prevents contact


contamination and allows time- and money-saving
automated soldering and cleaning.

Keylocks
Molded-in, epoxy sealed terminals lock out flux,
solvents, and other contaminants.

Rotaries
Award-winning STC contact mechanism with
benefits unavailable in conventional mech-
anisms: smooth, positive detent actuation,
increased contact stability, and unparalleled

Slides
logic-level reliability. (Additional STC details
in Terms & Acronyms; see Supplement section.)

Tactiles
.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm) terminal
spacing conforms to standard PC board grid
spacing. Round terminals facilitate easier through-
hole mounting on PC boards.

Tilt
Touch
Indicators

Actual Size
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A39
Series G Fully Illuminated Ultra-Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

G 1 2 J H C
Rockers

Pole Circuits Actuator PC Terminals LEDS


Pushbuttons

1 SPDT 2 ON NONE ON J Clear P Straight Single Color


Combines with single color H Right Angle C Red
or bicolor LEDs
V Vertical D Amber
Programmable Illuminated PB

3 ON OFF ON
F Green
Combines with
ON-NONE-ON only
bicolor LED only
Bicolor
SPDT CF Red/Green
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ON-NONE-ON Circuit
ORDERING EXAMPLE ON-NONE-ON
Clear Toggle, Right Angle & ON-OFF-ON
G12JHC Red LED PC Terminals
Keylocks

POLES & CIRCUITS


Toggle Position Connected Terminals Schematics
Rotaries

Up Center Down Up Center Down Note: Terminal numbers are not actually on
Pole the switch. LED circuit is isolated and
Throw Model Slot Slot
requires an external power source.
Slides

(4) Red
G12 ON NONE ON 2-3 NONE 2-1 2 (COM)
(5) (6) (5)
SPDT (6) Green
G13 ON OFF ON 2-3 OPEN 2-1 3 1
Single Color Bicolor

ACTUATOR
Tactiles

28°
J Clear Toggle
(1.7) Dia
.067
(3.8)
.150
Tilt

(4.0) Dia
.157

LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS


Touch

Single Color Bicolor


LEDs are an integral part of the switch
and not available separately. The C D F CF
electrical specifications shown are
Indicators

Colors Red Amber Green Red/Green


determined at a basic temperature of
25°C. Maximum Forward Current I FM 30mA 30mA 25mA 30mA/25mA
Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA/20mA
If the source voltage exceeds the rated
Accessories

voltage, a ballast resistor is required. Forward Voltage VF 2.0V 2.0V 2.1V 2.0V/2.1V

The resistor value can be calculated by Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5V 5V 5V 5V/5V
using the formula in the Supplement; 0 - No current Reduction Rate within
see Supplement Index. Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F
Supplement

Ambient Temperature Range


Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +55°C

A40 www.nkkswitches.com
Fully Illuminated Ultra-Miniature Toggles Series G

Toggles
PC TERMINALS A
P Straight
H Right Angle
V Vertical

Rockers
(2.54) Typ
.100
(0.4) Dia Typ
(0.5) Typ .016
(2.54) Typ
(2.54) Typ .100 .020
.100 (0.4) Dia Typ
(0.4) Dia Typ .016 (2.54) Typ
(2.6)

Pushbuttons
.016 (2.54) Typ .100
.102
.100 (0.5) Typ
.020
(4.5)
(7.0) .177
(7.0) (4.5)
.276 .276 (2.54) Typ (7.0) (4.5)
.177 .100 .276 .177

Programmable Illuminated PB
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Straight PC
(1.7) Dia (4.0) Dia (0.4) Dia Typ
.067 .157 .016 (2.54)
.100
4 1
1 4 (2.54) Typ
2 5 (7.0) 5 2 .100
28° .276
6 3
3 6

Keylocks
(0.6) Dia Typ
(1.6) (2.54) Typ .024
Slot
.063 .100
(4.5) (3.8) (7.0) (2.6) (2.54)
.177 .150 .276 .102 .100

Rotaries
5 & 6 are LED terminals; 4 is a support pin on single color models & an LED terminal on bicolor models. G12JPC

Right Angle PC

Slides
28°

(1.7) Dia (4.0) Dia (0.4)


Slot .067 .157 .016 (2.54) Typ
3 2 1
.100 1 2 3

Tactiles
(4.9) (2.54)
.193 4 5 6 .100
(2.6) 6 5 4 (0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
.102 .024 .200
(0.4) Dia Typ (5.08) (0.5) (0.4) Dia Typ
.016 .200 .020 .016
(5.08) (1.6) (2.54) (2.54) Typ
.200 .063 .100 .100

Tilt
(7.8) (3.8) (10.22) (7.0)
.307 .150 .402 .276

5 & 6 are LED terminals; 4 is a support pin on single color models & an LED terminal on bicolor models. G12JHD

Touch
Vertical PC
(1.7) Dia (4.0) Dia (0.4)
.067 .157 .016 (2.54)
.100
Indicators

4 1
1 4
(2.54) Typ
2 5 (7.4) 5 2 .100
28° .292 6 3
3 6
(0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
(2.6) .024
.102 .200
Slot
Accessories

(0.4) Dia Typ


(0.4) Dia Typ (1.0) (0.5) Typ .016
.016 .039 .020
(2.54)
(2.54) (1.6) (5.08) (2.54) Typ .100
.100 .063 .200 .100
(4.5)
(5.3) (3.8) (12.76) .177
.209 .150 .502
Supplement

5 & 6 are LED terminals; 4 is a support pin on single color models & an LED terminal on bicolor models. G12JVCF

www.nkkswitches.com A41
Series G3T Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature SMT Toggles
Toggles

A
General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Logic Level: 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
Pushbuttons

Note: See Supplement section for explanation of operating range.

Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB

Contact Resistance: 80 milliohms maximum


Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 1.6N for momentary & 1.7N for maintained
Angle of Throw: 28°

Materials & Finishes


Keylocks

Actuator: Polyphenylene sulfide (UL94V-0)


Case: Polyphenylene sulfide (UL94V-0)
Sealing Rings: Nitrile butadiene rubber
Movable Contacts: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Rotaries

Stationary Contacts: Phosphor bronze with gold plating


Base: Polyphenylene sulfide (UL94V-0)
Terminals: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Slides

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 500Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
Tactiles

in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours


Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)

Installation
Tilt

Mounting: It is recommended that the body of models for upright mounting without bracket be fastened to a
panel or similar support for protection of solder joints from mechanical stress.
Coplanarity: See specifications in Terms & Acronyms in Supplement section
Touch

Processing
Soldering: Reflow Soldering recommended. See Profile B in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Indicators

Cleaning: Automated cleaning. See Cleaning specifications in Supplement section.

Standards & Certifications


Accessories

Flammability Standard: UL94V-0 actuator, case & base


The G3T Series toggles have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement

A42 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature SMT Toggles Series G3T

Toggles
A
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Ultra-miniature size allows high density mounting, and extremely light
weight of 0.6 gram makes these switches ideal for handheld equipment.

Pushbuttons
Tape-reel and stick-tube packaging allow rapid automated
placement of surface mount devices. Tape-reel packaging

Programmable Illuminated PB
meets EIA-481-D Standard.

Heat resistant resin used for housing, base, and


lever allows vapor phase and infrared convection
reflow soldering.

Keylocks
Combination of design features achieves total seal and
allows automated processing techniques, including flux
cleaning procedures: one-piece bushing and housing,
rubber seals surrounding actuator and base, epoxy at

Rotaries
joint of case and base, and molded-in, epoxy-sealed
terminals.

Slides
Award-winning STC contact mechanism with benefits
unavailable in conventional mechanisms: smoother, positive
detent actuation, increased contact stability and unparalleled logic-level
reliability. (Additional STC details in Terms & Acronyms; see Supplement section.)

Tactiles
Gull-wing terminals provide mechanical stability during soldering and simplified solder
joint inspection.

Tilt
Coplanarity: all considered surfaces must lie between two parallel planes that are a
maximum distance apart of .0059” (0.15mm). (Additional coplanarity details in Terms
and Acronyms in the Supplement section.) Touch

Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A43
Series G3T Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature SMT Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

G3T 1 2 A H
Rockers
Pushbuttons

Poles Actuator Packaging


1 SPDT .150” (3.8mm) Tape-Reel for
A
Column Toggle R Right Angle Only
2 DPDT
500 Pieces/Reel
Programmable Illuminated PB

Stick-Tube for
S Upright Mount
50 Pieces/Stick
Circuits Terminals
Partitioned Tray for
2 ON NONE ON P Gull Wing for Upright Mount No
Upright & Right Angle
Code
3 ON OFF ON B Gull Wing for Upright with Bracket Mount Any Quantity
5 ON NONE (ON) H Gull Wing for Right Angle Mount Packaging details at
end of G3T Series
8 (ON) OFF (ON)
Keylocks

9 ON OFF (ON)
( ) = Momentary DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
G3T12AH
Rotaries

SPDT
ON-NONE-ON Circuit
.150” (3.8mm)
Column Toggle Gull Wing Terminals for
Slides

Right Angle Mount

POLES & CIRCUITS


Toggle Position
Tactiles

( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics


Up Center Down Up Center Down
Note: Terminal numbers are
not actually on switch.
Pole Model
Tilt

Slot Slot

G3T12 ON NONE ON
G3T13 ON OFF ON 5 (COM)
SP G3T15 ON NONE (ON) 5-6 OPEN 5-4 SPDT
Touch

G3T18 (ON) OFF (ON) 4 6

G3T19 ON OFF (ON)

G3T22 ON NONE ON
G3T23 ON OFF ON
Indicators

5 (COM) 2
DP G3T25 ON NONE (ON) 5-6 2-3 OPEN 5-4 2-1 DPDT
G3T28 (ON) OFF (ON) 4 6 1 3

G3T29 ON OFF (ON)


Accessories

ACTUATOR
28°
A .150” (3.8mm) Column Toggle (1.7) Dia
Supplement

.067
(3.8)
.150 (4.0) Dia
.157

A44 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature SMT Toggles Series G3T

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Single & Double Pole Upright Mounting
(0.6) Typ (1.7) Dia (4.0) Dia (0.25) Typ
.024 .067 .157 .010

Rockers
Support Legs
1
4 4
(5.08) (8.5) 2 (8.5)
28° .200 5 .335 5 .335
6 3 6

Pushbuttons
(0.7) (0.5) Typ (0.5) Typ
Slot .028 .020 .020
(1.5)
.059
(5.0) (3.8) (9.0) (0.1) (7.6) (7.6)
.197 .150 .354 .004 .299 .299 G3T12AP

Programmable Illuminated PB
Single & Double Pole Upright Mounting with Bracket
(0.6) Typ (1.7) Dia (4.0) Dia (0.25) Typ (3.8) (1.2) Typ (3.8) (1.2) Typ
.024 .067 .157 .010 .150 .047 .150 .047
Support Legs
1
4 4
(5.08) (11.0) 2 (11.0)
28° .200 5 .433 5 .433
6 3 6

(0.7) (0.5) Typ (0.5) Typ


Slot .028 .020 .020

Keylocks
(1.5) (0.9) Typ (0.9) Typ
.059 .035 .035
(5.0) (3.8) (9.0) (0.1) (7.6) (7.6)
.197 .150 .354 .004 .299 .299 G3T22AB

(3.8) Typ
.150 Right Angle Mounting

Rotaries
(1.7) Dia (2.54) Typ (1.25) Typ
.067 .100 .049

28° (11.0)
.433

Slides
(0.5) Typ
(4.0) Dia .020
.157
(1.5)
.059
(0.9) Typ
.035 Single Pole Double Pole
(3.8) (9.0) (0.55)
Slot .150 .354 .022

Tactiles
(5.55) (5.55)
.219 .219

(0.25) Typ 6 5 4 6 3 5 2 4 1
(8.5) (0.25) (0.1) (0.1)
.010
.335 .010 .004 .004 G3T12AH

Tilt
Pad Layouts for Upright Mounting Upright Mounting with Bracket Right Angle Mounting
Surface Mount (3.8)
Terminals (1.7) Typ
.150
(1.1) Typ Support
(3.8)
.150
.067 .043 Pads (1.1) Typ (1.7) Typ
(1.7) Typ Support .043 .067

Touch
.067 Pads (2.54) Typ
.100 (2.54) Typ
(2.54) Typ (9.75) .100
.100 4
4 .384 4
(9.75)
5 (2.54) Typ .384 5
5
Single Pole (2.54) Typ (0.635) 6
.100
(0.635) 6 (0.635)
(0.635) 6 .100
Double Throw .025
Indicators

.025 .025 .025


(0.7) Typ (0.7) Typ
(0.7) Typ (6.0) (0.635) (1.55) Typ .028
.028 .236 .028 (6.0) (1.55) Typ
.025 .061 (3.0)
.236 .061
.118

(3.8)
.150 (3.8)
.150
Accessories

(1.7) Typ (1.1) Typ


.067 .043 (1.1) Typ (1.7) Typ
(1.7) Typ .043 .067
Double Pole .067
(2.54) Typ
(1.27) Typ
(2.54) Typ 1 1 .050
Double Throw .100 4
.100
4
(9.75)
.384
1
4
2 2
(9.75) 2
5 5 (2.54) Typ .384 5
3 (2.54) Typ 3 .100 3 (0.635) Typ
(0.635) (0.635) Typ 6
Supplement

6 .100 (0.635) 6 .025


.025 .025 .025
(0.7) Typ (6.0) (0.7) Typ (0.7) Typ
(0.635) (1.55) Typ .028
.028 .236 .025 .028 (6.0) (1.55) Typ .061 (3.0)
.236 .061
.118

www.nkkswitches.com A45
Series G3T Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature SMT Toggles
Toggles

A PACKAGING

Tape-Reel
R for Right Angle
Rockers

500 pieces per reel


Pushbuttons

Switches must be ordered in


500-piece increments when
tape-reel packaging is selected.

This packaging meets EIA-481-D


Programmable Illuminated PB

Standard for “16mm and 24mm


Embossed Carrier Taping of
Surface Mount Components
for Automatic Handling.”

Stick-Tube
S for Upright Mount
Keylocks

50 pieces per stick

Switches must be ordered in


50-piece increments when
stick-tube packaging is selected.
Rotaries
Slides

No Partitioned Tray
Code for Upright & Right Angle
Tactiles

Any quantity

If the G3 upright models are


ordered in less than 50-piece
Tilt

increments or the right angle


models in less than 500-piece
increments, the switches are
packaged in a partitioned tray.
Touch

No code is required.
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

A46 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature SMT Toggles Series G3T

Toggles
PACKAGING (CONTINUED) A
Tape-Reel Packaging for Right Angle Mount

Rockers
Each tape-reel of 550 pockets contains 500 switches.

Pushbuttons
Minimum Leader Length: 7.87” (200mm) Minimum Trailer Length: 1.97” (50mm)

(2.0) Typ (16.0) Typ (4.0) Typ (1.5) Dia Typ (6.0)

Programmable Illuminated PB
.079 .630 .157 .059 .236
(1.75) (0.4)
.069 .016

(78.49) Dia (11.5)


3.090 .453 (13.9)
(13.0) Dia (24.0) Part No. .547
.512 .945 (17.8) (8.6)
(2.0) Typ .701 .339
.079

Terminal #1 (1.5) R
Overall Dia (330.0) .059
13.0 (2.0)
(21.0) Dia .079 (24.4) (2.1) Dia Typ (2.0)
.827 .961 .083 Direction of Feed .079

Keylocks
Reel Dimensions Tape Dimensions

Rotaries
Stick-Tube Packaging for Upright Mount

Each stick-tube contains 50 switches.

Slides
L = Length (7.7)
.303

Tactiles
G3T Upright (code P)
(15.3)
18.31” (465mm) .602

G3T Upright with Bracket (code B)

Tilt
(9.8)
21.26” (540mm) .386
L

Stick-Tube Dimensions

Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A47
Series M Waterproof Miniature Toggles

General Specifications
Toggles

A
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Power Level (silver): 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC
4A @ 30V DC for On-None-On; 3A @ 30V DC for all other circuits
Logic Level (gold): 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum (Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
Pushbuttons

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for silver; 20 milliohms maximum for gold
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
Programmable Illuminated PB

1,500V AC minimum between contacts and case for 1 minute minimum


Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum for silver at 3A @ 250V AC; 25,000 operations minimum for silver
at 6A @ 125V AC; 50,000 operations minimum for gold
Angle of Throw: 25°
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Sealing: Waterproofing, achieved with boot at base of lever plus o-rings inside and outside of bushing,
meets IP67 of IEC60529 Standards (dust tight and protection against effects of temporary
Keylocks

immersion). See further explanation on page A51.


Processing
Soldering: Manual Soldering for SIlver: ON-NONE-ON: See Profile B in Supplement section.
ON-OFF-ON and (ON)-OFF-(ON): See Profile A in Supplement section.
Rotaries

Manual Soldering for Gold, all circuits: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Note: Lever must be in OFF (center) position while soldering.
Slides

Distinctive Characteristics
Tactiles

Inner o-ring and external rubber washer seal the switch to achieve IP67 of
IEC60529 Standards (dust tight and water protected for temporary immersion).

Waterproof boot at base of toggle further ensures protection against wet


Tilt

environments.

Actuation provides smooth, sturdy tactile feel.


Touch

Actual Size
Polished, chrome-plated actuator paired with the
waterproof boot not only delivers in terms of sleek
design, but also functionality and reliability.
Indicators

Superb quality and construction design prohibit


entry of harmful particles that may otherwise
Accessories

compromise lever operation.


Supplement

A48 www.nkkswitches.com
Waterproof Miniature Toggles Series M

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE A

M20 1 2 WB G 01

Rockers
Pushbuttons
Poles
1 SPDT
Toggle with Large Contact Material & Ratings Terminals
2 DPDT Bushing

Programmable Illuminated PB
Silver; Rated 6A @ 125V AC 01 Solder Lug
W
.787” (20.0mm) Bat & 3A @ 250V AC
with Large .472”
Circuits WB Gold; Rated 0.4VA max @
(12.0mm) Threaded G
2 ON NONE ON Bushing with D Flat 28V AC/DC max
3 ON OFF ON
8 (ON) OFF (ON)
( ) = Momentary

Keylocks
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
M2012WBG01

Rotaries
.787” (20.0mm) Bat Lever
with Waterproof Boot

.472” (12.0mm) Threaded

Slides
Bushing with D Flat SPDT
ON-NONE-ON Circuit
Gold Contacts with
0.4VA Rating Solder Lug Terminals

Tactiles
POLES & CIRCUITS

Tilt
Toggle Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics

Up Center Down Up Center Down


Note: Terminal numbers are Touch
Pole Model
not actually on the switch.
Flat Flat
Indicators

M2012 ON NONE ON 2 (COM)


SP M2013 ON OFF ON 2-3 OPEN 2-1 SPDT
M2018 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1
Accessories

M2022 ON NONE ON 2 (COM) 5


DP M2023 ON OFF ON 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 DPDT
M2028 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1 6 4
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A49
Series M Waterproof Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A STANDARD HARDWARE

AT503M Hex Face Nut AT508 Lockwasher AT401P O-ring


Brass/Chrome Steel with Zinc/Chromate Nitrile Butadiene Rubber
Rockers

(12.1)
M12 P1 .476

(12.1) Dia
Pushbuttons

(14.3) (15.8) Dia .476


.563 .622 (17.5) Dia
.689

(13.8) Dia
.543
Programmable Illuminated PB

(16.0) (2.4) (1.0) (0.5) (1.5)


.630 .094 .039 .020 .059

PANEL CUTOUTS & THICKNESS

No
Keylocks

(11.2)
Anti-rotation Maximum Effective Panel Thickness
.441 Anti-rotation .138” (3.5mm)
(12.5) Dia
(12.5) .492
.492
Rotaries

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Solder Lug Single Pole


Slides

(6.2) D Flat (1.1) x (2.0) Typ


.244 .043 x .079
3
(4.7) Typ
.185
Tactiles

25° 2 (13.0)
.512
(0.8) Typ 1
.031

(6.0) Dia M12 P1 (2.0) (0.5) Typ (2.0)


.236 .079 .020 .079
(18.0) Dia (20.0) (9.5) (9.4) (4.5) (7.9)
.709 .787 .374 .371 .177 .311
Tilt

M2012WBG01
Touch

Solder Lug Double Pole


Indicators

(6.2) D Flat (1.1) x (2.0) (4.8)


.244 .043 x .079 Typ .189

6 3
(4.7) Typ
.185 (13.0)
25° 5 2
.512
Accessories

(0.8)Typ 4 1
.031

(6.0) Dia M12 P1 (2.0) (0.5) Typ (2.0) Typ


.236 .079 .020 .079
(18.0) Dia (20.0) (9.5) (9.4) (4.5) (12.7)
.709 .787 .374 .371 .177 .500
Supplement

M2022WBG01

A50 www.nkkswitches.com
Waterproof Miniature Toggles Series M

Toggles
APPLICATION CONSIDERATIONS A
The Dual Seal Waterproof M Toggle is designed as a panel seal switch, and not to be used under water.

Rockers
Material Properties Repeat opening and closing same as previous test.
The resulting insulation resistance and voltage capacity
The material for the waterproof boot is silicone rubber.
are both within the rated values, and water has not
While silicone rubber has excellent heat, cold and weather
entered inside the switch or installation panel.

Pushbuttons
resistant properties, it has less durability and oil resistance.

The o-rings are made of nitrile butadiene rubber, which


Panel Installation
excels in durability and oil and chemical resistance. Its

Programmable Illuminated PB
performance is less durable with lower weather and ozone For panel
resistant characteristics. installation, the
internal tooth
Boot
Evaluate the products in reguard to your application and lockwasher is
intended environment with these properties in mind. installed above
the panel. The O-ring Internal Tooth
Lockwasher
external o-ring
Waterproof Test Conditions mounts below
the panel.
Waterproofing is Water Surface Opening O-ring Panel
measured by sub-

Keylocks
mersing the switch 5
centimeters from the 5cm and 1m
water surface (see
illustration), and
opening and closing

Rotaries
50 times at a frequency
of 50 – 60 times per
minute. The switch is Container
then submersed 1
meter from the surface

Slides
and left in this position for 30 minutes.

Tactiles
Applications
• Construction Equipment • Medical Equipment
• Hospitality and Restaurant • Machine Tooling
• Transportation • Marine Equipment *

Tilt
* Salt spray tested as per Mil-STD-810G section 509.5.

Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A51
Series M Miniature Toggles

General Specifications
Toggles

A
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Power Level (silver): 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC
4A @ 30V DC for On-None-On & On-None-Off; 3A @ 30V DC for all other circuits
Logic Level (gold): 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum (Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
Pushbuttons

Logic/Power Level (gold over silver): Combines silver & gold ratings
Note: Find additional explanation of dual rating & operating range in Supplement section.
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for silver; 20 milliohms maximum for gold
Programmable Illuminated PB

Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC


Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts and case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 100,000 operations minimum; 50,000 operations minimum for flat, locking & splashproof devices
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum for silver; 50,000 operations minimum for gold;
50,000 operations minimum for silver at 3A @ 125V AC
Angle of Throw: 25°
Materials & Finishes
Toggle: Brass with chrome plating Frame: Stainless steel
Keylocks

Bushing: Brass with nickel plating Support Bracket: Brass with tin plating
Case: Diallyl phthalate resin (UL94V–0)
Movable Contactor: Phosphor bronze with silver or gold plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy (code W); copper with gold plating (code G); or silver alloy with gold plating (code A)
Rotaries

Stationary Contacts: Silver with silver plating (code W); copper or brass with gold plating (code G);
or silver with gold plating (code A)
Terminals: Copper or brass with silver plating; or copper or brass with gold plating
Environmental Data
Slides

Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)


Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tactiles

Sealing: Splashproof bushing options B3, D3, D8, L3, & L8, which have o-rings inside & outside the
bushing, meet IP67 of IEC60529 Standards.
Installation
Mounting Torque: 3.0Nm (26.55 lb•in) double nut for large bushing;
Tilt

1.5Nm (13 lb•in) double nut & 0.7Nm (6 lb•in) single nut for all other bushings
Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering (PC version) for Gold: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering for Gold: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Touch

Wave Soldering (PC version) for Silver: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering for Silver: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Note: Lever must be in OFF (center) position while soldering.
Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V–0 for case
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Accessories

Add “/U” or “/CUL” before dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
All models recognized at 6A @ 125V AC, 3A @ 250V AC or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V DC maximum.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
All models certified at 6A @ 125V AC or 3A @ 250V AC or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V maximum.
Supplement

A52 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Toggles Series M

Distinctive Characteristics

Toggles
A

Rockers
Antirotation design, standard on noncylindrical levers, mates toggle
and bushing; bottom of toggle has two flatted sides which fit into
a complementary opening inside bushing.

Pushbuttons
Antijamming design protects contacts from damage due
to excessive downward force on actuator.

Programmable Illuminated PB
High torque bushing construction prevents rotation
or separation from frame during installation.

High insulating barriers increase isolation of


circuits in multipole devices and provide
added protection to contact points.

Molded diallyl phthalate case has a UL

Keylocks
flammability rating of 94V-0.

Epoxy sealed terminals prevent entry


of solder flux and other contaminants.

Rotaries
Prominent external insulating barriers
increase insulation resistance and
dielectric strength.

Slides
Interlocked actuator block, lever, and interior guide
prevent switch failure due to biased lever movement.

Tactiles
Clinching of frame to case well above base and terminals
provides 1,500V dielectric strength.

Tilt
Actual Size
Touch
Bushing Mount Page A52
Indicators

Bracket PC Mount Page A64


Accessories
Supplement

Angle PC Mount Page A70

www.nkkswitches.com A53
Series M Bushing Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH

M20 1 3 S S1
Rockers
Pushbuttons

Poles Small Toggles Small Bushings


Programmable Illuminated PB

SPST S .413” (10.5mm) Bat S1 .350” (8.9mm) Threaded with Keyway


1
SPDT
S2 .200” (5.08mm) Bat 6mm .350” (8.9mm) Threaded with
S4
DPST Keyway
S3 .256” (6.5mm) Bat
2 DPDT
S2 .350” (8.9mm) Smooth with Keyway
SP3T E .450” (11.4mm) Flatted
A1 .280” (7.1mm) Threaded with Keyway
3 3PDT * E2 .256” (6.5mm) Flatted
A2 .280” (7.1mm) Smooth with Keyway
4PDT E4 .840” (21.3mm) Flatted
4 D1 .350” (8.9mm) Threaded with D Flat
DP3T *Q .550” (14.0mm) Cone
6mm .350” (8.9mm) Threaded with
Keylocks

* Q2 .640” (16.26mm) Cone D4


D Flat
* Q4 .840” (21.3mm) Cone
.350” (8.9mm) Threaded Splashproof
.571” (14.5mm) Color Tipped Cone D3 with D Flat (combines only with S, S2
*C
(available in colors A, B & C only) & S3)
Rotaries

D .840” (21.3mm) Color Capped Cone 6mm .350” (8.9mm) Threaded Splash-
Specify cap color for toggles C & D D8 proof with D Flat (combines only with
at the end of the part number. S, S2 & S3)
Circuits * Available on 1- and 2-pole only.
Slides

*1 ON NONE OFF
2 ON NONE ON
3 ON OFF ON Large Toggles Large Bushings
Tactiles

5 ON NONE (ON) B .453” (11.5mm) Large Bat Large .472” (12mm) Threaded
B1
with Keyway
8 (ON) OFF (ON) B2 .689” (17.5mm) Large Bat
Large .472” (12mm) Threaded
9 ON OFF (ON) R .610” (15.5mm) Large Flatted B3
Splashproof with D Flat
** 4 ON ON ON
Tilt

** 6 (ON) ON (ON)
** 7 ON ON (ON)
Locking Lever Bushings For Locking Levers
( ) = Momentary
Touch

L .201” (5.1mm) Dia. Locking Lever .291” (7.4mm) Threaded with Keyway
* ON-NONE-OFF circuit avail- L1
for Lever Lock
able in 1- and 2-pole only.
6mm .291” (7.4mm) Threaded with
** 3-ON circuits L4
Keyway for Lever Lock
Indicators

L2 Smooth with Keyway for Lever Lock


.295” (7.5mm) Threaded Splashproof
L3
with D Flat for Lever Lock
Accessories

6mm .295” (7.5mm) Threaded Splash-


L8
proof with D Flat for Lever Lock
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Supplement

Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.

A54 www.nkkswitches.com
Bushing Mount Miniature Toggles Series M

Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE A

W 01

Rockers
Pushbuttons
Contact Materials & Ratings Optional Caps Cap Colors

Programmable Illuminated PB
Silver; Rated For Small Bat Toggles A Black
W
6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC
B For S Bat Toggle B White
Gold; Rated
G C Conical Cap for S Bat Toggle C Red
0.4VA max @ 28V AC/DC max
For Large Bat Toggles E Yellow
Gold over Silver; Rated
A 6A @ 125V AC & 0.4VA max @ R For B Toggle F Green
28V AC/DC max V For B2 Toggle G Blue

Keylocks
Cap for Locking Lever
No Nickel Plated Supplied
Code with Switch

Rotaries
Terminals A Black
01 Solder Lug C Red
02 Quick Connect G Blue
03 .250” (6.35mm) Straight PC

Slides
05 .425” (10.8mm) Wirewrap
06 .750” (19.05mm) Wirewrap
07 .964” (24.5mm) Wirewrap

Tactiles
08 1.062” (27.0mm) Wirewrap

Tilt
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
Touch
M2013SS1W01 Indicators

.413” (10.5mm) Bat Toggle

1/4–40 .350” (8.9mm)


Threaded Bushing with Keyway
Accessories

Silver Contacts SPDT


with 6–Amp Rating ON-OFF-ON Circuit

Solder Lug Terminals


Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A55
Series M Bushing Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A POLES & CIRCUITS


Toggle Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Down Center Up Down Center Up
Rockers

Note: Terminal numbers are not actually


Pole Model Keyway Keyway
on the switch.

2 (COM)
Pushbuttons

SP M2011 ON NONE OFF 2-3 OPEN OPEN SPST


3

M2012 ON NONE ON
M2013 ON OFF ON 2 (COM)
Programmable Illuminated PB

SP M2015 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 OPEN 2-1 SPDT


M2018 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1

M2019 ON OFF (ON)


2 (COM) 5
DP M2021 ON NONE OFF 2-3 5-6 OPEN OPEN DPST
3 6

M2022 ON NONE ON
M2023 ON OFF ON 2 (COM) 5
DP M2025 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 DPDT
3 1 6 4
M2028 (ON) OFF (ON)
Keylocks

M2029 ON OFF (ON)


M2032 ON NONE ON
M2033 ON OFF ON 2 5 (COM) 8
2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4
3P M2035 ON NONE (ON) OPEN 3PDT
8-9 8-7 3 1 6 4 9 7
M2038
Rotaries

(ON) OFF (ON)


M2039 ON OFF (ON)
M2042 ON NONE ON
M2043 ON OFF ON 2 5 (COM) 8 11
2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4
4P M2045 ON NONE (ON) OPEN 4PDT
8-9 11-12 8-7 11-10
Slides

3 1 6 4 9 7 12 10
M2048 (ON) OFF (ON)
M2049 ON OFF (ON)

For 3 Throw (3-On)


Tactiles

Connected Terminals & Schematic

Pole Model Down Center Up Down Center Up

External External External


Connection Connection Connection
Tilt

M2024 ON ON ON 2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5

SP M2026 (ON) ON (ON)


M2027 ON ON (ON) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out)

2-3 5-6 2-3 5-4 2-1 5-4


Touch

External External External External External External


Connection Connection Connection Connection Connection Connection
2 (in) 5 8 (in) 11 2 (in) 5 8 (in) 11 2 (in) 5 8 (in) 11
M2044 ON ON ON
Indicators

DP M2046 (ON) ON (ON)


M2047 ON ON (ON) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 7 (out) 9 10 (out) 12 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 7 (out) 9 10 (out) 12 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 7 (out) 9 10 (out) 12 (out)

2-3 5-6 2-3 5-4 2-1 5-4


8-9 11-12 8-9 11-10 8-7 11-10
Accessories

The SP3T model utilizes a (out) The DP3T model utilizes a (out) (out)
double pole base. External 6 3
four pole base. External
Conn 12 9 6 3
Conn Common
5 2
Common Common (in)
11 8 5 2
(in)
Supplement

(in) (out)
External connection must be 4 1
External connection must be (out)
10 7 4 1

made during field installation. (out) (out)


made during field installation. (out) (out)

A56 www.nkkswitches.com
Bushing Mount Miniature Toggles Series M

Toggles
SMALL TOGGLES A
.413” (10.5mm) .200” (5.08mm) .256” (6.5mm)
S Bat
S2 Bat
S3 Bat

Rockers
Important:
25°
Toggle length changes (2.8) Dia
25°
.110
based on bushing selected. (2.7) Dia
25° (2.7) Dia
.106

Pushbuttons
All illustrations are shown (10.5)
.413
.106
(6.5)
(5.08)
with .350” long bushing. .200
.256

When using a .280” long


bushing, toggle length

Programmable Illuminated PB
increases .070”.
Standard Material & Finish: Brass with Bright Chrome
Contact factory for optional finishes.

.450” (11.4mm) .256” (6.5mm) .840” (21.3mm) .571” (14.5mm)


E Flatted
E2 Flatted
E4 Flatted
C Color Tipped Cone
Supplied with Cap AT445

Keylocks
Colors: A B C
Material: Polycarbonate
(5.0) 25°
.197 (2.5)
.098
25°
(3.0) Dia

Rotaries
(5.08) 25° .118
.200 (2.54)
.100 (4.2) 25° (21.3)
(2.5) (4.5)
.165 .840
.098 (14.5) .177
(11.4) .571
.450 (6.5)
.256

Slides
Only Available in 1- & 2-Pole Only Available in 1- & 2-Pole

Tactiles
.550” (14.0mm) .640” (16.26mm) .840” (21.3mm) .840” (21.3mm)
Q Cone Q2 Cone Q4 Cone
D Color Capped Cone
Supplied with Cap AT460

Tilt
Colors: A B C E F G
Material: Polyethylene

25°
25°

Touch
(3.1) Dia (3.1) Dia
.122 .122
25°
25° (3.1) Dia
(3.1) Dia .122
.122
(21.3) (21.3) (16.4)
.646
Indicators

(16.26) .840 .840


(14.0) .640
.550
Accessories

Only Available in 1- & 2-Pole Only Available in 1- & 2-Pole Only Available in 1- & 2-Pole
Supplement

Cap Colors
Available: A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue

www.nkkswitches.com A57
Series M Bushing Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A SMALL BUSHINGS

1/4-40 .350” (8.9mm) 6mm/.350” (8.9mm) .350” (8.9mm)


S1 Threaded with Keyway S4 Threaded with Keyway S2 Smooth with Keyway
Rockers

(0.8) (0.8) (0.8) (6.2) Dia


1/4-40 Thd .031 M6 P0.75 .031
.031 .244

(2.5) (2.5) (2.5)


Pushbuttons

.098 .098 .098


(0.9) (0.9) (0.9)
.035 .035 .035
(8.0) Dia (8.9) (8.0) Dia (8.9) (8.0) Dia (8.9)
.315 .350 .315 .350 .315 .350

Maximum Panel Thickness with Maximum Panel Thickness with


Programmable Illuminated PB

Standard Hardware: .102” (2.6mm) Standard Hardware: .102” (2.6mm)

1/4-40 .280” (7.1mm) .280” (7.1mm)


A1 Threaded with Keyway A2 Smooth with Keyway
(0.8) (0.8) (6.2) Dia
.031 1/4-40 Thd .031 .244

(2.5) (2.5)
.098 .098
(0.9) (0.9)
.035 .035
Keylocks

(8.0) Dia (7.1) (8.0) Dia (7.1)


.315 .280 .315 .280

When using this bushing, toggle length is


increased by .070”. Maximum Panel Thickness When using this bushing, toggle
with Standard Hardware: .031” (0.8mm) length is increased by .070”.
Rotaries

1/4-40 .350” (8.9mm) 6mm/.350” (8.9mm) 1/4-40 .350” (8.9mm)


D1 Threaded with D Flat D4 Threaded with D Flat D3 Threaded Splashproof with D Flat
1/4-40 Thd M6 P0.75 1/4-40 Thd
Slides

(2.5) (2.5) (2.5)


.098 .098 .098
(0.9) (0.9) (1.5)
.035 .035 .059
(8.0) Dia (8.9) (8.0) Dia (8.9) (10.0) Dia (8.9)
Tactiles

.315 .350 .315 .350 .394 .350

D3 combines only with S, S2 & S3 toggles.


Maximum Panel Thickness with Maximum Panel Thickness with Maximum Panel Thickness with
Standard Hardware: .102” (2.6mm) Standard Hardware: .102” (2.6mm) Standard Hardware: .193” (4.9mm)
Tilt

6mm/.350” (8.9mm)
D8 Threaded Splashproof with D Flat
Standard Hardware Supplied for Small Bushings

M6 P0.75 Bushing Codes S1/S4 A1 D1/D4 D3/D8 L1/L4 L3/L8


Touch

Hex Nut 2 2 2 1 2 1
(2.5)
.098
(1.5) Hardware Locking Ring 1 1 0 0 1 0
.059
(10.0) Dia (8.9) and
Indicators

.394 .350
Quantity Lockwasher 1 1 1 0 1 0
D8 combines only with S, S2 & S3 toggles.
Maximum Panel Thickness with O-ring 0 0 0 1 0 1
Standard Hardware: .193” (4.9mm)
Accessories

For S1, S2, A1, A2 For S1, A1 or For D1, D4, D3 or


or S4 Bushing with (5.6) or S4 Bushing with D8 Bushing with (5.8)
Keyway & for L1 .228
Locking Ring & for (6.5) or D Flat & for L3 .228
Supplement

(6.5) Dia (6.5) Dia (6.5) Dia


.240
or L4 Bushing .256 (0.6)
.024
L1 or L4 Bushing .256 or L8 Bushing .256
(2.2) Dia
.087

A58 www.nkkswitches.com
Bushing Mount Miniature Toggles Series M

Toggles
LARGE TOGGLES A
Toggle & Bushing Combinations: These toggles combine with the 12mm bushings B1 & B3.

Rockers
.453” (11.5mm) .689” (17.5mm) .610” (15.5mm)
B Large Bat B2 Large Bat R Large Flatted

Pushbuttons
25°
(6.15) 25°
(6.0) Dia .242 (3.6)
25° .236 .140
(6.0) Dia

Programmable Illuminated PB
.236
(17.5) (15.5)
(11.5) .689 .610
.453

Keylocks
Standard Material & Finish: Brass with Bright Chrome
Optional Finishes: Contact factory for satin chrome or black.

LARGE BUSHINGS

Rotaries
Large .472” (12.0mm) Large .472” (12.0mm)
B1 Threaded with Keyway
B3 Threaded Splashproof with D Flat

Slides
(12.0)
M12 P1 .472
(1.85) (1.1)
.073 .043

Tactiles
(4.9)
.193 (10.9)
.429

(12.0) M12 P1
(18.0) Dia (2.0)
.472 .709 .079

Tilt
Maximum Panel Thickness with Maximum Panel Thickness with
Standard Hardware: .216” (5.5mm) Standard Hardware: .256” (6.5mm)
Touch
Standard Hardware for B1: Standard Hardware for B3:
1 hex face nut AT503M, 1 locking ring AT506M, 1 hex face nut AT503M
1 lockwasher AT508, and 1 hex backup nut AT527M and 1 o-ring AT401P
Indicators

Panel Cutouts
Accessories

(12.5) Dia
.492 (12.5) Dia
.492
For B1 Bushing (11.5) For B1 Bushing For B3 Bushing (11.1)
.453 .437
with Keyway with Locking Ring (9.0) with D Flat
.354
(12.5) Dia
Supplement

(1.5) .492
.060 (3.0) Dia
.118

www.nkkswitches.com A59
Series M Bushing Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A LOCKING LEVER & BUSHINGS

1/4-40 .291” (7.4mm) 6mm/.291” (7.4mm)


LL1 Threaded with Keyway
LL4 Threaded with Keyway
LL2 Smooth with Keyway
Rockers

(0.8) (0.8) (0.8)


.031 .031 (8.0) Dia .031
(8.0) Dia (8.0) Dia
.315 .315 .315
Pushbuttons

(2.5) (2.5) (2.5)


.098 .098 .098
25° 25° 25°
(5.1) Dia (5.1) Dia (5.1) Dia
.201 .201 .201
Programmable Illuminated PB

(16.5) (8.0) (16.5) (8.0) (16.5)


.650 .650 (8.0)
.315 (4.6) Dia .315 (4.6) Dia .650 .315
(15.0) (15.0) (4.6) Dia
.181 .181 (15.0) .181
.591 .591 .591

1/4-40 Thd M6 P0.75 (6.2) Dia


(9.7) (9.7) (9.3) (7.0) .244
.382 (7.4) .382 (7.4) .366 .275
.291 .291
(0.9) (0.9) (0.9)
.035 .035 .035

Maximum Panel Thickness with Standard Hardware: .047” (1.2mm)


Standard Hardware for L1 & L4: 2 hex nuts AT513H or AT513M,
1 locking ring AT507H or AT507M, and 1 lockwasher AT509
Keylocks

1/4-40 .295” (7.5mm) 6mm/.295” (7.5mm)


LL3 Threaded Splashproof with D Flat LL8 Threaded Splashproof with D Flat
Rotaries

(10.0) Dia (10.0) Dia


.394 .394

(2.5) (2.5)
.098 .098
25° 25°
Slides

(5.1) Dia (5.1) Dia


.201 .201

(16.5) (8.0) (16.5) (8.0)


.650 .315 .650 .315
(4.6) Dia (15.0) (4.6) Dia
(15.0) .181 .181
Tactiles

.591 .591

(9.8) 1/4-40 Thd (9.8) M6 P0.75


.386 (7.5) .386 (7.5)
.295 .295
(1.5) (1.5)
.059 .059
Tilt

Maximum Panel Thickness with Standard Hardware: .047” (1.2mm)


Standard Hardware for L3 and L8: 1 hex nut AT513H or AT513M and 1 o-ring AT516

Lever Material & Finish: Brass with Chrome Plating


Touch

on-off-(on) on-off-on (on)-off-(on)


on-none-on on-none-(on) on-on-(on) on-on-on (on)-on-(on)

Locking
Indicators

Mechanism

2 positions lock 1 position locks 2 positions lock 3 positions lock 1 position locks
Accessories

No Code Supplied with Cap AT427 Lever Color Codes for Optional Anodized Aluminum Caps
Supplement

Cap Material:
Brass with Nickel Plating
A Black
C Red
G Blue

A60 www.nkkswitches.com
Bushing Mount Miniature Toggles Series M

Toggles
CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS A
W Silver over Silver Power Level 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC

Rockers
G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC

Note: See Supplement section to find complete explanation of operating range.

Pushbuttons
A Gold over Silver Power Level 6A @ 125V AC
or Logic Level or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum

Programmable Illuminated PB
Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits within
the same application. See Supplement section to find complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.

TERMINALS
.062” (1.57mm) Wide
01 Solder Lug Epoxy Seal
(4.0)
.157
02 Quick Connect Epoxy Seal (6.35)
.250
(2.0) (2.0)
.079
(1.1) .079 (1.57)
.043

Keylocks
.062
Thk = (0.8) Thk = (0.8)
.031 .031

.250” (6.35mm)
03 Straight PC
(4.8)
.189
(4.8) Typ (4.8) Typ
.189 .189

Rotaries
3 3 6 3 6 9 3 6 9 12

(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ


(6.35) 2 .185 2 5 .185 2 5 8 .185 2 5 8 11 .185
Epoxy Seal (4.8) .250
.189 1 1 4 1 4 7 1 4 7 10

(1.8) Dia Typ


(1.17) .073 (1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.046 .073 .073 .073

Slides
Thk = (0.8)
.031 Single Pole Double Pole Three Pole Four Pole

.425” (10.8mm) .964” (24.5mm)


05 Wirewrap or Extended PC
07 Wirewrap or Extended PC Epoxy Seal

Tactiles
A Dimension A =
.750” (19.05mm) 1.062” (27.0mm) terminal lengths
06 Wirewrap or Extended PC
08 Wirewrap or Extended PC
(1.27)
as shown beside
.050 the terminal codes
Thk = (0.8)
If using as extended PC terminal, refer to the above footprints. .031 at the left.

Tilt
OPTIONAL CAPS & CAP COLORS

* AT415 Lever Cap * AT444 Conical Cap AT434 Lever Cap AT406 Lever Cap
B C R V
for S Bat Toggle for S Bat Toggle for B Toggle for B2 Toggle Touch
Material: Material: Material: Material:
Polyethylene Polyethylene Polyvinyl Chloride Polyvinyl Chloride
Indicators

25°
25° 25° 25°
(5.0) Dia (8.0) Dia
.197 (4.8) Dia (6.6) Dia .315
.189 .260
(12.0)
.472 (11.5)
.452 (13.5) (18.0)
(13.5) (13.1) (12.3) .531
.532 .484 (18.5) .709
Accessories

.516
.728

* AT415 and AT444 for use with S toggles only, not S2 or S3 toggles.
Supplement

Cap Colors
Available: A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue

www.nkkswitches.com A61
Series M Bushing Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Solder Lug Single Pole
Rockers

(1.1) x (2.0) Typ


Keyway .043 x .079
1/4-40 Thd
3
(4.7) Typ
.185 (13.0)
25° 2
Pushbuttons

.512
(0.8) Typ 1
.031
(2.8) Dia (0.9) (0.5) Typ
.110 .035 .020
(7.9) (10.5) (8.9) (9.4) (4.5) (2.0)
.311 .413 .350 .371 .177 .079
Programmable Illuminated PB

M2012SS1W01 M2011 model does not have terminal 1.

Solder Lug Double Pole

Keyway (1.1) x (2.0) Typ


.043 x .079
1/4-40 Thd
6 3
(4.7) Typ
.185 (13.0)
Keylocks

25° 5 2
.512
(0.8) Typ 4 1
.031
(2.8) Dia (0.9) (0.5) Typ (2.0) Typ
.110 .035 .020 .079
(12.7) (10.5) (8.9) (9.4) (4.5) (4.8)
.500 .413 .350 .371 .177 .189
Rotaries

M2022SS1W01 M2021 model does not have terminals 1 & 4.

Solder Lug Three Pole


Slides

(1.1) x (2.0) Typ


Keyway .043 x .079
Tactiles

1/4-40 Thd
9 6 3
(4.7) Typ
.185 8 5 2 (13.0)
25°
.512
(0.8) Typ 7 4 1
.031
(2.8) Dia
.110 (0.9) (0.5) Typ
.035 .020
Tilt

(17.5) (10.5) (8.9) (11.5) (4.5) (4.8) Typ (2.0) Typ


.689 .413 .350 .453 .177 .189 .079

M2032SS1W01
Touch

Solder Lug Four Pole


Indicators

(1.1) x (2.0) Typ


Keyway .043 x .079
1/4-40 Thd
12 9 6 3
(4.7) Typ
.185 11 8 5 2 (13.0)
25°
.512
Accessories

(0.8) Typ 10 7 4 1
.031
(2.8) Dia
.110 (0.9) (0.5) Typ
.035 .020
(22.3) (10.5) (8.9) (11.5) (4.5) (4.8) Typ (2.0) Typ
.878 .413 .350 .453 .177 .189 .079
Supplement

M2042SS1W01

A62 www.nkkswitches.com
Bushing Mount Miniature Toggles Series M

Toggles
STANDARD HARDWARE FOR SMALL & LARGE BUSHINGS A
AT513H for Inch AT507H for Inch AT509 AT516
AT513M for Metric AT507M for Metric Lockwasher O-ring for

Rockers
Hex Nut Locking Ring Steel with Zinc/Chromate Splashproof Models
Brass/Nickel Steel with Zinc/Chromate (not supplied with Nitrile Butadiene Rubber
(6.0) Dia or splashproof models)
1/4-40 Thd or .250
M6 P0.75

Pushbuttons
(8.0) (12.0) Dia (6.4) Dia (10.2) Dia (6.07) Dia
.315 .472 .239 (9.63) Dia
.252 .402 .379
(2.0)
.079

(5.5) or

Programmable Illuminated PB
.229

(9.0) (1.5) (1.7) (0.8) (0.5) (1.78)


.354 .059 .067 .031 .020 .070

AT503M AT506M AT508 AT527M AT401P


Hex Face Nut Locking Ring Lockwasher Hex Nut O-ring for Splashproof
Brass/Chrome Steel with Zinc/Chromate Steel with Zinc/Chromate Steel with Models
(not supplied with Nickel Plating Nitrile butadiene rubber
(12.1) Dia
splashproof models)
.476 (12.1)
M12 P1

Keylocks
.476 M12 P1

(12.1) Dia
(14.3) (18.2) Dia (15.8) Dia (14.0) .476
.563 .717 .622 .551 (17.5) Dia
(2.8) .689
.110

Rotaries
(13.8) Dia
(11.5) .543
.453

(16.0) (2.4) (2.8) (9.5) (1.0) (1.0) (0.5) (16.0) (2.0) (1.5)
.630 .094 .110 .374 .039 .039 .020 .630 .079 .059

Slides
OPTIONAL SPLASHPROOF BOOTS
Various optional nuts and ON-OFF plates are available; dimensions are shown in the Accessories & Hardware section.

Tactiles
AT428 (M-metric H-Inch) AT402 AT402S
.445” (11.3mm) .760” (19.3mm) .567” (14.4mm)
Boot for S Toggle Boot for B2 Toggle Boot for B Toggle
Silicon Rubber Silicon Rubber (8.0) Dia Silicon Rubber
.315
(4.6) Dia (8.0) Dia
.315

Tilt
.181 (15.3)
(6.7) Dia .602 (12.4) Dia (10.4) (12.4) Dia
.264 (19.3) .488 .409 .488
(9.8) (10.8) .760 (18.0) Dia (14.4) (18.0) Dia
.386 .425 (23.8) .709 .567 .709
(11.3)
.445 .937 (18.9)
(14.3) .744
.563

Touch
(2.0) (2.5) (0.5) (3.0) ~ (3.5) (0.5) (3.0) ~ (3.5)
.079 ~ .098 .020 .118 .138 .020 .118 .138
(1.57) (1.57) (1.57)
.062 .062 .062

AT401A/H/S AT4181
Indicators

.461” (11.7mm) .732” (18.6mm)


Boot, Nut and O-ring for B2 Toggle Boot, Nut and O-ring for B2 Toggle
More details in Accessories section More details in Accessories section
(16.0) Dia (8.0) Dia
Accessories

.630 .315
(17.0) Dia
.669
(17.5) Dia (14.8) (13.8) Dia
.689 .583 .543
(18.6) (21.5) Dia
(10.0) .732 .846
(11.7) .394 (24.3)
(13.2) .461 .957
.520
Supplement

(3.5) ~ (5.5)
.138 .217 (1.0) (4.57) ~ (6.3)
(1.57) .039 .180 .248
.062 (1.57)
.062

www.nkkswitches.com A63
Series M Bracket PC Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH

M20 2 2 S S2
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Programmable Illuminated PB

Poles Small Toggles Small Bushings


1 SPDT S .413” (10.5mm) Bat A2 .280” (7.1mm) Smooth with Keyway
DPDT S2 .200” (5.08mm) Bat S2 .350” (8.9mm) Smooth with Keyway
2
SP3T
S3 .256” (6.5mm) Bat A1 .280” (7.1mm) Threaded with Keyway
E .450” (11.4mm) Flatted S1 .350” (8.9mm) Threaded with Keyway
E2 .256” (6.5mm) Flatted Deduct bracket thickness of .020”
(0.51mm) from above dimensions
Keylocks

E4 .840” (21.3mm) Flatted

Circuits Q .550” (14.0mm) Cone

2 ON NONE ON Q2 .640” (16.26mm) Cone

3 ON OFF ON Q4 .840” (21.3mm) Cone


Rotaries

5 ON NONE (ON) Toggle dimensions are based on use with


a .350” (8.9mm) bushing; add .070”
8 (ON) OFF (ON) (1.78mm) to toggle length when combin-
9 ON OFF (ON) ing with a .280” (7.1mm) bushing
Slides

*4 ON ON ON
*6 (ON) ON (ON)
*7 ON ON (ON) Locking Lever Bushing For Locking Levers
Tactiles

( ) = Momentary L .201” (5.1mm) Dia. Locking Lever L2 Smooth with Keyway for Lever Lock

* 3-ON circuits
Tilt

Standard Toggle & Bushing Combinations:


Touch

SS2 & S2A2


Indicators
Accessories

IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Supplement

A64 www.nkkswitches.com
Bracket PC Mount Miniature Toggles Series M

Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE A

G 13 B C

Rockers
Pushbuttons
Programmable Illuminated PB
Contact Materials & Ratings Optional Caps Cap Colors
Silver; Rated B For S Bat Toggle A Black
W
6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC
C Conical Cap for S Bat Toggle B White
Gold; Rated
G C Red
0.4VA max @ 28V AC/DC max
E Yellow
Gold over Silver; Rated
A 6A @ 125V AC & 0.4VA max @ Cap for Locking Lever F Green
28V AC/DC max

Keylocks
No Nickel Plated Supplied G Blue
Code with Switch
A Black
C Red

Rotaries
G Blue

Terminals
With Bracket

Slides
.250” (6.35mm) Straight PC with
13
.465” (11.8mm) Bracket
.425” (10.8mm) Straight PC with
15
.630” (16.0mm) Bracket

Tactiles
.964” (24.5mm) Straight PC with
17
1.150” (29.2mm) Bracket
With Reinforced Bracket
.250” (6.35mm) Straight PC with
23

Tilt
.465” (11.8mm) Bracket
.425” (10.8mm) Straight PC with
25 DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
.630” (16.0mm) Bracket
M2022SS2G13-BC
Touch
.750” (19.05mm) Straight PC with
26
.953” (24.2mm) Bracket Indicators

Red Cap on .413”


(10.5mm) Bat Toggle

.350” (8.9mm) Smooth


Gold Contacts
Accessories

Bushing with Keyway


with 0.4VA Rating
DPDT
.250” (6.35mm) Straight PC Terminals ON-NONE-ON Circuit
with Bracket .465” (11.8mm) Long
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A65
Series M Bracket PC Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A POLES & CIRCUITS


Toggle Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Down Center Up Down Center Up
Rockers

Pole Model Note: Terminal numbers are not


Keyway Keyway
actually on the switch.
Pushbuttons

M2012 ON NONE ON
M2013 ON OFF ON 2 (COM)
SP M2015 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 OPEN 2-1 SPDT
M2018 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1
Programmable Illuminated PB

M2019 ON OFF (ON)

M2022 ON NONE ON
M2023 ON OFF ON 2 (COM) 5
DP M2025 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 DPDT
M2028 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1 6 4

M2029 ON OFF (ON)


For 3 Throw (3-On)
Connected Terminals & Schematics
Pole Model External Connection
Keylocks

Down Center Up
M2024 ON ON ON The SP3T model utilizes
SP M2026 (ON) ON (ON) a double pole base.
M2027 ON ON (ON)
Rotaries

(out)
External External External
Connection Connection Connection External 6 3
2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5 External Conn
Common
connection 5 2
(in)
4 1
must be made
1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) (out) (out)
during field
Slides

2-3 5-6 2-3 5-4 2-1 5-4 installation.

SMALL TOGGLES
Tactiles

Important: .413” .200” .256” .450”


Toggle length changes based on S (10.5mm) S2 (5.08mm) S3 (6.5mm) E (11.4mm)
bushing selected. All illustrations Bat Bat Bat Flatted
are shown with .350” (8.9mm)
long bushing. When using a .280” 25° (5.08) 25°
Tilt

.200 (2.54)
(7.1mm) long bushing, toggle length (2.8) Dia 25° .100
.110 25°
increases .070” (1.78mm). (2.7) Dia (2.7) Dia
.106
.106 (11.4)
(10.5)
Standard Material & Finish: .413 (5.08) (6.5)
.256
.450
.200
Brass with Bright Chrome
Touch

Contact factory for optional finishes.

.256” (6.5mm) .840” (21.3mm) .550” (14.0mm) .640” (16.26mm) .840” (21.3mm)
Indicators

E2 Flatted
E4 Flatted Q Cone Q2 Cone Q4 Cone

(5.0) 25° 25°


.197 (2.5) (3.1) Dia
.098 .122
25°
Accessories

25° (3.1) Dia


(3.1) Dia .122
.122
(4.2) 25° (21.3) (21.3)
.165 (2.5) .840 (16.26) .840
.098 (14.0) .640
.550
(6.5)
Supplement

.256

A66 www.nkkswitches.com
Bracket PC Mount Miniature Toggles Series M

Toggles
SMALL BUSHINGS A
.280” (7.1mm) .350” (8.9mm)
A2 Smooth with Keyway S2 Smooth with Keyway

Rockers
(0.8) (0.9) (0.8) (0.9)
.031 .035 .031 .035
(6.2) Dia (6.2) Dia
.244 .244

(8.0) Dia

Pushbuttons
(8.0) Dia
.315 .315
(2.5) (2.5)
.098 .098

(0.5) (0.5)
.020 .020
(7.1) (8.9)

Programmable Illuminated PB
.280 .350

When using this bushing, toggle length


is increased by .070” (1.78mm).

.280” (7.1mm) .350” (8.9mm)


A1 Threaded with Keyway S1 Threaded with Keyway
(0.8) (0.9) (0.8) (0.9)
.031 .035 .031 .035
1/4-40 Thd 1/4-40 Thd

(8.0) Dia (8.0) Dia

Keylocks
.315 .315
(2.5) (2.5)
.098 .098

(0.5) (0.5)
.020 .020
(7.1) (8.9)
.280 .350

Rotaries
When using this bushing, toggle length is increased
by .070” (1.78mm). Maximum Panel Thickness Maximum Panel Thickness with
with Standard Hardware: .031” (0.8mm) Standard Hardware: .102” (2.6mm)

Panel Cutouts

Slides
Standard Hardware:
2 Hex Nuts (AT513H)
For A2, S2, A1, (5.6)
For A1 or 1 Lockwasher (AT509)
.220
or S1 Bushing (6.5) Dia S1 Bushing (6.5) Dia (6.5) 1 Locking Ring (AT507H)
.256

Tactiles
.256 (0.6) .256
with Keyway .024 with Locking Ring (2.2) Dia For dimensions, see Accessories
.087
& Hardware section.

LOCKING LEVER & BUSHING

Tilt
Smooth Locking Mechanism
LL2 with Keyway on-off-(on) on-off-on (on)-off-(on)
(2.5) on-none-on on-none-(on) on-on-(on) on-on-on (on)-on-(on)
.098

Touch
(0.8)
.031

(8.0) Dia
.315
Indicators

2 positions lock 1 position locks 2 positions lock 3 positions lock 1 position locks
25°
(5.1) Dia
.201
No Code Cap for Locking Lever Color Codes for Optional
Accessories

(16.5) (8.0)
.650 .315 (4.6) Dia Anodized Aluminum Caps
(15.0) .181 Supplied with Cap AT427
.591
Material & Finish:
(9.3) (7.0)
(6.2) Dia
.244 Brass with Nickel Plating A Black
C Red
.366 .275
Supplement

(0.9) Lever Material & Finish:


(0.5)
.020 .035
Brass with Chrome Plating
G Blue

www.nkkswitches.com A67
Series M Bracket PC Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS

W Silver over Silver Power Level 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC


Rockers

G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons

Note: See Supplement section to find complete explanation of operating range.

Power Level 6A @ 125V AC


A
Programmable Illuminated PB

Gold over Silver or Logic Level or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum

Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits within
the same application. See Supplement section to find complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.

TERMINALS

Straight PC Mount with Bracket Straight PC Mount with Reinforced Bracket


Keylocks

13 15 17 23 25 26

.250” (6.35mm) .425” (10.8mm) .964” (24.5mm) .250” (6.35mm) .425” (10.8mm) .750” (19.05mm)
Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with
Rotaries

.465” (11.8mm) .630” (16.0mm) 1.150” (29.2mm) .465” (11.8mm) .630” (16.0mm) .953” (24.2mm)
Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket
Slides
Tactiles

PCB footprints are on the following Typical Switch Dimension page.


Tilt

OPTIONAL CAPS & CAP COLORS


Touch

* AT415 * AT444
B for S Bat Toggle C Conical Cap for
(5.0) Dia
25°
S Bat Toggle 25°
Indicators

.197 (4.8) Dia


.189
(12.0) (11.5)
Material: (13.5)
.472 Material: (13.1) .452
.532
Polyethylene Polyethylene .516
Accessories

* AT415 and AT444 for use with S toggles only, not S2 or S3 toggles.
Supplement

Cap Colors
Available: A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue

A68 www.nkkswitches.com
Bracket PC Mount Miniature Toggles Series M

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Straight PC • Bracket

Rockers
(6.86)
.270
Keyway
Single Double (7.1)
.280
Pole Pole

Pushbuttons
(0.9)
BRACKET BRACKET .035
LENGTH LENGTH

(4.8) (4.5) (4.5) TERMINAL


(4.8) LENGTH
.189 .177 .189 .177

Programmable Illuminated PB
(1.17) Typ (1.17) Typ (1.17) Typ (0.5) Typ
.046 .046 .046 .020 (4.7) Typ
(1.17) (3.2) (0.8) Typ .185
.046 .126 .031
(3.2) (4.8) (15.8)
.126 .189 .622
(8.0) (12.7)
.315 .500

M2012S2A2G13

(1.6) Typ
.063 Terminal Terminal Bracket
(1.6) Typ (2.4) Typ
Code: Length: Length:

Keylocks
.063 .095
3 3 6
(7.9) Typ (7.9) Typ
.311
.311
2 2 5 13 .250” (6.35mm) .465” (11.8mm)
(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ
.185 1 .185 1 4

(1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ 15 .425” (10.8mm) .630” (16.0mm)

Rotaries
.073 .073
(1.5) Dia Typ (1.5) Dia Typ
.059 .059
CL
17 .964” (24.5mm) 1.150” (29.2mm)

Slides
Straight PC • Reinforced Bracket

Tactiles
(6.86)
.270
Keyway
Single Double (7.1)
.280
Pole Pole
(0.9)
BRACKET BRACKET .035
LENGTH LENGTH

Tilt
(4.5) (4.5) TERMINAL
(4.8) (4.8) LENGTH
.189 .177 .189 .177
(1.17) Typ (1.17) Typ (1.17) Typ (0.5) Typ
.046 .046 .046 .020 (4.7) Typ
(1.17)
Touch
(4.8) (0.8) Typ .185
.046 .189 .031
(6.35) (6.35) (19.05)
.250 .250 .750
(9.1) (12.7) M2012S2A2G23
.358 .500
Indicators

(2.4) Typ
(3.18) Typ
.095 Terminal Terminal Bracket
(3.18) Typ
.125
.125 Code: Length: Length:
(9.53) Typ 3 (9.53) Typ 3 6
Accessories

.375 .375
2 2 5 23 .250” (6.35mm) .465” (11.8mm)
(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ
.185 1 .185 1 4

25 .425” (10.8mm) .630” (16.0mm)


(1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.073 .073
(1.5) Dia Typ CL
26 .750” (19.05mm) .953” (24.2mm)
Supplement

(1.5) Dia Typ


.059 .059

www.nkkswitches.com A69
Series M Angle PC Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH

M20 1 2 S2 A2
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Programmable Illuminated PB

Poles Small Toggles Small Bushings


1 SPDT S .413” (10.5mm) Bat A2 .280” (7.1mm) Smooth with Keyway
DPDT S2 .200” (5.08mm) Bat S2 .350” (8.9mm) Smooth with Keyway
2
SP3T
S3 .256” (6.5mm) Bat A1 .280” (7.1mm) Threaded with Keyway
3 3PDT
E .450” (11.4mm) Flatted S1 .350” (8.9mm) Threaded with Keyway
4PDT
*4 E2 .256” (6.5mm) Flatted
DP3T
Keylocks

Toggle dimensions are based on use with


* 4-pole available a .350” (8.9mm) bushing; add .070”
on vertical
(1.78mm) to toggle length when combin-
models only.
ing with a .280” (7.1mm) bushing.
Rotaries

Circuits Locking Lever Bushing For Locking Levers


2 ON NONE ON L .201” (5.1mm) Dia. Locking Lever L2 Smooth with Keyway for Lever Lock
Slides

3 ON OFF ON
5 ON NONE (ON)
8 (ON) OFF (ON)
Tactiles

9 ON OFF (ON)
*4 ON ON ON
*6 (ON) ON (ON)
*7 ON ON (ON)
Tilt

( ) = Momentary Standard Toggle, Bushing, & Terminal Combinations:


* 3-ON circuits available
with double and S2A2G30, S2A2G40, SS2G30, SS2G40,
LL2G30, & LL2G40
Touch

four pole bases only


Indicators

IMPORTANT:
Accessories

Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Supplement

A70 www.nkkswitches.com
Angle PC Mount Miniature Toggles Series M

Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE A

G 40

Rockers
Pushbuttons
Programmable Illuminated PB
Contact Materials & Ratings Optional Caps Cap Colors
Silver; Rated B For S Bat Toggle A Black
W
6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC C Conical Cap for S Bat Toggle B White
Gold; Rated C Red
G
0.4VA max @ 28V AC/DC max
E Yellow
Gold over Silver; Rated
A 6A @ 125V AC & 0.4VA max @ F Green
Cap for Locking Lever
28V AC/DC max

Keylocks
G Blue
No Nickel Plated Supplied
Code with Switch
A Black
C Red

Rotaries
G Blue

Terminals
.150” (3.81mm)

Slides
30
Right Angle PC (1-3 Pole)
Right Angle PCB
32
(1 Pole & 0.4VA Rating Only)

Tactiles
.150” (3.81mm)
40
Vertical PC (1-4 Pole)
.100” (2.54mm)
45
Vertical PC (1-4 Pole)

Tilt
Touch
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
M2012S2A2G40
Indicators

Gold Contacts
.280” (7.1mm) with 0.4VA Rating
Smooth Bushing with Keyway
Vertical PC Terminals with
Accessories

.200” (5.08mm) Bat Toggle .150” (3.81mm) Terminal Spacing


SPDT
ON-NONE-ON Circuit
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A71
Series M Angle PC Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A POLES & CIRCUITS


Toggle Position Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
( ) = Momentary
Rockers

Down Center Up Down Center Up Note: Terminal numbers are not actually on
the switch.
Pole Model Keyway Keyway
* Reverse circuits available for vertical
mount SP & DP upon request.
Pushbuttons

M2012 ON NONE ON
*
M2013 ON OFF ON 2 (COM)
SP M2015 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 OPEN 2-1 SPDT
* M2018
Programmable Illuminated PB

3 1
(ON) OFF (ON)
M2019 ON OFF (ON)

M2022 ON NONE ON
* M2023 ON OFF ON 2 (COM) 5
DP M2025 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 DPDT
* M2028 (ON) OFF (ON)
3 1 6 4

M2029 ON OFF (ON)

M2032 ON NONE ON
Keylocks

M2033 ON OFF ON 2 5 (COM) 8


2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4
3P M2035 ON NONE (ON) OPEN 3PDT
8-9 8-7 3 1 6 4 9 7
M2038 (ON) OFF (ON)
M2039 ON OFF (ON)
Rotaries

M2042 ON NONE ON
M2043 ON OFF ON 2 5 (COM) 8 11
2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4
4P M2045 ON NONE (ON) OPEN 4PDT
8-9 11-12 8-7 11-10 3 1 6 4 9 7 12 10
M2048 (ON) OFF (ON)
M2049 ON OFF (ON)
Slides

For 3 Throw (3-On)


Connected Terminals & Schematics
Tactiles

Pole Model Down Center Up Down Center Up

External External External


Connection Connection Connection
2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5
M2024 ON ON ON 2 (in) 5

SP M2026 (ON) ON (ON)


Tilt

M2027 ON ON (ON) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out)

2-3 5-6 2-3 5-4 2-1 5-4


Touch

External External External External External External


Connection Connection Connection Connection Connection Connection
2 (in) 5 8 (in) 11 2 (in) 5 8 (in) 11 2 (in) 5 8 (in) 11
M2044 ON ON ON
DP M2046 (ON) ON (ON)
Indicators

M2047 ON ON (ON) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 7 (out) 9 10 (out) 12 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 7 (out) 9 10 (out) 12 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 7 (out) 9 10 (out) 12 (out)

2-3 5-6 2-3 5-4 2-1 5-4


8-9 11-12 8-9 11-10 8-7 11-10
Accessories

The SP3T model utilizes a (out)


The DP3T model utilizes a (out) (out)
double pole base. four pole base. External
External 6 3
Conn 12 9 6 3
Conn Common
5 2
Common Common (in)
(in) 11 8 5 2
(in) (out)
4 1 10 7 4 1
Supplement

(out)
External connection must be (out) (out) External connection must be (out) (out)
made during field installation. made during field installation.

A72 www.nkkswitches.com
Angle PC Mount Miniature Toggles Series M

Toggles
SMALL TOGGLES A
Important: .413” (10.5mm) .200” (5.08mm)
Toggle length changes based on S Bat S2 Bat
25°

Rockers
bushing selected. All illustrations are (2.8) Dia
.110
shown with .350” (8.9mm) long (2.7) Dia
25°

bushing. When using a .280” (7.1mm) (10.5) .106


.413
long bushing, toggle length increases (5.08)
.200

Pushbuttons
.070” (1.78mm).

.256” (6.5mm) .450” (11.4mm) .256” (6.5mm)


S3 Bat
E Flatted E2 Flatted

Programmable Illuminated PB
(5.08) 25°
.200 (2.54)
25° .100 (4.2) 25°
(2.7) Dia .165 (2.5)
.106 .098
(11.4)
(6.5) .450 (6.5)
.256 .256

Standard Material & Finish: Brass with Bright Chrome


Contact factory for optional finishes.

Keylocks
SMALL BUSHINGS

.280” (7.1mm) .350” (8.9mm)


A2 S2

Rotaries
Smooth with Keyway Smooth with Keyway

(0.8) (6.2) Dia (0.8) (6.2) Dia


.031 .244 .031 .244

(2.5) (2.5)

Slides
.098 .098
(0.9) (0.9)
.035 .035
(8.0) Dia (7.1) (8.0) Dia (8.9)
.315 .280 .315 .350

When using this bushing, toggle length

Tactiles
is increased by .070” (1.78mm).

.280” (7.1mm) .350” (8.9mm)


A1 Threaded with Keyway S1 Threaded with Keyway

Tilt
(0.8) (0.8)
.031 1/4-40 Thd .031 1/4-40 Thd

(2.5) (2.5)

Touch
.098 .098
(0.9) (0.9)
.035 .035
(8.0) Dia (7.1) (8.0) Dia (8.9)
.315 .280 .315 .350
Indicators

When using this bushing, toggle length is increased


by .070” (1.78mm). Maximum Panel Thickness Maximum Panel Thickness with
with Standard Hardware: .031” (0.8mm) Standard Hardware: .102” (2.6mm)

Panel Cutouts
Accessories

Standard Hardware:
For A2, S2, A1 or For A1 or 2 Hex Nuts (AT513H)
S1 Bushing (5.6) S1 Bushing 1 Lockwasher (AT509)
.220
with Keyway with Locking Ring (6.5) Dia (6.5) 1 Locking Ring (AT507H)
Supplement

(6.5) Dia .256


.256 (0.6) .256
.024 (2.2) Dia
For dimensions, see Accessories
.087 & Hardware section.

www.nkkswitches.com A73
Series M Angle PC Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A LOCKING LEVER & BUSHING

LL2 Smooth with Keyway Locking Mechanism


Rockers

on-off-(on) on-off-on (on)-off-(on)


on-none-on on-none-(on) on-on-(on) on-on-on (on)-on-(on)
(0.8)
(8.0) Dia .031
Pushbuttons

.315

(2.5)
.098

2 positions lock 1 position locks 2 positions lock 3 positions lock 1 position locks
Programmable Illuminated PB

25°
(5.1) Dia
.201

(16.5) (8.0)
No Code Cap for Locking Lever Color Codes for Optional
.650 .315
(15.0)
(4.6) Dia Anodized Aluminum Caps
.591
.181 Supplied with Cap AT427
Material & Finish:
(6.2) Dia
(9.3) (7.0)
.366 .275
.244
Brass with Nickel Plating A Black
C Red
(0.9)
Lever Material & Finish:
.035
Brass with Chrome Plating
G Blue
Keylocks

CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS


Rotaries

W Silver over Silver Power Level 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC

G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Slides

Note: See Supplement section to find complete explanation of operating range.

Power Level 6A @ 125V AC


A Gold over Silver or Logic Level or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Tactiles

Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits within
the same application. See Supplement section to find complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.

TERMINALS
Tilt

.150” (3.81mm) Right Angle PCB


30 Right Angle PC (1-3 Pole)
32 with Reverse Circuit
(1 Pole & 0.4VA Rating Only)
Touch

(4.7) Typ
9 8
.185
(4.7) Typ 7

(4.7) Typ .185 5


(3.81) Typ
6 5 4 6 4 .150
.185 (3.81)
Indicators

3 2 1 2 (3.96) Typ
3 1 .150 3 2 1

1 2 3 .156
(12.7) (12.7) (14.35)
.500 .500 (9.27)
.565 .365

(1.8) Dia Typ


Accessories

(2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ


.073 .100 (2.54) Typ .100
(2.54) Typ (1.8) Dia Typ .100 (1.8) Dia Typ
.100 .073 (1.8) Dia Typ .073
.073

Single Pole Double Pole Three Pole


Supplement

Terminal dimensions are shown on the Typical Switch Dimensions pages which follow.

A74 www.nkkswitches.com
Angle PC Mount Miniature Toggles Series M

Toggles
TERMINALS (Continued) A
.150” (3.81mm)
40 Vertical PC (1-4 Pole) (2.4) Typ
(4.8) Typ
.189
(4.8) Typ
.189
.094 3 6 9 3 6 9 12

Rockers
3 3 6 (3.81) Typ (3.81) Typ
(3.81) Typ (3.81) Typ 2 5 8 .150 2 5 8 11
.150
2
.150 2 5 .150
1 4 7 1 4 7 10
1 1 4

(12.7) (12.7) (14.35) (14.35)

Pushbuttons
.500 .500 .565 .565

(2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ


.100 .100 .100 .100
(1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.073 .073 .073 .073

Programmable Illuminated PB
Single Pole Double Pole Three Pole Four Pole

.100” (2.54mm)
45 Vertical PC (1-4 Pole) (2.54) Typ (4.8) Typ (2.54) Typ (4.8) Typ
(4.8) .189
(2.54) Typ .189 .100 .189 .100 3
(2.54) Typ 3 6 9 6 9 12
.100 3 .100 3 6
2 5 8 2 5 8 11
2 2 5
1 4 7 1 4 7 10
1 1 4

(12.7) (12.7) (14.35) (14.35)


.500 .500 .565 .565

Keylocks
(2.54) Typ (1.8) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ (1.8) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ (1.8) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.100 .073 .100 .073 .100 .073 .100 .073

Single Pole Double Pole Three Pole Four Pole

Rotaries
Terminal dimensions are shown on the Typical Switch Dimensions pages which follow.

OPTIONAL CAPS & CAP COLORS

Slides
* AT415 * AT444 Colors Available
B for S Bat Toggle
C Conical Cap for S Bat Toggle

25°
A Black
E Yellow
25°

Tactiles
(5.0) Dia
Material: .197 Material: (4.8) Dia
.189
Polyethylene Polyethylene
(13.5)
(12.0)
.472
(13.1)
(11.5)
.452 B White
F Green
.532 .516

C G

Tilt
Red Blue
* AT415 and AT444 for use with S toggles only, not S2 or S3 toggles.

STANDARD HARDWARE
Touch
AT513H for Inch AT507H for Inch AT509
AT513M for Metric AT507M for Metric Lockwasher (1 per switch, none
Hex Nut (2 per switch) Locking Ring (1 per switch) with splashproof)
Indicators

Brass/Nickel Steel with Zinc/Chromate Steel with Zinc/Chromate


(6.0) Dia or
1/4-40 Thd or .250
M6 P0.75
Accessories

(8.0) (12.0) Dia (6.4) Dia (10.2) Dia


.315 .472 .252
(2.0) .402
.079

(5.5) or
.229
Supplement

(9.0) (1.5) (1.7) (0.8) (0.5)


.354 .059 .067 .031 .020

www.nkkswitches.com A75
Series M Angle PC Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


.150” (3.81mm) Right Angle PC Single Pole
Rockers

(6.2) Dia
Keyway .244
Pushbuttons

1 2 3
(7.9)
.311
(4.3)
.169
(2.9)
Programmable Illuminated PB

(0.4) (1.27) (0.8) Typ


.114 .016 .050 .031
(1.4) Typ (1.09) (4.7) Typ
.055 .043 .185
(5.08) (6.86) (7.32) (12.7) (13.0)
.200 .270 .288 .500 .512

M2012S2A2G30
Keylocks

.150” (3.81mm) Right Angle PC Double Pole

(6.2) Dia
Rotaries

Keyway
.244

4 5 6
(12.7)
1 2 3 .500

(4.3)
Slides

.169
(2.9) (0.4) (1.27) Typ (0.8) Typ
.114 .016 .050 .031
(1.4) Typ (1.09) (4.7) Typ
.055 .043 .185
(5.08) (6.86) (7.32) (12.7) (3.81) (13.0)
.200 .270 .288 .500 .150 .512
Tactiles

M2022S2A2G30
Tilt

.150” (3.81mm) Right Angle PC Three Pole


Touch

(6.2) Dia (0.9)


Keyway .244 .035

7 8 9
Indicators

4 5 6 (17.5)
.689
1 2 3

(4.3)
.169
Accessories

(2.9) (0.4) (1.27) Typ (0.8) Typ


.114 .016 .050 .031
(1.4) Typ (1.8) (4.7) Typ
.055 .071
(5.08) (13.0) .185
.200 (6.86) (8.0) (14.35) (3.81) Typ
.270 .315 .565 .150 .512
Supplement

M2032S2A2G30

A76 www.nkkswitches.com
Angle PC Mount Miniature Toggles Series M

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Single Pole • Reverse Circuit Right Angle PCB

Rockers
25°

Pushbuttons
(2.7) Dia (6.2) Dia
Keyway .106 .244

(7.9) (8.5)
.311 (4.55) 3 2 1 .335
.179

Programmable Illuminated PB
(0.9) (2.7) (1.4) Typ
.035 .106 .055
(1.4) Typ (6.2) (0.4) (0.8) (3.96) Typ
.055 .245 .016 .031 .156
(5.08) (6.86) (8.9) (9.3) (13.0)
.200 .270 .350 .365 .512

M2012S2A2G32

Keylocks
Single Pole .150” (3.81mm) Vertical PC

Rotaries
Keyway (6.2) Dia
.244

25° 2
(13.0)
.512
1

Slides
(2.7) Dia
.106
(0.4) (2.7)
.016 .106
(1.4) Typ (1.1) (0.8) Typ (1.27)
.055 .043 .031 .050
(5.08) (6.86) (7.32) (12.7) (3.81) Typ (7.9)
.200 .270 .288 .500 .150 .311

Tactiles
M2012S2A2G40

Tilt
Double Pole .150” (3.81mm) Vertical PC

Touch
Keyway (6.2) Dia
.244
6 3
Indicators

5 2 (13.0)
25° .512
4 1

(2.7) Dia
.106
(0.4) (2.7) (1.27) Typ
.016 .106 .050
Accessories

(1.4) Typ (1.1) (0.8) Typ (4.8)


.055 .043 .031 .189
(5.08) (6.86) (7.32) (12.7) (3.81) Typ (12.7)
.200 .270 .288 .500 .150 .500
Supplement

M2022S2A2G40

www.nkkswitches.com A77
Series M Angle PC Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


.150” (3.81mm) Vertical PC Three Pole
Rockers

Keyway (6.2) Dia (0.9)


.244 .035
9 6 3
Pushbuttons

25°
8 5 2 (13.0)
.512
7 4 1

(2.7) Dia
.106
(0.4) (2.7) (1.27) Typ
Programmable Illuminated PB

.016 .106 .050


(1.4) Typ (1.8) (0.8) Typ (4.8) Typ
.055 .071 .031 .189
(5.08) (6.86) (8.0) (14.35) (3.81) Typ (17.5)
.200 .270 .315 .565 .150 .689

M2032S2A2G40

.150” (3.81mm) Vertical PC Four Pole


Keylocks
Rotaries

Keyway (6.2) Dia (0.9)


.244 .035
12 9 6 3

25°
11 8 5 2 (13.0)
.512
10 7 4 1

(2.7) Dia
Slides

.106
(0.4) (2.7) (1.27) Typ
.016 .106 .050
(1.4) Typ (1.8) (0.8) Typ (4.8) Typ
.055 .071 .031 .189
(5.08) (6.86) (8.0) (14.35) (3.81) Typ (22.3)
.200 .270 .315 .565 .150 .878
Tactiles

M2042S2A2G40
Tilt

.100” (2.54mm) Vertical PC Single Pole


Touch

Keyway (6.2) Dia


.244
3

(13.0)
Indicators

25° 2
.512
1

(2.7) Dia
.106
(0.4) (2.7)
.016 .106
(1.4) Typ (1.1) (0.8) Typ (1.27)
Accessories

.055 .043 .031 .050


(5.08) (6.86) (7.32) (12.7) (2.54) Typ (7.9)
.200 .270 .288 .500 .100 .311
Supplement

M2012S2A2G45

A78 www.nkkswitches.com
Angle PC Mount Miniature Toggles Series M

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Double Pole .100” (2.54mm) Vertical PC

Rockers
Keyway (6.2) Dia
.244

Pushbuttons
6 3

25°
5 2 (13.0)
.512
4 1

(2.7) Dia
.106

Programmable Illuminated PB
(0.4) (2.7) (1.27) Typ
.016 .106 .050
(1.4) Typ (1.1) (0.8) Typ (4.8)
.055 .043 .031 .189
(5.08) (6.86) (7.32) (12.7) (2.54) Typ (12.7)
.200 .270 .288 .500 .100 .500

M2022S2A2G45

Three Pole .100” (2.54mm) Vertical PC

Keylocks
(6.2) Dia (0.9)

Rotaries
Keyway
.244 .035
9 6 3

25°
8 5 2 (13.0)
.512
7 4 1

(2.7) Dia

Slides
.106
(0.4) (2.7) (1.27) Typ
.016 .106 .050
(1.4) Typ (1.8) (0.8) Typ (4.8) Typ
.055 .071 .031 .189
(5.08) (6.86) (8.0) (14.35) (2.54) Typ (17.5)
.200 .270 .315 .565 .100 .689

Tactiles
M2032S2A2G45

Tilt
Four Pole .100” (2.54mm) Vertical PC

Keyway (6.2) Dia (0.9) Touch


.244 .035
12 9 6 3

11 8 5 2 (13.0)
Indicators

25° .512
10 7 4 1

(2.7) Dia
.106
(0.4) (2.7) (1.27) Typ
.016 .106 .050
(1.4) Typ (1.8) (0.8) Typ (4.8) Typ
Accessories

.055 .071 .031 .189


(5.08) (6.86) (8.0) (14.35) (2.54) Typ (22.3)
.200 .270 .315 .565 .100 .878
Supplement

M2042S2A2G45

www.nkkswitches.com A79
Series M2100 LED Tipped Toggles
Toggles

A
General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Power Level (silver): 6A @ 125V AC or 3A @ 250V AC or 3A @ 30V DC
Logic Level (gold): 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons

(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)


Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB

Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for silver; 20 milliohms maximum for gold
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: On-to-On Position Off-to-On Position
Single Pole 3.19N 3.92N
Double Pole 4.41N 7.06N
Keylocks

Angle of Throw: 20°

Materials & Finishes


Bushing: Brass with nickel plating
Housing: Stainless steel
Rotaries

Mounting Bracket: Steel with tin plating


Movable Contacts: Silver alloy or silver alloy with gold plating
Stationary Contacts: Silver with silver plating or copper or brass with gold plating
Lamp Contacts: Phosphor bronze
Base: Diallyl phthalate (UL94V-0)
Slides

Switch Terminals: Copper with silver or gold plating


Lamp Terminals: Brass with silver or gold plating

Environmental Data
Tactiles

Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +55°C (+14°F through +131°F)


Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt

Installation
Mounting Torque: 1.47Nm (13 lb•in) for double nut; .67Nm (6 lb•in) for single nut
Soldering Time & Temp: Wave Soldering (PC version): See Profile B in Supplement section.
Touch

Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.


Note: Lever must be in center position while soldering.
Cleaning: PC mountable device is not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 base
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” to end of part number to order UL recognized switch.
Accessories

Single pole with synchronous circuits & single color LEDs & solder lug or PC recognized at
6A @ 125V AC.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” to end of part number to order CSA certified switch.
Supplement

All single pole with synchronous circuits & single color LEDs certified at 6A @ 125V AC.

A80 www.nkkswitches.com
LED Tipped Toggles Series M2100

Toggles
A
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Industry’s first LED illumination at tip of toggle switches.

Pushbuttons
Single color LEDs of red, yellow, and green, plus bicolor red/green,
to meet varied design requirements.

Programmable Illuminated PB
LEDs can operate independently from or synchronously with
switching operation.

Antijamming feature to protect contacts from damage due


to excessive downward force on the toggle.

High torque bushing prevents the bushing from rotating

Keylocks
or separating from the metal frame during installation.

Stainless steel frame resists corrosion.

Rotaries
Silver contacts are of specially composed alloy for
hardness.

Slides
High insulating barriers protect against crossover
in double pole devices.

Terminals are molded in and epoxy sealed to lock

Tactiles
out flux, dust, and other contaminants.

1,500V dielectric strength between switch contacts


and case is accomplished by clinching the frame

Tilt
away from the terminals.

Actual Size
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A81
Series M2100 LED Tipped Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

M21 1 2 T C W 01
Rockers
Pushbuttons

Poles LED Circuits & Contact Materials Threaded Bushings


Actuator Types & Ratings
1 SPDT No 1/4–40 Thread
L Isolated Silver; Rated Code (Inch)
*2 DPDT
Programmable Illuminated PB

W
T Synchronous 6A @ 125V AC 6mm Thread
* Available only with /M
Gold; Rated 0.4VA max (Metric)
Terminals 01, 02, 03 G
@ 28V AC/DC max

Circuits LED Colors Terminals & Mounting Types


2 ON NONE ON Single Color 01 Solder Lug with Threaded Bushing
Keylocks

3 ON OFF ON C Red 02 Quick Connect with Threaded Bushing


E Yellow 03 Straight PC with Threaded Bushing
F Green Right Angle PC with Smooth Bushing
30
(available with gold contacts only)
Bicolor
Rotaries

CF Red/Green
Slides

IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL & CSA marking unless specified.
Tactiles

UL & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the
General Specifications page.
Tilt

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


M2112TCW01
Touch

Red LED
Synchronous LED Circuit
Indicators

in Actuator
SPDT 1/4–40 Threaded Bushing
ON-NONE-ON
Switch Circuit
Accessories

Silver Contacts with


6-Amp Rating
Solder Lug Terminals
Supplement

A82 www.nkkswitches.com
LED Tipped Toggles Series M2100

Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS & LED ILLUMINATION A
Toggle Position &
Schematics
Terminal Numbers

Rockers
Model Pole & Throw Down Center Up
Notes: Terminal numbers are not actually on the
switch.

Pushbuttons
Keyway
LEDs require an external power source.

M2112 SPDT ON NONE ON

Programmable Illuminated PB
Connected Power Terminals 2-3 NONE 2-1 2 (COM)
Isolated
Single Color L(+) L(-)
Isolated LEDs (see schematics) ON NONE ON LED 3 1 4 6
Connected LED Terminals 4-6 NONE 4-6
LED Circuit

Synchronous Single Color LED ON NONE OFF 2 (COM)


Connected LED Terminals 4-6 NONE OPEN Isolated
Red
Green
Synchronous Bicolor LED Red NONE Green Bicolor LED (+) Red
3 1 6 COM 4 ( ) Green
Connected LED Terminals 5-6 NONE 5-4

Keylocks
M2113 SPDT ON OFF ON 2 (COM)
Connected Power Terminals 2-3 OPEN 2-1 Synchronous
Single Color L(+) L(-)
LED 3 1 4 6
Isolated LEDs (see schematics) ON ON ON

Rotaries
Connected LED Terminals 4-6 4-6 4-6
LED Circuit

Synchronous Single Color LED ON OFF ON 2 (COM)


Red
Connected LED Terminals 4-6 OPEN 4-6 Synchronous Green

Synchronous Bicolor LED Red OFF Green Bicolor LED 3 1 6 5 COM (+) 4

Slides
Connected LED Terminals 5-6 OPEN 5-4 External Connection

M2122 DPDT ON NONE ON


Connected Power Terminals 2-3 5-6 NONE 2-1 5-4 Isolated 2 (COM) 5

Tactiles
Single Color
L(+) L(-)
LED 3 1 6 4 7 9
Isolated LEDs (see schematics) ON NONE ON
Connected LED Terminals 7-9 NONE 7-9
LED Circuit

Synchronous Single Color LED ON NONE OFF 2 (COM) 5


Red
Connected LED Terminals 7-9 NONE OPEN Isolated

Tilt
Green

Synchronous Bicolor LED Red NONE Green Bicolor LED (+) Red
3 1 6 4 9 COM 7 ( ) Green
Connected LED Terminals 8-9 NONE 8-7

Touch
M2123 DPDT ON OFF ON 2 (COM) 5
Synchronous
Connected Power Terminals 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 Single Color
LED 3 1 6 4 7
L(+)
9
L(-)
Indicators

Isolated LEDs (see schematics) ON ON ON


Connected LED Terminals 7-9 7-9 7-9
LED Circuit

2 (COM) 5
Synchronous Single Color LED ON OFF ON Red

Connected LED Terminals 7-9 OPEN 7-9 Synchronous Green

Bicolor LED
Accessories

Synchronous Bicolor LED Red OFF Green 3 1 6 4 9 8 COM (+) 7


External Connection
Connected LED Terminals 8-9 OPEN 8-7
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A83
Series M2100 LED Tipped Toggles
Toggles

A LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS


The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C. LED circuit is isolated
and requires an external power source. If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor
is required. The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in Supplement Section.
Rockers

Single Color Bicolor


The LED is an integral part of the switch
and not available separately.
Pushbuttons

C E F CF
Bicolor LED is translucent white when unlit.
Color Red Yellow Green Red/Green Units

Maximum Forward Current I FM 25 30 30 25 mA


Programmable Illuminated PB

Typical Forward Current IF 20 20 20 10 mA

Forward Voltage VF 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.7/2.0 V

Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4 4 4 ––– V

Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F 0.33 0.40 0.40 0.33/0.33 mA/°C

Ambient Temperature Range –10° ~ +55°C


Keylocks

LED CIRCUIT, TOGGLE, & MOUNTING TYPE COMBINATIONS


Rotaries

L Toggle with Isolated LED Circuit 20° 20° Max. Panel Max. Panel
(5.0) Dia (5.0) Dia
.197
Thickness with Thickness without
.197
Standard Hardware Locking Ring
T Toggle with Synchronous LED Circuit .102” (2.6mm) .134” (3.4mm)
(14.7) (14.7)
Slides

.579 .579

Finish: Brushed aluminum 1/4-40 Thd


(6.2) Dia
.244
(5.8)
.228
(6.5) Dia (6.1) (6.5) Dia
Standard Hardware: 2 AT513H .256 .240 .256 (0.6)
Tactiles

(2.2) Dia .024


Hex Nuts, 1 AT507H Locking Ring, .087
1 AT509 Lockwasher Standard & Threaded Bushing Smooth Bushing
optional hardware details in combines with Terminal combines with
Accessories & Hardware section. codes 01, 02, & 03. Terminal code 30.
Tilt

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Solder Lug Single Pole


Touch

Keyway 1/4-40 Thd (4.8) (0.8) Typ


Indicators

.189 .031
6 3

5 2 (13.0)
20° .512
(4.7) Typ
.185 4 1
(2.5) Dia
.098
Accessories

(5.0) Dia (0.9) (6.35) (1.17) Typ (2.0) Typ


.197 .035 .250 .046 .079
(12.7) (14.7) (8.0) (20.3) (4.8)
.500 .579 .315 .799 .189
Supplement

M2112TCFW01 Single color LED switch does not have terminal 5.

A84 www.nkkswitches.com
LED Tipped Toggles Series M2100

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Double Pole Solder Lug

Rockers
(6.35) Keyway (4.8) (0.8) Typ
1/4-40 Thd

Pushbuttons
.250 .189 .031
9 6 3

8 5 2 (13.0)
20° (4.7) Typ .512
.185 7 4 1
(2.5) Dia

Programmable Illuminated PB
.098
(5.0) Dia (0.9) (6.35) (1.17) Typ (2.0) Typ
.197 .035 .250 .046 .079
(17.5) (14.7) (8.0) (20.3) (4.8) Typ
.689 .579 .315 .799 .189

Single color LED switch does not have terminal 8. M2122TCFW01

Keylocks
Single Pole Only Right Angle PC

Rotaries
Keyway (2.5) Dia (6.2) Dia
.098 .244

4 5 6

(5.0) Dia (12.7)


.197 1 2 3 .500

Slides
(4.3)
(2.9) .169
.114
(1.4) (0.4)
.055 .016
(5.1) (1.1) (1.27) Typ (0.8) Typ

Tactiles
.201 .043 .050 .031
(13.0) (14.7) (7.6) (16.4) (3.81) (4.7) Typ
.512 .579 .299 .646 .150 .185

Tilt
Single color LED switch does not have terminal 5. Gold contact material only M2112TCFG30

CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS


Touch

W Silver over Silver Power Level 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC


Indicators

G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Accessories

Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.


Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A85
Series M2100 LED Tipped Toggles
Toggles

A TERMINALS

Solder Lug with


01 Turret LED Terminal (2.0)
02 Quick Connect
Rockers

Epoxy Seal .079


(4.0) (6.35) (4.8)
(6.35) (4.8) .157 Epoxy Seal
.250 .189 .250 .189
(2.0) (1.57) Typ
.079 .062
(1.17)
.046 (1.1) (4.8)
Pushbuttons

.043 .189
(4.8)
.189 Thk = (0.8) Typ
Thk = (0.8) Typ .031
.031
Programmable Illuminated PB

Straight PC with
03 Turret LED Terminal Single Pole Double Pole
(4.8) (4.8) Typ
.189
3 6
Single color LED 3 6 9
.189 Single color LED
(6.35) (4.8)
.250 .189 Epoxy Seal (4.7) Typ & isolated bicolor (4.7) Typ & isolated bicolor
2 5 .185 2 5 8 .185
(1.17) Typ LED switches do not LED switches do not
.046
(4.8) 1 4
have terminal 5. 1 4 7
have terminal 8.
.189
Thk = (0.8) Typ (1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.031 .073 .073
Keylocks

Single Pole
(4.7) Typ
.185
Rotaries

30 Right Angle PC 6 5 4
(3.81)
.150
3 2 1 Single color LED
& isolated bicolor
LED terminals LED switches do not
(16.4)
only available .646 have terminal 5.
Slides

in brass with
silver plating (1.8) Dia Typ
.073
(2.54) Typ
.100
Tactiles

STANDARD MOUNTING HARDWARE


Tilt

AT513H Hexagon Nut AT507H Locking Ring AT509 Lockwasher


(2 per switch) (1 per switch) (1 per switch)

Material: Material: Material:


Brass with nickel plating Steel with chromate over zinc Steel with chromate over zinc
Touch

(6.35) Dia
.250
1/4-40 Thd
Indicators

(8.0) (12.0) Dia (6.4) Dia (10.2) Dia


.315 (2.0) .472 .252 .402
.079

(5.8)
.229
Accessories

(9.0) (1.5) (1.7) (0.8) (0.5)


.354 .059 .067 .031 .020

Optional Hardware: Knurled nuts, dress nuts, and ON-OFF plates are available;
Supplement

see details in Accessories & Hardware section.

A86 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes

www.nkkswitches.com A87
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A
General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Power Level (silver): 6A @ 125V AC or 3A @ 250V AC;
4A @ 30V DC (On-On circuit) & 3A @ 30V DC (all other circuits)
Pushbuttons

Logic Level (gold): 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum


(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
Logic/Power Level: Combines silver & gold ratings
(gold over silver)
Programmable Illuminated PB

Note: Find additional explanation of dual rating & operating range in Supplement section.

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for silver; 20 milliohms maximum for gold
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 100,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum for silver; 50,000 operations minimum for gold
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Keylocks

Angle of Throw: 26°

Materials & Finishes


Toggle/Lever: Brass with nickel plating
Rotaries

Support Bracket: Brass with tin plating


Bushing/Housing: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)
Sealing Ring: Nitrile butadiene rubber
Base: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy with silver plating (code W); copper or phosphor bronze with gold plating (code G);
Slides

or silver alloy with gold plating (code A)


Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy with silver plating (code W); copper or brass with gold plating (code G);
or silver alloy with gold plating (code A)
Terminals: Copper or brass with silver or gold plating
Tactiles

Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning in
Tilt

1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours


Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)

PCB Processing
Touch

Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended: See Profile B in Supplement section.


Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Cleaning: Automated cleaning. See Cleaning specifications in Supplement section.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 rated bushing/housing & base
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Accessories

Add “/U” or “/CUL” before first dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
All models recognized at 6A @ 125V AC, 3A @ 250V AC, & 4A @ 30V DC or 0.4A @ 28V DC.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” to end of part number to order CSA certified switch.
All models certified at 6A @ 125V AC, 3A @ 250V AC, & 4A @ 30V DC.
Supplement

A88 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Miniature Toggles Series M2

Toggles
A
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Antijamming actuator design protects against mechanism damage from
downward force on the toggle.

Pushbuttons
Single unit construction of the bushing and top of the housing

Programmable Illuminated PB
gives protection from cleaning fluids or other liquids.

O-ring surrounding actuator at top of bushing interior


prevents liquids from reaching switch mechanism.

Keylocks
Ultrasonic welding of upper and lower housing
seals out contaminants and allows automated
soldering and cleaning.

Rotaries
Terminals are epoxy sealed to prevent entry of
flux, solvents, and other contaminants.

Slides
Bracketed models have crimped legs to ensure

Tactiles
secure PC mounting and prevent dislodging
during automated soldering.

Tilt
Logic level and power capabilities are available to suit
varying applications.

Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A89
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

M2T 1 2 S A5 G 03
Rockers
Pushbuttons

Poles Bushing PC Terminals


Programmable Illuminated PB

1 SPDT .250” (6.35mm) 03 Straight


A5
Double Flatted
2 DPDT Straight with
13
.460” (11.7mm) Bracket
30 .150” (3.81mm) Right Angle
40 .150” (3.81mm) Vertical
Circuits Contact Materials & Ratings
05 .390” (9.9mm) Extended PC
2 ON NONE ON Silver; Rated
W
6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC 06 .728” (18.5mm) Extended PC
3 ON OFF ON
Keylocks

Gold; Rated 07 .945” (24.0mm) Extended PC


5 ON NONE (ON) G
0.4VA max @ 28V AC/DC max
8 (ON) OFF (ON)
Gold over Silver; Rated
9 ON OFF (ON) A 6A @ 125V AC &
Rotaries

( ) = Momentary 0.4VA max @ 28V AC/DC max

Actuators
.500” (12.7mm) Bat Lever (standard combination
Slides

S
with code 03 straight terminals)
.300” (7.62mm) Bat Lever (standard combinations
S4
with codes 13, 30 & 40 bracketed terminals)
Tactiles

IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Tilt

Specific models, ratings & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Touch

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


M2T12SA5G03
Indicators

.500” (12.7mm)
Bat Lever
Accessories

.250” (6.35mm) Bushing


with Double Flat
SPDT
Gold Contacts ON-NONE-ON Circuit
with 0.4VA Rating
Supplement

Straight PC Terminals

A90 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Miniature Toggles Series M2

Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS A
Toggle Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics

Rockers
Down Center Up Down Center Up
Note: Terminal numbers are not
Pole Model
actually on the switch.

Pushbuttons
M2T12 ON NONE ON
M2T13 ON OFF ON 2 (COM)
SP M2T15 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 OPEN 2-1 SPDT
M2T18 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1

Programmable Illuminated PB
M2T19 ON OFF (ON)

M2T22 ON NONE ON
M2T23 ON OFF ON 2 (COM) 5
DP M2T25 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 DPDT
3 1 6 4
M2T28 (ON) OFF (ON)
M2T29 ON OFF (ON)

ACTUATORS

Keylocks
.500” (12.7mm) .300” (7.62mm)
S Bat Lever (2.8) Dia
26°
S4 Bat Lever
.110 26°
(2.7) Dia
.106
(12.7)

Rotaries
Material: .500 Material: (7.62)
.300
Nickel over Brass Nickel over Brass

Standard Combinations: S Bat Lever with straight terminals Standard Combinations: S4 Bat Lever with bracketed terminals

Slides
(code 03) with silver or gold contacts. (codes 13, 30, 40) with silver or gold contacts.

BUSHING

Tactiles
A5 .250” (6.35mm) Double Flatted (6.8) (6.2)
.268 .244

Tilt
(5.2) (6.35)
.205 .250

CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS


Touch

W Silver over Silver Power Level 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC


Indicators

G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.
Accessories

Power Level 6A @ 125V AC


A Gold over Silver or Logic Level or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Supplement

Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits
within the same application. See Supplement section for complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.

www.nkkswitches.com A91
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A PC TERMINALS

03 Straight
(4.8)
.189
3
Rockers

3 6

(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ


.185 2 5 .185
Epoxy Seal (4.8) (5.9) 2
.189 .232 1 4
1
(1.8) Dia Typ
(1.17) .073 (1.8) Dia Typ
Pushbuttons

.046 .073
Thk = (0.8)
.031
Single Pole Double Pole
Programmable Illuminated PB

Straight with (1.6) Typ


13 .460” (11.7mm) Bracket (1.6) Typ
.063
(2.4) Typ
.063 .095
3 3 6
(7.9) Typ (7.9) Typ
.311 .311
2 2 5

(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ


1 .185 1 4
.185
(11.7) (1.8) Dia Typ
.460 (1.8) Dia Typ
.073 .073
(1.5) Dia Typ (1.5) Dia Typ
(5.9) .059 CL
.059
.232

Single Pole Double Pole


Keylocks

(4.7) Typ
30 .150” (3.81mm) Right Angle
(4.7) Typ 6 5 4
.185
.185 (3.81)
3 2 1 2
3 1 .150
Rotaries

(12.7) (12.7)
.500 .500

(1.8) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ


.073 .100
(2.54) Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
Slides

(3.81) .100 .073


.150

Single Pole Double Pole


Tactiles

40 .150” (3.81mm) Vertical 3 6


(2.4) Typ
.094
3
(3.81) Typ (3.81) Typ
2 2 5 .150
.150
1 1 4

(12.7) (12.7)
Tilt

.500 .500

(3.81)
.150 (2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ
.100 .100
(1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.073 .073
Touch

Single Pole Double Pole

.390” (9.9mm)
05
Indicators

Extended PC (4.8)
.189
3 3 6
Epoxy Seal
(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ
.728” (18.5mm) A 2 .185 2 5 .185
06 Extended PC
Accessories

1 1 4

(1.8) Dia Typ


(1.27) .073 (1.8) Dia Typ
.050 .073
Thk = (0.8)
.945” (24.0mm)
07 Extended PC
.031
Single Pole Double Pole
Supplement

Dimension A = terminal lengths as shown beside the terminal codes at the left.

A92 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Miniature Toggles Series M2

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Single Pole Straight PC

Rockers
NKK P/N This Side

Pushbuttons
3
(4.7) Typ
(6.2) .185 2 (12.7)
.244 26° .500
(0.8) Typ 1
.031
(2.8) Dia
.110 (6.35) (9.4) (4.8) (1.17)

Programmable Illuminated PB
.250 .370 .189 .046
(5.2) (12.7) (21.6) (6.6)
.205 .500 .850 .260

Actuator in Down Position M2T12SA5G03

Double Pole Straight PC

Keylocks
NKK P/N This Side (4.8)
.189
6 3
(4.7) Typ

Rotaries
(6.2) .185 5 2 (12.7)
26°
.244 .500
(0.8) Typ 4 1
.031
(2.8) Dia
.110 (6.35) (9.4) (4.8) (1.17) Typ
.250 .370 .189 .046
(5.2) (12.7) (21.6) (11.5)
.205 .500 .850 .453

Slides
Actuator in Down Position M2T22SA5G03

Tactiles
Single & Double Pole Straight PC • Bracket

Tilt
26°
(2.7) Dia
.106

(7.62) (6.2)
.300 .244
(5.8) Touch
.228

NKK P/N (11.7) Typ


This Side .460
Indicators

(4.8) (4.7) Typ


1 2 3 .189 .185
(0.5) Typ
.020
(0.8) Typ (1.17) Typ (4.8)
Accessories

.031 .046 .189


(4.7) Typ (1.17) Typ (3.2) Typ
.185 .046 .126
(15.75) (8.0) (11.5)
.620 .315 .453
Supplement

Actuator in Down Position M2T12S4A5G13

www.nkkswitches.com A93
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Right Angle PC Single Pole
Rockers

NKK P/N (6.2) (2.7) Dia


Pushbuttons

This Side .244 .106


1 2 3

(5.2) (6.6)
.205 .260

(3.2)
.126
Programmable Illuminated PB

(1.3) Typ (0.4) (1.27) (4.7) Typ (0.8) Typ


.051 .016 .050 .185 .031
(5.08) (7.62) (6.15) (12.7) (12.7)
.200 .300 .242 .500 .500

M2T12S4A5G30 Actuator in Down Position

Right Angle PC Double Pole


Keylocks

NKK P/N (6.2) (2.7) Dia


Rotaries

This Side .244 .106


4 5 6

(5.2) (11.5)
.205 .453
(0.5)
.020 (3.7)
Slides

.146
1 2 3

(1.3) Typ (0.4) (1.27) Typ (4.7) Typ (0.8) Typ


.051 .016 .050 .185 .031
(5.08) (7.62) (6.15) (12.7) (3.81) (12.7)
.200 .300 .242 .500 .150 .500
Tactiles

M2T22S4A5G30 Actuator in Down Position


Tilt

Vertical PC Single Pole


Touch

(7.2)
.283 NKK P/N This Side

(6.2) (12.7)
Indicators

2
.244 26° (1.0)
.039 .500
(0.5) 1
.020
(4.2)
(2.7) Dia .165
.106
(1.3) Typ (0.4) (0.8) Typ (1.27)
.051 .016 .031 .050
Accessories

(5.08) (7.62) (6.15) (12.7) (3.81) Typ (6.6)


.200 .300 .242 .500 .150 .260
Supplement

M2T12S4A5G40 Actuator in Down Position

A94 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Miniature Toggles Series M2

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Double Pole Vertical PC

Rockers
(7.2) (4.8)
.283 NKK P/N This Side .189

Pushbuttons
6 3

(6.2) 5 2 (12.7)
.244 26° (1.0) .500
.039
(0.5) 4 1
.020 (4.2)
(2.7) Dia .165
.106

Programmable Illuminated PB
(1.3) Typ (0.4) (0.8) Typ (1.27) Typ
.051 .016 .031 .050
(5.08) (7.62) (6.15) (12.7) (3.81) Typ (11.5)
.200 .300 .242 .500 .150 .453

Actuator in Down Position M2T22S4A5G40

HANDLING PRECAUTION

Keylocks
When an application employs M2T model with silver contacts, 5 to 6A @ 125V AC, and the switch will be actuated 100 or more
times per day, note these instructions:
Peel off the film seal on the switch body situated over the part number after cleaning.

Rotaries
Slides
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A95
Series P Internationally Approved Toggles
Toggles

A
General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity
Resistive Load: 10A @ 125V AC or 6A @ 250V AC
Motor Load: 400W @ 125V AC
Pushbuttons

Lamp Load: 2A @ 125V AC for On-Off-On circuit & 3A @ 125V AC for other circuits

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Programmable Illuminated PB

Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC


Dielectric Strength: 2,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
4,000V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 100,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum
Angle of Throw: 25°

Materials & Finishes


Toggle Cap: Polypropylene
Keylocks

Lever: Brass with chrome plating


Bushing: Brass with nickel plating
Frame: Stainless steel
Case/Base: Diallyl phthalate resin (UL94V-0)
Rotaries

Movable Contacts: Silver alloy with silver plating


Stationary Contacts: Pure silver with silver plating
Terminals: Copper with silver plating

Environmental Data
Slides

Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +85°C (+14°F through +185°F)


Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Tactiles

Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)

Installation
Soldering Time & Temp: Wave Soldering Recommended (Straight PC): See Profile A in Supplement section.
Tilt

Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.


Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.

Standards & Certifications


Touch

Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 rated case/base


UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” to end of part number to order UL recognized switch.
Indicators

All models recognized at 10A @ 125V AC & 6A @ 250V AC.


CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” to end of part number to order CSA certified switch.
All models certified at 10A @ 125V AC & 6A @ 250V AC.
Accessories

VDE: License No. 119174


All models approved at 10A @ 125V AC & 6A @ 250V AC.
Marking on switch is standard. All models meet EN 61058-1 standard.
Supplement

A96 www.nkkswitches.com
Internationally Approved Toggles Series P

Toggles
A
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Meets EN 61058-1 standard.

Pushbuttons
High torque bushing construction prevents rotation or separation
from frame during installation.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Stainless steel frame resists corrosion and increases
environmental safety.

Case/base of heat resistant resin meets UL94V-0


flammability standard.

Contacts of special silver alloy resist arcing and

Keylocks
guarantee stable electrical contact and long life.

High insulating barriers increase isolation of

Rotaries
circuits in double pole devices and provide
added protection to contact points.

Slides
Prominent external insulating barriers
increase insulation resistance and dielectric
strength.

Tactiles
Epoxy sealed terminals prevent entry of flux, solvents,
and other contaminants.

Tilt
Clinching of the frame to the case well above the base and
terminals provides 4,000V dielectric strength.
Actual Size

Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A97
Series P Internationally Approved Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

P20 22 B
Rockers
Pushbuttons

Poles & Circuits Toggles & Bushings Terminals


11 SPST ON NONE OFF No .512” (13.0mm) White Cap No
Solder Lug
Code with 6mm Bushing Code
12 SPDT ON NONE ON
Programmable Illuminated PB

.450” (11.4mm) Flatted P Straight PC


13 SPDT ON OFF ON E
with 6mm Bushing
.187” (4.75mm)
21 DPST ON NONE OFF Z
.689” (17.5mm) Large Bat Quick Connect
22 DPDT ON NONE ON B
with 12mm Bushing
23 DPDT ON OFF ON .748” (19.0mm) White Capped
D
Column with 12mm Bushing
Keylocks

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


P2022B
IMPORTANT:
Rotaries

.689” (17.5mm) Large Bat VDE is marked on all models. Switches are supplied
without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
with 12mm Bushing
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered
with marking on the switch.
DPDT Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are
ON-NONE-ON Circuit noted on the General Specifications page.
Slides

Solder Lug Terminals


Tactiles

POLES & CIRCUITS


Toggle Position Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Tilt

Down Center Up Down Center Up


Note: Terminal numbers are on
Pole Model Keyway Keyway
the switch.
Touch

1 (COM)
SP P2011 ON NONE OFF 1-1b OPEN OPEN SPST
1b
Indicators

1 (COM)
P2012 ON NONE ON
SP 1-1b OPEN 1-1a SPDT
P2013 ON OFF ON 1a 1b
Accessories

1 (COM) 2
DP P2021 ON NONE OFF 1-1b 2-2b OPEN OPEN DPST
1b 2b

1 (COM) 2
P2022 ON NONE ON
Supplement

DP 1-1b 2-2b OPEN 1-1a 2-2a DPDT


P2023 ON OFF ON 1a 1b 2a 2b

A98 www.nkkswitches.com
Internationally Approved Toggles Series P

Toggles
TOGGLES & BUSHINGS A
.512” (13.0mm) .450” (11.4mm) .689” (17.5mm) .748” (19.0mm)
No Code White Cap with
E Flatted with
B Large Bat with
D White Capped Column

Rockers
6mm Bushing 6mm Bushing 12mm Bushing with 12mm Bushing
25° 25°
(6.0) Dia (4.4) Dia
25° (5.08) .173
(4.2) Dia 25° .200 .236
.165 (2.54)

Pushbuttons
.100
(17.5) (19.0)
(13.0) (11.4) .689 .748
.512 .450

Panel Cutouts

Programmable Illuminated PB
(12.5) Dia
.492
Panel Thickness Panel Thickness Panel Thickness Panel Thickness (12.5) Dia
.492
(5.6) (11.5)
with Keyway .220 with Locking Ring (6.5)
with Keyway .453 with Locking Ring
(6.35) Dia
.134” (3.4mm) (6.35) Dia
.250
(0.6)
.024
.102” (2.6mm) .250 .256 .256” (6.5mm) .217” (5.5mm) (9.0)
(1.5) .354
maximum maximum (2.2) Dia maximum .060 maximum
.087 (3.0) Dia
.118

Standard Hardware
For 6mm Bushing: 1 Locking Ring AT507M, 1 Internal Tooth Lockwasher AT509, 2 Hex Nuts AT513M
For 12mm Bushing: 1 Hex Face Nut AT503M, 1 Locking Ring AT506M, 1 Internal Tooth Lockwasher AT508, 1 Hex Mounting Nut AT527M
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies (for code B): AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring; see Accessories & Hardware section.

Keylocks
TERMINALS

Epoxy Seal .187” (4.75mm) (9.0)


No Code (2.0) Z (6.35) .354

Rotaries
Solder Lug (2.6)
(4.5) .079
.177
Quick Connect .250
.102 (1.3) Dia (4.75)
(1.25)
.049 .051 .187
Thk = (1.0) Thk = (0.8)
.039 .031
Epoxy Seal 1b 1b 2b 1b 2b 1b
(7.6)
P

Slides
.299 (7.62) Typ (7.62) Typ (7.62) Typ (7.62) Typ
Straight PC SPST 1 .300 SPDT 1 .300 DPST 2 1 .300 DPDT 2 1 .300
(4.8)
.189 (1.17)
.046 (1.8) Dia Typ 1a
(10.16) (1.8) Dia Typ 2a 1a
.071 .400 .071
Thk = (1.0) (1.8) Dia Typ
.039 (10.16) (1.8) Dia Typ
.071 .400 .071

Tactiles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
P2011, P2012, P2013 6mm Bushing
(1.25) x (2.0) Typ (1.0) Typ
Keyway M6 P0.75
.049 x .079 .039

Tilt
1b

(0.8)
.031 (20.5)
25° .807
(7.62) 1

.300
(4.2) Dia 1a

.165 (0.5)

Touch
.020
(0.9) (5.0)
.035 .197
(11.0) (13.0) (8.0) (22.0) (2.6)
.433 .512 .315 .866 .102

P2011 models do not have terminal 1a. P2012


Indicators

P2021B, P2022B, P2023B 12mm Bushing


(1.25) x (2.0) Typ (1.0) Typ
Keyway M12 P1 .049 x .079 .039
2b 1b
Accessories

(0.8)
.031 (20.5)
25°
(7.62) 2 1 .807
.300
2a 1a
(0.5)
(6.0) Dia .020
.236 (5.0) (2.6) Typ
Supplement

.197 .102
(20.0) (17.5) (12.0) (21.1) (10.16)
.787 .689 .472 .831 .400

P2021 models do not have terminals 1a & 2a. P2022B

www.nkkswitches.com A99
Series S
Toggles

A
Contents for Standard Size Toggles
Rockers

Low Capacity ....................... Page A101


Pushbuttons

5A Power Level
Solder Lug Terminals
Programmable Illuminated PB

Bushing Mount
Double Pole

Medium Capacity ............... Page A103


Keylocks

15~20A Power Level


Solder Lug, Quick Connect Terminals
Bushing Mount
Single & Double Pole
Rotaries
Slides

Medium/High Capacity .... Page A108


Tactiles

15~25A Power Level


Solder Lug, Screw Lug, Quick Connect Terminals
Bushing Mount
One through Four Pole
Tilt
Touch

High Capacity ..................... Page A119


Indicators

30~50A Power Level


Screw Lug Terminals
Bushing Mount or Mounting Screws
Accessories

Double Pole & Three Pole


Supplement

A100 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S

Toggles
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR S100s A

Rockers
Electrical Capacity (Resistive & Inductive Load)
Power Level: Shown in the following table

Pushbuttons
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 200 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum

Programmable Illuminated PB
Mechanical Life: 30,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 10,000 operations minimum
Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F)

Materials & Finishes


Toggle: Brass with chrome plating
Bushing: Brass with chrome or nickel plating
Case: Phenolic resin

Keylocks
Case Cover: Steel with zinc plating
Movable Contactor Plate: Copper with silver plating
Movable & Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy plus copper with silver plating
Terminals: Copper with silver plating

Rotaries
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F)

Slides
Installation
Mounting Torque: 2.94Nm (26 lb•in) for double nut
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.

Tactiles
Standards & Certifications
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” to end of part number to order CSA certified switch.
Certified at 5A @ 125V AC & 2A @ 250V AC.

Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A101
Series S Low Capacity Standard Size Toggles
Toggles

A DOUBLE POLE WITH SOLDER LUG


* CSA certified only when ordered with
Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity
marking on switch (see General Specs)

*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive


Rockers

Pole & Keyway AC AC DC AC 125V Angle


Model Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 of Throw
R

S114 DPST ON 2-1 5-4 NONE OFF — 5A 2A 5A 3A 25°


Pushbuttons

––
S116 –– DPDT ON 2-1 5-4 NONE ON 2-3 5-6 5A 2A 5A 3A 25°
S116R –– –– DPDT ON 2-1 5-4 NONE ON 2-3 5-6 5A 2A 5A 3A 25°
Programmable Illuminated PB

2 (COM) 5 2 (COM) 5
Throw & DPST DPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematics: 1 4 1 3 4 6
actually on the switch

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT504M Knurled Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies (only for bat lever models): AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut and o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.

S114 & S116 S116R Black Polyamide Paddle


Keylocks

M12 P1 (2.0) Dia Typ


Keyway .079 (9.0)
.354 (12.5) Dia
.492
(10.35) Typ 6 3
.407
25° 5 2 (27.8) (11.5)
1.094 .453
(4.0)
Rotaries

.157 4 1
(6.0) Dia (2.3) Dia (1.5)
.236 .090 .060
(5.5) (3.8) Typ (0.8) Typ
.217 .150 .031
(17.6) (18.0) (10.0) (22.9) (4.0) (29.0) (0.3) Typ
.693 .709 .394 .902 .157 1.142 .012

Maximum
Slides

Panel Thickness:
S116 S114 does not have terminals 3 & 6 .158” (4.0mm)
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

A102 www.nkkswitches.com
Medium Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S

Toggles
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR S1 ~ S29 A

Electrical Capacity (Resistive & Inductive Load)

Rockers
Power Level: Shown in the following tables

Other Ratings

Pushbuttons
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 2,000V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 30,000 operations minimum for S5AW, S8AW, S9AW, S25AW, S28AW, S29AW

Programmable Illuminated PB
50,000 operations minimum for all other models
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum
Angle of Throw (α): Shown in tables on following pages

Materials & Finishes


Toggle: Brass with chrome plating
Bushing: Brass with chrome plating
Case: Phenolic resin
Case Cover: Steel with zinc plating

Keylocks
Movable Contactor: Copper with silver plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy capped on copper with silver plating
Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy capped on copper with silver plating
Terminals: Brass with tin plating

Rotaries
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +70°C (–22°F through +158°F) for Splashproof models;
–10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F) for all other models

Slides
Sealing: Splashproof & lever lock panel seal models meet IP67 standard

Installation
Mounting Torque: 1.47Nm (13 lb•in) for single nut on AW & AL models

Tactiles
2.94Nm (26 lb•in) for double nut on other models
Maximum Panel Thickness: Shown beneath panel cutout in switch dimension drawings
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.

Tilt
Standards & Certifications
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” to end of part number to order UL recognized switch.
UL or cULus recognition designated beside part numbers on following pages.
See Supplement section to find UL or cULus rating details. Touch

CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” to end of part number to order CSA certified switch.
Indicators

CSA certification designated beside part numbers on following pages.


See Supplement section to find CSA rating details.
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A103
Series S Medium Capacity Standard Size Toggles
Toggles

A SINGLE POLE WITH SOLDER LUG


* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered
Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity
with marking on switch (see General Specs)

*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive


Rockers

Pole & Keyway


AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Model Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 of Throw
R

R C US

S1A SPST ON 1-3 NONE OFF — 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°


Pushbuttons

S2A SPDT ON 2-3 NONE ON 2-1 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°


S3A SPDT ON 2-3 OFF ON 2-1 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
2 (COM)
Throw & INTERNAL Note: Terminal numbers are
SPST SPDT
Schematics: CONNECTION
actually on the switch
Programmable Illuminated PB

1 3 3 1

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT504M Knurled Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.

Keyway (2.4) Dia Typ


M12 P1 .094

(0.8) Typ (12.5) Dia


.031 3 .492

(4.8) Typ (30.0) (11.5)


25° 2 .453
.189 1.181
Keylocks

1 (1.5)
.060
(6.0) Dia
.236
(5.7)
.224
(18.0) (17.5) (10.0) (23.7)
.709 .689 .394 .933 Maximum
Rotaries

Panel Thickness:
S2A S1A does not have terminal 2 .158” (4.0mm)

DOUBLE POLE WITH SOLDER LUG


Slides

* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered


with marking on switch (see General Specs)
Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity

*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive


α=
Pole & Keyway AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Model Throw of Throw
R

125V 250V 30V PF 0.6


Tactiles

R C US

S21A –– –– –– DPST ON 1-3 4-6 NONE OFF — 15A 15A 15A 8A 21°
S6A DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 20A 10A 20A 8A 21°
S7A –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 20A 10A 20A 8A 28°
2 (COM) 5
Tilt

Throw & INTERNAL Note: Terminal numbers are


DPST DPDT
Schematics: 1 3 4 6
CONNECTION
3 1 6 4 actually on the switch

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT504M Knurled Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Touch

Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.

(2.4) Dia Typ


Indicators

Keyway M12 P1 .094

(12.5) Dia
6 3 .492

α (4.8) Typ (31.2) (11.5)


.189 1.228 .453
Accessories

5 2
4 1 (1.5)
.060
(6.0) Dia
.236
(5.7)
.224
(18.6) (17.5) (10.0) (25.7) (0.8) Typ
.732 .031
.689 .394 1.012
Maximum
Supplement

Panel Thickness:
S6A S21A does not have terminals 2 & 5 .158” (4.0mm)

A104 www.nkkswitches.com
Medium Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S

Toggles
SINGLE POLE WITH QUICK CONNECT A
Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity

Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive

Rockers
Pole & Keyway
AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Model R
Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 of Throw

S1F –– –– SPST ON 1-3 NONE OFF — 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°


–– ––

Pushbuttons
S2F SPDT ON 2-3 NONE ON 2-1 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
S3F –– –– SPDT ON 2-3 OFF ON 2-1 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
2 (COM)
Throw & INTERNAL Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematics: SPST CONNECTION SPDT
actually on the switch

Programmable Illuminated PB
1 3 3 1

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT504M Knurled Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.

Keyway (7.9)
M12 P1 .311

(7.5) Typ (12.5) Dia


.295 3 .492

(6.35) Typ (30.0) (11.5)


25° 2 .453
.250 1.181

Keylocks
1 (1.5)
(1.5) Dia Typ
.060 .060
(6.0) Dia
.236
(11.7)
.461
(18.0) (17.5) (10.0) (29.7)
.709 .689 .394 1.169
Maximum

Rotaries
Panel Thickness:
S1F does not have terminal 2 .158” (4.0mm) S2F

DOUBLE POLE WITH QUICK CONNECT

Slides
Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity

Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive


α=
Pole & Keyway
AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Model Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 of Throw

Tactiles
R

S21F –– –– DPST ON 1-3 4-6 NONE OFF — 15A 15A 15A 8A 21°
S6F –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 20A 10A 20A 8A 21°
S7F –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 20A 10A 20A 8A 28°

Tilt
2 (COM) 5
Throw & INTERNAL Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematics: DPST CONNECTION DPDT actually on the switch
1 3 4 6 3 1 6 4

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT504M Knurled Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.

Touch
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.

(7.9)
Keyway .311
M12 P1 (1.5) Dia Typ
Indicators

.060
(7.5) Typ (12.5) Dia
.295 6 3 .492

α (6.35) Typ (31.2) (11.5)


.250 1.228 .453
5 2
4 1 (1.5)
Accessories

.060
(6.0) Dia
.236
(11.8) Note: S21F
.465 (11.7)
(18.6) (17.5) (10.0) (31.8) .461 (0.8) Typ
.732 .689 .394 1.253 .031

Maximum
Supplement

Panel Thickness:
S21F does not have terminals 2 & 5 .158” (4.0mm) S6F

www.nkkswitches.com A105
Series S Medium Capacity Standard Size Toggles
Toggles

A SINGLE POLE SOLDER LUG WITH PANEL SEAL


Toggle Position/Connected Terminals
Electrical Capacity
( ) = Momentary
Approvals Down Center Up Resistive
Rockers

α=
Pole & Keyway
AC AC DC Angle
Model R
Throw 125V 250V 30V of Throw
S1AW –– –– SPST ON 1-3 NONE OFF — 15A 6A 20A 24°
S2AW –– –– SPDT ON 2-3 NONE ON 2-1 15A 6A 20A 24°
Pushbuttons

S3AW –– –– SPDT ON 2-3 OFF ON 2-1 15A 6A 20A 28°


S5AW –– –– SPDT ON 2-3 NONE (ON) 2-1 15A 6A 20A 20°
S8AW –– –– SPDT (ON) 2-3 OFF (ON) 2-1 15A 6A 20A 24°
S9AW –– –– SPDT ON 2-3 OFF (ON) 2-1 15A 6A 20A 24°
Programmable Illuminated PB

2 (COM)
Throw & SPST INTERNAL SPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
CONNECTION actually on the switch
Schematics: 1 3 3 1

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT537 O-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
For .250” Quick Connect terminals, add “F” to end of part number. See Quick Connect terminal dimensions on previous page.
For further information, contact factory.
(17.0) Dia (2.4) Dia Typ
.669 .094

Flat (0.8) Typ


.031 3

(11.1)
Keylocks

(10.9) (4.8) Typ 2 (30.0)


α
.189 1.181 .437
.429

1 (12.5) Dia
.492
(5.7) Dia M12 P1
.224

(7.5) (5.7)
.295 .224
(18.0) (17.5) (12.5) (23.7) Maximum
Rotaries

.709 .689 .492 .933


S1AW does not have Panel Thickness:
S2AW terminal 2 .158” (4.0mm)

DOUBLE POLE SOLDER LUG WITH PANEL SEAL


Slides

Toggle Position/Connected Terminals


Electrical Capacity
( ) = Momentary
Approvals Down Center Up Resistive α=
Pole & Keyway
AC AC DC Angle
Model Throw 125V 250V 30V of Throw
Tactiles

S21AW –– –– DPST ON 1-3 4-6 NONE OFF — 15A 15A 15A 22°
S6AW –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 20A 10A 20A 22°
S7AW –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 20A 10A 20A 28°
S25AW –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 20°
Tilt

S28AW –– –– DPDT (ON) 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 22°
S29AW –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 22°
2 (COM) 5
Throw & DPST INTERNAL DPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematics: 1 3 4 6
CONNECTION
3 1 6 4 actually on the switch
Touch

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT537 O-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
For .250” Quick Connect terminals, add “F” to end of part number. See Quick Connect terminal dimensions on previous page.
For further information, contact factory.
Indicators

(17.0) Dia (2.4) Dia Typ


.669 .094
Flat
6 3

(10.9) (4.8) Typ (31.2) (11.1)


α .437
.429 .189 1.228
Accessories

5 2
4 1 (12.5) Dia
.492
(5.7) Dia M12 P1
.224
(7.5) (5.7)
.295 .224
(18.6) (17.5) (12.5) (25.7) (0.8) Typ
.732 .689 .492 1.012 .031
Maximum
Supplement

Panel Thickness:
S6AW S21AW does not have terminals 2 & 5 .158” (4.0mm)

A106 www.nkkswitches.com
Medium Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S

Toggles
SINGLE POLE SOLDER LUG WITH LOCKING LEVER & PANEL SEAL A
Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity

Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive α=

Rockers
Pole & Keyway AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Model Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 of Throw
R

R C US

S1AL –– –– SPST ON 1-3 NONE OFF — 15A 6A 20A 8A 24°


S2AL –– –– SPDT ON 2-3 NONE ON 2-1 15A 6A 20A 8A 24°

Pushbuttons
S3AL –– –– SPDT ON 2-3 OFF ON 2-1 15A 6A 20A 8A 28°
2 (COM)
Throw & SPST INTERNAL SPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematics: CONNECTION actually on the switch

Programmable Illuminated PB
1 3 3 1

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT537 O-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.

Flat (2.4) Dia Typ


(7.4) Dia .094
.291
(7.8) Dia (0.8) Typ
.307 .031 3

(4.8) Typ (30.0) (11.2)


α 2 .441
.189 1.181

Keylocks
1 (12.2) Dia
(10.7) Dia .480
.421 (7.5)
M12 P1 .295
(23.5) (12.0) (5.7)
.925 .472 .224
(18.0) (26.4) (17.0) (23.7)
.709 1.039 .669 .933

Maximum

Rotaries
Panel Thickness:
S1AL does not have terminal 2 .158” (4.0mm) S2AL

DOUBLE POLE SOLDER LUG WITH LOCKING LEVER & PANEL SEAL

Slides
* UL & cULus recognized only when
ordered with marking on switch Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity
(see General Specs)
*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive
Keyway α=
Pole & AC AC DC AC 125V Angle

Tactiles
R

C US
Model Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 of Throw
R

S21AL –– –– DPST ON 1-3 4-6 NONE OFF — 15A 15A 15A 8A 22°
S6AL DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 20A 10A 20A 8A 22°
S7AL –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 20A 10A 20A 8A 28°

Tilt
2 (COM) 5
Throw & DPST INTERNAL DPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematics: 1 3 4 6
CONNECTION
3 1 6 4
actually on the switch

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT537 O-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Touch

Flat (2.4) Dia Typ


Indicators

(7.4) Dia .094


.291
(7.8) Dia
.307 6 3

(4.8) Typ (31.2) (11.2)


α .441
.189 1.228
5 2
(12.2) Dia
Accessories

4 1
(10.7) Dia .480
.421 (7.5)
M12 P1
.295
(23.5) (12.0) (5.7)
.925 .472 .224
(18.6) (26.4) (17.0) (25.7) (0.8) Typ
.732 1.039 .669 1.012 .031

Maximum
Supplement

Panel Thickness:
S21AL does not have terminals 2 & 5 .158” (4.0mm) S6AL

www.nkkswitches.com A107
Series S Medium/High Capacity Standard Size Toggles
Toggles

A GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR S301 ~ S339


Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive & Inductive Load)

Power Level: Shown in the following tables


Pushbuttons

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Programmable Illuminated PB

Dielectric Strength: 2,000V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum


Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 6,000 operations minimum for S331F; 15,000 operations minimum for all other S331s;
25,000 operations minimum for all others
Angle of Throw (α): Shown on following tables

Materials & Finishes


Toggle: PBT for flatted lever; brass with chrome plating for all others
Bushing: Brass with chrome plating
Keylocks

Case: Melamine phenol


Case Cover: Steel with zinc plating
Movable Contactor: Copper with silver plating
Movable & Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy capped on copper with silver plating
Rotaries

Terminals: Brass with tin plating

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –10°C ~ +70°C (+14°F ~ +158°F)
Slides

Installation
Mounting Torque: 2.94Nm (26 lb•in) for double nut; 1.47Nm (13 lb•in) for single nut
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Tactiles

Standards & Certifications


UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” to end of part number to order UL recognized switch.
UL or cULus recognition designated beside part numbers on following pages.
Tilt

See Supplement section to find UL or cULus rating details.

CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” to end of part number to order CSA certified switch.
Touch

CSA certification designated beside part numbers on following pages.


See Supplement section to find CSA rating details
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

A108 www.nkkswitches.com
Medium/High Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S

Toggles
SINGLE POLE WITH SOLDER LUG A
* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered Toggle Position/Connected Terminals
Electrical Capacity
with marking on switch (see General Specs) ( ) = Momentary
*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive

Rockers
Pole & Keyway
AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Model Throw
R

C US
125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 of Throw
R

S301 SPST ON 1-3 NONE OFF — 15A 6A 20A 10A 32°


S302 SPDT ON 2-3 NONE ON 2-1 15A 6A 20A 10A 32°

Pushbuttons
S303 SPDT ON 2-3 OFF ON 2-1 15A 6A 20A 10A 32°
S305 –– –– SPDT ON 2-3 NONE (ON) 2-1 15A 6A 20A 8A 32°
S308 –– –– SPDT (ON) 2-3 OFF (ON) 2-1 15A 6A 20A 8A 32°

Programmable Illuminated PB
S309 –– –– SPDT ON 2-3 OFF (ON) 2-1 15A 6A 20A 8A 32°
2 (COM)
Throw & INTERNAL Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematics: SPST CONNECTION SPDT actually on the switch
1 3 3 1

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.

Keyway (3.2) Dia Typ


.126
M12 P1
3
(12.5) Dia

Keylocks
.492
32° (6.0) Typ (28.5)
2
.236 1.122
(9.0)
.354

(1.6) Typ 1 (3.0) Dia


(6.1) Dia .063 .118
.240

Rotaries
(16.0) (17.5) (12.0) (17.4) (9.6) Max Maximum
.630 .689 .472 .685 .378
S301 does not Panel Thickness:
have terminal 2 .185” (4.7mm) S301

DOUBLE POLE WITH SOLDER LUG

Slides
* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered Toggle Position/Connected Terminals
Electrical Capacity
with marking on switch (see General Specs) ( ) = Momentary
*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive
α=
Pole & Keyway
AC AC DC AC 125V Angle

Tactiles
Model Throw of Throw
R

R C US 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6

S331 DPST ON 1-3 4-6 NONE OFF — 25A 25A 25A 10A 25°
S332 DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 25A 15A 25A 10A 25°
S333 DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 25A 15A 25A 10A 30°
S335 DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°

Tilt
S338 –– DPDT (ON) 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
S339 –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
2 (COM) 5
Throw & INTERNAL Note: Terminal numbers are

Touch
Schematics: DPST 1 3 4 6
CONNECTION DPDT 3 1 6 4
actually on the switch

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Indicators

Keyway (2.4) Dia Typ


.094
M12 P1

6 3 (12.5) Dia
.492
Accessories

α (4.8) Typ (33.2)


.189 1.307
5 2 (9.0)
.354
4 1
(3.0) Dia
(6.1) Dia .118
.240
(5.7)
.224
Supplement

(19.0)
.748
(17.5) (12.0) (25.1) Maximum
.689 .472 .988
S331 does not have Panel Thickness:
terminals 2 & 5 .185” (4.7mm) S331

www.nkkswitches.com A109
Series S Medium/High Capacity Standard Size Toggles
Toggles

A DOUBLE POLE WITH SOLDER LUG & FLATTED LEVER


* UL & cULus recognized only when ordered
Toggle Position/Connected Terminals
with marking on switch Electrical Capacity
(see General Specs) ( ) = Momentary
Rockers

*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive


α=
R
Pole & Keyway
AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Model R C US
Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 of Throw
Pushbuttons

S331R –– DPST ON 1-3 4-6 NONE OFF — 25A 25A 25A 10A 25°
S332R –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 25A 15A 25A 10A 25°
S333R –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 25A 15A 25A 10A 30°
Programmable Illuminated PB

S338R –– DPDT (ON) 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
S339R –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
2 (COM) 5
Throw & DPST INTERNAL DPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematics: 1 3 4 6
CONNECTION
3 1 6 4
actually on the switch

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT504M Knurled Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Keylocks

Keyway (2.4) Dia Typ


.094
M12 P1

6 3 (12.5) Dia
.492
α (4.8) Typ (33.2)
.189 1.307
Rotaries

5 2 (9.0)
.354
4 1
(3.0) Dia
.118
(4.0) (8.15)
.157 .321
(5.7)
.224
(9.0) (27.0) (12.0) (25.1) (19.0)
.354 1.063 .472 .988 .748
Slides

Maximum
S331R does not have Panel Thickness:
S331R terminals 2 & 5 .220” (5.6mm)
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

A110 www.nkkswitches.com
Medium/High Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S

Toggles
SINGLE POLE WITH SCREW LUG A
* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered Toggle Position/Connected Terminals
Electrical Capacity
with marking on switch (see General Specs) ( ) = Momentary
*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive

Rockers
α=
Pole & Keyway AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Model Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 of Throw
R

R C US

S301T SPST ON 1-3 NONE OFF — 15A 6A 20A 10A 32°

Pushbuttons
S302T SPDT ON 2-3 NONE ON 2-1 15A 6A 20A 10A 32°
S303T SPDT ON 2-3 OFF ON 2-1 15A 6A 20A 10A 32°
S305T –– –– SPDT ON 2-3 NONE (ON) 2-1 15A 6A 20A 8A 32°
S308T –– –– SPDT (ON) 2-3 OFF (ON) 2-1 15A 6A 20A 8A 32°

Programmable Illuminated PB
S309T –– –– SPDT ON 2-3 OFF (ON) 2-1 15A 6A 20A 8A 32°
2 (COM)
Throw & SPST INTERNAL SPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
CONNECTION
Schematics: 1 3 3 1 actually on the switch

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Keyway M12 P1 M3.5 P0.5

(12.5) Dia
.492

Keylocks
32° (6.0) Typ (28.5)
.236 1.122
(9.0)
.354
(5.0) Typ
.197 (3.0) Dia
(6.1) Dia .118
.240

(16.0) (17.5) (12.0) (17.4) (9.6) Max

Rotaries
.630 .689 .472 .685 .378 Maximum
S301T does not have Panel Thickness:
terminal 2 .185” (4.7mm) S301T

DOUBLE POLE WITH SCREW LUG

Slides
* UL & cULus recognized only when ordered with Toggle Position/Connected Terminals
Electrical Capacity
marking on switch (see General Specs) ( ) = Momentary
*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive
α=
Pole & Keyway
AC AC DC AC 125V Angle

Tactiles
of Throw
R

Model R C US
Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6

S331T –– DPST ON 1-3 4-6 NONE OFF — 15A 15A 15A 10A 25°
S332T –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 15A 15A 15A 10A 25°
S333T –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 15A 15A 15A 10A 30°
S335T –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°

Tilt
S338T –– DPDT (ON) 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
S339T –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
2 (COM) 5
Throw & DPST INTERNAL DPDT Note: Terminal numbers are

Touch
Schematics: 1 3 4 6
CONNECTION
3 1 6 4
actually on the switch

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Indicators

Keyway M12 P1 M3.5 x 5

6 3 (12.5) Dia
.492
(6.6) (33.2)
Accessories

25°
.260 1.307
(9.0)
5 2
.354
4 1
(3.0) Dia
(6.1) Dia .118
.240
(6.6)
.260
(19.0) (1.0) Typ
Supplement

(17.5) (12.0) (26.0)


.748 .039
.689 .472 1.024 Maximum
S331T does not have Panel Thickness:
terminals 2 & 5 .185” (4.7mm) S331T

www.nkkswitches.com A111
Series S Medium/High Capacity Standard Size Toggles
Toggles

A SINGLE POLE WITH QUICK CONNECT


* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered
with marking on switch (see General Specs)
Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity

*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive


Rockers

α=
R
Pole & Keyway
AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Model R C US Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 of Throw

S301F SPST ON 1-3 NONE OFF — 15A 6A 20A 10A 32°


Pushbuttons

Throw & SPST INTERNAL Note: Terminal numbers are


Schematics: CONNECTION actually on the switch
1 3
Programmable Illuminated PB

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.

Keyway (1.5) Dia Typ


.060
M12 P1
(0.8) Typ
.031 3
(12.5) Dia
.492
(28.5)
32° 1.122
(9.0)
.354
1
Keylocks

(3.0) Dia
(6.1) Dia .118
.240
(9.42) (6.35) Typ
.371 .250
(16.0) (17.5) (12.0) (17.4) (11.0) (7.5) Typ
.630 .689 .472 .685 .433 .295
Maximum
Panel Thickness:
Rotaries

S301F .185” (4.7mm)

DOUBLE POLE WITH QUICK CONNECT


* UL & cULus recognized only when ordered with Toggle Position/Connected Terminals
Electrical Capacity
Slides

marking on switch (see General Specs) ( ) = Momentary


*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive
α=
R
Pole & Keyway AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Model R C US Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 of Throw
Tactiles

S331F –– DPST ON 1-3 4-6 NONE OFF — 25A 25A 25A 10A 25°
S332F –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 25A 15A 25A 10A 25°
S333F –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 25A 15A 25A 10A 30°
S335F –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
Tilt

2 (COM) 5
Throw & DPST INTERNAL DPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematics: 1 3 4 6
CONNECTION
3 1 6 4
actually on the switch

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Touch

Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.

Keyway (7.9)
Indicators

.311
M12 P1 (1.5) Dia Typ
.060
(7.5) Typ
.295 6 3 (12.5) Dia
.492
α (6.35) Typ (33.2)
.250 1.307
5 2
(9.0)
Accessories

.354
4 1
(3.0) Dia
.118
(6.1) Dia
.240
(11.7)
.461
(19.0) (17.5) (12.0) (30.3) (0.8) Typ
.748 .689 .472 1.193 .031
Maximum
Supplement

Panel Thickness:
S332F S331F does not have terminals 2 & 5 .185” (4.7mm)

A112 www.nkkswitches.com
Medium/High Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S

Toggles
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR S31 ~ S49 A
Electrical Capacity (Resistive & Inductive Load)

Rockers
Power Level: Shown in the following tables

Other Ratings

Pushbuttons
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 2,000V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum

Programmable Illuminated PB
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum
Angle of Throw (α): Shown on following tables

Materials & Finishes


Toggle: PBT resin for flatted lever; brass with chrome plating for all others
Bushing: Brass with chrome plating
Case: Phenolic resin
Case Cover: Steel with chromate plating over zinc plating

Keylocks
Movable Contactor: Copper with silver plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy capped on copper with silver plating
Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy capped on copper with silver plating
Terminals: Brass with tin plating

Rotaries
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F)

Slides
Installation
Mounting Torque: 2.94Nm (26 lb•in) for double nut

Tactiles
Maximum Panel Thickness: Shown beneath panel cutout in switch dimension drawings
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.

Standards & Certifications

Tilt
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” to end of part number to order UL recognized switch.
UL or cULus recognition designated beside part numbers on following pages.

Touch
See Supplement section to find UL or cULus rating details.

CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” to end of part number to order CSA certified switch.
Indicators

CSA certification designated beside part numbers on following pages.


See Supplement section to find CSA rating details.
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A113
Series S Medium/High Capacity Standard Size Toggles
Toggles

A THREE POLE WITH SOLDER LUG


* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered Toggle Position/Connected Terminals
with marking on switch (see General Specs)
Electrical Capacity
( ) = Momentary
*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive α=
Rockers

Pole & Keyway


AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
of Throw
R

Model R C US
Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6
S31 3PST ON 1-3 4-6 7-9 NONE OFF — 25A 9A 20A 10A 25°
S32 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 25A 9A 20A 10A 25°
Pushbuttons

S33 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 25A 9A 20A 10A 30°
S35 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE (ON) 2-1 5-4 8-7 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
S38 3PDT (ON) 2-3 5-6 8-9 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 8-7 15A 6A 15A 8A 25°
S39 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 8-7 15A 6A 15A 8A 25°
Programmable Illuminated PB

2 5 (COM) 8
Throw & 3PST INTERNAL 3PDT Note: Terminal numbers
Schematics: 1 3 4 6 7 9
CONNECTION
3 1 6 4 9 7 are on the switch

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
(2.4) Dia Typ
Keyway .094
M12 P1
6
(0.8) Typ
.031 9 3 (12.5) Dia
.492
α (4.8) Typ (33.8)
Keylocks

.189 5
1.331
8 2 (9.0)
.354
7 1

4
(3.0) Dia
(6.1) Dia .118
.240
(5.0) Maximum
.197
(30.0) (17.5) (12.0) (27.3) S31 does not have Panel Thickness:
Rotaries

S32 1.181 .689 .472 1.075


terminals 2, 5, & 8 .181” (4.6mm)

FOUR POLE WITH SOLDER LUG


* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered Toggle Position/Connected Terminals
with marking on switch (see General Specs)
Electrical Capacity
( ) = Momentary
Slides

Model *Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive α=


Suffix R = R
Pole & Keyway
AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Flatted Lever R C US
Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 of Throw
S41/S41R 4PST ON 1-3 4-6 7-9 10-12 NONE OFF — 25A 9A 20A 10A 25°
Tactiles

S42/S42R 4PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 11-12 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 11-10 25A 9A 20A 10A 25°
S43/S43R 4PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 11-12 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 11-10 25A 9A 20A 10A 30°
S45 – –– 4PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 11-12 NONE (ON) 2-1 5-4 8-7 11-10 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
S48/S48R –– 4PDT (ON) 2-3 5-6 8-9 11-12 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 8-7 11-10 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
S49/S49R –– 4PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 11-12 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 8-7 11-10 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
Tilt

4PST 4PDT 2 5 (COM) 8 11 Note: Terminal


Throw & INTERNAL numbers are
Schematics: CONNECTION
1 3 4 6 7 9 10 12 3 1 6 4 9 7 12 10 on the switch

Notes: Standard Hardware for Bat Lever: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut;
Touch

for Flatted Lever (R): AT504M Knurled Face Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies (only for bat lever models): AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut and o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
(12.5) Dia
.492
Indicators

(2.4) Dia Typ (11.5)


Keyway .094 .453
M12 P1
(1.5)
(0.8) Typ .060
.031 12 3
Max. Panel Thickness:
9 6
8
(4.8) Typ (34.2)
.220” (5.6mm)
Accessories

α
.189 1.346
11 5 2
10 7 4 1 (12.5) Dia
.492
(4.0) (8.15)
.157 .321 (9.0)
(5.8) .354
.228
(9.0) (27.0) (12.0) (27.1) (36.5) (3.0) Dia
Supplement

.354 1.063 .472 1.067 1.437 .118

Max. Panel Thickness:


S42R Bat lever dimensions are same as on S30 models above. S41 and S41R do not have terminals 2, 5, 8, & 11. .181” (4.6mm)

A114 www.nkkswitches.com
Medium/High Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S

Toggles
THREE POLE WITH SCREW LUG A
* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered
with marking on switch (see General Specs)
Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity

*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive

Rockers
α=
Pole & Keyway
AC AC DC AC 125V AC 250V Angle
Model Throw
R

R C US 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 PF 0.6 of Throw

S31T 3PST ON 1-3 4-6 7-9 NONE OFF — 25A 9A 20A 10A 5A 25°

Pushbuttons
S32T 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 25A 9A 20A 10A 5A 25°
S33T 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 25A 9A 20A 10A 5A 30°

Throw & 3PST 3PDT 2 5 (COM) 8


INTERNAL Note: Terminal numbers

Programmable Illuminated PB
Schematics: 1 3 4 6 7 9
CONNECTION
are on the switch
3 1 6 4 9 7

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Keyway M12 P1 M3.5 x 5

6
9 3
(12.5) Dia
.492
25° (33.8)
1.331
8 5 2 (9.0)

Keylocks
.354
7 1
4 (3.0) Dia
.118
(6.1) Dia
.240
(7.5)
.295
(30.0) (17.5) (12.0) (29.8) Maximum

Rotaries
1.181 .689 .472 1.173
Panel Thickness:
S31T does not have terminals 2, 5, & 8 .181” (4.6mm) S32T

FOUR POLE WITH SCREW LUG


* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when

Slides
ordered with marking on switch (see Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity
General Specs)

*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive


Pole α=
AC AC Angle
& Keyway AC AC DC

Tactiles
125V 250V of Throw
Model 125V 250V 30V
R

C US Throw
PF 0.6 PF 0.6
R

S41T 4PST ON 1-3 4-6 7-9 10-12 NONE OFF — 25A 9A 20A 10A 5A 25°
S42T 4PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 11-12 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 11-10 25A 9A 20A 10A 5A 25°
S43T 4PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 11-12 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 11-10 25A 9A 20A 10A 5A 30°

Tilt
4PST 4PDT
Note:
Throw & 2 5 (COM) 8 11
Terminal numbers
Schematics: INTERNAL
CONNECTION are on the switch
1 3 4 6 7 9 10 12 3 1 6 4 9 7 12 10

Touch
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Keyway
M12 P1 M3.5 x 5
Indicators

12 9 6 3 (12.5) Dia
.492
8
25° (34.2)
1.346
11 5 2 (9.0)
Accessories

.354
10 7 4 1
(3.0) Dia
.118
(6.1) Dia
.240
(8.3)
.327

(38.0) (17.5) (12.0) (29.6) (36.5)


Supplement

1.496 .689 .472 1.165 1.437


Maximum
Panel Thickness:
S41T does not have terminals 2, 5, 8, & 11 .181” (4.6mm) S42T

www.nkkswitches.com A115
Series S Medium/High Capacity Standard Size Toggles
Toggles

A THREE POLE WITH QUICK CONNECT


* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered
with marking on switch (see General Specs)
Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity

*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive


Rockers

α=
R
Pole & Keyway
AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Model R C US Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 of Throw

S31F 3PST ON 1-3 4-6 7-9 NONE OFF — 25A 9A 20A 10A 25°
Pushbuttons

S32F 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 25A 9A 20A 10A 25°
S33F 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 25A 9A 20A 10A 30°

2 5 (COM) 8
Throw & 3PST INTERNAL
3PDT Note: Terminal numbers
Programmable Illuminated PB

Schematics: CONNECTION are on the switch


1 3 4 6 7 9 3 1 6 4 9 7

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.

Keyway (7.9)
.311
M12 P1 (1.5) Dia Typ
.060
6
(7.5) Typ
.295 9 3 (12.5) Dia
.492
25° (6.35) Typ (33.8)
.250 1.331
Keylocks

5 (9.0)
8 2 .354
7 1

4 (3.0) Dia
(0.8) Typ .118
(6.1) Dia .031
.240
(11.0)
.433
(30.0) (17.5) (12.0) (33.3)
1.181 .689 .472 1.311 Maximum
Rotaries

Panel Thickness:
S32F S31F does not have terminals 2, 5, & 8 .181” (4.6mm)

FOUR POLE WITH QUICK CONNECT


Slides

* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered


with marking on switch (see General Specs)
Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity

*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive


α=
Pole & Keyway AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Tactiles

Model R C US Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 of Throw

S41F 4PST ON 1-3 4-6 7-9 10-12 NONE OFF — 25A 9A 20A 10A 25°
S42F 4PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 11-12 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 11-10 25A 9A 20A 10A 25°
S43F 4PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 11-12 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 11-10 25A 9A 20A 10A 30°
Tilt

Throw & 4PST 4PDT 2 5 (COM) 8 11


Note: Terminal
Schematics: INTERNAL numbers are
1 3 4 6 7 9 10 12
CONNECTION
3 1 6 4 9 7 12 10 on the switch
Touch

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.

Keyway (7.9)
.311
Indicators

(1.5) Dia Typ


M12 P1 .060
(7.5) Typ
.295 12 9 6 3 (12.5) Dia
.492
8
(6.35) Typ (34.2)
25° 1.346
.250
5 (9.0)
Accessories

11 2 .354
10 7 4 1
(3.0) Dia
(6.0) Dia (0.8) Typ .118
.236 .031

(11.8)
.465
(36.5) (17.5) (12.0) (33.1)
1.437 .689 .472 1.303
Maximum
Supplement

Panel Thickness:
S42F S41F does not have terminals 2, 5, 8, & 11 .181” (4.6mm)

A116 www.nkkswitches.com
Medium/High Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S

Toggles
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR S421 ~ S429 A

Electrical Capacity (Resistive & Inductive Load)

Rockers
Power Level: Shown in the following tables

Other Ratings

Pushbuttons
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 2,000V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum

Programmable Illuminated PB
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 15,000 operations minimum
Angle of Throw (α): Shown in tables on following pages

Materials & Finishes


Toggle: Brass with chrome plating
Bushing: Brass with chrome plating
Case: Melamine phenol
Case Cover: Steel with chromate plating over zinc plating

Keylocks
Movable Contactor: Copper with silver plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy capped on copper with silver plating
Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy capped on copper with silver plating
Terminals: Brass with tin plating

Rotaries
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F)

Slides
Installation
Mounting Torque: 2.94Nm (26 lb•in) for double nut
Maximum Panel Thickness: Shown beneath panel cutout in switch dimension drawings

Tactiles
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.

Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A117
Series S Medium/High Capacity Standard Size Toggles
Toggles

A DOUBLE POLE WITH SOLDER LUG


Toggle Position/Connected Terminals
Electrical Capacity
( ) = Momentary
Approvals Down Center Up Motor
Rockers

Resistive Inductive
Load α=
Keyway
Pole & AC AC PF 0.75 - 0.8 AC Angle
Model R
Throw 125V 250V AC 125V AC 250V 125V of Throw
S421 –– –– DPST ON 1-3 4-6 NONE OFF — 25A 25A 25A 25A 750W 24°
Pushbuttons

S422 –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 25A 25A 25A 25A 750W 24°
S423 –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 25A 25A 25A 25A 750W 28°
S425 –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 15A 15A 15A 400W 24°
S428 –– –– DPDT (ON) 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 15A 15A 15A 400W 24°
Programmable Illuminated PB

S429 –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 15A 15A 15A 400W 24°
2 (COM) 5
Throw & DPST INTERNAL DPDT Note: Terminal numbers
Schematics: 1 3 4 6
CONNECTION
3 1 6 4 are on the switch

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Keyway M12 P1 (2.4) Dia Typ
.094
Keylocks

6 3 (12.5) Dia
.492
α (4.8) Typ (33.2)
.189 1.307 (9.0)
5 2 .354
4 1
(3.0) Dia
.118
(6.1) Dia
Rotaries

.240 (5.7)
(19.0) (17.5) (12.0) (25.1)
.224
(0.8) Typ Maximum
.748 .689 .472 .988 .031 Panel Thickness:
S422 S421 does not have terminals 2 & 5 .185” (4.7mm)

DOUBLE POLE WITH SCREW LUG


Slides

Toggle Position/Connected Terminals


Electrical Capacity
( ) = Momentary
Approvals Down Center Up Motor
Resistive Inductive
Load α=
Tactiles

Pole & Keyway


AC AC PF 0.75 - 0.8 AC Angle
Model R
Throw 125V 250V AC 125V AC 250V 125V of Throw
S421T –– –– DPST ON 1-3 4-6 NONE OFF — 20A 20A 20A 20A 750W 24°
S422T –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 20A 20A 20A 20A 750W 24°
S423T –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 20A 20A 20A 20A 750W 28°
Tilt

S425T –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 15A 15A 15A 400W 24°
S428T –– –– DPDT (ON) 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 15A 15A 15A 400W 24°
S429T –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 15A 15A 15A 400W 24°
2 (COM) 5
Throw &
Touch

DPST INTERNAL DPDT Note: Terminal numbers


Schematics: 1 3 4 6
CONNECTION
3 1 6 4 are on the switch
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Indicators

Keyway M4 X 5
M12 P1

3 (12.5) Dia
.492
Accessories

α (33.2)
1.307
2
(9.0)
.354
4
(3.0) Dia
1 .118
(6.1) Dia
.240
(11.0)
Supplement

(19.0) (17.5) (12.0) (31.1)


.433 Maximum
.748 .689 .472 1.224 Panel Thickness:
S423T S421T does not have terminals 2 & 5 .185” (4.7mm)

A118 www.nkkswitches.com
High Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S

Toggles
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR S800s ~ S732 A

Electrical Capacity (Resistive & Inductive Load)

Rockers
Power Level: Shown in the following tables

Pushbuttons
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 2,000V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum for S800s & S800Ds

Programmable Illuminated PB
3,000V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum for S732
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 10,000 operations minimum for S800Ds
25,000 operations minimum for S800s & S732

Materials & Finishes


Toggle: Brass with nickel plating for S732

Keylocks
Brass with chrome plating for S800s & S800Ds
Bushing: Brass with chrome plating
Case: Phenolic resin for S732; melamine phenol for S800s
Case Cover: Steel with chromate plating over zinc plating
Movable Contactor Plate: Copper with silver plating

Rotaries
Movable & Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy capped on copper with silver plating
Common Terminals: Brass
Contact Terminals: Brass with silver or nickel plating

Slides
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F)

Tactiles
Installation
Mounting Torque: 2.94Nm (26 lb•in) for double nut
Maximum Panel Thickness: Shown beneath panel cutout in switch dimension drawings

Tilt
Standards & Certifications
Touch
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” to end of part number to order UL recognized switch.
UL or cULus recognition designated beside part numbers on following pages.
See Supplement section to find UL or cULus rating details.
Indicators

CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” to end of part number to order CSA certified switch.
CSA certification designated beside part numbers on following pages.
Accessories

See Supplement section to find CSA rating details.


Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A119
Series S High Capacity Standard Size Toggles
Toggles

A DOUBLE POLE WITH SCREW LUG


* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when
ordered with marking on switch Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity
(see General Specs)
Rockers

*Approvals Down Center Up Motor


Resistive Inductive Load
Pole & Keyway AC AC DC DC AC 125V AC 250V AC
Model Throw 125V 250V 30V 125V PF 0.6 PF 0.6 125V
R

R C US
Pushbuttons

S821 DPST ON 2-3 5-6 NONE OFF — 30A 30A 30A 1A 30A 15A 750W
S822 DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 30A 30A 30A 1A 30A 15A —
S823 DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 30A 30A 30A 1A 30A 15A —
2 (COM) 5 2 (COM) 5
Throw &
Programmable Illuminated PB

DPST DPDT Note: Terminal numbers


Schematics: 3 6 3 1 6 4 are on the switch

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assembly: AT401 boot plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Keyway M4.5x6

M12 P1

6 3
(12.5) Dia
.492
(42.0)
28° 1.654
Keylocks

(9.0)
(12.0) Typ 5 2 .354
.472 4 1
(3.0) Dia
.118
(6.1) Dia
.240

(12.0)
Rotaries

.472

(22.0)
.866
(12.0)
.472
(34.0)
1.339
(24.0)
.945
Maximum
Panel Thickness:
S822 S821 does not have terminals 1 & 4 .177” (4.5mm)

THREE POLE WITH SCREW LUG


Slides

* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when


ordered with marking on switch Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity
(see General Specs)
*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive
Tactiles

Pole & Keyway


AC AC DC DC AC 125V AC 250V
125V 250V 30V 125V PF 0.6 PF 0.6
R

Model R C US
Throw
S831 3PST ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE OFF — 30A 30A 30A 1A 30A 15A
S832 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 30A 30A 30A 1A 30A 15A
S833 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 30A 30A 30A 1A 30A 15A
Tilt

2 5 (COM) 8 2 5 (COM) 8
Throw & 3PST 3PDT Note: Terminal numbers
Schematics: 3 6 9 3 1 6 4 9 7 are on the switch

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Touch

Optional Splashproof Boot Assembly: AT401 boot plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Keyway M4.5x6

M12 P1
Indicators

6
9 3
(12.5) Dia
.492
28° (42.0)
1.654
5 (9.0)
(12.0) Typ .354
8 2
.472
Accessories

7 1
4
(3.0) Dia
(6.1) Dia .118
.240

(14.5) Typ
.571

Maximum
Supplement

(22.0) (12.0) (34.0) (43.0)


.866 .472 1.339 1.693
Panel Thickness:
S833 S831 does not have terminals 1, 4 & 7 .177” (4.5mm)

A120 www.nkkswitches.com
High Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S

Toggles
DOUBLE POLE WITH SCREW LUG & FLATTED LEVER A
* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only
when ordered with marking on Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity
switch (see General Specs)

Rockers
*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive L/R = 3ms
Pole & Keyway DC DC DC DC DC DC DC DC DC
Model Throw
R

R C US 30V 48V 125V 250V 400V 24V 48V 125V 250V

S821D DPST ON 2-3 5-6 NONE OFF — 30A 30A 20A 15A 4A (10A) 15A 10A 6A 3A

Pushbuttons
S822D DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 30A 30A 20A 15A 4A 15A 10A 6A 3A
S823D DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 30A 30A 15A 7.5A — 15A 10A 6A 3A
( ) capacity is due to wiring. Refer to instructions below.

Programmable Illuminated PB
2 (COM) 5 2 (COM) 5
Throw & DPST DPDT Note: Terminal numbers
Schematics: are on the switch
3 6 3 1 6 4

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.

Double Pole
Keyway M4.5x6

M12 P1

6 3
(12.5) Dia
.492

Keylocks
(42.0)
28° 1.654
(12.0) Typ 5 2
.472 4 1 (9.0)
.354
(4.0) (8.15) (3.0) Dia
.157 .321
.118

(12.0)
.472

Rotaries
(24.0)
(9.0) (27.0) (12.0) (34.0) .945
.354 1.063 .472 1.339
Maximum
S821D does not Panel Thickness:
have terminals 1 & 4 .177” (4.5mm) S822D

Slides
400V DC WIRING INSTRUCTIONS

1. DC Switch Use 3. Inductive Load

Tactiles
• Middle terminal shall be the minus pole when using DC circuit. Inductive loads produce an arc caused by counter-electromotive force
Switch case is marked with (+) and (–). when opening the circuit. Recommend inserting spark elimination
• Do not store near (5cm) highly magnetic items. circuit. Contact factory for details.
• If actuation is interrupted when switching from ON to OFF,
arcing may continue and switch could be burned. Contact Point

Tilt
R D
L
+
C
2. Wiring for DC400V 10A (Patent Pending)

Touch
(2)
(5)
(3) (6)
4. Compressed Terminal Connection
Contact Connection Position
When connecting screw terminal with compressed terminal, select
Indicators

1 4
2 5
Minus Pole
compressed terminal using drawing below.
Connection

3 6
Accessories

Plus Pole
Connection 1 4
External
Connection
(9.8)
2 5 .386
Supplement

3 6

www.nkkswitches.com A121
Series S High Capacity Standard Size Toggles
Toggles

A THREE POLE WITH SCREW LUG & FLATTED LEVER


* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when
ordered with marking on switch Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity
(see General Specs)
Rockers

*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive L/R = 3ms


Pole & Keyway DC DC DC DC DC DC DC DC
Model Throw 30V 48V 125V 250V 24V 48V 125V 250V
R

R C US

S831D 3PST ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE OFF — 30A 30A 15A 7.5A 15A 10A 6A 3A
Pushbuttons

S832D 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 30A 30A 15A 7.5A 15A 10A 6A 3A
S833D 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 30A 30A 15A 7.5A 15A 10A 6A 3A

2 5 (COM) 8 2 5 (COM) 8
Throw & Note: Terminal numbers
Programmable Illuminated PB

Schematics: 3PST 3PDT


3 6 9 3 1 6 4 9 7 are on the switch

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.

Three Pole
Keyway M4.5x6

M12 P1
6
Keylocks

9 3

28° (42.0)
1.654
(12.0) Typ 5
.472 8 2
7 1
4
(4.0) (8.15)
Rotaries

.157 .321

(14.5) Typ
.571
(9.0) (27.0) (12.0) (34.0) (43.0)
.354 1.063 .472 1.339 1.693
Slides

S831D does not have terminals 1, 4 & 7.


Positive (+) must be connected to end terminals
& negative to common terminals.
Tactiles
Tilt

(12.5) Dia
.492

(9.0)
Touch

.354

(3.0) Dia
.118

Maximum
Indicators

Panel Thickness:
.177” (4.5mm)
Accessories

S832D
Supplement

A122 www.nkkswitches.com
High Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S

Toggles
DOUBLE POLE WITH SCREW LUG A
Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity

Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive

Rockers
Pole & Keyway
AC AC DC AC 125V
Model R
Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6

S732 –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 50A 30A 50A 25A

Pushbuttons
2 (COM) 5
Throw &
DPDT Note: Terminal numbers are on the switch
Schematics: 3 1 6 4

Programmable Illuminated PB
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.

Keyway M4 x 10 M6 x 8

6 3
M12 P1

Keylocks
(17.0) Typ
.669

(50.0) (60.0)
1.969 32° 5 2 2.362

Rotaries
4 1
(10.0) Dia
.394

(38.0) (29.5) (10.0) (39.0) (18.0)


1.496 1.161 .394 1.535 .709

Slides
Cap of phenolic resin is black

Tactiles
Panel Mount with Mounting Screws

(4.5) Dia Typ (14.5) Dia


.177 .571

Tilt
(25.0) Typ
.984

Maximum
Panel Thickness:

Touch
.158” (4.0mm)

Panel Mount with Bushing Hardware


Indicators

(12.5) Dia
(12.5) Dia .492
.492
(11.5)
.453
(9.0)
Accessories

.354 (12.5) Dia


.492 (1.5)
(3.0) Dia .060
.118

Maximum Maximum Maximum


Panel Thickness: Panel Thickness: Panel Thickness:
S732
.079” (2.0mm) .118” (3.0mm) .118” (3.0mm)
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A123
Notes

A124 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes

www.nkkswitches.com A125
Series TL Fully Illuminated Toggles
Toggles

A
General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Power Level (silver): 6A @ 125V AC or 3A @ 250V AC or 6A @ 12V DC for silver
Logic Level (gold): 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum for gold
Pushbuttons

(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)


Note: See Supplement Index for explanation of operating range.
Programmable Illuminated PB

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for silver; 20 milliohms maximum for gold
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum for silver; 50,000 operations minimum for gold
Static Capability: Withstands 20 kilovolts ESD minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 1.9N for .689” (17.5mm) toggle; 2.5N for .433” (11.0mm) toggle
Keylocks

Angle of Throw: 25°

Materials & Finishes


Rotaries

Toggle: Polycarbonate
Housing: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Sealing Ring: Nitrile butadiene rubber
Base: Diallyl phthalate (UL94V-0)
Movable Contactor: Phosphor bronze with silver or gold plating
Slides

Movable Contacts: Silver alloy or copper with gold plating


Stationary Contact: Silver plus copper with silver plating or copper with gold plating
Lamp Contacts: Beryllium copper with silver plating
Power Terminals: Copper with silver or gold plating
Tactiles

Lamp Terminals: Brass with silver plating

Environmental Data
Tilt

Operating Temperature Range: –10°C through +55°C (+14°F through +131°F)


Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 1.75 hours
Touch

Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)

Installation
Indicators

Mounting Torque: .98Nm (8.67 lb • in) maximum


Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Accessories

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 base
Supplement

A126 www.nkkswitches.com
Fully Illuminated Toggles Series TL

Toggles
A
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Choice of long or short toggles in translucent colors combine with
bright LEDs available in red, amber, and green, plus super bright

Pushbuttons
LEDs available in white, green, and blue.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Black face nut enhances front panel appearance.

Antistatic material used for toggle withstands


20 kilovolts electrostatic discharge.

Panel seal, achieved with use of optional

Keylocks
exterior o-ring, conforms to IP65 of IEC60529
Standards.

Rotaries
Interior o-ring protects contacts from oil, dust,
water, and other contaminants.

Slides
UL94V-0 flammability rated for base.

Tactiles
High insulating barriers protect against crossover.

Terminals are molded in and epoxy sealed to lock out flux,

Tilt
dust, and other contaminants.

Actual Size
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A127
Series TL Fully Illuminated Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

TL 2 2 D N A W01 6G
Rockers
Pushbuttons

Pole Toggle Colors Housing LED Colors


2 DPDT For Bright A Black Bright
Programmable Illuminated PB

C Red 5C Red
D Amber 5D Amber
F Green 5F Green
Circuit
For Super Bright Super Bright
2 ON NONE ON
N No Color 6B White
6F Green
6G Blue
Keylocks

Toggle Lengths
.689” (17.5mm) (combines Terminals, Contacts
D & Ratings
with silver contacts only)
Rotaries

.433” (11.0mm) (combines Solder Lug Terminals


S W01 Silver 6A @ 125V AC
with gold contacts only)
for .689” (17.5mm) Toggle only
Solder Lug Terminals
G01 Gold 0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC
Slides

for .433” (11.0mm) Toggle only


Tactiles
Tilt

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


TL22DNAW016G
Touch

.689” (17.5mm) Toggle Length;


No Color (matte finish of clear
Indicators

material)
Blue, Super Bright LED
DPDT Black Housing
Accessories

ON-NONE-ON Circuit
Silver Contacts
with 6-amp Rating
Solder Lug Terminals
Supplement

A128 www.nkkswitches.com
Fully Illuminated Toggles Series TL

Toggles
POLE & CIRCUIT A
Toggle Position Connected Terminals Throw & Power/Lamp Schematics

Rockers
Down Center Up Down Center Up
Notes: Terminal numbers are not actually on
Pole Model switch. Lamp circuit is isolated and
Keyway Keyway
requires an external power source.

Pushbuttons
DPDT

Programmable Illuminated PB
1 (COM) 2
DP TL22 ON NONE ON 1-1b 2-2b OPEN 1-1a 2-2a (+) (-)
1a 1b 2a 2b

TOGGLE LENGTHS & COLORS

D .689” (17.5mm) S .433” (11.0mm) Colors Available for Bright LED

Keylocks
Combines with Combines with
Silver Contacts only Gold Contacts only C Red
D Amber F Green

Rotaries
Material: (17.5)
.689
Material: Color Available for Super Bright LED
(11.0)
Polycarbonate Polycarbonate .433

No Color (Appearance is matte


N

Slides
finish of clear material)

HOUSING

Tactiles
A Black The housing consists of the one-piece bushing/case of The diallyl phthalate material used for the base is UL
glass fiber reinforced polyamide in black color only. flammability rated 94V-0; housing material is not.

Tilt
CONTACT MATERIALS, RATINGS, & TERMINALS

Touch
W Silver Contacts Power Level
01 Solder Lug Terminals
6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC
Indicators

& 6A @ 12V DC
(2.0)
.079
G Gold Contacts Logic Level (5.4)
(3.0) (3.5)
.118 .138
.213
Accessories

(2.0) Typ
0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC (1.17) .079
Exopy Seal .046 (1.1) Typ
.043
(5.0)
.197
Turret LED Solder Lug
See Supplement Index for complete explanation of operating range. Thk = (0.6) Thk = (0.8) Typ
.024 .031
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A129
Series TL Fully Illuminated Toggles
Toggles

A LED CODES & SPECIFICATIONS


Electrical specifications are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C. Lamp circuit is independent of switch operation.
If the source voltage is greater than rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.
Rockers

The ballast resistor calculation and more lamp detail are shown in Supplement section.

Colored Toggles Clear Toggles


Super Bright LEDs are ATTENTION
Pushbuttons

ELECTROSTATIC
Electrostatic Sensitive SENSITIVE DEVICES
5 Bright 6 Super Bright

LED Factory Assembled C D F B F G


Programmable Illuminated PB

Not Available Separately


Color Red Amber Green White Green Blue
Maximum Forward Current I FM 30mA 30mA 50mA 30mA 30mA 30mA

Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA

Forward Voltage VF 2.0V 2.1V 2.27V 3.3V 3.3V 3.3V

Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4V 4V 4V 7V 7V 7V

Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F 0.32mA/°C 0.32mA/°C 0.50mA/°C 0.40mA/°C 0.40mA/°C 0.40mA/°C
Keylocks

Ambient Temperature Range –10°C ~ +55°C –10°C ~ +55°C

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Rotaries

17.5mm Toggle

Keyway M12 P1 (3.5) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ (1.17) Typ


Slides

.138 .043 x .079 .046


(0.6) Typ
.024
2b 1b
v
L( )I

I
(4.7) Typ (13.5)
.185 .531
25°
(0.8) Typ
Tactiles

.031
L ( ) vI
2a 1a

(2.5) (6.0) Dia (0.5) Typ


.098 .236 .020
(4.5) (5.4) (2.0) Typ
.177 .213 .079
(18.0) Sq (17.5) (10.0) (21.0) (5.0) Typ
.709 .689 .394 .827 .197
Tilt

TL22DNAW016G
Touch

11.0mm Toggle

M12 P1 (3.5) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ (1.17) Typ


Keyway .138 .043 x .079 .046
(0.6) Typ
Indicators

.024
2b 1b
v
L( )I
I

(4.7) Typ (13.5)


.185 .531
25°
(0.8) Typ
.031
L ( ) vI
Accessories

2a 1a

(2.5)
.098 (0.5) Typ
.020
(6.0) (5.4) (2.0) Typ
.236 .213 .079
(18.0) Sq (11.0) (10.0) (21.0) (5.0) Typ
.709 .433 .394 .827 .197
Supplement

TL22SCAG015C

A130 www.nkkswitches.com
Fully Illuminated Toggles Series TL

Toggles
STANDARD HARDWARE OPTIONAL HARDWARE A
AT527MA Black Hex Nut AT527M Hex Nut AT508 Lockwasher AT401P O-ring

Rockers
Use as Face Nut Use as Backup Nut Not to use with Panel Seal Use for Panel Seal
Chrome/Steel Nickel/Steel Steel with Chromate/Zinc Nitrile butadiene rubber

Pushbuttons
(12.1)
M12 P1 M12 P1 .476

(12.1) Dia

Programmable Illuminated PB
(14.0) (14.0) (15.8) Dia .476
.551 .551 .622 (17.5) Dia
.689

(13.8) Dia
.543

(16.0) (2.0) (16.0) (2.0) (1.0) (0.5) (1.5)


.630 .079 .630 .079 .039 .020 .059

Hardware details in Accessories & Hardware section.

Keylocks
Panel Cutouts
(12.5) Dia
.492
Maximum Panel Thickness

Rotaries
Maximum Panel Thickness (11.5) with Standard Hardware
.453
with Standard Hardware: & AT401P O-ring:
(12.5) Dia
.492 (1.5)
.157” (4.0mm) .060 .236” (6.0mm)

Slides
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A131
Series WT Environmentally Sealed Toggles
Toggles

A
General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Power Level: 10A @ 125V AC or 6A @ 250V AC or 10A @ 30V DC
Pushbuttons

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for solder lug & screw terminal models;
30 milliohms maximum for wire lead terminal models
Insulation Resistance: 200 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Programmable Illuminated PB

Dielectric Strength: 1,500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum


Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum for On-None-Off, On-None-On, & On-Off-On models
30,000 operations minimum for all other models
Electrical Life: 15,000 operations minimum
Angle of Throw: 24°

Materials & Finishes


Toggle: Brass with chrome plating
Bushing & Outer Case: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)
Keylocks

Inner Case: Melamine


Inner Sealing Ring: Nitrile butadiene rubber for On-None-Off, On-None-On, & On-Off-On models;
silicone rubber for all other models
Outer Sealing Ring: Nitrile butadiene rubber
Movable Contactor: Copper with silver plating
Rotaries

Movable Contacts: Silver alloy plus copper with silver plating


Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy plus copper with silver plating
Terminals: Brass with tin plating
Wire Lead Covers: Heat resistant polyvinyl chloride (Leads are AWG 16)
Slides

Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +70°C (–22°F through +158°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range
Tactiles

& returning in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours


Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Front Panel Seal: IP67 of IEC60529, dust tight & water protected during temporary immersion for all models;
optional toggle boot AT401 for additional protection (details at end of WT section)
Behind Panel Seal: IP60 of IEC60529, dust tight but not water protected
Tilt

for solder lug & screw terminal models


IP67 of IEC60529, dust tight & water protected during temporary immersion
for wire lead models
Touch

Installation
Soldering Time & Temp: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Mounting Torque: 1.47Nm (13 lb • in)
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 outer case
Wiring Material Standards: UL AWM 1015 Recognized at Flammability VW-1;
Temperature Range –20°C ~ +105°C; Maximum Load 600V; AWG 16.
Accessories

CSA TEW 105 Certified at Temperature Range –20°C ~ +105°C;


Maximum Load 600V
Supplement

A132 www.nkkswitches.com
Environmentally Sealed Toggles Series WT

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics A

Rockers
Sealing for wire lead models meets IP67 of IEC60529 Standards
at front and back panel.

Pushbuttons
Sealing for solder lug or screw lug models meets IP67
at front panel and IP60 at back panel.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Single unit construction of bushing and case gives
added protection from environmental elements.

Keylocks
Epoxy sealed base covered by outer case doubles
protection from dust and water (not operable under
water or oil).

Rotaries
Specially designed contact mechanism that breaks
light contact welds for circuits 11, 12, 21 and 22.

Slides
Interlocked movable contact mechanism provides
highly reliable switching by minimizing contact

Tactiles
bounce over center contact.

Actual Size

Tilt
Heat resistant resin used for outer housing meets UL94V-0
flammability standard and provides high arc and tracking
resistance.

Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com A133
Series WT Environmentally Sealed Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

WT 2 2 S
Rockers
Pushbuttons

Poles Circuits Terminals


SPST 1 ON NONE OFF S Solder Lug
1
SPDT
2 ON NONE ON T Screw Lug
DPST
Programmable Illuminated PB

2 3 ON OFF ON L Wire Lead


DPDT
5 ON NONE (ON)
8 (ON) OFF (ON)
9 ON OFF (ON)
( ) = Momentary

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


Keylocks

WT22S
Rotaries

DPDT
ON-NONE-ON Circuit
Slides

Solder Lug Terminals

POLES & CIRCUITS


Tactiles

Toggle Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics

Down Center Up Down Center Up


Note: Terminal numbers are not
Tilt

Pole Model Flat Flat


actually on wire lead models.

1a (COM)
SP WT11 ON NONE OFF 1a-1b OPEN OPEN SPST
Touch

1b

WT12 ON NONE ON
WT13 ON OFF ON 1 (COM)
SP WT15 ON NONE (ON) 1-1b OPEN 1-1a SPDT
Indicators

WT18 (ON) OFF (ON) 1a 1b

WT19 ON OFF (ON)


1a (COM) 2a
1a-1b
DP WT21 ON NONE OFF OPEN OPEN DPST
Accessories

2a-2b 1b 2b

WT22 ON NONE ON
WT23 ON OFF ON 1 (COM) 2
1-1b 1-1a
DP WT25 ON NONE (ON) OPEN DPDT
Supplement

2-2b 2-2a
WT28 (ON) OFF (ON) 1a 1b 2a 2b

WT29 ON OFF (ON)

A134 www.nkkswitches.com
Environmentally Sealed Toggles Series WT

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Single Throw • Solder Lug

Rockers
(2.4) Dia Typ
.094
Flatted
2b 1b
(0.8) Typ

Pushbuttons
.031 1b
(28.8) (28.8)
24° 1
1.134 1.134
(11.2) Typ 2 1
1a
.441
2a 1a
(5.7) Dia M12 P1

Programmable Illuminated PB
.224
(1.0) (4.8) (4.8) (4.8)
.039 .189 .189 .189
(17.5) (9.6) (27.1) (19.4) (19.4)
.689 .378 1.067 .764 .764

Single Pole Double Pole

WT11S

Keylocks
Double Throw • Solder Lug

Rotaries
(0.8) Typ
.031
Flatted
2b 1b

(2.4) Dia Typ 1b


.094
(28.8) (28.8)
24° 1
1.134 1.134
(11.2) Typ 2 1
1a
.441

Slides
2a 1a
(5.7) Dia M12 P1
.224
(1.0) (4.8) (4.8) (4.8)
.039 .189 .189 .189
(17.5) (9.6) (27.1) (19.4) (19.4)
.689 .378 1.067 .764 .764

Tactiles
Single Pole Double Pole

WT22S

Tilt
Single Throw • Screw Lug

Touch
M3.5 x 5
Flatted
2b 1b

1b
Indicators

24° 1
(28.8) (28.8)
1.134 1.134
2 1
1a

2a 1a
(5.7) Dia (1.0)
M12 P1 .039
.224
(1.0) (8.3) (6.6) (6.6)
Accessories

.039 .327 .260 .260


(17.5) (9.6) (30.6) (19.4) (19.4)
.689 .378 1.205 .764 .764

Single Pole Double Pole


Supplement

WT21T

www.nkkswitches.com A135
Series WT Environmentally Sealed Toggles
Toggles

A TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Double Throw • Screw Lug


Rockers

M3.5 x 5
Pushbuttons

Flatted
2b 1b

1b

(6.6) (28.8) (28.8)


24° .260
1
1.134 1.134
2 1
1a
Programmable Illuminated PB

2a 1a
(5.7) Dia M12 P1 (1.0)
.224 .039
(1.0) (8.3)
.039 .327
(17.5) (9.6) (30.6) (19.4) (19.4)
.689 .378 1.205 .764 .764

Single Pole Double Pole

WT22T

Single & Double Pole • Wire Lead


Keylocks
Rotaries

Flatted

1b 1b 2b
Slides

24° 1 (30.2) 1 2 (30.2)


1.189 1.189

1a 1a 2a

(5.7) Dia M12 P1


.224 (1.0) (10.0)
Tactiles

.039 .394
(17.5) (9.6) (32.1) (200.0) +- (20.0) (20.8) (20.8)
.689 .378 1.264 7.874 .819 .819

Single Pole Double Pole


Tilt

WT22L
Touch

STANDARD WIRE COLOR SCHEME


Indicators

Terminal Numbers & Wire Colors


Wire leads are covered with heat 1a 1 1b 2a 2 2b
resistant vinyl in accordance to WT11 Black White
Accessories

UL 1015 and CSA TEW 105


Standards for Appliance Wiring WT12-19 White Black Red
Material (AWM). WT21 Black White Blue Yellow
WT22-29 White Black Red Yellow Blue Green
Supplement

A136 www.nkkswitches.com
Environmentally Sealed Toggles Series WT

Toggles
PANEL CUTOUT & THICKNESS A
(11.2)
Maximum Effective Panel Thickness With Standard Hardware: .157” (4.0mm)
.441 With optional Boot Assembly AT401A/H/S: .063” (1.6mm)

Rockers
(12.5) Dia With optional Boot Assembly AT4181: .083” (2.1mm)
.492

STANDARD HARDWARE

Pushbuttons
AT503M Hex Face Nut AT508 Internal Tooth Lockwasher AT401P O-ring
Material: Brass with Chrome Plating Material: Steel with Zinc/Chromate Material: Nitrile butadiene rubber
1 supplied with each switch 1 supplied with each switch 1 supplied with each switch

Programmable Illuminated PB
(12.1)
M12 P1 .476

(12.1) Dia
(14.3) (15.8) Dia .476
.563 .622 (17.5) Dia
.689

(13.8) Dia
.543

(16.0) (2.4) (1.0) (0.5) (1.5)


.630 .094 .039 .020 .059

Keylocks
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Boot Assemblies for High Particulate Contamination Applications
AT401A for Oil Resistance AT401H for Dust & Ozone Resistance AT401S for Retention of Flexibility,

Rotaries
Boot Material: Boot Material: Resilience & Tensile Strength
Black nitrile butadiene rubber Gray ethylene propylene rubber Over Wide Temperature Range
Hex Nut Material & Finish: Hex Nut Material & Finish: Boot Material: Black silicone rubber
Nickel plated brass Nickel plated brass Hex Nut Material & Finish:
Nickel plated brass

Slides
O-ring Material: Nitrile O-ring Material: Nitrile
butadiene rubber butadiene rubber O-ring Material: Nitrile butadiene rubber
(17.5) Dia (16.0) Dia
.689 .630
(17.0) Dia
.669

Tactiles
(16.0) Dia
.630 Boot
M12 P1
(10.0)
.394 Hex Nut
(11.7) (17.0)
(10.0) Boot .461 .669
(11.7) .394
Hex Nut

Tilt
(13.2) .461 (1.5)
.520 O-ring .059

Panel
O-ring
(3.5) ~ (5.5) (12.1) Dia
.138 .217 O-ring
.476 (17.5) Dia
(1.6) Max .689
.063

Touch
AT4181 Splashproof Boot Assembly (8.0) Dia
.315 (8.0) Dia
.315
Boot Material: (14.8)
Indicators

(13.8) Dia
.583 .543
Black Silicon rubber (18.6) (21.5) Dia (14.8)
.732 .846 .583 M12 P1
Nut Material & Finish: (24.3)
.957
(18.6) Boot
.732
Nickel plated brass Boot & Nut
Accessories

O-ring (24.3)
.957 (21.5) Dia
.846
Panel
O-ring Material: Nitrile butadiene rubber (1.0) (2.1) O-ring (1.0)
.039 .083 .039
O-ring
Note: When using boot assemblies (12.1) Dia
Supplement

.476
AT401A/H/S or AT4181, also use o-ring AT401P from the standard hardware supplied. (17.5) Dia
.689
Hex face nut AT503M and lockwasher AT508 are not used with these boot assemblies.

www.nkkswitches.com A137
Notes

A138 www.nkkswitches.com
Contents Rockers
A Series................................................. B4
Toggles

Process Sealed
0.4VA Logic Level
Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC
Rockers

B
CW Series........................................... B12
6A Power Level
Pushbuttons

Solder Lug, Quick Connect, & Right Angle PC


Snap-in Mount

CWSB Series Illuminated ........................ B18


Programmable Illuminated PB

Neon; 9A Power Level


Quick Connect; Snap-in Mount

CWSC Series Illuminated ....................... B22


LED; 9A Power Level
Solder Lug/Quick Connect; Snap-in Mount
Keylocks

G Series .............................................. B28


Process Sealed
0.4VA Logic Level
Rotaries

Straight PC

GW Series .......................................... B32


Slides

Ultra-Thin
0.4VA Logic Level
Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC
Tactiles

GW Series Illuminated ........................... B36


Fully Illuminated Paddle
0.4VA Logic Level
Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC
Tilt

JW Series ............................................ B40


Internationally Approved
Touch

10A & 16A Power Level


Solder Lug; Snap-in-Mount
Indicators

JWS Series Illuminated & Nonilluminated ... B50


Internationally Approved
6A & 10A Power Level
Accessories

Solder Lug; Snap-in-Mount

LW Series Illuminated ............................. B56


10A Power Level
Supplement

Incandescent Dual Lamps


Solder Lug; Snap-in Mount
B2 www.nkkswitches.com
Rockers Contents
M Series.............................................. B62

Toggles
Snap-in Mount
6A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Solder Lug, Quick Connect, Straight PC, & Wirewrap

Rockers
B
M Series.............................................. B72

Pushbuttons
Bracketed PC Mount
6A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC with Bracket

Programmable Illuminated PB
M Series.............................................. B83
Flat Frame Mount
6A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Solder Lug & Straight PC

M2100 Series Illuminated....................... B92


6A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level

Keylocks
Solder Lug, Quick Connect, & PC
Flat Frame & Snap-in Mount

M2T Series .......................................... B98

Rotaries
Process Sealed
6A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC

Slides
MLW Series Illuminated ........................ B106
5A Power Level

Tactiles
Incandescent, Neon, & LED Lamps
Solder Lug; Snap-in Mount

P Series ............................................. B114

Tilt
Internationally Approved
10A Power Level
Solder Lug, Straight PC, & Quick Connect; Flat Frame Mount
Touch

SW Series ......................................... B120


Indicators

15A to 30A Medium & High Capacity


Solder Lug & Screw Lug
Screw Mount
Accessories

WR Series ......................................... B124


Environmentally Sealed
15A Power Level
Supplement

Solder Lug, Screw Lug, Wire Lead, & Quick Connect


Snap-in Mount

www.nkkswitches.com B3
Series A Process Sealed Subminiature Rockers
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

B
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)
Logic Level: 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons

(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)


Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.
Programmable Illuminated PB

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 100,000 operations minimum for On-None-On & On-Off-On
50,000 operations minimum for other circuits
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 2.73N (momentary); 1.84N (maintained)
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Keylocks

Angle of Throw: 26°

Materials & Finishes


Actuator or Toggle: Nickel plated brass
Rotaries

Case Housing: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide


Support Bracket: Tin plated phosphor bronze
Movable Contact: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Stationary Contacts: Brass with gold plating
Slides

Terminals: Brass with gold plating

Environmental Data
Tactiles

Operating Temperature Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)


Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt

Installation
Cap Installation Force: 39.23N (8.82 lbf) maximum downward force on actuator
Touch

PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Indicators

Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.


Cleaning: Automated cleaning. See Cleaning specifications in Supplement section.
Accessories

Standards & Certifications


The A Series rockers have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement

B4 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Rockers Series A

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
B
Subminiature size saves space on PC boards.

Pushbuttons
Specifically developed for logic-level
applications.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Totally sealed body construction
prevents contact contamination
and allows time- and money-
saving automated soldering
and cleaning.

Award-winning STC contact

Keylocks
mechanism with benefits
unavailable in conventional
mechanisms: smoother, positive
detent actuation, increased contact

Rotaries
stability and unparalleled logic-level
reliability. (Additional STC details in
Terms & Acronyms; see Supplement
section.)

Slides
Molded-in, epoxy sealed or ultrasonically
welded terminals lock out flux, solvents,

Tactiles
and other contaminants.

.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm)


terminal spacing conforms to standard PC

Tilt
board grid spacing.

Matching indicators available.


Touch

Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com B5
Series A Process Sealed Subminiature Rockers
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

A 2 2 K1 H D A
Rockers

B
Pushbuttons

Poles PC Terminals
1 SPDT P Straight
Programmable Illuminated PB

DPDT B Straight with Bracket


2
SP3T
Straight with Inline Bracket
B1
(Single Pole only)
H Right Angle with Bracket
V Vertical with Bracket
Circuits
Vertical with Inline Bracket
2 ON NONE ON V1
(Single Pole only)
3 ON OFF ON
5 ON NONE (ON)
Keylocks

R (ON) NONE ON
8 (ON) OFF (ON)
Actuators Rockers
Snap Top for Rocker C .260” (6.6mm) Wide (K only)
9 ON OFF (ON) K
Rotaries

Code C
D .250” (6.35mm) Wide (K1 only)
S (ON) OFF ON
Snap Top for Rockers
* K1 E .300” (7.6mm) Wide (K1 only)
*4 ON ON ON Codes D & E
*6 (ON) ON (ON) *Available in Americas only
Slides

*7 ON ON (ON)
( ) = Momentary Colors
* 3-ON circuits Rocker C Rockers D & E
A Black A
Tactiles

B White B
C Red C
E Yellow ––
Tilt

F Green ––
G Blue ––
H Gray ––
Touch

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


A22K1H-DA
Indicators

K1 Snap Top Actuator


DPDT
ON-NONE-ON Circuit
Black .250” (6.35mm)
Accessories

Wide Rocker Right Angle PC Terminals


Supplement

B6 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Rockers Series A

Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS

Rocker Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics

Rockers
B
Up Center Down Up Center Down

Pole Model Note: Terminal numbers are

Pushbuttons
not actually on the switch.
Slot Slot

A12 ON NONE ON

Programmable Illuminated PB
A13 ON OFF ON
A15 ON NONE (ON) 2 (COM)
SP A1R (ON) NONE ON 2-3 OPEN 2-1 SPDT
A18 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1

A19 ON OFF (ON)


A1S (ON) OFF ON

A22 ON NONE ON
A23 ON OFF ON
A25 ON NONE (ON) 2 (COM) 5

Keylocks
DP A2R (ON) NONE ON 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 DPDT
3 1 6 4
A28 (ON) OFF (ON)
A29 ON OFF (ON)
A2S (ON) OFF ON

Rotaries
For 3 Throw (3-On)

Connected Terminals & Schematics External Connection

Slides
Pole Model Up Center Down The SP3T
model
utilizes a

Tactiles
A24 ON ON ON
double
SP A26 (ON) ON (ON) (out) (out)
pole base.
A27 ON ON (ON) 1 4
Common 2 5
(in)
External
External External External
Connection Connection Connection External 3 6 Conn

Tilt
2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5 connections (out)
must be made
1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) during field
installation.
2-3 5-6 2-3 5-4 2-1 5-4 Touch

ACTUATORS
Indicators

K Snap Top
K1 Snap Top
Accessories

For Rocker AT469 26°


For Rockers AT062
(2.5) (2.5)
.098 and AT066 26°
.098
(5.0) (4.24)
.197
Supplement

.167

www.nkkswitches.com B7
Series A Process Sealed Subminiature Rockers
Toggles

PC TERMINALS
Use of a support bracket is recommended to increase PCB mounting strength and stability.
Rockers

B P Straight
B Straight with Bracket
B1 Straight with Inline Bracket
Single Pole only
(10.16)
.400 (10.16)
Pushbuttons

.400
(5.08) (2.54)
.200 (2.54) Typ
.100 .100 (2.54) Typ
(2.54) Typ (5.08)
.200 (0.6) Dia Typ (0.3) Typ .100
.100 .024 .012 (0.6) Dia Typ
(5.08) Typ (0.3) Typ
.200 .012 (0.7) Typ .024
(0.6) Dia Typ (0.7) Typ
.024 .028
.028
(0.8)
Programmable Illuminated PB

.031 (1.0)
.039
CL
(5.08)
(9.0) (8.8) (9.0) (8.8) (9.0) .200
.354 .346 .354 .346 .354

Right Angle Vertical with Inline Bracket


H with Bracket
V Vertical with Bracket
V1 Single Pole only
(5.08)
.200 (0.6) Dia Typ (0.6) Dia Typ
(2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ .024 .024
.100 .100 (0.6) Dia Typ (0.5) Typ (0.5) Typ
.024 .020 .020
Keylocks

(2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ


.100 .100
(5.08)
.200 (0.3) (5.08) (5.08)
.012 (0.7) .200 .200
(0.3) (0.3)
.028 .012 .012 (1.0)
(0.5) (0.7) (0.7)
.028 .039
.020 .028 CL
(5.08)
(8.8) (9.0) (9.0) .200
Rotaries

(9.0) (8.8)
.346 .354 .354 .346 .354

ROCKERS & COLORS


Slides

AT469 (19.0)
C .260” (6.6mm) Wide Rocker
.748
(13.4) (6.6) (20.1)
.528 .260 .790
26°
Antirotational (7.9)
Material: Polyamide (12.9)
.310
Tactiles

Colors Available: .508


(8.2) (10.2)
(4.5) .323 .402
A, B, C, E, F, G, H .177

(14.73)
AT062
D
Tilt

.580
(11.4) (6.35)
.250” (6.35mm) Wide Rocker .448 .250 (15.24)
26° .600 +.020
-.000

Antirotational
(7.1)
Material: Polyamide (11.5) .280 +.020
-.000
(7.0) (8.8)
Colors Available: .452
Touch

(4.5) .276 .346


.177
A, B, C
Indicators

(15.2)
AT066
E .300” (7.6mm) Wide Rocker
.600
(11.4) (7.6) (15.75)
.448 .300 .620 +.020
-.000
26°
Antirotational (8.9)
Material: Polyamide (11.5) .350
Accessories

(7.0) (8.8)
Colors Available: .452
(4.5) .276 .346
.177
A, B, C
Supplement

Color Codes:
A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray

B8 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Rockers Series A

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Single Pole Straight PC


(8.8) (0.3) (0.4) Typ

Rockers
P/N This Side
B
.346 .012 .016
(0.6) Dia Typ
(11.4) .024 (1.0)
(14.73) .448 1 .039
1
.580 (9.8) 2
26° 2
.386 3 (2.54) Typ
3 .100

Pushbuttons
(0.8) Dia Typ
.031
(7.0) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (1.0) CL
.276 .031 .100 .039
(6.35) (11.5) (8.6) (3.1) (5.84)
.250 .452 .339 .122 CL .230
A12K1P-DA

Programmable Illuminated PB
Double Pole Straight PC
(6.35) (8.8) P/N This Side (0.4) (0.4) Typ
.250 .346 .016 .016
(0.6) Dia Typ
(11.4) .024 (5.08)
(14.73) .448 4 1 .200
1 4
(6.0) .580 (9.8) 5 2
.236 26° 2 5
.386 6 3
3 6
(2.54) Typ
.100
(7.0) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (0.8) Dia Typ
.276 .031 .100 .031

Keylocks
(9.2) (11.5) (8.6) (3.1) (5.08)
.362 .452 .339 .122 .200
A22K1P-DA

Single Pole Straight PC • Bracket

Rotaries
(8.8) (2.54)
.346 P/N This Side .100
(0.3) Typ (0.3) (0.7) Typ
.012 .012 .028 (1.0)
(0.6) Dia Typ .039 (1.0)
.024 .039
(11.4)
1 1
(14.73) .448 1
(9.8) (2.54) Typ

Slides
.580 (10.16) 2
2 2
26° .400 .386 3
.100 3 (2.54) Typ
3
.100
(0.8) Dia Typ (0.8) Dia Typ
.031 .031
(7.0) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (1.0) CL
.039 (2.54)
.276 .031 .100 .100
(6.35) (11.5) (8.6) (3.1) (5.84) CL
.452 CL .230
.250 .339 .122

Tactiles
B Terminals B1 Terminals A12K1B-DA

Double Pole Straight PC • Bracket


(6.35) (8.8) P/N (0.3) Typ (0.4)
.250

Tilt
.346 This Side .012 .016 (5.08)
(0.6) Dia Typ .200
(11.4) .024
(14.73) .448 1 4
4 1
(6.0) .580 (10.16) (9.8) 5 2 (2.54) Typ
2 5
.236 26° .400 .386 6 3
.100
3 6

Touch
(7.0) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (0.7) Typ (0.8) Dia Typ
.276 .031 .100 .028 .031
(9.5) (11.5) (8.6) (3.1) (5.08)
.374 .452 .339 .122 .200
A22K1B-DA
Indicators

Single Pole Right Angle PC


(0.8) (0.3)
P/N This Side .031 .012
(2.54) Typ
(3.3) .100
Accessories

(6.35) .131 (6.18) 1 2 3


2 1
.250
3
.243 (5.08)
.200

(0.7) (3.1) (0.6) Dia Typ (0.8) Dia Typ


.028 .122 .024 .031
(0.3) Typ (4.5) (5.08) (2.54) Typ
.012 .177 .200 .100
Supplement

(5.08) (11.5) (9.38) (9.8)


.200 .452 .369 .386
A12K1H-DA

www.nkkswitches.com B9
Series A Process Sealed Subminiature Rockers
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Right Angle PC Double Pole


Rockers

B
(6.0) (0.8) (9.8) (0.4) (2.54) Typ
.236 P/N This Side
.031 .386 .016 .100
(2.54)
3 2 1
1 2 3 .100
(6.35) (10.0) 4 5 6
.250 (5.2) .394 (5.08)
6 5 4
.205 .200
Pushbuttons

(4.5)
.177 (0.8) Dia Typ
(0.7) (2.54) (3.1) .031
.028 .100 .122
(0.3) Typ (5.08) (0.5) (0.6) Dia Typ
.012 .200 .020 .024
(5.08) (11.5) (11.9) (2.54) Typ
Programmable Illuminated PB

.200 .452 .469 .100


A22K1H-DA

Vertical PC Single Pole

(8.8) (0.8) (0.4)


.346 P/N This Side .031 .016
(1.0)
(11.4) .039 (1.0)
(14.73) .448 1
(2.54) Typ .039
.580 (10.2) 1 .100 1
(2.54) Typ
26° 2
.402
(5.3) 3
2 2
.100
.208 3 3
Keylocks

(5.08)
(0.8) Dia Typ .200
(0.7) Typ (7.0) (2.54) (0.5) (0.6) Dia Typ .031
.028 .276 .100 .020 .024 (2.54) (0.8) Dia Typ
(0.3) Typ (2.54) (1.0) (3.1) (1.0) .100 CL .031
.012 .100 .039 .122 .039 CL
(2.54) (2.54) Typ (5.84)
.100 .100 .230
(6.35) (11.5) (14.46)
Rotaries

.250 CL
.452 .569
A12K1V-DA V Terminals V1 Terminals

Vertical PC Double Pole


Slides

(6.35) (8.8) (0.8) (0.4) Typ


.250 .346 P/N This Side .031 .016
(5.08)
(11.4) .200
(14.73) .448 1 4
4 1 (2.54) Typ
.580 (10.2) 5 2 .100
26°
Tactiles

2 5
(5.3) .402 6 3
3 6
.208 (5.08)
.200
(7.0) (0.5) (0.8) Dia Typ
.276 .020 .031
(0.3) Typ (0.7) (1.0) (3.1)
.012 .028 .039 .122
(5.08) (5.08) (2.54) Typ (0.6) Dia Typ
.200 .200 .100 .024
Tilt

(9.5) (11.5) (14.46) (5.08)


.374 .452 .569 .200
A22K1V-DA

ROCKER MOUNTING PRECAUTION


Touch

Rocker switches with vertical and right angle terminals must be mounted so that extension of the PC board beyond the top of the switch
housing does not interrupt rocker movement, in turn causing incomplete switching operation.
Indicators

The MAXIMUM limit of the PC board extension is .051” (1.3mm), as illustrated below.

This precaution does not apply to the double pole switch with right angle terminals due to the extra width of the switch allowing the
rocker to clear the PC board.
Accessories

Side View of Rocker Side View of Rocker 26°


Right Angle Mounting PC (6.6) Vertical Mounting PC
.260
Single Pole Only Single Pole and
Supplement

Double Pole
Interruption (1.3) Interruption (1.3)
by end of PCB .051 PCB by end of PCB .051 PCB

B10 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes

www.nkkswitches.com B11
Series CW Miniature Power Rockers

General Specifications
Toggles
Rockers

B CWSA Electrical Capacity


Power Level: For Resistive Load 6A @ 250V AC
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 20 milliohms maximum
Pushbuttons

Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC


Dielectric Strength: 1,500V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum
3,000V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 30,000 operations minimum
Programmable Illuminated PB

Electrical Life: 10,000 operations minimum with Resistive Load & 6,000 operations with Inductive Load
Nominal Operating Force: 2.50N
Angle of Throw: 30° Operating Temperature Range: –10°C ~ +70°C (+14°F ~ +158°F)
Materials & Finishes
Rocker: Polycarbonate Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy
Housing: Polyamide Base: Laminated thermosetting sheets
Movable Contactor: Brass with silver alloy plating Contact Terminals: Copper with silver plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy Common Terminals: Brass with silver plating
Keylocks

CWSB Electrical Capacity


Power Level: For Resistive Load 6A @ 250V AC
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 20 milliohms maximum
Rotaries

Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC


Dielectric Strength: 1,500V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum
3,000V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 30,000 operations minimum
Slides

Electrical Life: 10,000 operations minimum with Resistive Load & 6,000 operations with Inductive Load
Nominal Operating Force: 6.50N for single pole models; 10.0N for double pole models
Angle of Throw: 30° Operating Temperature Range: –10°C ~ +70°C (+14°F ~ +158°F)
Materials & Finishes
Tactiles

Rocker: Polycarbonate Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy


Housing: Polyamide Base: Laminated thermosetting sheets
Movable Contactor: Beryllium copper w/silver alloy plating Terminals: Brass with silver plating
Movable Contacts: Silver
Tilt

CWT Electrical Capacity


Power Level: For Resistive Load 6A @ 125V AC; 3A @ 250V AC; 4A @ 30V DC
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 20 milliohms maximum
Touch

Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC


Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Indicators

Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum


Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 2.0N
Angle of Throw: 30° Operating Temperature Range: –25°C ~ +70°C (–13°F ~ +158°F)
Accessories

Materials & Finishes


Rocker: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide Base: LCP (Liquid Crystal Polymer)
Housing: Polyamide Contact Terminals: Brass + silver with silver plating
Movable Contactor: Phosphor bronze w/silver plating Common Terminals: Brass with silver plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy
Supplement

B12 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Power Rockers Series CW

Distinctive Characteristics

Toggles
Rockers
CWSA
B
Low cost molded rocker.

Pushbuttons
See-saw contact mechanism

Stable stationary contact construction for high reliability.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Easily installed with snap-in mounting.

Large terminal hole dimensioned .067” x .098”


(1.7mm x 2.5mm) simplifies wiring and soldering.

Wave Soldering (PC version): See Profile A in Supplement section.


Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.

Keylocks
CWSB
Low cost molded rocker.

Rotaries
Snap-acting contact mechanism gives smooth actuation and audible
feedback.

Stable stationary contact construction for high reliability.

Slides
Front panel, snap-in mounting for labor-saving installation.

Solder lug/quick connect terminals can be used with


connectors.

Tactiles
Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.

Tilt
CWT
Low cost molded rocker in compact, slim design.

See-saw contact mechanism Touch

Outstanding insulation resistance and dielectric strength.


Indicators

Dust proof construction protects contact area.

Stable stationary contact construction for high reliability.


Accessories

Front panel, snap-in mounting for labor-saving installation.

Terminals are molded in and epoxy sealed to lock out flux,


dust, and other contaminants.
Supplement

Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.

www.nkkswitches.com B13
Series CW Miniature Power Rockers
Toggles

STANDARDS & CERTIFICATIONS


Rockers

B CWSA
Pushbuttons

Specific CWSA models listed below are qualified for Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
recognition and Canadian Standards Association certification. cULus marking on
case is standard as noted in following table.
Programmable Illuminated PB

Model Ratings @ AC cULus File No. Marking on Case


CWSA11 6A @ 250V E44145 Standard
CWSA12 6A @ 250V E44145 Standard
Keylocks

CWSB
Rotaries

Specific CWSB models listed below are qualified for Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
recognition and Canadian Standards Association certification. cULus marking on
case is standard as noted in following table.
Slides

Model Ratings @ AC cULus File No. Marking on Case


Tactiles

CWSB11 6A @ 250V E44145 Standard


CWSB21 6A @ 250V E44145 Standard
Tilt
Touch

CWT
Indicators

Specific CWT model listed below is qualified for Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
recognition and Canadian Standards Association certification. cULus marking on
case is standard as noted in following table.
Accessories

Model Ratings @ AC cULus File No. Marking on Case


CWT12 6A @ 125V E44145 Standard
3A @ 250V
Supplement

B14 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Power Rockers Series CW

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLES

CWSA 1 1 A A N S

Rockers
B

Pushbuttons
Pole Circuits Cap Color Inscription Terminals
SPST & 1 ON NONE OFF A Black For SPST & SPDT S Solder Lug
1
SPDT
2 ON NONE ON No
None Right Angle

Programmable Illuminated PB
Code H
PC
Housing For SPST
A Black 1 Horizontal
TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE 2 Vertical
CWSA11AANS 3 Dot Marking

Keylocks
CWSB 2 1 A A 2 F

Rotaries
Poles Cap Color Housing Inscription Terminals
1 SPST A Black A Black No None Quick
Code
F
Circuit (SPST only) Connect
2 DPST

Slides
1 ON NONE OFF 1 Horizontal Right
H
Angle PC
2 Vertical
Dot Marking
3
(SPST only)

Tactiles
TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
CWSB21AA2F

Tilt
CWT 1 2 A A S1 Touch

Pole Circuit Housing


Indicators

TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


1 SPDT 2 ON NONE ON A Black CWT12AAS1
Accessories

Cap Color Terminals


A Black S1 Solder Lug
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com B15
Series CW Miniature Power Rockers
Toggles

INSCRIPTIONS

No
Code None
1 Horizontal Orientation
2 Vertical Orientation
3 Dot Marking
Rockers

B Not available in
Only On-None-Off models Only On-None-Off models Only Single Pole On-None-
are available with the are available with the Off models are available
double pole.
horizontal inscription. vertical inscription. with the dot inscription.
Pushbuttons
Programmable Illuminated PB

The IEC symbols for On-Off are supplied with Single Throw models only. Orientation of inscription must be selected.
Inscription color is white ink on black.

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS FOR CWSA

Solder Lug Single Pole • No Inscription


Keylocks
Rotaries

(5.5) (12.3)
.217 NKK P/N This Side .484
(1.7) x (2.5) Typ
.067 x .098
1b
1b

(0.8)
(20.8) .031
.819 (17.0)
.669
1 (18.5) (19.2)
30°
Slides

.728
1

(15.5) (13.3) .756


.610 (7.0) Typ
.524 .276
1a
1a

(0.5) Typ
.020
(10.2) (3.0) (12.9)
(2.0) (0.2) .508
.402 .079 .008 .118
Tactiles

(14.8) (15.6) (2.9) (12.9)


.583 .614 .114 .508

Terminal numbers Panel Thickness


Single throw model does are on side .030” ~ .079”
Tilt

CWSA12AANS not have terminal 1b of switch body (0.75mm ~ 2.0mm)

Right Angle Single Pole • Horizontal On-Off Inscription


Touch
Indicators

(14.8) (12.9) 1b 1 1a
.583 .508
(10.2)
.402 (12.3)
.484 (1.8) Dia Typ
(12.0) (14.0) .071
.472 .551
1a 1 1b
Accessories

(15.5) (2.0) (14.0) (1.2) (0.8) Typ (7.0) Typ


.610 .079 .551 .047 .031 .276
(20.8) (5.5) (16.0) (18.5)
.819 .217 .630 .728
Supplement

Single throw model does Terminal numbers are


CWSA11AAN1H not have terminal 1b on side of switch body

B16 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Power Rockers Series CW

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS FOR CWSB

Double Pole • Vertical On-Off Inscription Quick Connect

Rockers
NKK P/N This Side (2.3) Dia Typ
(2.5) Typ
.098
B
(5.7) .091 (4.0) Typ
.224 (1.6) Dia Typ .157
.063 (4.75) Typ
.187

Pushbuttons
2 1

(4.0) (18.6)
(21.1) (15.8) .157 .732 (19.2)
.831 .622 30° .756
(12.9) (5.0) (17.4)
.508 .197 .685
2a 1a

Programmable Illuminated PB
0

(12.9)
(2.65) (0.8) Typ .508
.104 .031
(10.6) (2.0) (1.0) (12.6)
.417 .079 .039 .496
(15.1) (16.2) (8.1) (12.9)
.594 .638 .319 .508

Panel Thickness
Terminal numbers are .030” ~ .079”
on bottom of switch (0.75mm ~ 2.0mm) CWSB21AA2F

Single Pole • Dot Inscription Right Angle

Keylocks
1 1a

(4.9)
.193 (5.0) (1.8) Dia Typ
.071
.197

Rotaries
2a 2

(4.0) Typ Footprint


2a

.157
(10.6)
(12.9) SPST
2

0 .508
.417 (12.6)
(15.1)
1

.594 .496
(2.5) Typ
1a

(4.0) .098
1a 1
.157

Slides
(2.0) (14.2) (1.0) (1.3) Typ 2 2a
.079 .559 .039 .051 (4.7)
(15.8) (17.8) (0.8) (4.9)
.622 .193
1 1a .185
.701 .031
(21.1) (5.7) (22.5) (5.0) (4.9)
.831 .224 .886 .197 .193 (5.0) (1.8) Dia Typ
.071
.197

Tactiles
Footprint
Terminal numbers are DPST
on bottom of switch CWSB11AA3H

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS FOR CWT

Tilt
Single Pole • No Inscription Solder Lug

Touch
NKK P/N This Side
(5.5) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ (5.0)
.217 .043 x .079 .197
(0.8) Typ
.031
3

Indicators

(16.2) (18.0) 2 (21.0) (19.2)


30°
2

.638 (4.7) Typ .709 .827 .756


(13.45) .185
.530 1
1

Accessories

(4.8) (1.5) (2.0) Typ (6.8)


.189 .059 .079 .268
(9.0) (15.5) (3.5) (6.8)
.354 .610 .138 .268

Terminal numbers Panel Thickness


Supplement

are on side .030” ~ .079”


of switch body (0.75mm ~ 2.0mm) CWT12AAS1

www.nkkswitches.com B17
Series CWSB Neon Miniature Power Rockers
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

B
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)
Power Level: 9A @ 125V AC
Pushbuttons

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 20 milliohms maximum
Programmable Illuminated PB

Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC


Dielectric Strength: 1,500V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
3,000V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 30,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 10,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 10.0N
Angle of Throw: 30°
Keylocks

Materials & Finishes


Rocker: Polycarbonate
Housing: Polyamide
Movable Contactor: Beryllium copper with silver plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy
Rotaries

Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy


Switch Terminals: Brass with silver plating
Lamp Terminals: Brass with silver plating
Slides

Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –20°C through +85°C (–4°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Tactiles

Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 0.75mm traversing the frequency range
& returning in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt

Installation
Soldering Time & Temp: Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Touch

Standards & Certifications


UL: File No. E44145
9A @ 125V AC
Indicators

Markings on case are standard.

CSA: File No. 0701166_0_000


9A @ 125V AC
Accessories

Markings on case are standard.


Supplement

B18 www.nkkswitches.com
Neon Miniature Power Rockers Series CWSB

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
B
Full face, Neon illumination in choice of red, amber, or green.

Pushbuttons
Neon lamp suited to 125V AC applications.

Programmable Illuminated PB
9-amp electrical capacity in compact body.

Built-in resistor for direct connection to


125V AC power source.

Low cost molded rocker.

Keylocks
Front panel, snap-in mounting assures
labor-saving installation.

Rotaries
Single-break, snap-acting contact mechanism
gives smooth actuation and audible feedback.

Slides
Quick-make, quick-break characteristic limits arcing
and prolongs electrical life.

Tactiles
Stable stationary contact construction for high reliability.

Tilt
Offset terminal alignment gives outstanding insulation resistance and
dielectric strength.

Actual Size Touch


Solder lug/.187” quick connect terminals can be used with connectors. Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com B19
Series CWSB Neon Miniature Power Rockers
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

CWSB 2 1 C A C F
Rockers

B
Pushbuttons

Poles Neon Lamp Cap Colors


2 DPST Colors C Red
Programmable Illuminated PB

C Red D Amber
D Amber F Green
F Green

Circuit Housing Terminals


1 ON NONE OFF A Black Solder Lug/
F .187” (4.75mm)
Quick Connect
Keylocks

IMPORTANT:

Switches are supplied with UL & CSA markings on the case. Specific
Rotaries

models & ratings noted on the General Specifications page.


Slides

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


CWSB21CACF
Tactiles

Red Rocker Cap Red Neon Lamp

DPST
Black Housing
Tilt

ON-NONE-OFF Circuit

Solder Lug/
Quick Connect Terminals
Touch

POLE & CIRCUIT


Indicators

Rocker Position Connected Terminals Throw & Switch/Lamp Schematic


Accessories

Down Center Up Down Center Up


Note: Terminal numbers “1a” & “2a” are
Pole Model
actually on the switch.

2 2a
Supplement

DP CWSB21 ON NONE OFF 1-1a 2-2a OPEN OPEN DPST


1 1a

B20 www.nkkswitches.com
Neon Miniature Power Rockers Series CWSB

Toggles
NEON LAMP COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS
Neon Lamp Colors
The Neon lamp is factory assembled

Rockers
and not available separately. The
lamp circuit is synchronous to switch- L B
ing circuit.
o
a
2 2a Source C D F
d 1 1a
The electrical specifications shown are Red Amber Green

Pushbuttons
determined at a basic temperature of
25°C. Voltage V 125V AC 125V AC 125V AC
Internal Series Resistance 33K ohms 33K ohms 68K ohms
Values for the built-in resistors are

Programmable Illuminated PB
given in the accompanying table. Current I 1.4mA 1.4mA 0.6mA
Endurance Hours 15,000 15,000 8,000

HOUSING TERMINALS

Black Housing Solder Lug/


A with Snap-in Mounting
F .187” (4.75mm) Quick Connect

Keylocks
On Off (I O) symbols (1.15)R (8.1)
.319
.045
are molded on the bezel. (0.8)R
.031 (4.75) (2.65)
.187 .104

Rotaries
Thk = (0.8)
.031

CAP COLOR CODES

Slides
Cap Colors Available
Caps are factory assembled and
C D Amber
F are not available separately.

Tactiles
Red Green

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Tilt
Double Pole Neon Illuminated

(2.3) Dia Typ (2.5) Typ

Touch
.091 .098
(5.7) (1.6) Dia Typ (4.0) Typ
.224 .063 .157

(4.75) Typ (18.6)


(15.8) (4.0)
Indicators

.187 .732
.622 .157 (19.2)
30°
(21.1) (12.9) (17.4) (5.0) .756
.831 .508 .685 .197
2a 1a

(2.65) (0.8) Typ (12.9)


Accessories

.104 .031 .508


(10.6) (2.0) (1.0) (12.6)
.417 .079 .039 .496
(15.1) (16.2) (8.1) (12.9) Panel Thickness
.594 .638 .319 .508
.030” ~ .079”
(0.75mm ~ 2.0mm)
Supplement

CWSB21CACF

www.nkkswitches.com B21
Series CWSC LED Miniature Power Rockers
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

B
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)
Power Level: 9A @ 125V AC or 6A @ 250V AC
Pushbuttons

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 20 milliohms maximum
Programmable Illuminated PB

Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC


Dielectric Strength: 1,500V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
3,000V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 30,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 10,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: Single Pole 4.50N; Double Pole 10.0N
Angle of Throw: 33°

Materials & Finishes


Keylocks

Rocker: Polycarbonate
Housing: Polyamide
Movable Contactor: Beryllium copper with silver plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy
Rotaries

Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy


Switch Terminals: Brass with silver plating
Lamp Terminals: Brass with silver plating
Slides

Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +50°C (+14°F through +122°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
Tactiles

in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours


Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)

Installation
Tilt

Soldering Time & Temp: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.

Standards & Certifications


Touch

UL: File No. E44145


All models recognized at 9A @ 125V AC & 6A @ 250V AC.
cULus marking on case is standard.
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

B22 www.nkkswitches.com
LED Miniature Power Rockers Series CWSC

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
B
Full face, bright LED illumination in choice of red, amber, or green
for visible status indication.

Pushbuttons
9-amp or 6-amp electrical capacity in
compact body.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Interior shield prevents contamination of
the rocker by carbon from arcing.

Front panel, snap-in mounting assures


labor-saving installation.

Keylocks
Single-break, snap-acting contact mechanism
gives smooth actuation and audible feedback.

Rotaries
Quick-make, quick-break characteristic limits
arcing and prolongs electrical life.

Slides
Stable stationary contact construction for high
reliability.

Tactiles
Offset terminal alignment gives outstanding insulation
resistance and dielectric strength.

Tilt
Solder lug/.110” quick connect terminals can be used with connectors.

Actual Size Touch


Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com B23
Series CWSC LED Miniature Power Rockers
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE


Rockers

B CWSC 2 1 JC A C S
Pushbuttons

Poles Housing Terminals


Programmable Illuminated PB

1 SPST A Black Solder Lug/


S .110” (2.79mm)
2 DPST
Quick Connect

Circuit Cap/Diffuser Colors LED Colors


1 ON NONE OFF JC Clear/Red C Red
JD Clear/Amber D Amber
Keylocks

JF Clear/Green F Green
Rotaries

IMPORTANT:

Switches are supplied with cULus marking on the case. Specific


Slides

models & ratings noted on the General Specifications page.


Tactiles

TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


CWSC21JCACS
Tilt

Clear Rocker Cap


with Red Diffuser Red LED
Touch

DPST
ON-NONE-OFF Circuit Black Housing
Indicators

Solder Lug/
Quick Connect Terminals
Accessories
Supplement

B24 www.nkkswitches.com
LED Miniature Power Rockers Series CWSC

Toggles
POLE & CIRCUITS

Rocker Position Connected Terminals Throw & Switch/Lamp Schematics

Rockers
Down Center Up Down Center Up
Pole Model
Notes: Terminal numbers and polarity are B
actually on the switch.

Pushbuttons
1 (COM)
SP CWSC11 ON NONE OFF 1-1a OPEN OPEN SPST (+) (-)
1a

1 (COM) 2

Programmable Illuminated PB
DP CWSC21 ON NONE OFF 1-1a 2-2a OPEN OPEN DPST (+) (-)
1a 2a

CAP TYPES & COLORS

Rocker Cap/Diffuser Colors Available


Cap/Diffuser
JC Clear/Red

Keylocks
Caps are factory assembled and
are not available separately. JD Clear/Amber

JF Clear/Green

Rotaries
HOUSING TERMINALS

Slides
Black Housing Solder Lug/
A with Snap-in Mounting
S .110” (2.79mm) Quick Connect

On Off (I O) symbols

Tactiles
(7.1)
.280
are molded on the bezel.
(3.2)
.126 (2.79)
.110
(1.6)
.063
Thk = (0.5)
.020

Tilt
LED SPECIFICATIONS & COLORS

The LED is factory assembled and not C D F Touch


available separately. LED circuit
is isolated and requires an external
(+) (-)
Colors: Red Amber Green
power source. Polarity marks are Maximum Forward Current I FM 30mA 30mA 30mA
Indicators

on the bottom of the switch.


Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 20mA
The electrical specifications shown are
determined at a basic temperature of Forward Voltage VF 1.95V 2.0V 2.1V
Accessories

25°C.
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5V 5V 5V
If the source voltage exceeds the rated
voltage, a ballast resistor is required. Current Reduction Rate
∆I F 0.41mA/°C 0.29mA/°C 0.39mA/°C
The resistor value can be calculated by above 25°C
Supplement

using the formula in the Supplement.


Ambient Temperature Range –10°C ~ +50°C

www.nkkswitches.com B25
Series CWSC LED Miniature Power Rockers
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

LED Illuminated Single Pole


NKK P/N (1.7) Typ
Rockers

B (5.7) This Side (2.79) Typ .067 (0.5) Typ


.224 .110 .020

(15.7) (0.5) (4.5)


Pushbuttons

.618 .020 .177 (19.2)


33°
(21.1) (5.5) (18.6) .756
.831 (12.9) .217 .732 2 1
.508
2a 1a

(1.6) Typ (2.25) Typ


.089 (12.9)
.063
Programmable Illuminated PB

(2.0) (4.95) .508


.079 .195
(10.6) (3.2) Typ (12.6)
.417 .126 .496
(15.1) (17.7) (7.1)
.280
(12.9)
.508
Panel Thickness
.594 .697
.030” ~ .079”
CWSC11JCACS (0.75mm ~ 2.0mm)

LED Illuminated Double Pole

NKK P/N (1.7) Typ


(5.7) This Side (2.79) Typ .067 (0.5) Typ
Keylocks

.224 .110 .020

(15.7) (0.5) (4.5)


.618 .020 .177 (19.2)
33°
(21.1) (5.5) (18.6) .756
.831 (12.9) .217 .732 2 1
Rotaries

.508
2a 1a

(1.6) Typ (2.25) Typ (12.9)


.063 (4.95) Typ .089 .508
.195
(10.6) (2.0) (3.2) Typ (12.6)
.417 .079 .126 .496
(15.1) (17.7) (7.1) (12.9)
Slides

.594 .697 .280 .508 Panel Thickness


.030” ~ .079”
CWSC21JCACS (0.75mm ~ 2.0mm)
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

B26 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes

www.nkkswitches.com B27
Series G Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Rockers
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

B
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)
Logic Level: 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons

(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)


Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB

Contact Resistance: 80 milliohms maximum


Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 100,000 operations minimum for On-None-On & On-Off-On
50,000 operations minimum for other circuits
Electrical Life: 100,000 operations minimum for On-None-On & On-Off-On
50,000 operations minimum for other circuits
Nominal Operating Force: .81N for momentary & 1.06N for maintained
Angle of Throw: 28°
Keylocks

Materials & Finishes


Actuator: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Case: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Rotaries

Sealing Rings: Nitrile butadiene rubber


Movable Contact: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Stationary Contacts: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Base: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Slides

Terminals: Phosphor bronze with gold plating

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +85°C (–13°F through +185°F)
Tactiles

Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)


Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt

Installation
Cap Installation Force: 39.1N (8.8 lbf) maximum downward force on actuator
Touch

PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Indicators

Cleaning: Automated cleaning. See Cleaning specifications in Supplement section.

Standards & Certifications


Accessories

The G Series rockers have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement

B28 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Rockers Series G

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Ultra-miniature size allows high density mounting, and extremely
B
light weight of 0.25 gram makes these switches ideal for
handheld equipment.

Pushbuttons
Totally sealed body construction prevents contact

Programmable Illuminated PB
contamination and allows time-and money-saving
automated soldering and cleaning.

Award-winning STC contact mechanism with


benefits unavailable in conventional mech-
anisms: smoother, positive detent actuation,
increased contact stability and unparalleled

Keylocks
logic-level reliability. (Additional STC details
in Terms & Acronyms; see Supplement
section.)

Rotaries
.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm)
terminal spacing conforms to standard
PC board grid spacing. Round terminals

Slides
facilitate easier through-hole mounting on
PC boards.

Tactiles
Matching indicators available.

Tilt
Touch
Actual Size Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com B29
Series G Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Rockers
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

G 2 2 K P Y A
Rockers

B
Pushbuttons

Cap Colors
Programmable Illuminated PB

Poles A Black
1 SPDT Actuator PC Terminals Rocker Cap B White
2 DPDT K Snap Top P Straight Y Rocker C Red

Circuits
2 ON NONE ON
3 ON OFF ON
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
Keylocks

5 ON NONE (ON)
G22KP-YA
8 (ON) OFF (ON)
9 ON OFF (ON)
Rotaries

( ) = Momentary Snap Top


with Black Rocker

DPDT
Slides

ON-NONE-ON Circuit

Straight PC Terminals
Tactiles

POLES & CIRCUITS


Rocker Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Tilt

Up Center Down Up Center Down


Note: Terminal numbers are
Pole Model
not actually on the switch.
Touch

G12 ON NONE ON
G13 ON OFF ON 5 (COM)
Indicators

SP G15 ON NONE (ON) 5-6 OPEN 5-4 SPDT


4 6
G18 (ON) OFF (ON)
G19 ON OFF (ON)
Accessories

G22 ON NONE ON
G23 ON OFF ON 5 (COM) 2
DP G25 ON NONE (ON) 5-6 2-3 OPEN 5-4 2-1 DPDT
G28 (ON) OFF (ON) 4 6 1 3
Supplement

G29 ON OFF (ON)

B30 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Rockers Series G

Toggles
ACTUATOR

28°

K (2.3) (1.7) Dia


.067

Rockers
Snap Top for Rocker .090
(3.8)
.150 (4.0) B
.157

Pushbuttons
PC TERMINALS

Programmable Illuminated PB
(2.54) Typ
(2.54) Typ .100
Straight .100
(0.4) Dia Typ
.016 (2.6)
.102

(7.0) (4.5)
.276 .177

ROCKER CAP & COLORS

Keylocks
(13.4) (6.2)
Y AT4062 Rocker
.528
(10.0)
.244

.394
28°

Rotaries
(11.25)
.443
Material: Polyamide (14.0)
Finish: Matte .551 (11.5)
.453

Colors Available:
A, B, C Actual Size

Slides
A B C

Tactiles
Color Codes: Black White Red

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Tilt
Single & Double Pole Straight PC

(11.5) (2.54)
.452 P/N This Side .100 4

Touch
(4.0) Dia (0.4) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ
.156 .016 5 .100
6

(0.6) Dia Typ


1 4 .024
Indicators

2 5 (7.0)
28° .276
3 6

(2.54)
(2.54) Typ .100
.100 4 1
(1.6) (2.54) Typ
Accessories

.063 5 2 .100
(3.8) (7.0) (2.54) 6 3
.150 .276 .100
(6.2) (14.0) (2.6) (4.5) (0.6) Dia Typ
.244 .551 .102 .177 .024
Supplement

On single pole models positions 1 & 3 are support pins. G23KP-YA

www.nkkswitches.com B31
Series GW Ultra-Thin Rockers
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

B
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)
Logic Level: 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons

(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)


Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.
Programmable Illuminated PB

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 80 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: For Rockers 1.70N; for Paddles 1.30N
Angle of Throw: 28°
Keylocks

Materials & Finishes


Actuator: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)
Case: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)
Sealing Ring: Nitrile butadiene rubber
Rotaries

Movable Contact: Phosphor bronze with gold plating


Stationary Contacts: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Base: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)
Mounting Bracket: Phosphor bronze with tin plating
Terminals: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Slides

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Tactiles

Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)


Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt

PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section..
Touch

Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.

Standards & Certifications


Indicators

Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 actuator & case/base

The GW Series rockers have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
Accessories

When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement

B32 www.nkkswitches.com
Ultra-Thin Rockers Series GW

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
B
Various colored rockers and paddles.

Pushbuttons
Combination of dust cover and closely fit housing, actuator,
and interior pivot provides protection for contacts.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Detent mechanism design of coil spring, plunger, and
plastic detent results incrisp and positive actuation.

Extremely thin size allows high density PCB mounting


and makes these switchesideal for handheld equipment.

Keylocks
Award-winning STC contact mechanism with benefits
unavailable in conventional mechanisms: smoother,

Rotaries
positive detent actuation, increased contact stability
and unparalleled logic-level reliability. (Additional
STC details in Terms & Acronyms; see Supplement
section.)

Slides
Molded-in, epoxy sealed terminals lock out flux and
other contaminants.

Tactiles
.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm) terminal spacing conforms
to standard PC board grid spacing for straight and angle mounting.

Tilt
Touch
Indicators

Actual Size
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com B33
Series GW Ultra-Thin Rockers
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

GW 1 2 R C P
Rockers

B
Pushbuttons

Actuator Colors PC Terminals


Poles Actuators B White P Straight
1 SPDT Circuit R Rocker C Red H Right Angle
Programmable Illuminated PB

2 DPDT 2 ON NONE ON L Paddle H Gray V Vertical

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ROCKER ORDERING EXAMPLE


GW12RCP

Red Rocker Cap

SPDT
Keylocks

ON-NONE-ON Circuit
Straight PC Terminals

POLES & CIRCUIT


Rotaries

Rocker Position Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics


Up Center Down Up Center Down Note: Terminal numbers are not
Pole Model
actually on the switch.
Slides

5 (COM)
SP GW12 ON NONE ON 5-6 OPEN 5-4 SPDT
4 6

5 (COM) 2
Tactiles

DP GW22 ON NONE ON 5-6 2-3 OPEN 5-4 2-1 DPDT


4 6 1 3

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Straight PC Single Pole
Tilt

(0.25) Typ (3.0) (1.35)


.010 .118 .053 P/N This Side
(0.4) Dia Typ
.016 1 4
(2.54)
(7.0) 5
.100 4
.276 28°
Touch

3 6 (2.54) Typ
5 .100
(2.54) Typ
(0.25) Typ .100 6
.010
(4.5) (2.3) (7.0) (2.6) (2.54) (0.6) Dia Typ
.177 .091 .276 .102 .100 .024
Indicators

GW12RCP On single pole models positions 1 & 3 are support pins.

Straight PC Double Pole


(0.25) Typ (3.0)
.010 .118 P/N This Side
Accessories

(0.4) Dia Typ


.016
1 4
(2.54)
(7.0) 28°
2 5
.100
.276 4 1
3 6 (2.54) Typ
5 2 .100
(2.54) Typ
.100
Supplement

(2.6) 6 3
.102
(0.25) Typ (4.5) (3.8) (7.0) (2.6) (2.54) (0.6) Dia Typ
.010 .177 .150 .276 .102 .100 .024
GW22LCP

B34 www.nkkswitches.com
Ultra-Thin Rockers Series GW

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Single Pole Right Angle PC

Rockers
28°
B
(7.0)
(0.25) .276 P/N This Side
.010 (2.54) Typ

Pushbuttons
.100 4 5 6
(5.15) (3.0) (4.5)
.203 (2.9) .118 .177
.114 (0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
(2.75) .024 .200
.108 6 5 4

Programmable Illuminated PB
(0.5) Typ (0.25)
.020 .010
(5.08) (5.08) (0.4) Dia Typ
.200 .200 .016
(7.5) (2.3) (7.68) (2.54) Typ
.295 .091 .302 .100

GW12RCH

Double Pole Right Angle PC

28°

Keylocks
(7.0)
(0.25) .276 P/N This Side
.010 3 2 1 (2.54) Typ
.100 1 2 3
(5.15) (3.0) (2.6) (4.5)
.203 (2.9) .118 .102 .177 (2.54)
.114 4 5 6 .100
(2.75)

Rotaries
.108 (0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
6 5 4 .024 .200
(0.5) Typ (0.25) (0.5)
.020 .010 .020
(5.08) (5.08) (2.54) (0.4) Dia Typ
.200 .200 .100 .016
(7.5) (3.8) (10.22) (2.54) Typ
.295 .150 .402 .100 GW22LCH

Slides
Single Pole Vertical PC

Tactiles
(0.25) Typ (4.5) (1.35)
.010 .177 .053 P/N This Side
(2.54)
.100 4
4
(2.54) Typ
(7.65) 5 5 .100
28° (0.55)
.301 (4.15) .022 6
.163 6
(0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
(2.75) .024 .200

Tilt
.108
(0.5) Typ (0.25) (0.7) (0.85)
.020 .010 .028 .033 CL
(2.54) (5.08) (2.54) Typ (0.4) Dia
.100 .200 .100 .016
(5.0) (2.3) (12.76) (1.27)
.197 .091 .502 .050

Touch
GW12RCV

Double Pole Vertical PC


Indicators

(0.25) Typ (4.5) P/N This Side


.010 .177 (2.54)
.100
4 1
1 4 (2.54) Typ
2 5 5 2 .100
(7.65) 28° (0.55)
.301 (4.15) .022 6 3
Accessories

.163 3 6
(0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
(2.75) .024
.108 .200

(0.5) Typ (0.25) (0.7) (0.85)


.020 .010 .028 .033
(2.54) (5.08) (2.54) Typ (0.4) Dia
.100 .200 .100 .016
(2.54)
Supplement

(5.0) (3.8) (12.76) .100


.197 .150 .502
GW22LCV

www.nkkswitches.com B35
Series GW Ultra-Thin Fully Illuminated Paddles
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

B Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Logic Level: 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
Pushbuttons

Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB

Contact Resistance: 80 milliohms maximum


Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 1.0N
Angle of Throw: 28°

Materials & Finishes


Keylocks

Actuator: Polycarbonate resin (UL94V-0)


Case: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)
Sealing Ring: Nitrile butadiene rubber
Base: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Rotaries

Movable Contact: Phosphor bronze with gold plating


Stationary Contact: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Terminals: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Slides

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +55°C (–13°F through +131°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning in
Tactiles

5 minutes; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours


Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 3 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)

PCB Processing
Tilt

Soldering: Wave Soldering recommended. See Profile A in Supplement section.


Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.
Touch

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standard: UL94V-0 actuator & case
Indicators

The GW Series illuminated paddles have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Accessories
Supplement

B36 www.nkkswitches.com
Ultra-Thin Fully Illuminated Paddles Series GW

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
B
World’s smallest fully illuminated paddles for highly visible status
indication; LEDs available in red, green, or amber for single

Pushbuttons
color and red/green for bicolor.

Specially designed switching mechanism provides crisp

Programmable Illuminated PB
actuation feedback to positively indicate circuit transfer.

Insert molded terminals prevent entry of flux and other


contaminants.

Keylocks
Award-winning STC contact mechanism with benefits
unavailable in conventional mechanisms: smoother,
positive detent actuation, increased contact stability,
and unparalleled logic-level reliability. (Additional

Rotaries
STC details in Terms & Acronyms; see Supplement
section.)

Slides
.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm) terminal spacing
conforms to standard PC board grid spacing for straight
and angle mounting.

Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators

Actual Size
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com B37
Series GW Ultra-Thin Fully Illuminated Paddles
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

GW 1 2 L J P D
Rockers

B
Pushbuttons

Actuator LED Colors


Pole Circuit L Paddle PC Terminals Single Color
1 SPDT 2 ON NONE ON P Straight C Red
Actuator Color
Programmable Illuminated PB

H Right Angle D Amber


J Clear V Vertical F Green
Bicolor
CF Red/Green
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL PADDLE ORDERING EXAMPLE
GW12LJPD

Clear Paddle
Amber LED
Keylocks

SPDT
ON-NONE-ON Circuit
Straight PC Terminals
Rotaries

POLE & CIRCUIT


Paddle Position Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Slides

Up Center Down Up Center Down Note: Terminal numbers are not actually on
Pole Model the switch. LED circuit is isolated and
requires an external power source.

(4) Red
Tactiles

2 (COM)
(5) (6) (5)
SP GW12 ON NONE ON 2-3 OPEN 2-1 SPDT (6) Green
3 1
Single Color Bicolor

LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS


Tilt

Single Color Bicolor

C D F CF
LEDs are an integral
Touch

part of the the switch and Colors Red Amber Green Red/Green
not available separately.
The electrical specifications Maximum Forward Current I FM 30mA 30mA 25mA 30mA/25mA
Indicators

shown are determined at a


Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA/20mA
basic temperature of 25°C.
If the source voltage exceeds
Forward Voltage VF 2.0V 2.0V 2.1V 2.0V/2.1V
the rated voltage, a ballast
Accessories

resistor is required.
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5V 5V 5V 5V/5V
The resistor value can be
calculated by using the No Current Reduction Rate within
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F
formula in the Supplement Ambient Temperature Range
Supplement

section.
Ambient Temperature Range –25°C ~ +55°C

B38 www.nkkswitches.com
Ultra-Thin Fully Illuminated Paddles Series GW

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Straight PC

Rockers
B
(0.25) Typ (3.0) P/N This Side
.010 .118 (2.54)
(0.4) Dia Typ .100
.016

Pushbuttons
4 1
1 4
(7.0) 2 5 5 2
28°
.276 (2.54) Typ
6 3
3 6 .100
(2.54) Typ (0.6) Dia Typ
.100 .024
(2.6)
.102

Programmable Illuminated PB
(0.25) Typ (4.5) (3.8) (7.0) (2.6) (2.54)
.010 .177 .150 .276 .102 .100

5 & 6 are LED terminals; 4 is a support pin on single color models & an LED terminal on bicolor models. GW12LJPC

Right Angle PC

Keylocks
28°

(3.8)
.150

Rotaries
(7.0)
(0.25) .276 P/N This Side
(2.54) Typ
.010 3 2 1 .100
(2.54)
(5.15) (2.6) (4.5) 1 2 3 .100
.203 (2.9) .102 .177 4 5 6
.114
(2.75)

Slides
(3.0) (5.08)
.118 .108
6 5 4 .200
(0.5) Typ (0.25) (0.5)
.020 .010 .020 (0.6) Dia Typ
(5.08) .024
(5.08) (2.54) (0.4) Dia Typ
.200 .200 .100 .016
(7.5) (10.22) (2.54) Typ

Tactiles
.295 .402 .100

5 & 6 are LED terminals; 4 is a support pin on single color models & an LED terminal on bicolor models. GW12LJHD

Tilt
Vertical PC

Touch
(0.25) Typ (4.5) P/N This Side
.010 .177
(2.54)
1 4 .100
Indicators

(7.65) 2 5 4 1
28° (0.55)
.301 (4.15) .022 5 2
.163 3 6
(2.54) Typ
6 3
(2.75) .100
.108
(5.08)
(0.5) Typ (0.25) (0.7) (0.85) .200
.020 .010 .028 .033
Accessories

(2.54) (5.08) (2.54) Typ (0.4) Dia (0.6) Dia Typ


.100 .200 .100 .016 .024
(5.0) (3.8) (12.76) (2.54)
.197 .150 .502 .100
Supplement

5 & 6 are LED terminals; 4 is a support pin on single color models & an LED terminal on bicolor models. GW12LJVCF

www.nkkswitches.com B39
Series JW High Inrush 10 & 16 Amp Rockers

General Specifications
Toggles

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Rockers

Power Level: 10A @ 125/250V AC for JWM & JWMW models; 10A @ 30V DC for JWMW;
B 16A @ 125/250V AC for JWL & JWLW models; 5A @ 72V DC for telecommunication applications
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for JWM & JWMW; 20 milliohms maximum for JWL & JWLW
Pushbuttons

Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC


Dielectric Strength: 2,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
4,000V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 25,000 operations minimum
Programmable Illuminated PB

Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum


Nominal Operating Force: JWM & JWMW Single Pole 3.92N & Double Pole 7.84N
JWL Single Pole 5.00N & Double Pole 10.00N; JWLW Double Pole 10.00N
Angle of Throw: 26°
Materials & Finishes
Rocker: Polyphenylene ether (UL94V-0) Contacts: JWM & JWMW: Silver alloy with silver plating
Housing/Frame & Barrier: Polyamide (UL94V-0) JWL & JWLW: Silver alloy plus copper with
Interior Seal for JWM & JWL: Polyphenylene sulfide (UL94V-0) silver plating
Case/Base: Melamine (UL94V-0) Terminals: Brass with silver plating
Keylocks

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F) for JWM & JWL;
–25°C through +85°C (–13°F through +185°F) for panel seal JWMW & JWLW models
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Rotaries

Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Sealing: IP67 of IEC60529 standard for panel seal JWMW & JWLW models; dust resistant inner seal for others
Installation
Slides

Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Standards & Certifications
Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 for rocker, housing, seal & case/base of JWL, JWM, JWMW & JWLW models
Tactiles

TV Ratings for UL & CSA: JWM (TV-5) Overload Test @ 120V AC for 50 operations:
Steady State Current (rms) 7.5A; Minimum Inrush Current (peak) 111A.
JWM (TV-5) Endurance Test @ 120V AC for 25,000 operations:
Steady State Current (rms) 5A; Minimum Inrush Current (peak) 78A.
JWL (TV-8) Overload Test @ 120V AC for 50 operations:
Steady State Current (rms) 12A; Minimum Inrush Current (peak) 163A.
Tilt

JWL (TV-8) Endurance Test @ 120V AC for 25,000 operations:


Steady State Current (rms) 8A; Minimum Inrush Current (peak) 117A.
UL: File No. E44145
Touch

JWM & JWMW models recognized at 10A @ 250V AC.


JWMW recognized at 10A @ 30V DC.
JWL & JWLW models recognized at 16A @ 250V AC; JWL at 5A @ 72V DC.
Models below recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Indicators

JWMW: add “/U” to end of part number to order UL mark on switch; add “/CUL” to end of part
number to order cULus mark on switch.
JWL: add “/U-DC” to end of part number to request UL rating on DC rated switch.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000
Accessories

JWM & JWMW models certified at 10A @ 250V AC; JWL models certified at 16A @ 250V AC
VDE: License No. 115674
JWM models approved at steady state 5A, inrush 80A, resistive 10A, & motor load 6A all at
250V AC; JWL models approved at steady state inrush 128A, resistive 16A, & motor load 8A
Supplement

all at 250V AC.


Note: JWM & JWL Double Pole, Single Throw models approved only with the international
ON-OFF symbols on the actuator.

B40 www.nkkswitches.com
High Inrush 10 & 16 Amp Rockers Series JW
Distinctive Characteristics

Toggles
Rockers
Industry’s first molded rocker with TV rating. Designed to handle large inrush current, B
with high electrical capacity of 10 and 16 Amps. JWM models certified for TV-5 rating
and JWL models for TV-8 rating.

Pushbuttons
JWMW and JWLW panel seal versions meet IP67 of
IEC60529 Standards (similar to NEMA 4 and 6).

Programmable Illuminated PB
Prominent external insulating barriers increase
insulation resistance and dielectric strength.

Uniquely constructed to break light


contact welds.

Keylocks
Increased electrical life with specially
designed plate to minimize contact bounce.

Constructed for dust resistance with interior

Rotaries
cover between actuator and contact area.

Terminals are molded in and epoxy sealed to

Slides
lock out flux, dust, and other contaminants.

Solder lug/quick connect terminals can be used

Tactiles
with connector.

Housing and case of heat resistant resin meet UL94V-0 standard.

Tilt
Actual Size JWM

Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com B41
Series JW High Inrush 10 & 16 Amp Rockers
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

JW LW 2 1 R A 1 A
Rockers

B
Pushbuttons

Ratings Housing Colors


M 10A @ 125/250V AC Barrier Types A Black
Panel Seal R No Barrier B Ivory
MW
Programmable Illuminated PB

10A @ 125/250V AC B With Barrier H Gray


L 16A @ 125/250V AC Note: JWMW & JWLW Note: JWMW & JWLW
Panel Seal combine with code R only. available with black only.
LW
16A @ 125/250V AC

Cap Colors Barrier Colors


Poles A Black A Black
SPST
Keylocks

1 B Ivory B Ivory
SPDT
C Red H Gray
DPST
2 H Gray
DPDT
Notes: Note: JWMW & JWLW avail-
Rotaries

DPST must have international able with black or red caps only.
ON-OFF symbols for VDE
approval.
JWLW available in DPST &
DPDT only. Inscription
Slides

Orientation
No No Inscription IMPORTANT:
Code
Circuits Standard markings for JWM & JWL:
Tactiles

1 Horizontal TV Rating, UL, CSA & VDE.


1 ON NONE OFF Standard marking for JWLW: cULus.
2 Vertical
2 ON NONE ON Specific models, ratings & ordering
These are inscriptions for instructions for international approvals
Single Throw models only. are noted on General Specifications page.
Tilt

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


Touch

JWLW21RA1A

Black Rocker Cap with


Indicators

International ON-OFF Symbols


in Horizontal Orientation
Accessories

Black Housing

DPST
ON-NONE-OFF Circuit 16A @ 125/250V AC
Supplement

B42 www.nkkswitches.com
High Inrush 10 & 16 Amp Rockers Series JW

Toggles
RATINGS

M Power Level 10A @ 125/250V AC


MW Panel Seal Power Level 10A @ 125/250V AC

Rockers
L Power Level 16A @ 125/250V AC
LW Panel Seal Power Level 16A @ 125/250V AC
B

POLES & CIRCUITS

Pushbuttons
Rocker Position Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Down Center Up Down Center Up Note: Terminal numbers are not actually
Pole Model on the switch. Actuator positions oriented

Programmable Illuminated PB
with switch part number facing front.
JWM11 1 (COM)
SP JWMW11 ON NONE OFF 1-1b OPEN OPEN SPST
JWL11 1b

JWM12 1 (COM)
SP JWMW12 ON NONE ON 1-1b OPEN 1-1a SPDT
1a
JWL12 1b

JWM21
JWMW21 1-1b 1 (COM) 2

Keylocks
DP ON NONE OFF OPEN OPEN DPST
JWL21 2-2b 1b 2b
JWLW21
JWM22
1 (COM) 2
JWMW22 1-1b 1-1a
DP ON NONE ON OPEN DPDT

Rotaries
JWL22 2-2b 2-2a 1a 1b 2a 2b
JWLW22

BARRIER TYPES & COLORS

Slides
R No Barrier
B With Barrier

Tactiles
JWM JWL JWM JWL

Tilt
Barrier type designates that either AT217 (for JWM) or
No-barrier type has a flat flange AT218 (for JWL) is factory assembled.
which is an integral part of the switch. Dimensions for barriers are shown in the Accessories section.
Touch
JWMW and JWLW panel seal devices have exterior seal Barrier Colors
of acrylonitrile butadiene rubber covering the flange. Available:
A Black
B Ivory
H Gray
Indicators

Flange/Housing Material: Polyamide Finish: Matte Barrier Material: Polyamide Finish: Matte

CAP COLORS
Accessories

Cap Colors
Available:
A Black
B Ivory
C Red
H Gray

Cap Material: Polyphenelene Oxide Rocker cap is an integral part of the switch and not available separately.
Supplement

Finish: Matte JWMW and JWLW available with black or red caps only.

www.nkkswitches.com B43
Series JW High Inrush 10 & 16 Amp Rockers
Toggles

INSCRIPTIONS

Inscription for Inscription for


No Code No Inscription
1 Horizontal Mounting
2 Vertical Mounting
Rockers

B
Pushbuttons

The IEC symbols for On-Off are supplied with Single Throw models only.
DPST models without inscriptions Orientation of inscription must be selected.
Programmable Illuminated PB

do not have VDE approval. Inscription Colors: Black ink on Ivory or Gray cap. White ink on Black or Red cap.
Contact factory for other inscriptions.

HOUSING

Colors
Available:
A Black
B Ivory
H Gray
Material: Polyamide
Keylocks

Finish: Matte JWMW and JWLW panel seal models available with black housing only.

TERMINALS
Rotaries

Solder Lug/Quick Connect .110” (2.8mm) Solder Lug/Quick Connect .187” (4.75mm)

(3.2)
Epoxy Seal .126 (7.5) Epoxy Seal (7.5)
.295 .295
Slides

(1.5) R
JWM & JWMW (0.6) R JWL & JWLW .059
.024 (2.8) (0.65) R
(1.6) .110 .026 (4.75)
.063 .187
Thk = (0.5) Thk = (0.8)
.020 .031
Tactiles

PANEL CUTOUTS

Panel Thickness Range


Tilt

Without Barrier (JWM & JWMW): (25.0)


(24.0)
.039” ~ .157” (1.0mm ~ 4.0mm) .945 .984

With Barrier (JWM): JWM JWMW


Touch

.024” ~ .126” (0.6mm ~ 3.2mm)


(15.4) (15.4)
.606 .606
Indicators

Panel Thickness Range

Without Barrier (JWL & JWLW):


.039” ~ .157” (1.0mm ~ 4.0mm)
Accessories

(29.5) (30.7)
1.161 1.209

With Barrier (JWL):


.024” ~ .126” (0.6mm ~ 3.2mm) JWL JWLW
Supplement

(20.5) (20.5)
.807 .807

B44 www.nkkswitches.com
High Inrush 10 & 16 Amp Rockers Series JW

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS FOR JWM & JWMW

Single & Double Pole No Barrier • 10 Amp

Rockers
B
(6.0) (15.0)
Part No. .591
.236

Pushbuttons
(7.7) Typ 2b 1b

(19.6) .303 (22.6) 2 1


(27.0)
.772 26° .890 1.063
COM COM

(16.4) 2a 1a

Programmable Illuminated PB
.646

(0.5) Typ (2.8) Typ


.020 .110
(13.6) (2.0) (6.2)
.535 .079 .244
(18.0) (21.5) (7.5) (15.4)
.709 .846 .295 .606

JWM11RC1A

Single & Double Pole With Barrier • 10 Amp

Keylocks
(15.0)
Part No. .591

Rotaries
(7.7) Typ 2b 1b

.303 2 1
(19.6) (25.0) (22.6) (30.0)
.772 .984 .890 COM COM
1.181
2a 1a

Slides
(0.5) Typ
(13.6) .020 (2.8) Typ
.535 (18.0) (6.2) .110
.709 .244
(22.2) (7.2) (18.9) (7.5) (15.4)
.874 .283 .744 .295 .606

Tactiles
JWM11BCA-H

Single & Double Pole Panel Seal • No Barrier • 10 Amp

Tilt
Part No. (7.0) (15.0)
.276 .591

Touch
(7.7) Typ 2b 1b

.303 2 1
(29.6)
(19.6) (22.6)
26° .890 1.165
.772 COM COM
Indicators

(16.4) 2a 1a

.646

(0.5) Typ
.020 (2.8) Typ
.110
(13.6) (3.0) (6.2)
.244
Accessories

.535 .118
(21.0) (21.5) (7.5) (15.4)
.827 .846 .295 .606

JWMW22RCA
Supplement

Single pole double throw models do not have terminals 2a, 2, & 2b; single throw models do not have 1a & 2a.

www.nkkswitches.com B45
Series JW High Inrush 10 & 16 Amp Rockers
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS FOR JWL & JWLW

No Barrier • 16 Amp Single & Double Pole


Rockers

B Part No. (7.0)


.276
(20.0)
.787
Pushbuttons

(9.8) Typ 2b 1b

.386 2 1

(24.4) (28.0) (32.0)


26° 1.102
.961 1.260
COM COM

(20.2) 2a 1a

.795
Programmable Illuminated PB

(0.8) Typ (4.75) Typ


.031 .187
(17.6) (2.0) (9.0)
.693 .079 .354
(23.0) (24.0) (7.5) (20.5)
.906 .945 .295 .807

JWL21RC2A Single pole double throw models do not have terminals 2a, 2, & 2b; single throw models do not have 1a & 2a.
Keylocks

With Barrier • 16 Amp Single & Double Pole

Part No. (20.0)


.787
Rotaries

(9.8) Typ 2b 1b

.386 2 1

(24.4) (29.0) (28.0) (35.0)


.961 1.142 1.102 1.378
COM COM

2a 1a
Slides

(17.6) (0.8) Typ (4.75) Typ


.693 .031 .187
(23.0) (9.0)
.906 .354
Tactiles

(27.2) (8.15) (21.4) (7.5) (20.5)


1.071 .321 .843 .295 .807

JWL11BCA-H Single pole double throw models do not have terminals 2a, 2, & 2b; single throw models do not have 1a & 2a.
Tilt

Panel Seal • 16 Amp • Inscription Double Pole Single Throw

(7.9) (4.75) Typ


Touch

Part No. .311 .187


(0.8) Typ
.031
Indicators

2b 1b
(9.8)
.386 2 1
(24.4) (28.0) (37.3)
26° 1.102 1.469
.961
COM COM
(20.2)
2a 1a
.795
Accessories

(17.6) (9.0)
.693 .354
Supplement

(27.0) (2.7) (21.3) (7.5) (20.0)


1.063 .106 .839 .295 .787

JWLW21RA1A

B46 www.nkkswitches.com
High Inrush 10 & 16 Amp Rockers Series JW

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS FOR JWLW

Double Pole Double Throw Panel Seal • 16 Amp • No Inscription

Rockers
Part No.
(7.9)
.311
(0.8) Typ
(4.75) Typ
.187 B
.031

Pushbuttons
2b 1b
(9.8) Typ
.386 2 1
(24.4) (28.0) (37.3)
26° 1.102 1.469
.961
COM COM

(20.2)

Programmable Illuminated PB
2a 1a
.795

(17.6) (9.0)
.693 .354
(27.0) (2.7) (21.3) (7.5) (20.0)
1.063 .106 .839 .295 .787

JWLW22RAA

OPTIONAL DUST COVER

Keylocks
AT4126
Dust Cover for JWL Rocker
When installed, the Dust Cover protects the switch from an environment containing

Rotaries
small particles and dust. The switch is operable with the Dust Cover in place.

Materials: Recommended Temperature Range:


Lid: Clear Polyvinyl Chloride –10° ~ +70°C (+14°F ~ +158°F)

Slides
Base: Black Polyamide Loses pliability below 0°C (+32°F)

Recommended Panel Thickness:


.031” ~ .134” (0.8mm ~ 3.4mm)

Tactiles
Assembly Instructions:

Tilt
1. Insert bottom of switch through the base until
(42.0)
the tabs lock into place.
1.654
2. Snap the switch into the panel.
3. Seat the lid into the grooves of the base. Touch
Indicators

(2.6)
(22.2) (8.6)
.102
(33.0)
Groove
.874 .339 1.299

Top Side Bottom


Accessories

Lid Switch Base


Notes

1. The dust cover is not for use with JWLW.


Supplement

2. The dust cover cannot be used with the barrier option. Groove

www.nkkswitches.com B47
Series JW High Inrush 10 & 16 Amp Rockers
Toggles

PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING & STORAGE FOR JWMW/LW (PANEL SEAL TYPES)

Operating Environment
Rockers

B • Do not install switch where heavy dust collection occurs. Dust build-up under rocker may affect switch actuation.
• Do not actuate switch if submerged in water or oil.
30°
• Installation is not recommended on horizontal surface in an environment where frequent splashing of
Pushbuttons

water may occur. In such an environment, a minimum 30° angle installation is advisable. If there is
a possibility of freezing, install vertically so no moisture will be retained within switch housing.

Panel Mounting
Programmable Illuminated PB

Incorrect Correct
• Before snapping a switch into the panel, align the gasket evenly under bezel of the switch.
• When mounting into a panel, apply equal pressure to sides of bezel and insert parallel to panel.
• After mounting a switch, be sure there are no gaps between switch and panel.
Lightly push into panel.

• After installing into panel, do not apply excessive force.


• After panel installation and wiring is completed, do not apply force horizontally
Keylocks

or vertically from behind panel.


Clean Edges

• Behind the panel, cut area should be squared. If front of panel is painted, do not allow any paint to collect in
corners of cutout to prevent level mounting.

• Avoid reinstalling a switch once it has been mounted in a panel. This may cause deterioration of panel sealability.
Rotaries
Slides
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

B48 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes

www.nkkswitches.com B49
Series JWS Internationally Approved Rockers
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

B
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)
Power Level: 10A @ 125/250V AC
Pushbuttons

6A @ 125/250V AC (UL/CSA)
5A (3A) @ 125/250V AC (VDE)

Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB

Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum


Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 2,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
4,000V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 30,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 10,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: Single Pole 3.92N & Double Pole 5.39N
Angle of Throw: 30°
Keylocks

Materials & Finishes


Rocker: Polyamide (UL94V-0)
Housing/Case: Polyamide (UL94V-0)
Movable Contactor: Copper with silver plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy
Rotaries

Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy


End Terminals: Brass with silver plating
Common Terminals: Copper with silver plating
Lamp Terminals: Phosphor bronze with tin plating (illuminated models only)
Slides

Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F) for nonilluminated models;
–25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F) for illuminated models
Tactiles

Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)


Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 15 minutes; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Sealing: Dust resistant inner seal
Tilt

Installation
Soldering: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand cleaning locally using alcohol based solution.
Touch

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 for rocker & housing/case
Indicators

UL: File No. E44145


All JWS models recognized at 6A @ 125/250V AC
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000
All JWS models certified at 6A @ 125/250V AC
Accessories

VDE: License No. 119153


All JWS models approved at 5A (3A) @ 125/250V AC
Supplement

B50 www.nkkswitches.com
Internationally Approved Rockers Series JWS

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
B
Rocker caps and housing available in a variety of colors.

Pushbuttons
Protective barrier available to prevent accidental
actuation.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Constructed for dust resistance with interior cover
of polyamide between actuator and contact area.

Easy, crisp actuation.

Keylocks
Small size well suited for telecommunication,
measuring, automation, and consumer

Rotaries
applications.

Terminals are molded in to lock out flux, dust, and

Slides
other contaminants.

Tactiles
Outer case of heat resistant resin meets UL94V-0 flammability standard.

Tilt
Actual Size

Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com B51
Series JWS Internationally Approved Rockers
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE


Rockers

B JW S 2 1 R A A
Pushbuttons

Rating Barrier Types Spot Illumination


Programmable Illuminated PB

10A @ 125/250V AC R No Barrier No


Nonilluminated
S 6A @ 125/250V AC (UL/CSA) Code
B With Barrier
5A (3A) @ 125/250V AC (VDE) C Red LED
D Amber LED
F Green LED

Poles Cap Colors


SPST A Black
1 Nonilluminated & *B Ivory
Keylocks

Illuminated Barrier Color


C Red
DPST A Black
2 * For Nonilluminated only
Nonilluminated only
Rotaries

Circuit Housing Colors


A Black
Slides

1 ON NONE OFF
*B Ivory
* For Nonilluminated only
IMPORTANT:
Tactiles

cULus & VDE markings are


standard on all models. Models
& specific ratings are noted on
General Specifications page.
Tilt

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


Touch

JWS21RAA
Indicators

Black Rocker Cap

DPST Black Housing/No Barrier


Accessories

ON-NONE-OFF Circuit
Supplement

B52 www.nkkswitches.com
Internationally Approved Rockers Series JWS

Toggles
RATING

S Power Level 10A @ 125/250V AC 6A @ 125/250V AC (UL/CSA) 5A (3A) @ 125/250V AC (VDE)

Rockers
B
POLES & CIRCUITS
Rocker Position Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics

Pushbuttons
Down Center Up Down Center Up
Note: Terminal numbers are actually
Pole Model
on the switch.

Programmable Illuminated PB
INTERNAL
SP JWS11 ON NONE OFF 2-3 OPEN OPEN SPST CONNECTION
2 3

INTERNAL
DP JWS21 ON NONE OFF 1-3 4-6 OPEN OPEN DPST CONNECTION
1 3 4 6

BARRIER TYPES & COLORS

Keylocks
R No Barrier B With Barrier
Barrier Material: Polyamide
No-barrier type has
Finish: Matte

Rotaries
a flat flange which
is an integral part
Barrier AT219 is factory assembled.
of the switch.
Dimensions for barrier are
shown in the Accessories section.

Slides
Barrier Color Available:
A Black

CAP COLORS

Tactiles
Cap Material: Rocker cap is an integral part of the switch and not available separately.
Polyamide * Ivory for nonilluminated models only.

Finish: Matte Cap Colors


A B C

Tilt
Available: Black * Ivory Red

HOUSING
Touch
Material: Polyamide
Finish: Matte Colors Available:
A Black
B Ivory (for nonilluminated models only)
Indicators

TERMINALS

(6.4) Solder Lug/.187” (4.75mm) Quick Connect (5.0)


Accessories

(1.2) R (4.4) .252 .197


.047 .173 (3.0)
.118 (1.8)
(0.65) R
.026 (3.25) Switch assembly with connectors (1.0)
.071
(4.75)
.187
.128 is not UL, CSA, C-UL, or VDE approved. .039
Thk = (0.25)
Thk = (0.5) .010
.020
Supplement

Switch Lamp
(spot illuminated models only)

www.nkkswitches.com B53
Series JWS Internationally Approved Rockers
Toggles

LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS FOR SPOT ILLUMINATED MODELS

LEDs are supplied as an integral part of


(+) (-)
C D F
illuminated devices and are not available
Rockers

B separately. LED polarity markings are on


the bottom of the switch.
Color Red Amber Green
Maximum Forward Current I FM 30mA 20mA 30mA
The electrical specifications shown here are Typical Forward Current IF 10mA 10mA 10mA
Pushbuttons

determined at a basic temperature of 25°C. Forward Voltage VF 1.8V 2.0V 2.1V


If the source voltage exceeds the rated Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5V 5V 5V
voltage, a ballast resistor is required. The Current Reduction Rate No Current Reduction Rate Within
resistor value can be calculated by using the
Programmable Illuminated PB

Above 25°C ∆I F Specified Operating Temperature


formula in the Supplement section.
Ambient Temperature Range –25°C ~ +50°C

PANEL CUTOUT & PANEL THICKNESS RANGES

Panel Thickness Ranges:

Without Barrier:
Keylocks

(19.2)
.756
.030” ~ .079” (0.75mm ~ 2.0mm)

With Barrier:
(12.9)
.508 .024” ~ .059” (0.6mm ~ 1.5mm)
Rotaries

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Nonilluminated • No Barrier Single Pole


Slides

Part No. (5.3) (0.5) Typ (4.75)


.209 .020 .187

3
Tactiles

(6.5)
(15.0) .256 (21.0)
.591 30° 2 .827
(19.0)
(12.3) .748
.484

(10.2) (2.0) (12.4)


.402 .079 .488
Tilt

(15.0) (16.0) (6.4) (12.8)


.591 .630 .252 .504

JWS11RCA
Touch

Nonilluminated • No Barrier Double Pole

(1.2)R Typ (8.5)


(5.3) .047 .335 (0.5) Typ
Part No.
Indicators

.209 (0.65)R Typ .020


.026

(19.0) 6
(5.5) .748 3
(15.0) .217 (21.0)
30° (4.5)
.591 .827
(12.3) (4.75) Typ .177 4
.187 1
Accessories

.484

(10.2) (2.0) (5.6) (12.4)


.402 .079 .220 .488
(15.0) (16.0) (6.4) (12.8)
.591 .630 .252 .504
Supplement

JWS21RAA DPST models have IEC symbols for On-Off on the flange.

B54 www.nkkswitches.com
Internationally Approved Rockers Series JWS

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Single Pole Nonilluminated • With Barrier


(4.75)

Rockers
Part No.

B
(0.5) Typ .187
.020

3
(6.5) (24.0)
(15.0) (19.5) .256 (19.0) .945
.591 .768 .748
2 (21.0)

Pushbuttons
.827

(10.2) (12.4)
.402 .488
(15.0) (12.8)

Programmable Illuminated PB
.591 .504
(16.5) (7.0) (13.5) (6.4) (20.5)
.650 .276 .531 .252 .807
JWS11BBA-A

Double Pole Nonilluminated • With Barrier


(1.2)R Typ (8.5)
.047 .335 (0.5) Typ
Part No. (0.65)R Typ .020
.026

(19.0)
6
(5.5) 3 (24.0)
(15.0) (19.5) .217 .748 .945

Keylocks
.591 .768 (4.5) (21.0)
(4.75) Typ .177 4 .827
.187 1

(10.2) (12.4)
.402 .488
(15.0) (5.6) (12.8)

Rotaries
.591 .220 .504
(16.5) (7.0) (13.5) (6.4) (20.5)
.650 .276 .531 .252 .807

DPST models have IEC symbols for On-Off on the flange. JWS21BAA-A

Slides
Single Pole Spot Illuminated • No Barrier
(6.4) (12.4)
.252 .488
(5.3) (0.5) Typ (4.75)
Part No. .209 .020 .187

Tactiles
3
(6.5) Typ
(15.0) .256 (21.0)
30° (19.0) 2
.591 .827
(12.3) .748
.484 (1.5)
.059
(2.1) (1.8) Typ
.083 (6.0) (0.25) .071 (4.0)

Tilt
.236 0.01 .157
(10.2) (2.0) (5.0) (12.0)
.402 .079 .197 .472
(15.0) (16.0) (9.2) (12.8)
.591 .630 .362 .504

JWS11RCAF

Touch
Single Pole Spot Illuminated • With Barrier
(10.2) (6.4) (12.4)
.402 .252 .488
Indicators

(0.5) Typ (4.75)


Part No. .020 .187

3
(6.5) Typ (24.0)
(15.0) (19.5) .256 .945
.591 .768 (19.0) 2 (21.0)
Accessories

.748 .827
(1.5)
.059
(2.1)
.083 (1.8) Typ
(6.0) (0.25) .071 (4.0)
.236 0.01 .157
(15.0) (5.0) (12.8)
.591 .197 .504
Supplement

(16.5) (7.0) (13.5) (9.2) (20.5)


.650 .276 .531 .362 .807
JWS11BAAF-A

www.nkkswitches.com B55
Series LW Power-Rated Snap-in Rockers
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

B Electrical Capacity
Resistive Load: 10A @ 125V AC, 6A @ 250V AC, or 6A @ 30V DC
Inductive Load: 5A @ 125V AC (P. F. @ .60)
Pushbuttons

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Programmable Illuminated PB

Insulation Resistance: 200 megohms minimum @ 500V DC


Dielectric Strength: 1,500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 30,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 10,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 11.77N for maintained & 17.65N for momentary
Angle of Throw: 34°

Materials & Finishes


Keylocks

Housing: Steel with chrome plating


Movable Contacts: Silver clad copper with silver plating
Stationary Contacts: Copper with silver plating
Base: Melamine
Rotaries

Common Terminal: Copper with tin plating


End Terminals: Brass with tin plating
Lamp Terminals: Phosphor bronze with nickel plating
Slides

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –20°C through +50°C (–4°F through +122°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range
Tactiles

& returning in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours


Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 3 right angled directions, with 3 shocks in each direction)

Installation
Tilt

Cap Installation Force: 19.61N (4.41 lbf)


SolderingTime & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Touch

Standards & Certifications


UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” before first dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
Indicators

All models recognized at 10A @ 125V AC & 6A @ 250V AC


Accessories
Supplement

B56 www.nkkswitches.com
Power-Rated Snap-in Rockers Series LW

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
B
Each half of the rocker face is distinctly illuminated due to partitioned
rocker construction and dual lamps.

Pushbuttons
Numerous lighting effects achievable by using white
or clear rocker with colored filters or lamp covers,

Programmable Illuminated PB
plus using different colors on each side of rocker.

Snap-in mounting allows fast, easy installation


of switch into panel.

Stainless steel retaining clips provide secure

Keylocks
mounting over a wide range of panel
thicknesses.

Rotaries
Dual incandescent or neon lamps operate
independently of each other.

Slides
Front panel relamping.

Tactiles
Stationary lamp sockets are independent of rocker actuation,
protecting lamps from damage due to shock and vibration.

Tilt
Switch contacts are rated at 10 amps 125V AC which makes these
devices well-suited for various power switching applications.

Actual Size Touch


Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com B57
Series LW Power-Rated Snap-in Rockers
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

LW31 2 2 H 4 C F A
Rockers

Pole Lamp Cover/


Pushbuttons

2 DPDT Rocker Caps Filter Colors


White without filters For Down Position
1
or lamp covers 0 No Cover/Filter
Programmable Illuminated PB

Circuits 2 White with filters Lamp Cover


Up Center Down 3 White with lamp covers C Red
2 ON NONE ON 4 Clear with filters D Amber
3 ON OFF ON F Green
5 ON NONE (ON) Filter
Lamp Cover/
8 (ON) OFF (ON) B White
Filter Colors
9 ON OFF (ON) For Up Position C Red
Keylocks

( ) = Momentary 0 No Cover/Filter D Amber


Lamp Cover E Yellow
C Red F Green
Lamps
G Blue
Rotaries

D Amber
Incandescent
F Green
E 6-volt
Filter
F 12-volt Bezel
B White
Slides

H 18-volt No
C Red No Bezel
K 24-volt Code
D Amber A Black
L 28-volt
E Yellow B White
Neon
Tactiles

F Green C Red
N 110-volt
G Blue D Amber
Not suitable with green & blue
Nonilluminated E Yellow
IMPORTANT: F Green
Tilt

0 No Lamp
Switches are supplied without UL & cULus marking unless specified. G Blue
UL & cULus recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on General H Gray
Specifications page.
Touch

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


Indicators

LW3122-H4CF-A

Clear Rocker with


Red Filter in Up Position &
18-volt
Green Filter in Down Position
Accessories

Incandescent Lamp

DPDT Black Bezel


ON-NONE-ON Circuit
Supplement

B58 www.nkkswitches.com
Power-Rated Snap-in Rockers Series LW

Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Rocker Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Power/Lamp Schematics

Rockers
Up Center Down Up Center Down Notes: Terminal numbers are not actually on
Pole Model switch. Lamp circuit is isolated and B
requires an external power source.
LW3122 ON NONE ON

Pushbuttons
DPDT
LW3123 ON OFF ON
2 (COM) 5
DP LW3125 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 L1 L2
LW3128 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1 6 4 L3 L4
LW3129 ON OFF (ON)

Programmable Illuminated PB
LAMP CODES & SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical specifications are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C. Lamp circuit is independent of switch operation.
For dimension drawing of lamps see Accessories & Hardware section.
For neon, if the source voltage is greater than rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required. The ballast resistor calculation and more
lamp detail are shown in the Supplement section. Neon not for use with green lamp cover or blue and green filters.

Incandescent & Neon Lamps for Solid & Design Caps

Keylocks
E F H K L N
AT602 AT602N
Incandescent Neon Voltage V 6V AC 12V AC 18V AC 24V AC 28V AC 110V AC
Current I 80mA 50mA 35mA 25mA 22mA 1.5mA

Rotaries
MSCP .159 .215 .398 .215 .247 NA
Endurance Hours 2,000 Average 15,000 Average
Ambient Temperature Range –20°C ~ +50°C –20°C ~ +50°C

Slides
Recommended Resistor for Neon: 33K ohms for 110V AC; 100K ohms for 220V AC

T-11⁄2 Pilot Slide Base 0 No Lamp Code 0 indicates that no lamp is used.

Tactiles
ROCKER CAPS, LAMP COVER & FILTER

AT420B AT420B AT420B AT420J


1 2 3 4
White Rocker White Rocker White Rocker Clear Rocker

Tilt
without Filters with Filters with Lamp Covers with Filters
or Lamp Covers

Touch

AT421 AT416 AT421


Indicators

Rocker Cap Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy

Indicate the lamp cover or filter color desired in both the up and down positions.

AT416 Lamp Cover AT421 Filter


Accessories

C Red B White E Yellow


D Amber C Red F Green
Supplement

F Green D Amber G Blue


Material: Silicon Rubber Material: Polycarbonate

www.nkkswitches.com B59
Series LW Power-Rated Snap-in Rockers
Toggles

BEZEL & BEZEL COLORS


AT206 Bezel & Color Codes (28.8)
(19.4)
.764
1.134

B D F H
Rockers

No Code
(2.6)

B
.102
No Bezel White Amber Green Gray

A Black
C Red
E Yellow
G Blue
(24.0)
.945
(41.0)
1.614
Pushbuttons

Material: Polycarbonate

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Programmable Illuminated PB

Solder Lug • Without Bezel


(2.5) (1.2) Dia Typ
.098 .047

L1
(0.68) Typ
.027
(2.0) x (2.6) Typ 1 4
(27.6) .079 x .102
1.087 L2
(36.0) (0.4) Typ (30.0) (32.0)
1.417 34° 2 5
1.260
.016 1.181
L3
(9.4) Typ 3 6
.370
L4
Keylocks

(4.5) (19.8)
.177 .780
(19.0) (0.6) (6.7)
.748 .024 .264
(19.7) (8.4) (28.7) (3.0)
.774 .331 1.130 .118 Panel Thickness
.039” ~ .157”
Rotaries

LW3122-F4CF Actuator in UP position (1.0mm ~ 4.0mm)

Solder Lug • With Bezel


(4.0) (1.2) Dia Typ
.157 .047
Slides

L1
(0.68) Typ
.027
(2.0) x (2.6) Typ
(27.6) .079 x .102
1 4
1.087 L2
(28.8) 34° (0.4) Typ (30.0) 2 5
(41.0) (32.0)
1.134 .016 1.181 1.614 1.260
Tactiles

L3
(9.4) Typ 3 6
.370

L4

(4.5) (19.8)
.177 .780
(19.0) (2.6) (6.7) (3.0)
Tilt

.748 .102 .264 .118


(19.7) (10.0) (27.1) (24.0)
.774 .394 1.067 .945 Panel Thickness
.039” ~ .118”
LW3122-F3CF-A Actuator in UP position (1.0mm ~ 3.0mm)
Touch

OPTIONAL ACCESSORY
AT107 Lamp Extractor (5.0) Dia
.197
Indicators

Lamps can be changed without removing the switch from the panel.
AT107 assists in removing lamps from the switch. (3.8) Dia
.150
(20.0)
.787
Accessories

LEGENDS
Inscriptions can be placed on the rocker or filter.
Supplement

Details regarding screen printing may be obtained from the factory.

B60 www.nkkswitches.com
High Capacity Screw Mount Rockers Series LW

Toggles
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Electrical Capacity & Other Ratings


Resistive Load: 20A @ 110V AC

Rockers
Contact Resistance:
Insulation Resistance:
10 milliohms maximum
1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
B
Dielectric Strength: 2,000V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 30,000 operations minimum

Pushbuttons
Electrical Life: 10,000 operations minimum
Operating Temperature Range: –10°C through +50°C (+14°F through +122°F)
Nominal Operating Force: 1,250 grams
Angle of Throw: 22°
Materials & Finishes

Slides
Rocker: Polycarbonate resin
Mounting Frame: Steel with chrome plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy
Stationary Contacts: Copper with silver plating

Tactiles
Base: Melamine
Common & End Terminals: Brass with tin plating

SINGLE POLE HIGH CAPACITY

Rotaries
Rocker Position Connected Terminals Throw & Power/Lamp Schematics
Up Center Down Up Center Down Notes:
Terminal numbers are on switch.
Model Pole

Keylocks
Lamp circuit is synchronous to
switching circuit.

4 6

Illumin Other Illuminated PB


LW3021A DP ON NONE OFF 1-3 4-6 OPEN OPEN DPST
1 3

Neon Lamp Specifications Since this is a double


.234” x .198” (5.94mm x 5.03mm) window is translucent red. Neon Lamp
break device, one side of
Neon lamp with built-in ballast resistor is integral part of switch. the electrical source should
be connected to terminal
Voltage V 90 - 120V AC L
o 4 6 Source 3 and the other side to
Internal Series Resistance 100K ohms a
1 3 terminal 6. The electrical
d

Programmable
Current I 0.8mA load should be connected
between terminals 1 and 4.
Endurance 10,000 hours minimum

2 screws supplied for flush panel mounting.

(13.5) (5.9) (6.0) (2.4) Dia Typ


Tilt
.531 .232 .236 M3 P0.5 .094
(3.5) Dia Typ
.138
Touch

(27.0) 1 4
(38.0) 1.063 (28.0)
1.496 2 5
1.102
22° (31.2)
1.228 (38.0)
(45.0) 1.496
1.772 (0.86) Typ
Accessories

3 6
.034

(4.8) Typ
.189

(1.0) (5.7) (14.0)


.039 .224 .551
(18.5) (9.6) (33.3)
Supplement

.728 .378 1.311


Maximum Panel Thickness:
Actuator in UP position .197” (5.0mm) LW3021A

www.nkkswitches.com B61
Series M Miniature Rockers
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

B Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Power Level (silver): 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC
4A @ 30V DC for On-None-On; 3A @ 30V DC for all other circuits
Pushbuttons

Logic Level (gold): 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum


(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
Logic/Power Level (gold over silver): Combines silver & gold ratings
Note: Find additional explanation of dual rating & operating range in Supplement section.
Programmable Illuminated PB

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for silver; 20 milliohms maximum for gold
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts and case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum for silver; 50,000 operations minimum for gold;
50,000 operations minimum for silver at 3A @ 125V AC
Angle of Throw: 25°
Keylocks

Materials & Finishes


Actuator Clip & Mounting Frame: Stainless Steel
Body Frame: Stainless steel
Rotaries

Case: Diallyl phthalate resin (UL94V–0)


Movable Contactor: Phosphor bronze with silver or gold plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy (code W); copper with gold plating (code G); or silver alloy with gold plating (code A)
Stationary Contacts: Silver with silver plating (code W); copper or brass with gold plating (code G);
or silver with gold plating (code A)
Slides

Terminals: Copper or brass with silver plating; or copper or brass with gold plating

Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Tactiles

Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)


Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt

Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering (PC version) for Gold: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering for Gold: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Wave Soldering (PC version) for Silver: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Touch

Manual Soldering for Silver: See Profile B in Supplement section.


Note: Actuator must be in OFF (center) position while soldering.
Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V–0 for case
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL ” before first dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
Accessories

All models recognized at 6A @ 125V AC, 3A @ 250V AC or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V DC maximum.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before first dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
All models certified at 6A @ 125V AC or 3A @ 250V AC or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V maximum.
Supplement

B62 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Rockers Series M

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
B
Three methods of panel mounting: flat frame for flush with face or subpanel,
snap-in, and PCB.

Pushbuttons
High insulating barriers increase isolation of circuits in multipole devices
and provide added protection to contact points.

Programmable Illuminated PB
The molded diallyl phthalate case has a UL 94V-0
flammability rating.

Epoxy sealed terminals prevent entry of solder flux


and other contaminants.

Prominent external insulating barriers increase

Keylocks
insulation resistance and dielectric strength.

Bias guard prevents misalignment of contacts;


interlocking of actuator block with rocker and

Rotaries
internal guide does not allow transmission of
diagonal force on rocker to reach contact
mechanism.

Slides
Clinching of the frame to the case well above the base
and terminals provides 1,500V dielectric strength.

Tactiles
Tilt
Actual Size
Snap-in Mount Page B64 Touch
Indicators

Bracket PC Mount Page B72


Accessories

Flat Frame Mount Page B83


Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com B63
Series M Snap-In Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH

M20 1 2 TJ W 01 F C
Rockers

B
Pushbuttons

Poles Rockers & Paddles


1 SPDT F .450” (11.43mm) Wide Rocker
DPDT G .450” (11.43mm) Wide Paddle
Programmable Illuminated PB

2 Mounting Frame Terminals


SP3T
01 .453” (11.5mm) False
TJ Snap-in Frame Solder Lug S
Illluminated Rocker in Black only
02 Quick Connect
.250” (6.35mm)
03
Straight PC
Circuits .425” (10.8mm)
05 Rocker & Paddle
2 ON NONE ON Wirewrap Colors
3 ON OFF ON .750” (19.05mm) A Black
06
Keylocks

Wirewrap
5 ON NONE (ON) B White
.964” (24.5mm)
8 (ON) OFF (ON) 07 C Red
Wirewrap
9 ON OFF (ON) E Yellow
1.062” (27.0mm)
08
Rotaries

*4 ON ON ON Wirewrap F Green
*6 (ON) ON (ON) G Blue
*7 ON ON (ON) H Gray
( ) = Momentary
Slides

Contact Materials & Ratings


* 3-ON circuits
Silver; Rated
W
6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC
Gold; Rated
Tactiles

G
0.4VA max @ 28V AC/DC max
Gold over Silver; Rated
A 6A @ 125V AC & 0.4VA max @
28V AC/DC max
Tilt
Touch

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


M2012TJW01-FC-1A
Indicators

Red .450” (11.43mm)


Wide Rocker
Black Bezel without LED
Accessories

SPDT
Snap-in Frame
ON-NONE-ON Circuit

Silver Contacts with


6–Amp Rating
Solder Lug Terminals
Supplement

B64 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-In Mount Miniature Rockers Series M

Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE

1 A

Rockers
B

Pushbuttons
Optional Bezels Bezel Colors LED Colors

1 Bezel without LED A Black

Programmable Illuminated PB
B White
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray

Keylocks
2 Bezel with 1 Round LED A Black 1 LED
C Red
F Green

Rotaries
3 Bezel with 2 Round LEDs A Black 2 LEDs
Bezel with 2 Rectangular Top LED Bottom LED
4
LEDs
C Red C Red

Slides
E Yellow E Yellow
F Green F Green

Tactiles
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.

Tilt
Touch
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
M2012TJW01-FC-3A-CF
Indicators

Red .450” (11.43mm)


Wide Rocker Top LED Red
Bottom LED Green
Snap-in Frame
Accessories

SPDT ON-NONE-ON Circuit Black Bezel with


Silver Contacts with 2 Round LEDs
6–Amp Rating
Solder Lug Terminals
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com B65
Series M Snap-In Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles

POLES & CIRCUITS


Rocker Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Down Center Up Down Center Up
Rockers

B Pole Model
Note: Terminal numbers are not
actually on the switch.

M2012 ON NONE ON SPDT


Pushbuttons

M2013 ON OFF ON 2 (COM)


SP M2015 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 OPEN 2-1
M2018 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1

M2019 ON OFF (ON)


Programmable Illuminated PB

M2022 ON NONE ON DPDT


M2023 ON OFF ON
2 (COM) 5
DP M2025 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4
M2028 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1 6 4

M2029 ON OFF (ON)

For 3 Throw (3-On)


Connected Terminals & Schematic
Keylocks

Pole Model Down Center Up External Connection


M2024 ON ON ON The SP3T model utilizes a double pole
SP M2026 (ON) ON (ON) base.
M2027 ON ON (ON)
(out)
Rotaries

External External External External


Connection Connection Connection External 6 3
connection Conn
2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5
must be made 5 2
Common
(in)
during field 4 1
installation.
1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) (out) (out)
Slides

2-3 5-6 2-3 5-4 2-1 5-4

MOUNTING FRAME
Tactiles

TJ Snap-in Frame Panel Cutout for Panel Cutout for


Single Pole (15.9) Double Pole (15.9)
.626 .626
without Bezel without Bezel

(18.0)
Tilt

.710 25° (12.5) (13.1)


.492 .516
(2.54) Dia
.100
Panel Thickness without Bezel: .039” ~ .126” (1.0mm ~ 3.2mm)
(12.2) (4.3)
.480 .170 Panel Thickness with Bezel: .039” ~ .098” (1.0mm ~ 2.5mm)
Touch

CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS

W
Indicators

Silver over Silver Power Level 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC

G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Accessories

Note: See Supplement section to find complete explanation of operating range.

A Gold over Silver


Power Level 6A @ 125V AC
or Logic Level or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Supplement

Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits within the
same application. See Supplement section to find complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.

B66 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-In Mount Miniature Rockers Series M

Toggles
TERMINALS

.062” (1.57mm) Wide


01 Solder Lug
02 Quick Connect

Rockers
(4.0)

B
Epoxy Seal .157 Epoxy Seal (6.35)
.250
(2.0) (2.0)
.079
(1.1) .079 (1.57)
.043 .062
Thk = (0.8)

Pushbuttons
Thk = (0.8)
.031 .031

(4.8)
.250” (6.35mm) .189
03 Straight PC
3 3 6

(4.7) Typ

Programmable Illuminated PB
(4.7) Typ
Epoxy Seal (6.35) .185 2 5 .185
(4.8) .250 2
.189
1 1 4

(1.17) (1.8) Dia Typ


.046 .073 (1.8) Dia Typ
.073
Thk = (0.8)
.031
Single Pole Double Pole

.425” (10.8mm)
05 Wirewrap or Extended PC

.750” (19.05mm) If using as extended PC terminal, refer to


06

Keylocks
Epoxy Seal
Wirewrap or Extended PC the above footprints.
A
.964” (24.5mm) Dimension A = terminal lengths as shown
07 Wirewrap or Extended PC (1.27) beside the terminal codes
.050
at the left.

Rotaries
Thk = (0.8)
1.062” (27.0mm)
08
.031
Wirewrap or Extended PC

ROCKERS & PADDLES

Slides
AT4150 AT4151
F .450” (11.43mm)
G .450” (11.43mm)
Wide Rocker Wide Paddle (2.36)
.093

Tactiles
(9.19) (11.43)
.362 .450
Material: Polyamide Material: Polyamide (16.36)
.644
Finish: Matte (7.11) Finish: Matte
(5.84) R
(6.3) .280 .230
.248
Colors Available: Colors Available:
A, B, C, E, F, G, H A, B, C, E, F, G, H

Tilt
(11.43) (1.8)
(1.8) .450 .071
.071 (11.8) (11.8)
.465 .465

Touch
AT466 .453” (11.5mm)
S False Illuminated Rocker
(8.6) (11.3)
Indicators

.339 .445
Rocker False Illuminator
Material: Polycarbonate Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (7.7)
.303
Finish: Glossy
Colors: Black White and Red (11.5)
(1.8)
.071
Accessories

.453
(11.8)
.465
When a bezel is selected with AT466, glossy polycarbonate AT207 is supplied.
Supplement

Cap Colors
Available: A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray

www.nkkswitches.com B67
Series M Snap-In Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles

OPTIONAL SNAP-IN BEZELS & BEZEL COLORS

1 AT2107 Bezel
A F
Rockers

(15.9)

B Material: Polyamide
(11.8)
.465
Black Green .626

Finish: Matte
(2.2)
.087 B White
G Blue
A
Pushbuttons

(12.0)
(15.6) .472
.614 Single Pole Double Pole
(21.5)
.846 E Yellow
H Gray (12.5)mm (13.1)mm
A
.492” .516”
Programmable Illuminated PB

AT208 Bezel
2 for AT070 LED
A Black B (8.8) Dia
.346
(11.8) (2.2) LED colors & specifications
Material: .465 .087
(19.0)
(13.5) on next page.
Polycarbonate .748
.531 (13.8)
.543

Finish: Glossy Single Pole Double Pole


(12.0) (15.9)
.472 (12.5)mm (13.1)mm .626
A
Contact factory (15.6) .492” .516”
Keylocks

(30.2)
.614
for matte finish. 1.19
(6.25)mm (6.55)mm A
(5.4) Dia B
.213 .246” .258”

AT212 Bezel
Rotaries

3 A Black
for AT617 LED (15.9)
(12.0) .626
(10.0) .472
.394
Material:
Polycarbonate (2.2) LED colors &
.087
specifications
Slides

(7.8) A
.307
Finish: (11.8)
on next page.
Semi-glossy (8.0)
.465 (21.5) Sq Single Pole Double Pole
.846
.315 (3.0) Dia Typ
.118 (18.4)mm (18.7)mm
A
.724” .736”
Tactiles

AT213 Bezel
4 A Black
for AT618 LED (10.0) (12.0) (15.9)
.394 .472 .626

Material:
Tilt

(2.0) Typ
.079 (2.2)
Polycarbonate .087 LED colors &
(7.8)
.307
specifications A

Finish: (11.8) on next page.


.465 Single Pole Double Pole
Semi-glossy
Touch

(8.0) (21.5) Sq
.315 (5.0) Typ .846 (18.4)mm (18.7)mm
.197 A
.724” .736”

Bezel Assembly
Indicators

1. Pry out tab on bezel to 2. Insert switch frame under 3. Push tab back into place. 4. Snap assembled bezel
a 45° angle. tab and snap on bezel. and switch into panel.
Accessories

Tab 45°

Tab
Supplement

B68 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-In Mount Miniature Rockers Series M

Toggles
LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS
Bezel Orientation on Switch

AT070 LED AT617 LED AT618 LED

Rockers
For Bezel AT208 For Bezel AT212 For Bezel AT213 B
with 1 LED (5.08) Dia with 2 Round LEDs (3.0) Dia with 2 Rectangular LEDs (5.0)
.200 .118 .197

Pushbuttons
(7.7) (5.0) (7.0)
.303 .197 .276

Top LED Top LED

Circuit Mark This Side

Circuit Mark This Side


Circuit Mark This Side

Programmable Illuminated PB
(-) Bottom LED
Bottom LED (+) (-)
(+)
(-)

(+)

Note: Lead lengths may differ from manufacturing lot to lot. The longer lead is the anode (+).

AT070 AT617 AT618

Keylocks
(+) (-) C F C E F C E F
Color Red Green Red Yellow Green Red Yellow Green
Maximum Forward Current IFM 25mA 50mA 30mA 30mA 25mA 25mA 30mA 25mA

Rotaries
Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 30mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA
Forward Voltage VF 2.8V 2.1V 2.0V 2.1V 2.2V 2.25V 2.1V 2.2V
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V

Slides
Current Reduction Rate 0.33 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.33 0.33 0.40 0.33
Above 25°C ∆IF mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range
–10° ~ +70°C –15° ~ +70°C –25° ~ +70°C
(when used with a bezel)

Tactiles
The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C.
LED circuit is independent of switch operation. LED is colored in OFF state.

If the source voltage is greater than the rated voltage of the LED, a ballast resistor must be connected in series with the lamp.

Tilt
The ballast resistor calculation and more lamp detail are shown in the Supplement section.

LEGENDS
Touch
NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Indicators

Suggested Printable Area for Cap

(0.38) Typ
.015
ON (4.5) Typ
Accessories

.177
OF
F

Recommended Print Method: (0.76) Typ


.030
(9.91)
.390
(0.76) Typ (3.36) Typ
.030 .132
(11.43)
.450
Pad Print
Supplement

Epoxy based ink is recommended. AT4150 Shaded areas are printable areas.

www.nkkswitches.com B69
Series M Snap-In Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Snap-in Frame • Solder Lug Single Pole
Rockers

(4.9) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ


B .194
(2.8) Circuit Mark
.110 This Side
.043 x .079

3
Pushbuttons

(4.7) Typ
(18.0) .185 2 (13.0)
.709 25° .512
(0.8) Typ 1
.031
Programmable Illuminated PB

(11.43) (0.5) (0.5) (2.0) Typ


.450 .020 .020 .079
(12.2) (3.3) (7.1) (9.4) (4.5) (7.9)
.480 .130 .279 .371 .177 .311

M2012TJW01-FC

Snap-in Frame • Solder Lug Double Pole

(4.9) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ (4.8)


.194 .043 x .079 .189
(2.8) Circuit Mark
.110 This Side
Keylocks

6 3
(4.7) Typ
(18.0) .185 5 2 (13.0)
.709 25° .512
(0.8) Typ 4 1
.031
Rotaries

(11.43) (0.5) (0.5) (2.0) Typ


.450 .020 .020 .079
(12.2) (3.3) (7.1) (9.4) (4.5) (12.7)
.480 .130 .279 .371 .177 .500

M2022TJW01-FC
Slides

Snap-in Frame • Solder Lug Single Pole

(2.8) Circuit Mark (1.1) x (2.0) Typ


.110 This Side .043 x .079
Tactiles

3
(4.7) Typ
(18.0) .185 2 (13.0)
.709 25° .512
(0.8) Typ 1
.031
(2.36)
Tilt

.093
(11.43) (3.18) (0.5) (0.5) (2.0) Typ
.450 .125 .020 .020 .079
(12.2) (13.7) (7.1) (9.4) (4.5) (7.9)
.480 .539 .279 .371 .177 .311

M2012TJW01-GC
Touch

Snap-in Frame • Solder Lug Double Pole


Indicators

(2.8) Circuit Mark (1.1) x (2.0) Typ (4.8)


.110 This Side .043 x .079 .189

6 3
(4.7) Typ
(18.0) .185 (13.0)
Accessories

5 2
.709 25° .512
(0.8) Typ 4 1
.031
(2.36)
.093
(11.43) (3.18) (0.5) (0.5) (2.0) Typ
.450 .125 .020 .020 .079
(12.7)
Supplement

(12.2) (13.7) (7.1) (9.4) (4.5)


.480 .539 .279 .371 .177 .500

M2022TJW01-GC

B70 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-In Mount Miniature Rockers Series M

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Single & Double Pole Snap-in Frame • AT2107 Bezel • Solder Lug
(5.6) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ (4.8)

Rockers
.221 .043 x .079 .189
Circuit Mark
This Side B
3 6 3
(12.0) (4.7) Typ (13.0) (13.0)
.472 .185 2 .512 5 2 .512
25°

Pushbuttons
(21.5) (14.0) (14.0)
.846 1 .551 1 .551
(0.8) Typ 4

.031

(11.43) (4.3)
.450 .169

Programmable Illuminated PB
(11.8) (2.2) (0.5) (2.0) (2.0) Typ
.465 .087 .020 .079 .079
(15.6) (4.01) (6.4) (9.4) (4.5) (7.9) (12.7)
.614 .158 .252 .371 .177 .311 .500
M2012TJW01-FC-1A

Double Pole Snap-in Frame • AT208 Bezel • Solder Lug


(4.9) (15.3) Min (2.5)
.193 .602 .098
(0.61) Sq
.024
(5.08) Dia
.200 (19.0)
.748 Circuit Mark (1.1) x (2.0) Typ

Keylocks
This Side .043 x .079
(13.5)
(30.2) .531 6 3
1.190 (4.7) Typ (13.0)
(12.0) .185 5 2 .512
25° (14.0)
.472
(0.8) Typ 4 1 .551
.031

Rotaries
(4.3)
(11.43) .169 (2.0) Typ
.450 .079
(11.8) (2.2) (0.5) (4.8)
.465 .087 .020 .189
(15.6) (4.01) (6.4) (9.4) (4.5) (12.7)
.614 .158 .252 .371 .177 .500 M2022TJW01-FC-2A-C

Slides
Single Pole Snap-in Frame • AT212 Bezel • Solder Lug
(10.0) (7.8) (5.6) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
.394 .307 .221 .043 x .079
Circuit Mark
This Side

Tactiles
3
(4.7) Typ (13.0)
(8.0) (12.0) .185 2 .512
25° (14.0)
.315 .472
(0.8) Typ 1 .551
.031
(3.0) Dia Typ
.118

Tilt
(11.43) (4.3)
.450 .169
(11.8) (2.2) (0.5) (2.0)
.465 .087 .020 .079
(21.5) Sq (4.01) (6.4) (9.4) (4.5) (7.9)
.846 .158 .252 .371 .177 .311
M2012TJW01-FC-3A-CF
Touch
Double Pole Snap-in Frame • AT213 Bezel • Solder Lug
(10.0) (7.8) (5.6) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
Indicators

.394 .307 .221 .043 x .079


Circuit Mark
This Side
6 3
(4.7) Typ (13.0)
(8.0) (12.0) .185 5 2 .512
.315 25° (14.0)
.472
Accessories

(0.8) Typ 4 1 .551


.031
(5.0) Typ
.197
(2.0) (11.43) (4.3) (0.5) (2.0) Typ
.079 .450 .169 .020 .079
(11.8) (2.2) (4.8)
.087
Supplement

.465 .189
(21.5) Sq (4.01) (6.4) (9.4) (4.5) (12.7)
.846 .158 .252 .371 .177 .500

M2022TJW01-FC-4A-CF

www.nkkswitches.com B71
Series M Bracket PC Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH

M20 1 3 TX G
Rockers

B
Pushbuttons

Poles Mounting Frames


1 SPDT Narrow Frame
TX
Programmable Illuminated PB

for Small Actuator


DPDT
2
SP3T Wide Frame
TZ
for Large Actuator
3PDT (used only
with terminal codes
3
30 & 41 & frame
code TX)
4PDT
DP3T
4 (used only with
Circuits Contact Materials & Ratings
Keylocks

terminal code 41 &


frame code TX) 2 ON NONE ON Silver; Rated
W
6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC
3 ON OFF ON
Gold; Rated
5 ON NONE (ON) G
Rotaries

0.4VA max @ 28V AC/DC max


8 (ON) OFF (ON)
Gold over Silver; Rated
9 ON OFF (ON) A 6A @ 125V AC & 0.4VA max @
*4 ON ON ON 28V AC/DC max
Slides

*6 (ON) ON (ON)
*7 ON ON (ON)
( ) = Momentary
* 3-ON circuits
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


M2013TXG41-DC
Indicators

SPDT
ON-OFF-ON Circuit
Gold Contacts with
Accessories

0.4VA Rating
TX Frame with .365” (9.27mm)
Wide Red Rocker .150” (3.81mm)
Vertical PC Terminals with Support
Supplement

B72 www.nkkswitches.com
Bracket PC Mount Miniature Rockers Series M

Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE

41 D C

Rockers
B

Pushbuttons
Terminals For Rockers Rocker & Paddle
TX & TZ Frames & Paddles Colors

Programmable Illuminated PB
Straight PC with Bracket Small Actuators A Black
(1-2 Pole only) (TX Frame)
B White
.250” (6.35mm) Straight PC with .365” (9.27mm)
13 D C Red
.465” (11.8mm) Bracket Wide Rocker
E Yellow
.425” (10.8mm) Straight PC with .365” (9.27mm)
15 E
.630” (16.0mm) Bracket Wide Paddle F Green
.964” (24.5mm) Straight PC with .450” (11.43mm) G Blue
17 F
1.150” (29.2mm) Bracket Wide Rocker H Gray
Straight PC with Reinforced Bracket .450” (11.43mm)

Keylocks
(1-2 Pole only) G
Wide Paddle
.250” (6.35mm) Straight PC with Large Actuators
23
.465” (11.8mm) Bracket (TZ Frame)
.425” (10.8mm) Straight PC with .595” (15.11mm)

Rotaries
25 J
.630” (16.0mm) Bracket Wide Rocker
.750” (19.05mm) Straight PC with .595” (15.11mm)
26 H
.953” (24.2mm) Bracket Wide Paddle

Slides
Terminals For
TX Frame Only
Right Angle PC with Support IMPORTANT:

Tactiles
(1-3 Pole only)
Switches are supplied without UL & CSA marking unless specified.
30 .150” (3.81mm) Right Angle PC UL & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings and ordering instructions are noted on the
Vertical PC with Support General Specifications page.
(1-4 Pole)

Tilt
41 .150” (3.81mm) Vertical PC

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE Touch

M2022TZG23-JC
Indicators

TZ Frame with .595” (15.11mm)


Wide Red Rocker
Accessories

DPDT Gold Contacts with 0.4VA Rating


ON-NONE-ON Circuit
.250” (6.35mm) Straight PC Terminals
Supplement

with Reinforced Bracket

www.nkkswitches.com B73
Series M Bracket PC Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles

POLES & CIRCUITS


Rocker Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Rockers

B Down Center Up Down Center Up Note: Terminal numbers are not actually
on the switch.
Pole Model
* Reverse circuits available for vertical
mount SP & DP upon request.
Pushbuttons

M2012 ON NONE ON SPDT


M2013 ON OFF ON
2 (COM)
SP *M2015 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 OPEN 2-1
Programmable Illuminated PB

M2018 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1


*M2019 ON OFF (ON)

M2022 ON NONE ON DPDT


M2023 ON OFF ON
2 (COM) 5
DP *M2025 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4
M2028 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1 6 4
*M2029 ON OFF (ON)

M2022 ON NONE ON
Keylocks

3PDT
M2023 ON OFF ON
2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4
3P *M2025 ON NONE (ON) OPEN 2 5 (COM) 8
8-9 8-7
M2028 (ON) OFF (ON)
3 1 6 4 9 7
*M2029 ON OFF (ON)
Rotaries

M2042 ON NONE ON 4PDT


M2043 ON OFF ON
2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 2 5 (COM) 8 11
4P *M2045 ON NONE (ON) OPEN
8-9 11-12 8-7 11-10
M2048 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1 6 4 9 7 12 10
Slides

*M2049 ON OFF (ON)

For 3 Throw (3-On)

Connected Terminals & Schematics


Tactiles

Pole Model Down Center Up Down Center Up

External External External


Connection Connection Connection
M2024 ON ON ON 2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5
Tilt

SP M2026 (ON) ON (ON)


M2027 ON ON (ON) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out)

2-3 5-6 2-3 5-4 2-1 5-4


Touch

External External External External External External


Connection Connection Connection Connection Connection Connection
2 (in) 5 8 (in) 11 2 (in) 5 8 (in) 11 2 (in) 5 8 (in) 11
M2044 ON ON ON
DP M2046 (ON) ON (ON)
Indicators

1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 7 (out) 9 10 (out) 12 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 7 (out) 9 10 (out) 12 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 7 (out) 9 10 (out) 12 (out)
M2047 ON ON (ON)
2-3 5-6 2-3 5-4 2-1 5-4
8-9 11-12 8-9 11-10 8-7 11-10
Accessories

The SP3T model utilizes a The DP3T model utilizes a


(out) (out) (out)
double pole base. four pole base.
External 6 3 External
Conn Conn 12 9 6 3
Common
5 2
Common Common (in)
(in) 11 8 5 2
(in) (out)
4 1 10 7 4 1
Supplement

External connection must be External connection must be (out)


(out) (out) (out) (out)
made during field installation. made during field installation.

B74 www.nkkswitches.com
Bracket PC Mount Miniature Rockers Series M

Toggles
MOUNTING FRAMES
Narrow Mounting Frame for Small Actuators
TX with Straight PC Terminals (codes 13, 15, 17, 23, 25, & 26)

Rockers
or with Angle PC Terminals (codes 30 & 41)
B
Straight PC Mounting Right Angle PC Mounting Vertical PC Mounting

Pushbuttons
(5.08) 25°
25° .200 25°

(2.54) Dia (2.54) Dia (2.54) Dia


.100 (1.4) Typ .100 .100
.055

Programmable Illuminated PB
(8.0) (4.37) (0.4) Typ
(3.5) .172
.315 .138 .016 (2.75) (1.27)
(5.08) .108 (6.0) .050
.200 .235

Small Actuators & Panel Cutouts for TX Frame (actuator details on the following pages)

AT4148 AT4149 AT4150 AT4151

Direction of Actuation
Direction of Actuation

Keylocks
(17.8) (12.7)
.701 .500

(12.4)
(10.1) .490

Rotaries
.398

Wide Mounting Frame Large Actuators & Panel Cutouts for TZ Frame
TZ for Large Actuators (actuator details on the following pages)
with Straight PC Terminals

Slides
(codes 13, 15, 17, 23, 25, & 26)
AT4156 AT4157

Direction of Actuation

Tactiles
(28.5)
25° 1.122
(2.54) Dia
.100
(3.5)

Tilt
.138

(16.0)
.630

CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS


Touch

W Silver over Silver Power Level 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC


Indicators

G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Note: See Supplement section to find complete explanation of operating range.
Accessories

A Gold over Silver


Power Level 6A @ 125V AC
or Logic Level or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Supplement

Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits within the
same application. See Supplement section to find complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.

www.nkkswitches.com B75
Series M Bracket PC Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles

TERMINALS
For TX and TZ 1-2 Pole For TX and TZ 1-2 Pole
Straight PC Mount with Bracket Straight PC Mount with Reinforced Bracket
Rockers

B
13 15 17 23 25 26
.250” (6.35mm) .425” (10.8mm) .964” (24.5mm) .250” (6.35mm) .425” (10.8mm) .750” (19.05mm)
Pushbuttons

Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with
.465” (11.8mm) .630” (16.0mm) 1.150” (29.2mm) .465” (11.8mm) .630” (16.0mm) .953” (24.2mm)
Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket
Programmable Illuminated PB
Keylocks

PCB footprints are on the following Typical Switch Dimension pages.

For TX 1-3 Pole Right Angle PC Mount For TX 1-4 Pole Vertical PC Mount

.150” (3.81mm) .150” (3.81mm)


30 41
Rotaries

Right Angle PC Vertical PC


Slides

ROCKERS & PADDLES FOR TX MOUNTING FRAMES

AT4148 .365” (9.27mm) AT4149 .365” (9.27mm)


D Wide Rocker
E Wide Paddle
Tactiles

(9.27) (2.13)
.365 .084
Material: Polyamide (9.27)
Material: Polyamide
(16.87)
Finish: Matte .365 .664 Finish: Matte (3.96)
(13.49) .156
.531 (18.8)
.740 (8.43) R
.332
Tilt

(8.8)
(7.9) (6.15) .346
.311 .242

(3.5) (3.5)
.138 (16.8) .138
.661
Touch

AT4150 .450” (11.43mm) AT4151 .450” (11.43mm)


F Wide Rocker
G Wide Paddle
(11.43) (2.36)
Indicators

.450 .093
Material: Polyamide (11.43) (11.8) Material: Polyamide
.450 (3.18)
Finish: Matte .465
(9.19)
Finish: Matte .125
.362 (16.36)
.644 (5.84) R
(7.7) .230
(8.1) (6.3) .303
Accessories

.319 .248

(3.5) (3.5)
.138 .138
(11.8)
.465
Supplement

Cap Colors
Available: A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray

B76 www.nkkswitches.com
Bracket PC Mount Miniature Rockers Series M

Toggles
ROCKERS & PADDLES FOR TZ MOUNTING FRAMES

AT4156 .595” (15.11mm) AT4157 .595” (15.11mm)


J Wide Rocker
H Wide Paddle

Rockers
Material: Polyamide Material: Polyamide B
Finish: Matte Finish: Matte
(14.33) (2.36)
.093

Pushbuttons
.564

(4.75)
(15.11) .187
.595
(29.82)

Programmable Illuminated PB
(26.78)
1.054 (23.01) 1.174
.906 (13.5) R
.531
(11.0)
.433 (7.3)
(8.4) (6.5) .287
.331 .256

(3.5) (3.5)
.138 (15.11) (26.8) .138
.595 1.055

Cap Colors
Available: A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray

Keylocks
OPTIONAL SNAP-IN PANEL FRAMES
Used with AT4148 Rocker and AT4149 Paddle

Rotaries
AT064-1 AT064-2 (9.9) (2.3)
.390 .090
Accommodates .047” ~ .090” Accommodates .062” ~ .125” (17.9)
.705
(1.2 ~ 2.3mm) panel thickness (1.57 ~ 3.18mm) panel thickness

Slides
Material: Polyamide
Finish: Matte (15.62)
.615
(25.04)
.986
Color: Black
(6.68)
.263
Mounted separately from switches

Tactiles
A

Cutout Tolerances:
Dimension A:
.797” ~ .803” (20.24 ~ 20.4mm) B

Dimension B:

Tilt
.495” ~ .505” (12.57 ~ 12.83mm)
AT064–1 Enlarged Detail

Used with AT4150 Rocker and AT4151 Paddle


AT065-1 AT065-2 (12.0) (2.3) Touch
.472 .090
Accommodates .047” ~ .090” Accommodates .062” ~ .125” (12.8)
.504
(1.2 ~ 2.3mm) panel thickness (1.57 ~ 3.18mm) panel thickness
Indicators

Material: Polyamide (15.62)


.615 (19.43)
Finish: Matte .765

Color: Black (6.68)


.263
Accessories

Mounted separately from switches


A

Cutout Tolerances:
Dimension A:
B
.595” ~ .605” (15.11 ~ 15.37mm)
Supplement

Dimension B:
.495” ~ .500” (12.57 ~ 12.7mm) AT065–1 Enlarged Detail AT065–2 Enlarged Detail

www.nkkswitches.com B77
Series M Bracket PC Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Straight PC • Bracket
25°
Rockers

B (6.15)
(8.8) Single Double
.242
.346
Pole Pole
Circuit Mark
Pushbuttons

(3.5) This Side


.138 BRACKET
LENGTH

TERMINAL
LENGTH (4.8) Typ
1 2 3 .189
Programmable Illuminated PB

(0.5) Typ (1.17) Typ (4.8)


.020 .046 .189
(0.8) Typ (1.17) Typ (3.2) Typ
.031 .046 .126
(4.7) Typ (8.0) (12.7)
.185 .315 .500
(15.8)
.622

M2012TXG13-DC

(1.6) Typ
Terminal Terminal Bracket .063
(1.6) Typ (2.4) Typ
Code: Length: Length: .063 .095
Keylocks

3 3 6
(7.9) Typ (7.9) Typ
.311 .311
13 .250” (6.35mm) .465” (11.8mm) 2 2 5

(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ


.185 1 .185 1 4

15 .425” (10.8mm) .630” (16.0mm) (1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
Rotaries

.073 .073
(1.5) Dia Typ (1.5) Dia Typ
17 .964” (24.5mm) 1.150” (29.2mm) .059 .059
CL

Straight PC • Reinforced Bracket


Slides

25°

(6.15)
(8.8) Single Double
Tactiles

.346
.242 Pole Pole
Circuit Mark
(3.5) This Side
.138
BRACKET
LENGTH

TERMINAL
Tilt

LENGTH (4.8) Typ


1 2 3 .189

(0.5) Typ (1.17) Typ (6.35) Typ


.020 .046 .250
(0.8) Typ (1.17) Typ (4.8)
.031 .046 .189
(4.7) Typ (9.1) (12.7)
Touch

.185 .358 .500


(19.05)
.750
M2012TXG23-DC
Indicators

(2.4) Typ
Terminal Terminal Bracket (3.18) Typ
.095
(3.18) Typ
Code: Length: Length: .125
.125

(9.53) Typ 3 (9.53) Typ 3 6


Accessories

.375 .375
23 .250” (6.35mm) .465” (11.8mm) 2 2 5

(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ


.185 1 .185 1 4

25 .425” (10.8mm) .630” (16.0mm)


(1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.073 .073
(1.5) Dia Typ CL
26 .750” (19.05mm) .953” (24.2mm) (1.5) Dia Typ
Supplement

.059 .059

B78 www.nkkswitches.com
Bracket PC Mount Miniature Rockers Series M

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Single Pole .150” (3.81mm) Right Angle PC

Rockers
B
Shown in
Down Position Pivot
(4.7) Typ

Pushbuttons
1 2 3 .185
(9.27) (7.9) 3 2 1
.365 .311
(5.41)
.213 (4.3) (12.7)
.169 .500
(0.4)
(2.85) .016 (5.5) (0.8) Typ

Programmable Illuminated PB
.112 .217 .031 (1.8) Dia Typ
(1.4) Typ (6.15) (4.0) (1.27) (4.7) Typ .073
.055 .242 .157 .050 .185 (2.54) Typ
(5.08) (8.8) (12.7) (13.0) .100
.200 .346 .500 .512

M2012TXG30-DC

Double Pole .150” (3.81mm) Right Angle PC

Keylocks
Shown in
Down Position Pivot

Rotaries
(4.7) Typ
6 5 4
.185
4 5 6
(9.27) (12.7) (3.81)
2
.365 1 2 3 .500 3 1 .150
(6.4)
.252
(4.3) (12.7)
.169 .500

Slides
(2.85) (6.15) (0.4) Typ (0.8) Typ
.112 .242 .016 .031
(1.4) Typ (4.7) Typ (2.54) Typ
(4.0) (1.27) Typ .100
.055 .157 .050 .185 (1.8) Dia Typ
(5.08) (8.8) (12.7) (3.81) (13.0) .073
.200 .346 .500 .150 .512

Tactiles
M2022TXG30-DC

Three Pole .150” (3.81mm) Right Angle PC

Tilt
Shown in
Touch
Down Position Pivot
(4.7) Typ
7 8 9 9 8 7
.185
(3.81) Typ
(9.27) 4 5 6 (17.5) 6 5 4 .150
.365 .689
Indicators

3 2 1
(8.8)
1 2 3
.346

(4.3) (14.35)
.169 .565

(2.85) (0.4) (0.8) Typ


.112 .016 .031
Accessories

(1.4) Typ (6.15) (4.5) (1.27) Typ (4.7) Typ (2.54) Typ
.055 .242 .177 .050 .185 .100
(1.8) Dia Typ
(5.08) (8.8) (14.35) (3.81) Typ (13.0) .073
.200 .346 .565 .150 .512
Supplement

M2032TXG30-DC

www.nkkswitches.com B79
Series M Bracket PC Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


.150” (3.81mm) Vertical PC Single Pole
Rockers

B
(9.27) (8.8) (3.5)
.365 .346 .138

2
(3.81) Typ
(13.0) .150
25°
Pushbuttons

.512
1
(9.1)
.360 (3.18)
.125
(12.7)
.500
(0.4) Typ (2.74) (1.27) (0.8) Typ (1.27)
.016 .108 .050 .031 .050
Programmable Illuminated PB

(12.7) (2.54) Typ


(5.08) Shown in (6.15) (5.97) (3.81) Typ (7.9) .100
.200 Down Position .242 .235 .500 .150 .311
(1.8) Dia Typ
.073
M2012TXG41-DC

.150” (3.81mm) Vertical PC Double Pole

(9.27) (8.8) (3.5)


.365 .346 .138
(2.4) Typ
6 3 .094
3 6
(3.81) Typ
Keylocks

5 2 (13.0) 2 5 .150
25° .512 1 4
(9.1) 4 1
.360 (3.18)
.125
(12.7)
.500
(1.27) Typ
.050
(0.4) Typ (2.74) (1.27) (0.8) Typ (4.8)
Rotaries

.016 .108 .050 .031 .189 (2.54) Typ


(5.08) Shown in (6.15) (5.97) (12.7) (3.81) Typ (12.7) .100
.200 Down Position .242 .235 .500 .150 .500 (1.8) Dia Typ
.073
M2022TXG41-DC

.150” (3.81mm) Vertical PC Three Pole


Slides

(9.27) (8.8) (3.5)


.365 .346 .138
(4.8) Typ
9 6 3
3 9
.189
6
Tactiles

(3.81) Typ
8 5 2 (13.0) 2 5 8 .150
25° .512
1 4 7
(9.1) 7 4 1
.360 (3.18)
.125
(14.35)
(1.27) Typ .565
(0.4) Typ (2.74) (1.27) (0.8) Typ (4.8) Typ .050
Tilt

.016 .108 .050 .031 .189


(5.08) Shown in (6.15) (5.97) (14.35) (3.81) Typ (17.5) (2.54) Typ
.200 Down Position .242 .235 .565 .150 .689 .100
(1.8) Dia Typ
.073
M2032TXG41-DC
Touch

.150” (3.81mm) Vertical PC Four Pole

(9.27) (8.8) (3.5)


Indicators

.365 .346 .138


(4.8) Typ
12 9 6 3
3 9 12
.189
6
(3.81) Typ
11 8 5 2 (13.0) 2 5 8 11
.150
25° .512
1 4 7 10
(9.1) 10 7 4 1
Accessories

.360 (3.18)
.125
(14.35)
.565
(0.4) Typ (2.74) (1.27) (0.8) Typ (4.8) Typ (1.27) Typ
.016 .108 .050 .031 .189 .050
(5.08) Shown in (6.15) (5.97) (14.35) (3.81) Typ (22.3) (2.54) Typ
.200 Down Position .242 .235 .565 .150 .878 .100
Supplement

(1.8) Dia Typ


.073
M2042TXG41-DC

B80 www.nkkswitches.com
Bracket PC Mount Miniature Rockers Series M

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Straight PC • Bracket
25°

Rockers
(6.6)
(11.0)
.433
Single Double B
.260 Pole Pole

Circuit Mark

Pushbuttons
(3.5)
.138 This Side
BRACKET
LENGTH

TERMINAL
LENGTH (4.8) Typ
1 2 3 .189

Programmable Illuminated PB
(0.6) Typ
.024 (1.17) Typ (4.8)
(0.8) Typ .046 .189
.031 (1.17) Typ (3.2) Typ
(4.7) Typ .046 .126
(8.0) (12.7)
.185 (15.8) .315 .500
.622

M2012TZG13-JC

(1.6) Typ
.063 Terminal Terminal Bracket
(1.6) Typ (2.4) Typ
Code: Length: Length:

Keylocks
.063 .095
3 3 6
(7.9) Typ (7.9) Typ
.311 .311
2 2 5 13 .250” (6.35mm) .465” (11.8mm)
(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ
.185 1 .185 1 4

(1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ 15 .425” (10.8mm) .630” (16.0mm)

Rotaries
.073 .073
(1.5) Dia Typ (1.5) Dia Typ
.059 .059
CL
17 .964” (24.5mm) 1.150” (29.2mm)

Straight PC • Reinforced Bracket

Slides
25°

(11.0) Single Double

Tactiles
(6.6)
.260
.433
Pole Pole

Circuit Mark
(3.5) This Side
.138 BRACKET
LENGTH

Tilt
TERMINAL
LENGTH (4.8) Typ
1 2 3 .189
(0.5) Typ (1.17) Typ
.020 (6.35) Typ
.046 .250
(0.8) Typ
.031 (1.17) Typ (4.8)
.046 .189
(4.7) Typ
Touch
(9.1) (12.7)
.185 .358 .500
(19.05)
.750
M2012TZG23-JC
Indicators

(2.4) Typ
(3.18) Typ
.095 Terminal Terminal Bracket
(3.18) Typ
.125
.125 Code: Length: Length:
(9.53) Typ 3 (9.53) Typ 3 6
Accessories

.375 .375
2 2 5 23 .250” (6.35mm) .465” (11.8mm)
(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ
.185 1 .185 1 4

25 .425” (10.8mm) .630” (16.0mm)


(1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.073 .073
(1.5) Dia Typ CL
(1.5) Dia Typ 26 .750” (19.05mm) .953” (24.2mm)
Supplement

.059 .059

www.nkkswitches.com B81
Series M Bracket PC Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles

LEGENDS

NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Rockers

B
Suggested Printable Area for Cap
Pushbuttons

AT4148 AT4150 AT4156

ON ON
Programmable Illuminated PB

ON
OF

OF

OF
F
F

F
(0.38) Typ
.015 (0.38) Typ (0.38) Typ
.015 .015
Keylocks

(6.9) Typ (5.76) Typ (4.5) Typ


.272 .227 .177 (10.03) Typ
(11.18) Typ
.440 .395
(0.76) Typ (7.75) (0.76) Typ (0.76) Typ (9.91) (0.76) Typ (3.36) Typ
.030 .305 .030 .030 .390 .030 .132
(11.43) (0.76) Typ (13.59) (0.76) Typ
(9.27) .450 .030 .535 .030
.365
Rotaries

(15.11)
.595

Shaded areas are printable areas.

Recommended Print Method:


Slides

Pad Print

Epoxy based ink is recommended.


Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

B82 www.nkkswitches.com
Flat Frame Mount Miniature Rockers Series M

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

M20 1 2 TN W 01 D C

Rockers
B

Pushbuttons
Poles Rockers & Paddles
1 SPDT Mounting Frames Small Actuators (TN Frame)
DPDT .272” (6.9mm) Wide .365” (9.27mm)
2 TN D
SP3T Flat Frame Wide Rocker

Programmable Illuminated PB
3 3PDT .504” (12.8mm) Wide .365” (9.27mm)
TY E
Flat Frame Wide Paddle
4PDT
4
DP3T .450” (11.43mm)
F
Wide Rocker

Contact Materials .450” (11.43mm)


G
& Ratings Wide Paddle
Circuits
Large Actuators (TY Frame)
Silver; Rated 6A @ 125V
2 ON NONE ON W
AC & 3A @ 250V AC .595” (15.11mm)

Keylocks
3 ON OFF ON J
Wide Rocker
Gold; Rated 0.4VA max @
5 ON NONE (ON) G
28V AC/DC max .595” (15.11mm)
H
8 (ON) OFF (ON) Wide Paddle
Gold over Silver; Rated
A 6A @ 125V AC & 0.4VA

Rotaries
9 ON OFF (ON)
max @ 28V AC/DC max
*4 ON ON ON
*6 (ON) ON (ON)
Rocker & Paddle
Terminals Colors
*7 ON ON (ON)
01 Solder Lug A Black

Slides
( ) = Momentary
.250” (6.35mm) B White
* 3-ON circuits 03
Straight PC
C Red
E Yellow

Tactiles
F Green
IMPORTANT: G Blue
Switches are supplied without UL & CSA marking unless specified.
UL & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
H Gray

Tilt
Specific models, ratings and ordering instructions are noted on the
General Specifications page.

Touch
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
M2012TNW01-DC
Indicators

Red .365” (9.27mm)


Wide Rocker
Accessories

.272” (6.9mm) Wide


SPDT Flat Frame
ON-NONE-ON Circuit
Silver Contacts
with 6-Amp Rating
Supplement

Solder Lug Terminals

www.nkkswitches.com B83
Series M Flat Frame Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles

POLES & CIRCUITS


Rocker Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Rockers

B Pole Model
Down Center Up Down Center Up
Note: Terminal numbers are not actually
on the switch.
Pushbuttons

M2012 ON NONE ON SPDT


M2013 ON OFF ON
2 (COM)
SP M2015 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 OPEN 2-1
M2018 (ON) OFF (ON)
Programmable Illuminated PB

3 1
M2019 ON OFF (ON)

M2022 ON NONE ON DPDT


M2023 ON OFF ON
2 (COM) 5
DP M2025 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4
M2028 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1 6 4
M2029 ON OFF (ON)

M2032 ON NONE ON 3PDT


M2033 ON OFF ON
Keylocks

2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 2 5 (COM) 8


3P M2035 ON NONE (ON) OPEN
8-9 8-7
M2038 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1 6 4 9 7
M2039 ON OFF (ON)
Rotaries

M2042 ON NONE ON 4PDT


M2043 ON OFF ON
2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 2 5 (COM) 8 11
4P M2045 ON NONE (ON) OPEN
8-9 11-12 8-7 11-10
M2048 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1 6 4 9 7 12 10

M2049 ON OFF (ON)


Slides

For 3 Throw (3-On)

Connected Terminals & Schematics


Tactiles

Pole Model Down Center Up Down Center Up

External External External


Connection Connection Connection
2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5
M2024 ON ON ON 2 (in) 5

SP M2026 (ON) ON (ON)


Tilt

M2027 ON ON (ON) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out)

2-3 5-6 2-3 5-4 2-1 5-4

External External External External External


Touch

External
Connection Connection Connection Connection Connection Connection
2 (in) 5 8 (in) 11 2 (in) 5 8 (in) 11 2 (in) 5 8 (in) 11
M2044 ON ON ON
DP M2046 (ON) ON (ON)
1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 7 (out) 9 10 (out) 12 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 7 (out) 9 10 (out) 12 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 7 (out) 9 10 (out) 12 (out)
M2047 ON ON (ON)
Indicators

2-3 5-6 2-3 5-4 2-1 5-4


8-9 11-12 8-9 11-10 8-7 11-10

The SP3T model utilizes a The DP3T model utilizes a


Accessories

double pole base. (out) four pole base. (out) (out)

External 6 3 External
Conn 12 9 6 3
Conn Common
5 2
Common Common (in)
11 8 5 2
(in) (in)
4 1 10 7 4 1
(out)
Supplement

(out)
External connection must be (out) (out) External connection must be (out) (out)
made during field installation. made during field installation.

B84 www.nkkswitches.com
Flat Frame Mount Miniature Rockers Series M

Toggles
MOUNTING FRAMES

.272” (6.9mm)
TN Wide Flat Frame (3.5) (6.9)

Rockers
.138 .272

Pushbuttons
(29.5) (23.8)
1.161 .937

Mounting hardware kit HK-1, as shown on the


following page, must be ordered separately.

Programmable Illuminated PB
(0.6) (2.4) Dia Typ
.024 .094

Small Actuators & Panel Cutouts for TN Frame (actuator details on the following pages)

AT4148 AT4149 AT4150 AT4151

Keylocks
(17.8) (12.7)
.701 .500
(23.8) (23.8)
.937 .937

Rotaries
(2.6) Dia Typ (2.6) Dia Typ
.102 .102
(10.1) (12.4)
.398 .490

.504” (12.8mm) Large Actuators & Panel Cutout for TY Frame


TY

Slides
Wide Flat Frame (actuator details on the following pages)

AT4156 AT4157

Tactiles
Mounting hardware kit HK-2, as shown on the
following page, must be ordered separately.

Tilt
Touch
(3.5) (12.8)
.138 .504 Indicators

(28.5)
(41.3) (34.9) 1.122
1.626 1.374 (34.9)
1.374
Accessories

(3.5) Dia Typ


Supplement

.138
(0.6) (3.2) Dia Typ (16.0)
.024 .126 .630

www.nkkswitches.com B85
Series M Flat Frame Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles

MOUNTING FRAMES (CONTINUED)

Face Panel Mounting Subpanel Mounting


Flat frame devices may These devices are especially
Rockers

B also be mounted to the


face panel. Standoffs
designed for subpanel mounting.
When installed on a mounting
are used to recess the plate behind the panel, hardware
actuator and achieve is completely concealed and
Pushbuttons

S TA N D O F F an attractive front panel the front panel retains a clean,


LENGTH
appearance. attractive appearance.
Programmable Illuminated PB

Optional Snap-in Panel Frames


Optional Hardware Kits
for Subpanel or Face Panel Mounting Further
Panel Standoff Hardware details are
Frame Thickness Length Kit Number shown in
the previous
TN Frame .125” (3.175mm) .233” (5.918mm) ATHK-1
bracketed
TY Frame .125” (3.175mm) .312” (7.925mm) ATHK-2 PC mount
Hardware kits include: subsection.
2 stainless steel screws, 2 hex nuts, 2 lockwashers, & 2 standoffs AT064-1 AT065-1
Keylocks

AT064-2 AT065-2

CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS


Rotaries

W Silver over Silver Power Level 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC

G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Slides

Note: See Supplement section to find complete explanation of operating range.

A Gold over Silver Power Level 6A @ 125V AC


Tactiles

or Logic Level or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum


Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits within the
same application. See Supplement section to find complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.

TERMINALS
Tilt

01 Solder Lug (4.0)


Epoxy Seal .157
Touch

(2.0) (2.0)
.079
(1.1) .079
.043
Thk = (0.8)
.031
Indicators

.250” (6.35mm)
03 Straight PC
(4.8) (4.8) Typ (4.8) Typ
.189 .189 .189
3 3 6 3 6 9 3 6 9 12
Accessories

(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ


2 .185 2 5 .185 2 5 8 .185 2 5 8 11 .185
Epoxy Seal (6.35)
(4.8) .250 1 1 4 1 4 7 1 4 7 10
.189
(1.8) Dia Typ
.073 (1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
(1.17) .073 .073 .073
.046
Supplement

Thk = (0.8)
.031 Single Pole Double Pole Three Pole Four Pole

B86 www.nkkswitches.com
Flat Frame Mount Miniature Rockers Series M

Toggles
ROCKERS & PADDLES

For TN Frame

Rockers
AT4148 .365” (9.27mm) AT4149 .365” (9.27mm)
D Wide Rocker
E Wide Paddle B
Material: Polyamide Material: Polyamide
Finish: Matte Finish: Matte

Pushbuttons
(9.27) (2.13)
.365 .084
(9.27) (16.87)

Programmable Illuminated PB
.365 .664 (3.96)
(13.49) .156
.531 (18.8)
.740 (8.43) R
(8.8) .332
(7.9) (6.15) .346
.311 .242

(3.5) (3.5)
.138 (16.8) .138
.661

AT4150 .450” (11.43mm) AT4151 .450” (11.43mm)


F G

Keylocks
Wide Rocker Wide Paddle
Material: Polyamide Material: Polyamide
Finish: Matte Finish: Matte
(11.43) (2.36)

Rotaries
.450 .093
(11.43) (11.8)
.450 .465 (3.18)
(9.19) .125
.362 (16.36)
.644 (5.84) R
(7.7) .230
(8.1) (6.3) .303
.319 .248

Slides
(3.5)
.138 (3.5)
(11.8) .138
.465

Tactiles
For TY Frame

AT4156 .595” (15.11mm) AT4157 .595” (15.11mm)


J Wide Rocker
H Wide Paddle

Material: Polyamide Material: Polyamide

Tilt
Finish: Matte Finish: Matte

(14.33) (2.36)
.564 .093

Touch

(4.75)
(15.11) .187
.595
Indicators

(26.78) (29.82)
1.054 (23.01) 1.174
.906 (13.5) R
.531
(11.0)
.433 (7.3)
(8.4) (6.5) .287
.331 .256
Accessories

(3.5) (3.5)
.138 (15.11) (26.8) .138
.595 1.055
Supplement

Cap Colors
Available: A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray

www.nkkswitches.com B87
Series M Flat Frame Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


TN Frame • Solder Lug Single Pole
(2.4) Dia Typ (12.3)
.094 .484 (3.5) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
Rockers

B
.138 .043 x. 079
Circuit Mark
This Side
3

(23.8) (4.7) Typ


.937 .185
Pushbuttons

25°
2 (13.0)
(29.5) .512
1.161 (0.8) Typ 1
.031
Programmable Illuminated PB

(6.9) (7.9) (0.6) (0.5) (2.0)


.272 .311 .024 .020 .079
(9.27) (9.65) (10.3) (4.5) (7.9)
M2012TNW01-DC .365 .380 .406 .177 .311

TN Frame • Solder Lug Double Pole


(2.4) Dia Typ (12.3)
.094 .484 (2.0) Typ
(3.5) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
.138 .043 x. 079 .079
Circuit Mark
This Side
Keylocks

6 3
(23.8) (4.7) Typ
.937 .185 (13.0)
25° 5 2
(29.5) .512
1.161 (0.8) Typ 4 1
.031
Rotaries

(6.9) (7.9) (0.6) (0.5) (4.8)


.272 .311 .024 .020 .189
(9.27) (9.65) (10.3) (4.5) (12.7)
M2022TNW01-DC .365 .380 .406 .177 .500

TN Frame • Solder Lug Three Pole


Slides

(2.4) Dia Typ (12.3)


.094 .484
(3.5) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ (2.0) Typ
.138 .043 x .079 .079
Circuit Mark
This Side
Tactiles

9 6 3
(23.8) (4.7) Typ
.937 .185 8 5 2 (13.0)
25° .512
(29.5)
1.161 (0.8) Typ 7 4 1
.031
Tilt

(6.9) (7.9) (0.6) (0.5) (4.8) Typ


.272 .311 .024 .020 .189
(9.27) (9.65) (12.4) (4.5) (17.5)
M2032TNW01-DC .365 .380 .488 .177 .689
Touch

TN Frame • Solder Lug Four Pole


(2.4) Dia Typ (12.3)
.094 .484
(3.5) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ (2.0) Typ
.138 .043 x .079 .079
Indicators

Circuit Mark
This Side
12 9 6 3

(23.8) (4.7) Typ


.937 .185 11 8 5 2 (13.0)
25°
Accessories

(29.5) .512
1.161 (0.8) Typ 10 7 4 1
.031

(7.9) (0.6) (0.5) (4.8) Typ


Supplement

(6.9)
.272 .311 .024 .020 .189
(9.27) (9.65) (12.4) (4.5) (22.3)
.380 .488 .177 .878
M2042TNW01-DC .365

B88 www.nkkswitches.com
Flat Frame Mount Miniature Rockers Series M

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
TY Frame • Solder Lug
(3.2) Dia Typ (14.5) Single Pole Double Pole

Rockers
.126 .571
B
(3.5) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
.138 .043 x .079

Circuit Mark
This Side

Pushbuttons
3 6 3
(34.9) (4.7) Typ
1.374 .185 2 (13.0) (13.0)
(41.3) 25° 5 2
.512 .512
1.626 (0.8) Typ 1
.031 4 1

Programmable Illuminated PB
(12.8) (8.4) (0.6) (0.5) (2.0) (2.0) Typ
.504 .331 .024 .020 .079 .079
(15.11) (10.0) (10.0) (4.5) (7.9) (4.8)
.595 .394 .394 .177 .311 .189

Double pole has barrier between terminals. M2012TYW01-JC

Three Pole TY Frame • Solder Lug

Keylocks
(3.2) Dia Typ (2.0) Typ
.126 (14.5) .079
.571 (3.5) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
.138 .043 x .079

Rotaries
Circuit Mark
This Side

9 6 3

(34.9) (4.7) Typ


1.374 .185 8 5 2 (13.0)
25° .512
(41.3)
1.626 (0.8) Typ 7 4 1

Slides
.031

Tactiles
(8.4) (0.6) (0.5)
(12.8) .331 .024 .020 (4.8) Typ
.504 .189
(15.11) (10.0) (12.1) (4.5)
.595 (17.5)
.394 .476 .177 .689
M2032TYW01-JC

Four Pole TY Frame • Solder Lug

Tilt
(3.2) Dia Typ (2.0) Typ
.126 (14.5) .079
.571
(3.5) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ

Touch
.138 .043 x .079

Circuit Mark
This Side

12 9 6 3
Indicators

(34.9) (4.7) Typ


1.374 .185 11 8 5 2 (13.0)
(41.3) 25° .512
1.626 (0.8) Typ 10 7 4 1
.031
Accessories

(12.8) (8.4) (0.6) (0.5) (4.8) Typ


.504 .331 .024 .020 .189
(15.11) (10.0) (12.1) (4.5) (22.3)
Supplement

.595 .394 .476 .177 .878

M2042TYW01-JC

www.nkkswitches.com B89
Series M Flat Frame Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles

LEGENDS

NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Rockers

B Suggested Printable Area for Caps


Pushbuttons

AT4148 AT4150 AT4156

ON
Programmable Illuminated PB

ON ON
OF

OF

OF
F
F

F
(0.38) Typ
.015 (0.38) Typ (0.38) Typ
Keylocks

.015 .015

(6.9) Typ (5.76) Typ (4.5) Typ


.272 .227 .177 (10.03) Typ
(11.18) Typ
.440 .395
(0.76) Typ (7.75) (0.76) Typ (0.76) Typ (9.91) (0.76) Typ (3.36) Typ
.030 .305 .030 .030 .390 .030 .132
(11.43) (0.76) Typ (13.59) (0.76) Typ
Rotaries

(9.27) .450 .030 .535 .030


.365
(15.11)
.595

Shaded areas are printable areas.


Slides

Recommended Print Method:

Pad Print
Tactiles

Epoxy based ink is recommended.


Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

B90 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes

www.nkkswitches.com B91
Series M2100 LED Tipped Rockers & Paddles

General Specifications
Toggles
Rockers

B Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Power Level (silver): 6A @ 125V AC or 3A @ 250V AC or 3A @ 30V DC
Logic Level (gold): 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
Pushbuttons

Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for silver; 20 milliohms maximum for gold
Programmable Illuminated PB

Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC


Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: On-to-On Position Off-to-On Position
Paddles Single Pole 3.19N 3.92N
Double Pole 4.41N 7.06N
Rockers Single Pole 6.37N 9.80N
Keylocks

Double Pole 13.73N 17.65N


Angle of Throw: 20°

Materials & Finishes


Housing: Stainless steel
Rotaries

Mounting Bracket: Stainless steel


Movable Contacts: Silver alloy or silver alloy with gold plating
Stationary Contacts: Silver with silver plating or copper or brass with gold plating
Lamp Contacts: Phosphor bronze
Base: Diallyl phthalate (UL94V-0)
Slides

Switch Terminals: Copper with silver or gold plating


Lamp Terminals: Brass with silver or gold plating

Environmental Data
Tactiles

Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +55°C (+14°F through +131°F) for rockers
–25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F) for paddles
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Tilt

Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)

Installation
Soldering Time & Temp: Wave Soldering (PC version): See Profile B in Supplement section.
Touch

Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.


Note: Lever must be in center position while soldering.
Cleaning: PC mountable device is not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 base
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” before dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
Accessories

Single pole rockers with synchronous circuits & single color LEDs & solder lug or PC
recognized at 6A @ 125V AC.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
Supplement

All single pole rockers with synchronous circuits & single color LEDs certified at 6A @ 125V AC.

B92 www.nkkswitches.com
LED Tipped Rockers & Paddles Series M2100

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

M21 1 2 N CF W 01

Rockers
B

Pushbuttons
Poles LED Colors Contact Materials
1 SPDT Single Color & Ratings
*2 DPDT C Red Silver; Rated
W
6A @ 125V AC

Programmable Illuminated PB
* Available only with Rockers E Yellow
with Terminals 01, 02, 03 Gold; Rated 0.4VA max
F Green G
@ 28V AC/DC max
Bicolor
CF Red/Green
Circuits
2 ON NONE ON
3 ON OFF ON

Keylocks
LED Circuits & Terminals &
Actuator Types Mounting Types

Rocker 01 Solder Lug with Flat Frame

Rotaries
R Isolated 02 Quick Connect with Flat Frame
N Synchronous 03 Straight PC with Flat Frame
13 Straight PC with Bracket Mount

Slides
Optional Bezel
Paddle 01 Solder Lug with Snap-in Frame
& Colors
P Isolated 02 Quick Connect with Snap-in Frame
For Snap-in Frame
J Synchronous 03 Straight PC with Snap-in Frame
A Black

Tactiles
13 Straight PC with Bracket Mount
B White
E Yellow
IMPORTANT: F Green
Switches are supplied without UL & CSA marking unless specified.

Tilt
G Blue
UL & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the H Gray
General Specifications page.

Touch

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


M2112NCFW01
Indicators

Red/Green LED

SPDT Synchronous LED Circuit


Accessories

ON-NONE-ON in Rocker Actuator


Switch Circuit
Silver Contacts with
6-Amp Rating
Supplement

Solder Lug Terminals

www.nkkswitches.com B93
Series M2100 LED Tipped Rockers & Paddles
Toggles

POLES & CIRCUITS & LED ILLUMINATION


Toggle Position & Terminal Numbers Schematics

Model Pole & Throw Down Center Up


Notes: Terminal numbers are not actually on the switch.
Rockers

B LEDs require an external power source.

M2112 SPDT ON NONE ON Isolated 2 (COM)

Connected Power Terminals 2-3 NONE 2-1 Single Color


Pushbuttons

Isolated LEDs (see schematics) LED L(+) L(-)


ON NONE ON 3 1 4 6
Connected LED Terminals 4-6 NONE 4-6
LED Circuit

Synchronous Single Color LED ON NONE OFF Isolated


2 (COM)
Red
Connected LED Terminals 4-6 NONE OPEN Bicolor LED
Programmable Illuminated PB

Green

(+) Red
Synchronous Bicolor LED Red NONE Green 3 1 6 COM 4 ( ) Green
Connected LED Terminals 5-6 NONE 5-4
M2113 SPDT ON OFF ON Synchronous
2 (COM)

Connected Power Terminals 2-3 OPEN 2-1 Single Color L(+) L(-)
LED
Isolated LEDs (see schematics) ON ON ON 3 1 4 6

Connected LED Terminals 4-6 4-6 4-6


LED Circuit

2 (COM)
Synchronous Single Color LED ON OFF ON Red
Synchronous
Connected LED Terminals 4-6 OPEN 4-6 Green
Bicolor LED
Keylocks

Synchronous Bicolor LED Red OFF Green 3 1 6 5 COM (+) 4

Connected LED Terminals 5-6 OPEN 5-4 External Connection

M2122 DPDT ON NONE ON Isolated 2 (COM) 5

Connected Power Terminals 2-3 5-6 NONE 2-1 5-4 Single Color
LED L(+) L(-)
Rotaries

Isolated LEDs (see schematics) ON NONE ON 3 1 6 4 7 9


Connected LED Terminals 7-9 NONE 7-9
LED Circuit

Synchronous Single Color LED ON NONE OFF Isolated 2 (COM) 5


Red
Connected LED Terminals 7-9 NONE OPEN Bicolor LED Green

(+) Red
Synchronous Bicolor LED Red NONE Green 3 1 6 4 9 COM 7 ( ) Green
Slides

Connected LED Terminals 8-9 NONE 8-7


M2123 DPDT ON OFF ON Synchronous 2 (COM) 5

Connected Power Terminals 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 Single Color
LED L(+) L(-)
Isolated LEDs (see schematics) ON ON ON
Tactiles

3 1 6 4 7 9

Connected LED Terminals 7-9 7-9 7-9


LED Circuit

Synchronous Single Color LED ON OFF ON Synchronous 2 (COM) 5


Red
Connected LED Terminals 7-9 OPEN 7-9 Bicolor LED Green

Synchronous Bicolor LED Red OFF Green 3 1 6 4 9 8 COM (+) 7


Connected LED Terminals 8-9 OPEN 8-7 External Connection
Tilt

LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS


The electrical specifications shown are determined at a Rockers Paddles
Touch

basic temperature of 25°C. LED circuit is isolated and Single Color Bicolor Single Color Bicolor
requires an external power source. If the source voltage
exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.
The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula C E F CF C E F CF
in Supplement Section. The LED is an integral part of the
Indicators

switch and not available separately.


Bicolor LED is translucent white when unlit. Red Yellow Green Red/Green Red Yellow Green Red/Green Units
Maximum Forward Current I FM 25 30 30 25 25 30 25 30/25 mA
Accessories

Typical Forward Current IF 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20/20 mA


Forward Voltage VF 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.7/2.0 2.25 2.1 2.2 2.0/2.2 V
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4 4 4 ––– 5 5 5 ––– V
Supplement

Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F 0.33 0.40 0.40 0.33/0.33 0.33 0.40 0.33 0.43/0.38 mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range –10° ~ +55°C –25° ~ +50°C –25° ~ +70°C

B94 www.nkkswitches.com
LED Tipped Rockers & Paddles Series M2100

Toggles
LED CIRCUIT, ROCKER, & MOUNTING TYPE COMBINATIONS

Rocker with (16.8) (16.8) Maximum Panel Thickness


R Isolated LED Circuit
.661 .661
.126” (3.2mm)
(13.5) (13.5)

Rockers
B
.531 .531
Rocker with 20° 20°
N Synchronous LED Circuit
(12.0) (12.0) (17.8)
(9.8) (9.8) .472 .701

Pushbuttons
.472
Material: Polyamide .386 .386
(23.8)
.937
Finish: Matte (0.6) (3.5)
.138
(3.5)
.138
.024

Color: Black Flat Frame combines with Bracket combines with (2.6) Dia Typ
.102

Programmable Illuminated PB
(10.1)
Terminal codes 01, 02, & 03. Terminal code 13. .398

TYPICAL ROCKER SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Single Pole Solder Lug
(2.4) Dia Typ (12.0) (0.6)
.094 .472 .024

(4.8) (0.8) Typ


.189 .031
6 3
(23.8)

Keylocks
.937 5 2 (13.0)
20° .512
(29.5) (4.7) Typ
1.161 .185 4 1

(2.5) Dia
.098

Rotaries
(1.17) Typ (2.0) Typ
.046 .079
(6.9) (3.5) (6.35) (4.8)
.272 .138 .250 .189
(9.3) (9.8) (20.3) (12.7)
.366 .386 .799 .500
Single color LED switch does not have terminal 5. M2112NCFW01

Slides
Double Pole Solder Lug
(6.35) (2.4) Dia Typ
.250 .094 (12.0) (0.6)
.472 .024

Tactiles
(4.8) (0.8) Typ
.189 .031
9 6 3
(23.8)
.937 8 5 2 (13.0)
20° .512
(29.5) (4.7) Typ
1.161 .185 7 4 1

Tilt
(2.5) Dia
.098

(1.17) Typ (2.0) Typ


.046 .079
(6.9) (3.5) (6.35) (4.8) Typ
.272 .138 .250 .189

Touch
(9.3) (9.8) (20.3) (17.5)
.366 .386 .799 .689
Single color LED switch does not have terminal 8. M2122NCFW01

Single Pole Only Straight PC • Bracket


Indicators

(12.0) (4.5) (9.0)


.472 .177 .354 (3.2) Typ
Direction of Actuation

.126
6 3
(0.8) Typ
.031 5 2 (13.0) (17.8)
Accessories

20°
(4.7) Typ (15.8) .512 .701
.185 .622 4 1

(2.5) Dia (0.5) Typ (1.17) Typ (1.17) Typ (10.1)


.098 .020 .046 .046 .398
(3.5) (6.35) (4.8)
Supplement

.138 .250 .189


(9.3) (9.8) (20.3) (12.7)
.366 .386 .799 .500
Single color LED switch does not have terminal 5. Silver contact material is standard. M2112NCFW13

www.nkkswitches.com B95
Series M2100 LED Tipped Rockers & Paddles
Toggles

LED CIRCUIT, PADDLE, & MOUNTING TYPE COMBINATIONS

P Paddle with Isolated LED Circuit


Rockers

B Maximum Panel Thickness


.039” ~ .126” (1.0 ~ 3.2mm) Maximum
without Bezel Panel
.039” ~ .098” (1.0 ~ 2.5mm) Thickness
J
Pushbuttons

Paddle with Synchronous LED Circuit with Bezel .126” (3.2mm)

20° 20°
(3.2) (3.2)
.126
Programmable Illuminated PB

.126
(4.5) (4.5)
.177 (15.9) .177
Material: Polyamide .626 (12.7)
(13.7) .500
(5.9) R (5.9) R
Finish: Matte .539
(0.5) .232 (20.1) .232
.020 .791
Color: Black (13.1) (12.4)
(7.1) .516 .490
.280 (2.8)
.110 (3.5)
.138

Snap-in combines with Terminal codes 01, 02, & 03 Bracket combines with Terminal code 13
Keylocks

TYPICAL PADDLE SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Solder Lug • Snap-in Single Pole Only


Rotaries

(0.5) (4.8)
.020 .189
(0.8) Typ
.031
6 3
Slides

(18.0)
.709 20°
5 2 (13.0)
(4.7) Typ .512
(2.0) .185 4 1

.079
(3.2)
.126
(5.0) (2.8) (1.17) Typ (2.0) Typ
Tactiles

.197 .110 .046 .079


(11.5) (7.1) (6.35) (4.8)
.453 .280 .250 .189
(12.2) (13.7) (26.5) (12.7)
.480 .539 1.043 .500

M2112JCFW01 Single color LED switch does not have terminal 5.


Tilt

Straight PC • Bracket Single Pole Only


Touch

(4.5) (9.0)
.177 .354 (3.2) Typ
.126
Indicators

6 3
(0.8) Typ
.031 5 2 (13.0)
20°
(4.7) Typ (15.8) .512
.185 .622 4 1
(2.0)
.079 (3.2)
(5.0) .126
Accessories

(0.5) Typ (1.17) Typ (1.17) Typ


.197 .020 .046 .046
(9.0) (3.5) (6.35) (4.8)
.354 .138 .250 .189
(11.5) (20.1) (20.2) (12.7)
.453 .791 .795 .500
Supplement

M2112JCFW13 Silver contact material is standard. Single color LED switch does not have terminal 5.

B96 www.nkkswitches.com
LED Tipped Rockers & Paddles Series M2100

Toggles
CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS

W Silver over Silver Power Level 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC

Rockers
B
G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum

Pushbuttons
Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

TERMINALS

Programmable Illuminated PB
Solder Lug with
01 Turret LED Terminal Epoxy Seal
(2.0)
.079
02 Quick Connect
(4.0) (6.35) (4.8)
(6.35) (4.8) .157 Epoxy Seal
.250 .189 .250 .189
(2.0) (1.57) Typ
.079 .062
(1.17)
.046 (1.1) (4.8)
.043 .189
(4.8)
.189 Thk = (0.8) Typ
Thk = (0.8) Typ .031
.031

Keylocks
Straight PC with
03 Turret LED Terminal Single Pole Double Pole

Rotaries
(4.8) (4.8) Typ
.189
3 6
Single color LED 3 6 9
.189 Single color LED
(6.35) (4.8) (4.7) Typ & isolated bicolor (4.7) Typ & isolated bicolor
Epoxy Seal
.250 .189 2 5 .185 LED switches do not 2 5 8 .185
LED switches do not
(1.17) Typ
(4.8)
.046 1 4 have terminal 5. 1 4 7 have terminal 8.
.189 (1.8) Dia Typ

Slides
Thk = (0.8) Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.073 .073
.031

Single Pole
Straight PC with Bracket
13

Tactiles
& Turret LED Terminal (1.6) Typ
.063
(2.4) Typ
.095
3 6
(7.9) Typ Single color LED
2 5
.311 & isolated bicolor
1 4
(4.7) Typ LED switches do not
.185

Tilt
have terminal 5.
(1.8) Dia Typ
.073
CL (1.5) Dia Typ
.059

Touch
OPTIONAL BEZEL & COLORS
Indicators

AT2107 Bezel for Snap-in Panel Frame


(11.8)
.465
Material: Polyamide (15.9)
(2.2) .626
.087
Finish: Matte
Accessories

(12.0)
(15.6) .472
.614 (13.1)
(21.5) .516
.846
Supplement

Colors Available: A Black B White E Yellow F Green G Blue H Gray

www.nkkswitches.com B97
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Rockers
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

B
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)
Power Level (silver): 6A @ 125V AC or 3A @ 250V AC;
Pushbuttons

4A @ 30V DC (On-On circuit) & 3A @ 30V DC (all other circuits)


Logic Level (gold): 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
Logic/Power Level (gold over silver): Combines silver & gold ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB

Note: Find additional explanation of dual rating & operating range in Supplement section.

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for silver; 20 milliohms maximum for gold
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum for silver; 50,000 operations minimum for gold
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Keylocks

Angle of Throw: 26°

Materials & Finishes


Lever: Brass with nickel plating
Rotaries

Actuator Clip: Polyacetal


Support Bracket: Brass with tin plating
Bushing/Housing: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)
Sealing Ring: Nitrile butadiene rubber
Base: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)
Slides

Movable Contacts: Silver alloy with silver plating (code W); copper or phosphor bronze with gold plating (code G);
or silver alloy with gold plating (code A)
Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy with silver plating (code W); copper or brass with gold plating (code G);
or silver alloy with gold plating (code A)
Tactiles

Terminals: Copper or brass with silver or gold plating

Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Tilt

Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Touch

PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Cleaning: Automated cleaning. See Cleaning specifications in Supplement section.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 rated bushing/housing & base
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Accessories

Add “/U” or “/CUL” before dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
All models recognized at 6A @ 125V AC, 3A @ 250V AC, & 4A @ 30V DC or 0.4A @ 28V DC.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
Supplement

All models certified at 6A @ 125V AC, 3A @ 250V AC, & 4A @ 30V DC.

B98 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Miniature Rockers Series M2

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
B
Antijamming design protects against mechanism damage from downward force
on the actuator.

Pushbuttons
O-ring surrounding top of lever prevents liquids from reaching

Programmable Illuminated PB
switch mechanism.

Ultrasonic welding of upper and lower housing seals out


contaminants and allows automatedsoldering and cleaning.

Keylocks
Terminals are epoxy sealed to prevent entry of flux,
solvents, and other contaminants.

Rotaries
Bracketed models have crimped bracket legs to ensure
secure PC mounting and prevent dislodging during
automated soldering.

Slides
Logic level and power capabilities are available to suit

Tactiles
varying applications.

Tilt
Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com B99
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Rockers
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

M2T 2 2 TX G 41 D C
Rockers

B
Pushbuttons

Poles Contact Materials & Ratings Rockers/Paddles


1 SPDT Silver; Rated .365” (9.27mm)
W D
Programmable Illuminated PB

6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC Wide Rocker


2 DPDT
Gold; Rated .365” (9.27mm)
G E
0.4VA max @ 28V AC/DC max Wide Paddle
Gold over Silver; Rated 6A @ .450” (11.43mm)
F
A 125V AC & 0.4VA max @ 28V Wide Rocker
Circuits
AC/DC max
.450” (11.43mm)
2 ON NONE ON G
Wide Paddle
3 ON OFF ON
5 ON NONE (ON)
Keylocks

8 (ON) OFF (ON) PC Terminals


9 ON OFF (ON) Straight with Rocker/Paddle
13
.460” (11.7mm) Bracket Colors
( ) = Momentary
30 .150” (3.81mm) Right Angle A Black
Rotaries

41 .150” (3.81mm) Vertical B White


C Red
Mounting Frame E Yellow
Slides

For Actuators with F Green


TX Straight or Angle
PC Mount G Blue
H Gray
Tactiles

IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings and ordering instructions are noted on the General
Tilt

Specifications page.
Touch

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


M2T22TXG41-DC
Indicators

Mounting Frame for Actuators


with Straight or Angle PC Mount DPDT
Accessories

ON-NONE-ON Circuit

.150” (3.81mm)
.365” (9.27mm) Wide Vertical Terminals
Red Rocker
Gold Contacts
Supplement

with 0.4VA Rating

B100 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Miniature Rockers Series M2

Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Rocker Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics

Rockers
Down Center Up Down Center Up
Pole Model
Note: Terminal numbers are not actually B
on the switch.

Pushbuttons
M2T12 ON NONE ON
M2T13 ON OFF ON 2 (COM)
SP M2T15 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 OPEN 2-1 SPDT
M2T18 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1

Programmable Illuminated PB
M2T19 ON OFF (ON)

M2T22 ON NONE ON
M2T23 ON OFF ON 2 (COM) 5
DP M2T25 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 DPDT
M2T28 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1 6 4

M2T29 ON OFF (ON)

MOUNTING FRAME

Keylocks
TX Mounting Frame for Rockers or Paddles with Straight or Angle PC Terminals

Straight PC Mounting Right Angle PC Mounting Vertical PC Mounting

Rotaries
26° 26°

(2.54) Dia

Slides
(2.54) Dia .100 (2.54) Dia
.100 .100

Actuators & Panel Cutouts

Tactiles
Direction of Actuation
Direction of Actuation

(17.8) (12.7)
.701 .500

Tilt
(12.4)
(10.1) .490
AT4148 AT4149 .398 AT4150 AT4151

CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS


Touch

W Silver over Silver Power Level 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC


Indicators

G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum

Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.


Accessories

Power Level 6A @ 125V AC


A Gold over Silver or Logic Level or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Supplement

Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits
within the same application. See Supplement section for complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.

www.nkkswitches.com B101
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Rockers
Toggles

PC TERMINALS

Straight with .150” (3.81mm) .150” (3.81mm)


13 30 Right Angle
41 Vertical
.460” (11.7mm)
Rockers

B Bracket

(11.7)
.460 (3.81)
Pushbuttons

.150
(5.9) (3.81)
.232 .150

ROCKERS & PADDLES


Programmable Illuminated PB

AT4148 AT4149
D .365” (9.27mm) Wide Rocker
E .365” (9.27mm) Wide Paddle
(9.27)
Material: Polyamide Material: Polyamide .365 (2.13)
.084
Finish: Matte (9.27)
.365
(16.87) Finish: Matte
.664 (3.96)
(13.49) .156
.531 (18.8)
.740
(8.43) R
(8.8) .331
(7.9) (6.15)
.242
.346
.311
Keylocks

(4.2) (4.2)
.165 .165
(16.8)
.661

AT4150 AT4151
F G
Rotaries

.450” (11.43mm) Wide Rocker .450” (11.43mm) Wide Paddle


Material: Polyamide Material: Polyamide (11.43)
.450 (2.36)
(11.43) (11.8)
Finish: Matte .450 .465 Finish: Matte .093
(9.19) (3.18)
.362 .125
Slides

(16.36)
(5.84) R .644
(7.7) .232
(8.1) (6.3) .303
.319 .248
(4.2) (4.2)
.165 .165
Tactiles

(11.8)
.465

Cap Colors
Available:
A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray
Tilt

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Straight PC • Bracket Single Pole Double Pole


Touch

26°

(8.8)
(6.15) .346
.242
(1.6) Typ
Indicators

(4.2) .063
.165 (1.6) Typ (2.4) Typ
.063 .095
NKK P/N (11.7) Typ 3 3 6
This Side .460 (7.9) Typ (7.9) Typ
.311 2 5
.311
2

(4.8) (4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ


Accessories

(4.7) Typ 1 4
.185
1 2 3 .189 .185
1 .185
(1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
(0.5) Typ .073 .073
.020
(1.5) Dia Typ (1.5) Dia Typ
(0.8) Typ (1.17) Typ (4.8) CL
.059 .059
.031 .046 .189
(4.7) Typ (1.17) Typ (3.2) Typ
.046 .126
Supplement

.185
(15.75) (8.0) (11.5)
.620 .315 .453
M2T12TXG13-DC

B102 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Miniature Rockers Series M2

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Single Pole Right Angle PC

Rockers
NKK P/N
This Side Pivot
1 2 3
(4.7) Typ
.185
B
3 2 1

(9.27) (8.2)
.365 (4.9) .323 (12.7)

Pushbuttons
.193
.500

(3.2)
(1.3) Typ (6.15) (0.4) (1.27) (4.7) Typ (0.8) Typ .126 (1.8) Dia Typ
.051 .242 .016 .050 .185 .031 .073
(5.08) (8.8) (4.5) (12.7) (12.7) (2.54) Typ
.200 .346 .177 .500 .500 .100

Programmable Illuminated PB
M2T12TXG30-DC

Double Pole Right Angle PC

NKK P/N
This Side Pivot (4.7) Typ
4 5 6 6 5 4
.185

2
(3.81)
3 1 .150
(9.27) (11.5)
.365 .453

Keylocks
(12.7)
(0.5) .500
.020 (3.7)
1 2 3 .146
(1.3) Typ (6.15) (0.4) (1.27) Typ (4.7) Typ (0.8) Typ (2.54) Typ
.051 .242 .016 .050 .185 .031 .100
(5.08) (8.8) (4.5) (12.7) (3.81) (12.7) (1.8) Dia Typ
.200 .346 .177 .500 .150 .500 .073

Rotaries
M2T22TXG30-DC

Single Pole Vertical PC

Slides
(9.27) (8.8)
.346 NKK P/N This Side
.365

3
3
2
(3.81) Typ
2 (12.7) .150
26° .500

Tactiles
1
(9.1) 1
.358
(12.7)
.500

(1.3) (1.0) (3.2) (2.54) Typ


.051 .039 .126 .100
(0.4) Typ (6.15) (0.8) Typ (0.5) (1.27) (1.8) Dia Typ

Tilt
.016 .242 .031 .020 .050 .073
(5.08) (12.12) (12.7) (3.81) Typ (6.6)
.200 .477 .500 .150 .260

M2T12TXG41-DC

Touch
Double Pole Vertical PC
(9.27) (8.8)
.346 NKK P/N This Side
.365 (2.4) Typ
Indicators

.094
3 6
(3.81) Typ
6 3 2 5 .150
5 2 (12.7) 1 4
26° .500
(9.1) 4 1
Accessories

.358 (12.7)
.500

(2.54) Typ
(1.3) (1.0) (3.2) (1.27) Typ .100
.051 .039 .126 .050 (1.8) Dia Typ
(0.4) Typ (6.15) (0.8) Typ (0.5) (4.8) .073
Supplement

.016 .242 .031 .020 .189


(5.08) (12.12) (12.7) (3.81) Typ (11.5)
.200 .477 .500 .150 .453

M2T22TXG41-DC

www.nkkswitches.com B103
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Rockers
Toggles

LEGENDS

NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Rockers

B
Suggested Printable Area for Cap
Pushbuttons

OF ON ON

OF
F
F
Programmable Illuminated PB

AT4148 AT4150

(0.38) Typ
.015 (0.38) Typ
.015
(4.5) Typ
(6.9) Typ (5.76) Typ .177
.272 .227

(0.76) Typ (9.91) (0.76) Typ (3.36) Typ


(0.76) Typ (7.75) (0.76) Typ
Keylocks

.030 .390 .030 .132


.030 .305 .030 (11.43)
(9.27) .450
.365

Shaded areas are printable areas.


Rotaries

Recommended Print Method:

Pad Print
Slides

Epoxy based ink is recommended.


Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

B104 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes

www.nkkswitches.com B105
Series MLW Snap-in Miniature Rockers
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

B
Electrical Capacity
Power Level: 5A @ 125V AC, 3A @ 250V AC, & 3A @ 30V DC
Pushbuttons

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Programmable Illuminated PB

Insulation Resistance: 200 megohms minimum @ 500V DC


Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 30,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 10,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 9.94N for rockers & 4.41N for paddles
Angle of Throw: 24° for On-None-(On); 28° for all other circuits
Keylocks

Materials & Finishes


Housing: Stainless steel
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy
Stationary Contacts: Silver
Base: Phenolic resin
Rotaries

Common Terminal: Copper with silver plating


End Terminals: Copper with silver plating
Lamp Terminals: Phosphor bronze with nickel plating
Slides

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –10°C through +50°C (+14°F through +122°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Tactiles

Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 3 right angled directions, with 3 shocks in each direction)

Installation
Tilt

Cap Installation Force: 9.80N (2.2 lbf) for rockers;


19.61N (4.4 lbf) for paddle
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Touch

Standards & Certifications


UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Indicators

Add “/U” or “/CUL” before first dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
All models recognized at 5A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC.
Accessories
Supplement

B106 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-in Miniature Rockers Series MLW

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
B
Industry’s first miniature snap-in, lighted rocker switch.

Pushbuttons
Actuators in various styles operate with firm, well-defined
movements.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Interlocking actuator prevents switch failure due to
jamming or window locking.

Two bezel sizes adapt to varied panel cutouts.

Unique stainless steel retaining clips securely hold


switches over a range of panel thicknesses, even

Keylocks
when exposed to vibration.

Space conserving front panel mounting with


minimum behind panel dimension of .902”

Rotaries
(22.9mm).

Durable stainless steel housing prevents corrosion.

Slides
Isolated lamp circuit for incandescent, LED, and neon lamps.
Front panel relamping.

Tactiles
Built-in protective cover shields contacts from dust.

Epoxy sealed solder lug terminals lock out flux, dust, and other
contaminants.

Tilt
Extended lamp terminal for ease of wiring.

Touch
Matching indicators available.
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com B107
Series MLW Snap-in Miniature Rockers
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

MLW30 2 5 12 DC 1A
Rockers

B
Pushbuttons

Poles Lamps Cap Types & Colors Bezels/Colors


1 SPDT
Incandescent & Neon Lamps Rocker Standard
Programmable Illuminated PB

SP3T
2 00 No Lamp RA Black
DPDT 1A Black
06 6-volt RB White 1B White
12 12-volt RC Red 1C Red
Circuits 18 18-volt RD Orange 1D Orange
2 ON NONE ON 24 24-volt RE Yellow 1E Yellow
3 ON OFF ON 28 28-volt RF Green 1F Green
5 ON NONE (ON) 110-volt (not suitable RG Blue 1G Blue
N
Keylocks

8 (ON) OFF (ON) with green & blue)


Paddle 1H Gray
9 ON OFF (ON) PA Black Large
0 ON ON ON PB White 2A Black
( ) = Momentary
Rotaries

PC Red 2B White
PD Orange 2C Red
PE Yellow 2D Orange
PF Green 2E Yellow
Slides

PG Blue 2F Green
Single Element LED Colors Design Rocker 2G Blue
C Red DB White 2H Gray
Tactiles

E Yellow DC Red
F Green DD Orange
DF Green
DG Blue
Tilt

LED Rocker
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
LB White
MLW3025-12-DC-1A
LC Red
Touch

LE Yellow
12-volt LF Green
Design Cap
Incandescent Lamp Sculptured Rocker
Indicators

(Black Rocker Base


with Red Filter) Black .787”
SB White
(20.0mm)
DPDT Wide Bezel SC Red
ON-NONE-(ON) SE Yellow
Accessories

Circuit
SF Green

IMPORTANT:
Supplement

Switches are supplied without UL & cULus markings unless specified.


UL & cULus recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models and ratings noted on the General Specifications page.

B108 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-in Miniature Rockers Series MLW

Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Rocker Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Power/Lamp Schematics

Rockers
Down Center Up Down Center Up Notes: Terminal numbers are not actually on
Pole Model switch. Lamp circuit is isolated and B
requires an external power source.
MLW3012 ON NONE ON

Pushbuttons
SPDT
MLW3013 ON OFF ON
2 (COM)
SP MLW3015 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 OPEN 2-1 L (+) (-) L
MLW3018 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1
MLW3019 ON OFF (ON)

Programmable Illuminated PB
MLW3022 ON NONE ON
DPDT
MLW3023 ON OFF ON
DP MLW3025 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 2 (COM) 5
L (+) (-) L
MLW3028 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1 6 4
MLW3029 ON OFF (ON)

For 3 Throw (3-On)


Pole Model Down Center Up Connected Terminals & Schematics External Connection
External External External The SP3T model utilizes

Keylocks
Connection Connection Connection
2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5 a double pole base.
SP MLW3020 ON ON ON (out)

1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out)


External External
Conn
6 3

connection 5 2
Common
(in)
With External Connection 2-6 2-4 2-1 must be made

Rotaries
4 1
during field (out) (out)
Without External Connection 2-3 5-6 2-3 5-4 2-1 5-4 installation.

TERMINALS

Slides
Switch Terminals (4.0)
Lamp Terminals
.157 (5.9)
(2.0) .232
.079 (2.0)
.079
Center terminal is (1.1)
.043
(3.0) (1.2) Dia
.047

Tactiles
.118
.020” (0.5mm) longer Thk = (0.8) Thk = (0.8)
.031 .031

LAMP CODES & SPECIFICATIONS


Electrical specifications are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C. Lamp circuit is independent of switch operation.

Tilt
For dimension drawings of lamps see Accessories & Hardware section.
For neon, if the source voltage is greater than rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.
The ballast resistor calculation and more lamp detail are shown in the Supplement.

Incandescent & Neon Lamps for Solid & Design Caps


Touch
AT602 AT602N 06 12 18 24 28 N
L(+) L(-)
Incandescent Neon
Indicators

Voltage V 6V AC 12V AC 18V AC 24V AC 28V AC 110V AC


Current I 80mA 50mA 35mA 25mA 22mA 1.5mA
MSCP .159 .215 .398 .215 .247 NA
Accessories

Endurance Hours 2,000 Average 15,000 Average


Ambient Temperature Range –10°C ~ +50°C –10°C ~ +50°C

Recommended Resistor for Neon: 33K ohms for 110V AC; 100K ohms for 220V AC
Supplement

T-11⁄2 Pilot Slide Base 00 No Lamp Code 00 indicates that no lamp is used.

www.nkkswitches.com B109
Series MLW Snap-in Miniature Rockers
Toggles

LED COLOR CODES & SPECIFICATIONS


Single Element LED
Resistor value calculation is shown
AT622 LED C E F
Rockers

B in the Supplement. Color Red Yellow Green


Maximum Forward Current IFM 30mA 30mA 30mA
Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 20mA
Pushbuttons

(+) (-) Forward Voltage VF 1.85V 2.0V 2.1V


Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5V 5V 5V
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F 0.40mA/°C 0.40mA/°C 0.40mA/°C
Programmable Illuminated PB

T-13⁄4 Pilot Slide Base Ambient Temperature Range –10°C ~ +50°C

CAP TYPES & COLORS


For Incandescent or Neon Lamps
AT405 Rocker AT426 Paddle AT438 Design Rocker
RA PA (15.6) DB
(4.0) .614
.157
RB RE (12.6)
(16.0) PB PE DC
Keylocks

.630
.496
(25.0)
RC RF (10.5) PC PF .984 DD
.413
(12.6)
RD RG PD PG DF (16.0)
.630
.496
Rotaries

(13.5)
(13.5) (15.6)
DG
(10.5) .531
.531 .614 .413

Material: Translucent Polycarbonate Standard Finish: Glossy Translucent Colored Filter


Black Rocker/Paddle not for use with lamp Opaque Black Rocker Base
Slides

For LED
AT4125 AT4127
LB LED Rocker
SB Sculptured
Rocker (11.5)
Tactiles

LC SC
.453

(12.6)
LE Translucent (16.0)
.630
.496
SE
Colored Diffuser (13.5) (15.5)
and Opaque Black .610
LF SF
(10.5) .531 (16.0)
.413 .630
Rocker Base
Tilt

Material: Translucent Polycarbonate Standard Finish: Glossy

A B C D E F G
Touch

Color Codes: Black White Red Orange Yellow Green Blue

OPTIONAL BEZELS
Indicators

AT204 Standard Bezel .787” (20.0mm) Wide AT9201 Large Bezel .937” (23.8mm) Wide

(16.4)
1A 1E (16.4)
.646 2A 2E .646
(2.5)
(2.2) .098
Accessories

.087
1B 1F 2B 2F
(16.0) (16.0)
1C 1G (20.0)
.630
2C 2G (23.8)
.630

.787 (25.5) .937 (26.3)


1.004 1.035
Supplement

1D 1H 2D 2H
Material: Polycarbonate Standard Finish: Glossy Material: Polycarbonate Standard Finish: Glossy

B110 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-in Miniature Rockers Series MLW

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

(1.5) NKK Part No. (4.0) (3.0) Typ (2.0) Typ


Without Bezel
.059 This Side .157 .118 .079 Single & Double Pole

Rockers
(4.5) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
.177 .043 x .079

(0.8) Typ
B
6 L (-) 3
.031
(4.7) Typ
(15.6) .185 5 2 (21.0)

Pushbuttons
(4.0) .614 (17.0) .827
.157 .669 4 1
(0.4) Typ L (+)
.016

(0.5) (0.5) (1.2) Dia Typ


.020 .020 .047
(5.9)

Programmable Illuminated PB
(10.2)
.232 .402
(16.0) (14.5) (4.5) (22.9) (16.6)
.630 .571 .177 .902 .654

Actuator in UP position Terminals 4, 5, & 6 are not on single pole models MLW3022-12-PC

NKK Part No. (4.0) (3.0) Typ (2.0) Typ


This Side .157 .118 .079 Standard Bezel
(4.5) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
.177 .043 x .079 Single & Double Pole
(0.8) Typ
L (-)
.031 6 3
(4.7) Typ

Keylocks
(15.6) .185 5 2 (25.5)
(4.0) .614 (17.0) 1.004
.157 .669 4 1
(0.4) Typ
L (+)
.016

(0.5) (1.2) Dia Typ (10.2)

Rotaries
.020 .047 .402
(2.2) (2.2) (5.9) (16.6)
.087 .087 .232 .654
(15.5) (5.4) (22.0) (20.0)
.611 .213 .866 .787
Actuator in UP position Terminals 4, 5, & 6 are not on single pole models MLW3022-12-RC-1A

Slides
NKK Part No. (4.0) (3.0) Typ (2.0) Typ Large Bezel
This Side .157
(4.5) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
.118 .079
Single & Double Pole
.177 .043 x .079
(0.8) Typ L (-)
6 3
.031

Tactiles
(4.7) Typ
(15.6) .185 5 2 (26.3)
(4.0) .614 (17.0) 1.035
.157 .669 4 1
(0.4) Typ L (+)
.016

(0.5) (1.2) Dia Typ (10.2)

Tilt
.020 .047 .402
(2.5) (2.5) (5.9) (16.6)
.098 .098 .232 .654
(15.5) (5.4) (22.0) (23.8)
.611 .213 .866 .937

Actuator in UP position Terminals 4, 5, & 6 are not on single pole models MLW3022-12-PC-2A
Touch
NKK Part No.
This Side
(4.0)
.157
(3.0) Typ
.118
(2.0) Typ
.079 Sculptured Cap
(4.5)
.177
(1.1) x (2.0) Typ
.043 x .079
Single & Double Pole
Indicators

(0.8) Typ L (-)


6 3
.031
(4.7) Typ
.185 5 2 (25.5)
(17.0) 1.004
.669 4 1
Accessories

(0.4) Typ L (+)


.016

(0.5) (1.2) Dia Typ (10.2)


.020 .047 .402
(2.2) (5.9) (16.6)
.087 .232 .654
Supplement

(16.0) (6.1) (22.0) (20.0)


.630 .240 .866 .787

Actuator in UP position Terminals 4, 5, & 6 are not on single pole models MLW3022-C-SC-1A

www.nkkswitches.com B111
Series MLW Snap-in Miniature Rockers
Toggles

PANEL CUTOUTS & THICKNESSES

(18.7) (18.7)
Rockers

B
.736 .736

(16.7) (16.7) (19.2) Sq


.657 .657 .755
Pushbuttons

Without Bezel With Standard Bezel AT204 With Large Bezel AT9201
.039” ~ .157” (1.0mm ~ 4.0mm) .039” ~ .118” (1.0mm ~ 3.0mm) .039” ~ .118” (1.0mm ~ 3.0mm)
Programmable Illuminated PB

INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE

Lamps and LEDs can be changed without


removing the switch from the panel. The LED (+) Marking this side
lamp extractor AT107 assists in removing
Actuator (+) Marking
lamps and LEDs. (5.0) Dia
.197

AT107 (3.8) Dia (20.0) Note: When changing LEDs, match


.150 .787
Keylocks

Lamp Extractor the positive polarity markings on


both lamp base and actuator block.

LEGENDS
Rotaries

NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Slides

Rocker Design Rocker & LED Rocker Bezel


STA (1.52) Typ
RT .060 (1.52) Typ
.060 (3.15) Typ
ST

.124
OP
Tactiles

(9.56) (12.6) (8.16) (11.2)


.376 .496 .321 .441 (0.76) Typ
.030

(4.67) Typ
.184
(14.48) (0.76) Typ (13.08) (0.76) Typ
.570 .030 .515 .030
Recommended Print Method: (16.0) (14.6) (0.76) Typ (18.48) Typ (0.76) Typ
Tilt

.630 .575 .030 .728 .030


Pad Print (20.0)
.787
Epoxy based ink is recommended

Shaded areas are printable areas.


Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

B112 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes

www.nkkswitches.com B113
Series P Internationally Approved Rockers/Paddles
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

B Electrical Capacity
Resistive Load: 10A @ 125V AC or 6A @ 250V AC
Motor Load: 400W @ 125V AC
Pushbuttons

Lamp Load: 2A @ 125V AC for On-Off-On circuit & 3A @ 125V AC for other circuits

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Programmable Illuminated PB

Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC


Dielectric Strength: 2,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
4,000V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum
Angle of Throw: 25°

Materials & Finishes


Frame: Stainless steel
Case/Base: Diallyl phthalate resin (UL94V-0)
Keylocks

Movable Contacts: Silver alloy with silver plating


Stationary Contacts: Pure silver with silver plating
Terminals: Copper with silver plating
Rotaries

Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +85°C (+14°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Slides

Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)

Installation
Soldering Time & Temp: Wave Soldering (Straight PC): See Profile A in Supplement section.
Tactiles

Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.


Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 rated case/base
Tilt

UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” before dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
Add “/CUL” before dash in part number to order cULus recognized switch.
Touch

All models recognized at 10A @ 125V AC & 6A @ 250V AC.

CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
Indicators

All models certified at 10A @ 125V AC & 6A @ 250V AC.

VDE: License No. 119174


All models approved at 10A @ 125V AC & 6A @ 250V AC.
Accessories

Marking on switch is standard. All models meet EN 61058-1 standard.


Supplement

B114 www.nkkswitches.com
Internationally Approved Rockers/Paddles Series P

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
B
Meets EN 61058-1 standard.

Pushbuttons
Contacts of special silver alloy resist arcing and guarantee
stable electrical contact and long life.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Stainless steel frame resists corrosion and increases
environmental safety.

High insulating barriers increase isolation of


circuits in double pole devices and provide
added protection to contact points.

Keylocks
Case/base of heat resistant resin meets

Rotaries
UL94V-0 flammability standard.

Prominent external insulating barriers increase

Slides
insulation resistance and dielectric strength.

Clinching of the frame to the case well above the base

Tactiles
and terminals provides 4,000V dielectric strength.

Epoxy sealed terminals prevent entry of flux, solvents, and

Tilt
other contaminants.

Actual Size
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com B115
Series P Internationally Approved Rockers/Paddles
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

P20 22 Y J C
Rockers

B
Pushbuttons

Poles & Circuits Terminals


11 SPST ON NONE OFF No
Solder Lug
Code
Programmable Illuminated PB

12 SPDT ON NONE ON
P Straight PC
13 SPDT ON OFF ON
.187” (4.75mm)
21 DPST ON NONE OFF Z
Quick Connect
22 DPDT ON NONE ON
23 DPDT ON OFF ON
Keylocks

Paddle/Rocker Frames Rocker/Paddle Caps Cap Colors


N Frame for Small Caps For N Frame A Black
Y Frame for Large Caps D .365” (9.27mm) Wide Rocker B White
E .365” (9.27mm) Wide Paddle C Red
Rotaries

For Y Frame E Yellow


J .595” (15.11mm) Wide Rocker F Green
H .595” (15.11mm) Wide Paddle G Blue
Slides

H Gray

IMPORTANT:
Tactiles

VDE is marked on all models. Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on General Specifications page.
Tilt

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


Touch

P2022Y-JC
Indicators

.595” (15.11mm) Wide


Red Rocker
Frame for Large Caps
DPDT
Accessories

ON-NONE-ON Circuit

Solder Lug Terminals


Supplement

B116 www.nkkswitches.com
Internationally Approved Rockers/Paddles Series P

Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Rocker Position Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics

Down Center Up Down Center Up

Rockers
Pole Model
Note: Terminal numbers are on the
switch.
B

Pushbuttons
1 (COM)
SP P2011 ON NONE OFF 1-1b OPEN OPEN SPST
1b

1 (COM)
P2012 ON NONE ON

Programmable Illuminated PB
SP 1-1b OPEN 1-1a SPDT
P2013 ON OFF ON 1a 1b

1 (COM) 2
1-1b
DP P2021 ON NONE OFF OPEN OPEN DPST
2-2b 1b 2b

1 (COM) 2
P2022 ON NONE ON 1-1b 1-1a
DP OPEN DPDT
P2023 ON OFF ON 2-2b 2-2a 1a 1b 2a 2b

Keylocks
ROCKER/PADDLE FRAMES

Frame for Frame for


N Small Actuator
Y Large Actuator

Rotaries
Using AT4148 & AT4149 Using AT4156 & AT4157
(3.2) Dia Typ (3.2) Dia Typ
.126 .126

Slides
(34.9) (34.9)
1.374 (28.5)
(6.0) 1.374 (17.8) 1.122
.236 (41.3)
.701 (41.3)
(34.9) (34.9)
1.626 1.626 1.374

Tactiles
1.374

(3.5) Dia Typ (3.5) Dia Typ


(10.1) .138 (16.0) .138
(12.8) .398 (12.8) .630
.504 .504
(13.5)
.531

Tilt
Maximum Panel Thickness: .126” (3.2mm) Maximum Panel Thickness: .126” (3.2mm)

TERMINALS
Touch
.187” (4.75mm)
No Code Solder Lug
Z Quick Connect
Epoxy Seal (9.0)
(6.35)
Indicators

(2.0) .354
(4.5) .079 .250
(2.6) .177
.102 (1.3) Dia (4.75)
(1.25)
.049 .051 .187
Thk = (1.0) Thk = (0.8)
.039 .031
P
Accessories

Straight PC

1b 1b 2b 1b 2b 1b
Epoxy Seal
(7.6)
.299 SPST 1
(7.62) Typ
.300 SPDT 1
(7.62) Typ
.300 DPST 2 1
(7.62) Typ
.300 DPDT 2 1
(7.62) Typ
.300
(4.8)
Supplement

.189 (1.17) (1.8) Dia Typ 1a (10.16) (1.8) Dia Typ 2a 1a


.046 .071 .400 .071
Thk = (1.0) (1.8) Dia Typ (10.16) (1.8) Dia Typ
.039 .071 .400 .071

www.nkkswitches.com B117
Series P Internationally Approved Rockers/Paddles
Toggles

ROCKER/PADDLE CAPS
For N Frame
AT4148 AT4149
Rockers

D E
B .365” (9.27mm) Wide Rocker .365” (9.27mm) Wide Paddle
(9.27) (2.13)
(16.87) .365 .084
(9.27) .664
.365 (3.96)
(13.49)
Pushbuttons

.531 (18.8) .156


.740 (8.43) R
(8.8) .332
(7.9) (6.15) .346
.311 .242
(3.5) (3.5)
.138 (16.8) .138
Programmable Illuminated PB

.661
For Y Frame

AT4156 AT4157
J .595” (15.11mm) Wide Rocker
H .595” (15.11mm) Wide Paddle
(14.33) (2.36)
.564 .093

(4.75)
(15.11) (26.78) .187
.595 1.054
(29.82) (13.5) R
(23.01) 1.174 .531
.906
(11.0)
(7.3)
Keylocks

(6.6) .433
(10.11) .260 .287
.398
(3.5) (3.5)
.138 (15.11) (26.8)
.595 1.055 .138
Rotaries

Cap Colors
Available:
A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray
Material: Polyamide Finish: Matte

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Slides

N Frame (12.8)
.504
(12.3)
.484
(0.6)
.024
(3.2) Dia Typ
.126
(1.25) x (2.0) Typ
.049 x .079
Tactiles

(1.0) Typ
.039
1b
(0.8)
(34.9) .031
1.374 (20.5)
25° .807
(41.3) (7.62) 1

1.626 .300
1a
Tilt

(0.5)
.020
(9.27) (3.5) (5.0) (2.6)
.365 .138 .197 .102
(13.5) (9.65) (22.0) (11.0)
.531 .380 .866 .433
Touch

P2012N-DC P2011 & P2021 models do not have terminals 1a & 2a.

Y Frame (3.2) Dia Typ


.126
(14.5)
.571
(0.6)
.024
(1.25) x (2.0) Typ
.049 x .079
(2.6) Typ
.102
Indicators

(1.0) Typ
.039
(0.8) 2b 1b

(34.9) .031
1.374
25° (20.5)
(41.3) (7.62) 2 1 .807
Accessories

1.626 .300
2a 1a

(0.5)
.020

(12.8) (3.5) (5.0) (10.16)


.504 .138 .197 .400
Supplement

(15.11) (10.1) (21.7) (20.0)


.595 .398 .854 .787

P2022Y-JC P2011 & P2021 models do not have terminals 1a & 2a.

B118 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes

www.nkkswitches.com B119
Series SW Medium Capacity Rockers
Toggles

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SW3000s


Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive & Inductive Load)


B Power Level: Shown in the following tables
Pushbuttons

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 2,000V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Programmable Illuminated PB

Mechanical Life: 30,000 operations minimum


Electrical Life: 10,000 operations minimum
Angle of Throw (α): Shown on drawings or following tables

Materials & Finishes


Rocker: Urea resin; all rockers are white.
Mounting Frame: Steel with chromate plating over zinc plating
Case Cover/Insulator: Phenolic resin
Keylocks

Case: Melamine phenol


Movable Contactor Plate: Copper with silver plating
Movable & Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy plus copper with silver plating
Terminals: Copper with tin plating
Rotaries

Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F)
Sealing: Dustproof cover of silicone rubber on SW3006A, SW3007A, & SW3008A
Slides

Installation
Maximum Panel Thickness: Shown with following drawings
Tactiles

Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.

Standards & Certifications


Tilt

UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” to end of part number to order UL recognized switch.
UL or cULus recognition designated beside part numbers on following pages.
See Supplement section to find UL or cULus rating details.
Touch

CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” to end of part number to order CSA certified switch.
CSA certification designated beside part numbers on following pages.
Indicators

See Supplement section to find CSA rating details.

VDE: License No. 40028826 - Approved only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/V” to end of part number to order VDE approved switch.
Accessories

SW3006A at 20A @ 125V AC & 10A @ 250V AC


Supplement

B120 www.nkkswitches.com
Medium Capacity Rockers Series SW

Toggles
SINGLE POLE WITH SOLDER LUG
* UL & CSA recognized only when
ordered with marking on switch Rocker Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity
(see General Specs)

Rockers
*Approvals Down Center Up
AC
Resistive
AC DC
Inductive
AC 125V
α=
Angle B
Model R
Pole 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 of Throw

SW3001A SPST ON 1-3 NONE OFF — 15A 6A 15A 10A 24°

Pushbuttons
SW3002A SPDT ON 2-3 NONE ON 2-1 15A 6A 15A 10A 24°

SW3003A SPDT ON 2-3 OFF ON 2-1 15A 6A 15A 10A 28°

2 (COM)

Programmable Illuminated PB
Throw & SPST INTERNAL SPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematics: CONNECTION
3 1
actually on the switch.
1 3

M3 x 6 (9.7) (2.4) Dia Typ (0.8) Typ


.382 .094 .031
(3.5) Dia Typ
.138

3
(30.0) (28.0)
(38.0) (4.8) Typ 1.181 1.102
(27.0) 2
1.496 1.063 .189 (45.0) (38.0)
1.772 1.496

Keylocks
(21.4)
.843 1

(1.0) (5.7) (14.5)


.039 .224 .571
(13.5) (5.7) (31.3) (18.0)

Rotaries
.531 .224 1.232 .709

Maximum Effective Panel Thickness:


SW3001A does not have terminal 2. .197” (5.0mm) for SW3001A & SW3002A models; .177” (4.5mm) for SW3003A models SW3001A

DOUBLE POLE WITH SOLDER LUG

Slides
* UL, cULus & CSA recognized Rocker Position/Connected Terminals ( ) = Momentary
only when ordered with marking
on switch (see General Specs) Electrical Capacity
*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive α=

Tactiles
AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Model Pole of Throw
R

R C US
125V 250V 30V PF 0.6
SW3006A DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 20A 10A 20A 10A 24°

SW3007A –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 15A 10A 28°

Tilt
SW3008A –– –– –– DPDT (ON) 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 15A 10A 24°

2 (COM) 5
Throw & DPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematic: actually on the switch.
3 1 6 4

Touch
M3 x 6 (9.6) (2.4) Dia Typ (0.8) Typ
.378 .094 .031
(3.5) Dia Typ
.138
Indicators

6 3
(31.2) (28.0)
(38.0) (27.0) (4.8) Typ 1.228 1.102
1.496 1.063 .189 (45.0) (38.0)
5 2 1.772 1.496
(21.4)
Accessories

.843 4 1

(1.0) (5.7) (14.5)


.039 .224 .571
(13.5) (5.9) (33.3) (18.5)
.531
Supplement

.232 1.311 .728

Maximum Effective Panel Thickness:


.197” (5.0mm) for SW3006A & SW3008A models; .177” (4.5mm) for SW3007A models SW3006A

www.nkkswitches.com B121
Series SW High Capacity Rockers
Toggles

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SW3800s


Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive & Inductive Load)


B Power Level: Shown in the following tables
Note: See Supplement section for details of design for inductive DC loads.
Pushbuttons

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Programmable Illuminated PB

Dielectric Strength: 2,000V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum


Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum
Angle of Throw: Shown on following drawings
Nominal Operating Force: 1,800 grams for SW3822
2,200 grams for SW3823 Off to On
800 grams for SW3823 On to Off

Materials & Finishes


Keylocks

Rocker: Urea resin; all rockers are white.


Mounting Frame: Steel with chromate plating over zinc plating
Case Cover/Insulator: Phenolic resin
Case: Melamine phenol
Rotaries

Movable Contacts: Copper with silver plating


Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy plus copper with silver plating
Terminals: Brass (terminal screws of brass with nickel plating)

Environmental Data
Slides

Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F)

Standards & Certifications


Tactiles

UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” to end of part number to order UL recognized switch.
UL or cULus recognition designated beside part numbers on following pages.
See Supplement section to find UL or cULus rating details.
Tilt

CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” to end of part number to order CSA certified switch.
CSA certification designated beside part numbers on following pages.
See Supplement section to find CSA rating details.
Touch

Wiring for SW3821D with Electrical Capacity of DC400V 10A


Indicators
Accessories

1 4
2 5 2
5
Minus Pole
Connection 3 6

3 6
Contact Connection Position
Supplement

External Plus Pole


Connection Connection

B122 www.nkkswitches.com
High Capacity Rockers Series SW

Toggles
DOUBLE POLE WITH SCREW LUG
Rocker Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity
*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive
AC AC

Rockers
B
AC AC DC DC DC DC DC
125V 250V
Model 125V 250V 30V 48V 125V 250V 400V
R

R C US Pole PF 0.6 PF 0.6


SW3821 DPST ON 2-3 5-6 NONE OFF — 30A 30A 30A — 1A — — 30A 15A
SW3822 DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 30A 30A 30A — 1A — — 30A 15A

Pushbuttons
SW3823 DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 30A 30A 30A — 1A — — 30A 15A
SW3821D DPST ON 2-3 5-6 NONE OFF — — — 30A 30A 20A 15A 4A (10A) — —
SW3822D DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 — — 30A 30A 20A 15A 4A — —
SW3823D DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 — — 30A 30A 15A — — — —

Programmable Illuminated PB
2 (COM) 5 2 (COM) 5
Throw & DPST DPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematics: 3 6 3 1 6 4 actually on the switch.

* UL/CUL & CSA for the following ratings: UL/CUL: 30A @ 30V DC, 15A @ 125V DC; CSA: 30A @ 30V DC, 15A @ 125V DC
* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on switch (see General Specs)
( ) capacity is due to series wiring, see General Specifications page.
M3 x 6 (13.2) (1.0) (12.0)
.520 .039 .472
M4.5x6

Keylocks
6 3
(42.0)
1.654
(46.0)
1.811 (36.0) 26°
1.417 (56.0)
(12.0) Typ 5 2 2.205
(31.0) .472 4 1

1.220

Rotaries
(22.0) (6.7) (44.5) (24.0)
.866 .264 1.752 .945

SW3821 & SW3821D do not have terminals 1 & 4. Maximum Effective Panel Thickness .177” (4.5mm). Panel cutout shown below. SW3822

Slides
THREE POLE WITH SCREW LUG
Rocker Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity
*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive

Tactiles
AC AC DC DC AC 125V AC 250V
Model Pole
R

R C US
125V 250V 30V 125V PF 0.6 PF 0.6
SW3831 3PST ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE OFF — 30A 30A 30A 1A 30A 15A
SW3832 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 30A 30A 30A 1A 30A 15A
SW3833 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 30A 30A 30A 1A 30A 15A
SW3831D 3PST ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE OFF — — — 30A 15A — —

Tilt
SW3832D 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 — — 30A 15A — —
SW3833D 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 — — 30A 15A — —
2 5 (COM) 8 2 5 (COM) 8
Throw & 3PST 3PDT Note: Terminal numbers are
Touch
Schematics: 3 6 9 3 1 6 4 9 7 actually on the switch.

* UL/CUL & CSA for the following ratings: UL/CUL: 30A @ 30V DC, 15A @ 125V DC; CSA: 30A @ 30V DC, 15A @ 125V DC
* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on switch (see General Specs)
Indicators

(13.2) (1.0) (14.5) Typ (3.5) Dia Typ


M3 x 6 .571
.520 .039 .138
M4.5 x 6

6
9 3 (37.0)
Accessories

(42.0) 1.457
1.654
(46.0) (46.0)
(36.0) 26° 1.811
1.811
1.417 (12.0) Typ 5
8 2 (56.0)
.472 7 1 2.205
(31.0)
1.220 4
Supplement

(22.0) (6.7) (44.5) (43.0) (23.0)


.866 .264 1.752 1.693 .906

SW3831 & SW3831D do not have terminals 1, 4 & 7. Maximum Effective Panel Thickness .177” (4.5mm)

www.nkkswitches.com B123
Series WR Environmentally Sealed Rockers

General Specifications
Toggles

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Rockers

B Power Level: 15A @ 125/250V AC or 15A @ 30V DC

Other Ratings
Pushbuttons

Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for solder lug, screw & quick connect terminal models
30 milliohms maximum for wire lead terminal models
Insulation Resistance: 200 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,250V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum
3,750V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Programmable Illuminated PB

Mechanical Life: 30,000 operations minimum


Electrical Life: 15,000 operations minimum for circuit 11 and 12 models
10,000 operations minimum for circuit 13, 15, 18, 19 models
Angle of Throw: 24°

Materials & Finishes


Rocker: Phenylene oxide
Outer Housing: Polyamide (UL94V-0)
Inner Case: Melamine (UL94V-0)
Cover for Wire Lead Models: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)
Keylocks

Flange Gasket: Nitrile butadiene rubber


Movable Contactor: Copper with silver plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy plus copper with silver plating
Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy plus copper with silver plating
Terminals: Brass with tin plating
Rotaries

Wire Lead Covers: Heat resistant polyvinyl chloride (Leads are AWG 14)

Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –25°C through +85°C (–13°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Slides

Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Front Panel Seal: IP67 of IEC60529, dust tight & water protected during temporary immersion for all models
Tactiles

Behind Panel Seal: IP60 of IEC60529, dust tight but not water protected for solder lug, screw & quick connect models
IP67 of IEC60529, dust tight & water protected during temporary immersion for wire lead models

Installation
Soldering Time & Temp: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Tilt

Cleaning: Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 outer housing, inner case, & outer cover on wire lead models
Touch

UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” to end of part number to order UL recognized switch.
All models approved at 15A @ 125/250V AC & 15A @ 30V DC.
VDE: License No. 40028806 - Approved only when ordered with marking on switch.
Indicators

Add “/V” to end of part number to order VDE approved switch.


All models approved at 15A @ 250V AC (pending for quick connect).
EN: No. 61058-1
WR11 & WR12 models meet European Norm for 3mm contact gap to prevent contact welds.
Accessories

Wiring Material Standards: UL AWM 1015 Recognized at Flammability VW-1.


Temperature Range –20°C ~ +105°C; Maximum Load 600V; AWG 14.
CSA TEW 105 Certified at Temperature Range –20°C ~ +105°C; Maximum Load 600V.
Supplement

B124 www.nkkswitches.com
Environmentally Sealed Rockers Series WR

Distinctive Characteristics

Toggles
Rockers
Single unit construction of the flange and outer housing gives added B
protection from environmental elements.

Pushbuttons
Specially designed contact mechanism for breaking
light welds.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Minimal contact bounce achieved with specially
designed interlocked switching mechanism.

Heat resistant resin used for outer housing,


inner case, and cover on wire lead models
meets UL94V-0 flammability standard and

Keylocks
provides high arc and tracking resistance.

Available with solder lug, screw, quick connect,

Rotaries
and wire lead terminations.

Slides
Tactiles
Sealed Construction Meets IP60 & IP67 Standards

Tilt
Actual Size
Solder lug, screw, and quick connect terminal models
meet IP67 of IEC60529 Standards at front panel (dust
tight and water protected for temporary immersion,
Touch
patent pending). Behind panel standard is IP60 (dust
tight but not water protected).
Indicators

Wire lead models conform fully to IP67 of IEC60529


Standards at front and behind panel (dust tight and
water protected for temporary immersion). Switch
Accessories

base is epoxy sealed and covered by an outer case


for further protection from dust and water. (Switches
cannot be operated under water. Contact factory for
further details regarding operating environment.)
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com B125
Series WR Environmentally Sealed Rockers
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

WR 1 2 B S
Rockers

B
Pushbuttons
Programmable Illuminated PB

Poles Circuits Rockers Terminals


SPST 1 ON NONE OFF A Black Solder Lug with
1 S
SPDT Epoxy Seal
2 ON NONE ON *B Ivory
* Contact Factory Solder Lug without
3 ON OFF ON SN
for Quick Connect Epoxy Seal
5 ON NONE (ON)
with Ivory Rocker Screw Lug with
8 (ON) OFF (ON) T
Epoxy Seal
9 ON OFF (ON) Screw Lug without
TN
Keylocks

( ) = Momentary Epoxy Seal


.250” (6.35mm)
F Quick Connect with
Epoxy Seal
Rotaries

.250” (6.35mm)
FN Quick Connect
without Epoxy Seal
L Wire Lead
Slides

IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & VDE marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & VDE recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Tactiles

Specific models, ratings and ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Tilt

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


Touch

WR12BS

Ivory Rocker
Indicators

SPDT
Accessories

ON-NONE-ON Circuit

Solder Lug Terminals


with Epoxy Seal
Supplement

B126 www.nkkswitches.com
Environmentally Sealed Rockers Series WR

Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Rocker Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics

Rockers
Down Center Up Down Center Up
Note: Terminal numbers are not B
Pole Model
actually on wire lead models.

Pushbuttons
1a (COM)
SP WR11 ON NONE OFF 1a-1b OPEN OPEN SPST
1b

Programmable Illuminated PB
WR12 ON NONE ON
WR13 ON OFF ON 1 (COM)
SP WR15 ON NONE (ON) 1-1b OPEN 1-1a SPDT
1a 1b
WR18 (ON) OFF (ON)
WR19 ON OFF (ON)

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Solder Lug Terminals

Keylocks
(7.8) (2.4) Dia Typ (4.8) Typ
NKK P/N This Side .307 .094 .189

Rotaries
1a
(11.3) Typ
(41.0) .445
1.614 (28.8) + 0.3
(34.2) – 0.0
24° 1.134
1
1.346
(30.0) (25.4)
1.181 (34.2)
1.00 1.346 1b

Slides
(0.8) Typ + 0.3
.031 (17.2) – 0.0
.677
(12.9) (4.8) (15.8)
.508 .189 .622
(24.0) (2.5) (35.4) (17.2)
.098 1.394 .677

Tactiles
.945

Panel Thickness
.039” ~ .157”
WR11 model does not have terminal 1. (1.0mm ~ 4.0mm) WR12AS

Tilt
Screw Lug Terminals

NKK P/N This Side (7.8) (6.6) Typ

Touch
M3.5 x 5 Typ
.307 .260

(11.2) Typ 1a
(41.0) .441
Indicators

1
1.614 (28.8)
+ 0.3
(34.2) – 0.0
24°
(30.0) 1.134 1.346
1.181 (25.4)
1.00 (34.2) 1b
1.346

(1.0) Typ
Accessories

+ 0.3
.039 (17.2) – 0.0
.677
(12.9) (8.3) (15.8)
.508 .327 .622
(24.0) (2.5) (38.9) (17.2)
.945 .098 1.531 .677

Panel Thickness
Supplement

.039” ~ .157”
WR11 model does not have terminal 1. (1.0mm ~ 4.0mm) WR12AT

www.nkkswitches.com B127
Series WR Environmentally Sealed Rockers
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

.250” (6.35mm) Quick Connect Terminals


Rockers

B
NKK P/N This Side (7.8) (1.65) Dia Typ
.307 .065
Pushbuttons

(0.8) Typ
.031

1a

(41.0)
1.614 (22.6)
Programmable Illuminated PB

+ 0.3
(6.35) (7.5) 1 .890 (34.2) – 0.0
24˚ .250 .295 1.346
(30.0) (28.8)
1.181 (25.4)
1.00 1.134
(34.2) 1b
1.346

+ 0.3
(3.95) (17.2) – 0.0
.156 .677
(7.95) (3.6)
.313 .142
(12.9) (10.75) (15.8)
.508 .423 .622
(24.0) (2.5) (41.35) (17.2)
.945 .098 1.628 .677

Panel Thickness
Keylocks

.039” ~ .157”
WR13AF WR11 model does not have terminal 1. (1.0mm ~ 4.0mm)

Wire Lead Terminals


Rotaries

NKK P/N This Side (7.8)


.307
Slides

1a
(41.0)
1.614 (34.2) + 0.3
24° 1 (34.2) – 0.0
(30.0) 1.346 1.346
(25.4)
Tactiles

1.181 1b
1.00

+ 0.3
(17.2) – 0.0
.677

(12.9) (10.0)
.508 .394
(24.0) (2.5) (39.5) (200.0) +
– (20.0) (17.2)
Tilt

.945 .098 1.555 7.874 .677


Touch

Panel Thickness
.039” ~ .157”
WR15BL WR11 model does not have terminal 1. (1.0mm ~ 4.0mm)
Indicators

STANDARD WIRE COLOR SCHEME

Wire leads are covered with heat Terminal Numbers & Wire Colors
Accessories

resistant vinyl in accordance with


UL 1015 and CSA TEW 105 1a 1 1b
Standards for Appliance Wiring WR11 Black White
Material (AWM).
WR12-19 White Black Red
Supplement

B128 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes

www.nkkswitches.com B129
Notes

B130 www.nkkswitches.com
Contents Pushbuttons
Toggles

AB Series................................C6
Rockers

0.4VA Logic Level; Process Sealed


Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC
Pushbuttons

C
BB Series .............................. C12
Programmable Illuminated PB

Antistatic; 0.4VA Logic Level; Process Sealed


Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC

DB Series.............................. C18
0.4VA Logic Level
Keylocks

Threaded Bushing with Straight PC


Smooth Bushing with Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC
Rotaries

EB Series .............................. C24


Slides

3A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level


Solder Lug & Straight PC
Bushing Mount
Tactiles

EB Series .............................. C30


Tilt

3A Power Level
Solder Lug & Straight PC
Snap-in Mount
Touch

FB Series .............................. C38


Indicators

500mA Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level


PC Turret
Accessories

Bushing Mount
Supplement

C2 www.nkkswitches.com
Pushbuttons Contents

Toggles
GB Series ............................. C44

Rockers
0.4VA Logic Level; Process Sealed
Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC

Pushbuttons
C
GB2 Series ........................... C48

Programmable Illuminated PB
0.4VA Logic Level
Straight & Right Angle PC

G3B Series ........................... C52


0.4VA Logic Level; Process Sealed

Keylocks
Gull Wing Terminals
Upright & Right Angle Mount

Rotaries
JP Series ............................... C58

Slides
10A or 16A Power Level
Solder Lug
Snap-in Mount

Tactiles
M2B Series ........................... C64

Tilt
1A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Process Sealed
Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC
Touch

MB2000 Series ..................... C72


Indicators

6A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level


Solder Lug, Quick Connect, Straight PC, & Wirewrap
Accessories

Bushing Mount
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C3
Contents Pushbuttons
Toggles

MB2000 Series ..................... C80


Rockers

6A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level


Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC
PCB Mount
Pushbuttons

MB2000 Series ..................... C87


Programmable Illuminated PB

6A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level


Solder Lug, Quick Connect, Straight PC, & Wirewrap
Large Bushing (12mm)

MB2400 Series ..................... C96


Keylocks

3A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level


Solder Lug, Straight PC, & Wirewrap
Rotaries

Bushing Mount

MB2400 Series ....................C102


Slides

3A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level


Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC
Tactiles

PCB Mount
Tilt

MB2400 Series ....................C108


3A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Touch

Solder Lug, Straight PC, & Wirewrap


Snap-in Mount
Indicators

MB2500 Series ....................C116


Accessories

3A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level


Solder Lug & Straight PC
Bushing Mount
Supplement

C4 www.nkkswitches.com
Pushbuttons Contents

Toggles
MB2500 Series ....................C121

Rockers
3A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Solder Lug & Straight PC
PCB Mount

Pushbuttons
C

MB2500 Series ....................C124

Programmable Illuminated PB
3A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Solder Lug
Snap-in Mount

SB Series .............................C128

Keylocks
3A to 15A Power Level
Solder Lug & Screw Lug

Rotaries
Bushing Mount

SB4011 Series ...................... C38

Slides
3A Power Level
Solder Lug

Tactiles
Bushing Mount

Tilt
SCB Series........................... C131
15A & 1/2 HP Power Level
Quick Connect Touch
Bushing Mount
Indicators

WB Series ...........................C134
Accessories

Environmentally Sealed
6A Power Level
Solder Lug, Screw Lug, & Wire Lead
Supplement

Bushing Mount

www.nkkswitches.com C5
Series AB Process Sealed Subminiature Pushbuttons
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Logic Level: 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons

(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)


C Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.
Programmable Illuminated PB

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 2.55N
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Travel: Pretravel .028” (0.7mm); Overtravel .016” (0.4mm); Total Travel .043” (1.1mm)
Keylocks

Materials & Finishes


Plunger: Polyacetal
Case Housing: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Rotaries

Support Bracket: Tin plated phosphor bronze


Movable Contact: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Stationary Contacts: Brass with gold plating
Terminals: Brass with gold plating
Slides

Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Tactiles

Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt

Installation
Cap Installation Force: 49.03N (11.2 lbf) maximum downward force on actuator
Touch

PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Cleaning: Automated cleaning. See Cleaning specifications in Supplement section.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


Accessories

The AB Series pushbuttons have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement

C6 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Pushbuttons Series AB

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Subminiature size (1/3 size of Series M switches) saves space on PC boards.

Pushbuttons
C
Specifically developed for logic-level applications.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Totally sealed body construction prevents contact contamination
and allows time- and money-saving automated soldering
and cleaning.

Award-winning STC contact mechanism with benefits

Keylocks
unavailable in conventional mechanisms: smoother,
positive detent actuation, increased contact stability
and unparalleled logic-level reliability. (Additional
STC details in Terms & Acronyms; see Supplement

Rotaries
section.)

Molded-in, epoxy sealed or ultrasonically welded

Slides
terminals lock out flux, solvents, and other contaminants.

Tactiles
.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm) terminal spacing
conforms to standard PC board grid spacing.

Tilt
Matching indicators available.

Touch

Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C7
Series AB Process Sealed Subminiature Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

AB 2 5 A P H A
Rockers
Pushbuttons

C Poles
SPST
1 PC Terminals
SPDT
Programmable Illuminated PB

2 DPDT P Straight
B Straight with Bracket
B1 Straight with Inline Bracket (SP only)
H Right Angle with Bracket
V Vertical with Bracket
Circuits V1 Vertical with Inline Bracket (SP only)
1 OFF (ON)
Keylocks

5 ON (ON)
( ) = Momentary
Rotaries

Plungers Caps Cap Colors


A .213” (5.4mm) Long F .201” (5.1mm) Diameter A Black
*B .183” (4.65mm) Long H .295” (7.5mm) Diameter B White
Slides

.080” (2.03mm) Long C Red


*C
(cannot be used with cap)
* Available in single pole only
Tactiles
Tilt

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


AB25AP-HA
Touch

.213” (5.4mm) Long Black .295” (7.5mm)


Indicators

White Plunger Diameter Cap

DPDT
ON-(ON) Circuit
Straight PC Terminals
Accessories
Supplement

C8 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Pushbuttons Series AB

Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics

Rockers
Normal Down Normal Down
Note: Terminal numbers are not
Pole Model
actually on the switch.

Pushbuttons
C
INTERNAL
SP AB11 OFF (ON) OPEN 3-1 SPST CONNECTION
1 3

2 (COM)
SP AB15 ON (ON) 2-3 2-1 SPDT

Programmable Illuminated PB
1 3

2 (COM) 5
DP AB25 ON (ON) 2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 DPDT
1 3 4 6

PLUNGERS
.213” (5.4mm) .183” (4.6mm) .080” (2.03mm)
A Long
(2.8) Dia
.110
B Long (2.8) Dia C Long
.110 (2.8) Dia
(on SP only) (on SP only)

Keylocks
.110

(5.4) (4.6) (2.03)


.213 .183 .080

Rotaries
Standard Plunger Color: White Contact factory for red or black options.

PC TERMINALS

Slides
Straight Right Angle Vertical
P Straight
B with Bracket
H with Bracket
V with Bracket

(10.16) (5.08)
.400 .200 (0.6) Dia Typ

Tactiles
(5.08) (2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ .024
.200 (2.54) Typ .100 .100 (0.6) Dia Typ (0.5) Typ
(2.54) Typ (5.08) .100 .024 .020
.100 .200 (0.6) Dia Typ
(5.08) Typ (0.3) Typ .024 (2.54) Typ
.200 (0.6) Dia Typ .012 (0.7) Typ .100
.028 (5.08)
.024 .200 (0.3) (5.08)
.012 (0.7) .200
(0.8) (0.3)
.031 .028 .012
(0.5) (0.7)

Tilt
.020 .028

(9.0) (8.8) (9.0) (8.8) (8.8) (9.0) (9.0) (8.8)


.354 .346 .354 .346 .346 .354 .354 .346

Use of a support bracket is recommended to increase PCB mounting strength and stability.
Touch
B1 & V1 terminal dimensions appear on the pushbutton drawings which follow.

SLIP-ON CAPS
Indicators

AT475 AT496
F .201” (5.1mm) Diameter Cap
H .295” (7.5mm) Diameter Cap
(2.8) Dia
.110 (2.8) Dia
(5.1) Dia .110
(7.5) Dia
Accessories

.201
Material: Polyamide Material: Polyamide .295

(6.3) (5.4) (4.0) (6.3) (5.4) (4.0)


.157 .157
For use with .248 .213 For use with .248 .213
plungers A & B only. plungers A & B only.
Supplement

Colors Available:
A Black
B White
C Red

www.nkkswitches.com C9
Series AB Process Sealed Subminiature Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Straight PC Single Pole
Rockers

(5.0) (4.0) (4.5) (0.6) Dia Typ


.197 (0.4) Typ (5.1) Dia .157 .177 .024
.016 (1.0)
.201 .039
1
1
(6.0) 2
(9.8) 2
.236 COM .386 3 (2.54) Typ
.100
Pushbuttons

3
(0.8) Dia Typ
(2.8) Dia

C Slot (0.3) (5.4) (0.5) (2.54) Typ (1.0) .031


.110 CL
.012 .213 .020 .100 .039
(5.84) (6.3) (13.1) (3.1) (5.08)
.230 .248 .516 .122 CL .200
Programmable Illuminated PB

AB15AP-FA AB11 model does not have terminal 2.

Straight PC Double Pole

(5.0) (4.0) (3.5) (0.6) Dia Typ


.197 (0.4) Typ (5.1) Dia .157 .138 .024
.016 (5.08)
.201 4 1 .200
1 4
(6.0) 2 5
(9.8) 5 2

.236 COM .386 6 3


3 6
(2.54) Typ
(2.8) Dia .100
Slot (0.4) .110 (5.4) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (0.8) Dia Typ
Keylocks

.016 .213 .031 .100 .031


(9.2) (6.3) (13.1) (3.1) (5.08)
.362 .248 .516 .122 .200

AB25AP-FA

Straight PC • Bracket Single Pole


Rotaries

(5.0) (4.0) (4.5) (0.7) (1.0)


.197 (5.1) Dia .157 .177 (0.6) Dia Typ .028 .039 (1.0)
.201 .024 .039
(2.54) Typ 1
1 1
(6.0) .100 (9.8) 2 (2.54) Typ 2
(10.16) 2
.100
Slides

.236 COM .386 3 3 (2.54) Typ


.400 3
.100
(2.8) Dia (0.8) Dia Typ (0.8) Dia Typ
Slot (0.3) .110 (5.4) (0.5) (0.3) Typ (1.0) .031 .031
.012 .213 .020 .012 .039 (2.54) CL
(5.84) (6.3) (13.1) (3.1) (2.54) .100
.230 .248 .516 .122 CL .100 CL
Tactiles

AB15AB-FA B Terminals B1 Terminals

Straight PC • Bracket Double Pole


Tilt

(5.0) (4.0) (3.5) (5.08)


.197 (5.1) Dia .157 .138 (0.6) Dia Typ .200
.201 .024
(2.54) Typ 1 4
4 1

(6.0) .100 (9.8) 5 2 (2.54) Typ


(10.16) 2 5
.236 COM .386 6 3
.100
.400 3 6
Touch

(2.8) Dia
(0.4) .110 (5.4) (0.8) (0.3) Typ (0.7) Typ (0.8) Dia Typ
Slot .016 .031 .028 .031
.213 .012
(9.5) (6.3) (13.1) (3.1) (5.08)
.374 .248 .516 .122 .200

AB25AB-FA
Indicators

Right Angle PC Single Pole (Single Throw)

(6.0) (4.0) (0.8)


.236 (0.3) (5.1) Dia .157 Slot .031
Accessories

.012 .201
(3.3) (5.08)
.131 .200
(5.0) (6.18) 1 3
.197 3 1 .243
(5.08)
.200
(2.8) Dia
(0.3) Typ .110 (5.4) (0.7) (3.1)
.012 .213 .028 .122 (0.8) Dia Typ
Supplement

(5.08) (6.3) (5.08) (0.6) Dia Typ .031


.200 .248 .200 .024
(9.8) (10.8) (9.38) (5.08)
.386 .425 .369 .200
AB11AH-FA

C10 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Pushbuttons Series AB

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Single Pole (Double Throw) Right Angle PC

Rockers
(6.0) (4.0) (0.8)
.236 (0.3) (5.1) Dia .157 Slot .031
.012 .201

COM
(3.3) (2.54) Typ
.131 .100
(5.0) (6.18) 1 2 3
.197 3 2 1
.243
(5.08)

Pushbuttons
(2.8) Dia .200

C
(0.3) Typ .110 (5.4) (0.7) (3.1)
.012 .213 .028 .122 (0.8) Dia Typ
(5.08) (6.3) (5.08) (0.6) Dia Typ .031
.200 .248 .200 .024
(9.8) (10.8) (9.38) (2.54) Typ
.386 .425 .369 .100

Programmable Illuminated PB
AB15AH-FA

Double Pole Right Angle PC


(6.0) (4.0) (0.8) (2.54) Typ
.236 (0.4) (5.1) Dia .157 Slot .031 .100

COM
.016 .201 (2.54)
3 2 1
1 2 3 .100
(5.0) (10.0) 4 5 6

.197 (5.2) .394 (5.08)


6 5 4
.205 .200
(2.8) Dia (5.4)
.110 .213 (0.8) Dia Typ
(0.3) Typ (6.3) (0.7) (2.54) (3.1) .031
.012 .248 .028 .100 .122
(0.6) Typ

Keylocks
(5.08) (5.08) (0.5)
.200 .200 .020 .024
(9.8) (9.8) (12.92) (2.54) Typ
.386 .386 .509 .100

AB25AH-FA

Single Pole Vertical PC • Inline Bracket

Rotaries
(5.0) (4.0)
.197 (0.4) (5.1) Dia .157
.016 .201 (1.0)
1 .039
(6.0) (9.7) 1
(2.54) Typ
.236 (4.5) .383 2
.100
3
.177 3

(5.08)

Slides
Slot (2.8) Dia .200
.110 (0.7) (1.0) (0.6) Dia Typ
.028 .039 .024 (0.8) Dia Typ
(0.3) Typ (5.4) (5.08) (3.9) (1.0) CL .031
.012 .213 .200 .153 .039
(1.0) (6.3) (5.08) (5.08)
.039 .248 .200 .200
(5.84) (10.8) (14.46)

Tactiles
.230 .425 .569 CL

AB11 model does not have terminal 2. AB11AV1-FA

Single Pole Vertical PC


(5.0) (4.0) (0.8)
.197 (0.4) (5.1) Dia .157 .031 (1.0)
.016 .201 .039
(2.54) Typ

Tilt
1
(6.0) (10.2) 1 .100
2
.236 (5.3) COM .402 2
3
.208 3

Slot (2.8) Dia (0.8) Dia Typ


(0.7) Typ .110 (5.4) (2.54) (0.5) (0.6) Dia Typ .031
.028 .213 .100 .020 .024 (2.54)

Touch
(0.3) Typ (2.54) (1.0) (3.1) (1.0) .100
.012 .100 .039 .122 .039 CL
(2.54) (6.3) (2.54) Typ (5.08)
.100 .248 .100 .200
(5.84) (10.8) (14.46)
.425 .569 CL
.230
AB11 model does not have terminal 2. AB15AV-FA
Indicators

Double Pole Vertical PC


(5.0) (4.0) (0.8)
.197 (0.4) (5.1) Dia .157 .031
.016 .201 (5.08)
Accessories

1 4
.200
(6.0) (10.2) 4 1 (2.54) Typ
2 5
.236 (5.3) COM .402 5 2 .100
3 6
.208 6 3

Slot (2.8) Dia (5.4) (5.08)


.110 .213 .200
(0.3) Typ (6.3) (0.7) (1.0) (0.5) (3.1)
.012 .248 .028 .039 .020 .122
Supplement

(5.08) (0.6) Dia Typ (0.8) Dia Typ


(5.08) (2.54) Typ .031
.200 .200 .100 .024
(9.5) (9.8) (15.46) (5.08)
.374 .386 .609 .200
AB25AV-FA

www.nkkswitches.com C11
Series BB Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Pushbuttons
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Logic Level: 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
Pushbuttons

Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.


C
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum
Programmable Illuminated PB

Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC


Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum (momentary)
25,000 operations minimum (alternate action)
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum (momentary)
25,000 operations minimum (alternate action)
Nominal Operating Force: 2.55N (momentary); 2.94N (alternate action)
Contact Timing: Nonshorting
Travel: Momentary: Pretravel .028” (0.7mm); Overtravel .016” (0.4mm); Total Travel .043” (1.1mm)
Keylocks

Alternate: Pretravel .039” (1.0mm); Overtravel .039” (1.0mm); Total Travel .079” (2.0mm)

Materials & Finishes


Plunger: Polyacetal
Rotaries

Bushing: Carbon blended polyamide


Case Housing: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Support Bracket: Tin plated phosphor bronze
Movable Contact: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Stationary Contacts: Copper alloy with gold plating
Slides

Terminals: Copper alloy with gold plating

Environmental Data
Tactiles

Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)


Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt

Installation
Cap Installation Force: 49.03N (11.2 lbf) maximum downward force on actuator;
Touch

actuator must be in UP position to remove cap from alternate action models

PCB Processing
Indicators

Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended: See Profile A in Supplement section.


Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Cleaning: Automated cleaning. See Cleaning specifications in Supplement section.
Accessories

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 available
The BB Series pushbuttons have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
Supplement

When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.

C12 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Pushbuttons Series BB

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Subminiature size (1/3 size of Series M switches) saves space on PC boards.

Pushbuttons
Specifically developed for logic-level applications.
C
Available in momentary and maintained circuits.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Industry’s smallest alternate action (maintained)
pushbutton with latchdown feature providing
visible, audible, and tactile feedback.

Antistatic superstructure, consisting of the carbon


impregnated bushing and the support bracket,

Keylocks
prevents static discharge to the contacts. Static
electricity from an operator’s touch travels from
the actuator through the bushing and bracket to
the PC board.

Rotaries
Award-winning STC contact mechanism with
benefits unavailable in conventional mechanisms:

Slides
smoother, positive detent actuation, increased
contact stability and unparalleled logic-level
reliability. (Additional STC details in Terms &
Acronyms; see Supplement section.)

Tactiles
Smooth, 6mm diameter bushing simplifies panel layout.

Tilt
Totally sealed body construction prevents contact contamination
and allows time- and money-saving soldering and cleaning.

Touch
.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm) terminal spacing conforms to standard
PC board grids.
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C13
Series BB Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

BB 1 5 A H F A
Rockers
Pushbuttons

C Poles PC Terminals
1 SPDT P Straight
Programmable Illuminated PB

2 DPDT *B Straight with Bracket


*H Right Angle with Bracket
*V Vertical with Bracket
W Straight Long
Circuits
* Bracketed models are ESD protected
5 ON (ON)
( ) = Momentary
6 ON ON
Keylocks

Alternate Action has Latchdown.


BB16 has a Double Pole case.

Plunger Caps Cap Colors


Rotaries

A .213” (5.4mm) Long F .201” (5.1mm) Diameter A Black


H .295” (7.5mm) Diameter B White
C Red
Slides
Tactiles

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


Tilt

BB15AH-FA
Touch

SPDT
Black .201” (5.1mm) ON-(ON) Circuit
Diameter Cap
Right Angle PC Terminals
Indicators

.213” (5.4mm) Long


White Plunger
Accessories
Supplement

C14 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Pushbuttons Series BB

Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics

Rockers
Normal Down Normal Down
Note: Terminal numbers are not
Pole Model
actually on the switch.

Pushbuttons
2 (COM)
BB15 ON (ON)
SP
BB16 ON ON
2-3 2-1 SPDT
1 3
C
2 (COM) 5
BB25 ON (ON)
DP 2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 DPDT

Programmable Illuminated PB
BB26 ON ON 1 3 4 6

PLUNGERS

A .213” (5.4mm) Long (2.8) Dia


(2.8) Dia
.110 (5.4) .110
.213
Standard Plunger Color: White Normal Latchdown (4.2)
.165
Position Position

Keylocks
Contact factory for other colors and lengths.

PC TERMINALS

Rotaries
Use of a support bracket is recommended to increase PCB mounting strength and stability.
(10.16)
Straight .400
P Straight (2.54) Typ B with Bracket (5.08)
Both single pole and double pole .100 .200
(2.54) Typ
.100
(0.6) Dia Typ
alternate action models have .024
(5.08)
.200
(0.6) Dia Typ
.024

Slides
(5.08)
double pole bases. .200 (0.6) Typ
.024
(0.4) Typ
.016

(3.1) Typ (3.1)


See Typical Switch Dimensions .122 .122
for details.

Tactiles
H Right Angle with Bracket V Vertical with Bracket W Straight Long (2.54) Typ
(5.08) .100
.200 (0.6) Dia Typ

Tilt
(2.54) Typ .024
.100 (0.5) Typ
(0.6) Dia Typ .020
.024 (0.6) Dia Typ (18.9)
(2.54) Typ .024 .744
.100 (2.54) Typ
(0.6) .100
.024 (0.4)
(0.6)
Touch
.016 .024
(0.5) Typ (0.4)
.020 .016
Indicators

SLIP-ON CAPS

AT475 AT496
F .201” (5.1mm) Diameter Cap (2.8) Dia
H .295” (7.5mm) Diameter Cap (2.8) Dia
.110
Accessories

(5.1) Dia .110 (7.5) Dia


.201 .295
(4.0) (4.0)
(6.3) (5.4) .157 (6.3) (5.4)
.248 .213 .157
.248 .213
Material: Polyamide Material: Polyamide
Supplement

Colors Available:
A Black
B White
C Red

www.nkkswitches.com C15
Series BB Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Straight PC Single Pole
Rockers

(6.0) Dia (4.0) (3.5) (0.6) Dia Typ


.236 (5.1) Dia .157 .138 .024
.201 (1.0)
1 1 .039
2 (8.8) 2
COM 3 .346 3 (2.54) Typ
.100
Pushbuttons

(2.8) Dia (0.8) Dia Typ


Slot .031
C
.110 (5.4) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (1.0) CL
.213 .031 .100 .039
(6.8) (6.3) (13.1) (3.1)
.268 .248 .516 .122 CL

BB15AP-FA Momentary
Programmable Illuminated PB

Straight PC Double Pole BB16AP

1 4 1
2 5
(8.8) 2
(8.8)
COM .346 COM .346
3 6 3
(6.0) Dia (4.0) (3.5) (0.6) Dia Typ
.236 (5.1) Dia .157 .138 .024
.201
(5.08) (2.54)
.200 .100
Keylocks

(2.8) Dia
Slot .110 (5.4) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (5.08) (2.54)
.213 .031 .100 4 1 .200 1 .100
(8.8) (6.3) (13.1) (3.1) 5 2 2 (2.54) Typ
.346 .248 .516 .122 6 3 3
.100
(2.54) Typ
CL
Rotaries

.100
(0.8) Dia Typ (0.8) Dia Typ
.031 .031

BB25AP-FA Momentary & Alternate Alternate


Slides

Straight PC • Bracket Single Pole


(6.0) Dia (4.0) (2.7) (0.4) Typ (0.6) Dia Typ (0.6) Typ (1.0)
.236 (5.1) Dia .157 .106 .016 .024 .024 .039
.201
1 1
Tactiles

(10.16) 2 (8.8) 2 (2.54) Typ


.400 COM 3 .346 3
.100

(2.8) Dia (0.8) Dia Typ


Slot .031
.110 (0.8) (2.54) Typ
(6.0) (5.4) (1.0) (2.54)
.236 .213 .031 .100 .039 .100
(8.0) (6.3) (13.1) (3.1) (2.54) CL
.315 .248 .516 .122 CL
.100
Tilt

BB15AB-FA Momentary

Straight PC • Bracket Double Pole BB16AB


Touch

1 4 1
2 5 (8.8) 2
(8.8)
COM .346 COM .346
3 6 3
Indicators

(6.0) Dia (4.0) (2.7) (0.4) Typ (0.6) Dia Typ


.236 (5.1) Dia .157 .106 .016 .024 (0.6) Typ (0.6) Typ
.201 .024 .024
(5.08) (2.54)
(10.16) .200 .100
.400
Accessories

Slot (2.8) Dia


.110 (5.08) (2.54) Typ
(6.0) (5.4) (0.8) (2.54) Typ .200 .100
.236 .213 .031 .100
(8.8) (6.3) (13.1) (3.1) 4 1 1

.346 .248 .516 .122 5 2 (2.54) Typ 2


(2.54) Typ
6 3
.100 3
.100
Supplement

(0.8) Dia Typ (0.8) Dia Typ


.031 CL .031

BB25AB-FA Momentary & Alternate Alternate

C16 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Pushbuttons Series BB

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Single Pole Right Angle PC
(6.0) Dia (4.0) (2.7)
.236 (5.1) Dia .157 .106

Rockers
COM
.201 (3.4) (2.54) Typ
.134 .100
(7.3) 1 2 3
3 2 1 .287 (5.08)
.200
(2.8) Dia Slot
.110 (0.4) (3.1) (0.6) Dia Typ (0.8) Dia Typ

Pushbuttons
.016 .122 .024 .031
(0.6) Typ (5.4) (5.08) (2.54) Typ
.024
(5.08)
.200
.213
(6.3)
.248
(13.9)
.546
.200
(8.8)
.346
.100
C
Momentary BB15AH-FA

Programmable Illuminated PB
Double Pole BB16AH Right Angle PC

COM

COM
3 2 1
(8.8) (8.8)
.346 .346
6 5 4 3 2 1

(6.0) Dia (4.0)


.236 (5.1) Dia .157
.201
(0.6) Dia Typ (0.6) Dia Typ
.024 .024
(3.1) (4.4) (2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ
.122 .173 .100 .100
(2.8) Dia

Keylocks
Slot
.110
(0.6) Typ (5.4) (0.4) (2.54) (0.5)
.024 .213 .016 .100 .020 (2.54) Typ
(5.08) (2.7) (5.08) .100
.200 .106 .200 (2.54) (2.54) Typ
(8.8) (6.3) (16.4)
1 2 3 .100 .100
1 2 3
.346 .248 .646 4 5 6

(5.08) (5.08)

Rotaries
.200 .200

(0.8) Dia Typ (0.8) Dia Typ


.031 .031

Momentary & Alternate Alternate BB25AH-FA

Slides
Single Pole Vertical PC
(6.0) Dia (4.0) (2.7)
.236 (5.1) Dia .157 .106 (1.0)
.201 .039 (2.54) Typ
1 1 .100
2 (8.8) 2

Tactiles
(1.0) (4.4) COM 3 .346 3
.039 .173 (5.08)
(2.8) Dia .200
Slot .110
(0.8) Dia Typ
(0.6) Typ (5.4) (0.4) (0.5) (3.1) (0.6) Dia Typ .031
.024 .213 .016 .020 .122 .024
(2.54) (5.08) (2.54) Typ (1.0) CL (2.54)
.100 .200 .100 .039 .100
(8.0) (6.3) (18.9) CL
.315 .248 .746

Tilt
Momentary BB15AV-FA

Double Pole BB16AV Vertical PC

1 4 1 Touch
2 5
(8.8) 2
(8.8)
COM .346 COM .346
3 6 3
Indicators

(6.0) Dia (4.0) (2.7)


.236 (5.1) Dia .157 .106
.201 (0.6) Dia Typ (0.6) Dia Typ
.024 .024
(5.08) (2.54)
(1.0) (4.4) .200 .100
.039 .173
(2.8) Dia
Accessories

Slot
.110 (5.08)
(0.6) Typ (5.4) (0.4) (0.5) (3.1) .200 (2.54) Typ
.024 .213 .016 .020 .122 .100
4 1 (2.54) Typ 1
(5.08) (5.08) (2.54) Typ 5 2 .100 2
.200 .200 .100 3 3 (2.54) Typ
6
(8.8) (6.3) (18.9)
.346 .248 .746 (5.08) (5.08) .100
.200 .200
Supplement

(0.8) Dia Typ (0.8) Dia Typ


.031 CL .031

Momentary & Alternate Alternate BB25AV-FA

www.nkkswitches.com C17
Series DB Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Logic Level: 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons

(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)


C Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB

Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum


Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 200,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 100,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: Single Pole: 1.96N
Double Pole: 2.94N
Travel: Pretravel .020” (0.5mm); Overtravel .020” (0.5mm); Total Travel .039” (1.0mm)
Keylocks

Materials & Finishes


Plunger: Brass with nickel plating
Bushing: Brass with nickel plating
Rotaries

Frame: Stainless steel


Case: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Movable Contacts: Copper with gold plating
Stationary Contacts: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Terminals: Brass with gold plating
Slides

Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Tactiles

Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt

Installation
Mounting Torque: 1.47Nm (13.0 lb • in) for double nut; 0.68Nm (6.0 lb • in) for single nut
Cap Installation Force: 78.5N (17.65 lbf) maximum downward force on actuator
Touch

PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended. See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Indicators

Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.

Standards & Certifications


The DB Series pushbuttons have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
Accessories

These switches are designed for use in low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement

C18 www.nkkswitches.com
Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons Series DB

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Both PCB and panel mounting options available.

Pushbuttons
C
Choice of cap sizes in .315” (8.0mm) and .394” (10.0mm)
diameter cap design for simple, snap-on installation.

Programmable Illuminated PB
High torque bushing prevents rotation and separation
from metal frame during installation.

Stainless steel frame resists corrosion.

Keylocks
Snap action contacts give smooth actuation, short
stroke, light touch, and audible feedback. This

Rotaries
mechanism also provides long mechanical life.

Molded-in terminals prevent entry of solder flux,

Slides
dust, and other contaminants.

.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm) terminal spacing

Tactiles
conforms to standard PC board grid spacing. Round
terminals for easier through-hole mounting on PC boards.

Tilt
Touch

Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C19
Series DB Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

DB25 21 B
Rockers
Pushbuttons

C
Poles & Circuits PC Terminals
Programmable Illuminated PB

11 SPDT ON (ON) Threaded Bushing


21 DPDT ON (ON) P Straight
( ) = Momentary Smooth Bushing
B Straight with Bracket
H Right Angle with Bracket
V Vertical with Bracket
Keylocks

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


Rotaries

DB2521B with AT443E Cap

Yellow .315” (8.0mm)


Slides

Diameter Cap

DPDT
ON-(ON) Circuit
Tactiles

Smooth Bushing &


Straight PC Terminals with Bracket
Tilt

POLES & CIRCUITS


Plunger Position
Touch

( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematics


Normal Down Normal Down
Note: Terminal numbers are not
Indicators

Pole Model Keyway Keyway actually on the switch.

3 (COM)
SP DB2511 ON (ON) 3-1 3-2 SPDT
Accessories

1 2

3 (COM) 6
DP DB2521 ON (ON) 3-1 6-4 3-2 6-5 DPDT
Supplement

1 2 4 5

C20 www.nkkswitches.com
Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons Series DB

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Single Pole Straight PC

Rockers
(0.3) (7.6) M6 P0.75
.012 .299

1
1
(5.08) Typ
(14.7) (8.0) Dia .200 2

Pushbuttons
2
.579 .315 (5.08) Typ
.200
C
3
3

Keyway (1.0) Dia Typ


(0.8) Dia Typ .039
.031
(4.6)

Programmable Illuminated PB
.181
(7.0) (8.8) (7.2) (17.5)
.276 .346 .283 .689

DB2511P with AT443C

Double Pole Straight PC

(0.3) (7.6)
.012 M6 P0.75 (5.08)
.299
.200
4 1
1 4
(5.08) Typ
(14.7) .200

Keylocks
(8.0) Dia 5 2
.579 2 5
.315 (5.08) Typ
6 3 .200
3 6

Keyway (1.0) Dia Typ


(0.8) Dia Typ .039
.031
(0.3) (4.6)

Rotaries
.012 .181
(12.4) (8.8) (7.2) (17.5) (5.08)
.488 .346 .283 .689 .200

DB2521P with AT442A

Single Pole Straight PC with Bracket

Slides
(7.6) (6.2) Dia (3.5) (0.4) Typ (5.08)
.299 .244 .138 .016 .200

Tactiles
1
1 (7.62) Typ
(5.08) Typ .300
(16.44) (8.0) Dia .200 (14.4) 2
.315 (15.24) 2
.647 .600 .567 (5.08) Typ
3 .200
3
Keyway
(0.8) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ
.031 .100 .039
CL

Tilt
(4.6) (0.7) Typ
.181 .028
(7.0) (8.8) (6.8) (17.9) (5.08)
.276 .346 .268 .705 .200

DB2511B with AT442C

Double Pole Straight PC with Bracket Touch


Indicators

(7.6) (6.2) Dia (3.5) (0.4) Typ (5.08) (0.3) (5.08)


.299 .244 .138 .016 .200 .012 .200

4 1
1 4 (7.62) Typ
(5.08) Typ .300
(16.44) (8.0) Dia .200 (14.4) 5 2
.315 (15.24) 2 5
.567
.647 (5.08) Typ
Accessories

.600
6 3 .200
3 6

Keyway
(0.3) (0.8) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ
.012 .031 .100 CL .039
(7.0) (4.6) (0.7) Typ
.276 .181 .028
Supplement

(12.7) (8.8) (6.8) (17.9) (5.08)


.500 .346 .268 .705 .200

DB2521B with AT443E

www.nkkswitches.com C21
Series DB Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Right Angle PC with Bracket Single Pole
Rockers

(7.6) (6.2) Dia


Keyway .299 .244
(5.08) Typ
.200
1 2 3
(7.0) (8.0) Dia 3 2 1
.276 .315
Pushbuttons

(6.5)
.256 (15.24)

C
.600
(0.7) Typ (0.3) (0.4) (3.5)
.028 .012 .016 .138
(5.08) (0.9) (0.8) Dia
.200 .035 .031 (2.54) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ
(5.08) Typ .100 .039
Programmable Illuminated PB

(14.7) (8.8) (6.8) (15.24) CL


.579 .346 .268 .600 .200

DB2511H with AT442B

Right Angle PC with Bracket Double Pole


(7.6) (6.2) Dia
.299 .244 (5.08) Typ
.200
(2.54)
4 5 6 6 5 4 .100
(12.7)
.500 (8.0) Dia 3 2 1
.315 (0.3)
(0.3) .012
.012
Keylocks

1 2 3
(15.24)
.600
(3.5)
.138 (0.7) Typ (0.4) (0.5) (3.5)
.028 .016 .020 .138
(5.08) (0.9) (0.8) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ
.200 .035 .031 .100 .039
CL
(14.4) (8.8) (6.8) (15.24) (2.54) (5.08) Typ
Rotaries

.567 .346 .268 .600 .100 .200

DB2521H with AT442A

Vertical PC with Bracket Single Pole


Slides

(6.2) Dia
.244
(7.6) Keyway
.299 (2.54) Typ
3
3 .100
2
(14.7)
.579 (8.0) Dia 1
Tactiles

2
(0.3) .315 (0.3) (3.5)
.012 .012 .138 1
(15.24)
.600
(3.5)
.138
(0.7) Typ (0.4) (1.0) (0.5)
.028 .016 .039 .020 (2.54) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ
Tilt

(5.08) (0.9) .100 CL .039


.200 .035
(7.0) (8.8) (6.8) (15.24) (2.54) Typ (0.8) Dia
.276 .346 .268 .600 .100 .031
DB2511V with AT443C
Touch

Vertical PC with Bracket Double Pole


(6.2) Dia
.244
(7.6)
Indicators

Keyway
.299
(2.54) Typ
6 3 6 3 .100
(14.4) 5 2
.579 (8.0) Dia 5 2 4 1
.315
(0.3) (0.3) (3.5)
.012 .012 .138 4 1
Accessories

(15.24)
.600
(3.5)
.138 (0.7) Typ (0.4) (1.0) (0.5)
.028 .016 .039 .020
(0.3) (5.08) (0.9) (0.8) Dia Typ (5.08) (1.0) Dia Typ
.012 .200 .035 .031 .200 .039
Supplement

(12.7) (8.8) (6.8) (15.24) (2.54) Typ (5.08)


.500 .346 .268 .600 .100 .200

DB2521V with AT443C

C22 www.nkkswitches.com
Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons Series DB

Toggles
OPTIONAL CAPS & COLORS

AT443 AT442
.315” (8.0mm) Diameter Snap-on Cap .394” (10.0mm) Diameter Snap-on Cap

Rockers
Cap Colors Cap Colors
(7.6) (8.0)
Available: .299 Available: .315

Pushbuttons
A E A E
C
(8.0) Dia (10.0) Dia
Black Yellow .315
Black Yellow .394

B White
F B White
F
Green Green

Programmable Illuminated PB
C Red
G Blue
C Red
G Blue

Cap Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy Cap Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy

HARDWARE
Standard Hardware Optional Hardware

Keylocks
AT513M AT509 AT507M AT501M
Metric Hexagon Nut Lockwasher Metric Locking Ring Metric Knurled Face Nut

Material: Material: Material: Material:

Rotaries
Brass with Steel with Steel with Brass with
Nickel Plating Zinc/Chromate Zinc/Chromate Chrome Plating
(6.0) Dia
.236
M6 P0.75 M6 P0.75

Slides
(8.0) (6.4) Dia (10.2) Dia (12.0) Dia (10.0) Dia
.315 .252 .472 .394
.402 (2.0)
.079

(5.5)

Tactiles
.217

(9.0) (1.5) (0.5) (1.7) (0.8) (1.7)


.354 .059 .020 .067 .031 .067

INSTALLATION/ASSEMBLY PANEL CUTOUTS & THICKNESSES

Tilt
2 AT513M Metric Hexagon Nuts With Without With Standard Hardware
1 AT509 Internal Tooth Lockwasher Standard Hardware Bottom Hex Nut & Optional Locking Ring
Touch

Face Nut (6.35) Dia


.250
Indicators

(5.6)
.220
(6.5) Dia (6.5)
Lockwasher Locking Ring (6.35) Dia (0.6) .256 .256
(Optional) .250 .024
Lock Nut (2.2) Dia
.087
Accessories

Optional Hardware:
AT507M Metric Locking Ring Maximum Effective Maximum Effective Maximum Effective
Panel Thickness: Panel Thickness: Panel Thickness:
Note: Cap must be snapped on .118” (3.0mm) .185” (4.7mm) .087” (2.2mm)
Supplement

after the switch is mounted


into the panel.

www.nkkswitches.com C23
Series EB Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Power Level (silver): 3A @ 125V AC for silver contacts
Logic Level (gold): 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum for gold contacts
Pushbuttons

(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)


C Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB

Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for silver; 20 milliohms maximum for gold
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts and case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 100,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum for silver;
50,000 operations minimum for gold
Nominal Operating Force: Single Pole: 2.35N for Momentary and 2.65N for Alternate Action
Double Pole: 2.94N for Momentary and 3.63N for Alternate Action
Travel: Momentary: Pretravel .047” (1.2mm); Overtravel .016” (0.4mm); Total Travel .063” (1.6mm)
Keylocks

Alternate: Pretravel .071” (1.8mm); Overtravel .016” (0.4mm); Total Travel .087” (2.2mm)

Materials & Finishes


Plunger: Brass with nickel plating
Rotaries

Bushing: Brass with nickel plating


Frame: Stainless steel
Case: Melamine phenolic resin (UL94V-0)
Movable Contacts: Copper with silver or gold plating
Stationary Contacts: Silver & copper with silver or gold plating
Slides

Terminals: Copper with silver or gold plating

Environmental Data
Tactiles

Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F)


Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt

Installation
Mounting Torque: 1.47Nm (13.0 lb • in) for double nut; 0.68Nm (6.0 lb • in) for single nut
Cap Installation Force: 78.5N (17.65 lbf) maximum downward force on actuator
Touch

Soldering Time & Temp: Wave Solder (Straight PC): See Profile B in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 case
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” before first dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
Accessories

All single and double pole models recognized at 3A @ 125V AC.


CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before first dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
Single pole solder lug and PC models certified at 3A @ 125V AC; double pole PC models certified
Supplement

at 3A @ 125V AC.

C24 www.nkkswitches.com
Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons Series EB

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Power and logic level capabilities available to suit varying applications.

Pushbuttons
Bushing and snap-in mount versions available; snap-in models offer
many style and color choices to enhance front panel appearance. C

Programmable Illuminated PB
Light touch actuation.

High torque bushing prevents rotation and separation from


metal frame during installation.

Stainless steel frame resists corrosion.

Keylocks
Case of heat resistant resin meets UL 94V-0 flammability
rating.

Higher insulating barriers protect against crossover in

Rotaries
double pole devices.

1,500V dielectric strength between contacts and case


is accomplished by clinching the frame away from the

Slides
terminals.

Epoxy sealed terminals prevent entry of solder flux and

Tactiles
other contaminants.

Tilt
Actual Size
Touch

Bushing Mount Page C26


Indicators
Accessories

Snap-in Mount Page C30


Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C25
Series EB Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

EB20 65 B F
Rockers
Pushbuttons

C
Poles & Circuits Caps
Programmable Illuminated PB

11 SPDT ON (ON) B .315” (8.0mm) Dia.


65 SPDT ON ON C .394” (10.0mm) Dia.
61 DPDT ON (ON)
85 DPDT ON ON
( ) = Momentary
Contacts, Ratings, & Terminals Colors
No Silver Contacts; Solder Lug Terminals A Black
Code 3A @ 125V AC B White
Keylocks

Gold Contacts; Solder Lug Terminals C Red


G
0.4VA max @ 28V AC/DC max
E Yellow
Silver Contacts; Straight PC Terminals;
P F Green
3A @ 125V AC
Rotaries

Gold Contacts; Straight PC Terminals G Blue


PG
0.4VA max @ 28V AC/DC max H Gray
Slides

IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Tactiles

Specifications page.
Tilt

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


EB2065-BF
Touch

Green .315” (8.0mm)


Diameter Cap
Indicators

SPDT
ON-ON Circuit
Accessories

Silver Contacts & Solder Lug


Terminals with 3-Amp Rating
Supplement

C26 www.nkkswitches.com
Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons Series EB

Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematics

Rockers
Normal Down Normal Down
Note: Terminal numbers are not
Pole Model Keyway Keyway
actually on the switch.

Pushbuttons
2 (COM)
SP
EB2011
EB2065
ON
ON
(ON)
ON
2-3 2-1 SPDT
3 1
C
2 (COM) 5
EB2061 ON (ON)

Programmable Illuminated PB
DP 2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 DPDT
EB2085 ON ON 3 1 6 4

CONTACT MATERIALS, RATINGS, & TERMINALS

No Solder Lug
Code Silver Contacts Power Level 3A @ 125V AC

Keylocks
Solder Lug
G Gold Contacts Logic Level 0.4VA max @ 28V AC/DC max

Rotaries
Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

(2.0)
.079
Epoxy Seal

Slides
(2.0) (4.0)
.079 (1.1) .157
.043
Thk (0.7) (0.5) Com
.028 .020

Tactiles
Straight PC
P Silver Contacts Power Level 3A @ 125V AC

Tilt
Straight PC
PG Gold Contacts Logic Level 0.4VA max @ 28V AC/DC max

Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section. Touch


Indicators

PCB Footprints

Single Pole Double Pole


Epoxy Seal (6.4)
(4.3) .252 (4.7)
Accessories

.169 .185
3 3 6

(1.2) (3.9) Typ 2 5


(3.9) Typ
2
.047 .154 .154
Thk (0.7) (0.5) Com 1 1 4
.028 .020
(1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.071 .071
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C27
Series EB Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

CAPS & COLORS

B AT443 C AT442
.315” (8.0mm) Diameter Snap-on Cap .394” (10.0mm) Diameter Snap-on Cap
Rockers

Cap Colors Cap Colors


Available: Available:
Pushbuttons

A F A F
C Black Green
(7.6)
Black Green
(8.0)
.315
B G B G
.299

White Blue White Blue


Programmable Illuminated PB

(10.0) Dia
C H C H
(8.0) Dia
.315 .394
Red Gray Red Gray

E Yellow
E Yellow

Cap Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy Cap Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy

Plunger Extension
Due to a difference in plunger lengths on the momentary and alternate action models, cap distance from top of bushing varies.
(2.3) Dia
Keylocks

(2.3) Dia .091


.091 (2.85) Dia
(2.85) Dia .112
.112

(8.0) (9.3)
.315 (3.3) Dia .366
.130
(1.4) (1.2) (2.7) (2.5)
.055 .047 .106 .098
Rotaries

Momentary Momentary Alternate Alternate


Plunger Length Cap Location Plunger Length Cap Location
Slides

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Solder Lug Single Pole
Tactiles

(1.1) x (2.0) Typ


Keyway M6 P0.75 .043 x .079
(0.7) Typ
.028 3

(3.9) Typ
(11.0) (8.0) Dia .154 COM 2

.433 .315
(0.5) 1

.020
Tilt

(4.0) Typ
.157
(1.4) (6.8) (4.5)
.055 .268 .177
(7.0) (7.6) (8.5) (18.0) (2.0) Typ
.276 .299 .335 .709 .079
For Momentary Devices
Touch

EB2011-BA

Solder Lug Double Pole


Indicators

(1.1) x (2.0) Typ


Keyway M6 P0.75 .043 x .079
(0.7) Typ
.028 6 3
(3.9) Typ
(11.0) (8.0) Dia .154 COM 5 2
.433
Accessories

.315
(0.5) 4 1
.020
(4.0) Typ
.157
(1.4) (6.8) (4.5) (2.0) Typ
.055 .268 .177 .079
(11.7) (7.6) (8.5) (18.0) (4.7)
Supplement

.461 .299 .335 .709 .185


For Momentary Devices

EB2061-BA

C28 www.nkkswitches.com
Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons Series EB

Toggles
HARDWARE

Installation/Assembly Standard Hardware Optional Hardware

Rockers
2 AT513M Metric Hexagon Nuts AT513M AT509 AT507M
1 AT509 Internal Tooth Lockwasher Metric Hexagon Nut Lockwasher Metric Locking Ring

Material: Material: Material:

Pushbuttons
Brass with Steel with Steel with
C
Face Nut
Nickel Plating Zinc/Chromate Zinc/Chromate
Lockwasher Locking Ring
(Optional)

Programmable Illuminated PB
Lock Nut
(6.0) Dia
.236
M6 P0.75

Optional Hardware: (8.0) (6.4) Dia (10.2) Dia (12.0) Dia


.315 .252 .472
AT507M Metric Locking Ring .402 (2.0)
.079

(5.5)
.217
Note: Cap must be snapped on
after the switch is mounted (9.0) (1.5) (0.5) (1.7) (0.8)
into the panel. .354 .059 .020 .067 .031

Keylocks
PANEL CUTOUTS & THICKNESSES

With With Standard Hardware Without

Rotaries
Metric Bushing Standard Hardware & Optional Locking Ring Bottom Hex Nut

(8.0) Dia (6.35) Dia


.315 .250
(5.6)
M6 P0.75 .220
(6.5)

Slides
(8.5) (6.5) Dia
(0.8) .335 (6.35) Dia (0.6) .256 .256
.031 .250 .024 (2.2) Dia
(1.7)
.067 .087
(2.5)
.098 Maximum Effective Maximum Effective Maximum Effective
Panel Thickness: Panel Thickness: Panel Thickness:

Tactiles
.118” (3.0mm) .055” (1.4mm) .185” (4.7mm)

See Accessories & Hardware section for optional Conical Nuts:


AT512M used with cap AT443 and AT512CM used with cap AT442.

Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C29
Series EB Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH

EB20 11 B J23
Rockers
Pushbuttons

C
Poles & Circuits Contacts, Ratings, & Terminals Cap Colors
Programmable Illuminated PB

11 SPDT ON (ON) No Silver Contacts; Solder Lug Terminals A Black


Code 3A @ 125V AC
65 SPDT ON ON B White
Gold Contacts; Solder Lug Terminals
61 DPDT ON (ON) G C Red
0.4VA max @ 28V AC/DC max
85 DPDT ON ON E Yellow
Silver Contacts; Straight PC Terminals;
( ) = Momentary P F Green
3A @ 125V AC
Gold Contacts; Straight PC Terminals G Blue
PG
0.4VA max @ 28V AC/DC max H Gray
Keylocks
Rotaries

Cap Extensions & Bezel Types


Low Rise High Rise
Momen- Alter- Momen- Alter-
tary nate tary nate Description
Slides

IMPORTANT: J20 J30 J40 J50 Without Bezel


Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking J21 J31 J41 J51 Bezel without LED
unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with J22 J32 J42 J52 Bezel with 1 Round LED
marking on the switch.
Tactiles

J23 J33 J43 J53 Bezel with 2 Round LEDs


Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted
on the General Specifications page. J24 J34 J44 J54 Bezel with 2 Rectangular LEDs
Tilt

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE WITHOUT BEZEL


EB2011-A-J40
Touch

Black Cap with


Without Bezel High Rise Extension
Indicators

SPDT
Accessories

ON-(ON) Circuit

Silver Contacts & Solder Lug


Terminals with 3-Amp Rating
Supplement

C30 www.nkkswitches.com
Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons Series EB

Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLES

A C F

Rockers
Pushbuttons
C
Bezel Colors Led Colors

Programmable Illuminated PB
Bezel without LEDs
A Black F Green
B White G Blue
C Red H Gray
E Yellow

Bezel with 1 Round LED 1 LED

Keylocks
A Black C Red
F Green

Bezel with 2 Round or 2 LEDs

Rotaries
Rectangular LEDs
Top LED Bottom LED
A Black
C Red C Red
E Yellow E Yellow

Slides
F Green F Green

Tactiles
Tilt
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE WITH BEZEL
EB2011-B-J23ACF
Touch
Black Bezel with 2 Round LEDs:
Top LED Red White Cap with
Bottom LED Green Low Rise Extension
Indicators
Accessories

SPDT
ON-(ON) Circuit

Silver Contacts & Solder Lug


Terminals with 3-Amp Rating
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C31
Series EB Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

POLES & CIRCUITS


Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematics
Rockers

Normal Down Normal Down


Note: Terminal numbers are not
Pole Model Keyway Keyway
actually on the switch.
Pushbuttons

C 2 (COM)
EB2011 ON (ON)
SP 2-3 2-1 SPDT
EB2065 ON ON 3 1
Programmable Illuminated PB

2 (COM) 5
EB2061 ON (ON)
DP 2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 DPDT
EB2085 ON ON 3 1 6 4

CONTACT MATERIALS, RATINGS, & TERMINALS

No Solder Lug
Code
Keylocks

Silver Contacts Power Level 3A @ 125V AC

Solder Lug
G
Rotaries

Gold Contacts Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum

Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.


(2.0)
.079
Slides

Epoxy Seal

(2.0) (4.0)
.079 (1.1) .157
.043
Thk (0.7) (0.5) Com
.028 .020
Tactiles

Straight PC
P Silver Contacts Power Level 3A @ 125V AC
Tilt

Straight PC
PG
Touch

Gold Contacts Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum

Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.


Indicators

PCB Footprints
Single Pole Double Pole
Accessories

Epoxy Seal (6.4)


(4.3) .252 (4.7)
.169 .185
3 3 6

(1.2) (3.9) Typ 2 5


(3.9) Typ
2
.047 .154 .154
Thk (0.7) (0.5) Com 1 1 4
.028 .020
(1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
Supplement

.071 .071

C32 www.nkkswitches.com
Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons Series EB

Toggles
CAP COLORS

Factory Assembled on the Switch: A Black


B White
C Red
E Yellow
Square snap-on cap AT465, snap-in mounter

Rockers
AT529, and optional bezels which follow.
F G Blue
H Gray
Green

CAP EXTENSIONS & BEZEL TYPES

Pushbuttons
(4.4)
C
Cap (2.2) (3.3)
.130
(3.3)
.130
.173

J20 J30 J40 J50


.087
Extension

Programmable Illuminated PB
without (11.0) (11.0) (11.0) (11.0)

Bezel Low Rise .433 Low Rise .433


High Rise .433 High Rise .433

Momentary (2.8) Alternate (2.8) Momentary (2.8)


Alternate (2.8)
(4.5) .110 (4.5) .110 (3.4) .110 (3.4) .110
.177 .177 .134 .134

Part No. (1.1) x (2.0) Typ


.043 x .079
(0.7) Typ
.028 3

(11.5) Sq (3.9) Typ (11.0)


.453 .154 COM 2 .433 (15.0)
(14.0) .591
(18.0) (0.5)
.709
1
.551
.020

Keylocks
(2.8) (4.0) Typ
.110 .157 (12.5)
(3.4) (4.5) (2.0) Typ .492
.134 .177 .079
(12.2) (3.3) (11.0) (18.0) (7.0)
.480 .130 .433 .709 .276 Maximum Panel Thickness
For Momentary Devices .039” ~ .157” (1.0mm ~ 4.0mm)
Cutout applies to SP & DP

Rotaries
High Rise Single Pole EB2011-A-J40

(1.0) (2.1) (2.1) (3.2)


Cap .039 .083 .083 .126
J21 J31 J41 J51

Slides
(2.2) (2.2) (2.2) (2.2)
Extension .087 .087 .087 .087

with Low Rise


(10.0)
Low Rise (10.0)
High Rise (10.0)
High Rise (10.0)
.394 .394 .394 .394
Bezel Momentary Alternate Momentary Alternate
(2.8) (2.8) (2.8) (2.8)
(4.5) .110 (4.5) .110 (3.4) .110 (3.4) .110
.177 .177 .134 .134

Tactiles
AT207 Bezel
without LED E Yellow
(11.8)
.465
(15.0)
Material: .591
A Black
F Polycarbonate
(2.2)
.087
Green

Tilt
(12.0)
B White
G Blue Finish:
(15.6)
.614
.472 (12.5)
.492
(21.5)
Glossy .846
Maximum Panel Thickness
C Red
H Gray .039” ~ .126” (1.0mm ~ 3.2mm)
Cutout applies to SP & DP Touch

Part No.
(1.1) x (2.0) Typ
Indicators

.043 x .079
(0.7) Typ
.028 6 3

(11.5) Sq (3.9) Typ (11.0)


.453 .154 COM 5 2 .433
(14.0)
(0.5) 4 1
.551
(21.5) .020
Accessories

.846
(2.8) (4.0) Typ
.110 .157
(2.2) (4.5) (4.5) (2.0) Typ
.087 .177 .177 .079
(15.6) (1.0) (10.0) (18.0) (4.7)
.614 .039 .394 .709 .185
Supplement

For Momentary Devices

Low Rise Double Pole EB2061-B-J21A

www.nkkswitches.com C33
Series EB Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

CAP EXTENSIONS & BEZEL TYPES


(1.0) (2.1) (2.1) (3.2)
Cap .039 .083 .083 .126

Extension
J22 (2.2)
.087 J32 (2.2)
.087 J42 (2.2)
.087 J52 (2.2)
.087
Rockers

with (10.0)
.394
(10.0)
.394
(10.0)
.394
(10.0)
.394
Low Rise Low Rise High Rise High Rise
Bezel
Momentary (4.5)
(2.8)
.110
Alternate (4.5)
(2.8) Momentary (3.4)
(2.8) Alternate (3.4)
(2.8)
.110
.110 .110
.177 .177 .134 .134
Pushbuttons

AT208 Bezel with (6.25)


.246
C
(8.8) Dia
1 Round LED (AT070 LED) (11.8)
.465
(2.2)
.087
.346
(19.0)
.748 (13.5)
.531

A Black Maximum Panel Thickness (13.8) LED colors and


Programmable Illuminated PB

.543
(12.0) .039” ~ .126” specifications on
.472
(1.0mm ~ 3.2mm) (15.0) next to last page
.591
Material: Polycarbonate (15.6)
.614
(30.2) Cutout applies to SP & DP of this EB section.
1.19
Finish: Glossy
(5.4) Dia
.213 (12.5)
(4.9) (15.3) Min .492 (2.5)
.193 .602 .098
(0.61) Sq
.024
(5.4) Dia
.213 (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
(19.0) (30.2) .043 x .079
.748 1.190 (0.7) Typ
Keylocks

(13.5) .028
.531 3

(11.5) Sq (3.9) Typ (11.0)


(12.0) .453 .154 COM 2 .433
.472 (14.0)
1
(0.5) .551
.020

(2.8) (4.0) Typ


Rotaries

.110 .157
(11.8) (2.2) (3.4) (4.5) (2.0)
.465 .087 .134 .177 .079
(15.6) (2.1) (10.0) (18.0) (7.0)
.614 .083 .394 .709 .276
For Momentary Devices

EB2011-B-J42AC High Rise Single Pole


Slides

(1.0) (2.1) (2.1) (3.2)


Cap .039 .083 .083 .126

Extension J23 (2.2)


.087 J33 (2.2)
.087 J43 (2.2)
.087 J53 (2.2)
.087

with (10.0) (10.0) (10.0) (10.0)


.394 .394 .394 .394
Tactiles

Bezel Low Rise Low Rise High Rise High Rise


Momentary (4.5)
(2.8)
.110
Alternate (4.5)
(2.8) Momentary (3.4)
(2.8) Alternate (3.4)
(2.8)
.110
.110 .110
.177 .177 .134 .134

AT212 Bezel with


2 Round LEDs (AT617 LEDs) (12.0)
(10.0) .472 (15.0)
Tilt

.394 .591

A Black
(2.2)
.087
(7.8)
.307 (18.4) LED colors and
.724
(11.8) specifications on
Touch

.465 (21.5) Sq
Material: Polycarbonate (8.0) .846 Maximum Panel Thickness next to last page
.315 (3.0) Dia Typ
Finish: Glossy .118 .039” ~ .126” (1.0mm ~ 3.2mm) of this EB section.
Cutout applies to SP & DP
Indicators

(10.0) (7.8) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ


.394 .307 .043 x .079
(0.7) Typ
.028
3

(3.9) Typ (11.0)


(8.0) (12.0) (11.5) Sq .154 COM .433
Accessories

2
.315 .472 .453 (14.0)
(0.5) 1
.551
.020
(3.0) Dia Typ
.118 (2.8) (4.0) Typ
.110 .157
(11.8) (2.2) (4.5) (4.5) (2.0) Typ
.465 .087 .177 .177 .079
Supplement

(21.5) Sq (2.1) (10.0) (18.0) (7.0)


.846 .083 .394 .709 .276
For Alternate Devices
EB2065-B-J33ACF Low Rise Single Pole

C34 www.nkkswitches.com
Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons Series EB

Toggles
CAP EXTENSIONS & BEZEL TYPES
(1.0) (2.1) (2.1) (3.2)
Cap .039 .083 .083 .126

Extension J24 (2.2)


.087 J34 (2.2)
.087 J44 (2.2)
.087 J54 (2.2)
.087

Rockers
with Low Rise
(10.0)
Low Rise (10.0)
High Rise (10.0)
High Rise (10.0)
.394 .394 .394 .394
Bezel Momentary Alternate Momentary Alternate
(2.8) (2.8) (2.8) (2.8)
(4.5) .110 (4.5) .110 (3.4) .110 (3.4) .110
.177 .177 .134 .134

Pushbuttons
AT213 Bezel with
2 Rectangular LEDs (AT618 LEDs) C
(10.0) (12.0)
.394 .472 (15.0)
A .591

Programmable Illuminated PB
Black (2.0) Typ
(2.2)
LED colors and
.079
.087 specifications on
(7.8) (18.4) next page of this
.307
Material: Polycarbonate (11.8)
.724 EB section.
Finish: Glossy .465
Maximum Panel Thickness
(8.0) (21.5) Sq
.315 (5.0) Typ .846 .039” ~ .126” (1.0mm ~ 3.2mm)
.197
Cutout applies to SP & DP

(10.0) (7.8) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ


.394 .307 .043 x .079
(0.7) Typ
.028

Keylocks
6 3

(3.9) Typ (11.0)


(8.0) (12.0) (11.5) Sq .154 COM 5 2 .433
.315 .472 .453 (14.0)
(0.5) 4 1
.551
.020
(5.0) Typ
.197 (2.8) (4.0) Typ
.110 .157

Rotaries
(2.0) (11.8) (2.2) (3.4) (4.5) (2.0) Typ
.079 .465 .087 .134 .177 .079
(21.5) Sq (3.2) (10.0) (18.0) (4.7)
.846 .126 .394 .709 .185
For Alternate Devices

High Rise Double Pole EB2085-B-J54ACF

Slides
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C35
Series EB Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS

Bezel Orientation on Switch


Rockers

AT070 LED AT617 LED AT618 LED


For Bezel AT208 For Bezel AT212 For Bezel AT213
with 1 LED with 2 Round LEDs (3.0) Dia with 2 Rectangular LEDs (5.0)
Pushbuttons

(+) (-)
.118 .197

C (5.0)
.197
(7.0)
.276
Top LED Top LED
Circuit Mark This Side

Circuit Mark This Side

Circuit Mark This Side


Programmable Illuminated PB

Bottom LED (-) Bottom LED (-)


(+) (+)

Note: Lead lengths may differ from manufacturing lot to lot. The longer lead is the anode (+).
Keylocks

AT070 AT617 AT618

(+) (-)

C F C E F C E F
Rotaries

Color Red Green Red Yellow Green Red Yellow Green

Maximum Forward Current IFM 25mA 30mA 30mA 30mA 25mA 25mA 30mA 25mA
Slides

Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA

Forward Voltage VF 2.8V 2.1V 2.0V 2.1V 2.2V 2.25V 2.1V 2.2V
Tactiles

Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V

Current Reduction Rate 0.33 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.33 0.33 0.40 0.33
∆IF
Above 25°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C

Ambient Temperature Range


Tilt

–10° ~ +70°C –15° ~ +70°C –25° ~ +50°C


(when used with a bezel)

The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C.


LED circuit is independent of switch operation. LED is colored in OFF state.
Touch

If the source voltage is greater than the rated voltage of the LED, a ballast resistor must be connected in series with the lamp.
The ballast resistor calculation and more lamp detail are shown in the Supplement section.
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

C36 www.nkkswitches.com
Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons Series EB

Toggles
LEGENDS

NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.

Rockers
Suggested Printable Area for Cap
ON

Pushbuttons
(4.61) Typ
C
(0.38) Typ
Recommended Print Method: .015 .181

Screen Print or Pad Print (0.76) Typ

Programmable Illuminated PB
(9.98) Sq (0.76) Typ .030 (9.98) (0.76) Typ

FILT AIR
.393 .030 .393 .030
Epoxy based ink is recommended. (11.5) Sq (11.5) Sq
ER .453 .453

AT465 AT465

Shaded areas are printable areas.

Keylocks
Rotaries
Slides
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C37
Series FB & SB Momentary Pushbuttons
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

FB Series SB Series

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Power Level: 500mA @ 125V AC for silver 3A @ 125V AC or 2A @ 250V AC or
Pushbuttons

C Logic Level: 0.4VA max. @ 28V AC/DC max. for gold


(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
2A @ 30V DC for silver
0.4VA max. @ 28V AC/DC max. for gold
Note: Find additional explanation in (Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
Supplement section. Note: Find explanation of operating range in
Programmable Illuminated PB

Supplement section.
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 30 milliohms maximum for silver; 10 milliohms maximum for silver;
30 milliohms maximum for gold 20 milliohms maximum for gold
Insulation Resistance: 100 megohms minimum @ 500V DC 200 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts & 1,000V AC minimum between contacts
between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum & between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum 30,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum 10,000 operations minimum
Keylocks

Nominal Operating Force: 2.16N 4.90N


Travel: Pretravel .043” (1.1mm) Normally Open
Overtravel .022” (0.57mm) Total Travel .088” (2.24mm)
Total Travel .065” (1.67mm) Normally Closed
Rotaries

Total Travel .088” (2.24mm)


Materials & Finishes
Plunger: Polyacetal Phenolic resin
Bushing: Brass with nickel plating Brass with nickel plating
Slides

Case: Phenolic resin Phenolic resin


Movable Contactor: Copper with silver or gold plating Copper with silver or gold plating
Stationary Contacts: Phosphor bronze with silver or gold plating Copper with silver or gold plating
Terminals: Phosphor bronze with silver or gold plating Copper with silver or gold plating
Tactiles

Environmental & Installation Data


Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F) –10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F)
Soldering Time & Manual Soldering: Manual Soldering:
Temperature: See Profile A in Supplement section. See Profile A in Supplement section.
Tilt

Standards & Certifications


UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered
ordered with marking on switch. with marking on switch.
Touch

Add “/U” or “/CUL” before dash in part Add “/U” or “/CUL” before dash in part number to
number to order UL recognized switch. order UL recognized switch.
Models rated 0.5A @ 125V AC Single pole; Models rated 3A @ 125V AC & 2A @ 250V AC.
Momentary action circuit with solder lug Single pole: Momentary action circuit with solder lug
Indicators

terminations. terminations.

CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when


ordered with marking on switch.
Accessories

Add “/C” before dash in part number to order CSA


certified switch.
SB series rated 3A @ 125V AC & 2A @ 250V AC.
Single pole: Momentary action circuit with solder lug
terminations.
Supplement

C38 www.nkkswitches.com
Momentary Pushbuttons Series FB & SB

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Optional caps in different colors to vary appearance
as needed.

Pushbuttons
Low operating force for ease of actuation.
C

Programmable Illuminated PB
Rear panel bushing mount with compact
behind panel dimension.

Internal antijamming feature to protect the


contacts from damage due to excessive
force on the plunger.

Self-cleaning contacts make FB models highly


reliable.

Keylocks
Low cost device of rugged one-piece bushing
and housing construction.

Rotaries
Reliability of construction with an internal guide to
maintain contact alignment.

Epoxy sealed terminals.

Slides
Tactiles
Tilt
Actual Size FB Actual Size SB
Touch

FB Bushing Mount Page C40


Indicators
Accessories

SB Bushing Mount Page C42


Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C39
Series FB .5 Amp Momentary Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

FB 15AN EP 2 F A
Rockers
Pushbuttons

C Pole & Circuit Contact Materials & Ratings Cap Colors


15AN SPST OFF (ON) Silver Contacts A Black
2
500mA @ 125V AC
Programmable Illuminated PB

( ) = Momentary B White
Gold Contacts
4 C Red
0.4VA max. @ 28V AC/DC max.

Terminals Caps
EP Epoxy Sealed PC/Turret F .201” (5.1mm) Dia.
Keylocks

P No Epoxy PC/Turret H .295” (7.5mm) Dia.

IMPORTANT:
Rotaries

Switches are supplied without UL & cULus marking unless specified.


UL & cULus recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Slides

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


FB15ANEP2-FA
Tactiles

.201” (5.1mm) Diameter


Black Cap
Silver Contacts & SPST
Tilt

500-Milliamp Rating OFF-(ON) Circuit

Epoxy Sealed
PC/Turret Terminals
Touch

POLE & CIRCUIT


Indicators

Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematics

Normal Down Normal Down


Accessories

Note: Terminal numbers are


Pole Model
not actually on the switch.

SP FB15AN OFF (ON) OPEN 1-2 SPST


Supplement

1 2

C40 www.nkkswitches.com
.5 Amp Momentary Pushbuttons Series FB

Toggles
TERMINALS

Epoxy Sealed No Epoxy


EP PC/Turret Terminals
P PC/Turret Terminals

Rockers
CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS

Pushbuttons
2 Silver Contacts Power Level 500mA @ 125V AC
C

Programmable Illuminated PB
Gold Contacts Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum

Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

PC/Turret

Keylocks
(5.1) Dia (4.0) (1.2) (0.15) Typ
.157 M5 P0.5 .047 .006
.201

(5.0) Dia
.197

Rotaries
(2.8) Dia
.110
(5.0) (2.7)
.197 .106
(7.0) Dia (5.9) (4.0) (11.8) (2.54)
.276 .232 .157 .465 .100

Slides
Plunger is white polyacetal. FB15ANEP2-FA

SLIP-ON CAPS & COLORS

Tactiles
AT475 AT496
F .201” (5.1mm) Diameter
H .295” (7.5mm) Diameter
(5.1) Dia (7.5) Dia

Tilt
.201 .295
(4.0) (4.0)
Material: Polyamide (5.9)
.232 .157 Material: Polyamide (5.9)
.232 .157

Finish: Glossy Finish: Glossy

Touch

Colors Available: A Black B White C Red


Indicators

STANDARD HARDWARE & PANEL CUTOUT


Accessories

M5 P0.5
(5.3) Dia
AT536 Hex Nut (7.0) Panel Thickness: .209
.276

Material: .110” (2.8mm) maximum


Brass with nickel plating
Supplement

(8.0) (1.2)
.315 .047

www.nkkswitches.com C41
Series SB 3 Amp Momentary Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

SB40 11NO M
Rockers
Pushbuttons

C
Pole & Circuits Plunger Colors Contact Materials & Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB

Normally Open No Code Black No Silver Contacts


Code 3A @ 125V AC or 2A @ 250V DC
11NO SPST OFF (ON) C Red
Gold Contacts
Normally Closed G
0.4VA max. @ 28V AC/DC max.
11NC SPST ON (OFF)
( ) = Momentary

Bushings Slip-On Cap & Colors


M Metric Threaded M12 P1 No Code Without Cap
Keylocks

H Inch Threaded 15/32-32 NS 2A Black


2B White
2C Red
IMPORTANT:
2E Yellow
Rotaries

Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch. 2F Green
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page. 2G Blue
Slides

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


SB4011NOM
Tactiles

Standard Black Plunger


without Slip-on Cap
Metric Threaded Bushing
SPST OFF-(ON)
Tilt

Normally Open Circuit


Silver Contacts with
3-Amp Rating
Touch

POLE & CIRCUITS


Indicators

Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematics

Normal Down Normal Down


Note: Terminal numbers are
Accessories

Pole Model
not actually on the switch.

SB4011NO OFF (ON) OPEN 1-2 NO NC


SP SPST
Supplement

1 2
SB4011NC ON (OFF) 1-2 OPEN 1 2

C42 www.nkkswitches.com
3 Amp Momentary Pushbuttons Series SB

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

(1.2) Dia Metric Bushing


M12 P1 .047

Rockers
(8.4) Dia (10.0) Dia
.331 .394
(2.2) Typ
.086

Pushbuttons
(9.0) (4.0) (0.6) Typ

C
.354 .157 .024
(12.0) Dia (6.3) (22.0) (7.3)
.472 .248 .866 .287

SB4011NOM

Programmable Illuminated PB
(1.2) Dia
M12 P1 .047

SB4011NOM
(8.4) Dia (10.0) Dia
.331 .394

(12.5) Dia Hardware provided:


.492 1 AT504 Knurled Face Nut
(9.0) (5.0)
.354 .197 1 AT508 Lockwasher
(12.0) Dia
.472
(6.3)
.248
(23.0)
.906
1 AT527M Hex Mounting Nut

Keylocks
Panel Thickness: Details in Hardware &
SB4011NCM .157” (4.0mm) Accessories section.

Inch Bushing

Rotaries
(1.2) Dia
15/32-32 NS .047

(8.4) Dia (10.0) Dia


.331 .394
(2.2) Typ

Slides
.086

(10.4) (4.0) (0.6) Typ


.410 .157 .024
(12.0) Dia (6.3) (22.0) (7.3)
.472 .248 .866 .287

Tactiles
SB4011NOH
(1.2) Dia
15/32-32 NS .047

SB4011NCH
(8.4) Dia (10.0) Dia
.331 .394

Tilt
(12.5) Dia Hardware provided:
.492
2 AT503H Hex Mounting Nuts
(10.4) (5.0)
.410 .197 1 AT508 Lockwasher
(12.0) Dia (6.3) (23.0)
.472 .248 .906

Touch
Panel Thickness: Details in Hardware &
SB4011NCH .157” (4.0mm) Accessories section.

SLIP-ON CAP & COLORS


Indicators

AT422
.394” (10.0mm) Diameter Cap 2A 2C 2F
Black Red Green
Accessories

(10.0) Dia
.394

(6.0)
(8.8) .236
.346
Material: Polyethylene
Finish: Matte
2B White
2E Yellow
2G Blue
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C43
Series GB Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Logic Level: 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
Pushbuttons

C Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB

Contact Resistance: 80 milliohms maximum


Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 1.70N
Travel: Pretravel .035” (0.9mm); Overtravel .008” (0.2mm); Total Travel .043” (1.1mm)
Keylocks

Materials & Finishes


Actuator: Polyacetal
Case: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Sealing Rings: Nitrile butadiene rubber
Movable Contacts: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Rotaries

Stationary Contacts: Phosphor bronze with gold plating


Base: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Mounting Bracket: Phosphor bronze with tin plating
Terminals: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Slides

Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Tactiles

Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt

Installation
Cap Installation Force: 39.1N (8.8 lbf) maximum downward force on actuator
Touch

PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Indicators

Cleaning: Automated cleaning. See Cleaning specifications in Supplement section.

Standards & Certifications


Accessories

The GB Series pushbuttons have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement

C44 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Pushbuttons Series GB

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Ultra-miniature size allows high density mounting, and extremely light
weight of 0.25 gram makes these switches ideal for handheld

Pushbuttons
equipment. C

Programmable Illuminated PB
Totally sealed body construction prevents contact
contamination and allows time- and money-saving
automated soldering and cleaning.

Award-winning STC contact mechanism with


benefits unavailable in conventional mechanisms:

Keylocks
smoother, positive detent actuation, increased
contact stability and unparalleled logic-level
reliability. (Additional STC details in Terms &
Acronyms; see Supplement section.)

Rotaries
.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm) terminal

Slides
spacing conforms to standard PC board grid-
spacing. Round terminals facilitate easier
through-hole mounting on PC boards.

Tactiles
Matching indicators available.

Tilt
Touch

Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C45
Series GB Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

GB 1 5 A H X C
Rockers

Poles Circuits PC Terminals Cap Colors


Pushbuttons

C 1 SPDT 5 ON (ON) P Straight A Black


2 DPDT ( ) = Momentary H Right Angle B White
V Vertical C Red
Programmable Illuminated PB

Plunger Slip-on Cap


A .130” (3.3mm) Long X .157” (4.0mm) Diameter

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


GB15AH-XC
Keylocks

SPDT
.130” (3.3mm) Long Plunger with
ON-(ON) Circuit
.157” (4.0mm) Diameter Red Cap
Right Angle PC Terminals
Rotaries

POLES & CIRCUITS


Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Slides

Normal Down Normal Down


Note: Terminal numbers are not
Pole Model
actually on the switch.

5 (COM)
Tactiles

SP GB15 ON (ON) 5-6 5-4 SPDT


4 6

5 (COM) 2
DP GB25 ON (ON) 5-6 2-3 5-4 2-1 DPDT
4 6 1 3
Tilt

PLUNGER
(2.0) Dia

A
.079
Touch

.130” (3.3mm) Long Plunger


(3.3)
.130
Indicators

PC TERMINALS

P Straight
H Right Angle V Vertical
(2.54) Typ
.100
(0.4) Dia Typ
Accessories

(0.5) Typ .016


(2.54) Typ .020
(2.54) Typ .100
.100 (0.4) Dia Typ
(0.4) Dia Typ .016 (2.54) Typ
.016 (2.6) (2.54) Typ .100
.102 .100 (0.5) Typ
.020
(4.5)
Supplement

(7.0) .177
(7.0) (4.5) .276 (2.54) Typ (7.0) (4.5)
.276 .177 .100 .276 .177

C46 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Pushbuttons Series GB

Toggles
SLIP-ON CAP & COLORS
AT4063
X .157” (4.0mm) Diameter Slip-on Cap
(4.0) Dia
.157

Rockers
(3.8)
Material: Polyamide .150
(2.4)
.094
Finish: Glossy Actual Size

Pushbuttons
Cap Colors Available:
A Black
B White
C Red C
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Programmable Illuminated PB
Single & Double Pole Straight PC
(2.54)
.100 4
(2.0) Dia (2.54) Typ
.079 P/N This Side 5
(3.3) .100
.130 (4.0) Dia (0.4) Dia Typ
.157 .016 6

1 4 (0.6) Dia Typ


(7.0) .024
(4.0) Dia 2 5 COM
.157 .276
3 6

Keylocks
Slot (1.6) (2.54) Typ (2.54)
.063 .100 .100
4 1
(2.4) (2.54) Typ
.094 5 2 .100
(4.5) (3.8) (7.0) (2.6) (2.54)
.177 .100 6 3
.150 .276 .102
(0.6) Dia Typ
.024

Rotaries
On single pole switches terminals 1 & 3 are support pins. GB25AP-XC

Single & Double Pole Right Angle PC


(2.54) Typ
.100

Slides
(3.3) (2.0) Dia (0.4) 4 5 6
.130 .079 .016
(4.0) Dia (0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
.157 .024 .200
3 2 1
(2.24)
.088 (4.9)
(4.0) Dia
.157 .193

Tactiles
(2.6) 6 5 4
.102
COM

(2.4) (5.08) (0.5) (0.4) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ


(0.4) Dia Typ Slot .100
.016 .094 .200 .020 .016 1 2 3
(5.08) (1.6) (2.54) (2.54) Typ (2.54)
4 5 6 .100
.200 .063 .100 .100
(7.8) (3.8) (10.22) (7.0) (0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
.307 .150 .402 .276 .024 .200

Tilt
GB25AH-XC

Single & Double Pole Vertical PC


Touch
(2.54)
.100 4
(2.54) Typ
5 .100
(3.3) (2.0) Dia (0.4)
.016 6
.130 .079
(4.0) Dia (0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
Indicators

.157 .024 .200


1 4
(4.0) Dia 2 5 COM (7.4) CL
.157 .292
3 6
(2.6)
.102
Accessories

Slot
(2.54)
(0.4) Dia Typ (2.4) (5.08) (0.5) Typ (0.4) Dia Typ .100
4 1
.016 .094 .200 .020 .016
(2.54) Typ
(2.54) (1.6) (2.54) Typ (2.54) 5 2 .100
.100 .063 .100 .100
6 3
(5.3) (3.8) (12.76) (4.5)
.209 .150 .502 .177 (0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
Supplement

.024 .200

GB25AV-XC

www.nkkswitches.com C47
Series GB2 Ultra-Thin Pushbuttons
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Logic Level: 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons

(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)


C Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.
Programmable Illuminated PB

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 80 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 1.0N
Travel: Pretravel .020” (0.5mm); Overtravel .023 (0.6mm); Total Travel .043” (1.1mm)
Keylocks

Materials & Finishes


Actuator: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)
Case: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)
Movable Contacts: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Rotaries

Stationary Contacts: Brass with gold plating


Base: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)
Mounting Bracket: Phosphor bronze with tin plating
Terminals: Brass with gold plating
Slides

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Tactiles

Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt

PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.
Touch

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 actuator, case, & base
Indicators

The GB2 Series pushbuttons have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Accessories
Supplement

C48 www.nkkswitches.com
Ultra-Thin Pushbuttons Series GB2

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Unique, off-center actuator allows high density setup and easy
actuation while avoiding accidental operation in compact

Pushbuttons
environments.
C

Programmable Illuminated PB
Side-by-side, block mounting can be achieved by use of bracket
AT546 on straight PC mounting types.

Off-Momentary On Circuit.

Black, white, and red snap-on caps available.

Keylocks
Extremely thin size allows high density PCB mounting
and makes these switches ideal for handheld equipment.

Rotaries
Award-winning STC contact mechanism with benefits
unavailable in conventional mechanisms: smoother,

Slides
positive detent actuation, increased contact stability
and unparalleled logic-level reliability. (Additional STC
details in Terms & Acronyms; see Supplement section.)

Tactiles
Molded-in, epoxy sealed terminals lock out flux and other
contaminants.

Tilt
.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm) terminal spacing conforms to
standard PC board grid spacing for straight and angle mounting.
Touch

Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C49
Series GB2 Ultra-Thin Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

GB2 1 5 A B
Rockers
Pushbuttons

Pole Cap Colors


C 1 SPST With P, B, or H Terminals
PC Terminals for Single Switches
P Straight A Black
Programmable Illuminated PB

B Straight with Bracket B White


Circuit Plunger H Right Angle 1 Switch C Red
5 OFF (ON) A Standard
2H Right Angle 2 Switches With Terminal Code 2H for
( ) = Momentary 2 Right Angle Switches
Upper *Lower

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE A Black A


B White B
GB215AB
Keylocks

C Red C
* Nearest to PC Board
Standard Plunger
Rotaries

SPST
OFF-(ON) Circuit
Straight PC Terminals
with Bracket
Slides

POLE & CIRCUIT


Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Tactiles

Normal Down Normal Down


Note: Terminal numbers are not
Pole Model
actually on the switch.
Tilt

1-2 SPST 1 2

SP GB215 OFF (ON) OPEN


SPST with 1 2
1-2 3-4 2 switches
Touch

3 4

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Indicators

Straight PC Single Pole

(0.3) Typ (2.4) (2.7)


Accessories

.012 .094 .106

(3.0) 1
(7.0) .118 1
.276 2
(1.7) 2
.067 (2.0) (1.27) Typ (2.54) Typ
.079 .050 .100
(2.0) (0.8) Dia Typ
Supplement

.079 .031
(2.5) (3.2) (7.0) (3.1) (0.5) Sq Typ
.098 .126 .276 .122 .020

GB215AP

C50 www.nkkswitches.com
Ultra-Thin Pushbuttons Series GB2

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Single Pole Straight PC with Bracket

Rockers
(2.4) (2.7) (0.9) (1.3) (0.565) (0.5)
.094 .106 .035 .051 .0222 .020

(7.6) (3.0) (7.62) 1


.299 .118 .300 1

Pushbuttons
(1.7) (1.27) Typ (8.5) 2 (2.54) Typ
2
.335 .100
C
.067 (2.0) .050 (0.5) Sq Typ
.079 .020
(2.0) (0.25) Typ
.079 .010 (0.8) Dia Typ
(2.5) (3.2) (7.0) (3.1) (2.75) .031
.098 .126 .276 .122 .108

Programmable Illuminated PB
GB215AB

Single Pole with 1 Switch Right Angle PC

(7.6) (2.7)
.299 .106
(3.0) (1.75) (3.2)
.118 .069 .126

(3.25) (0.5) (3.25) (2.54)


.128 .020 .128 .100
(2.54) Typ

Keylocks
(3.1) .100
(2.4) (1.3) .122 1 2
(0.9) .094 .051
.035 (1.7) (0.5) (0.5) Sq Typ (5.08)
2 1

.067 .020 .020 .200


(1.3) (0.25) Typ (1.75) (0.56) (0.525) Typ (1.27) Typ
.051 .010 .069 .022 .0207 .050
(7.62) (2.0) (2.9) (5.08) (8.42) (7.62) (0.8) Dia Typ
.300 .079 .114 .200 .3315 .300

Rotaries
.031

GB215AH

Single Pole with 2 Switches Right Angle PC

Slides
(7.6) (2.7)
.299 .106
(2.4) (3.0) (3.2)
.094 .118 .126
3 4
(2.54)

Tactiles
.100
(5.75) (2.54) Typ
(4.25) .226
.167 .100
4 3
(0.5) (3.1)
(0.9) (1.75) (1.3) .020 .122 1 2
.035 .069 .051
2 1
(1.3) (0.5) (0.5) Sq Typ (5.08) (2.54)
.051 .020 .020 .200 .100
(1.75) (0.56) (0.525) Typ (1.27) Typ

Tilt
(1.7) Typ (0.25) Typ
.067 .010 .069 .022 .0207 .050
(7.62) (2.0) (2.9) (5.08) (2.54) (8.42) (7.62) (0.8) Dia Typ
.300 .079 .114 .200 .100 .3315 .300 .031

GB215A2H
Touch
SNAP-ON CAP & MOUNTING BRACKET
Indicators

AT4137 Rectangular Snap-on Cap


A Black AT546
(0.25)
Mounting Bracket .010 (7.5)
.295
AT4137 Rectangular Snap-on Cap Actual Size for Block Mounting
B White
Accessories

(6.5)
.256
(3.0)
AT4137 Rectangular Snap-on Cap Material:
C Red
.118 (3.1)
.122
Phosphor Bronze (0.5) Typ
.020
(3.2) (7.62)
.126 with Tin Plating
Supplement

(2.0) .300
Material: PBT .079
Finish: Glossy

www.nkkswitches.com C51
Series G3B Ultra-Miniature Process Sealed SMT Pushbuttons
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Logic Level: 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
Pushbuttons

Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.


C
Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB

Contact Resistance: 80 milliohms maximum


Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 2.0N
Travel: Pretravel: .024” (0.6mm); Overtravel: .019” (0.5mm); Total Travel: .043” (1.1mm)

Materials & Finishes


Keylocks

Actuator: Polyphenylene sulfide (UL94V-0)


Case: Polyphenylene sulfide (UL94V-0)
Sealing Rings: Nitrile butadiene rubber
Movable Contacts: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Rotaries

Stationary Contacts: Phosphor bronze with gold plating


Base: Polyphenylene sulfide (UL94V-0)
Terminals: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Slides

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 500Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
Tactiles

in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours


Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)

Installation
Tilt

Mounting: It is recommended that the body of models for upright mounting without bracket be fastened to a
panel or similar support for protection of solder joints from mechanical stress.
Coplanarity: See specifications in Terms & Acronyms in Supplement section.
Touch

Processing
Soldering: Reflow Soldering Recommended. See Profile B in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Indicators

Cleaning: Automated cleaning. See Cleaning specifications in Supplement section.

Standards & Certifications


Accessories

Flammability Standard: UL94V-0 actuator, case & base


The G3B Series pushbuttons have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement

C52 www.nkkswitches.com
Ultra-Miniature Process Sealed SMT Pushbuttons Series G3B

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Ultra-miniature size allows high density mounting, and extremely light weight
of 0.6 gram makes these switches ideal for handheld equipment.

Pushbuttons
C
Tape-reel and stick-tube packaging allow rapid automated
placement of surface mount devices. Tape-reel packaging

Programmable Illuminated PB
meets EIA-481-D Standard.

Heat resistant resin used for housing, base, and plunger


allows vapor phase and infrared convection reflow
soldering.

Keylocks
Combination of design features achieves total seal and
allows automated processing techniques, including flux
cleaning procedures: one-piece bushing and housing,
rubber seals surrounding actuator and base, epoxy at

Rotaries
joint of case and base, and molded-in, epoxy-sealed
terminals.

Slides
Award-winning STC contact mechanism with
benefits unavailable in conventional mechanisms:
smoother, positive detent actuation, increased contact
stability and unparalleled logic-level reliability. (Additional

Tactiles
STC details in Terms & Acronyms; see Supplement section.)

Gull-wing terminals provide mechanical stability during soldering

Tilt
and simplified solder joint inspection.

Coplanarity: all considered surfaces must lie between two parallel planes that
area maximum distance apart of .0059” (0.15mm). (Additional coplanarity Touch
details in Terms and Acronyms in the Supplement section.)
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C53
Series G3B Ultra-Miniature Process Sealed SMT Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

G3B 1 5 A B
Rockers
Pushbuttons

C Poles Terminals Colors


1 SPDT Plunger Gull Wing for A Black
P
Programmable Illuminated PB

Upright Mount
2 DPDT A .130” (3.3mm) Long B White
Gull Wing for
B C Red
Upright with Bracket
Circuits Gull Wing for
H
5 ON (ON) Right Angle Optional Caps
( ) = Momentary Slip-on Cap
.157” (4.0mm) Diameter
X
(For installation after
Packaging processing only)
Keylocks

No Partitioned Tray for Upright & Process Compatible Cap


Code Right Angle - Any Quantity .157” (4.0mm) Diameter
Y
(Combines with R or S
Tape-Reel for Right Angle Only
R packaging only)
500 Pieces/Reel
Rotaries

Stick-Tube for Upright Mount


S
50 Pieces/Stick
Packaging details at end of G3B Series
Slides

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE

G3B15AB
Tactiles

.130” (3.3mm)
Long Plunger SPDT
ON-(ON) Circuit

Packaged in Partitioned Tray Gull Wing Terminals for


Tilt

Upright with Bracket Mount

POLES & CIRCUITS


Touch

Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Indicators

Normal Down Normal Down


Note: Terminal numbers are not
Pole Model
actually on the switch.
Accessories

5 (COM)
SP G3B15 ON (ON) 5-6 5-4 SPDT
4 6

5 (COM) 2
Supplement

DP G3B25 ON (ON) 5-6 2-3 5-4 2-1 DPDT


4 6 1 3

C54 www.nkkswitches.com
Ultra-Miniature Process Sealed SMT Pushbuttons Series G3B

Toggles
PLUNGER & OPTIONAL CAPS

.130” (3.3mm) AT4063 Slip-on Cap Process Compatible Cap


A Long Plunger
X .157” (4.0mm) Diameter
Y .157” (4.0mm) Diameter

Rockers
Available with bulk pack- Actual Size Factory assembled. Available with tape-reel
(2.0) Dia
aging only. Cap must be or stick-tube packaging only.
.079 installed after processing. (4.0) Dia
.157

Pushbuttons
Caution: Pulling force specification for this
Material: Polyamide
(3.3) (2.4)
(3.8)
.150
cap is not warranted after reflow processing. C
.130 Finish: Glossy .094
Material: Polyamide

Programmable Illuminated PB
Finish: Glossy

Cap Colors Available:


A Black
B White
C Red

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Single & Double Pole Upright Mounting


(0.6) Typ (0.25) Typ
.024 (4.0) Dia .010

Keylocks
.157 Support Legs
1
4 4
(5.08) (8.5) 2 (8.5)
.200 5 COM .335 5
COM .335
6 3 6
(2.0) Dia
.079

Rotaries
(0.7) (0.5) Typ (0.5) Typ
Slot .028 .020 .020
(1.5)
.059
(5.0) (3.3) (9.0) (0.1) (7.6) (7.6)
.197 .130 .354 .004 .299 .299
G3B25AP

Slides
Single & Double Pole Upright Mounting with Bracket
(0.6) Typ (0.25) Typ (3.8) (1.2) Typ (3.8) (1.2) Typ
.024 (4.0) Dia .010 .150 .047 .150 .047
.157 Support Legs

Tactiles
1
4 4
(5.08) (11.0) 2 (11.0)
.200 5 COM .433 5COM .433
6 3 6
(2.0) Dia
.079
(0.7) (0.5) Typ (0.5) Typ
Slot .028 .020 .020
(1.5) (0.9) Typ (0.9) Typ

Tilt
.059 .035 .035
(5.0) (3.3) (9.0) (0.1) (7.6) (7.6)
.197 .130 .354 .004 .299 .299
G3B15AB

Touch
(3.8) Typ
.150 Right Angle Mounting
(2.54) Typ (1.25) Typ
.100 .049
(4.0) Dia
.157
Indicators

(11.0)
.433
(2.0) Dia (0.5) Typ
.079 .020

(1.5) (0.9) Typ


Single Pole Double Pole
Accessories

.059 .035
(3.3) (9.0) (0.55)
.130 .354 .022
Slot

(5.55) (5.55)
.219 .219
Supplement

(0.25) Typ 6 5 4 6 3 5 2 4 1
.010 (8.5) (0.25) (0.1) (0.1)
.335 .010
COM
.004 COM .004 G3B15AH

www.nkkswitches.com C55
Series G3B Ultra-Miniature Process Sealed SMT Pushbuttons
Toggles

Pad Layouts for Upright Mounting Upright Mounting with Bracket Right Angle Mounting
Surface Mount (3.8)
(3.8)
Terminals (1.7) Typ
.150
(1.1) Typ Support .150
.067 .043 Pads (1.1) Typ (1.7) Typ
(1.7) Typ Support .043 .067
.067 Pads (2.54) Typ
Rockers

(2.54) Typ .100 (2.54) Typ


.100 (9.75) .100
4 4 .384 4
(9.75)
Single Pole 5 5 (2.54) Typ .384 5
.100
Double Throw (0.635) 6
(2.54) Typ
.100 (0.635) 6 (0.635) 6 (0.635)
.025 .025 .025 .025
Pushbuttons

(0.7) Typ (6.0) (0.7) Typ (0.7) Typ


(0.635) (1.55) Typ .028
.236
C
.028 .025 .028 (6.0) (1.55) Typ .061 (3.0)
.236 .061
.118

(3.8)
Programmable Illuminated PB

.150 (3.8)
(1.7) Typ (1.1) Typ .150
.067 .043 (1.1) Typ (1.7) Typ
(1.7) Typ .043 .067
.067 (1.27) Typ
(2.54) Typ 1
(2.54) Typ 1 .050
.100 .100 (9.75) 1
4 2 4 2 .384 4
(9.75) 2
(2.54) Typ
Double Pole 5
3 (2.54) Typ
5
3 .100
.384 5
3 (0.635) Typ
Double Throw (0.635)
.025
6 .100 (0.635) Typ
.025
6 (0.635)
.025
6 .025
(0.7) Typ (6.0) (0.7) Typ (0.7) Typ
(0.635) (1.55) Typ .028
.028 .236 .025 .028 (6.0) (1.55) Typ .061 (3.0)
.236 .061
.118
Keylocks

PACKAGING

No
Rotaries

Partitioned Tray
Code for Upright & Right Angle

Any quantity
Slides

If the G3 upright models are ordered in less than


50-piece increments or the right angle models in
less than 500-piece increments, the switches are
packaged in a partitioned tray.
Tactiles

No code is required.
Tilt
Touch

Tape-Reel
R for Right Angle

500 pieces per reel


Indicators

Switches must be ordered in 500-piece increments


when tape-reel packaging is selected.
Accessories

This packaging meets EIA-481-D Standard for “16mm


and 24mm Embossed Carrier Taping of Surface Mount
Components for Automatic Handling.”
Supplement

C56 www.nkkswitches.com
Ultra-Miniature Process Sealed SMT Pushbuttons Series G3B

Toggles
PACKAGING (CONTINUED)

Stick-Tube
S for Upright Mount

Rockers
50 pieces per stick

Pushbuttons
Switches must be ordered in 50-piece increments when
stick-tube packaging is selected.
C

Programmable Illuminated PB
Tape-Reel Packaging for Right Angle Mount

Each tape-reel of 550 pockets contains 500 switches.

Keylocks
Minimum Leader Length: 7.87” (200mm) Minimum Trailer Length: 1.97” (50mm)

(2.0) Typ (16.0) Typ (4.0) Typ (1.5) Dia Typ (6.0)

Rotaries
.079 .630 .157 .059 .236
(1.75) (0.4)
.069 .016

(78.49) Dia (11.5) (13.9)


3.090 .453 .547
(13.0) Dia (24.0) Part No.
(17.8)

Slides
.512 .945 (8.6)
.701 .339
(2.0) Typ
.079

(1.5) R
Overall Dia (330.0) Terminal #1 .059
13.0 (2.0)
(21.0) Dia .079 (24.4) (2.1) Dia Typ (2.0)
Direction of Feed

Tactiles
.827 .961 .083 .079

Reel Dimensions Tape Dimensions

Tilt
Stick-Tube Packaging for Upright Mount

Each stick-tube contains 50 switches.


Touch

L = Length (7.7)
.303
Indicators

G3B Upright (code P)


(15.3)
18.31” (465mm) .602
Accessories

G3B Upright with Bracket (code B)


21.26” (540mm) (9.8)
.386
L
Supplement

Stick-Tube Dimensions

www.nkkswitches.com C57
Series JP Internationally Approved Pushbuttons
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Power Level: 10A @ 125/250V AC for JPM models & 16A @ 125/250V AC for JPL models

Other Ratings
Pushbuttons

C Contact Resistance:
Insulation Resistance:
20 milliohms maximum
1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 2,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
4,000V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Programmable Illuminated PB

Mechanical Life: 25,000 operations minimum


Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: JPM Single Pole 3.53N & Double Pole 6.47N
JPL Single Pole 4.51N & Double Pole 9.02 N
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break before make)
Latchdown: Normal position - flush with barrier; latchdown position - .079” (2.0mm) below normal
Travel: Pretravel .059” (1.5mm); Overtravel .071” (1.8mm); Total Travel .130” (3.3mm)

Materials & Finishes


Keylocks

Housing/Frame & Barrier: Polyamide (UL94V-0) Movable Contacts: Silver alloy


Interior Seal: Polyphenylene sulfide (UL94V-0) Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy plus copper
Case/Base: Melamine (UL94V-0) Terminals: Brass with silver plating

Environmental Data
Rotaries

Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F)


Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Slides

Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Process Seal: Dust resistant inner seal

Installation
Tactiles

Soldering Time & Temp: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 for housing/frame, barrier, interior seal, & case/base
TV Ratings for UL: JPM (TV-5) Overload Test @ 125V AC for 50 operations:
Tilt

Steady State Current (rms) 7.5A; Minimum Inrush Current (peak) 111A
JPM (TV-5) Endurance Test @ 125V AC for 25,000 operations:
Steady State Current (rms) 5A; Minimum Inrush Current (peak) 78A
JPL (TV-8) Overload Test @ 125V AC for 50 operations:
Steady State Current (rms) 12A; Minimum Inrush Current (peak) 163A
Touch

JPL (TV-8) Endurance Test @ 125V AC for 25,000 operations:


Steady State Current (rms) 8A; Minimum Inrush Current (peak) 117A
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” before dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
Indicators

All JPM models certified at 10A @ 125V AC, TV5 & JPL models at 16A @ 125V AC, TV8.

VDE: License No. 40028887 - Approved only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/V” before dash in part number to order VDE approved switch.
Accessories

All JPM models approved at steady state 5A, inrush 80A, resistive 10A, & motor load 6A all at
250V AC.
License No. 40039784
All JPL models approved at steady state 8A, inrush 128A, resistive 16A, & motor load 8A all at
Supplement

250V AC.

C58 www.nkkswitches.com
Internationally Approved Pushbuttons Series JP

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Industry’s first molded pushbutton with TV rating. Designed to
handle large inrush current. JPM models certified for TV-5

Pushbuttons
rating and JPL models for TV-8 rating.
C

Programmable Illuminated PB
Prominent external insulating barriers increase
insulation resistance and dielectric strength.

Constructed for dust resistance with


interior seal of polyphenylene
sulfide (PPS) between actuator
and contact area.

Keylocks
Specially designed to break light

Rotaries
contact welds.

Snap-action contact mechanism.

Slides
Tactiles
Terminals are molded in and epoxy
sealed to lock out flux, dust, and
other contaminants.

Tilt
Outer case of heat resistant resin meets UL’s 94V-0
flammability standard.
Actual Size JPM
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C59
Series JP Internationally Approved Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

JP M 2 6 B H
Rockers
Pushbuttons

C Ratings Actuators
TV-5 Rated B Flat Cap with Barrier Flange
M
Programmable Illuminated PB

10A @ 125/250V AC
Plunger with Flat Flange; cap
P
TV-8 Rated not supplied with plunger
L
16A @ 125/250V AC

Poles Circuit Cap Colors


1 SPST 6 OFF ON A Black
Keylocks

2 DPST (Alternate Action with Latchdown) B Ivory


C Red
H Gray
Rotaries

IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL & VDE markings unless specified.
UL recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Slides

VDE approved only when ordered with marking on the switch.


Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the
General Specifications page.
Tactiles
Tilt

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


JPM26B-H
Touch

Gray Flat Cap


with Barrier Flange
Indicators

TV-5 Rated
10A @ 125/250V AC
Accessories

DPST
OFF-ON Circuit
Supplement

C60 www.nkkswitches.com
Internationally Approved Pushbuttons Series JP

Toggles
RATINGS

M TV-5 Rated Power Level 10A @ 125/250V AC

Rockers
L TV-8 Rated Power Level 16A @ 125/250V AC

Pushbuttons
Note: See General Specifications page to find complete explanation of TV ratings. C
POLES & CIRCUIT

Programmable Illuminated PB
Plunger Position Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics

Normal Down Normal Down


Note: Terminal numbers are
Pole Model
actually on the switch.

1 (COM)
JPM16
SP OFF ON OPEN 1-1a SPST
JPL16 1a

Keylocks
1 (COM) 2
JPM26
DP OFF ON OPEN 1-1a 2-2a DPST
JPL26 1a 2a

Rotaries
ACTUATORS

Flat Cap Plunger


B with Barrier Flange
P with Flat Flange

Slides
The barrier is an integral part The flange is an integral part
of the switch. This housing of the switch. This housing
is black, molded polyamide is black, molded polyamide
matte finish material. matte finish material.

Tactiles
Cap details below. No cap supplied.

Tilt
CAP COLORS
Touch
AT3021 Flat Cap The cap is flush with the barrier
for Actuator Type B with Barrier Flange in normal position and .079”
(18.0)
(2.0mm) below that in latchdown
(22.0)
Indicators

Cap Material: .866 .709 position.


Polyphenylene Oxide
(6.8) The latchdown feature on this
Finish: Matte .268 alternate action device provides
visible, audible, and tactile feed-
Accessories

back. This design gives smooth,


responsive operation.
Cap Colors Available:

A B C H
Supplement

Black Ivory Red Gray

www.nkkswitches.com C61
Series JP Internationally Approved Pushbuttons
Toggles

PANEL CUTOUT & TERMINALS

JPM & JPL Solder Lug/


Rockers

.187”(4.75mm) Quick Connect Terminals


Panel Thickness Range
applies to both This switch assembly,
JPM & JPL models. (28.0)
1.102 when used with connectors, Epoxy Seal (7.2)
(4.2) .283
Pushbuttons

is not VDE approved. (1.5) R


.059 .165

C .039” ~ .157”
(1.0mm ~ 4.0mm)
(0.65) R
.026
(4.75)
(3.2)
.126
.187
Thk = (0.5)
(21.2) .020
Programmable Illuminated PB

.835

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Flat Cap with Barrier Flange JPM & JPL Single & Double Pole
Keylocks

Part No. (0.8) Typ (20.8)


.031 .819

(9.4) 2a 1a
.370
Rotaries

(22.0) (26.6) (31.0)


.866 1.047 2
1.220
COM 1

(0.5)
.020

(4.75) Typ
Slides

(4.5) (1.5) (10.4) .187


(18.0)
.709 .177 .059 .409
(24.0) (2.5) (26.0) (7.2) (21.2)
.945 .098 1.024 .283 .835
Latchdown Position
Tactiles

JPM26B-H Single pole model does not have terminals 2 & 2a.

Plunger with Flat Flange JPM & JPL Single & Double Pole
Tilt

Part No. (0.8) Typ (20.8)


.031 .819
Touch

(2.0)
.079
(1.0)
(3.3) Sq .039 (9.4) 2a 1a
.130 .370
(22.2) (31.0)
.874 (26.6) 1.220
Indicators

COM 2 1
(2.5) Sq 1.047
.098 (1.0) (0.5)
.039 .020
(2.5)
.098
(8.5)
.335 (4.75) Typ
(10.4) .187
Accessories

(18.3) (6.5) (2.0) (1.5)


.720 .256 .079 .059 .409
(24.0) (16.0) (26.0) (7.2) (21.2)
.945 .630 1.024 .283 .835
Latchdown Position
Supplement

JPL16P Single pole model does not have terminals 2 & 2a.

C62 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes

www.nkkswitches.com C63
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Power Level (silver): 1A @ 125V AC or 1A @ 30V DC
Logic Level (gold): 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
Pushbuttons

Logic/Power Level: Combines silver & gold ratings


C (gold over silver)
Note: Find additional explanation of dual rating & operating range in Supplement section.
Programmable Illuminated PB

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 20 milliohms maximum for silver; 30 milliohms maximum for gold
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 200,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum for silver; 100,000 operations minimum for gold
Nominal Operating Force: Single pole 2.94N & double pole 4.90N
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Travel: Pretravel .023” (0.6mm); Overtravel .016” (0.4mm); Total Travel .039” (1.0mm)
Keylocks

Materials & Finishes


Plunger: Brass with nickel plating
Support Bracket: Brass with tin plating
Rotaries

Bushing/Housing: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)


Sealing Ring: Nitrile butadiene rubber
Base: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy with silver plating (code W); copper with gold plating (code G);
or silver alloy with gold plating (code A)
Slides

Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy with silver plating (code W); copper with gold plating (code G);
or silver alloy with gold plating (code A)
Terminals: Brass with silver or gold plating

Environmental Data
Tactiles

Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)


Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Tilt

Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)

Installation
Cap Installation Force: 49.0N (11.0 lbf) for plunger A & 79.4N (17.9 lbf) for plunger B
Touch

PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Cleaning: Automated cleaning. See Cleaning specifications in Supplement section.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 rated bushing/housing & base
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Accessories

Add “/U” or “/CUL” before dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
All models recognized at 1A @ 125V AC, 1A @ 30V DC, or 0.4A @ 28V DC.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
Supplement

All models certified at 1A @ 125V AC, 1A @ 30V DC, or 0.4A @ 28V DC.

C64 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Miniature Pushbuttons Series M2

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Snap-acting contact mechanism gives short travel, sensitive actuation,
light touch, smooth feel, audible feedback, and a longer electrical life.

Pushbuttons
C
Single unit construction of the bushing and top of the
housing gives protection from cleaning fluids or

Programmable Illuminated PB
other liquids.

O-ring surrounding actuator at top of bushing


interior prevents liquids from reaching switch
mechanism.

Keylocks
Ultrasonic welding of upper and lower
housing seals out contaminants and allows
automated soldering and cleaning.

Rotaries
Terminals are epoxy sealed to prevent entry
of flux, solvents, and other contaminants.

Slides
Tactiles
Bracketed models have crimped bracket legs to
ensure secure PC mounting and prevent dislodging
during automated soldering.

Tilt
Logic level and power capabilities are available to suit varying
applications.
Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C65
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

M2B 15 A A5 G 30 F C
Rockers
Pushbuttons

C
Programmable Illuminated PB

Poles & Circuits Contact Materials Snap-on Caps


15 SPDT ON (ON) & Ratings For Plunger A
25 DPDT ON (ON) Silver; F .201” (5.1mm) Diameter
W Rated 1A @ 125V AC
( ) = Momentary & 1A @ 30V DC H .295” (7.5mm) Diameter

Gold; For Plunger B


G Rated 0.4VA maximum B .315” (8.0mm) Diameter
@ 28V AC/DC maximum
Plungers C .394” (10.0mm) Diameter
Keylocks

Gold over Silver; Rated


.282” (7.16mm) Long A 1A @ 125V AC & 0.4VA
A
for cap codes F & H max @ 28V AC/DC max
.307” (7.8mm) Long Cap Colors
B
for cap codes B & C
Rotaries

A Black
PC Terminals B White
03 Straight C Red
Bushing
Straight with * E Yellow
Slides

.250” (6.35mm) 13
A5 .460” (11.7mm) Bracket * F Green
Double Flatted
30 .150” (3.81mm) Right Angle *G Blue
40 .150” (3.81mm) Vertical *H Gray
Tactiles

* For cap codes


B & C only
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
Tilt

UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Touch

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


Indicators

M2B15AA5G30-FC

.250” (6.35mm) Bushing SPDT ON-(ON) Circuit


Accessories

with Double Flat


Right Angle PC Terminals
Red .201” (5.1mm) Diameter Cap
on .282” (7.16mm) Long Plunger Gold Contacts
with 0.4VA Rating
Supplement

C66 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Miniature Pushbuttons Series M2

Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics

Rockers
Normal Down Normal Down
Note: Terminal numbers are
Pole Model
not actually on the switch.

Pushbuttons
1 (COM)
C
SP M2B15 ON (ON) 1-3 1-2 SPDT
3 2

Programmable Illuminated PB
1 (COM) 4
DP M2B25 ON (ON) 1-3 4-6 1-2 4-5 DPDT
3 2 6 5

PLUNGERS

A .282” (7.16mm) Long


B .307” (7.8mm) Long

Keylocks
(2.84) Dia (2.85) Dia
.112 .112
For cap codes F & H (3.0) Dia For cap codes B & C (7.8)
(7.16) .118
.282 .307
Material: Material:

Rotaries
Chrome over brass Chrome over brass

BUSHING

Slides
A5 .250” (6.35mm) Double Flatted
(6.8) (6.2)

Tactiles
.268 .244

(5.2) (6.35)
.205 .250

Tilt
CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS

W Silver over Silver Power Level 1A @ 125V AC & 1A @ 30V DC


Touch

G
Indicators

Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum

Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.


Accessories

Power Level 1A @ 125V AC


A Gold over Silver or Logic Level or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum

Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits
Supplement

within the same application. See Supplement section for complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.

www.nkkswitches.com C67
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

PC TERMINALS

Straight with
03 Straight
13 .460” (11.7mm) Bracket
Rockers

Epoxy Seal (4.8) (5.9)


.189 .232
(11.7)
.460
(1.17)
Pushbuttons

.046
(5.9)

C
Thk = (0.8)
.031 .232
Programmable Illuminated PB

30 .150” (3.81mm) Right Angle


40 .150” (3.81mm) Vertical

(3.81)
.150
(3.81)
.150
Keylocks

SNAP-ON CAPS
For Plunger Type A
Rotaries

AT475 AT496
F .201” (5.1mm) Diameter
H .295” (7.5mm) Diameter
(7.5) Dia
(5.1) Dia
.201 .295
Slides

Material: Polyamide (8.05) Material: Polyamide (8.05)


.317 (4.0) .317 (4.0)
.157 .157
Colors Available: Colors Available:
A, B, C A, B, C
Tactiles

For Plunger Type B

AT443 AT442
B .315” (8.0mm) Diameter
C .394” (10.0mm) Diameter
Tilt

(8.0) Dia (10.0) Dia


.315 .394
Material: Polycarbonate (7.6) Material: Polycarbonate (8.0)
(8.8) (9.0)
.346 .299 .354 .315
Touch

Colors Available: Colors Available:


A, B, C, E, F, G, H A, B, C, E, F, G, H
Indicators

Cap Colors
Codes:
A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray
Accessories
Supplement

C68 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Miniature Pushbuttons Series M2

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Single Pole Straight PC

Rockers
(4.0) NKK P/N This Side
(5.1) Dia .157 (6.2)
.201 .244 3
NC 3
(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ

Pushbuttons
.185 NO 2 (12.7) 2 .185

C
.500
(2.84) Dia (0.8) Typ COM 1
1
.112 .031 (1.8) Dia Typ
.073
(7.16) (6.35) (9.3) (4.8) (1.17)
.282 .250 .366 .189 .046

Programmable Illuminated PB
(5.2) (8.05) (21.6) (6.6)
.205 .317 .850 .260

M2B15AA5G03-FC

Double Pole Straight PC

Keylocks
(4.0) NKK P/N This Side (4.8)
(5.1) Dia .157 (6.2) .189
.201 .244 (4.8)
NC 6 3 .189
(4.7) Typ 3 6
.185 NO 5 2 (12.7)
.500 (4.7) Typ
2 5 .185

Rotaries
(2.84) Dia (0.8) Typ COM 4 1
.112 .031 1 4

(7.16) (6.35) (9.3) (4.8) (1.17) Typ


.282 .250 .366 .189 .046 (1.8) Dia Typ
(11.5) .073
(5.2) (8.05) (21.6)
.205 .317 .850 .453

Slides
M2B25AA5G03-FC

Tactiles
Single & Double Pole Straight PC • Bracket

(2.84) Dia (1.6) Typ


.112 .063

Tilt
(5.1) Dia 3
.201 (7.9) Typ
(4.0) .311
2
(8.05) .157
.317 (6.2) (4.7) Typ
.244 1 .185
(5.8)
(1.8) Dia Typ

Touch
.228
.073
(1.5) Dia Typ
NKK P/N (11.7) Typ .059
This Side .460

(4.8) (1.6) Typ


Indicators

(4.7) Typ
1 2 3 .189 .185 .063
(2.4) Typ
(0.5) Typ .095
.020 3 6
(0.8) Typ (1.17) Typ (4.8) (7.9) Typ
.031 .046 .189 2 5
.311
(4.7) Typ (1.17) Typ (3.2) Typ
(4.7) Typ
Accessories

.185 .046 .126 1 4


.185
(15.75) (8.0) (11.5)
.620 .315 .453 (1.8) Dia Typ
.073
CL (1.5) Dia Typ
.059
Supplement

M2B15AA5G13-FC

www.nkkswitches.com C69
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Right Angle PC Single Pole
Rockers

NKK P/N This Side (5.1) Dia (4.0) (4.7) Typ


.201 .157 COM NO NC .185
1 2 3 3 2 1

(5.2) (6.6)
.205 .260 (12.7)
Pushbuttons

.500

C (1.3) Typ
(2.84) Dia
.112 (7.16) (0.4) (1.27) (4.7) Typ (0.8) Typ
(3.2)
.126 (1.8) Dia Typ
.073
.051 .282 .016 .050 .185 .031
(5.08) (8.05) (6.15) (12.7) (12.7) (2.54) Typ
.200 .317 .242 .500 .500 .100
Programmable Illuminated PB

M2B15AA5G30-FC

Right Angle PC Double Pole

NKK P/N This Side (5.1) Dia (4.0) COM NO NC (4.7) Typ
.201 .157 4 5 6 .185
6 5 4

2
(3.81)
3 .150
Keylocks

1
(5.2) (11.5)
.205 .453
(12.7)
(2.84) Dia (0.5) .500
.112 .020 (3.7)
1 2 3 .146

(1.3) Typ (7.16) (0.4) (1.27) Typ (4.7) Typ (0.8) Typ (2.54) Typ
.051 .282 .016 .050 .185 .031 .100
Rotaries

(5.08) (8.05) (6.15) (12.7) (3.81) (12.7) (1.8) Dia Typ


.200 .317 .242 .500 .150 .500 .073

M2B25AA5G30-FC
Slides

Vertical PC Single Pole

(7.2) (4.0) NKK P/N This Side


.283 (5.1) Dia .157 (6.2) 3
.201 .244 (3.81) Typ
Tactiles

2
NC 3
.150
1
(1.0) NO 2 (12.7)
.039 .500
(2.84) Dia (0.5) COM 1 (12.7)
.112 .020 .500
(4.2)
.165
(1.3) Typ (7.16) (0.4) (0.8) Typ (2.54) Typ
Tilt

(1.27)
.051 .282 .016 .031 .050 .100
(5.08) (8.05) (6.15) (12.7) (3.81) Typ (6.6) (1.8) Dia Typ
.200 .317 .242 .500 .150 .260 .073

M2B15AA5G40-FC
Touch

Vertical PC Double Pole


Indicators

(2.4) Typ
(5.2) (4.0) NKK P/N This Side (4.8) .094
.205 (5.1) Dia .157 (6.2) .189 3 6
.201 .244 (3.81) Typ
2 5 .150
NC 6 3
1 4
(1.0) NO 5 2 (12.7)
.500
Accessories

.039
(2.84) Dia (0.5) COM 4 1 (12.7)
.112 .020 .500
(4.2)
.165

(1.3) Typ (7.16) (0.4) (0.8) Typ (1.27) Typ (2.54) Typ
.051 .282 .016 .031 .050 .100
(5.08) (8.05) (6.15) (12.7) (3.81) Typ (11.5) (1.8) Dia Typ
Supplement

.200 .317 .242 .500 .150 .453 .073

M2B25AA5G40-FC

C70 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes

www.nkkswitches.com C71
Series MB2000 Miniature Pushbuttons

General Specifications
Toggles
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Power Level (silver): 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC or 3A @ 30V DC
Logic Level (gold): 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum (Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
Logic/Power Level: Combines silver & gold ratings
Pushbuttons

(gold over silver)


C Note: Find additional explanation dual rating & operating range in Supplement section.

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for silver; 20 milliohms maximum for gold
Programmable Illuminated PB

Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC


Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum for splashproof models; 100,000 for all other models
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum for silver; 50,000 operations minimum for gold
50,000 operations minimum for silver at 3A @ 125V AC
Nominal Operating Force: Momentary Action: 1-pole 9.32N; 2-pole 16.18N; 4-pole 25.54N;
Alternate Action: 1-pole 4.41N; 2-pole 7.06N; 4-pole 11.77N
Contact Timing: Slow make, slow break
Keylocks

Plunger Travel: Screw-on Cap (Mom.) Screw-on Cap (Alt.) Snap-on Cap (Mom. & Alt.)
Pretravel: .028” (0.71mm) .110” (2.80mm) .125” (3.19mm)
Overtravel: .043” (1.09mm) .043” (1.10mm) .050” (1.26mm)
Total Travel .071” (1.80mm) .153” (3.90mm) .175” (4.45mm)
Rotaries

Materials & Finishes


Plunger: Brass w/nickel plating; polyacetal w/B1 bushing Bushing: Brass with nickel plating
Frame: Stainless steel Case: Diallyl phthalate resin (UL94V-0)
Movable Contactor: Phosphor bronze with silver or gold plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy (code W); copper with gold plating (code G); or silver alloy with gold plating (code A)
Slides

Stationary Contacts: Silver with silver plating (code W); copper or brass with gold plating (code G); or
silver with gold plating (code A)
Terminals: Copper or brass with silver plating; copper or brass with gold plating
Tactiles

Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range
& returning in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Tilt

Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Sealing: B3 & D3 bushing options equivalent to IP67

Installation
Mounting Torque: 1.5Nm (13.0 lb • in) for double nut; .7Nm (6.0 lb • in) for single nut
Touch

Cap Installation Force: 80.0N (18.0 lbf) maximum downward force on actuator
Soldering Time & Temp: Wave Soldering (PC version): See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Process Seal: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 case
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Accessories

Add “/U” or “/CUL” before dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
All models recognized at 6A @ 125V AC or 3A @ 250V AC or 0.4VA max. @ 28V DC max.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
Supplement

All models certified at 6A @ 125V AC or 3A @ 250V AC or 0.4VA max. @ 28V max.

C72 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Pushbuttons Series MB2000

Distinctive Characteristics

Toggles
Rockers
Guide interlocked with actuator block prevents window locking and
maintains correct plunger alignment to assure contact stability.

Pushbuttons
Employs an over-center actuator mechanism, which diminishes
sparking and increases operating life in AC circuits. C
High torque bushing construction prevents rotation

Programmable Illuminated PB
or separation from frame during installation.

Splashproof option (D3 and B3 bushing codes) features an


o-ring within the bushing and one under the face nut
to protect from splashed, sprayed, or spilled liquids.

High insulating barriers, formed in the molded


diallyl phthalate case, increase isolation of circuits

Keylocks
in multipole devices.

Prominent external insulating barriers increase


insulation resistance and dielectric strength.

Rotaries
Epoxy sealed terminals prevent entry of solder
flux and other contaminants.

Slides
Clinching of the frame to the case well above the base
and terminals provides 1,500V dielectric strength.

Tactiles
Tilt
Actual Size Bushing Mount Page C74 Touch
Indicators

Bracket PC Mount Page C80


Accessories

Large Bushing Page C87


Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C73
Series MB2000 Bushing Mount Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

MB 2011 S S1 W 01 C A
Rockers
Pushbuttons

C
Poles & Circuits Contact Materials Caps
2011 SPDT ON (ON) & Ratings B .315” (8.0mm) Diameter
Programmable Illuminated PB

2065 SPDT ON ON Silver C .394” (10.0mm) Diameter


W Rated 6A @ 125V AC
2061 DPDT ON (ON) & 3A @ 250V AC
2085 DPDT ON ON Gold
2181 4PDT ON (ON) G Rated 0.4VA max @
28V AC/DC max Cap Colors
2185 4PDT ON ON
Gold over Silver A Black
( ) = Momentary Rated 6A @ 125V AC
A B White
& 0.4VA max @ 28V
C Red
Keylocks

AC/DC max
E Yellow
Plunger Types F Green
S Plunger for Screw-on Caps G Blue
Rotaries

Bushings
L Plunger for Snap-on Caps H Gray
.335” (8.5mm)
S1
Threaded with Keyway
.335” (8.5mm)
S2
Slides

Smooth with Keyway


Terminals
.335” (8.5mm) Metric
S4 01 Solder Lug
Threaded with Keyway
02 Quick Connect
IMPORTANT: .335” (8.5mm)
D1
Tactiles

Threaded with D-Flat 03 .250” (6.35mm) Straight PC


Switches are supplied without UL,
cULus & CSA marking unless specified. .335” (8.5mm) 05 .425” (10.8mm) Wirewrap
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when D3 Threaded Splashproof 06 .750” (19.05mm) Wirewrap
ordered with marking on the switch. without Keyway
Specific models, ratings, & ordering 07 .964” (24.5mm) Wirewrap
Tilt

instructions are noted on the General


Specifications page. 08 1.062” (27.0mm) Wirewrap
Touch

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


MB2011SS1W01-CA
Indicators

Black .394” (10.0mm)


Diameter Cap
Plunger for Screw-on Caps
Accessories

.335” (8.5mm) Threaded Bushing


SPDT with Keyway
ON-(ON) Circuit
Silver Contacts
Supplement

with 6-Amp Rating


Solder Lug Terminals

C74 www.nkkswitches.com
Bushing Mount Miniature Pushbuttons Series MB2000

Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematics

Rockers
Normal Down Normal Down
Note: Terminal numbers are
Pole Model Keyway Keyway
not actually on the switch.

Pushbuttons
MB2011 ON (ON) 2 (COM)
C
SP 2-3 2-1 SPDT
3 1
MB2065 ON ON

Programmable Illuminated PB
MB2061 ON (ON) 2 (COM) 5
DP 2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 DPDT
3 1 6 4
MB2085 ON ON

4PDT
MB2181 ON (ON)
2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 2 5 (COM) 8 11
4P

Keylocks
8-9 11-12 8-7 11-10
MB2185 ON ON 3 1 6 4 9 7 12 10

PLUNGER TYPES

Rotaries
On alternate action models, after transferring circuit, the plunger returns to its original position and does not latch down.

Slides
S Plunger for Screw-on Caps

Tactiles
(2.9) (2.9)
.114 .114

(3.0) (2.3) (4.7) (4.0)


.118 .091 .185 .157

Tilt
Momentary Momentary Alternate Alternate
Plunger Length Cap Location Plunger Length Cap Location

Touch
L Plunger for Snap-on Caps
Indicators

(2.85) Dia
.112

(10.4)
.410
Accessories

(3.6)
.142

Momentary & Alternate Momentary & Alternate


Plunger Length Cap Location
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C75
Series MB2000 Bushing Mount Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

BUSHINGS

.335” (8.5mm) .335” (8.5mm) .335” (8.5mm) Metric


S1 Threaded with Keyway S2 Smooth with Keyway S4 Threaded with Keyway
Rockers

(0.8) (0.8) (6.2) Dia (0.8) M6P0.75


.031 1/4-40 Thd .031 .031
.244
Pushbuttons

(9.0) Dia (9.0) Dia (9.0) Dia


C .354 (2.5)
.098
.354 (2.5)
.098
.354 (2.5)
.098

(8.5) (3.5) (8.5) (3.5) (8.5) (3.5)


.335 .138 .335 .138 .335 .138
Programmable Illuminated PB

Maximum Panel Thickness with Maximum Panel Thickness with


Standard Hardware: .154” (3.9mm) Standard Hardware: .154” (3.9mm)

.335” (8.5mm) .335” (8.5mm)


D1 Threaded with D Flat D3 Threaded Splashproof without Keyway

1/4-40 Thd 1/4-40 Thd


Keylocks

(9.0) Dia (10.0) Dia


.354 (2.5) .394
.098

(8.5) (3.5) (8.5) (3.5)


.335 .138 .335 .138
Rotaries

Maximum Panel Thickness with Maximum Panel Thickness with


Standard Hardware: .154” (3.9mm) Standard Hardware: .240” (6.1mm)

Panel Cutouts
Slides

For S1, S2, or S4 Bushing For S1 or S4 Bushing For D1 Bushing For D3 Bushing
with with with without
Keyway Optional Locking Ring D Flat Keyway
Tactiles

(5.6) or (5.8)
.228 .228
(6.5) Dia (6.5) Dia (6.5) or (6.5) Dia (6.5) Dia
.256 (0.6) .256 .240 .256 .256
.024 (2.2) Dia
.087

Standard hardware for bushings S1, S4, & D1 includes 2 hex nuts & 1 lockwasher; D3 bushing has 1 hex nut & 1 o-ring.
Tilt

Standard & optional hardware are illustrated following the Typical Switch Dimension drawings.

CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS


Touch

W Silver over Silver Power Level 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC


Indicators

G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Note: Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.
Accessories

Power Level 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC


A Gold over Silver or Logic Level or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits
Supplement

within the same application. See Supplement section for complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.

C76 www.nkkswitches.com
Bushing Mount Miniature Pushbuttons Series MB2000

Toggles
TERMINALS

.062” (1.57mm) Wide


01 Solder Lug 02 Quick Connect

Rockers
(4.0)
Epoxy Seal .157 Epoxy Seal (6.35)
.250
(2.0) (2.0)
.079
(1.1) .079 (1.57)
.043 .062

Pushbuttons
Thk = (0.8) Thk = (0.8)
.031 .031

C
.250” (6.35mm)
03 Straight PC

Programmable Illuminated PB
(4.8) (4.8) Typ
.189 .189
3 3 6 3 6 9 12

(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ


2 5 .185 2 5 8 11 .185
Epoxy Seal (6.35) 2 .185
(4.8) .250
.189 1 4 1 4 7 10
1
(1.8) Dia Typ
(1.17) .073 (1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.046 .073 .073
Thk = (0.8)
.031
Single Pole Double Pole Four Pole

Keylocks
.425” (10.8mm)
05 Wirewrap or Extended PC

.750” (19.05mm) If using as extended PC terminal, refer to the above footprints.

Rotaries
06 Wirewrap or Extended PC
Epoxy Seal

A
Dimension A = terminal lengths as shown beside the terminal
.964” (24.5mm) (1.27) codes at the left.
07 Wirewrap or Extended PC Thk = (0.8)
.050

Slides
.031

1.062” (27.0mm)
08 Wirewrap or Extended PC

Tactiles
CAPS & CAP COLORS

AT413 AT443 AT407 AT442


B .315” (8.0mm) Diameter .315” (8.0mm) Diameter
C .394” (10.0mm) Diameter .394” (10.0mm) Diameter

Tilt
Screw-on Cap Snap-on Cap Screw-on Cap Snap-on Cap

For use with Plunger Code S For use with Plunger Code L For use with Plunger Code S For use with Plunger Code L
Touch
Cap Material: PBT Cap Material: Polycarbonate Cap Material: PBT Cap Material: Polycarbonate
Finish: Glossy Finish: Glossy Finish: Glossy Finish: Glossy
Indicators

(7.6) (8.0) (8.0)


(6.5) .315 .315
.256 .299
Accessories

(8.0) Dia (8.0) Dia (10.0) Dia (10.0) Dia


.315 M2.3 P0.4 .394 M2.3 P0.4 .394
.315
Supplement

Cap Colors
Available:
A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray

www.nkkswitches.com C77
Series MB2000 Bushing Mount Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Solder Lug Single Pole


Rockers

1/4-40 Thd (1.1) x (2.0) Typ (0.8) Typ


.043 x .079 .031
Pushbuttons

Keyway
3

C (10.0) Dia
.394
(4.7) Typ
.185 COM 2 (13.0)
.512
1
(0.5)
.020
Programmable Illuminated PB

(2.3) (3.5)
.091 .138 (4.5)
.177
(7.9) (8.0) (8.5) (21.0) (2.0)
.311 .315 .335 .827 .079

MB2011SS1W01-CA

Solder Lug Double Pole


Keylocks

(1.1) x (2.0) Typ (0.8) Typ


1/4-40 Thd .043 x .079 .031
Rotaries

Keyway
6 3
(4.7) Typ
(10.0) Dia .185 COM 5 2 (13.0)
.394 .512
4 1

(0.5)
.020
(2.3) (3.5) (2.0) Typ
Slides

.091 .138 (4.5) .079


.177
(12.7) (8.0) (8.5) (21.0) (4.8)
.500 .315 .335 .827 .189
Tactiles

MB2061SS1W01-CA

Solder Lug Four Pole


Tilt
Touch

(1.1) x (2.0) Typ (0.8) Typ


1/4-40 Thd .043 x .079 .031
Keyway
12 9 6 3
(4.7) Typ
(10.0) Dia .185 COM 11 8 5 2 (13.0)
Indicators

.394 .512
10 7 4 1

(0.5)
.020
(2.3) (3.5) (4.5) (2.0) Typ
.091 .138 .177 .079
Accessories

(22.3) (8.0) (8.5) (21.0) (4.8) Typ


.878 .315 .335 .827 .189
Supplement

MB2181SS1W01-CA

C78 www.nkkswitches.com
Bushing Mount Miniature Pushbuttons Series MB2000

Toggles
HARDWARE
Standard Hardware Optional Hardware

Rockers
AT513H for Inch AT509 AT516 AT507H for Inch
AT513M for Metric Lockwasher O-ring for AT507M for Metric
Hexagon Nut Splashproof Bushing Locking Ring

Pushbuttons
2 included with each switch 1 included with each switch 1 included with Material:
(1 with splashproof models) (not with splashproof models) each splashproof model Steel with Zinc/Chromate C
Material: Material: Material:
Brass with Nickel plating Steel with Zinc/Chromate Nitrile butadiene rubber

Programmable Illuminated PB
(6.0) Dia or
.250

1/4-40 Thd or
M6 P0.75 (12.0) Dia
.472
(2.0)
(8.0) (6.4) Dia (10.2) Dia (6.07) Dia .079
.315 .239 (9.63) Dia
.252 .402 .379
(5.5) or
.229

(9.0) (1.5) (0.5) (1.78) (1.7) (0.8)


.354 .059 .020 .070 .067 .031

Keylocks
Optional Mounting Collars/Conical Nuts Optional Splashproof Boots for S Plunger

AT512H for Inch AT512CH for Inch AT4041H for Inch AT4042H for Inch

Rotaries
AT512M for Metric AT512CM for Metric AT4041M for Metric AT4042M for Metric
Conical Nut Conical nut Boot for Momentary Boot for Alternate

Used with .315” (8.0mm) Used with .394” (10.0mm) Material: Material:
Diameter Cap (cap code B) Diameter Cap (cap code C) Silicone rubber Silicone rubber

Slides
Material: Material:
Brass with chrome plating Brass with chrome plating

Tactiles
M6 P0.75 or
1/4-40 Thd

Tilt
M2.3 P0.4
(14.0) Dia
(13.0) Dia .551
.512 (10.8) (10.8)
(12.2) Dia .425 .425
(10.5) Dia .480
A .413 A (4.9) Dia (4.9) Dia
.193
Touch
.193
(6.0) Dia (6.0) Dia
.236 .236
(8.5) (10.0) (8.5) (8.5)
.335 .394 .335 .335
Indicators

(10.0) (10.0) (10.0) (10.0)


.394 (4.0) Max .394 (4.0) Max .394 (4.0) Max .394 (4.0) Max
.157 .157 .157 .157
(3.5) Min (3.5) Min
.138 .138
Accessories

Dimension A = Cap Height Operating Life 100,000 Operating Life 30,000

.091” (2.3mm) for Momentary with Plunger Code S Boots for momentary devices
.157” (4.0mm) for Alternate with Plunger Code S are accompanied by a threaded
Supplement

.142” (3.6mm) for Momentary & Alternate with Plunger Code L adaptor which extends the length
of the plunger.

www.nkkswitches.com C79
Series MB2000 Bracket PC Mount Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

MB 2011 S S2 G 13 C A
Rockers
Pushbuttons

C
Poles & Circuits Contact Materials Caps
2011 SPDT ON (ON) & Ratings B .315” (8.0mm) Diameter
Programmable Illuminated PB

2065 SPDT ON ON Silver C .394” (10.0mm) Diameter


W Rated 6A @ 125V AC
2061 DPDT ON (ON) & 3A @ 250V AC
2085 DPDT ON ON Gold
2181 4PDT ON (ON) G Rated 0.4VA max @ Cap Colors
28V AC/DC max
2185 4PDT ON ON A Black
Gold over Silver
( ) = Momentary B White
Rated 6A @ 125V AC
A
4-pole not for use with & 0.4VA max @ 28V C Red
Keylocks

right angle terminals AC/DC max


E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
Plunger Type Bushings
Rotaries

H Gray
S Plunger for Screw-on Caps .335” (8.5mm)
S2
Smooth with Keyway
.335” (8.5mm)
S1 Terminals
Threaded with Keyway
Slides

.200” (5.08mm) .250” (6.35mm) Straight PC


13
Smooth with Keyway with Bracket
Only Available in 40 .150” (3.81mm) Vertical PC
A2
Part Numbers
Tactiles

IMPORTANT: MB2011SA2G31 & 45 .100” (2.54mm) Vertical PC


Switches are supplied without UL, cULus MB2011SA2W31 Right Angle PC with .646”
& CSA marking unless specified. 30 (16.4mm) Support to Terminals
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when Available in 1- & 2-pole only
ordered with marking on the switch.
Right Angle PC with .500”
Tilt

Specific models, ratings, & ordering


instructions are noted on the General 31 (12.7mm) Support to Terminals
Specifications page. Available in 1-pole only
Touch

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


MB2011SS2G13-CA
Indicators

Black .394” (10.0mm)


Diameter Cap
Plunger for Screw-on Caps
.335” (8.5mm) Smooth Bushing
Accessories

with Keyway

SPDT ON-(ON) Circuit


Gold Contacts
with 0.4VA Rating
Supplement

.250” (6.35mm) Straight PC


Terminals with Bracket

C80 www.nkkswitches.com
Bracket PC Mount Miniature Pushbuttons Series MB2000

Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematics

Rockers
Normal Down Normal Down
Note: Terminal numbers are
Pole Model Keyway Keyway
not actually on the switch.

Pushbuttons
SP
MB2011 ON (ON)
2-3 2-1 SPDT
2 (COM) C
MB2065 ON ON 3 1

Programmable Illuminated PB
MB2061 ON (ON) 2 (COM) 5
DP 2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 DPDT
MB2085 ON ON 3 1 6 4

4PDT
MB2181 ON (ON) 2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 2 5 (COM) 8 11
4P
MB2185 ON ON 8-9 11-12 8-7 11-10
3 1 6 4 9 7 12 10

Keylocks
PLUNGER TYPE

On alternate action models, after transferring circuit, the plunger returns to its original position and does not latch down.

Rotaries
S Plunger for Screw-on Caps
(2.9) (2.9)
.114 .114

Slides
(3.0) (2.3) (4.7) (4.0)
.118 .091 .185 .157

Momentary Momentary Alternate Alternate


Plunger Length Cap Location Plunger Length Cap Location

Tactiles
BUSHINGS

.335” (8.5mm) .335” (8.5mm) .200” (5.08mm)


S2 Smooth with Keyway S1 Threaded with Keyway A2 Smooth with Keyway

Tilt
(0.8) (6.2) Dia
(6.2) Dia (0.8) (0.8) .244
.031 .244 .031 1/4-40 Thd .031

Touch
(9.0) Dia (9.0) Dia (9.0) Dia
.354 (2.5) .354 .354 (2.5)
(2.5)
.098 .098 .098
(5.08)
.200 (3.0)
(8.5) (3.5) (8.5) (3.5) .118
.335 .138 .335 .138
Indicators

Standard hardware: 2 hex nuts (AT513H)


& 1 lockwasher (AT509) Only available in part numbers
Optional hardware: Locking ring (AT507) MB2011SA2W31 & MB2011SA2G31
Accessories

Panel Cutouts

(5.8)
For S2, S1, or A2 Bushing .228 With Optional Maximum Panel Thickness with
Supplement

(6.5) Dia (6.5) Dia (6.1)


with Keyway .256 (0.6) Locking Ring .256 .240 Standard Hardware: .154” (3.9mm)
.024 (2.2) Dia
.087

www.nkkswitches.com C81
Series MB2000 Bracket PC Mount Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS

W Silver over Silver Power Level 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC


Rockers

G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Note: Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.
Pushbuttons

C
Power Level 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC
A Gold over Silver or Logic Level or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Programmable Illuminated PB

Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits
within the same application. See Supplement section for complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.

TERMINALS

.250” (6.35mm) Straight PC


13 with Bracket
40 .150” (3.81mm) Vertical PC 45 .100” (2.54mm) Vertical PC
Keylocks

(6.35)
.250
(3.81) (2.54)
.150 .100
Rotaries

Right Angle PC Right Angle PC


30 31
Slides

with .646” (16.4mm) Support to Terminal with .500” (12.7mm) Support to Terminal
Tactiles

(12.7)
.500
(16.4)
.646
Tilt

Only Available in 1 & 2 Pole

Note: Full dimensioned drawings appear on the following pages.


Touch

CAPS & CAP COLORS


Indicators

AT413 AT407
B .315” (8.0mm) Diameter
C .394” (10.0mm) Diameter
Screw-on Cap (6.5) Screw-on Cap (8.0)
.315
.256

Cap Material: PBT Cap Material: PBT


Accessories

(8.0) Dia (10.0) Dia


M2.3 P0.4
Finish: Glossy .315 M2.3 P0.4
Finish: Glossy .394
Supplement

Cap Colors
Available:
A B White
C Red
E Yellow
F G Blue
H Gray
Black Green

C82 www.nkkswitches.com
Bracket PC Mount Miniature Pushbuttons Series MB2000

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Single Pole Straight PC with Bracket

Rockers
Keyway (4.5) (1.17) Typ
(6.2) Dia .177 .046
.244 (1.6) Typ
.063

Pushbuttons
3 3
(0.8) Typ (7.9) Typ

C
.031 .311
(10.0) Dia (15.8) COM 2 (13.0) 2

.394 (4.7) Typ .622 .512 (4.7) Typ


.185 1 1 .185
(1.8) Dia Typ
.073

Programmable Illuminated PB
(3.0) (0.5) Typ (1.17) Typ
.118 .020 .046 (1.5) Dia Typ
.059
(2.3) (6.35) (3.2)
.091 .250 .126
(9.0) (8.0) (8.5) (22.9) (7.9)
.354 .315 .335 .902 .311

MB2011SS2G13-CA

Double Pole Straight PC with Bracket

Keylocks
(3.2)
Keyway (4.5) .126 (1.6) Typ
(6.2) Dia .177 .063
(1.17) Typ (2.4) Typ
.244 .046 .095
6 3 3 6
(7.9) Typ

Rotaries
(0.8) Typ
.031 2 5
.311
(10.0) Dia (15.8) COM 5 2 (13.0)
.394 (4.7) Typ .622 .512 (4.7) Typ
1 4
.185 4 1 .185
(1.8) Dia Typ
(0.5) Typ .073
(3.0) (1.17) Typ
.118 .020 CL (1.5) Dia Typ
.046

Slides
.059
(2.3) (6.35) (4.8)
.091 .250 .189
(9.0) (8.0) (8.5) (22.9) (12.7)
.354 .315 .335 .902 .500

MB2061SS2G13-CA

Tactiles
Four Pole Straight PC with Bracket
(3.2)
.126

Tilt
(1.17) Typ
.046
12 9 6 3

Keyway (4.5) COM 11 8 5 2 (13.0)


(6.2) Dia .177 .512

Touch
.244 10 7 4 1

(0.8) Typ (1.17) Typ


.031 (15.8) .046
(10.0) Dia
.394 (4.7) Typ .622 (4.8) Typ
.185 .189
Indicators

(22.3)
.878
(3.0) (0.5) Typ
.118 .020
(1.6) Typ
(2.3) (6.35) .063
.091 .250 (4.8) Typ
.189
(9.0) (8.0) (8.5) (22.9)
Accessories

3 6 9 12
.354 .315 .335 .902 (7.9) Typ
2 5 8
.311
11

(4.7) Typ
1 4 7 10 .185

(1.8) Dia Typ


Supplement

.073
(1.5) Dia Typ
CL .059
MB2181SS2G13-CA

www.nkkswitches.com C83
Series MB2000 Bracket PC Mount Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

.150” (3.81mm) Vertical PC Single Pole


Rockers

Keyway (6.2) Dia


.244
3

3
2
(3.81) Typ
(10.0) Dia (13.0) 1 .150
Pushbuttons

COM 2
.394 .512

C
1

(16.4)
.646
(2.7) (2.3) (0.5) (0.8) Typ
.106 .091 .020 .031
Programmable Illuminated PB

(1.4) Typ (3.25) (1.27) (1.8) Dia Typ


.055 .128 .050 .073
(5.08) (10.3) (11.75) (16.4) (3.81) Typ (7.9) (2.54) Typ
.200 .406 .463 .646 .150 .311 .100

MB2011SS2G40-CA

.150” (3.81mm) Vertical PC Double Pole


6 3

COM 5 2 (13.0)
.512
4 1
Keylocks

(1.27) Typ
Keyway (6.2) Dia .050
.244
(4.8)
.189
(12.7)
.500
Rotaries

(10.0) Dia
.394
(4.8)
3 6 .189
2 5
(2.7) (2.3) (0.5) (0.8) Typ
.106 .091 .020 .031 (3.81) Typ
1 4
.150
(1.4) Typ (3.25)
Slides

.055 .128
(5.08) (10.3) (11.75) (16.4) (3.81) Typ
.200 .406 .463 .646 .150 (16.4)
.646

(1.8) Dia Typ


Tactiles

.073
(2.54) Typ
.100
MB2061SS2G40-CA

.150” (3.81mm) Vertical PC Four Pole


Tilt

12 9 6 3

COM 11 8 5 2 (13.0)
.512
10 7 4 1
Touch

Keyway (6.2) Dia (1.27) Typ


.244 .050
(4.8) Typ
.189
(22.3)
(10.0) Dia .878
.394
Indicators

(4.8) Typ
3 6 9 12 .189

(0.5) (0.8) Typ 2 5 8 11


(2.7) (2.3)
.106 .091 .020 .031 (3.81) Typ
1 4 7 10
.150
(1.4) Typ (3.25)
Accessories

.055 .128
(5.08) (8.0) (11.75) (16.4) (3.81) Typ
.200 .315 .463 .646 .150 (16.4)
.646

(1.8) Dia Typ


.073
Supplement

(2.54) Typ
.100
MB2181SS2G40-CA

C84 www.nkkswitches.com
Bracket PC Mount Miniature Pushbuttons Series MB2000

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Single Pole .100” (2.54mm) Vertical PC

Rockers
Keyway (6.2) Dia
.244
(2.54)
3
3 .100

Pushbuttons
2
(10.0) Dia COM 2 (13.0) 1

C
.394 .512
1

(16.4)
.646
(2.7) (2.3) (0.5) (0.8) Typ

Programmable Illuminated PB
.106 .091 .020 .031
(1.4) Typ (3.25) (1.27) (1.8) Dia Typ
.055 .128 .050 .073
(5.08) (10.3) (11.75) (16.4) (2.54) Typ (7.9) (2.54) Typ
.200 .406 .463 .646 .100 .311 .100

MB2011SS2G45-CA

Double Pole .100” (2.54mm) Vertical PC

Keylocks
Keyway (6.2) Dia (4.8)
.244 .189
3 6
(2.54) Typ
6 3
.100
2 5

Rotaries
1 4
(10.0) Dia COM 5 2 (13.0)
.394 .512
4 1
(16.4)
.646
(2.7) (2.3) (0.5) (0.8) Typ (1.27) Typ
.106 .091 .020 .031 .050
(1.4) Typ (3.25) (4.8) (1.8) Dia Typ

Slides
.055 .128 .189 .073
(5.08) (10.3) (11.75) (16.4) (2.54) Typ (12.7) (2.54) Typ
.200 .406 .463 .646 .100 .500 .100

Tactiles
MB2061SS2G45-CA

Four Pole .100” (2.54mm) Vertical PC

12 9 6 3

Tilt
COM 11 8 5 2 (13.0)
.512
10 7 4 1

Keyway (6.2) Dia


.244
(1.27) Typ

Touch
.050
(4.8) Typ
(10.0) Dia .189
.394 (22.3)
.878
Indicators

(4.8) Typ
(2.7) (2.3) (0.5) (0.8) Typ .189
.106 .091 .020 .031
3 6 9 12 (2.54) Typ
(1.4) Typ (3.25) .100
2 5 8 11
.055 .128
1 4 7 10
(5.08) (10.3) (11.75) (16.4) (2.54) Typ
.200 .406 .463 .646 .100
Accessories

(16.4)
.646

(1.8) Dia Typ


.073
Supplement

(2.54) Typ
.100
MB2181SS2G45-CA

www.nkkswitches.com C85
Series MB2000 Bracket PC Mount Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Right Angle PC Single Pole


Rockers

Keyway (10.0) Dia (6.2) Dia


.394 .244 COM (4.7) Typ
.185
3 2 1
Pushbuttons

1 2 3
(7.9)
(4.0) .311

C .157
(4.3)
.169
(16.4)
.646
(2.9) (0.5) (2.95) (0.8) Typ
.114 .020 .116 .031
Programmable Illuminated PB

(1.4) Typ (2.3) (3.25) (1.27) (4.7) Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.055 .091 .128 .050 .185 .073
(5.08) (8.0) (11.75) (16.4) (13.0) (2.54) Typ
.200 .315 .463 .646 .512 .100

MB2011SS2G30-CA

Right Angle PC Double Pole


Keylocks

(10.0) Dia (6.2) Dia (4.7) Typ


Keyway .394 .244 COM .185
(3.81)
Rotaries

4 5 6 6 5 4 .150
(12.7) 3 2 1
1 2 3 .500
(6.4)
.252
(4.3) (16.4)
.169 .646
Slides

(2.95) (0.8) Typ


(2.9) (2.3) (0.5) (1.27) Typ .116 .031
.114 .091 .020 .050
(4.7) Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
(1.4) Typ (3.25) (3.81) .185 .073
.055 .128 .150
(13.0) (2.54) Typ
(5.08) (8.0) (11.75) (16.4) .512 .100
.200 .315 .463 .646
Tactiles

MB2061SS2G30-CA

Right Angle PC Single Pole


Tilt

with .500” (12.7mm) Support to Terminal


Touch

Keyway (10.0) Dia (6.2) Dia


.394 .244 COM

1 2 3
(7.9) (4.7) Typ
.185
(4.5) .311 3 2 1
.177
Indicators

(4.3)
.169
(12.7)
(2.9) (0.5) (0.8) Typ .500
(3.4)
.114 .020 .134 .031
(1.4) Typ (2.3) (6.9) (1.27) (4.7) Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.055 .091 .272 .050 .185 .073
Accessories

(5.08) (8.0) (12.0) (12.7) (13.0) (2.54) Typ


.200 .315 .472 .500 .512 .100
Supplement

MB2011SA2G31-CA

C86 www.nkkswitches.com
Large Bushing Miniature Pushbuttons Series MB2000

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

MB 2011 S B1 W 01 D A

Rockers
Pushbuttons
Poles & Circuits Contact Materials Caps C
2011 SPDT ON (ON) & Ratings B .315” (8.0mm) Diameter
2065 SPDT ON ON Silver C .394” (10.0mm) Diameter

Programmable Illuminated PB
W Rated 6A @ 125V AC
2061 DPDT ON (ON) & 3A @ 250V AC D .520” (13.2mm) Diameter
2085 DPDT ON ON Gold E .748” (19.0mm) Diameter
2181 4PDT ON (ON) G Rated 0.4VA max @
28V AC/DC max
2185 4PDT ON ON
( ) = Momentary Cap Colors
A Black
Terminals

Keylocks
B White
01 Solder Lug
Plunger Type C Red
02 Quick Connect
S Plunger for Screw-on Caps *D Amber
03 .250” (6.35mm) Straight PC
*E Yellow

Rotaries
05 .425” (10.8mm) Wirewrap
F Green
06 .750” (19.05mm) Wirewrap
Bushings *G Blue
07 .964” (24.5mm) Wirewrap
.472” (12.0mm) *H Gray
B1 08 1.062” (27.0mm) Wirewrap
Threaded with Keyway

Slides
* Not available
.472” (12.0mm) with cap code E
B3
Threaded w/Splashproof

Tactiles
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.

Tilt
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
MB2011SB1W01-DA Touch
Indicators

Black .520” (13.2mm)


Diameter Cap
Plunger for Screw-on Caps

.472” (12.0mm) Diameter


Accessories

Threaded Bushing with Keyway


Silver Contacts with
6-Amp Rating SPDT ON-(ON) Circuit
Supplement

Solder Lug Terminals

www.nkkswitches.com C87
Series MB2000 Large Bushing Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

POLES & CIRCUITS


Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematics
Rockers

Normal Down Normal Down


Note: Terminal numbers are
Pole Model Keyway Keyway
not actually on the switch.
Pushbuttons

C SP
MB2011 ON (ON)
2-3 2-1 SPDT
2 (COM)

MB2065 ON ON 3 1
Programmable Illuminated PB

MB2061 ON (ON) 2 (COM) 5


DP 2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 DPDT
MB2085 ON ON 3 1 6 4

4PDT
MB2181 ON (ON) 2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 2 5 (COM) 8 11
4P
MB2185 ON ON 8-9 11-12 8-7 11-10 3 1 6 4 9 7 12 10

PLUNGER TYPE
Keylocks

(6.4) Dia (6.7) Dia


Plunger for On alternate action models, after
S Screw-on Caps
.252 .264

(5.3) (5.3) transferring circuit, the plunger


.208 .208
Plunger is plastic Plunger is metal for returns to its original position,
Rotaries

for B1 bushing. B3 bushing. and does not latch down.

BUSHINGS
Slides

.472” (12.0mm) Diameter .472” (12.0mm) Diameter


B1 Threaded with Keyway B3 Threaded Splashproof
(2.0)
M12P1 .079
(1.85)
Maximum Panel M12P1 Maximum Panel
Tactiles

.073
Thickness with (1.1)
Thickness with (4.9)
(5.0)
Standard Hardware: .197 .043 Standard Hardware: .193
.217” (5.5mm) .217” (5.5mm)

(12.0) (18.0) Dia (12.0)


.472
Tilt

.709 .472

Panel Cutouts
(12.5) Dia
.492 (12.5) Dia
.492
Touch

For B1 Bushing (11.5)


For B1 Bushing For B3 Bushing
with Keyway .453 with without Keyway
(9.0)
Locking Ring .354 (12.5) Dia
(1.5) .492
.060
Indicators

(3.0) Dia
.118

CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS


Accessories

W Silver over Silver Power Level 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC

G
Supplement

Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum

Note: Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

C88 www.nkkswitches.com
Large Bushing Miniature Pushbuttons Series MB2000

Toggles
TERMINALS

.062” (1.57mm) Wide


01 Solder Lug Epoxy Seal
(4.0)
.157
02 Quick Connect Epoxy Seal (6.35)

Rockers
.250
(2.0) (2.0)
.079
(1.1) .079 (1.57)
.043 .062
Thk = (0.8) Thk = (0.8)
.031 .031

Pushbuttons
03 .250” (6.35mm) C
(4.8)
Straight PC .189
(4.8) Typ
.189
3 3 6 3 6 9 12

Programmable Illuminated PB
(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ
2 5 .185 2 5 8 11 .185
2 .185
Epoxy Seal (6.35) 1 4
(4.8) .250 1 1 4 7 10
.189 (1.8) Dia Typ
.073 (1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.073 .073
(1.17)
.046
Thk = (0.8)
.031 Single Pole Double Pole Four Pole

.425” (10.8mm)
05 Wirewrap or Extended PC

Keylocks
.750” (19.05mm) Epoxy Seal
06 Wirewrap or Extended PC A
If using as extended PC terminal, refer to the above footprints.

Rotaries
.964” (24.5mm) Dimension A = terminal lengths as shown beside the terminal
07
(1.27)
.050
Wirewrap or Extended PC Thk = (0.8) codes at the left.
.031

1.062” (27.0mm)
08 Wirewrap or Extended PC

Slides
CAPS & CAP COLORS

AT078 AT079 AT414

Tactiles
AT412
B .315” (8.0mm)
C .394” (10.0mm)
D .520” (13.2mm)
E .748” (19.0mm)
Diameter Screw-on Cap Diameter Screw-on Cap Diameter Screw-on Cap Diameter Screw-on Cap

Tilt
Material: Material: Material: Material:
Polystyrene Polystyrene PBT Polystyrene
Finish: Finish: Finish: Finish:
Glossy Glossy Glossy Glossy
Touch
Colors Available: Colors Available: Colors Available: Colors Available:
ABCEFGH ABCEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCF
Indicators

(13.2) Dia
(10.0) Dia .520
(8.0) Dia .394 (19.0) Dia
.315 .748

(6.5) (8.0) (11.0)


.315 (15.0) (8.0)
(11.79) .256 (13.28) .433 (12.0) .315
.523 .590
.464 .472
Accessories
Supplement

Cap Color
Codes:
A Black
B White
C Red
D Amber
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray

www.nkkswitches.com C89
Series MB2000 Large Bushing Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Solder Lug Single Pole


Rockers

Keyway M12P1 (1.1) x (2.0) Dia Typ (0.8) Typ


.043 x .079 .031
Pushbuttons

C (13.2) Dia
.520 (4.7) Typ
COM 2 (13.0)
.512
.185 1
Programmable Illuminated PB

(4.0) (0.5)
.157 .020
(13.0) (4.5)
.512 .177
(7.9) (15.0) (12.0) (17.5) (2.0)
.311 .590 .472 .689 .079

MB2011SB1W01-DA

Solder Lug Double Pole


Keylocks

Keyway M12P1 (1.1) x (2.0) Dia Typ (0.8) Typ


.043 x .079 .031
Rotaries

6 3

(13.2) Dia COM 5 2 (13.0)


.520 (4.7) Typ .512
.185 4 1

(4.0) (0.5)
Slides

.157 .020
(13.0) (4.5) (2.0) Typ
.512 .177 .079
(12.7) (15.0) (12.0) (17.5) (4.8)
.500 .590 .472 .689 .189
Tactiles

MB2061SB1W01-DA

Solder Lug Four Pole


Tilt
Touch

Keyway M12P1 (1.1) x (2.0) Dia Typ (0.8) Typ


.043 x .079 .031
12 9 6 3

(13.2) Dia COM 11 8 5 2 (13.0)


Indicators

.520 (4.7) Typ .512


.185 10 7 4 1

(4.0) (0.5)
.157 .020
(2.0) Typ
Accessories

(13.0) (4.5)
.512 .177 .079
(22.3) (15.0) (12.0) (17.5) (4.8) Typ
.878 .590 .472 .689 .189
Supplement

MB2181SB1W01-DA

C90 www.nkkswitches.com
Large Bushing Miniature Pushbuttons Series MB2000

Toggles
HARDWARE
Standard Hardware for B1 Bushing

Rockers
AT503M AT508 AT527M AT506M
Hex Face Nut Lockwasher Hex Nut Locking Ring

Material: Material: Material: Material:

Pushbuttons
Brass with Chrome plating Steel with Zinc/Chromate Steel with Nickel plating Steel with Zinc/Chromate
C
(12.1) Dia
(12.1) .476

Programmable Illuminated PB
M12 P1 .476 M12 P1

(14.3) (15.8) Dia (14.0) (18.2) Dia


.563 .622 .551 .717
(2.8)
.110

(13.8) Dia
.543 (11.5)
.453

(16.0) (2.4) (1.0) (0.5) (16.0) (2.0) (2.8) (9.5) (1.0)


.630 .094 .039 .020 .630 .079 .110 .374 .039

Keylocks
Standard Hardware for B3 Bushing

Rotaries
AT503M AT401P
Hex Face Nut M12 P1 O-ring

Material: Material: (12.1) Dia


(14.3)

Slides
.476
Brass with Chrome plating .563 Nitrile butadiene rubber (17.5) Dia
.689

Tactiles
(16.0) (2.4) (1.5)
.630 .094 .059

Tilt
Optional Splashproof Boot for B1 Bushing

AT4043
Splashproof Boot Touch
(18.0) Dia
.709
(12.6) Dia
.496
Material: Silicone Rubber (9.6) Dia
Operating Life: 10,000 for momentary .378
Indicators

30,000 for alternate action


(10.7)
.421 M12 P1
When using a splashproof boot, no cap is required.
(9.0)
Accessories

.354
(4.0) Max
.157
(3.5) Min
.138
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C91
Series MB2000 Large Bushing Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

CUSTOM ASSEMBLY ORDERING EXAMPLE

The MB2000 pushbutton series offers flexibility to accommodate a variety of applications. Using a basic large bushing model,
different accessories can be assembled onto the switch to achieve the mounting variations shown on the following two pages.
Rockers

These switches have: • 12mm diameter threaded bushing with keyway


• Silver contacts
• 6-Amp rating
Pushbuttons

• Solder lug terminals


C Other 12mm bushing options can be used; see details in preceding Large Bushing Ordering tables.
Programmable Illuminated PB

MB2011 SB1W01 4 C A

Poles & Circuits Mounter Shapes Cap Colors Mounter Colors


Keylocks

2011 SPDT ON (ON) For Shroud For Shroud For Shroud


2065 SPDT ON ON 4 Round A Black A Black

2061 DPDT ON (ON) 5 Rectangular B White B White


Rotaries

2085 DPDT ON ON C Red H Gray

4-pole available F Green

( ) = Momentary G Blue
H Gray
Slides

Cap Colors
For Snap-In
Tactiles

A Black
B White
C Red
Tilt

F Green
Touch
Indicators

Round Shroud See custom assemblies on following pages.


MB2011SB1W01-4C-A
Accessories

Rectangular Shroud
Supplement

MB2011SB1W01-5C-A

C92 www.nkkswitches.com
Large Bushing Miniature Pushbuttons Series MB2000

Toggles
MOUNTER SHAPES FOR SHROUDS

4 AT455 Round
5 AT453 Rectangular

Rockers
Material: Polycarbonate Material: Polycarbonate

Pushbuttons
Colors: A B H Colors: A B H
C

Programmable Illuminated PB
CAPS & CAP COLORS FOR SHROUDS

AT454 Round AT452 Rectangular


Insert Cap Insert Cap

Keylocks
Material: Polycarbonate Material: Polycarbonate

Colors: A B C F G H Colors: A B C F G H

Rotaries
AT080 Screw Adaptor for Insert Caps

Slides
Material: Brass

Tactiles
Color Codes:

Tilt
A Black
B White
C Red
F Green
G Blue
H Gray

Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C93
Series MB2000 Large Bushing Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

CUSTOM ASSEMBLY WITH ROUND SHROUD

Keyway (1.1) x (2.0) Typ


.043 x .079
M12P1
Rockers

(0.8) Typ
.031

(17.7) Dia
.697 (4.7) Typ
.185
Pushbuttons

C
(18.4) Dia (0.5)
.724 .020
(22.0) Dia (2.0) (13.0) (4.5)
Programmable Illuminated PB

.866 .079 .512 .177


(24.0) Dia (14.0) (27.5)
.945 .551 1.083
MB2011SB1W01-4C-A

Single Pole Double Pole

(12.5) Dia
.492
3 6 3

COM 2 (13.0) COM 5 2 (13.0) (11.5)


.512 .512 .453
Keylocks

1 4 1

(1.5)
.060

(2.0) Typ
.079
Effective Panel Thickness:
Rotaries

(2.0) (4.8)
.079 .189
(7.9) (12.7)
.217” (5.5mm) maximum
.311 .500

CUSTOM ASSEMBLY WITH RECTANGULAR SHROUD


Slides

Keyway (1.1) x (2.0) Typ


.043 x .079
M12P1
(0.8) Typ
.031
Tactiles

(20.1) (19.4)
.791 .764
(24.6) (26.2)
.969 1.031 (4.7) Typ
.185
Tilt

(16.1) (0.5)
.634 .020
(20.6) (2.0) (13.0) (4.5)
.811 .079 .512 .177
(21.0) (14.0) (27.5)
.827 .551 1.083
MB2011SB1W01-5C-A
Touch

Single Pole Double Pole


Indicators

(12.5) Dia
.492
3 6 3

COM 2 (13.0) COM 5 2 (13.0) (11.5)


Accessories

.512 .512 .453


1 4 1

(1.5)
.060

(2.0) Typ
.079
Supplement

(2.0) (4.8) Effective Panel Thickness:


.079 .189
(7.9) (12.7) .217” (5.5mm) maximum
.311 .500

C94 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes

www.nkkswitches.com C95
Series MB2400 Snap-Action Pushbuttons
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Power Level (silver): 3A @ 125V AC
Logic Level (gold): 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum (Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
Logic/Power Level: Combines silver & gold ratings
Pushbuttons

(gold over silver) Note: Find additional explanation of dual rating & operating range in Supplement section.
C
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 20 milliohms maximum for silver; 30 milliohms maximum for gold
Programmable Illuminated PB

Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC


Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 200,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum for silver; 100,000 operations minimum for gold
Nominal Operating Force: Single pole 2.45N; double pole 3.92N
Travel Pretravel .024” (0.6mm); Overtravel .016” (0.4mm); Total Travel .039” (1.0mm)

Materials & Finishes


Keylocks

Plunger: Brass with nickel plating


Bushing: Brass with nickel plating
Frame: Stainless steel
Case: Polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) (UL94V-0)
Rotaries

Base: Diallyl phthalate resin (UL94V-0)


Movable Contactor: Phosphor bronze with silver or gold plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy (code W); copper with gold plating (code G); or silver alloy with gold plating (code A)
Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy with silver plating (code W); copper or brass with gold plating (code G); or
silver with gold plating (code A)
Slides

Terminals: Copper or brass with silver plating; copper or brass with gold plating

Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Tactiles

Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)


Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 3 shocks in each direction)
Tilt

Installation
Mounting Torque: 1.5Nm (13.0 lb • in) for double nut; 0.7Nm (6.0 lb • in) for single nut
Cap Installation Force: 80.0N (18.0 lbf) maximum downward force on actuator
Soldering: Wave Soldering (PC version): See Profile B in Supplement section.
Touch

Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.


Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.
See Cleaning Specifications in Supplement section.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 case & base
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Accessories

Add “/U” or “/CUL” before dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
All single and double pole models recognized at 3A @ 125V AC or 0.4VA max. @ 28V DC max.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
Single pole models with PC, solder lug, or Wirewrap terminals & double pole with PC or
Supplement

Wirewrap terminals certified at 3A @ 125V AC or 0.4VA @ 28V maximum.

C96 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Pushbuttons Series MB2400

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Snap-acting mechanism gives smooth actuation, short stroke,
light touch, and audible feedback. This mechanism also provides
long mechanical life.

Pushbuttons
C
High torque bushing construction prevents rotation or separation
from frame during installation.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Antijamming design protects contacts from damage due to
excessive downward force on the actuator.

Compatible companions with M series toggles. Body,


bushing, and footprint dimensions ideal for mounting
MB2400 pushbuttons and M toggles next to one another.

Keylocks
Stainless steel frame resists corrosion.

Longer center solder lug terminal simplifies wiring and

Rotaries
soldering.

Silver contacts of specially composed alloy for hardness.

Slides
Epoxy sealed terminals prevent entry of solder flux and other
contaminants.

Tactiles
Prominent external insulating barriers increase insulation resistance
and dielectric strength.

Tilt
Bushing Mount Page C98 Touch
Actual Size
Indicators

Bracket PC Mount Page C102


Accessories

Snap-in Mount Page C108


Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C97
Series MB2400 Snap-Action Bushing Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

MB24 11 E1 W 01 F A
Rockers
Pushbuttons

C Poles & Circuits Contact Materials Caps


11 SPDT ON (ON) & Ratings .201” (5.1mm)
F
Silver Diameter
Programmable Illuminated PB

61 DPDT ON (ON) W
Rated 3A @ 125V AC .295” (7.5mm)
( ) = Momentary H
Gold Diameter
G Rated 0.4VA max @
28V AC/DC max
Gold over Silver
Bushings Rated 3A @ 125V AC
A Cap Colors
.285” (7.24mm) & 0.4VA max @ 28V
E1 AC/DC max A Black
Threaded with D Flat
B White
Keylocks

.285” (7.24mm)
E2
Smooth with D Flat C Red
.280” (7.1mm)
A1 Terminals
Threaded with Keyway
01 Solder Lug
Rotaries

.280” (7.1mm)
A2
Smooth with Keyway 03 .250” (6.35mm) Straight PC
.350” (8.9mm) 05 .425” (10.8mm) Wirewrap
S1
Threaded with Keyway
06 .750” (19.05mm) Wirewrap
.350” (8.9mm)
Slides

S2 07 .964” (24.5mm) Wirewrap


Smooth with Keyway
Tactiles

IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Tilt

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


Touch

MB2411E1W01-FA
Indicators

Black .201” (5.1mm)


Diameter Cap
.285” (7.24mm) Threaded Bushing
with D Flat
Accessories

SPDT ON-(ON) Circuit

Silver Contacts with


3-Amp Rating Solder Lug Terminals
Supplement

C98 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Bushing Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2400

Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Plunger Position
Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematics
( ) = Momentary

Rockers
Normal Down Normal Down
Note: Terminal numbers are not
Pole Model Keyway Keyway actually on the switch.

Pushbuttons
1 (COM)
SP MB2411 ON (ON) 1-3 1-2 SPDT
3 2
C
1 (COM) 4

Programmable Illuminated PB
DP MB2461 ON (ON) 1-3 4-6 1-2 4-5 DPDT
3 2 6 5

BUSHINGS

Note: Plunger selection is not required for MB2400 pushbuttons. The plunger can be used with or without a cap.

.285” (7.24mm) .280” (7.1mm) .350” (8.9mm)


E1 Threaded with D Flat A1 Threaded with Keyway S1 Threaded with Keyway

Keylocks
(0.8) 1/4-40 Thd (0.8) 1/4-40 Thd
1/4-40 Thd .031 .031
(2.84) Dia (2.84) Dia (2.84) Dia
.112 .112 .112
(8.0) Dia (8.0) Dia (8.0) Dia
.315 .315 .315

Rotaries
(2.5) (2.5) (2.5)
.098 .098 .098

(0.9) (0.9) (0.9)


.035 .035 .035
(5.54) (7.24) (5.54) (7.1) (5.54) (8.9)
.218 .285 .218 .280 .218 .350

Slides
Maximum Panel Thickness with Maximum Panel Thickness with Maximum Panel Thickness with
Standard Hardware: .068” (1.74mm) Standard Hardware: .068” (1.74mm) Standard Hardware: .134” (3.40mm)

.285” (7.24mm) .280” (7.1mm) .350” (8.9mm)


E2 A2 S2

Tactiles
Smooth with D Flat Smooth with Keyway Smooth with Keyway

(6.2) Dia (0.8) (6.2) Dia (6.2) Dia


.244 (0.8)
.244 .031 .031 .244
(2.84) Dia (2.84) Dia (2.84) Dia

Tilt
.112 .112 .112
(8.0) Dia (8.0) Dia (8.0) Dia
.315 (2.5) .315 (2.5) .315 (2.5)
.098 .098 .098

(0.9) (0.9) (0.9)


(5.54) (7.24) .035 (5.54) (7.1) .035 (5.54) (8.9) .035

Touch
.218 .285 .218 .280 .218 .350

Panel Cutouts
Indicators

For A1, A2, S1, or S2 Bushing For E1 or E2 Bushing With


with Keyway with D Flat Optional Locking Ring
Accessories

(5.8) (5.8)
.228 .228
(6.5) Dia (6.5) Dia (6.5) Dia (6.1)
.256 (0.6) .256 .256 .240
.024 (2.2) Dia
.087
Supplement

Standard hardware includes 2 hex nuts & 1 lockwasher.


Hardware is illustrated following the Typical Switch Dimension drawings.

www.nkkswitches.com C99
Series MB2400 Snap-Action Bushing Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles

CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS

W Silver over Silver Power Level 3A @ 125V AC


Rockers

G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons

C Note: Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.


Programmable Illuminated PB

Power Level 3A @ 125V AC


A Gold over Silver or Logic Level or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum

Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits
within the same application. See Supplement section for complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.

TERMINALS
Keylocks

.250” (6.35mm)
01 Solder Lug 03 Straight PC
(4.0)
Epoxy Seal .157 Epoxy Seal (6.35)
(4.8) .250
.189
Rotaries

(2.0) (2.0)
.079
(1.1) .079 (1.17)
.043 .046
Thk = (0.8) Thk = (0.8)
.031 .031

Wirewrap or Extended PC
Slides

.425”
05 (10.8mm) (4.8)
.189
Epoxy Seal 3 3 6

A (4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ


Tactiles

.750” Refer to footprints if using 2 .185 2 5 .185


06 (19.05mm) as extended PC terminal. 1 1 4

(1.27) (1.8) Dia Typ


.050 .073 (1.8) Dia Typ
Thk = (0.8) Dimension A = terminal .073
.964” .031 lengths as shown beside
07 (24.5mm) the code boxes at left. Single Pole Double Pole
Tilt

CAPS & CAP COLORS


Touch

AT475 AT496
F .201” (5.1mm)
H .295” (7.5mm)
(7.5) Dia
.295
(5.1) Dia
Diameter Cap .201 Diameter Cap (6.4) (4.0)
.157
(4.0) .253
Indicators

(6.4)
.253 .157

Material: Polyamide Material: Polyamide


Accessories

Finish: Glossy Finish: Glossy

Cap Colors
A B C
Supplement

Available: Black White Red

C100 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Bushing Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2400

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Single Pole Solder Lug

Rockers
(1.1) x (2.0) Typ
Flat (5.1) Dia (2.4) .043 x .079
.201 .096 (0.8) Typ
(2.84) Dia .031
.112 NC 3

Pushbuttons
(13.0)
NO
C
.512 (4.7) Typ 2
.185
COM 1

(4.0)
1/4-40 Thd .157

Programmable Illuminated PB
(0.9) (4.5) (2.0)
.035 .177 .079
(6.4) (7.24) (14.0) (7.9)
.253 .285 .552 .311

MB2411E1W01-FA

Double Pole Solder Lug

(1.1) x (2.0) Typ

Keylocks
(5.1) Dia (2.4) .043 x .079
Flat .096
.201 (0.8) Typ
(2.84) Dia .031
.112 NC 6 3

(13.0)
.512 NO
(4.7) Typ 5 2
.185
COM 4 1

Rotaries
(4.0) (2.0) Typ
1/40-40 Thd .157 .079
(0.9) (4.5) (4.8)
.035 .177 .189
(6.4) (7.24) (14.0) (12.7)
.253 .285 .552 .500

Slides
MB2461E1W01-FA

HARDWARE

Tactiles
Standard Hardware

1/4-40 Thd
AT513H Inch Threaded AT509
(8.0)
Hexagon Nut .315 Lockwasher (6.4) Dia (10.2) Dia
.252 .402

Tilt
2 included with each switch 1 included with each switch

Material: Material: (0.5)


(9.0) (1.5)
Brass with Nickel Plating .354 .059 Steel with Zinc/Chromate .020

Touch

Optional Hardware
Indicators

(6.35) Dia
.250
AT507H AT515 (6.2) Dia
(5.5)
.217
Locking Ring (12.0) Dia Locking Ring .244
for A1 or S1 Bushing (2.0) .472 for E1 Bushing (12.0) Dia
Accessories

.079
.472
(2.0)
Material: (5.8) Material: .079
.229
Steel with Zinc/Chromate Steel with Zinc/Chromate
Supplement

(1.7) (0.8) (1.68) (0.8)


.067 .031 .066 .031

www.nkkswitches.com C101
Series MB2400 Snap-Action Bracket PC Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

MB24 11 A2 G 40 F A
Rockers
Pushbuttons

C Poles & Circuits Contact Materials


& Ratings
Caps
11 SPDT ON (ON) F .201” (5.1mm) Dia.
61 DPDT ON (ON) Silver H .295” (7.5mm) Dia.
W
Programmable Illuminated PB

Rated 3A @ 125V AC
( ) = Momentary
Gold
G Rated 0.4VA max @
28V AC/DC max
Cap Colors
Gold over Silver
Bushings Rated 3A @ 125V AC A Black
A
.280” (7.1mm) & 0.4VA max @ 28V B White
A2 AC/DC max
Smooth with Keyway C Red
.280” (7.1mm)
Keylocks

A1
Threaded with Keyway
.285” (7.24mm) Terminals
E2
Smooth with D Flat With Bracket
.285” (7.24mm) 13 .250” (6.35mm) Straight PC with .465” (11.8mm) Bracket
Rotaries

E1
Threaded with D Flat
15 .425” (10.8mm) Straight PC with .630” (16.0mm) Bracket
.350” (8.9mm)
S2 17 .964” (24.5mm) Straight PC with 1.150” (29.2mm) Bracket
Smooth with Keyway
With Reinforced Bracket
.350” (8.9mm)
S1
Slides

Threaded with Keyway 23 .250” (6.35mm) Straight PC with .465” (11.8mm) Bracket
25 .425” (10.8mm) Straight PC with .630” (16.0mm) Bracket
26 .750” (19.05mm) Straight PC with .953” (24.2mm) Bracket
Tactiles

With Terminal Support


30 Right Angle PC
40 Vertical PC
Tilt

IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Touch

Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Indicators

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


MB2411A2G40-FA
Accessories

SPDT
.280” (7.1mm) Smooth Bushing ON-(ON) Circuit
with Keyway
Black .201” (5.1mm) Vertical PC Terminals
Supplement

Diameter Cap Gold Contacts with


0.4VA Rating

C102 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Bracket PC Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2400

Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Plunger Position
Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematics
( ) = Momentary

Rockers
Normal Down Normal Down
Note: Terminal numbers are not actually
Pole Model Keyway Keyway on the switch.

Pushbuttons
SP MB2411 ON (ON) 1-3 1-2 SPDT
1 (COM) C
3 2

Programmable Illuminated PB
1 (COM) 4
DP MB2461 ON (ON) 1-3 4-6 1-2 4-5 DPDT
3 2 6 5

BUSHINGS
Note: Plunger selection is not required for MB2400 pushbuttons.
The plunger can be used with or without a cap.

Keylocks
.280” (7.1mm) .285” (7.24mm) .350” (8.9mm)
A2 Smooth with Keyway E2 Smooth with D Flat S2 Smooth with Keyway

(0.8) (6.2) Dia (6.2) Dia (6.2) Dia


.244 (0.8)
.031 .244 .031 .244

Rotaries
(2.84) Dia (2.84) Dia (2.84) Dia
.112 .112 .112
(8.0) Dia (8.0) Dia (8.0) Dia
.315 (2.5) .315 (2.5) .315 (2.5)
.098 .098 .098

(0.9) (0.9) (0.9)


(5.54) (7.1) .035 .035 (5.54) (8.9) .035
(5.54) (7.24)

Slides
.218 .280 .218 .285 .218 .350

.280” (7.1mm) .285” (7.24mm) .350” (8.9mm)


A1 E1 S1

Tactiles
Threaded with Keyway Threaded with D Flat Threaded with Keyway

(0.8) 1/4-40 Thd (0.8) 1/4-40 Thd


1/4-40 Thd .031
.031 (2.84) Dia
(2.84) Dia (2.84) Dia
.112 .112 .112
(8.0) Dia (8.0) Dia (8.0) Dia

Tilt
.315 (2.5) .315 (2.5) .315 (2.5)
.098 .098 .098

(0.9) (0.9) (0.9)


.035 .035 (5.54) (8.9) .035
(5.54) (7.1) (5.54) (7.24)
.218 .280 .218 .285 .218 .350

Touch
Maximum Panel Thickness with Maximum Panel Thickness with Maximum Panel Thickness with
Standard Hardware: .068” (1.74mm) Standard Hardware: .068” (1.74mm) Standard Hardware: .134” (3.40mm)
Indicators

Panel Cutouts

For A1, A2, S1, or S2 Bushing For E1 or E2 Bushing With


with Keyway with D Flat Optional Locking Ring
Accessories

(5.8) (5.8)
.228 .228
(6.5) Dia (6.5) Dia (6.5) Dia (6.1)
.256 (0.6) .256 .256 .240
.024
Supplement

(2.2) Dia
.087
Standard hardware includes 2 hex nuts & 1 lockwasher.
Hardware is illustrated following the Typical Switch Dimension drawings.

www.nkkswitches.com C103
Series MB2400 Snap-Action Bracket PC Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles

CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS

W Silver over Silver Power Level 3A @ 125V AC


Rockers

G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons

Note: Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.


C
A Power Level 3A @ 125V AC
Gold over Silver
Programmable Illuminated PB

or Logic Level or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum


Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits
within the same application. See Supplement section for complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.

TERMINALS
Straight PC Mount with Bracket Straight PC Mount with Reinforced Bracket

13 15 17 23 25 26
Keylocks

.250” (6.35mm) .425” (10.8mm) .964” (24.5mm) .250” (6.35mm) .425” (10.8mm) .750” (19.05mm)
Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with
.465” (11.8mm) .630” (16.0mm) 1.150” (29.2mm) .465” (11.8mm) .630” (16.0mm) .953” (24.2mm)
Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket
Rotaries
Slides
Tactiles

30 Right Angle PC 40 Vertical PC


Tilt

PCB footprints are on the following


Typical Switch Dimension pages.
Touch

CAPS & CAP COLORS


Indicators

AT475 AT496
F .201” (5.1mm)
(5.1) Dia
.201
H .295” (7.5mm)
(7.5) Dia
.295
(4.0) (4.0)
Diameter Cap (6.4)
.253 .157 Diameter Cap (6.4)
.253 .157
Accessories

Material: Polyamide Material: Polyamide

Finish: Glossy Finish: Glossy


Supplement

Cap Colors
Available:
A Black
B White
C Red

C104 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Bracket PC Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2400

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Straight PC • Bracket
(5.1) Dia Typ

Rockers
(6.4) .201
.253 Single (2.8) Dia Typ
.112
Double
(7.1)
(2.4)
.096 Pole (6.2) Dia Typ Pole
.280 .244

Pushbuttons
(0.9)
.035 BRACKET

TERMINAL
LENGTH
C
LENGTH 1 2 3 (4.5) Typ (4.8) Typ
C NO NC .177 .189

Programmable Illuminated PB
(0.5) Typ (1.17) Typ (4.8) Typ
.020 .046 .189
(0.8) Typ (1.17) Typ (3.2) Typ
.031 .046 .126
(4.7) Typ
.185
(15.8) (8.0)
.315
(12.7)
.500
MB2411A2G13-FA
.622

(1.6) Typ
.063
(1.6) Typ (2.4) Typ
.063 .095
Terminal Terminal Bracket

Keylocks
3 3 6
(7.9) Typ
.311
(7.9) Typ
.311
Code: Length: Length:
2 2 5

(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ 13 .250 (6.35mm) .465 (11.8mm)


.185 1 .185 1 4

(1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ 15 .425 (10.8mm) .630 (16.0mm)
.073 .073

Rotaries
(1.5) Dia Typ (1.5) Dia Typ CL 17 .964 (24.5mm) 1.150 (29.2mm)
.059 .059

Straight PC • Reinforced Bracket

Slides
(5.1) Dia Typ
(6.4) .201
.253 Single (2.8) Dia Typ
.112
Double
(2.4)
Pole Pole

Tactiles
(7.1) (6.2) Dia Typ
.280 .096 .244

(0.9)
.035 BRACKET
LENGTH

TERMINAL
LENGTH 1 2 3 (4.5) Typ (4.8) Typ
.177 .189

Tilt
C NO NC

(0.5) Typ (1.27) Typ (6.35) Typ


.020 .050 .250
(0.8) Typ (1.17) Typ (4.8) Typ
.031 .046 .189
(4.7) Typ
.185
Touch
(19.05) (9.1) (12.7)
.750 .358 .500
MB2411A2G23-FA
Indicators

(2.4) Typ
.095
(3.18) Typ
.125 (3.18) Typ
.125

(9.53) Typ 3 (9.53) Typ 3 6 Terminal Terminal Bracket


Code: Length: Length:
Accessories

.375 .375
2 2 5

(4.7) Typ
.185 1
(4.7) Typ
.185 1 4 23 .250 (6.35mm) .465 (11.8mm)
(1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ 25 .425 (10.8mm) .630 (16.0mm)
.073 .073
(1.5) Dia Typ (1.5) Dia Typ CL
26 .750 (19.05mm) .953 (24.2mm)
Supplement

.059 .059

www.nkkswitches.com C105
Series MB2400 Snap-Action Bracket PC Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Right Angle PC Single Pole


Rockers

Keyway (2.84) Dia


.112
(6.2) Dia
.244 COM NO NC (4.7) Typ
.185
Pushbuttons

3 2 1

C
(5.1) Dia (7.9) 1 2 3
.201 .311
(12.7)
(4.3) .500
(2.9) (6.22) .169
.114 (1.4) Typ .245
(5.08) .055 (2.4) (0.4) (1.27) (0.8) Typ
Programmable Illuminated PB

(1.8) Dia Typ


.200 .096 .016 .050 .031 .073
(13.0) (6.4) (7.32) (12.7) (4.7) Typ (2.54) Typ
.512 .253 .288 .500 .185 .100

MB2411A2G30-FA

Right Angle PC Double Pole

(2.84) Dia
Keylocks

Keyway .112
(6.2) Dia
.244 COM NO NC (4.7) Typ
(3.81) .185 6 5 4
4 5 6 .150
(5.1) Dia (12.7) 3 2 1
.201 .500 1 2 3
Rotaries

(12.7)
(4.3) .500
(2.9) (6.2) .169
.114 (1.4) Typ .245
(5.08) .055 (2.4) (0.4) (1.27) Typ (0.8) Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.200 .096 .016 .050 .031 .073
(13.0) (6.4) (7.32) (12.7) (3.8) (4.7) Typ (2.54) Typ
.512 .253 .288 .500 .150 .185 .100
Slides

MB2461A2G30-FA

Vertical PC
Tactiles

Single Pole (3.81) Typ


3

.150 2
NC 3

1
(2.84) Dia NO 2
Tilt

Keyway
.112
(6.2) Dia COM 1 (12.7)
.244 .500

(5.1) Dia (13.0) (1.27) (1.8) Dia Typ


.050 .073
Touch

.201 .512
(8.0) (2.54) Typ
.315 .100

(6.2) (2.7)
.245 .106
(1.4) Typ (2.4) (0.4) (0.8) Typ
.055 .096 .016 .031
Indicators

(5.08) (6.4) (7.32) (12.7) (3.8) Typ


.200 .253 .288 .500 .150
(2.4) Typ
.094
3 6
NC 6 3 (3.81) Typ
.150 2 5

NO
Accessories

5 2 1 4

COM 4 1
(12.7)
MB2411A2G40-FA (1.27) Typ .500
.050
(4.8)
.189 (1.8) Dia Typ
Supplement

(12.7) .073
.500 (2.54) Typ
Double Pole .100

C106 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Bracket PC Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2400

Toggles
HARDWARE
Standard Hardware
1/4-40 Thd

Rockers
AT513H Inch Threaded AT509
(8.0)
Hexagon Nut .315 Lockwasher (6.4) Dia (10.2) Dia
.252 .402

2 included with each switch 1 included with each switch

Pushbuttons
Material:
(9.0) (1.5)
Material: (0.5) C
Brass with Nickel Plating .354 .059 Steel with Zinc/Chromate .020

Programmable Illuminated PB
Optional Hardware

AT507H (6.35) Dia


.250
AT515 (6.2) Dia
(5.5)
.217
Locking Ring Locking Ring .244
for A1 or S1 Bushing (12.0) Dia
for E1 Bushing (12.0) Dia
.472 .472
(2.0)
.079 (2.0)
.079
Material: (5.8) Material:
Steel with Zinc/Chromate .229 Steel with Zinc/Chromate

Keylocks
(1.7) (0.8) (1.68) (0.8)
.067 .031 .066 .031

Rotaries
Slides
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C107
Series MB2400 Snap-Action Snap-in Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH

MB24 11 J W 01 C
Rockers
Pushbuttons

C Poles & Circuits Contact Materials Cap &


11 SPDT ON (ON) & Ratings Cap Colors
Silver A Black
Programmable Illuminated PB

61 DPDT ON (ON) W
Rated 3A @ 125V AC
( ) = Momentary B White
Gold
C Red
G Rated 0.4VA max @
28V AC/DC max E Yellow
Gold over Silver F Green
Rated 3A @ 125V AC G Blue
A
& 0.4VA max @ 28V
AC/DC max H Gray
Keylocks

Mounting Frame Terminals


J Snap-in Frame 01 Solder Lug
03 .250” (6.35mm) Straight PC
Rotaries

05 .425” (10.8mm) Wirewrap


06 .750” (19.05mm) Wirewrap
07 .964” (24.5mm) Wirewrap
Slides

IMPORTANT:
Tactiles

Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Tilt

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


MB2411JW01-C
Touch

Red Cap
Indicators

Snap-in Frame
SPDT
ON-(ON) Circuit
Accessories

Silver Contacts with


3-Amp Rating Solder Lug Terminals
Supplement

C108 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Snap-in Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2400

Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE

3 A C F

Rockers
Pushbuttons
Optional Bezels Bezel Colors LED Colors C
1 Bezel without LEDs A Black 1 LED

Programmable Illuminated PB
*2 Bezel with 1 Round LED B White C Red
*3 Bezel with 2 Round LEDs C Red F Green
*4 Bezel with 2 Rectangular LEDs E Yellow 2 LEDs
* Available in Black color only F Green Top LED Bottom LED
G Blue C Red C Red
H Gray E Yellow E Yellow
F Green F Green

Keylocks
Rotaries
Slides
Tactiles
Tilt
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
MB2411JW01-C-3A-CF

Touch
Red Cap 1 Red LED
1 Green LED
Snap-in Frame Black Bezel
Indicators

with 2 Round LEDs


SPDT ON-(ON) Circuit
Silver Contacts
with 3-Amp Rating
Accessories

Solder Lug Terminals


Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C109
Series MB2400 Snap-Action Snap-in Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles

POLES & CIRCUITS


Plunger Position
Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematics
( ) = Momentary
Rockers

Normal Down Normal Down


Note: Terminal numbers are not
Pole Model
actually on the switch.
Pushbuttons

1 (COM)
SP MB2411 ON (ON) 1-3 1-2 SPDT
C 3 2

1 (COM) 4
DP MB2461 ON (ON) 1-3 4-6 1-2 4-5 DPDT
Programmable Illuminated PB

3 2 6 5

MOUNTING FRAME
Panel Cutout Panel Cutout
J Snap-in Frame for Single Pole for Double Pole
without Bezel (15.0)
.591
without Bezel (15.0)
.591

(18.0)
.709 (12.5) (13.1)
Keylocks

(2.85) Dia .492 .516


.112

Panel Thickness without Bezel: .039” ~ .157” (1.0mm ~ 4.0mm)


(12.2)
.480
Panel Thickness with Bezel: .039” ~ .126” (1.0mm ~ 3.2mm)

CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS


Rotaries

W Silver over Silver Power Level 3A @ 125V AC


Slides

G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Note: Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.
Tactiles

Power Level 3A @ 125V AC


A Gold over Silver or Logic Level or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits
within the same application. See Supplement section for complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.
Tilt

TERMINALS

.250” (6.35mm)
01 (4.0) 03
Touch

Solder Lug Epoxy Seal .157 Straight PC Epoxy Seal (6.35)


(4.8) .250
.189
(2.0) (2.0)
.079
(1.1) .079 (1.17)
.043 .046
Thk = (0.8)
Indicators

Thk = (0.8)
.031 .031

Wirewrap or Extended PC
(4.8)
.425”
05 .189
3 6
Accessories

(10.8mm)
3
Epoxy Seal (4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ
Refer to footprints if using 2 .185 2 5 .185
.750” A
06 (19.05mm)
as extended PC terminal. 1 1 4

(1.8) Dia Typ


(1.27) Dimension A = terminal .073 (1.8) Dia Typ
.073
Supplement

.964” .050 lengths as shown beside


07 (24.5mm)
Thk = (0.8)
.031 the code boxes at left. Single Pole Double Pole

C110 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Snap-in Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2400

Toggles
CAP & CAP COLORS
(3.8)
AT465 (11.5) Sq .150 Contact factory
.453” (11.5mm) .453
(8.4)
for matte finish. A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow

Rockers
Square Cap .331
Legend details
Material: Polycarbonate at end of this
Finish: Glossy section.
F Green
G Blue
H Gray

Pushbuttons
OPTIONAL SNAP-IN BEZELS & BEZEL COLORS
C
1 AT207 Bezel A F

Programmable Illuminated PB
(11.8)
.465 Black Green (15.0)
.591

Material: Polycarbonate (2.2) B White


G Blue
.087
Finish: Glossy A

(15.6)
(12.0)
.472 C Red
H Gray
Contact factory for matte .614 Single Pole Double Pole
(21.5)
finish. .846
E Yellow A
(12.5)mm (13.1)mm
.492” .516”

AT208 Bezel

Keylocks
2 for AT070 LED A Black B (8.8) Dia
(11.8) .346
(2.2)
Material: Polycarbonate .465 .087 LED colors & specifications
(19.0)
Finish: Glossy .748 (13.5)
.531
on next page.

Rotaries
(13.8)
Contact factory for Single Pole Double Pole .543
(12.0)
matte finish. .472 (12.5)mm (13.1)mm (15.0)
A .591
(15.6) (30.2)
.492” .516”
.614 1.19
(6.25)mm (6.55)mm
B

Slides
A
(5.4) Dia
.213 .246” .258”

AT212 Bezel
3 for AT617 LED (10.0)
(12.0)
.472
A Black
.394

Tactiles
Material: (2.2) LED colors & specifications
.087
Polycarbonate (7.8) on next page. (15.0)
.307 .591
Finish: (11.8)
Semi-glossy .465 (21.5) Sq Single Pole Double Pole
(8.0) .846
.315 (3.0) Dia Typ (18.4)mm (18.7)mm A
A

Tilt
.118
.724” .736”

AT213 Bezel
4 for AT618 LED
(10.0)
.394
(12.0)
.472
A Black
(2.0) Typ
LED colors & specifications Touch
Material: .079 (2.2)
.087
Polycarbonate (7.8)
on next page. (15.0)
.591
Finish: .307
Single Pole Double Pole
Indicators

(11.8)
Semi-glossy .465
(8.0)
.315 (5.0) Typ
(21.5) Sq (18.4)mm (18.7)mm A
.846 A
.197
.724” .736”

Bezel Assembly
Accessories

1. Pry out 2. Insert 3. Push tab 4. Snap


Tab 45°
tab on switch frame back into assembled
bezel to a under tab place. bezel and
Supplement

Tab
45° angle. and snap switch into
on the bezel. panel.

www.nkkswitches.com C111
Series MB2400 Snap-Action Snap-in Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles

LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS

Bezel Orientation on Switch


Rockers

AT070 LED AT617 LED AT618 LED


For Bezel AT208 (5.08) Dia
.200
For Bezel AT212 (3.0) Dia
For Bezel AT213 (5.0)
.197
with 1 LED with 2 Round LEDs .118 with 2 Rectangular LEDs
(7.7) (7.0)
.303 (5.0)
Pushbuttons

.197 .276

C
Top LED Top LED
Circuit Mark This Side

Circuit Mark This Side


Circuit Mark This Side
Programmable Illuminated PB

Bottom LED (-) Bottom LED (-)


(+) (+)
(-)

(+)

Note: Lead lengths may differ from manufacturing lot to lot. The longer lead is the anode (+).

AT070 AT617 AT618


Keylocks

(+) (-) C F C E F C E F
Color Red Green Red Yellow Green Red Yellow Green

Maximum Forward Current IFM 25mA 50mA 30mA 30mA 25mA 25mA 30mA 25mA
Rotaries

Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 30mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA

Forward Voltage VF 2.8V 2.1V 2.0V 2.1V 2.2V 2.25V 2.1V 2.2V

Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V


Slides

Current Reduction Rate 0.33 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.33 0.33 0.40 0.33
Above 25°C ∆IF mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range
–10° ~ +70°C –15° ~ +70°C –25° ~ +70°C
Tactiles

(when used with a bezel)

The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C.


LED circuit is independent of switch operation. LED is colored in OFF state.

If the source voltage is greater than the rated voltage of the LED, a ballast resistor must be connected in series with the LED.
Tilt

The ballast resistor calculation and more lamp detail are shown in the Supplement section.

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Touch

Solder Lug Single Pole Double Pole

Circuit Mark (1.1) x (2.0) Typ


Indicators

This Side .039 x .079


(0.8) Typ
.031
3 6 3
NC NC
(18.0) (11.5) Sq (13.0) 2 (14.0) NO 5 2 (14.0)
NO
.709 .453 (4.7) Typ .512 .551 .551
Accessories

.185 1
COM 4 1
COM

(4.0) (2.0)
.157 .079
(0.5) (4.5) (2.0) (4.8)
.020 .177 .079 .189
(12.2) (3.3) (24.9) (7.9) (12.7)
Supplement

.480 .130 .980 .311 .500

MB2411JW01-C

C112 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Snap-in Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2400

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Single & Double Pole Solder Lug • AT207 Bezel

Rockers
Circuit Mark (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
This Side .043 x .079
(0.8) Typ
.031
3 6 3
NC NC
(21.5) (11.5) Sq (13.0) NO 2 (14.0) NO 5 2 (14.0)

Pushbuttons
.846 .453 (4.7) Typ .512 .551 .551
.185
C
1 4 1
COM COM

(2.2) (4.0) (2.0) Typ


.087 .157 .079

Programmable Illuminated PB
(4.5) (2.0) (4.8)
.177 .079 .189
(15.6) (4.0) (24.2) (7.9) (12.7)
.614 .157 .953 .311 .500
MB2411JW01-C-1A

Single Pole Solder Lug • AT208 Bezel


(4.9) (15.3) Min (2.5)
.193 .602 .098
(0.61) Sq
.024
(5.4) Dia
.213
(19.0)
Circuit Mark

Keylocks
.748
(13.5) This Side
(30.2) 3
1.190 .531 NC
(4.7) Typ (13.0)
(12.0) .185 NO 2 .512
.472 (14.0)
1 .551
(0.8) Typ COM
.031

Rotaries
(1.1) x (2.0) Typ
.043 x .079
(4.0)
.157
(11.8) (2.2) (4.5) (2.0)
.465 .087 .177 .079
(15.6) (4.0) (24.2) (7.9)
.614 .157 .953 .311 MB2411JW01-C-2A-C

Slides
Single Pole Solder Lug • AT212 Bezel
(10.0) (7.8) Circuit Mark (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
.394 .307 This Side .043 x .079

Tactiles
(2.5) Typ
.098
3
NC
(4.7) Typ (13.0)
(8.0) (12.0) (11.5) Sq .185 NO 2 .512
.315 .472 .453 (14.0)
1 .551
(0.8) Typ COM
.031

Tilt
(3.0) Dia Typ
.118
(2.2) (4.0) (0.5) Sq Typ
.087 .157 .020
(11.8) (4.5) (2.0)
.465 .177 .079
(21.5) Sq (4.0) (24.2) (7.8) (7.9)
.846

Touch
.157 .953 .307 .311 MB2411JW01-C-3A-CF

Double Pole Solder Lug • AT213 Bezel


Indicators

(10.0) (7.8) Circuit Mark (1.1) x (2.0) Typ


.394 .307 This Side .043 x .079
(2.5) Typ
.098
6 3
(4.7) Typ NC
(13.0)
(8.0) (12.0) (11.5) Sq .185 .512
Accessories

NO 5 2
.315 .472 .453 (14.0)
4 1 .551
(0.8) Typ COM
(5.0) Typ .031
.197
(2.0) (2.2) (4.0) (0.5) Sq Typ (2.0) Typ
.079 .087 .157 .020 .079
Supplement

(11.8) (4.5) (4.8)


.465 .177 .189
(21.5) Sq (4.0) (24.2) (7.8) (12.7)
.846 .157 .953 .307 .500 MB2461JW01-C-4A-CF

www.nkkswitches.com C113
Series MB2400 Snap-Action Snap-in Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles

LEGENDS

NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Rockers

Suggested Printable Area for Cap

ON
Pushbuttons

(0.38) Typ (4.61) Typ

C Recommended Print Method: .015 .181

Screen Print or Pad Print (0.76) Typ


(9.98) Sq (0.76) Typ .030 (9.98) (0.76) Typ
Programmable Illuminated PB

.393 .030 .393 .030


Epoxy based ink is recommended. (11.5) Sq (11.5) Sq
FILT AIR .453 .453

ER
AT465 AT465

Shaded areas are printable areas.


Keylocks
Rotaries
Slides
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

C114 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes

www.nkkswitches.com C115
Series MB2500 Snap-Action Pushbuttons

General Specifications
Toggles

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Rockers

Power Level (code W): 3A @ 125V AC


Logic Level (code G): 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
Logic/Power Level (code A): Combines W & G ratings
Pushbuttons

C Note: See Supplement section to find explanation of operating range.

Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB

Contact Resistance: 20 milliohms maximum for silver; 30 milliohms maximum for gold
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 200,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum for silver; 100,000 operations minimum for gold
Nominal Operating Force: Single pole 2.45N; double pole 3.92N
Travel: Pretravel .024” (0.6mm); Overtravel .016” (0.4mm); Total Travel .039” (1.0mm)

Materials & Finishes


Keylocks

Plunger: Brass with nickel plating


Bushing: Brass with nickel plating
Mounting & Body Frames: Stainless steel
Support Bracket: Brass with tin plating
Rotaries

Case: Polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) (UL94V-0)


Base: Diallyl phthalate resin
Movable Contactor: Phosphor bronze with silver or gold plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy (code W); copper with gold plating (code G)
Stationary Contacts: Silver with silver plating (code W); copper or brass with gold plating (code G)
Slides

Terminals: Copper with silver plating; copper or brass with gold plating

Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Tactiles

Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 100 hours @ 40°C (104°F)


Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt

Installation
Mounting Torque: 1.5Nm (13 lb•in) for double nut; 0.7Nm (6 lb•in) for single nut
Cap Installation Force: 80N (18 lbf) maximum downward force on actuator
Touch

Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Indicators

Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 Case
Accessories

UL : File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” before dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
All single & double pole models recognized at 3A @ 125V AC or 0.4VA max. @ 28V AC/DC max.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
Supplement

Single pole & double pole models certified at 3A @ 125V AC or 0.4VA max. @ 28V AC/DC max.

C116 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Pushbuttons Series MB2500

Distinctive Characteristics

Toggles
Rockers
Short stroke and light touch.

Antijamming design protects contacts from damage due

Pushbuttons
to excessive downward force on the actuator.
C
High torque bushing construction prevents rotation or

Programmable Illuminated PB
separation from frame during installation.

Stainless steel frame resists corrosion.

Longer center solder lug terminal


simplifies wiring and soldering.

Keylocks
Patented silver contacts of specially
composed alloy for hardness.

Epoxy sealed terminals prevent entry

Rotaries
of solder flux and other contaminants.

Snap-acting mechanism gives smooth


actuation and audible feedback.

Slides
Prominent external insulating barriers increase
insulation resistance and dielectric strength.

Tactiles
Tilt
Bushing Mount Page C118 Touch
Actual Size
Indicators

Bracket PC Mount Page C121


Accessories

Snap-in Mount Page C124


Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C117
Series MB2500 Snap-Action Bushing Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

MB25 11 S4 W 01 B C
Rockers
Pushbuttons

C Poles & Circuits Contact Materials Caps


11 SPDT ON (ON) & Ratings .315” (8.0mm)
B
Silver Diameter
Programmable Illuminated PB

21 DPDT ON (ON) W
Rated 3A @ 125V AC .394” (10.0mm)
( ) = Momentary C
Gold Diameter
G Rated 0.4VA max @
28V AC/DC max

Bushing Terminals Cap Colors


Keylocks

.315” (8.0mm) 01 Solder Lug A Black


S4
Threaded with Keyway
.250” (6.35mm) B White
03
Straight PC
C Red
E Yellow
Rotaries

F Green
G Blue
IMPORTANT:
Slides

Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Tactiles
Tilt

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


Touch

MB2511S4W01-BC
Indicators

Red .315” (8.0mm)


Diameter Cap
.315” (8.0mm) Threaded
SPDT ON-(ON) Circuit
Bushing with Keyway
Accessories

Silver Contacts with


3-Amp Rating
Solder Lug Terminals
Supplement

C118 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Bushing Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2500

Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematics

Rockers
Normal Down Normal Down
Pole Model Note: Terminal numbers are
Keyway Keyway
not actually on the switch.

Pushbuttons
3 (COM)
SP MB2511 ON (ON) 3-1 3-2 SPDT
1 2
C
3 (COM) 6

Programmable Illuminated PB
DP MB2521 ON (ON) 3-1 6-4 3-2 6-5 DPDT
1 2 4 5

BUSHING
.315” (8.0mm)
S4 Threaded with Keyway (0.6) (2.85) Dia M6 P0.75
.024 .112

(8.0)

Keylocks
.315

(7.8) (8.0) (0.8)


.307 .315 .031

Rotaries
Panel Cutouts

Without Keyway With Keyway With Optional Locking Ring

Slides
(5.6)
.220
(6.5) Dia (6.5) Dia (6.5) Dia (6.5)
.256 .256 (0.6) .256 .256
.024 (2.2) Dia
.087

Tactiles
Maximum Panel Thickness with Standard Hardware: .134” (3.4mm)

Standard Hardware Optional Hardware

AT513M Threaded AT509 AT507M (0.9)

Tilt
.035
Hex Nut Lockwasher Locking Ring
(2.0)
.079 (5.5) or
(8.0) (6.4) Dia .229
.315 M6 P0.75 .252

2 included (1.5) 1 included Steel with .250 Dia

Touch
.059 (10.2) Dia (12.0) Dia
with each switch (9.0) with each switch .402 zinc/chromate or 6.0mm
.472
.354 (0.8)
(0.5) .031
Brass with Steel with .020

nickel plating zinc/chromate


Indicators

CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS

W
Accessories

Silver over Silver Power Level 3A @ 125V AC

G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Supplement

Note: Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

www.nkkswitches.com C119
Series MB2500 Snap-Action Bushing Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles

TERMINALS

.250” (6.35mm)
01 Solder Lug 03 Straight PC (4.8)
Rockers

(4.0) .189
Epoxy Seal .157 3 3 6

(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ


2 5 .185
(2.0) (2.0) 2 .185
.079
(1.1) .079 Epoxy Seal (6.35)
(4.8) .250 1 4
1
.043 .189
Pushbuttons

Thk = (0.8) (1.8) Dia Typ


.031 .073 (1.8) Dia Typ

C
(1.17) .073
.046
Thk = (0.8)
.031 Single Pole Double Pole
Programmable Illuminated PB

CAPS & CAP COLORS

AT443 AT442
B .315” (8.0mm) Diameter Cap
C .394” (10.0mm) Diameter Cap

(8.0) Dia (10.0) Dia


.315 .394

(8.8) (7.6) (9.0) (8.0)


Material: Polycarbonate .346 .299 Material: Polycarbonate .354 .315
Keylocks

Finish: Glossy Finish: Glossy

Cap Colors
Available:
A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
Rotaries

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Slides

Solder Lug Single Pole

(8.0) Dia (1.2) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ


.315 .047 .043 x .079
Keyway (2.85) Dia M6 P0.75 (0.8) Typ
Tactiles

.112 .031
3 COM
(13.0)
.512
2 NO
(4.7) Typ
.185
1 NC

(4.0)
.157
Tilt

(0.8) (4.5) (2.0)


.031 .177 .079
(8.8) (8.8) (14.0) (7.9)
.346 .346 .552 .311

MB2511S4W01-BC
Touch

Solder Lug Double Pole


Indicators

(8.0) Dia (1.2) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ


.315 .047 .043 x .079
Keyway (2.85) Dia M6 P0.75 (0.8) Typ
.112 .031
6 3 COM
(13.0) 5 2 NO
.512 (4.7) Typ
Accessories

.185
4 1 NC

(4.0) (2.0) Typ


.157 .079
(0.8) (4.5) (4.8)
.031 .177 .189
(8.8) (8.8) (14.0) (12.7)
Supplement

.346 .346 .552 .500

MB2521S4W01-BC

C120 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Bracket PC Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2500

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

MB25 11 S2 G 13 B C

Rockers
Pushbuttons
Poles & Circuits Contact Materials Caps C
11 SPDT ON (ON) & Ratings .315” (8.0mm)
B
Silver Diameter

Programmable Illuminated PB
21 DPDT ON (ON) W
Rated 3A @ 125V AC .394” (10.0mm)
( ) = Momentary C
Gold Diameter
G Rated 0.4VA max @
28V AC/DC max

Bushing Terminals Cap Colors

Keylocks
.300” (7.6mm) 13 .250” (6.35mm) Straight PC A Black
S2
Smooth with Keyway with Bracket
B White
30 Right Angle (Single Pole only)
C Red
45 Vertical PC
E Yellow

Rotaries
F Green
G Blue

Slides
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.

Tactiles
Tilt
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
MB2511S2G13-BC Touch
Indicators

Red .315” (8.0mm)


Diameter Cap

.300” (7.6mm) Smooth


Accessories

SPDT ON-(ON) Circuit Bushing with Keyway

Gold Contacts with


0.4VA Rating .250” (6.35mm) Straight PC
Terminals with Bracket
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C121
Series MB2500 Snap-Action Bracket PC Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles

POLES & CIRCUITS


Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematics
Rockers

Normal Down Normal Down


Note: Terminal numbers are
Pole Model Keyway Keyway not actually on the switch.
Pushbuttons

C SP MB2511 ON (ON) 3-1 3-2 SPDT


3 (COM)

1 2
Programmable Illuminated PB

3 (COM) 6
DP MB2521 ON (ON) 3-1 6-4 3-2 6-5 DPDT
1 2 4 5

BUSHING
.300” (7.6mm)
S2 Smooth with Keyway
(0.6)
.024
(2.85) Dia
.112
(6.2) Dia
.244
Panel Cutout
Keylocks

(5.6)
.220
(6.5) Dia
(8.0) (7.8) (7.6) (0.9) .256 (0.6)
.315 .307 .300 .035 .024
Rotaries

CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS


Slides

W Silver over Silver Power Level 3A @ 125V AC

G
Tactiles

Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum

Note: Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

TERMINALS
Tilt

.250” (6.35mm) Terminal Right Angle PC


13 with .465” (11.8mm) Bracket 30 Single Pole only 45 Vertical PC
Touch
Indicators

(1.6) Typ
.063 (4.8)
(1.6) Typ (4.7) Typ (2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ .189
(2.4) Typ
Accessories

.063 .095 3 2
.185 .100 3
.100 3 6
1
2 2 5
3 3 6
(7.9) Typ (7.9) Typ 1 1 4
.311 2 5
.311 (12.7)
2
.500
(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ (12.7) (12.7)
1 4
1 .185 .185 .500 .500
Supplement

(1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ


.073 .073 .100
(1.5) Dia Typ (1.5) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ (1.8) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.059 CL .100 .073
.059 .073 .100 .073

C122 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Bracket PC Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2500

Toggles
CAPS & CAP COLORS
AT443 AT442
B .315” (8.0mm) Diameter Cap
C .394” (10.0mm) Diameter Cap

Rockers
(8.0) Dia (10.0) Dia
.315 .394

Material: Polycarbonate (8.8) (7.6) Material: Polycarbonate (9.0) (8.0)


.346 .299 .354 .315

Pushbuttons
Finish: Glossy Finish: Glossy
C
Cap Colors
A B C E F G

Programmable Illuminated PB
Available: Black White Red Yellow Green Blue

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Single Pole Double Pole Straight PC • Bracket

(3.2) (3.2)
.126 .126
Keyway (8.0) Dia (1.2) (6.2) Dia (6.35) (0.8) Typ (1.17) Typ (1.17) Typ
.315 .047 .244 .250 .031 .046 .046
(2.85) Dia

Keylocks
.112
3 COM 6 3 COM
(15.8)
.622 (13.0) 2 NO (13.0) 5 2 NO
(4.7) Typ .512 .512
.185 NC
1 4 1 NC

Rotaries
(0.5) Typ (1.17) Typ
.020 .046
(0.9) (4.8) (1.17) (4.8)
.035 .189 .146 .189
(8.0) (8.8) (8.5) (16.6) (7.9) (12.7)
.315 .346 .335 .654 .311 .500

MB2511S2G13-BC

Slides
Single Pole Right Angle PC
(8.0) Dia (1.2)
.315 .047

Tactiles
Keyway (2.85) Dia (6.2) Dia
.112 .244 NC NO COM

(7.9) 1 2 3
.311
(4.3)
.169
(2.9)
(1.4) Typ (7.6)

Tilt
.114
.055 .299
(5.08) (0.4) (1.27) (0.8) Typ
.200 .016 .050 .031
(13.0) (8.8) (8.7) (1.27) (4.7) Typ
.512 .346 .342 .500 .185
MB2511S2G30-BC

Touch
Single Pole Double Pole Vertical PC
(8.0) Dia (1.2)
Indicators

.315 .047
Keyway (2.85) Dia (6.2) Typ
.112 .244
3 COM 6 3 COM
(13.0) 2 NO 5 2 NO
.512
Accessories

1 NC 4 1 NC

(7.6) (2.7) (1.27) Typ


.299 .106 .050
(1.4) Typ (0.4) (0.8) Typ (1.27) (4.8)
.055 .016 .031 .050 .189
Supplement

(5.08) (8.8) (8.7) (12.7) (2.54) Typ (7.9) (12.7)


.200 .346 .342 .500 .100 .311 .500

MB2511S2G45-BC

www.nkkswitches.com C123
Series MB2500 Snap-Action Snap-in Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

MB25 11 J W 01 A
Rockers
Pushbuttons

C
Poles & Circuits Contact Materials Cap &
Programmable Illuminated PB

11 SPDT ON (ON) & Ratings Cap Colors


21 DPDT ON (ON) Silver A Black
W
Rated 3A @ 125V AC
( ) = Momentary B White
Gold
C Red
G Rated 0.4VA max @
28V AC/DC max E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
Mounting Frame Terminals
Keylocks

H Gray
J Snap-in Frame 01 Solder Lug
Rotaries

IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Slides

Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Tactiles
Tilt

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


MB2511JW01-A
Touch

Black Cap
Indicators

Snap-in Frame

SPDT ON-(ON) Circuit

Silver Contacts with


Accessories

3-Amp Rating
Solder Lug Terminals
Supplement

C124 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Snap-in Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2500

Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematics
Normal Down Normal Down

Rockers
Note: Terminal numbers are
Pole Model
not actually on the switch.

Pushbuttons
3 (COM)
SP MB2511 ON (ON) 3-1 3-2 SPDT
1 2 C
3 (COM) 6

Programmable Illuminated PB
DP MB2521 ON (ON) 3-1 6-4 3-2 6-5 DPDT
1 2 4 5

MOUNTING FRAME

J Snap-in Frame Panel Cutout for Panel Cutout for


Single Pole (15.0)
.591
Double Pole (15.0)
.591
without Bezel without Bezel

Keylocks
(18.0) (12.5) (13.1)
.709 .492 .516
(2.85) Dia
.112

Panel Thickness without Bezel: .039” ~ .157” (1.0mm ~ 4.0mm)


(12.2) Panel Thickness with Bezel: .039” ~ .126” (1.0mm ~ 3.2mm)
.480

Rotaries
CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS

W Silver over Silver Power Level 3A @ 125V AC

Slides
G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum

Tactiles
Note: Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

TERMINALS

Tilt
01 Solder Lug Epoxy Seal
(4.0)
.157

(2.0) (2.0)
.079
(1.1) .079
Touch
.043
Thk = (0.8)
.031

CAP & CAP COLORS


Indicators

(3.8)
AT465 (11.5) Sq .150
.453” (11.5mm) Square Cap .453
(8.4)
Accessories

.331
Material: Polycarbonate Contact factory for matte finish.
Finish: Glossy
Supplement

Cap Colors
Available:
A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray

www.nkkswitches.com C125
Series MB2500 Snap-Action Snap-in Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Solder Lug Single Pole
Rockers

NKK PN on (1.1) x (2.0) Typ


Opposite Side .043 x .079
(0.8) Typ
.031
3 COM
(11.5) Sq (13.0) (14.0)
(18.0) .512 NO
Pushbuttons

2
.709 .453 (4.7) Typ .551
.185
C
1 NC

(4.0)
.157
(0.5) (4.5) (2.0)
Programmable Illuminated PB

.020 .177 .079


(12.2) (3.3) (24.9) (7.9)
.480 .130 .980 .311
MB2511JW01-A

Solder Lug Double Pole


NKK PN on (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
Opposite Side .043 x .079
(0.8) Typ
.031
6 3 COM
(11.5) Sq (13.0)
(18.0) .512 (14.0) 5 2 NO
.709 .453 (4.7) Typ .551
Keylocks

.185 4 1 NC

(4.0) (2.0)
.157 .079
(0.5) (4.5) (4.8)
.020 .177 .189
Rotaries

(12.2) (3.3) (24.9) (12.7)


.480 .130 .980 .500
MB2521JW01-C

OPTIONAL SNAP-IN BEZELS & BEZEL COLORS


Slides

AT207 Bezel (11.8)


.465
Material: Polycarbonate
Finish: Glossy Single Pole Double Pole
(2.2)
.087 (15.0)
.591 (12.5mm) (13.1mm)
Colors:
Tactiles

A
(12.0) .492” .516”
Black, White, Red, Yellow, (15.6) .472
.614
Green, Blue, Gray (21.5) A
.846
Contact factory for matte finish.
Tilt

AT208 Bezel (11.8) (2.2) B (8.8) Dia


.465 .087 .346
for AT070 LED (19.0)
(13.5)
.748
.531
Material: Polycarbonate Single Pole Double Pole
Touch

(13.8)
Finish: Glossy (12.0) .543 (12.5mm) (13.1mm)
.472 A
(15.0) .492” .516”
Color: Black (15.6) (30.2)
.591
.614 1.19 (6.25mm) (6.55mm)
B
Indicators

Contact factory for matte finish. (5.4) Dia


.246” .258”
.213 A

AT212 Bezel (12.0)


Accessories

(10.0) .472
for AT617 LED .394
(2.2)
Single Pole Double Pole
Material: Polycarbonate .087 (15.0)
(7.8) .591 (18.4mm) (18.7mm)
Finish: Semi-glossy .307 A
(11.8)
.724” .736”
.465 (21.5) Sq
Supplement

(8.0)
Color: Black .315 (3.0) Dia Typ
.846 A
.118

C126 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Snap-in Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2500

Toggles
OPTIONAL SNAP-IN BEZELS & BEZEL COLORS
AT213 Bezel
for AT618 LED (10.0) (12.0)

Rockers
.394 .472
Material: (2.0) Typ Single Pole Double Pole
(2.2)
Polycarbonate .079
.087 (15.0)
.591 (18.4mm) (18.7mm)
Finish: (7.8) A
.307 .724” .736”
Semi-glossy

Pushbuttons
(11.8)
.465

Color:
(8.0)
.315 (5.0) Typ
.197
(21.5) Sq
.846
A
C
Black

Programmable Illuminated PB
Bezel Assembly

1. Pry out 2. Insert 3. Push 4. Snap


Tab 45°
tab on switch frame tab back assembled
bezel to a under tab into place. bezel and
45° angle. Tab
and snap on switch into
the bezel. panel.

LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS

Keylocks
Bezel Orientation on Switch

AT070 LED (5.08) Dia


AT617 LED AT618 LED
For Bezel AT208 .200 For Bezel AT212 (3.0) Dia For Bezel AT213 (5.0)
.197

Rotaries
.118
with 1 LED (7.7)
with 2 Round LEDs with 2 Rectangular LEDs
.303 (5.0) (7.0)
.197 .276
Top LED Top LED
Circuit Mark This Side

Circuit Mark This Side


Circuit Mark This Side

Slides
Bottom LED (-) Bottom LED (-)
(+) (+)
(-)

Tactiles
(+)

Note: Lead lengths may differ from manufacturing lot to lot. The longer lead is the anode (+).

AT070 AT617 AT618

Tilt
(+) (-) C F C E F C E F
Color Red Green Red Yellow Green Red Yellow Green

Touch
Maximum Forward Current IFM 25mA 50mA 30mA 30mA 25mA 25mA 30mA 25mA
Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 30mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA
Forward Voltage VF 2.8V 2.1V 2.0V 2.1V 2.2V 2.25V 2.1V 2.2V
Indicators

Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V


Current Reduction Rate 0.33 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.33 0.33 0.40 0.33
Above 25°C ∆IF mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C
Accessories

Ambient Temperature Range


–10° ~ +70°C –15° ~ +70°C –25° ~ +70°C
(when used with a bezel)

The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C.


LED circuit is independent of switch operation. LED is colored in OFF state.
Supplement

If the source voltage is greater than the rated voltage of the LED, a ballast resistor must be connected in series with the LED.
The ballast resistor calculation and more lamp detail are shown in the Supplement section.

www.nkkswitches.com C127
Series SB Low/Medium Capacity Pushbuttons
Toggles

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SB25, SB60s, SB221s, SB265

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Rockers

Power Level: Shown in the following tables

Other Ratings
Pushbuttons

Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum


C Insulation Resistance: 200 megohms minimum @ 500V DC for SB221s, SB25, & SB265;
1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC for SB60s.
Dielectric Strength: 1,500V AC minimum for SB265 & SB25 for 1 minute minimum;
Programmable Illuminated PB

2,000V AC minimum between contacts for SB221s & SB60s for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for SB221s & SB60s for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum for SB221s;
30,000 operations minimum for SB25, SB60s, SB265
Electrical Life: 10,000 operations minimum
Total Travel: SB221s .116” (2.95mm); SB60s .094” (2.4mm); SB265 .213” (5.4mm);
SB25 .195” (4.95mm)
Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F)
Keylocks

Materials & Finishes


Cap: Polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) (AT414)
Plunger: Polyacetal or brass with nickel plating
Bushing: Brass with nickel plating
Rotaries

Case: Phenolic resin or melamine phenolic resin


Case Cover: Steel with zinc plating
Movable & Stationary Contacts: Copper with silver plating for SB221s; silver alloy with silver plating for SB25, SB60s, & SB265
Terminals: Copper with tin plating for SB25 & SB60s; copper with silver plating for SB265
Slides

Installation
Soldering Time & Temp: Manual Soldering (Solder Lug): See Profile A in Supplement section.
Tactiles

Standards & Certifications


UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” to end of part number to order UL recognized switch.
UL or cULus recognition designated beside part numbers on following pages.
Tilt

See Supplement section to find UL or cULus rating details.


CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” to end of part number to order CSA certified switch.
CSA certification designated beside part numbers on following pages.
Touch

See Supplement section to find CSA rating details.


Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

C128 www.nkkswitches.com
Low/Medium Capacity Pushbuttons Series SB

Toggles
SINGLE POLE WITH SOLDER LUG OR SCREW LUG
* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking Pushbutton Position/Connected Terminals
Electrical Capacity (Resistive)
on switch (see General Specs) ( ) = Momentary
*Approvals Pole & Normal Down AC AC

Rockers
Keyway
Model 125V 250V
Throw
R

R C US

SB221NO –– –– SPST OFF – (ON) 1-4 3A 1.5A


SB221NC SPST ON 1-4 (OFF) — 3A 1.5A

Pushbuttons
SB221TNO –– –– SPST OFF – (ON) 1-4 3A 1.5A
SB221TNC SPST ON 1-4 (OFF) — 3A 1.5A
C
Suffix T = Throw & SPST SPST Note: Terminal numbers are
Screw Lug Schematic: SB221NO 1 4
SB221NC 1 4 actually on the switch.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT504M Knurled Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Hex Backup Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.

Keyway M12 P1

(8.0)
.315

(7.0) (0.8)
(13.2) Dia (25.5) M3 x P0.5 x 4 .031
.276
.520 1.004

4 1 (12.5) Dia
.492

Keylocks
(8.0)
.315
(11.5)
(2.4) Dia .453
B
.094
(13.2) (11.0) (12.0) (15.7) (0.8) (1.5)
.520 A .031
.433 .472 .618 .060

SB221NO

Rotaries
Dimension A: .185” (4.7mm) for NO model & .150” (3.8mm) for NC model. Panel Thickness Supplied with
Dimension B Plunger Extension: .197” (5.0mm) for NO model & .161” (4.1mm) for NC model. .193” (4.9mm) AT414 Black Cap

DOUBLE POLE WITH SOLDER LUG

Slides
* UL & cULus recognized only when ordered with
Pushbutton Position/Connected Terminals ( ) = Momentary Electrical Capacity (Resistive)
marking on switch (see General Specs)

*Approvals Pole & Normal Down AC AC


Model Keyway
125V 250V
C
R

US Throw

Tactiles
R

SB61A –– ON 2-3 5-6 (ON) 2-1 5-4 10A 5A


SB61B –– –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 (ON) 2-1 5-4 3A 1.5A
SB63A –– –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 (ON) or Lockdown ON 2-1 5-4 10A 5A

Tilt
Lockdown for SB63A is 2 (COM) 5
Throw & DPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
achieved by actuating and then
Schematic: actually on the switch.
turning the button clockwise. 1 3 4 6

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT504M Knurled Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Hex Backup Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Touch

Keyway M12 P1 (2.4) Dia Typ


.094
Indicators

(12.5) Dia
6 3 .492

(13.2) Dia (4.8) Typ (31.2) (11.5)


.520 .189 1.228 .453
COM 5 2
4 1 (1.5)
Accessories

.060

(5.6) (5.7)
.220 .224
(18.6) (11.0) (14.0) (25.7) (0.8) Typ
.433 A .551 1.012 .031
.732

SB61A
Supplement

Panel Thickness Supplied with


Dimension A: .169” (4.3mm) for SB61 model and .130” (3.3mm) for SB63 model. .193” (4.9mm) AT414 Black Cap

www.nkkswitches.com C129
Series SB Low/Medium Capacity Pushbuttons
Toggles

DOUBLE POLE WITH SOLDER LUG


* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with
Pushbutton Position/Connected Terminals ( ) = Momentary Electrical Capacity (Resistive)
marking on switch (see General Specs)

*Approvals Normal Down


Rockers

Pole & AC AC
Model Keyway
125V 250V
R C
R

US
Throw

SB25 DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 ON 2-1 5-4 15A 9A


Pushbuttons

C Throw & DPDT


2 (COM) 5
Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematic: 1 3 4 6 actually on the switch.
Programmable Illuminated PB

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT504M Knurled Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Hex Backup Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.

Keyway (2.4) Dia


.094

M12 P1

(4.8) Typ (12.5) Dia


.189 63 .492

(13.2) Dia COM (31.2) (11.5)


52 .453
.520 1.228
(8.0)
Keylocks

.315
41 (1.5)
.060

(7.0) (4.7)
.276 .185
(19.2) (11.0) (5.7) (14.0) (26.7)
.756 .433 .224 .551 1.051
Rotaries

SB25
Supplied with Panel Thickness
AT414 Black Cap .193” (4.9mm)

SINGLE POLE WITH SOLDER LUG


Slides

* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with Pushbutton Position/Connected Terminals
Electrical Capacity (Resistive)
marking on switch (see General Specs) ( ) = Momentary

*Approvals Pole & Normal Down


Tactiles

AC AC
Model Keyway
125V 250V
R C
R

US Throw

SB265 SPST ON 1-4 OFF — 6A 3A


Tilt

Throw & SPST Note: Terminal numbers are


Schematic: 1 4 actually on the switch.

Notes: Standard Hardware: AT504M Knurled Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Hex Backup Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Touch

Keyway M12 P1
Indicators

(12.5) Dia
.492
(10.7) Dia (25.5)
.421 1.004
(9.0)
.354

(3.0) Dia
Accessories

4 1
(5.1) .118
.201
(10.0) (2.4) Dia
.394 .094
(13.2) (6.7) (5.3) (14.5) (14.9) (1.0) Typ
.520 .264 .209 .571 .587 .039

SB265
Supplement

Supplied with Chrome Panel Thickness


Plated Brass Cap .291” (7.4mm)

C130 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap Switch Pushbuttons Series SCB

Toggles
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical Capacity
Resistive Load: 15A & 1⁄2 HP @ 125 or 250V AC for high capacity models
Lamp Load: 5A @ 125V AC

Rockers
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 15 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 100 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;

Pushbuttons
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 1,000,000 operations minimum C
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Travel: Pretravel .047” (1.19mm); Overtravel .040” (1.01mm); Differential .011” (0.27mm)

Programmable Illuminated PB
Operating Temp Range: –40°C through +85°C (–40°F through +185°F)
Materials & Finishes
Caps & Shrouds: Polycarbonate with glossy finish or PBT
Plunger: Polyacetal or brass with nickel plating
Bushing: Steel with zinc plating or glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Case: Polyester
Movable & Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy
Terminals: Brass with silver plating
Standards & Certifications
UL: Internal snap switch is UL recognized.

Keylocks
CSA: Internal snap switch is CSA certified.

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

Rotaries
SCB 2 5 P 15 A 4 CA
Poles

Slides
Caps & Shrouds
1 SPDT
For Momentary
2 DPDT Terminals
3 .520” (13.2mm) Diameter Cap
A .187” (4.75mm) Quick Connect

Tactiles
For Momentary & Alternate Action
Circuits *B .250” (6.35mm) Quick Connect
4 Round Cap & Shroud
5 ON (ON) Note: Contact factory for availability of (AT454 & AT455)
6 ON ON screw lug and solder lug models.
5 Rectangular Cap & Shroud
( ) = Momentary * Available in Americas only (AT452 & AT453)

Tilt
Bushings Colors
Plastic (with Caps Shrouds
Touch
P DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
momentary only)
SCB25P15A-4CA A Black A
S Steel
B White B
Indicators

Round Red Cap with C Red –


Rating Black Shroud F Green –
15 15A G Blue –
Plastic Bushing
DPDT
Accessories

H Gray H
ON-(ON) Circuit
.187” (4.75mm)
Quick Connect
15A Rating Terminals
Supplement

Note: Standard hardware is provided with caps. See Bushing detail for more information.

www.nkkswitches.com C131
Series SCB Snap Switch Pushbuttons
Toggles

POLES & CIRCUITS


Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Rockers

Normal Down Normal Down


Note: Terminal numbers are
Pole Model Keyway Keyway actually on the switch.
Pushbuttons

C
SCB15 ON (ON) 2
SP 1-2 1-3 SPDT 1
Programmable Illuminated PB

SCB16 ON ON 3

2
1
3
SCB25 ON (ON) SP with
DP 1-2 1-2 1-3 1-3
SCB26 ON ON 2 switches 2
1
3

BUSHINGS
Keylocks

Plastic
P (for Momentary only) S
Steel
“A” =
11.2mm
Rotaries

(10.0)
.394
Momentary
A 15.5mm
Alternate Action
Slides

(12.5) Dia (12.5) Dia


.492 .492

(11.5) (11.5)
Tactiles

.453 .453
Maximum Effective Panel Thickness: Maximum Effective Panel Thickness:
(1.5)
.165” (4.2mm) without Shroud (1.5) Momentary: .177” (4.5mm) without Shroud
.060 .060
.157” (4.0mm) with Shroud .157” (4.0mm) with Shroud
Alternate Action: .354” (9.0mm)
Tilt

Standard Hardware Provided with Caps

Cap Option 3: AT504M Knurled Face Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Hex Mounting Nut
Touch

Cap Options 4 & 5: AT508 Lockwasher & AT527M Hex Mounting Nut

TERMINALS
Indicators

.187” (4.75mm) .250” (6.35mm)


A Quick Connect B Quick Connect
Accessories

(9.78) (10.16) (8.38) (10.54)


.385 .400 .330 .415

(3.18)
.125 (4.75) (4.06)
.160 (6.35)
.187 .250
Thk = (0.5) Thk = (0.81)
.020 .032
Supplement

C132 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap Switch Pushbuttons Series SCB

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

.520” (13.2mm) Dia. Cap • .187” (4.75mm) Quick Connect

Rockers
(5.84) (4.75)
CL .230 .187 (3.18)
(0.5) Typ
.020 .125

Pushbuttons
(1.02) (9.78) (10.16)
NC 2 NO 3 .040 (13.97) .385 .400
C
.550
M12 P1
(4.5)
.177 (28.83)
(22.23) (28.0)
1.135

Programmable Illuminated PB
COM .875 1.102
1
(13.2) Dia
.520

CL (11.0) Keyway (10.3) (7.85) Max (10.16)


.433 .406 .309 .400
(14.2) (11.2) (21.6) (18.0)
.559 .441 .850 .709

SCB15S15A-3C

Round Cap & Shroud • .187” (4.75mm) Quick Connect

Keylocks
(14.0) (5.84) (4.75) Typ
.551 .230 .187
(0.5) Typ (3.18)
.020 .125

Rotaries
Shown with (4.0) Panel (1.02) (9.78) (10.16)
.157 NC 2 NO 3 .040 (13.97) .385 .400
.550

(22.23) (28.2) (28.83)


.875 1.135

Slides
COM 1.110
(17.7) Dia 1
.697
(24.0) Dia
.945

M12 P1 (10.3) (7.85) Max


.406 .309

Tactiles
(2.0) (12.0) (0.6) (20.32)
.079 .472 .024 .800
(21.2) (22.1) (27.0)
.835 .870 1.063

SCB25P15A-4CA

Tilt
Rectangular Cap & Shroud • .250” (6.35mm) Quick Connect

Touch
(20.7) (8.08) (6.35) Typ
.815 .318 .250
Shown with (4.0) Panel (0.81) Typ (4.06)
.157 .032 .160
NC 2 NO 3 (1.02) (8.38) (10.54)
.040 (14.35) .330 .415
Indicators

M12 P1 .565

(22.23) (28.4) (28.83)


COM .875 1.118 1.135
(19.4) 1
.764
Accessories

(26.2)
1.031

Keyway (10.3) (7.85) Max


.406 .309
(15.4) (2.0) (12.0) (21.6) (20.32)
.606 .079 .472 .850 .800
Supplement

(21.0) (48.1) (27.0)


.827 1.893 1.063

SCB26S15B-5CA

www.nkkswitches.com C133
Series WB Environmentally Sealed Pushbuttons
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Power Level: 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC or 6A @ 30V DC
Pushbuttons

C Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for solder lug & screw terminal models
30 milliohms maximum for wire lead terminal models
Programmable Illuminated PB

Insulation Resistance: 200 megohms minimum @ 500V DC


Dielectric Strength: 1,500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 30,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 15,000 operations minimum
Contact Timing: Break before make
Total Travel: Alternate Action .177” (4.5mm); Momentary Action .110” (2.8mm)

Materials & Finishes


Keylocks

Plunger: Brass with nickel plating


Bushing & Outer Case: Fiberglass reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0 outer case)
Inner Case: Melamine
Inner Sealing Ring: Silicone rubber
Outer Sealing Ring: Nitrile butadiene rubber
Rotaries

Movable Contactor: Copper with silver plating


Movable Contacts: Silver alloy with silver plating
Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy with silver plating
Terminals: Brass with tin plating
Slides

Wire Lead Covers: Heat resistant polyvinyl chloride (Leads are AWG 16.)

Environmental Data
Tactiles

Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +70°C (–22°F through +158°F)


Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt

Installation
Mounting Torque: 1.5Nm (13 lb • in)
Touch

Soldering Time & Temp: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.

Standards & Certifications


Indicators

Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 outer case


Wiring Material Standards: UL AWM 1015 Recognized at Flammability VW-1;
Temperature Range –20°C ~ +105°C; Maximum Load 600V; AWG 16
CSA TEW 105 Certified at Temperature Range –20°C ~ +105° C;
Accessories

Maximum Load 600V


Supplement

C134 www.nkkswitches.com
Environmentally Sealed Pushbuttons Series WB

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Single unit construction of the bushing and case gives added
protection from environmental elements.

Pushbuttons
C

Programmable Illuminated PB
Specially designed contact mechanism for breaking light welds.

Minimal contact bounce is achieved with specially


designed interlocked switching mechanism.

Keylocks
Outer housing of heat resistant resin meets UL 94V-0
flammability standard and provides high arc and
tracking resistance.

Rotaries
Solder lug and screw terminal models meet IP67 of
IEC60529 Standards at front panel (dust tight and
water protected for temporary immersion). Behind

Slides
panel standard is IP60 (dust tight but not water protected).

Tactiles
Wire lead models conform fully to IP67 of IEC60529 Standards
at front and behind panel (dust tight and water protected for
temporary immersion). These models are epoxy sealed at the
switch base and covered by an outer case for further protection Actual Size

Tilt
from dust and water (not operable under water).

Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com C135
Series WB Environmentally Sealed Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

WB 1 2 S D A
Rockers

Poles Circuits Terminals Caps Cap Colors


Pushbuttons

1 SPDT 2 ON ON S Solder Lug .520” A Black


C D
(13.2mm) Dia.
5 ON (ON) T Screw Lug B White
.748”
( ) = Momentary L Wire Lead E C Red
(19.0mm) Dia.
Programmable Illuminated PB

*D Amber
*E Yellow
DESCRIPTION FOR F Green
TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
Black .520” (13.2mm) *G Blue
WB12S-DA Diameter Cap *H Gray
* Not available
with cap code E
Keylocks

SPDT
ON-ON Circuit

Solder Lug Terminals


Rotaries

POLES & CIRCUITS


Actuator Position ( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics

Normal Down Normal Down


Slides

Note: Terminal numbers are not actually


Pole Model Flat Flat
on wire lead models.

1 (COM)
SP WB12 ON ON 1-1b 1-1a
Tactiles

SPDT
SP WB15 ON (ON) 1-1b 1-1a 1a 1b

STANDARD WIRE COLOR SCHEME


Tilt

Wire leads are covered with heat resistant vinyl in accordance Terminal Numbers & Wire Colors
to UL 1015 and CSA TEW 105 Standards for Appliance Wiring Models 1a 1 1b
Material (AWM).
WB12L, WB15L White Black Red
Touch

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Solder Lug
Indicators

Flatted

(0.8) Typ
.031 1b
(13.2) Dia (28.8) (11.2)
Accessories

1 .441
.520 1.134
(2.4) Dia Typ 1a
.094 (12.5) Dia
.492

M12 P1
(11.0) (1.0) (4.8) (4.8)
.433 .039 .189 .189 Panel Thickness
(15.8) (9.6) (33.0)
Supplement

(19.4)
.622 .378 1.299 .764 .157” (4.0mm)

WB15S-DA

C136 www.nkkswitches.com
Environmentally Sealed Pushbuttons Series WB

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Screw Lug
M3.5 x 5
Flatted

Rockers
1b
(13.2) Dia (6.6) (28.8) (11.2)
1
.520 .260 1.134 .441
1a
(12.5) Dia

Pushbuttons
.492
M12 P1
(11.0)
.433
(1.0)
.039
(8.3)
.327
(1.0)
.039 C
(15.8)
.622
(9.6)
.378
(36.5)
1.437
(19.4) Panel Thickness
.764
.157” (4.0mm)

Programmable Illuminated PB
WB12T-DA

Wire Lead

Flatted

1b

Keylocks
(13.2) Dia 1 (30.2) (11.2)
.520 1.189 .441

1a (12.5) Dia
.492
M12 P1
(11.0) (1.0) (10.0)
.433 .039 .394

Rotaries
(15.8)
.622
(9.6)
.378
(38.0)
1.496
(200.0) +- (20.0)
7.874
(20.8)
.819 Panel Thickness
.157” (4.0mm)

WB12L-DA

Slides
CAPS & CAP COLORS

Tactiles
(12.8) Dia
AT414 AT412
D .520” (13.2mm) Diameter
.504
E .748” (19.0mm) Diameter
(11.0) (8.0)
.433 .315 (11.7)
(14.9) .461
Colors Available: .587
Colors Available:
ABCDEFGH ABCF

Tilt
(19.0) Dia
(13.2) Dia M3.5 P0.6 .748
M3.5 P0.6
Material: PBT Finish: Glossy .520 Material: Polystyrene Finish: Glossy

Cap Color
Codes: A B C D E F G H
Touch
Black White Red Amber Yellow Green Blue Gray

STANDARD HARDWARE
Indicators

AT503M AT508 AT401P


(12.1)
Hex Face Nut M12 P1 Internal Tooth Lockwasher .476 O-ring

Material: (14.3)
Material: Material: (12.1) Dia
Accessories

(15.8) Dia .476


Brass with .563 Steel with .622 Nitrile (17.5) Dia
.689
chrome plating zinc/chromate butadiene
(13.8) Dia
rubber
.543

1 supplied 1 supplied 1 supplied


Supplement

with each with each (0.5)


with each
(16.0) (2.4) (1.0) (1.5)
switch .630 .094 switch .039 .020 switch .059

www.nkkswitches.com C137
Notes

C138 www.nkkswitches.com
Contents Illuminated Pushbuttons

FP01 Series............................. D4
Toggles

Photo Interrupter
3 Million Actuations
Rockers

6-pin Connector
Snap-in Mount
Pushbuttons

GB Series ............................... D8
Ultra-miniature Fully Illuminated Plunger
Programmable Illuminated PB

0.4VA Logic Level


D Process Sealed; Straight, Right Angle & Vertical PC

HB Series Illum & Nonillum....... D12


0.1A Power Level; Full Face & Spot Illumination
Solder Lug
Keylocks

Rear Panel Threaded Mounting

HB2 Series ........................... D18


Rotaries

Audio/Video Quiet Actuation; 0.4VA Logic Level


Bicolor LED
PCB Mounting
Slides

KB Series Illum & Nonillum ....... D22


Tactiles

1A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level


Full Face & Spot Illumination
Solder Lug; Bushing & Snap-in Mount
Tilt

KP Series .............................. D36


Touch

Audio/Video with Silent & Audible Options


100mA Low Level
Bicolor & RGB LEDs; Alternating Legends
Rectangular Cap Assembly & Home Keys
Indicators

PCB Mounting
Accessories

LB Series Illum & Nonillum ........ D48


Snap-in Mount
3A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Supplement

Full Face & Spot Illumination; Super Bright & Bright LEDs
Solder Lug/Quick Connect

D2 www.nkkswitches.com
Illuminated Pushbuttons Contents
LB Series Illum & Nonillum ......... D59

Toggles
Panel Seal
3A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level

Rockers
Full Face & Spot Illumination; Super Bright & Bright LEDs
Solder Lug/Quick Connect

Pushbuttons
LP01 Series ............................ D68
Secured Cap Design; 3A Power Level

Programmable Illuminated PB
Full Face Illumination
Solder Lug/Quick Connect D

NP01 Series Illum & Nonillum.... D74


Soft Touch, Smooth Actuation
0.4VA Logic Level
Bicolor Alternating Legends

Keylocks
PCB Mounting

UB Series Illum & Nonillum........ D80

Rotaries
5A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Full Face & Spot Illumination; Bicolor Alternating Legends
Solder Lug & Straight PC

Slides
PCB & Snap-in Mount

UB2 Series Illum & Nonillum...... D92

Tactiles
5A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Variety of Illumination Effects; Alternating Legends
Bright, Super Bright, & Bicolor LEDs
Solder Lug & Straight PC; PCB & Snap-in Mount

Tilt
YB Series Illum & Nonillum ...... D104 Touch
3A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Full Face & Spot Illumination
Incandescent & Multi-element LEDs
Indicators

Solder Lug/Quick Connect & Straight PC


Bushing & Snap-in Mount
Accessories

YB2 Series Illum & Nonillum .... D118


22mm Flush Mount Panel Seal
3A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Supplement

Cap Option with Illumination Ring


Solder Lug/Quick Connect

www.nkkswitches.com D3
Series FP01 Contactless Pushbuttons
Toggles

Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers

Brilliant illumination for highly visible status indication


with LEDs and caps in red, green, or amber; subdued
Pushbuttons

illumination for low light requirements with white cap


over red, green, or amber LEDs.
Programmable Illuminated PB

D Photo interrupter, rather than contacts, ensures


high reliability and long life of 3 million
operations minimum.

Rugged construction and smooth actuation allow


Keylocks

repeated, rapid actuation force anywhere on cap


surface.
Rotaries

Snap-in mounting for easy installation.


Slides

Connector socket with 6 pins for simple connection.


Tactiles

Well suited for gaming and vending machines, as


well as equipment exposed to corrosive gases used in
environments such as chemical or steel manufacturing plants.
Tilt
Touch

Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

D4 www.nkkswitches.com
Contactless Pushbuttons Series FP01

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

FP01 1 5 C A C1 F F

Rockers
Photo Transistor Shape Receptacle LEDs

Pushbuttons
1 Single C Round C1 6-pin Socket C Red
See Connector. D Amber
F Green

Programmable Illuminated PB
D
Photo Interrupter Housing Actuator Colors Connector
5 Unshaded (Shaded) A Black B White Assembled Connector
C2
with Wire Leads
(Momentary C Red
Operating Function) Unassembled Connector
D Amber * C3
and Pins
F Green
No No Connector

Keylocks
Code
* Available in Americas only
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE Contact factory for custom options
FP0115CAC1FF

Rotaries
Green Actuator
with Green LED

Single Photo Transistor with

Slides
Normally Unshaded
Photo Interrupter Round, Black Housing

Tactiles
ACTUATOR & INTERRUPTER
Actuator Position Photo Interrupter Schematics

Tilt
Normal Down Unshaded Shaded
LED connector pins are 5 & 6;
Model 1 Normally Unshaded with interrupter connector pins are
5
Touch
Momentary Shaded status 3-4 & 1-2.

Single When shaded, the photo transistor momentarily activates 6 5


Indicators

FP0115 Photo electrical function which signals the external device to 4 3


Transistor change its state.
2 1

HOUSING SHAPE & COLOR RECEPTACLE


Accessories

C Round Shape
A Black Housing
C1 6-pin Socket
Supplement

6 5 4 3 2 1

www.nkkswitches.com D5
Series FP01 Contactless Pushbuttons
Toggles

SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Actuator Up Actuator Down
Status of Photo Interrupter: Unshaded Shaded
Rockers

Collector Current IC: 0.8mA minimum 10µA maximum


Status of Photo Transistor: On Off
Output Condition of Photo Transistor: IF = 20mA & VCE = 5V
Pushbuttons

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Total Travel: .079” (2.0mm)
Programmable Illuminated PB

Operating Force: 0.75 N (.169 lbf)

D Mechanical Life: 3,000,000 operations minimum


Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F)

MATERIALS
Actuator: Polyacetal Housing: Polyamide

PHOTO INTERRUPTER SPECIFICATIONS (Temperature @ 25°C)


Keylocks

Electrical & Optical Characteristics Typical Maximum Condition


Input
Forward Voltage VF: 1.3V 1.6V IF = 50mA
Rotaries

Reverse Current IR: 10µA FR = 5V


Transmission
Collector-Emitter Saturation Voltage VCE sat: 0.4V IF = 20mA & IC = 0.1mA

Absolute Maximum Ratings


Slides

Input LED Output Photo Transistor


Typical Forward Current IF: 50mA Collector-Emitter Voltage VCEO: 30V
Reverse Voltage VR: 5V Emitter-Collector Voltage VECO: 4.5V
Tactiles

Power Dissipation PD: 80mW Collector Current IC: 30mA


Collector Dissipation PC: 80mW
VCC = 5V
Circuit Design Considerations
180 RL
Tilt

Output of the infrared LED in the photo interrupter VOUT


decreases approximately 50% after 100,000 hours. 4 2

Recommended load resistance (RL) is 40k ~ 120kΩ Threshold Voltage


3 1
for the illustrated circuit. VHI : 3.8V
Touch

VLO : 1.0V GND

LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS


R + IF
LEDs are an integral C D F
Indicators

Anode Single Element LED


part of the switch and
Color Red Amber Green
not available separately. E VF
The electrical speci- Maximum Forward Current I FM 30mA 25mA 25mA
Cathode
fications shown are
Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 20mA
Accessories


determined at a basic
temperature of 25°C. E – VF Forward Voltage VF 1.85V 2.0V 2.25V
R =
IF
If the source voltage Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5V 5V 5V
Where: R = Resistor Value (Ohms)
exceeds the rated E = Source Voltage (V) Current Reduction 0.38mA 0.28mA 0.40mA
Supplement

∆I F
voltage, a ballast VF = Forward Voltage (V) Rate Above 25°C /°C /°C /°C
resistor is required. IF = Forward Current (A)
Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50°C

D6 www.nkkswitches.com
Contactless Pushbuttons Series FP01

Toggles
ACTUATOR COLORS

B White C Red D Amber F Green

Rockers
CONNECTOR OPTIONS
AT021 AT022
C2 C3 No Code

Pushbuttons
Assembled Connector Unassembled Connector
with Wire Leads and Pins

Connector body: JST model ZHR-6 1 connector and 8 crimp connector pins No Connector
Crimp connector pins: JST model SZH-002T-P0.5 only (no wire leads provided).

Programmable Illuminated PB
Wire leads: 28-26AWG; 12-inch, unstripped; Recommended connector
Blue for Pin 1 Matching wire leads: 28-26AWG for assembly: D
JST model number ZHR-6

Recommended crimp
connector pins:
JST model SZH-002T-P0.5
for 28-26AWG wire leads
or SZH-003T-P0.5 for
32-28AWG wire leads.

Keylocks
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

(5.0) NKK P/N

Rotaries
.197 This Side Pin 1
(1.1)R Typ
.043

(25.1)

Slides
.988

Tactiles
(22.9) Dia
(19.6) Dia (1.5) .902
.772 .059
(26.0) Dia (5.3) (21.4) (2.3) (22.8) Dia
1.024 .209 .843 .091 .898
Recommended Panel
Thickness Range:
.098” ~ .197”

Tilt
6 5 4 3 2 1
Terminal Connector Detail (2.5mm ~ 5.0mm) FP0115CAC1FF

LEGENDS
Touch
NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Indicators

Suggested Printable Area for FP01 Cap


AL

Accessories
ER

Recommended Methods:
T

Screen Print on cap. (16.56) Dia (1.52) Typ


.475 .060
Epoxy based ink is recommended. (19.6) Dia
Supplement

.772

Shaded area is printable area.

www.nkkswitches.com D7
Series GB Ultra-Miniature Fully Illuminated Plungers
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Logic Level: 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
Pushbuttons

Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB

Contact Resistance: 80 milliohms maximum


D Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 1.70N
Travel: Pretravel .035” (0.9mm); Overtravel .008” (0.2mm); Total Travel .043” (1.1mm)
Keylocks

Materials & Finishes


Plunger: Polyamide
Case: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Sealing Rings: Nitrile butadiene rubber
Movable Contact: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Rotaries

Stationary Contacts: Phosphor bronze with gold plating


Base: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Switch Terminals: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Lamp Terminals: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Slides

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +55°C (–13°F through +131°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Tactiles

Vibration: 10 ~ 500Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 15 minutes; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt

PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering recommended. See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Touch

Cleaning: Automated alcohol based cleaning recommended, 5 minutes maximum. Do not use high-purity
alcohol (50% alcohol or more) or organic solvent. High alcohol solution can damage clear plastic.
See Cleaning specifications in Supplement section.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


The GB Series illuminated pushbuttons have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
Accessories

When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement

D8 www.nkkswitches.com
Ultra-Miniature Fully Illuminated Plungers Series GB

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Fully illuminated plunger for highly visible status indication
with single color LED in red, green, or amber.

Pushbuttons
Ultra-miniature size allows high density mounting,

Programmable Illuminated PB
and extremely light weight makes these switches
ideal for handheld equipment. D

Totally sealed body construction prevents


contact contamination and allows time- and
money-saving automated soldering and
cleaning. Insert-molded terminals lock out
flux, solvents, and other contaminants.

Keylocks
Award-winning STC contact mechanism

Rotaries
with benefits unavailable in conventional
mechanisms: smooth, positive detent actuation,
increased contact stability, and unparalleled
logic-level reliability. (Additional STC details

Slides
in Terms & Acronyms; see Supplement section.)

.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm) terminal

Tactiles
spacing conforms to standard PC board grid
spacing. Round terminals facilitate easier
through-hole mounting on PC boards.

Tilt
Nonilluminated pushbuttons available and shown
in the Pushbutton section.

Touch

Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D9
Series GB Ultra-Miniature Fully Illuminated Plungers
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

GB 1 5 J H F
Rockers
Pushbuttons

Pole Circuit Actuator PC Terminals LEDs


1 SPDT 5 ON (ON) J Clear P Straight C Red
( ) = Momentary H Right Angle D Amber
Programmable Illuminated PB

V Vertical F Green

D
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
GB15JHF
SPDT
ON-(ON) Circuit

Clear Plunger, Green LED Right Angle PC Terminals


Keylocks

POLE & CIRCUIT


Plunger Position
Rotaries

Connected Terminals Throw & Switch/Lamp Schematics


( ) = Momentary
Normal Down Normal Down Note: Terminal numbers are not actually on
Pole Model the switch. LED circuit is isolated and
requires an external power source.
Slides

5 (COM)
SP GB15 ON (ON) 5-6 5-4 SPDT (1) (3)
4 6
Tactiles

ACTUATOR
(4.0) Dia
J Clear Plunger
.157
(2.0) Dia
Tilt

.079
(3.3)
.130

(1.6)
.063
Touch

LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS

LEDs are an integral part of the C D F


Indicators

switch and not available separately.


Colors Red Amber Green
The electrical specifications shown
are determined at a basic tempera- Maximum Forward Current I FM 30mA 30mA 30mA
ture of 25°C.
Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 20mA
Accessories

If the source voltage exceeds the


rated voltage, a ballast resistor is Forward Voltage VF 1.95V 2.0V 2.1V
required. Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5V 5V 5V
The resistor value can be calculated
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F 0.40mA/°C 0.40mA/°C 0.40mA/°C
Supplement

by using the formula in the Supple-


ment section. Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +55°C

D10 www.nkkswitches.com
Ultra-Miniature Fully Illuminated Plungers Series GB

Toggles
PC TERMINALS

P Straight
H Right Angle
V Vertical

Rockers
(0.4) Dia Typ
(0.5) Typ (2.54) Typ .016
(2.54) Typ .020 .100
(2.54) Typ .100
.100 (0.4) Dia Typ
(0.4) Dia Typ .016

Pushbuttons
(2.6) (2.54) Typ
.016 .100
.102
(0.5) Typ
.020
(2.54) Typ (4.5)
.100 (7.0) .177
(7.0) (4.5) .276 (2.54) Typ (7.0) (4.5)
.276 .177 .100 .276 .177

Programmable Illuminated PB
D
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Straight PC
P/N This Side
(0.4) Dia Typ (2.54)
.016 .100 4 1
1 4
(2.54) Typ
(4.0) Dia 5 (7.0) 5 .100
.157 .276

Keylocks
6 3
3 6
(0.6) Dia Typ
.024
Slot (2.0) Dia (1.6) (2.54) Typ
.079 .063 .100
(4.5) (3.3) (7.0) (2.6) (2.54)
.177 .130 .276 .102 .100

Rotaries
Terminals 1 & 3 are lamp terminals. GB15JPD

Right Angle PC

Slides
(0.4)
.016 (2.54) Typ
3 1 .100 1 3
(4.0) Dia (4.9) (2.54)
4 5 6 .100
.157 .193

Tactiles
(2.6) 6 5 4 (0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
(2.0) Dia .102 .024 .200
Slot
.079
(0.4) Dia Typ (5.08) (0.5) (0.4) Dia Typ
.016 .200 .020 .016
(5.08) (1.6) (2.54) (2.54) Typ
.200 .063 .100 .100
(7.8) (3.3) (10.22) (7.0)
.307 .130 .402 .276

Tilt
Terminals 1 & 3 are lamp terminals. GB15JHF

Vertical PC Touch

(0.4)
.016 (2.54)
.100
Indicators

4 1
1 4
(2.54) Typ
(4.0) Dia 5 (7.4) 5 .100
.157 .292
6 3
3 6
(2.6) (0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
Slot (2.0) Dia .102 .024
.079 .200
Accessories

(0.4) Dia Typ (5.08) (0.5) Typ (0.4) Dia Typ


.016 .200 .020 .016
(2.54) (1.6) (2.54) Typ (2.54)
.100 .063 .100 .100
(5.3) (3.3) (12.76) (4.5)
.209 .130 .502 .177
Supplement

Terminals 1 & 3 are lamp terminals. GB15JVC

www.nkkswitches.com D11
Series HB Subminiature Pushbuttons
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Power Level (silver): 0.1A maximum @ 30V AC/DC
Pushbuttons

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 100 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Programmable Illuminated PB

Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum


D Mechanical Life:
Electrical Life:
100,000 operations minimum
50,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 3.43N
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break before make)
Travel: Pretravel .087” (2.2mm); Overtravel .031” (0.8mm); Total Travel .118” (3.0mm)

Materials & Finishes


Housing: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Keylocks

Base: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide


Movable Contact: Phosphor bronze with silver plating
Stationary Contacts: Phosphor bronze with silver plating
Common Terminal: Phosphor bronze with silver plating
Rotaries

End Terminals: Phosphor bronze with silver plating


Lamp Terminals: Phosphor bronze with silver plating

Environmental Data
Slides

Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F) for Illuminated
–25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F) for Nonilluminated
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
Tactiles

in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours


Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)

Installation
Mounting Torque: 0.49Nm (4.34 lb • in) maximum for round mounting nut
Tilt

Cap Installation Force: 9.8N (2.2 lbf) maximum downward force on cap
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Touch

Standards & Certifications


UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” before first dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
All models recognized at 0.1A @ 30V AC/DC.
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

D12 www.nkkswitches.com
Subminiature Pushbuttons Series HB

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Full face and spot illumination available. Front panel relamping.

Pushbuttons
Choice of super bright LEDs in white, green, and blue in
addition to bright red, amber, and green LEDs.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Compact front panel design with 9mm square or round
bezel options. D

Rear panel threaded mounting. Behind panel depth of


less than one inch. 8mm body diameter fits common
size panel cutout.

Keylocks
Latchdown feature gives indication of circuit status. Audible
and tactile feedback with smooth and responsive operation.

Dual, sliding contacts with self-cleaning action provide

Rotaries
contact stability, high reliability, and increased operating life.

Solder lug terminals have spacing of .100” (2.54mm) for choice


of mounting.

Slides
Longer normally closed terminal facilitates wiring and soldering.

Tactiles
Molded-in terminals lock out flux, dust, and other contaminants.

Matching indicators available.

Tilt
Touch

Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D13
Series HB Subminiature Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

HB 1 5 S K W01 6G JB
Rockers
Pushbuttons

Pole Shapes Contacts & Terminals


1 SPDT S Square Silver Contacts and
W01 Solder Lug Terminals
C Round
0.1A @ 30V AC/DC
Programmable Illuminated PB

D
Circuits Housing LEDs Cap Types & Colors
5 ON (ON) K Black only
Bright LED Cap: Lens/Diffuser Color
( ) = Momentary
5C Red Black Cap/White Window for
6 ON ON AB
Spot Illuminated (Square only)
5D Amber
Keylocks

Alternate Action CB Red/White


with Latchdown 5F Green
DB Amber/White
FB Green/White
JB Clear/White
Rotaries

IMPORTANT: Super Bright LED Cap: Lens/Diffuser Color


Switches are supplied without UL & cULus marking 6B White JB Clear/White
unless specified. UL & cULus recognized only when
6F Green
Slides

ordered with marking on the switch. Specific models,


ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the 6G Blue
General Specifications page.
Nonilluminated Nonilluminated Cap Colors
Tactiles

No A Black (Square Only)


Nonilluminated
Code
B White
C Red
E Yellow
Tilt

F Green
G Blue
Touch

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


HB15SKW01-6G-JB
Indicators

Blue, Super Bright LED White Cap

Square Shape
Accessories

Black Housing
SPDT
ON-(ON) Circuit Silver Contacts &
Supplement

Solder Lug Terminals;


rated 0.1A @ 30V AC/DC

D14 www.nkkswitches.com
Subminiature Pushbuttons Series HB

Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch/Lamp Schematics

Rockers
Normal Down Normal Down Notes: Switch is marked with NO, NC, C, L.
Pole Model LED circuit is isolated and requires
external power source.

Pushbuttons
1 (COM)
HB15 ON (ON)
SP 1-3 1-2 SPDT (+) (-)
*HB16 ON ON 3 2

Programmable Illuminated PB
* When in latchdown position for the alternate circuit, cap position is .051” (1.3mm) above the built-in bezel.
D
SHAPES & PANEL CUTOUT

S .354” (9.0mm) Square C .354” (9.0mm) Round

Keylocks
The bezel is an integral The bezel is an integral
part of the switch body. part of the switch body.

Rotaries
Panel Cutout & Mounting

Slides
Recommended Panel Thickness: Overtightening the mounting nut AT073
.020 ~ .197” (0.5 ~ 5.0mm) (8.0) Dia
may damage the switch housing.

Tactiles
.315

HOUSING

Tilt
K Housing available in black only.

Touch
CONTACT MATERIALS, RATINGS, & TERMINALS

W01
Indicators

Silver Contacts Power Level 0.1A maximum @ 30V AC/DC

Solder Lug PCB Mounting


Accessories

(5.0)
.197
(2.0) Solder lug terminals are spaced
.079 (1.8)
.071
.100” x .200” (2.54mm x 5.08mm).
(1.0)
.039 This enables PCB mounting which can be
accomplished by elongating PC board
Supplement

Thk = (0.3)
.012 holes to .080” (2.03mm).

www.nkkswitches.com D15
Series HB Subminiature Pushbuttons
Toggles

LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS


The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C.
LED circuit is isolated and requires external power source. Single element LED is colored in OFF state.
If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.
Rockers

The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section.

Bright Bright Super Bright


ATTENTION
AT633 Note for Super Bright:
Pushbuttons

ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES
5C 5D 5F 6B 6F 6G
Super Bright
(+) (-) Color Red Amber Green White Green Blue Unit
Programmable Illuminated PB

AT624G Maximum Forward Current I FM 30 30 30 30 30 30 mA


Blue
D Typical Forward Current IF 20 20 20 20 20 20 mA
AT629B Forward Voltage VF 1.95 2.0 2.1 3.3 3.3 3.3 V
White
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5 5 5 7 7 7 V
AT630F
Green Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.40 0.40 0.40 mA/°C
T-1 Bi-pin Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50°C –25° ~ +50°C

No Code
Keylocks

No Lamp

CAP TYPES & COLORS


Color Codes: A Black B White C Red D Amber E Yellow F Green G Blue J Clear
Rotaries

Colored Cap for Bright LEDs (7.4) Sq


(1.8)
.071
Cap Colors Available: .291
(1.2)
(4.6) .047
Black Cap with Translucent Square only AT4052 .181
AB White Window for LED Display Material: Polycarbonate Spot Illuminated
(4.8)
.189
(3.0)
.118
Slides

Finish: Matte

Lens/Diffuser
Colors Available: AT4166 AT4167 Transparent Colored
Square (7.4) Sq
Round (7.4) Dia Lens
Tactiles

CB Red/White
.291
(4.5)
.291

.177
(4.5)
.177 Translucent
(4.8) White Diffuser
DB Amber/White
.189 (4.8)
.189

Colored LED
FB
Tilt

Green/White Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy AT633

White Cap for Bright & Super Bright LEDs Transparent Clear
Lens
Clear Lens/
JB
Touch

White Diffuser AT4031 AT4032


Square (7.4) Sq Round (7.4) Dia Translucent
.291 .291 White Diffuser
(4.5) (4.5)
Material: Polycarbonate .177
Colored LEDs
Indicators

.177
(4.8) (4.8)
Finish: Glossy .189 .189 AT624, AT629,
AT630, or AT633

Nonilluminated Caps
Accessories

Cap Colors Available:


AT4035 AT4036
Black Square Round
A C F (7.4) Sq (7.4) Dia
.291 .291
(Square Only) Red Green
(4.5) (4.5)
.177
Supplement

.177
B White
E Yellow
G Blue
(4.8)
.189
(4.8)
.189

Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy

D16 www.nkkswitches.com
Subminiature Pushbuttons Series HB

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Single Pole Square

Rockers
M8P0.75 (1.0) x (2.0) Typ L(+) L(-)
.039 x .079
(0.3) Typ (2.54) Typ
.012 2 .100
NO
3
NC
1
COM
(1.8)

Pushbuttons
.071
(5.0) (0.5)
.197 .020
(7.4) Sq (1.3) (10.0) (5.0)
.291 .051 .394 .197
(9.0) Sq (3.5) (5.3) (15.5) (7.0) (2.54) Typ
.354 .138 .209 .610 .276 .100

Programmable Illuminated PB
Latchdown Position

HB15SKW01-5C-CB D
Single Pole Round

(1.0) x (2.0) Typ L(+) L(-)


M8P0.75 .039 x .079
(0.3) Typ (2.54) Typ
.012 2 .100
NO
3
NC
1

Keylocks
(1.8) COM
.071
(5.0) (0.5)
.197 .020
(7.4) Dia (1.3) (10.0) (5.0)
.291 .051 .394 .197
(9.0) Dia (3.5) (5.3) (15.5) (7.0) (2.54) Typ
.354 .138 .209 .610 .276 .100

Rotaries
Latchdown Position

HB16CKW01-5C-CB

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

Slides
Cap Removal LED Polarity & Orientation in Lamp Socket Cap Replacement

1. Have cap in extended For AT624, AT629, AT630: Insert the LED with the 1. Match the prongs on
position (not latchdown) for D flat opposite the black dot molded inside the the cap base with the

Tactiles
alternate action models. switch lamp socket. For AT633: Insert the LED with projections in the switch,
the Black Dot on the terminal to the right. at the same time aligning
2. Use the grip slots on the the spring clips on the
sides of the cap and pull it cap with the indentations
out of the switch. in the switch.

Tilt
D Flat D Flat

(+) (+)
AT624 (–) (–) AT633 2. Press firmly in place.
AT629
AT630 Top View
of Switch

Anode Cathode Touch


(+) (–)
Indicators

ATTENTION Super Bright LEDs AT624, AT629,


ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES & AT630 are electrostatic sensitive.
Accessories

AT111 Lamping Tool AT110 Socket Wrench

Lamping Tool AT111 may be Socket Wrench AT110 may be


Supplement

used to remove and replace LED. used to tighten the mounting nut.

www.nkkswitches.com D17
Series HB2 Subminiature Audio/Video Pushbuttons
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Logic Level (gold): 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons

(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)


Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB

Contact Resistance: 80 milliohms maximum


D Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 100,000 operations minimum for momentary;
Electrical Life: 100,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 1.8N
Travel: Pretravel .051” (1.3mm); Overtravel .020” (0.5mm); Total Travel .071” (1.8mm)

Materials & Finishes


Keylocks

Housing: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide


Base: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Movable Contact: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Switch Terminals: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Lamp Terminals: Steel with silver plating
Rotaries

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Slides

Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tactiles

Installation
Cap Installation Force: 15.0N (3.37 lbf) maximum downward force on cap

PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Tilt

Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.


Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.

Standards & Certifications


Touch

The HB2 pushbuttons have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

D18 www.nkkswitches.com
Subminiature Audio/Video Pushbuttons Series HB2

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Quiet actuation combined with crisp tactile feedback suited for broadcast equipment.

Pushbuttons
Full face illumination with choice of red/green or red/yellow
bicolor LEDs, as well as simultaneous bicolor illumination
which produces amber.

Programmable Illuminated PB
D
Option of legends on caps or film insert.

Compact design with short body .669” (17.0mm) from


PCB to top of cap and .295” (7.5mm) square cap.

Keylocks
Sliding Twin Crossbar (STC) mechanism provides
unequalled logic-level reliability, contact stability,
smooth positive detent actuation, and long life.

Rotaries
Crimped power terminals ensure secure PCB mounting
and prevent dislodging during soldering.

Slides
Suitable applications include broadcast, telecommunication,
and medical equipment, as well as measuring instruments, etc.

Tactiles
Tilt
Touch

Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D19
Series HB2 Subminiature Audio/Video Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

HB2 1 5 S K G03 CF JB
Rockers
Pushbuttons

Pole Shape Contacts & Terminals Cap Colors


1 SPST S Square Gold Contacts and Clear Lens/
JB
G03 PC Terminals, Rated White Diffuser
Circuit 0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC
Programmable Illuminated PB

5 OFF (ON)
D ( ) = Momentary
Housing LEDs
K Black CE Red/Yellow
CF Red/Green
Amber can be achieved
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
by simultaneous
HB215SKG03CF-JB illumination of LEDs.
Keylocks

Red/Green LED Clear Lens


with White Diffuser
Square Shape
Black Housing
SPST
Rotaries

OFF–(ON) Circuit
Gold Contacts & PC Terminals with
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC Rating

POLE & CIRCUIT


Slides

Plunger Position
Connected Terminals Throw & Switch/Lamp Schematics
( ) = Momentary

Normal Down Normal Down Notes: Switch terminals are not marked on the switch.
Tactiles

Red LED terminal is marked with “R”.


Pole Model
Lamp circuit is isolated and requires
external power source.
Red
3 (+)
4 (-)
SP HB215 OFF (ON) OPEN 1-2 SPST
Tilt

1 2 5 (+)

Yellow or Green

HOUSING SHAPE & COLOR


Touch

S .307” (7.8mm) Square Body K Black Housing


Indicators

CONTACT MATERIALS, RATINGS & TERMINALS


CL
G03 (2.25) Typ
Accessories

.089
Gold Contacts Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum (0.5)
.020
(2.5) Typ (1.0) Dia
.098 .039
3
1
(5.0) 4
.197
Switch Terminal Lamp Terminal PCB Footprint 5
2

(3.5) (3.5)
Supplement

(0.4) .138 (0.4) .138 (1.0) Dia (0.92)


.016 .016 .039 .036
(0.85) Dia Typ (2.54)
(0.5) Sq (0.5) Sq .033 (4.5) .100
.020 .020 .177

D20 www.nkkswitches.com
Subminiature Audio/Video Pushbuttons Series HB2

Toggles
BICOLOR LEDS & SPECIFICATIONS
R + IF
Anode
LED is an integral part of the switch. CE CF

Rockers
E VF Color Red/Yellow Red/Green
Cathode Red Yellow Red Green

E – VF Maximum Forward Current IFM * 30mA * 30mA * 30mA * 30mA
R =

Pushbuttons
IF Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA
Where: R = Resistor Value (Ohms) Forward Voltage VF 2.0V 2.1V 2.0V 2.1V
E = Source Voltage (V)
VF = Forward Voltage (V) Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4V 4V 4V 4V
IF = Forward Current (A)

Programmable Illuminated PB
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.33mA/°C 0.33mA/°C 0.33mA/°C 0.33mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50°C D
The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C. LED circuit is isolated and requires an external
power source. If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required. The resistor value can be calculated by
using the formula in the Supplement section.
* Value applies to single color illumination for either Red or Yellow or Red or Green. When both colors are illuminated simultaneously,
the sum of the currents should not exceed the smallest value of the maximum forward current.

CAP COLORS

Keylocks
(3.5)
J Clear Transparent Lens
.138
B White Translucent Diffuser (1.0)
.039

AT3081 AT3082

Rotaries
(5.8) Sq
Square Lens (7.5) Sq Square Diffuser .228
.295

Lens & Diffuser Material: Polycarbonate Lens Finish: Glossy Diffuser Finish: Frosted

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Slides
Single Pole Square
(1.4) (0.5) Sq Typ
.055 (0.8) Dia Typ .020
(2.54)

Tactiles
.100 .031

3 R
(7.5) Sq 1 4
(5.0)
.295 .197
2
(0.92) (0.5) Sq Typ 5
.036 .020
(3.5) (0.4) (0.5)
.138 .016 .020

Tilt
(11.7) (4.5)
.461 .177
(17.0) (3.1) (7.8) Sq
.669 .122 .307
HB215SKG03CF-JB

LEGENDS Touch

NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Indicators

Suggested Printable Area for HB2 Lens & Film Insert


Lens

Recommended Methods: Screen Print or Pad Print on Lens; Laser Print on Film Insert.
Epoxy based ink is recommended. Film Insert: Clear Polyester, 4 mil max. thickness
Accessories

(0.6) R
.024
Film
Insert
UP

Lens Film Insert Shaded areas are printable areas.


Diffuser
Supplement

(4.17) Sq
(5.98) Sq .164
.235 (0.76) Typ (0.76) Typ
.030 .030
(7.5) Sq (5.7) Sq
.295 .224

www.nkkswitches.com D21
Series KB Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Power Level (silver): 1A @ 125/250V AC or 1A @ 30V DC
Logic Level (gold): 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum (Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.
Pushbuttons

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Programmable Illuminated PB

Dielectric Strength: For Silver: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum &
D 1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum;
For Gold: 750V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum &
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 100,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum for silver; 100,000 operations minimum for gold
Nominal Operating Force: Single pole 0.98 ~ 2.45N for maintained & 0.98 ~ 1.96N for momentary;
Double pole 1.47 ~ 3.43N for maintained & 1.47 ~ 2.94N for momentary
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Keylocks

Travel: Pretravel .087” (2.2mm); Overtravel .031” (0.8mm); Total Travel .118” (3.0mm)

Materials & Finishes


Housing: Polyamide (UL94V-0)
Movable Contactor: Silver for power circuit; copper with gold plating for logic level circuit
Rotaries

Stationary Contacts: Silver for power circuit; copper with gold plating for logic level circuit
Housing Base: Polyamide (UL94V-0)
Terminal Base: Polyester
Common Terminals: Phosphor bronze with silver flash plating for power circuit;
Slides

Phosphor bronze with gold flash plating for logic level circuit
End Terminals: Brass with silver flash plating for power circuit;
Brass with gold flash plating for logic level circuit
Lamp Terminals: Phosphor bronze with nickel flash plating
Tactiles

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F) for Illuminated
–25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F) for Nonilluminated
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Tilt

Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 3 shocks in each direction)
Touch

Installation
Mounting Torque: 0.78Nm (6.9 lb • in) maximum
Cap Installation Force: 4.51N (1.0 lbf) maximum downward force on cap
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 housing & housing base
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Accessories

Add “/U” or “/CUL” before first dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
Single & double pole models recognized at 1A @ 125/250V AC, 1A @ 30V DC, & 0.4VA @ 28V DC.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before first dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
Supplement

Single & double pole models recognized at 1A @ 125/250V AC, 1A @ 30V DC, & 0.4VA @ 28V DC.

D22 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Pushbuttons Series KB

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Bright illumination with numerous color variations. Spot illumination available.
Square, rectangular, and round shaped caps.

Pushbuttons
Front panel relamping.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Choice of bright or super bright LEDs in red, amber, green,
white, and blue. D

Latchdown feature gives indication of circuit status. Audible


and tactile feedback with smooth and responsive operation.

Snap-action mechanism for long life.

Keylocks
Stainless steel frame on snap-in models has a specially
designed projection, which prevents rotation and correctly

Rotaries
orients switch in panel.

12mm body diameter.

Slides
Molded-in terminals lock out flux, dust, and other contaminants.

Tactiles
8mm panel thickness capability. Rear panel bushing or
snap-in mounting.

Optional PCB adaptors in straight and right angle types.

Tilt
Matching indicators available.
Actual Size
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D23
Series KB Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH

KB 1 5 C K W01
Rockers
Pushbuttons

Poles Shapes Housing Barrier Type


Programmable Illuminated PB

1 SPDT Bushing Mounting K Black only No


No Barrier
D 2 DPDT S Square
Code
B With Barrier
C Round
R Rectangular
Snap-in Mounting Contacts & Terminals
Circuits
K Square Silver Contacts and
5 ON (ON) W01 Solder Lug Terminals
M Round 1A @ 125/250V AC
( ) = Momentary
Keylocks

N Rectangular Gold Contacts and


6 ON ON
G01 Solder Lug Terminals
Alternate Action
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC
with Latchdown
Rotaries

IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
Slides

UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Tactiles

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


Tilt

KB15CKW01-12-FF
Touch

12-volt Incandescent Lamp Solid Cap with


Green Lens and Green Filter
Round
with Bushing Mounting
Indicators

Black Housing
SPDT
ON-(ON) Circuit
Accessories

Silver Contacts and


Solder Lug Terminals;
Rated 1A @ 125/250V AC
Supplement

D24 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Pushbuttons Series KB

Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE

12 FF

Rockers
Pushbuttons
Lamps Cap Types & Colors

Programmable Illuminated PB
Incandescent Lamp Used with Solid Cap Solid Cap: Lens/Filter Colors D
05 5-volt Black/None (Nonilluminated Only.
A
Available in Square and Round Only.)
12 12-volt
BB White/White FB Green/White
No Code Nonilluminated
CB Red/White FF Green/Green
CC Red/Red GB Blue/White
EB Yellow/White GG Blue/Blue

Keylocks
Incandescent or Neon Used with Insert Cap Insert Cap: Lens/Filter Colors

Rotaries
05 5-volt JB Clear/White
12 12-volt JC Clear/Red
01 110-volt Neon JE Clear/Yellow

Slides
No Code Nonilluminated * JF Clear/Green
*JG Clear/Blue
* JF & JG not suitable with neon.

Tactiles
Bright LED Used with Cap for LED LED Cap: Lens/Diffuser Colors
Colors Resistor Square Spot Illuminated
AB

Tilt
Black Cap/White Window
5C Red No Code No Resistor
JB Clear/White
05 5-volt
5D Amber JC Clear/Red
12 12-volt
Touch
5F Green JD Clear/Amber
24 24-volt
JF Clear/Green
Indicators

Super Bright LED Used with Cap for LED LED Cap: Lens/Diffuser Colors
6B White JB Clear/White
Accessories

6F Green
6G Blue
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D25
Series KB Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

POLES & CIRCUITS


Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch/Lamp Schematics
Rockers

Normal Down Normal Down Notes: Switch is marked with “+” and “–”.
Pole Model Lamp circuit is isolated and requires
external power source.
2 (COM)
KB15 ON (ON)
Pushbuttons

SP 2-3 2-1 SPDT L (+) (-) L


*KB16 ON ON 3 1

2 (COM) 5
KB25 ON (ON)
DP 2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 DPDT L (+) (-) L
*KB26 ON ON
Programmable Illuminated PB

3 1 6 4

D * When in latchdown position for the alternate circuit, cap position is .055” (1.4mm) above the built-in bezel.

MOUNTING TYPES & SHAPES


Bushing Mounting
.551” (14.0mm) .551” (14.0mm) .551” x .728” (14.0mm x 18.5mm)
S Square
C Round
R Rectangular
Keylocks
Rotaries

No barrier With barrier No barrier With barrier

Bezel or barrier is an integral part of the switch body. One mounting nut AT057 supplied with each switch.
Slides

Snap-in Mounting

.551” (14.0mm) .551” (14.0mm) .551” x .728” (14.0mm x 18.5mm)


K M N
Square Round Rectangular
Tactiles
Tilt

No barrier With barrier No barrier With barrier

Bezel or barrier is an integral part of the switch body.


Touch

Panel Cutouts
Bushing Mounting Snap-in Mounting
(1.2) R
.047
Indicators

Panel Thickness: (4.9) Panel Thickness:


Without .193 With
.020” ~ .315” .039” ~ .138”
Keyway Keyway
(12.3) Dia (0.5 ~ 8.0mm) (12.3) Dia (1.0 ~ 3.5mm) (12.3) Dia
.484 .484 .484
(6.8)
.268
Accessories

Panel thicknesses, when using optional accessories, are shown with the accessories at the end of this KB section.

HOUSING
Supplement

K Housing available in black only. Bezel or barrier is an integral part of the switch body.

D26 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Pushbuttons Series KB

Toggles
CONTACT MATERIALS, RATINGS & TERMINALS
Power Level
W Silver Contacts 1A @ 125V AC & 250V AC
01 Solder Lug (5.0)
.197

Rockers
(2.0)
Logic Level .079 (1.8)
G Gold Contacts 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC (1.0)
.071
.039
Thk = (0.2) Com = (0.1)
Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section. .008 .005

Pushbuttons
AT055 Crossover Guard
(12.4) Dia (14.0) Dia
.488 .551
A partitioned plastic guard is supplied with each switch to provide insulation between terminals.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Installation steps: (17.0)
.669

1. Identify wire-to-terminal connections. 3. Solder the connections. D


2. Thread wires through the guard. 4. Push the guard fully onto the switch body.

BARRIER TYPE

No Code No Barrier
B With Barrier
Built-in bezel Built-in barrier only available for Square and Rectangular

Keylocks
LAMP COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS
The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C.

Rotaries
LED circuit is isolated and requires external power source. Polarity marks are on the bottom of the switch.
If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.
The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section.
Ambient Temperature Range for lamps below: –25°C ~ +50°C.

Incandescent & Neon Lamps

Slides
AT611 AT615 05 12 01
Incandescent Neon
Recommended Resistors
Voltage V 5V AC 12V AC 110V AC for Neon:

Tactiles
33K ohms for 110V AC;
Current I 115mA 60mA 1.5mA 100K ohms for 220V AC

T-1 Bi-pin Endurance Hours 7,000 average 10,000

No Code

Tilt
No Lamp

Bright LED with Resistor

Red Amber Green Resistor Codes


Touch
AT634

LEDs are colored Color Codes: 5C 5D 5F 05 12 24


in OFF state.
Indicators

Maximum Forward Current IFM — — —


Typical Forward Current IF 25mA 20mA 10mA
Forward Voltage VF 5V 12V 24V
Accessories

Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4V 8V 16V


T-11⁄4 Bi-pin
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF — — —

AT634 AT634 AT634


(+)
5-volt 12-volt 24-volt
Supplement

(+) (-) (+) (-)


2-element 4-element 4-element (-)
with 1 Resistor with 2 Resistors with 2 Resistors

www.nkkswitches.com D27
Series KB Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

LAMP COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS


Bright LED without Resistor
Red Amber Green
AT635 No Code No Resistor
Rockers

Color Codes 5C 5D 5F Red Amber Green


LEDs are colored
in OFF state. Maximum Forward Current IFM 30mA 30mA 30mA
Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 20mA
Pushbuttons

Forward Voltage VF 1.9V 2.0V 2.1V


Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5V 5V 5V
(+) (-)
Programmable Illuminated PB

Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.42mA/°C

D T-1 ⁄2 Bi-pin
1
Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50°C
Super Bright Single Element LED

AT625G Blue ATTENTION


ELECTROSTATIC
6B 6F 6G
SENSITIVE DEVICES
AT631B White Color White Green Blue
Maximum Forward Current IFM 30mA 30mA 30mA
AT632F Green
Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 20mA
Keylocks

Forward Voltage VF 3.3V 3.3V 3.3V


Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 7V 7V 7V
(+) (-)
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.40mA/°C 0.40mA/°C 0.40mA/°C
Rotaries

T-1 Bi-pin Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50°C

CAP TYPES & COLOR COMBINATIONS


Color Codes: A Black B White C Red E Yellow F Green G Blue J Clear
Slides

Solid Cap for Incandescent Lamp & Nonilluminated


Lens/Filter Colors Available:
Tactiles

Nonilluminated Only;
A Square & Round Only AT486
Round
AT485 AT4021
Translucent Colored Lens
Square Rectangular
BB FB (11.6) Dia
.457
(4.5) (11.6)
Tilt

(11.6) Sq .177 (16.1)


CB FF .457
(4.5) (6.2)
.457
.634
.177 .244 (4.5)
.177
Translucent Colored Filter
(6.2)
CC GB .244
(6.3)
.248
Touch

EB GG Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy Lamp AT611

Insert Cap for Incandescent or Neon Lamp & Nonilluminated


Indicators

Lens/Filter Colors Available:


AT488
AT487 Round AT4022 Transparent Clear Lens
JB JF Square Rectangular
Accessories

(11.6) Dia
.457
JC JG (11.6) Sq
.457
(4.5)
.177
(11.6)
.457
(16.1)
.634 Translucent Colored Filter
(4.5) (6.2) (4.5)
.177 .244 .177
JE (6.2)
.244
(6.3)
.248
Supplement

JF and JG not suitable


with neon lamp. Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy Lamp AT611 Lamp AT615

D28 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Pushbuttons Series KB

Toggles
CAP TYPES & COLOR COMBINATIONS
Color Codes: A Black B White C Red D Amber E Yellow F Green G Blue J Clear

Rockers
Spot Illuminated Cap for Bright LED without Resistor or with Resistor

Cap/Window Colors Available:


(3.0)

Pushbuttons
.118 (11.6) Sq
Opaque Black Cap with (1.8) .457
Translucent White Window AT4051 .071 (4.6)
AB for Spot Illumination Square
(5.0)
.197
.181
(6.2)
.244

Programmable Illuminated PB
Bright LED Bright LED
D
Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Matte AT635 AT634

Cap for Bright LED without Resistor or LED with Resistor

Lens/Diffuser Colors Available: (AT4133, 4132, 4134 white diffusers; AT4158, 4160, 4159 colored diffusers)

Keylocks
JB AT4133 AT4132 AT4134

Square Round Rectangular Transparent Clear Lens

Rotaries
JC AT4158 AT4160 AT4159

Slides
JD (11.6)
Translucent Diffuser
(11.6) Sq (11.6) Dia (16.1)
.457 .457 .457 .634
(4.5) (4.5) (4.5)
.177 .177
JF
.177
(6.2) (6.2) (6.3)
.244 .244 .248

Tactiles
Bright LED Bright LED
Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy AT635 AT634

Tilt
Cap for Super Bright LED

Touch
Lens/Diffuser Colors Available:

AT4133 AT4132 AT4134 Translucent Clear Lens


JB Square Round Rectangular
Indicators

(11.6) Sq (11.6) Dia (11.6)


.457
(16.1) Translucent White Diffuser
.457 .457 .634
Accessories

(4.5) (4.5) (4.5)


.177 .177 .177
(6.2) (6.2) (6.3)
.244 .244 .248

Super Bright LEDs


Supplement

AT625
Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy AT631 AT632

www.nkkswitches.com D29
Series KB Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Square • Bushing Mount Single & Double Pole
Rockers

(5.0) (1.0) x (2.0) Typ (1.8) Keyway


.197 M12 P1
.039 x .079 .071
(.127)
Pushbuttons

(0.2) Typ
.008 .005
(4.9) 6 3
.193 5 2
COM
L L
(1.8) Typ 4 1
.071 (5.08)
.200
Programmable Illuminated PB

(11.6) Sq (1.4) (14.2) (1.0) (1.7) Typ

D .457 .055 .559 .039 .067


(14.0) Sq (3.5) (5.3) (24.7) (5.0) (9.0)
.551 .138 .209 .972 .197 .354
Latchdown Position

KB15SKW01-05-GG Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6.

Round • Bushing Mount Single & Double Pole


Keylocks

(5.0) M12 P1 (1.0) x (2.0) Typ (1.8) Keyway


Rotaries

.197 .039 x .079 .071


(0.2) Typ (.127)
.008 .005
(4.9) 6 3
.193 5 2
COM
L L
(1.8) Typ 4 1
.071 (5.08)
.200
Slides

(11.6) Dia (1.4) (14.2) (1.0) (1.7) Typ


.457 .055 .559 .039 .067
(14.0) Dia (3.5) (5.3) (24.7) (5.0) (9.0)
.551 .138 .209 .972 .197 .354
Latchdown Position
Tactiles

KB25CKW01-05-GG Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6.

Rectangular • Bushing Mount Single & Double Pole


Tilt
Touch

(5.0) (1.0) x (2.0) Typ (1.8) Keyway


.197 M12 P1
.039 x .079 .071
(0.2) Typ (.127)
.008 .005
(11.6) (4.9) 6 3
.457 .193 5 2
Indicators

COM
(14.0) L L
.551 (1.8) Typ 4 1
.071 (5.08)
.200

(16.1) (1.4) (14.2) (1.0) (1.7) Typ


.634 .055 .559 .039 .067
Accessories

(18.5) (3.5) (5.3) (24.7) (5.0) (9.0)


.728 .138 .209 .972 .197 .354
Latchdown Position
Supplement

KB15RKW01-05-GG Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6.

D30 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Pushbuttons Series KB

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Single & Double Pole Square • Snap-in Mount

Rockers
(1.0) x (2.0) Typ (1.8) Keyway
.039 x .079 .071
(.127)

Pushbuttons
(0.2) Typ
.008 (4.9) 6 3
.005
.193 5 2
COM
L L
(2.3) (1.8) Typ 4 1

.090 .071 (5.08)


.200

Programmable Illuminated PB
(11.6) Sq (1.4) (1.0) (1.7) Typ

D
.457 .055 .039 .067
(14.0) Sq (3.5) (5.3) (24.7) (5.0) (9.0)
.551 .138 .209 .972 .197 .354
Latchdown Position

Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6. KB16KKW01-05-CB

Single & Double Pole Round • Snap-in Mount

Keylocks
(1.0) x (2.0) Typ (1.8) Keyway

Rotaries
.039 x .079 .071
(0.2) Typ (.127)
.008 (4.9) 6 3
.005
.193 5 2
COM
L L

(2.3) (1.8) Typ 4 1


.071 (5.08)
.090 .200

Slides
(11.6) Dia (1.4) (1.0) (1.7) Typ
.457 .055 .039 .067
(14.0) Dia (3.5) (5.3) (24.7) (5.0) (9.0)
.551 .138 .209 .972 .197 .354
Latchdown Position

Tactiles
Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6. KB26MKW01-05-CB

Single & Double Pole Rectangular • Snap-in Mount

(1.0) x (2.0) Typ (1.8) Keyway Tilt


Touch
.039 x .079 .071
(0.2) Typ
.008 (.127)
(11.6) (4.9) 6 3
.005
.457 .193
Indicators

5 2
COM
(14.0) L L
.551 (1.8) Typ 4 1
.071 (5.08)
.200

(16.1) (1.4) (1.0) (1.7) Typ


.634 .055 .039 .067
Accessories

(18.5) (3.5) (5.3) (24.7) (5.0) (9.0)


.728 .138 .209 .972 .197 .354
Latchdown Position
Supplement

Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6. KB16NKW01-05-CB

www.nkkswitches.com D31
Series KB Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Square • Barrier • Bushing Mount Single & Double Pole
Rockers

(5.0) M12 P1 (1.0) x (2.0) Typ (1.8)


.197 .039 x .079 Keyway
.071
(0.2) Typ (.127)
.008 .005
(4.9) 6 3
.193 5 2
Pushbuttons

COM
L L
(1.8) Typ 4 1
.071 (5.08)
.200

(11.6) Sq (5.3) (14.2) (1.0) (1.7) Typ


.457 .209 .559 .039 .067
Programmable Illuminated PB

(14.0) Sq (8.8) (24.7) (5.0) (9.0)


.551 .346 .972 .197 .354

D
KB15SKW01B-6G-JB Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6.

Square • Barrier • Snap-in Mount Single & Double Pole

(1.0) x (2.0) Typ (1.8) Keyway


.039 x .079 .071
(0.2) Typ (.127)
.008 (4.9) 6 3
.005
Keylocks

.193 5 2
COM
L L
4 1
(1.8) Typ
.071 (5.08)
.200

(11.6) Sq (5.3) (1.0) (1.7) Typ


Rotaries

.457 .209 .039 .067


(14.0) Sq (8.8) (24.7) (5.0) (9.0)
.551 .346 .972 .197 .354

KB15KKW01B-5C-JC Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6.


Slides

Rectangular • Barrier • Bushing Mount Single & Double Pole

(5.0) M12 P1 (1.0) x (2.0) Typ (1.8) Keyway


.197 .039 x .079 .071
(0.2) Typ (.127)
.005
Tactiles

.008 (4.9) 6 3
(11.6)
.457 .193 5 2
COM
(14.0) L L
.551 (1.8) Typ 4 1
.071 (5.08)
.200

(16.1) (5.3) (14.2) (1.0) (1.7) Typ


.634 .209 .559 .039 .067
Tilt

(18.5) (8.8) (24.7) (5.0) (9.0)


.728 .346 .972 .197 .354

KB15RKW01B-5F-JF Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6.


Touch

Rectangular • Barrier • Snap-in Mount Single & Double Pole


Indicators

(1.0) x (2.0) Typ (1.8) Keyway


.039 x .079 .071
(0.2) Typ
.008 (.127)
(11.6) (4.9) 6 3
.005
.457 .193 5 2
COM
(14.0) L L
.551 (1.8) Typ 4 1
Accessories

.071 (5.08)
.200

(16.1) (5.3) (1.0) (1.7) Typ


.634 .209 .039 .067
(18.5) (8.8) (24.7) (5.0) (9.0)
.728 .346 .972 .197 .354
Supplement

KB15NKW01B-5D-JD Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6.

D32 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Pushbuttons Series KB

Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

PCB Adaptors

Rockers
AT701 AT702
Single Pole Double Pole
Straight PC Straight PC
Terminals Terminals

Pushbuttons
Switch (2.8) (0.3) (0.2) Typ Switch (2.8) (0.3) (0.2) Typ

Programmable Illuminated PB
Depth .110 .012 Keyway .008 Depth .110 .012 Keyway .008
(2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ

6 NC 3
.100
6 NC 3
.100
D
(12.0) Dia +
5 COM 2
- (12.0) Dia +
5 COM 2
-
.472 .472
4 NO 1 4 NO 1
(0.6) Typ (0.2) Typ (0.6) Typ (0.2) Typ
.024 .008 .024 .008
(2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ
.100 .100
(9.8) (3.1) (10.16) (9.8) (3.1) (10.16)
.386 .122 .400 .386 .122 .400

(2.54) Typ

Keylocks
(2.54) Typ
.100 (2.54) Typ .100 (2.54) Typ
3 NC .100 3 NC 6 .100
2 COM 2 COM 5

1 NO 1 NO 4
(0.8) Dia Typ (0.8) Dia Typ
(10.16) .031 (10.16) .031
.400 .400

Rotaries
Material: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide Note: Order adaptors separately

Dust Covers

Slides
Panel Thickness Range: .020 ~ .268” (0.5 ~ 6.8mm) for Bushing Mounting; .020 ~ .079” (0.5 ~ 2.0mm) for Snap-in Mounting
Dust Covers reduce the depth of switch behind panel by .047” (1.2mm).

Tactiles
AT495 AT4025
For Square & Round For Rectangular
(not for Barrier type) (not for Barrier type)

Tilt
Touch
Assembled (7.0) (1.2) R Assembled (1.2) R
Cap Height .276 .047 Cap Height .047
Indicators

(12.3) Dia (12.3) Dia


(13.0) Sq .484 (13.0) Sq .484
.512 (5.1) .512 (21.0)
.201 .827
Accessories

(6.5) (1.6) (6.5) (7.0)


.256 .063 .256 .276
(11.8) (21.0) Sq (11.8) (25.4)
.465 .827 .465 1.004
Supplement

Material: Lid: PVC PVC loses pliability below 0°C (32°F). Base: Polyamide

www.nkkswitches.com D33
Series KB Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Protective Guards

AT494
Rockers

AT4024
For Square & Round For Rectangular
(not for Barrier type) (not for Barrier type)
Panel Thickness
Range:
Pushbuttons

.020” ~ .268”
(0.5 ~ 6.8mm)
(7.0) (1.2) R (7.0) (1.2) R
Assembled Assembled
for Bushing Mounting
Programmable Illuminated PB

Cap Height .276 .047 Cap Height .276 .047

D (9.0)
.354
(9.0)
.354
.020” ~ .091”
(0.5 ~ 2.3mm)
(12.3) Dia (12.3) Dia
(5.1) .484 .484 for Snap-in Mounting
.201 (19.0)
.748

(6.5) (1.6) (6.5) Protective Guards reduce


.256 .063 .256
(11.5) (19.0) Sq (11.5) (23.5)
the depth of switch
.453 .748 .453 .925 behind panel by
.047” (1.2mm).
Keylocks

Material: Cover: Polycarbonate Base: Polyamide

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
Rotaries

Cap Removal & Installation LED Polarity & Orientation in Lamp Socket Cap Replacement
For alternate action models Note that the cap has a pair of
Super Bright LEDs AT625, ATTENTION
cap must be in UP position round tabs and a pair of long tabs
AT631, & AT632 are ELECTROSTATIC
for cap removal. Indentations electrostatic sensitive.
SENSITIVE DEVICES which should be used for correctly
Slides

on opposite sides of the cap replacing the cap in its holder.


provide an easy way to lift Using the long tabs as guides, slide
LEDs
the cap out of the holder, AT625 the cap with the long tabs moving
using either the finger nails, LED LED AT631 into the slots on opposite sides of
or cap extractor AT109. the cap holder. Then, the round
Tactiles

AT635 AT634 AT632


tabs will snap into notches on the
Flat
other two sides of the holder.
Flat
(+) Flat
(-) (+) (-)
(+) Cap
(-)
Tilt

Indentation

Long Tab Round Tab

(+) Marking Slot


Notch
Positive Lamp Socket
Top
Touch

View of
Switch
Negative Lamp Socket
Indicators

AT108 Socket Wrench AT109 Cap Extractor AT111 Lamping Tool


for Bushing Mounting
Accessories

Overtightening the
mounting nut
may damage the
Supplement

switch housing.

D34 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Pushbuttons Series KB

Toggles
LEGENDS

NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.

Rockers
Suggested Printable Area for KB Lens

Recommended Methods: Screen Print or Pad Print on Lens.

Pushbuttons
Epoxy based ink is recommended.

Programmable Illuminated PB
(10.08) (11.6)
.397 .457

D
ST
AR
T

(10.08) Sq (0.76) Typ (10.08) Dia (0.76) Typ (0.76)Typ (14.58) (0.76) Typ
.397 .030 .397 .030 .030 .574 .030
(11.6) Sq (11.6) Dia (16.1)
.457 .457 .634

Shaded areas are printable areas.

Keylocks
Suggested Printable Area for Film Insert
Lens
Recommended Print Method: Laser Print

Rotaries
Film Insert: Clear Polyester, 4 mil max. thickness

ON Film
Insert

(8.48) (10.0)
.334 .394
Filter or

Slides
Diffuser

(8.48) Sq (0.76) Typ (8.48) Dia (0.76) Typ (0.76) Typ (12.98) (0.76) Typ
.334 .030 .334 .030 .030 .511 .030
Cap (10.0) Sq (10.0) Dia (14.5)
Base .394 .394 .571

Tactiles
Shaded areas are printable areas.

Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D35
Series KP Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Low Level: 100mA maximum @ 12V DC
Pushbuttons

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 200 milliohms maximum
Programmable Illuminated PB

Insulation Resistance: 100 megohms minimum @ 250V DC


Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum
D 1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 5,000,000 operations minimum;
1,000,000 operations minimum for custom Rectangular Switch/Cap Assembly (at center of cap)
Electrical Life: 5,000,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: KP01: 1.9N maximum for Tactile & Nontactile models (at center of cap)
KP02: 1.6N maximum for Tactile, Nontactile & Tactile/Audible models (at center of cap)
Travel: KP01: Pretravel .122” (3.1mm); Overtravel .055” (1.4mm); Total Travel .177” (4.5mm)
KP02: Pretravel .091” (2.3mm); Overtravel .047” (1.2mm); Total Travel .138” (3.5mm)
Keylocks

Materials & Finishes


Plunger/Upper Housing: Polyacetal
Rotaries

Lower Housing: Glass fiber reinforced PBT (UL94V-0)


Movable Contact: Stainless steel with gold plating
Stationary Contacts: Gold over copper alloy
Switch Terminals: Brass with tin plating
Slides

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F)
Humidity: 90-95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Tactiles

Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 51G (500m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt

Installation
Cap Installation Force : 50.0N maximum downward force on actuator
Touch

PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering. See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering. See Profile A in Supplement section.
Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 lower housing
Accessories

The KP Series pushbuttons have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement

D36 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons Series KP

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
KP series offers a complete switch solution for all broadcast panel needs,
including home keys and the rectangular switch/cap assembly.

Pushbuttons
Distinct, long total travel of .177” (4.5mm) for KP01 or shorter stroke
of .138” (3.5mm) for KP02.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Available with super bright red/green or amber/blue bicolor D
LED or RGB LED. The RGB LED full color spectrum in a
switch package provides unlimited color combinations.

Unique actuation guide gives positive indication


of circuit transfer as well as smooth and silent
operation.

Keylocks
Choices of tactile, nontactile or tactile/audible
actuation.

Rotaries
Compact design with height of .906” (23.0mm)
from PC board to top of cap. (Same height as
programmable SmartSwitch™.)

Slides
Flat, sculptured or home key square caps in three
common sizes for design flexibility in audio/video
applications.

Tactiles
Twin contacts with gold plating assure high reliability
and long life of 5,000,000 operations minimum.

Actual Size Tilt


Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D37
Series KP Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH

KP 01 15A N B K G03
Rockers
Pushbuttons

Housing
K Black only
Programmable Illuminated PB

D Pole & Circuit Plungers Contacts & Terminals


15A SPST OFF (ON) 9.2mm Plunger Gold Contacts and
A
for 12.0mm Cap G03 Straight PC Terminals;
( ) = Momentary
100mA @ 12V DC
Normally Open Contacts 11.6mm Plunger for
B 15.0mm & 17.4mm
Caps
Keylocks

Travel & Force Actuation


Stroke: 4.5mm (.177”)
01 01
Actuation Force: 1.9N
Rotaries

C Tactile
Stroke: 3.5mm (.138”)
02
Actuation Force: 1.6N N Nontactile

02
Slides

C Tactile
N Nontactile
S Tactile/Audible
Tactiles
Tilt

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


KP0115ANBKG036CF-2SJB
Touch

11.6mm Plunger and Super Bright


Indicators

15.0mm Sculptured Cap Red/Green Bicolor LED


Clear Lens and White Diffuser
Nontactile Actuation
SPST
OFF-Momentary ON Circuit Black Housing
Accessories

Normally Open Contacts Gold Contacts with 100mA Rating


Straight PC Terminals
Supplement

D38 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons Series KP

Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE

6CF 2 S JB 11

Rockers
Pushbuttons
LEDs
Super Bright
6CF
Red/Green Bicolor Cap Types Cap Colors

Programmable Illuminated PB
Super Bright F Flat Clear Lens &
6DG
Amber/Blue Bicolor
S Sculptured
JB
White Diffuser D
RGB Red/Green/Blue
T Home Key
* See Note Bicolor Alternating
Legend Caps
JCF Red/Green
JDG Amber/Blue
Cap Sizes

Keylocks
1 12.0mm Square
2 15.0mm Square
3 17.4mm Square

Rotaries
** See Note Alternating Legends
11 ON (pos) OFF (pos)
12 ON (neg) OFF (neg)
13 START STOP

Slides
Notes 14 OPEN CLOSE
* RGB LED Page D44 Contact factory for custom
** Rectangular Cap Page D45 options.

Tactiles
Tilt
Part Numbers for Alternating Legends
Flat Cap Sculptured Cap Home Key Cap
Color Cap Size Touch
Part Number Part Number Part Number
12mm Square AT3093JCF11 ~ AT3093JCF14 AT3090JCF11 ~ AT3090JCF14 AT3096JCF11 ~ AT3096JCF14
Indicators

Red/Green 15mm Square AT3094JCF11 ~ AT3094JCF14 AT3091JCF11 ~ AT3091JCF14 AT3097JCF11 ~ AT3097JCF14


17.4mm Square AT3095JCF11 ~ AT3095JCF14 AT3092JCF11 ~ AT3092JCF14 AT3098JCF11 ~ AT3098JCF14
12mm Square AT3093JDG11 ~ AT3093JDG14 AT3090JDG11 ~ AT3090JDG14 AT3096JDG11 ~ AT3096JDG14
Amber/Blue 15mm Square AT3094JDG11 ~ AT3094JDG14 AT3091JDG11 ~ AT3091JDG14 AT3097JDG11 ~ AT3097JDG14
Accessories

17.4mm Square AT3095JDG11 ~ AT3095JDG14 AT3092JDG11 ~ AT3092JDG14 AT3098JDG11 ~ AT3098JDG14

Refer to Ordering Table for Alternating Legend that corresponds with last 2 digits of part number.
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D39
Series KP Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons
Toggles

POLE & CIRCUIT


Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematic
Rockers

Normal Down Normal Down Note: Switch terminals “1” & “1a” are actually
Pole Model
marked on the switch.
Pushbuttons

1 (COM)
KP0115A Normally
SP OFF (ON) 1-1a SPST
KP0215A Open 1a
Programmable Illuminated PB

ACTUATION HOUSING
D
C Tactile N Nontactile S Tactile/Audible K Black only
KP01 or KP02 KP01 or KP02 KP02 only

CONTACTS, TERMINALS, & RATING


Keylocks

G03 Gold Contacts Straight PC Terminals 100mA @ 12V DC

SUPER BRIGHT BICOLOR LED SPECIFICATIONS


Rotaries

The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C.


Slides

(–) L1
ATTENTION (+) COM
Red or Amber
6CF 6DG
ELECTROSTATIC (–) L2
SENSITIVE DEVICES
Green or Blue
Colors Red Green Amber Blue Unit
Tactiles

LEDs are an integral Minimum Luminous Intensity IV 230 220 204 113 mcd
part of the switch
and are not available Standard Luminous Intensity IV 290 270 340 188 mcd
separately.
30 25
Tilt

LED circuit is Maximum Forward Current I FM 30 25 mA


25 for Amber 22 for Amber
isolated and requires
an external power Typical Forward Current IF 15 5 20 20 mA
source.
Touch

If the source voltage Forward Voltage VF 2.0 3.1 2.1 3.2 V


exceeds the rated
voltage, a ballast Power Peak Dissipation PD 72 88 75 100 mW
resistor is required.
Indicators

Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5 7 4 4 V


The resistor value
can be calculated
by using the Wavelength at Peak Emission λ 620 ~ 630 528 ~ 538 583 ~ 595 464 ~ 476 nm
formula in the
Accessories

Supplement section. Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F 0.40 0.36 0.40 0.33 mA/°C

Ambient Temperature Range –25 ~ +50 –25 ~ +50 °C


Supplement

Amber can be achieved by simultaneous illumination of Red & Green.


Purple can be achieved by simultaneous illumination of Amber & Blue.

D40 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons Series KP

Toggles
PLUNGERS

9.2mm Plunger 11.6mm Plunger


A for 12.0mm Cap (9.2) B for 15.0mm & 17.4mm Caps (11.6)

Rockers
.362 .457

(6.4) (6.4)
.252 .252
9.2mm Plunger is designed 11.6mm Plunger is designed
with a narrower neck to hold with a wider neck to hold both
the 12.0mm Cap. the 15.0mm and 17.4mm Caps.

Pushbuttons
CAP TYPES & COLORS

Programmable Illuminated PB
Caps for Bicolor and RGB D
1 12.0mm Square Used on A Plunger

F AT3083 Flat Cap S AT3078 Sculptured Cap T AT3086 Home Key Cap

Keylocks
(6.5) (6.5) (6.5)
.256 .256 .256
(2.6) Dia
.102

(12.0) Sq (12.0) Sq (12.0) Sq

Rotaries
.472 .472
.472

2 15.0mm Square Used on B Plunger

Slides
F AT3084 Flat Cap S AT3079 Sculptured Cap
T AT3087 Home Key Cap

Tactiles
(7.0) (7.0) (7.0)
.276 .276 .276
(2.6) Dia
.102

(15.0) Sq (15.0) Sq (15.0) Sq


.591 .591

Tilt
.591

3 17.4mm Square Used on B Plunger


Touch

F AT3085 Flat Cap


S AT3080 Sculptured Cap
T AT3088 Home Key Cap
Indicators

(7.0) (7.0) (7.0)


.276 .276 .276
Accessories

(2.6) Dia
.102

(17.4) Sq (17.4) Sq
(17.4) Sq .685
.685 .685
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D41
Series KP Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons
Caps for Alternating Legends
Toggles

1 12.0mm Square Used on A Plunger

F S T
Rockers

AT3093 Flat Cap AT3090 Sculptured Cap AT3096 Home Key Cap

(6.5) (6.5) (6.5)

O
O
O
.256 .256 .256
Pushbuttons

N
N
N
(2.6) Dia
.102

(12.0) Sq (12.0) Sq (12.0) Sq


.472 .472 .472

2
Programmable Illuminated PB

15.0mm Square Used on B Plunger


D
F AT3094 Flat Cap
S AT3091 Sculptured Cap
T AT3097 Home Key Cap

(7.0) (7.0) (7.0)

O
O

.276 .276 .276

N
N

(2.6) Dia
.102
Keylocks

(15.0) Sq (15.0) Sq (15.0) Sq


.591 .591 .591

3 17.4mm Square Used on B Plunger


Rotaries

F AT3095 Flat Cap


S AT3092 Sculptured Cap
T AT3098 Home Key Cap
Slides

(7.0) (7.0) (7.0)

O
O
O

.276 .276 .276

N
N
N

(2.6) Dia
.102

(17.4) Sq (17.4) Sq (17.4) Sq


.685 .685
Tactiles

.685

JB Lens & Diffuser Colors Available:


Clear Lens
Tilt

Clear/White
White Diffuser
Materials & Finishes: Lens - Polycarbonate with glossy finish
Diffuser - Polycarbonate with textured finish
Touch

Optional Protective Guard AT4170 available; contact factory.

Standard Alternating Legend Pairs


Indicators

11 12 13 14
ON OFF ON OFF START STOP OPEN CLOSE
Accessories

Green/Red or Blue/Amber Green/Red or Blue/Amber Green/Red or Blue/Amber Green/Red or Blue/Amber

Cap illumination is alternating Green/Red or Blue/Amber; legend text is black.


Supplement

Contact factory for other Alternating Legends.


Legend illustrations are approximate representations of the actual characters on the filters.

D42 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons Series KP

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
12.0mm Square Cap

Rockers
(6.4) (3.6) (7.62) (7.62)
.252 .142 .300 .300
(0.3) (0.37) Typ (0.6) Typ
.012 .015 .024 (1.3) Dia Typ
.051
1 1a
(4.5) (4.5)
(0.9) Dia Typ

1a

1
.177 (12.7) L1 C L2 .177 (12.7)

Pushbuttons
COM
L2 L1 .035
.500 .500
(0.25) (0.6) Dia Typ
.010 .024

(1.1) (5.08) +– 0.5 (2.54) Typ


.043 .200 .100
(6.5) (5.0) (11.5) (12.7)

Programmable Illuminated PB
(12.7)
.256 .197 .453 .500 .500
(12.0) Sq (23.0) (6.0) (15.0) Sq
.472 .906 .236 .591
D
KP0115ACAKG036CF-1SJB

15.0mm Square Cap


(6.4) (3.6) (7.62) (7.62)
.252 .142 .300 .300
(0.3) (0.37) Typ (0.6) Typ
.012 .015 .024 (1.3) Dia Typ
.051
1 1a
(4.5) (0.9) Dia Typ (4.5)

Keylocks
1a

1
.177 (12.7) L2
COM
L1 .035 L1 C L2 .177 (12.7)
.500 .500
(0.25) (0.6) Dia Typ
.010 .024

(1.1) (5.08) +– 0.5 (2.54) Typ


.043 .200 .100
(7.0) (4.5) (11.5) (12.7) (12.7)

Rotaries
.276 .177 .453 .500 .500
(15.0) Sq (23.0) (6.0) (15.0) Sq
.591 .906 .236 .591
KP0115ANBKG036CF-2SJB

17.4mm Square Cap

Slides
(6.4) (3.6) (7.62)
.300 (7.62)
.252 .142 .300
(0.3) (0.37) Typ (0.6) Typ
.012 .015 .024 (1.3) Dia Typ
.051
1 1a

Tactiles
(4.5) (0.9) Dia Typ (4.5)
1a

.177 (12.7) L2
COM
L1 .035 L1 C L2 .177 (12.7)
.500 .500
(0.25) (0.6) Dia Typ
.010 .024

(1.1) (5.08) +– 0.5 (2.54) Typ


.043 .200 .100
(7.0) (4.5) (11.5) (12.7) (12.7)

Tilt
.276 .177 .453 .500 .500
(17.4) Sq (23.0) (6.0) (15.0) Sq
.685 .906 .236 .591

KP0115ANBKG036CF-3SJB

Bicolor Alternating Legend • 15.0mm Square Cap Touch

(6.4) (3.6) (7.62) (7.62)


.252 .142 .300 .300
Indicators

(0.3) (0.37) Typ (0.6) Typ


.012 .015 .024 (1.3) Dia Typ
.051
1 1a
(4.5) (0.9) Dia Typ (4.5)
1a

.177 (12.7) COM


.035 L1 C L2 .177 (12.7)
L2 L1
.500 .500
(0.25) (0.6) Dia Typ
.024
Accessories

.010

(1.1) (5.08) +– 0.5 (2.54) Typ


.043 .200 .100
(7.0) (4.5) (11.5) (12.7) (12.7)
.276 .177 .453 .500 .500
(15.0) Sq (23.0) (6.0) (15.0) Sq
Supplement

.591 .906 .236 .591

KP0115ANBKG036DG-2SJDG

www.nkkswitches.com D43
Series KP Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons
Toggles

RGB
LED SPECIFICATIONS
Rockers

The electrical specifications shown are Red


ATTENTION
determined at a basic temperature of ELECTROSTATIC RGB
Green SENSITIVE DEVICES
25°C. Common
Anode (+)
LEDs are an integral part of the switch Blue Color Red Green Blue Unit
Pushbuttons

and are not available separately.


Maximum Forward Current I FM 30 30 30 mA
LED circuit is isolated and requires an
external power source. Typical Forward Current IF 20 14 9 mA
If the source voltage exceeds the rated Forward Voltage VF 2.0 2.9 2.9 V
voltage, a ballast resistor is required.
Programmable Illuminated PB

Power Peak Dissipation PD 60 80 80 mW


The resistor value can be calculated by
D using the formula in the Supplement
Section.
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5 5 5 V
Dominant Wavelength λd 621.5 522.5 472.5 nm
Note: For applications that require Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆ IF 0.50 0.50 0.50 mA/°C
white illumination, contact factory.
Ambient Temperature Range –25 ~ +50 °C

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


12.0mm Square Cap with RGB LED Common Anode (+)
Keylocks

B(-)

1a

1
Terminal Detail
R(-)
(0.5) Typ
G(-) .020
Rotaries

(7.62)
.300
(6.4) (3.6) (0.3) (0.6) Typ
.252 .142 .024 (7.62)
.012 (1.3) Dia Typ .300
.051
1 1a
B(-) (+)
(4.5) (0.9) Dia Typ (4.5)
1a

(12.7) .177 .177 (12.7)


Slides

.035 .500
.500
(3.81) See Terminal (0.7) Dia Typ (3.81)
R(-) G(-)
.150 Detail .028 .150

(1.52) Typ
(1.1) (0.2) (1.52) Typ .060
.043 .008 .060 (12.7)
(6.5) (5.0) (11.5) (12.7) .500
Tactiles

.256 .197 .453 .500


(12.0) Sq (23.0) (4.0) (15.0) Sq
.472 .906 .157 .591
KP0115ACAKG03RGB-1SJB

15.0mm & 17.4mm Square Caps with RGB LED


Tilt

Common Anode (+)


B(-)
1a

15.0mm Cap Terminal Detail


Touch

R(-)
(0.5) Typ
G(-) .020
(15.0) Sq
.591
(7.62)
Indicators

.300
(6.4) (3.6) (0.3) (0.6) Typ
KP0115ANBKG03RGB-2SJB .252 .142 .012 .024 (7.62)
(1.3) Dia Typ .300
.051
1 1a
B(-) (+)
(4.5) (0.9) Dia Typ (4.5)
1a

(12.7) .177 .035 .177 (12.7)


.500 .500
Accessories

(3.81) See Terminal (0.7) Dia Typ (3.81)


R(-) G(-)
.150 Detail .028 .150

(1.52) Typ
(1.1) (0.2) (1.52) Typ .060
.043 .008 .060 (12.7)
(7.0) (4.5) (11.5) (12.7) .500
.276 .177 .453 .500
Supplement

(17.4) Sq (23.0) (4.0) (15.0) Sq


.685 .906 .157 .591

KP0115ANBKG03RGB-3SJB 17.4mm Cap

D44 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons Series KP

Toggles
RECTANGULAR CAP ASSEMBLY
CAP ASSEMBLY DIMENSIONS

Rockers
(3.6)
.142
(4.5)
.177
Switch/Rectangular Cap Assembly

Pushbuttons
1

(34.8) (12.7) (7.62) L+


1.370 .500 .300 L–
(2.54)
.100 1a
(0.6) (0.45) Sq Typ
.024 .018

Programmable Illuminated PB
D
(0.3)
.012
(7.0) (12.7)
.276 .500
(17.4) (23.0) (6.0) (15.0) Sq
.685 .906 .236 .591
KP0115ACBKG03CJB for Tactile
See below for complete assembly of switch, LEDs and LED holders. KP0115ANBKG03CJB for Nontactile

LED SPECIFICATIONS

Keylocks
The electrical specifications shown are (+) (-)
Color Red Unit
determined at a basic temperature of 25°C.
Center LED is an integral part of the switch. Maximum Forward Current I FM 30 mA

Rotaries
LEDs are not sold separately. Typical Forward Current IF 20 mA
LED circuits are isolated and require an Forward Voltage VF 2.0 V
external power source.
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4 V
If the source voltage exceeds the rated
voltage, a ballast resistor is required. Dominant Wavelength 623 nm

Slides
λd
The resistor value can be calculated by us- Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F 0.32 mA/°C
ing the formula in the Supplement Section.
Ambient Temperature Range –25 ~ +50 °C
Contact factory for other LED colors.

Tactiles
ASSEMBLY & INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
(3.1) Dia (2.54) (0.9) Dia Typ (4.5)
Cathode .100 .035 .177
.122

Tilt
LED (1.3) Dia Typ
.051
(12.7) 1
.500 L+
Footprint (7.62) (12.7) (22.86)
.300 .500 .900
L–
(2.54) 1a

Touch
(5.9) .100
.232
LED Holder
(6.7)
.264 (0.8) Dia Typ (2.54)
(4.8) (10.4) .031 .100
.189 .409 (12.7)
Indicators

.500
LED LED Holder

1 Install LED into LED Holder


Switch/Rectangular Cap assembly has 3 LEDs (quantity 2).
to achieve bright and even illumination.
Accessories

2 Solder LEDs and LED Holders


into PCB.
One LED (in center of switch bottom) is an
integral part of the switch; the other 2 LEDs
3 Solder switch into PCB making
and 2 LED Holders are packaged separately.
Supplement

sure that the two outer LEDs


and LED Holders clear the bot-
Switch PCB tom side opening of the cap.

www.nkkswitches.com D45
Series KP Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons
Toggles

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS FOR SQUARE CAPS

ATTENTION
Cap Orientation
Rockers

ELECTROSTATIC Notch
SENSITIVE DEVICES
Tab
Step
As shown in the accompanying illustration, the cap and Plunger
plunger are designed with tabs and notches to assure proper Notches
Pushbuttons

orientation of the cap on the switch.


Programmable Illuminated PB

D Removal of Cap Assembly & Separation of Lens & Diffuser

Holding the switch tightly, pull the cap off the switch. Once the
cap assembly is released from the plunger, the lens and diffuser can
be separated.

Pry up the lens with fingernail or flat tip screwdriver inserted at


the step on the diffuser.
Keylocks

Installation or Replacement of Cap


Cap
Rotaries

Assembly

After aligning notches with tabs, join the lens and diffuser. Plunger

Hold the switch tightly without touching the terminals. Firmly Switch
press the cap onto the plunger by applying pressure from one
Slides

side to the other until both are snapped together.


Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

D46 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons Series KP

Toggles
LEGENDS

NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.

Rockers
Suggested Printable Areas for KP Lens
Lens

Pushbuttons
Recommended Methods:
Film
Laser Etch on clear lens, Screen Print, or Pad Print on lens. Insert

Programmable Illuminated PB
ST
OP
Laser Print on film insert. Printing on Diffuser Diffuser

Epoxy based ink is recommended. is not advisable. D

Shaded areas are suggested printable areas for Lens. Rectangular Cap Lens

Keylocks
Flat Cap Lens Sculptured Cap Lens (28.75)
1.132

(30.28)

Rotaries
1.192

(9.8) Sq (12.8) Sq (13.4) Sq (8.97) Dia (0.76) Typ (11.48) Dia (0.76) Typ (13.77) Dia (0.76) Typ (13.77) (0.76) Typ

Slides
.386 .504 .528 .353 .030 .452 .030 .542 .030 .542 .030
(12.0) Sq (15.0) Sq (17.4) Sq (10.5) Dia (13.0) Dia (15.3) Dia (15.3)
.472 .591 .685 .413 .512 .602 .602

Tactiles
Suggested Printable Areas for KP Film Insert

Shaded areas are suggested printable areas for Film Insert. Rectangular Film Insert

Tilt
(0.5) R
.020

(2.125) Typ
.084
Flat Cap Film Inserts Sculptured or Home Key Cap Film Inserts
Touch
(28.75)
1.132

(0.5) R (0.5) R (0.5) R (0.5) R (33.0)


.020 .020 .020 .020 1.299
(0.5) R (0.5) R
.020 .020
Indicators

(8.28) Sq (0.76) Typ (11.28) Sq (0.76) Typ (11.88) Dia (0.76) Typ (8.28)Dia (0.76) Typ (11.28) Dia (0.76) Typ (11.88) Dia (0.76) Typ (13.77) (0.91) Typ
.326 .030 .444 .030 .468 .030 .326 .030 .444 .030 .468 .030 .542 .036
(9.8) Sq (12.8) Sq (13.4) Sq (9.8) Sq (12.8) Sq (13.4) Sq (15.6)
Accessories

.386 .504 .528 .386 .504 .528 .614

Film Insert Material and Thickness: Clear Polyester; 4 mil (100µ) maximum thickness
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D47
Series LB Standard Size Pushbuttons
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Power Level (silver): 3A @ 125V AC or 3A @ 250V AC or 3A @ 30V DC
Logic Level (gold): 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons

(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)


Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB

Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum for silver; 100 milliohms maximum for gold
D Insulation Resistance: 200 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 1,000,000 operations minimum for momentary circuit
200,000 operations minimum for maintained circuit
Electrical Life: 100,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 4.41N
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Keylocks

Travel: Pretravel .059” (1.5mm); Overtravel .059” (1.5mm); Total Travel .118” (3.0mm)

Materials & Finishes


Housing: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)
Snap-in Frame: Stainless steel
Rotaries

Movable Contact: Silver alloy or copper with gold plating


Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy or copper with gold plating
Base: Liquid crystal polymer (UL94V-0)
Switch Terminals: Phosphor bronze with silver or gold plating
Slides

Lamp Terminals: Brass with silver plating

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F) for Illuminated
Tactiles

–25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F) for Nonilluminated


Note: When used with a polyvinyl chloride splash cover, the lowest limit is 0°C (32°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt

Sealing: Not available for snap-in; see next section for panel seal.

Installation
Touch

Cap Installation Force: 3.92N maximum downward force on cap


Quick Connect Force: 52.95N maximum downward force on connector
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 housing & base
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” before first dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
Accessories

All models recognized at 3A @ 125V or 250V AC or 0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC maximum.


CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before first dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
All models certified at 3A @ 125V or 250V AC or 0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC maximum.
Supplement

D48 www.nkkswitches.com
Standard Size Pushbuttons Series LB

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Carefully designed light diffusion and filtering system produces bright,
full surface illumination with front panel relamping.

Pushbuttons
Spot illumination available in single and bicolor LEDs.

Choice of super bright LEDs in white, green, and blue

Programmable Illuminated PB
in addition to standard or bright red, amber, and
green LEDs. D
Stainless steel clips provide secure mounting with a
wide range of panel thicknesses.

Latchdown feature gives indication of circuit status.


Audible and tactile feedback with smooth and
responsive operation.

Keylocks
Snap-action contact mechanism gives long electrical
life and sensitivity of actuation.

Rotaries
Combination solder lug and .110” quick connect
terminals are epoxy sealed to prevent entry of flux,
dust, and other contaminants.

Panel sealed model meets IP65 of IEC60529 specifications

Slides
(similar to NEMA 4 & 13).

Compact switch design minimizes behind panel depth.

Tactiles
Matching indicators available.

Actual Size Tilt


Touch
Indicators

Snap-in Mount Page D48


Accessories

Panel Seal Page D59


Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D49
Series LB Standard Size Snap-in Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH

LB 1 5 S K W01
Rockers
Pushbuttons

Poles Circuits Shapes Housing


1 SPDT 5 ON (ON) S Square K Black
Programmable Illuminated PB

2 DPDT ( ) = Momentary C Round G Gray


D 6 ON ON R Rectangular
Alternate Action
with Latchdown

Contacts & Terminals


Silver Contacts
W01 Rated 3A @ 125/250V AC
Solder Lug/Quick Connect Terminals
Keylocks

Gold Contacts
G01 Rated 0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC
Solder Lug/Quick Connect Terminals
Rotaries

IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus and CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, and ordering instructions are noted on the General
Slides

Specifications page.
Tactiles

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


Tilt

LB15SKW01-5C12-JC
Touch

Red, 12-volt, Bright LED with Resistor Clear Cap with Red Diffuser
Indicators

SPDT ON-(ON) Circuit


Square Shape
Accessories

Silver Contacts Black Housing


Rated 3A @ 125/250V AC;
Solder Lug/Quick Connect Terminals
Supplement

D50 www.nkkswitches.com
Standard Size Snap-in Pushbuttons Series LB

Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE

5C 12 JC

Rockers
Lamps Cap Types & Colors

Pushbuttons
Incandescent Lamp Used with Solid Cap Solid Cap: Lens/Filter Colors
05 5-volt BJ White/Clear

Programmable Illuminated PB
12 12-volt CJ Red/Clear
No EJ Yellow/Clear D
Nonilluminated
Code
FJ Green/Clear
GJ Blue/Clear

Incandescent or Neon Used with Insert Cap Insert Cap: Lens/Filter Colors
01 110-volt Neon JB Clear/White

Keylocks
05 5-volt Incandescent JC Clear/Red
12 12-volt Incandescent JE Clear/Yellow
No *JF Clear/Green
Nonilluminated
Code
*JG Clear/Blue

Rotaries
*JF & JG not suitable with neon.

Bright LED Used with LED Cap LED Cap: Lens/Diffuser Colors
Colors Resistor JB Clear/White

Slides
5C Red No Code No Resistor JC Clear/Red
05 5-volt JD Clear/Amber
5D Amber
12 12-volt JF Clear/Green

Tactiles
5F Green 24 24-volt

Super Bright LED Used with LED Cap LED Cap: Lens/Diffuser Colors
6B White JB Clear/White

Tilt
6F Green
6G Blue

LED in Spot Illuminated Cap Spot Illuminated Cap Colors Touch

1C Red Single Color A Black


1D Amber Single Color B White Available in
Indicators

Square and
1F Green Single Color C Red Round only.
CF Red/Green Bicolor F Green
Accessories

Nonilluminated Nonilluminated Cap Colors


No A Black F Green
Nonilluminated
Code
B White G Blue
Supplement

C Red H Gray
E Yellow

www.nkkswitches.com D51
Series LB Standard Size Snap-in Pushbuttons
Toggles

POLES & CIRCUITS


Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch/Lamp Schematics
Rockers

Normal Down Normal Down Notes: Switch is marked with NC, NO, COM, L+, L–.
Pole Model Lamp circuit is isolated and requires an
external power source.
Pushbuttons

1 COM
LB15 ON (ON)
SP 1-3 1-2 SPDT L (+) (-) L
*LB16 ON ON 3 NC 2 NO

1 COM 4 COM
LB25 ON (ON)
DP 1-3 4-6 1-2 4-5 DPDT
Programmable Illuminated PB

L (+) (-) L
*LB26 ON ON 3 NC 2 NO 6 NC 5 NO

D * When in latchdown position for the alternate circuit, cap position is .039” (1.0mm) above the built-in bezel.

SHAPES & PANEL CUTOUTS

.622” (15.8mm) .854” (21.7mm) .622” x .866” (15.8mm x 22.0mm)


S Square
C Round
R Rectangular
(22.0) Dia
.866
Keylocks

(16.2)
.638
(11.5)
.453

(16.2) Sq (22.4)
Rotaries

.638 (1.5) R .882


.059
Cutout for 1 switch: Cutout for 1 switch:
.638” x .638” (16.2mm x 16.2mm) .638” x .882” (16.2mm x 22.4mm)
Cutout for 1 switch with barriers: Cutout for 1 switch with barriers:
.638” x .815” (16.2mm x 20.7mm) .638” x 1.059” (16.2mm x 26.9mm)
Slides

Panel Thickness for Switches & Barriers: .039” ~ .157” (1.0 ~ 4.0mm)
Panel Thickness for Protective Guards & Splash Covers: .039” ~ .138” (1.0 ~ 3.5mm)

HOUSING
Tactiles

Housing Colors Available: K Black G Gray

CONTACT MATERIALS, RATINGS & TERMINALS


Tilt

Power Level Solder Lug/Quick Connect


W01 Silver Contacts 3A @ 125V AC & 250V AC
Epoxy
Seal (7.5)
Optional PCB adaptors .295
Touch

(2.0)
Logic Level AT711 & AT712 available; .079 (2.8)
G01 Gold Contacts 0.4VA max. @ 28V AC/DC max. illustrated in “Optional
.110
(1.2) Thk = (0.5)
Accessories” immediately following .047 .020

Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section. “Typical Switch Dimensions.”


Indicators

INCANDESCENT & NEON LAMP CODES & SPECIFICATIONS


AT607 & AT607N AT607 Incandescent 5-volt or
05 12 01 * The electrical specifications shown are
Accessories

12-volt; AT607N Neon 110-volt determined at a basic temperature of


25°C. Lamp circuit is isolated and
Voltage V 5V AC 12V AC 110V AC
requires external power source.
Current I 115mA 60mA 1.5mA
* Recommended Resistors for Neon:
Supplement

Endurance Avg. Hours 10,000 10,000 33K ohms for 110V AC;
100K ohms for 220V AC
T-1 Bi-pin Ambient Temp. Range –25°C ~ +50°C

D52 www.nkkswitches.com
Standard Size Snap-in Pushbuttons Series LB

Toggles
LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS
The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C.
LED circuit is isolated and requires external power source. Polarity marks are on the switch.
If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.

Rockers
The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section.
Additional lamp detail is shown in the Accessories & Hardware section.

Bright LED without Resistor

Pushbuttons
AT635 Red Amber Green
No Code No Resistor
LEDs are colored Color Codes 5C 5D 5F
Red Amber Green

Programmable Illuminated PB
in OFF state.
Maximum Forward Current IFM 30mA 30mA 30mA
D
Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 20mA
Forward Voltage VF 1.9V 2.0V 2.1V
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5V 5V 5V
(+) (-)
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.42mA/°C
T-1 ⁄2 Bi-pin
1 Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50°C

Keylocks
Bright LED with Resistor

Red Amber Green Resistor Codes


AT627
with Resistor
Color Codes: 5C 5D 5F 05 12 24

Rotaries
Maximum Forward Current IFM — — —
Typical Forward Current IF 52mA 26mA 13mA
Forward Voltage VF 5V 12V 24V

Slides
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4V 8V 16V
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.50mA/°C
T-1 Bi-pin Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50°C

Tactiles
AT627 AT627 AT627
5-volt 12-volt 24-volt (+)

4-element (+) (-) 4-element (+) (-) 4-element


with Resistor with Resistor with Resistor (-)

Tilt
Super Bright Single Element LED

Touch
AT625G Blue ATTENTION
ELECTROSTATIC 6B 6F 6G
AT631B White SENSITIVE DEVICES
AT632F Green Color White Green Blue
Maximum Forward Current IFM 30mA 30mA 30mA
Indicators

Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 20mA


Forward Voltage VF 3.3V 3.3V 3.3V
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 7V 7V 7V
Accessories

(+) (-)
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.40mA/°C 0.40mA/°C 0.40mA/°C
T-1 Bi-pin Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50°C
Supplement

No Code No Lamp

www.nkkswitches.com D53
Series LB Standard Size Snap-in Pushbuttons
Toggles

CAP TYPES & COLOR COMBINATIONS


Color Codes: B White C Red D Amber E Yellow F Green G Blue J Clear
Solid Cap for Incandescent Lamp & Nonilluminated
Rockers

Lens/Filter AT476 AT4012 AT4026


Colors Available: Square Round Rectangular
Translucent Colored Lens
Pushbuttons

(3.5) (19.0) Dia (4.5) (13.2) (19.4)


(13.2) Sq
BJ FJ .520
.138 .748 .177
(5.5)
.520 .764

.217
(5.0)

CJ GJ (6.5) .197
.256 (6.0)
.236
Transparent Clear Filter
Programmable Illuminated PB

D EJ
Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy Lamp AT607

Insert Cap for Incandescent or Neon Lamp & Nonilluminated

Lens/Filter AT477 AT4013 AT4027


Colors Available: Square Round Rectangular
Transparent Clear Lens
Keylocks

(3.5) (13.2) (19.4)


JB JF (13.2) Sq (19.0) Dia (4.5)
.520 .138 .748 .177 .520 .764
(5.5)
.217
(5.0)
JC JG (6.5) .197
.256 (6.0) Translucent Colored Filter
Rotaries

.236

JE
JF and JG not suitable
with neon lamp. Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy Lamp AT607 or 607N
Slides

Cap for Bright LED without Resistor

Lens/Diffuser AT4176 AT4178 AT4177


Colors Available: Square Round Rectangular
Tactiles

JB (13.2) Sq (3.5) (19.0) Dia


.748 (4.5)
(13.2)
.520
(19.4)
.764
Transparent Clear Lens
.520 .138
.177

JC (6.5)
.256 (5.0)
.197
Tilt

(5.5) (6.0)
.217
JD .236
Translucent Colored Diffuser

JF Bright LED
Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy
Touch

AT635

Cap for Bright LED with Resistor

Lens/Diffuser AT4162 AT4164 AT4163


Indicators

Colors Available: Square Round Rectangular


Transparent Clear Lens
JB (13.2) Sq (3.5)
.138
(19.0) Dia
(4.5)
(13.2) (19.4)
.520 .748 .520 .764
.177
Accessories

JC (5.0)
(6.5)
.256 .197
(5.5)
Translucent Colored Diffuser
JD .217 (6.0)
.236
Supplement

Bright LED
JF AT627
Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy

D54 www.nkkswitches.com
Standard Size Snap-in Pushbuttons Series LB

Toggles
CAP TYPES & COLOR COMBINATIONS
Color Codes: A Black B White C Red D Amber E Yellow F Green G Blue H Gray J Clear

Cap for Super Bright LEDs

Rockers
Clear Lens AT4129 AT4128 AT4130 Transparent
JB White Diffuser Square Round Rectangular Clear Lens
(13.2) Sq (3.5) (19.0) Dia (4.5) (13.2) (19.4)
Material:

Pushbuttons
.520 .138 .748 .177 .520 .764
Polycarbonate (5.5) Translucent
.217
Finish: Glossy (5.0) White Diffuser
(6.5) .197
.256 (6.0)
.236

Programmable Illuminated PB
LEDs AT625
AT631 AT632
D
Spot Illuminated Cap with LED
The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C. LED circuit is isolated and requires an external
power source. Single color LEDs are colored in OFF state; bicolor LEDs are translucent white in OFF state. Polarity marks are on the
switch. If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required. The resistor value can be calculated by using the
formula in the Supplement section. Additional lamp detail is shown in the Accessories & Hardware section.

LED Specifications

Keylocks
Single Color LED Bicolor LED Single Color Bicolor
with 1 Element with 2 Elements
1C 1D 1F CF
LED factory (+) (-) (+) (-)

Red Amber Green Red/Green

Rotaries
assembled in Spot
Illuminated Caps Maximum Forward Current IFM 25mA 30mA 25mA 30/25mA
Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA
Not Available Forward Voltage VF 2.25V 2.1V 2.2V 2.0/2.2V

Slides
Separately
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5V 5V 5V —
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.33mA/°C 0.40mA/°C 0.33mA/°C 0.43/0.38mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +70°C

Tactiles
Cap Colors AT480 AT4016
Available: Square Round
(4.0)
.157 (2.0) (5.0)
A C (13.2) Sq
.520
.079
(5.0)
(3.5)
(19.0) Dia
.748
.197
(4.5)
.138 .177
.197 Cap with Window

Tilt
(5.5)
B F .217

(6.5)
Material: .256
(2.0)
Polycarbonate (6.0) .079 Factory Assembled LED;
Touch
.236
Finish: Glossy Not Available Separately
When ordering spot illuminated cap separately, LED color must be specified.
Examples: AT480CA (red LED, black cap); AT4016CFB (red/green bicolored LED, white cap)
Indicators

Cap for Nonilluminated


Cap Colors
AT484 AT4017 AT4030
Available:
Square Round Rectangular
Accessories

A E H (13.2) Sq
.520
(3.5)
.138
(19.0) Dia
.748 (4.5)
(13.2)
.520
(19.4)
.764
.177

B F (5.0)
(6.5)
.256
(5.5) .197 Cap
.217
Supplement

C G (6.0)
.236
No Lamp
Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy

www.nkkswitches.com D55
Series LB Standard Size Snap-in Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Square Single & Double Pole
(1.8) (1.2) x (2.0) Typ
Rockers

.071 .047 x .079


(0.5) Typ
.020 NC 3
L (+)
6

(13.2) Sq NO
2 5
(15.8) Sq
.520 .622
Pushbuttons

COM 1 4
(2.54) Typ L (-)
.100

(1.0)
.039 (2.8) Typ
.110
Programmable Illuminated PB

(17.8) Sq (3.2) (21.5) (7.5) (5.08) Typ


.701 .126 .846 .295 .200

D Latchdown Position

LB15SKW01-12-CJ Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6.

Round Single & Double Pole


(1.8) (1.2) x (2.0) Typ
.071 .047 x .079

(0.5) Typ L (+)


NC 3 6
.020 (15.8) Sq
Keylocks

NO .622
2 5
(21.7) Dia
COM 1 4
.854
(2.54) Typ L (-)
.100

(1.0)
(19.0) Dia (2.8) Typ
Rotaries

.039
.748 .110
(23.7) Dia (3.2) (21.5) (7.5) (5.08) Typ
.933 .126 .846 .295 .200
Latchdown Position

LB16CKW01-12-CJ Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6.


Slides

Rectangular Single & Double Pole


(1.8) (1.2) x (2.0) Typ
.071 .047 x .079
Tactiles

(0.5) Typ NC 3
L (+)
6
(13.2) .020
.520 NO
2 5
(15.8)
(17.8) .622
.701
COM 1 4
(2.54) Typ L (-)
.100
Tilt

(1.0) (2.8) Typ


(19.4) .039 (5.08) Typ .110
.764 .200
(24.0) (3.2) (22.5) (7.5) (22.0)
.945 .126 .886 .295 .866
Latchdown Position

LB26RGW01-12-CJ
Touch

Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6.

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
PCB Adaptors
Indicators

AT711 Single Pole • Straight PC Terminals AT712 Double Pole • Straight PC Terminals
(0.3) Typ (5.08) (0.3) Typ (5.08) Typ
.012 NC NC .200 .012 NC NC .200
Accessories

L (+) L (+)
NO NO NO NO
(15.8) Sq (15.8) Sq
.622 (2.54) Typ .622 (2.54) Typ
L (-) L (-)
COM COM .100 COM COM .100
(2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ
.100 .100
(0.5) (1.0) Dia Typ (0.5) (1.0) Dia Typ
(0.74) Typ (0.74) Typ .039
.020 .029 .039 .020
Supplement

.029
(15.0) (4.0) (5.08) (15.0) (4.0) (5.08)
.591 .157 .200 .591 .157 .200

Note: Order adaptors separately.

D56 www.nkkswitches.com
Standard Size Snap-in Pushbuttons Series LB

Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

Barriers
AT497 AT498

Rockers
(23.5) Cutouts for More Than 1 Switch
End Center .925
(19.2)
.756
(4.3) Typ
End Position .169 A
(5.2)

Pushbuttons
.205

(20.0) (16.2)
.787 (15.0) .638
.591

Programmable Illuminated PB
Center Position

D
Square
A = .752” (19.1mm) x Number of Switches + .051” (1.3mm)
Material: Polyamide (1.19)
.047
(1.19)
Rectangular
.047
(19.2)
.756 A = .996” (25.3mm) x Number of Switches + .051” (1.3mm)

Protective Guard

AT499

Keylocks
Square (10.0)
Protective Guard .394

(21.0)
Opens 90° .827

Closes manually

Rotaries
Cap Height
(17.0) When (14.0) Sq
.669 Assembled .551
(20.0) (8.0) (17.9) Sq
.787 .315 .705

Slides
Material: Polyamide Protective Guards reduce depth of switch behind panel by .020” (0.5mm).

Spring Loaded Protective Guard

Tactiles
AT4171
Square
Protective Guard
(10.5)
.413 (17.9)
Opens 180° .705

Closes automatically (20.5) (7.1)

Tilt
.807 .280

Cap Height
(18.4) When (14.2)
.724 Assembled .559
(20.4) (7.5) (17.9)

Touch
.803 .295 .705

(16.2) Sq
.638

(39.0) Min*
Indicators

1.535
AT4171

Materials: 180°
(10.5)
.413
Cover: Clear Polycarbonate
Base: Black GFR Polyamide
Accessories

(20.5) Coil Spring: Stainless Steel


.807

(20.4)
.803
Supplement

(20.4)
.803 (N) Recommended Panel Thickness:
(N) = Number of switches * Minimum dimension allows opening of cover to 180° .039” ~ .106” (1.0mm ~ 2.7mm)

www.nkkswitches.com D57
Series LB Standard Size Snap-in Pushbuttons
Toggles

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Protective Guard
AT4057
Rockers

Rectangular (10.0)
.394
Protective Guard (14.0)
.551
(21.0)
.827
Opens 90°
Pushbuttons

Closes manually
Cap Height
When
Assembled
(26.0) (8.0) (24.15)
1.024 .315 .951
Programmable Illuminated PB

D Material: Polyamide Protective Guards reduce depth of switch behind panel by .020” (0.5mm).

Spring Loaded Protective Guard


AT4172
Rectangular
Protective Guard
(10.5)
.413 (17.9)
.705

(20.5)
Keylocks

(7.1)
.807 .280
(22.4)
.882
Cap Height
(24.6) When (20.4)
.969 Assembled .803
(16.2) (26.6) (7.5) (24.1)
.638 1.047 .295 .949
Rotaries

(39.0) Min*
AT4172 1.535
Opens 180°
(10.5)
Closes automatically
.413 180°
Slides

Materials:
(20.5)
.807 Cover: Clear Polycarbonate
Base: Black GFR Polyamide
Coil Spring: Stainless Steel
(26.6)
Tactiles

1.047
(26.6)
1.047 (N) Recommended Panel Thickness:
(N) = Number of switches * Minimum dimension allows opening of cover to 180° .039” ~ .106” (1.0mm ~ 2.7mm)

Dust Covers
Tilt

AT4002 AT4001 AT4011


Round Square Rectangular
Touch
Indicators

(16.5)
(21.0) Dia (15.0) Sq (16.5) .650
.827 .591 .650 (24.0)
Accessories

.945

Cap Height
When
Cap Height Assembled (2.5) (22.7)
When (2.5) (21.8) Dia .098 .894
Assembled .098 .858 (7.3) (24.0) Sq (30.2)
(30.0) Dia
Supplement

(7.3) .287 .945 1.189


.287 1.181

Materials: PVC with polyethylene gasket; PVC loses pliability below 0°C (32°F). Dust Covers reduce depth of switch behind panel by .020” (0.5mm).

D58 www.nkkswitches.com
Standard Size Panel Seal Pushbuttons Series LB

General Specifications

Toggles
Rockers
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)
Power Level (silver): 3A @ 125V AC or 3A @ 250V AC or 3A @ 30V DC
Logic Level (gold): 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)

Pushbuttons
Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum for silver; 100 milliohms maximum for gold

Programmable Illuminated PB
Insulation Resistance: 200 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum; D
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 1,000,000 operations minimum for momentary circuit
200,000 operations minimum for maintained circuit
Electrical Life: 100,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 5.39N
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Travel: Pretravel .059” (1.5mm); Overtravel .059” (1.5mm); Total Travel .118” (3.0mm)

Keylocks
Materials & Finishes
Housing: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)
O-ring: Nitrile butadiene rubber
Inner Seal: Silicone rubber

Rotaries
Movable Contact: Silver alloy or copper with gold plating
Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy or copper with gold plating
Base: Liquid crystal polymer (UL94V-0)
Switch Terminals: Phosphor bronze with silver or gold plating
Lamp Terminals: Brass with silver plating

Slides
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F) for Illuminated
–25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F) for Nonilluminated

Tactiles
Note: When used with a polyvinyl chloride splash cover, the lowest limit is 0°C (32°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)

Tilt
Sealing: IP65 of IEC60529 standard (similar to NEMA 4 & 13)

Installation
Touch
Mounting Torque: 1.96Nm (17.35 lb•in) maximum
Cap Installation Force: 3.92N maximum downward force on cap
Quick Connect Force: 52.95N maximum downward force on connector
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 housing & base
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Accessories

Add “/U” or “/CUL” before first dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
All models recognized at 3A @ 125V or 250V AC or 0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC maximum.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before first dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
All models certified at 3A @ 125V or 250V AC or 0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC maximum.
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D59
Series LB Standard Size Panel Seal Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH

LB 1 6 W K W01
Rockers
Pushbuttons

Poles Circuits Shape Housing


1 SPDT 5 ON (ON) W Round K Black
Programmable Illuminated PB

2 DPDT ( ) = Momentary G Gray


D 6 ON ON
Alternate Action
with Latchdown

Contacts & Terminals


Silver Contacts
W01 Rated 3A @ 125/250V AC
Solder Lug/Quick Connect Terminals
Keylocks

Gold Contacts
G01 Rated 0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC
Solder Lug/Quick Connect Terminals
Rotaries

IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Slides

Specifications page.
Tactiles

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


LB16WKW01-5C12-JC
Tilt

Red, 12-volt, Bright LED with Resistor Clear Cap with Red Diffuser
Touch

Round Shape
SPDT ON-ON Circuit
Indicators

Black Housing
Silver Contacts
Rated 3A @ 125/250V AC;
Accessories

Solder Lug/Quick Connect Terminals


Supplement

D60 www.nkkswitches.com
Standard Size Panel Seal Pushbuttons Series LB

Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE

5C 12 JC

Rockers
Pushbuttons
Lamps Cap Types & Colors

Incandescent Lamp Used with Solid Cap Solid Cap: Lens/Filter Colors

Programmable Illuminated PB
05 5-volt BJ White/Clear
D
12 12-volt CJ Red/Clear
No EJ Yellow/Clear
Nonilluminated
Code
FJ Green/Clear
GJ Blue/Clear

Keylocks
Incandescent or Neon Used with Insert Cap Insert Cap: Lens/Filter Colors
01 110-volt Neon JB Clear/White
05 5-volt Incandescent JC Clear/Red

Rotaries
12 12-volt Incandescent JE Clear/Yellow
No *JF Clear/Green
Nonilluminated
Code
*JG Clear/Blue

Slides
*JF & JG not suitable with neon.

Tactiles
Bright LED Used with LED Cap LED Cap: Lens/Diffuser Colors
Colors Resistor JB Clear/White
5C Red No Code No Resistor JC Clear/Red
05 5-volt JD Clear/Amber

Tilt
5D Amber
12 12-volt JF Clear/Green
5F Green 24 24-volt

Touch

Super Bright LED Used with LED Cap LED Cap: Lens/Diffuser Colors
Indicators

6B White JB Clear/White
6F Green
6G Blue
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D61
Series LB Standard Size Panel Seal Pushbuttons
Toggles

POLES & CIRCUITS


Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch/Lamp Schematics
Rockers

Normal Down Normal Down Notes: Switch is marked with NC, NO, COM, L+, L–.
Pole Model Lamp circuit is isolated and requires
external power source.
Pushbuttons

1 COM
LB15 ON (ON)
SP 1-3 1-2 SPDT L (+) (-) L
*LB16 ON ON 3 NC 2 NO

1 COM 4 COM
Programmable Illuminated PB

LB25 ON (ON)
DP 1-3 4-6 1-2 4-5 DPDT L (+) (-) L
*LB26 ON ON
D 3 NC 2 NO 6 NC 5 NO

* When in latchdown position for the alternate circuit, cap position is .039” (1.0mm) above the built-in bezel.

SHAPE & PANEL CUTOUT

(1.7)
.866” (22.0mm) Recommended Panel Thickness:
W Round
.067
.039” ~ .157” (1.0mm ~ 4.0mm)
Keylocks

(10.5)
.413
Recommended Panel Thickness with Splash Cover:
.039” ~ .138” (1.0mm ~ 3.5mm)
Overtightening the mounting nut AT074
may damage the switch housing. (22.0) Dia
Rotaries

.866

HOUSING
Slides

Housing Colors Available: K Black G Gray

CONTACT MATERIALS, RATINGS & TERMINALS


Tactiles

Power Level
W01 Silver Contacts 3A @ 125V AC & 250V AC Solder Lug/Quick Connect
Epoxy
Seal (7.5)
.295
Tilt

Logic Level (2.0)


G01 Gold Contacts 0.4VA max. @ 28V AC/DC max.
.079 (2.8)
.110
Optional PCB adaptors AT711 (1.2) Thk = (0.5)
.047 .020
& AT712 available; illustrated
Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section. in previous snap-in subsection.
Touch

INCANDESCENT & NEON LAMP CODES & SPECIFICATIONS


Indicators

AT607 & AT607N AT607 Incandescent 5-volt or 05 12 01 *


12-volt; AT607N Neon 110-volt The electrical specifications shown are
determined at a basic temperature of
Voltage V 5V AC 12V AC 110V AC 25°C. Lamp circuit is isolated and
Accessories

requires external power source.


Current I 115mA 60mA 1.5mA
* Recommended Resistors for Neon:
33K ohms for 110V AC;
Endurance Avg. Hours 10,000 10,000 100K ohms for 220V AC
Supplement

T-1 Bi-pin Ambient Temp. Range –25°C ~ +50°C

D62 www.nkkswitches.com
Standard Size Panel Seal Pushbuttons Series LB

Toggles
LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS
The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C.
LED circuit is isolated and requires external power source. Polarity marks are on the switch.
If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.

Rockers
The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section.
Additional lamp detail is shown in the Accessories & Hardware section.

Bright LED without Resistor

Pushbuttons
Red Amber Green
AT635 No Code No Resistor

Color Codes
5C 5D 5F
LEDs are colored Red Amber Green

Programmable Illuminated PB
in OFF state.
Maximum Forward Current IFM 30mA 30mA 30mA
Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 20mA
D
Forward Voltage VF 1.9V 2.0V 2.1V
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5V 5V 5V
(+) (-)
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.42mA/°C
T-1 ⁄2 Bi-pin
1
Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50°C

Keylocks
Bright LED with Resistor

Red Amber Green Resistor Codes


AT627
with Resistor
Color Codes: 5C 5D 5F 05 12 24

Rotaries
Maximum Forward Current IFM — — —
Typical Forward Current IF 52mA 26mA 13mA
Forward Voltage VF 5V 12V 24V

Slides
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4V 8V 16V
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.50mA/°C
T-1 Bi-pin Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50°C

Tactiles
AT627 AT627 AT627
5-volt 12-volt 24-volt (+)

4-element (+) (-) 4-element (+) (-) 4-element


with Resistor with Resistor with Resistor (-)

Tilt
Super Bright Single Element LED

Touch
AT625G Blue ATTENTION
ELECTROSTATIC 6B 6F 6G
AT631B White SENSITIVE DEVICES

AT632F Green Color White Green Blue


Maximum Forward Current IFM 30mA 30mA 30mA
Indicators

Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 20mA


Forward Voltage VF 3.3V 3.3V 3.3V
VRM
Accessories

Maximum Reverse Voltage 7V 7V 7V


(+) (-)
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.40mA/°C 0.40mA/°C 0.40mA/°C
T-1 Bi-pin Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50°C
Supplement

No Code No Lamp

www.nkkswitches.com D63
Series LB Standard Size Panel Seal Pushbuttons
Toggles

CAP TYPES & COLOR COMBINATIONS


Color Codes: B White C Red D Amber E Yellow F Green G Blue J Clear

Solid Cap for Incandescent Lamp & Nonilluminated


Rockers

Lens/Filter (19.0) Dia


Colors Available: .748
Pushbuttons

BJ FJ AT4054
(5.1)
.201

CJ GJ
Programmable Illuminated PB

Translucent Transparent Lamp


D EJ Colored Lens Clear Filter AT607

Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy

Insert Cap for Incandescent or Neon Lamp & Nonilluminated

Lens/Filter
Colors Available: (19.0) Dia
.748
Lamp
Keylocks

AT607
JB JF AT4055
(5.1)
JC JG .201
Rotaries

JE Transparent Translucent Lamp


Clear Lens Colored Filter AT607N
JF and JG not suitable
with neon lamp. Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy
Slides

Cap for Bright LED without Resistor

Lens/Diffuser
Tactiles

Colors Available: (19.0) Dia


.748

JB
AT4179
JC (5.1)
.201
Tilt

JD Transparent Translucent Bright LED


Clear Lens Colored Diffuser AT635
JF
Touch

Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy

Cap for Bright LED with Resistor


Indicators

Lens/Diffuser
(19.0) Dia
Colors Available: .748

JB
AT4165
Accessories

(5.1)
JC .201

JD Transparent Translucent Bright LED


Supplement

Clear Lens Colored Diffuser AT627

JF Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy

D64 www.nkkswitches.com
Standard Size Panel Seal Pushbuttons Series LB

Toggles
CAP TYPES & COLOR COMBINATIONS
Cap for Super Bright LEDs
Clear Lens
JB

Rockers
White Diffuser (19.0) Dia
.748
Material:
Polycarbonate

Pushbuttons
Finish: Glossy AT4131
(5.1)
.201
LEDs
AT625
Transparent Translucent AT631

Programmable Illuminated PB
Clear Lens Colored Diffuser AT632
D
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Single & Double Pole Panel Seal


(5.5) M22 P1 (1.2) x (2.0) Typ
.217 .047 x .079
(0.5) Typ

Keylocks
.020
L (+)
NC 3 6

NO
2 5
(15.8) Sq
.622
COM 1 4
(2.54) Typ L (-)
.100

Rotaries
(1.8)
.071 Keyway
(19.0) Dia (1.0) (12.0) (2.8) Typ
.748 .039 .472 .110
(25.0) Dia (3.2) (21.5) (7.5) (5.08) Typ
.984 .126 .846 .295 .200

Slides
Latchdown Position

Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6. LB25WKW01-12-JC

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

Tactiles
AT9410 Splash Cover for Panel Seal
Lid

Materials: Base
Lid: PVC (loses pliability below 0°C/32°F)

Tilt
O-ring Supplied with
Base: Polyethylene Panel Seal Switch
O-ring: NBR
O-ring Supplied with
Recommended Panel Thickness: AT9410 Splash Cover
.039” ~ .138” (1.0mm ~ 3.5mm)
Touch
Indicators

(21.0) Dia
.827
Accessories

(10.6)
.417

(3.0) (1.6) (22.0) Dia


Supplement

.118 .063 .866


(31.3) Dia (7.8) (23.0) Dia (31.3) Dia (0.5)
1.232 .307 .906 1.232 .020

www.nkkswitches.com D65
Series LB Standard Size Pushbuttons
Toggles

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
Lamp Installation & LED Orientation

Bright LED AT627


Rockers

Incandescent & Neon Lamps Bright & Super Bright LEDs


AT607 & AT607N Panel Seal Models Snap-in Models AT625, AT631, AT632,
Align projections on lamp For panel seal models, For snap-in models, AT635
with grooves (B) in holder Bright LED must first be Bright LED must be Align D-flat on LED with flat (B) in
Pushbuttons

when inserting lamp. To inserted into the lamp inserted into the cap holder when inserting the LED.
correctly join the lamp socket which is built into first. Align cut corners To correctly join the lamp holder and
holder and cap base, the switch. The cap can (C) when cap base, match the cut corners (A).
match the cut corners (A). then be placed on the inserting
switch. the LED.
Programmable Illuminated PB

ATTENTION
ELECTROSTATIC

D
B SENSITIVE DEVICES

A
B A
5
LED
B

LED
C
D Flat

Switch & Cap Assembly


Keylocks

Cut Corner
Round & Rectangular
Match clip on cap assembly with receptacle inside
switch. Lamp terminals will then be aligned correctly
C with lamp socket.
Rotaries

Projection
.
.C
N

Rubber Seal
.
-1 5V A C

.C
K
5 C
LBA 12 0V A

N
S

3 25
A
3

N.O.
Slides

Projection
Notch
C

Panel Seal
Tactiles

Square With Lamps AT607, AT607N, and


Match projection (C) on cap LEDs AT614, AT625, AT631, AT632:
assembly with groove (C) Match projection on cap assembly with
inside switch. Lamp terminals notch inside switch. Lamp terminals
will then be aligned correctly will then be aligned correctly with lamp
Tilt

with lamp socket. socket.

Installation & Maintenance


Panel Seal
Touch

Snap-in Mount Bushing Mount Lamp Replacement


Bezel

Snap-in clip holds all switches firmly Insert switch from the O-ring Actuator must be in UP position.
in place. front of the panel with Pull off cap with cap extractor
Indicators

To mount round the o-ring between the AT109.


switch, match built-in bezel and the Replace lamp and reassemble as
Panel
the antirotation Projection panel. Install mounting shown above.
projection on nut AT075 (supplied with Mounting Nut
Accessories

switch with switch) from the rear of


guide cut in the panel.
Panel
panel. Snap Overtightening mounting
into panel nut may damage the
cutout. switch housing.
Supplement

AT109 AT112
Cap Extractor Socket Wrench

D66 www.nkkswitches.com
Standard Size Pushbuttons Series LB

Toggles
LEGENDS

NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.

Rockers
Suggested Printable Area for Lens

Recommended Methods: Laser Etch on clear lens, Screen Print, or Pad Print on lens.

Pushbuttons
Epoxy based ink is recommended.
(0.76) Typ
.030

Programmable Illuminated PB
(11.68) (13.2)
ST

.460 .520
D
AR
T

(11.68) Sq (0.76) Typ (17.48) Dia (0.76) Typ (17.88) (0.76) Typ
.460 .030 .688 .030 .704 .030
(13.2) Sq (19.0) Dia (19.4)
.520 .748 .764

Shaded areas are printable areas.

Keylocks
Suggested Printable Area for Film Insert

Recommended Print Method: Laser Print or Screen Print with Epoxy based ink

Rotaries
Lens
Film Insert: Clear Polyester, 4 mil max. thickness

R = (0.6)

Slides
.024 (0.76) Typ
.030

(14.66) (10.08) (11.6)


Film .577 .397 .457
Insert
ON

Tactiles
(10.08) Sq (0.76) Typ (15.88) Dia (0.76) Typ (16.28) (0.76) Typ
.397 .030 .625 .030 .641 .030
Filter or (11.6) Sq (17.8)
Diffuser (17.4) Dia
.457 .685 .701

Tilt
Shaded areas are printable areas.

Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D67
Series LP01 Short Body Pushbuttons
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Power Level (silver): 3A @ 125V AC or 3A @ 250V AC or 3A @ 30V DC
Pushbuttons

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum
Programmable Illuminated PB

Insulation Resistance: 200 megohms minimum @ 500V DC


D Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum
1,500V AC minimum between contacts and case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 500,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum for 3A @ 125V/250V AC & 3A @ 30V DC
100,000 operations minimum for 1A @ 125V/250V AC & 1A @ 30V DC
Nominal Operating Force: 1.5N for Single Pole; 3.0N for Double Pole
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Travel: Total Travel .118” (3.0mm)
Keylocks

Materials & Finishes


Actuator: Polycarbonate
Housing: Bushing mount: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0);
Snap in mount: Polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) (UL94V-0)
Rotaries

Base: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)


Movable Contact: Phosphor bronze & silver with silver plating
Stationary Contacts: Common terminal: Phosphor bronze with silver plating;
Contact terminals: Phosphor bronze with tin & copper plating
Lamp Terminals: Phospher bronze with tin and copper plating
Slides

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –10°C through +50°C (+14°F through +122°F) for Illuminated
Tactiles

–25°C through +70°C (+13°F through +158°F) for Nonilluminated


Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt

Installation
Mounting Torque: 0.8Nm (7.08 lb • in)
Touch

Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Cleaning: Hand clean locally with alcohol based solution
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 housing & base
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” to end of part number to order UL recognized switch.
Accessories

All single & double pole models recognized at 3A @ 125V/250V AC or 3A @ 30V DC.
Supplement

D68 www.nkkswitches.com
Short Body Pushbuttons Series LP01

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Environmentally friendly components and packaging materials meet RoHS Directive
restricting use of hazardous materials. Suited for lead-free soldering because of

Pushbuttons
heat resistant resin materials.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Smooth, slightly concave surface of cap designed to
fit fingertip. Unique design and construction of cap D
prevents its removal and limits tampering.

Bright LED illumination in choice of red, green, or


amber through translucent white cap.

Keylocks
Short body of .551” (14.0mm) conserves
behind-panel space.

Rotaries
Combination solder lug and .110” quick
connect terminals.

Slides
Crisp actuation and clear circuit status provided
by snap-action contact mechanism. Arc barrier
between movable contacts protects against crossover.

Actual Size Tactiles


Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D69
Series LP01 Short Body Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

LP01 1 5 C C K W01 5C B
Rockers
Pushbuttons

Poles Mounting Types Contacts & Terminals


1 SPDT C Bushing Silver Rated
3A @ 125V AC/250V AC
2 DPDT M Snap-in W01
Programmable Illuminated PB

Solder Lug/
D Quick Connect Terminals

Circuit Housing LEDs Cap Color


5 ON (ON) K Black 5C Red B White
( ) = Momentary 5D Amber
5F Green
Keylocks

IMPORTANT: Nonilluminated Nonilluminated Cap Colors


Switches are supplied without UL & cULus markings unless No A Black
specified. UL & cULus recognized only when ordered with
Nonilluminated
Code
Rotaries

marking on switch. Specific models, ratings, & ordering C Red


instructions are noted on the General Specifications page. F Green
Slides

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


LP0115CCKW015CB
Tactiles

White Cap Red LED

SPDT
Bushing Mount
ON-(ON) Circuit

Black Housing
Tilt

Silver Contacts
Rated 3A @ 125/250V AC;
Solder Lug/Quick Connect Terminals
Touch

POLES & CIRCUIT


Plunger Position
Indicators

( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Power/Lamp Schematics

Normal Down Normal Down Note: Terminal markings “COM, NO, NC, L,
Pole Model + and – ” are actually on the switch;
terminal numbers are not on the switch.
Accessories

1 (COM)
SP LP0115 ON (ON) 1-3 1-2 SPDT L (+) (-) L
3 2
Supplement

1 (COM) 4
DP LP0125 ON (ON) 1-3 4-6 1-2 4-5 DPDT L (+) (-) L
3 2 6 5

D70 www.nkkswitches.com
Short Body Pushbuttons Series LP01

Toggles
MOUNTING TYPES

C Bushing
M Snap-in

Rockers
.630” (16.0mm) Diameter .669” (17.0mm) Diameter

This mounting option is supplied with

Pushbuttons
a steel hexagon nut with nickel plating.
(18.1) +– 0.0
0.2

(1.7) +– 0.0
0.1 .713
(16.0) +– 0.0
0.2
Dia .067
.630
Recommended Recommended

Programmable Illuminated PB
(7.5) –+ 0.0
0.1

Panel Thickness: .295 Panel Thickness:


.079” ~ .256” .039” ~ .126” (1.1) +– 0.0
.043
0.2
R D
(2.0mm ~ 6.5mm) (1.0mm ~ 3.2mm) + 0.2
(17.3) – 0.0 Dia
(25.0) Min (21.0) Min .681
.984 .827

Allow .984” (25.0mm) distance from center-to-center Allow .827” (21.0mm) distance from center-to-center
between switches when mounted side-by-side. between switches when mounted side-by-side.

HOUSING

Keylocks
K Black Housing available in black only. The one-piece body and bezel have a matte finish.

CONTACT MATERIALS, RATINGS, & TERMINALS

Rotaries
W01 Silver Power Level Solder Lug/
Epoxy Seal (7.3)
.287
(2.0)
.110” (2.8mm) Quick Connect

Slides
.079 (0.6) R
3A @ 125V AC/250V AC; 3A @ 30V DC (2.8) .024
.110
(1.2)
Note: If used at 1A @ 125V AC/250V AC or 1A @ 30V DC, .047
Thk = (0.5)
electrical life will be 100,000 operations minimum. .020

Tactiles
LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS
The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C.
LED circuit is isolated and requires external power source. Polarity marks are on the switch.
If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.

Tilt
The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section.

Single Color LED with 1 Element


5C 5D 5F
Colors Red Amber Green Touch
(+) (-)

LEDs are an Maximum Forward Current I FM 30mA 30mA 30mA


integral part
IF
Indicators

of the switch Typical Forward Current 20mA 20mA 20mA


and are not
Forward Voltage VF 1.95V 2.0V 2.1V
available
separately. Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5V 5V 5V
Accessories

Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F 0.41mA/°C 0.29mA/°C 0.39mA/°C

Ambient Temperature Range –10°C ~ +50°C


Supplement

No Code No Lamp

www.nkkswitches.com D71
Series LP01 Short Body Pushbuttons
Toggles

CAP COLORS
Illuminated Cap Nonilluminated Caps
Cap Color Available: Cap Colors Available:
Rockers

B White The translucent cap is an integral part of


A Black
C Red
F Green
the switch and is not available separately.
The cap is an integral part of the switch and is not available separately.
Pushbuttons

Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Matte Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Matte

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Programmable Illuminated PB

D Bushing Mount • Single Pole M16 P1


(1.2) x (2.0) Typ
.047 x .079
(3.7)
.146
(0.5) Typ
.020
NC
3

NO

NO
(9.7) 2 L
.382 –+

(2.8) Typ 1
COM
.110

(13.6) Dia (2.5) (7.3) (3.0)


Keylocks

.535 .098 .287 .118


(20.0) Dia (5.5) (21.3) (5.55)
.787 .217 .838 .219
LP0115CCKW015CB

Bushing Mount • Double Pole (1.2) x (2.0) Typ (3.7)


Rotaries

M16 P1 .047 x .079 .146


(0.5) Typ
.020
NC
3 6

NO

NO
2 L 5
(9.7)
–+ .382
(2.8) Typ 1 4
Slides

COM
.110

(13.6) Dia (2.5) (7.3) (6.0)


.535 .098 .287 .236
(20.0) Dia (5.5) (21.3) (11.1)
.787 .217 .838 .437
LP0125CCKW015CB
Tactiles

Snap-in • Single Pole (1.2) x (2.0) Typ (3.7)


.047 x .079 .146
(0.5) Typ
.020
NC
Tilt

3
NO

NO

(9.7) 2 L
.382 –+
1
(2.8) Typ COM
.110
Touch

(13.6) Dia (2.5) (7.3) (3.0)


.535 .098 .287 .118
(20.0) Dia (5.5) (21.3) (5.55)
.787 .217 .838 .219
LP0115CMKW015CB
Indicators

Snap-in • Double Pole (1.2) x (2.0) Typ (3.7)


.047 x .079 .146
(0.5) Typ
.020
NC
3 6
Accessories

NO

NO

2 L 5
(9.7)
–+ .382
(2.8) Typ 1 4
COM
.110

(13.6) Dia (2.5)


Supplement

(7.3) (6.0)
.535 .098 .287 .236
(20.0) Dia (5.5) (21.3) (11.1)
.787 .217 .838 .437
LP0125CMKW015DB

D72 www.nkkswitches.com
Short Body Pushbuttons Series LP01

Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Adaptors

Rockers
(17.1) (17.1)
AT716 .673 AT717 .673

Single Pole Double Pole


Solder Lug/ (17.0) NC
Solder Lug/ (17.0) NC
.669 .669
Quick Connect (4.85) Typ Quick Connect (4.85) Typ NO L NO

Pushbuttons
NO L NO
.191 .191
Terminals – +
Terminals – +

COM COM
(5.0) (3.0) (5.0) (3.0) Typ
.197 .118 .197 .118
(3.7) (3.7)
.146 .146

Programmable Illuminated PB
(5.55) (5.55) Typ
.219 .219

D
AT718 (17.1) AT719 (17.1)
NC NC
Single Pole .673 (4.85) Typ
NO L NO
Double Pole .673 (4.85) Typ NO L NO
.191 .191
Straight PC Straight PC
– + – +
Terminals (17.0) Terminals (17.0)
.669 COM .669 COM

(3.0) (3.0) Typ


.118 (3.7) .118 (3.7)

Keylocks
(5.55) .146 (5.55) Typ .146
.219 .219
(4.0) (4.0)
.157 (3.7) Typ .157 (3.7) Typ
.146 .146

Rotaries
(4.85) Typ (4.85) Typ
.191 .191

(1.85) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ (1.85) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ
.073 .039 .073 .039
(3.0) Typ (3.0) Typ
.118 (5.55) .118 (5.55) Typ

Slides
.219 .219
CL CL

Material: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide Note: Order adaptors separately

Tactiles
Switch Dimensions Shown with Adaptor AT716

Dimension A: Solder Lug .197” (5.0mm); Straight PC .157” (4.0mm)

Tilt
Panel thickness for LP01 Bushing Mount: .079” ~ .256” (2.0mm ~ 6.5mm)

(27.3) A
1.075

Touch
LEGENDS

NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Indicators

Suggested Printable Area for LP01 Cap


Accessories

Recommended Methods:
PW
R

Pad Print or Laser Etch on cap. (12.07) Dia (0.76) Typ


.475 .030
Epoxy based ink is recommended. (13.6) Dia
Supplement

.535

Shaded area is printable area

www.nkkswitches.com D73
Series NP01 Subminiature Smooth Actuation Pushbuttons
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Logic Level: 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons

(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)

Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB

Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum


Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 250V DC
D Dielectric Strength: 250V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 500,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 500,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: Standard: 1.5N ±0.5 Newtons
High: 2.5N ±0.8 Newtons
Stroke: 1.5mm (.059”)
Keylocks

Materials & Finishes


Actuator: Silicon rubber
Case: Polycarbonate resin
Base: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide resin
Rotaries

Movable Contact: Silver over nickel with gold plating


Stationary Contacts: Brass with gold plating
Switch Terminals: Brass with gold plating
Slides

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F) for Illuminated
–25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F) for Nonilluminated
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Tactiles

Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt

Installation
Cap Installation Force: 5.0N maximum downward force on actuator
Touch

PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering: 270°C maximum @ 6 seconds maximum
Manual Soldering: 390°C maximum @ 4 seconds maximum
Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


The NP01 Series pushbuttons have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
Accessories

These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement

D74 www.nkkswitches.com
Subminiature Smooth Actuation Pushbuttons Series NP01

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Soft touch actuation achieved by mechanical silicon rubber structure.

Pushbuttons
Distinct, long stroke of 1.5mm (.059”).

Programmable Illuminated PB
Entire cap is fully illuminated with single or bicolor LED.
D
Compact design with dimension of 12.5mm (.492”) from
PC board to top of cap.

Alternating legend options with bicolor LED.

Keylocks
Available in both high (2.5N) or standard (1.5N)
operating force.

Rotaries
Gold plated contacts provide high reliability.

Slides
Crimped terminals ensure secure PC mounting
and prevent dislodging during soldering.

Tactiles
Molded-in terminals prevent entry of flux, solvents,
and other contaminants.

Tilt
Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D75
Series NP01 Subminiature Smooth Actuation Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

NP01 15 H G03 L F JF
Rockers
Pushbuttons

Pole & Circuit Contacts & Terminals Illumination Packaging


15 SPST OFF (ON) Gold Contacts and L Illuminated Partitioned Tray,
G03 PC Terminals, Rated No Any Quantity
( ) = Momentary Nonilluminated
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC N
Programmable Illuminated PB

Normally Open Contacts Code (With or without


caps installed)
D
Stick-Tube
50 Pieces/Stick
S (For switch body
Operating Force LEDs Cap Types & Colors only; caps pack-
Standard (1.5N) aged separately)
A Single or Bicolor LED Cap Lens/Diffuser Colors
(Black Switch Body)
High (2.5N) C Red Clear/White
H JB
(Gray Switch Body) (Combine with any LED)
Keylocks

D Amber
F Green JC Clear/Red

CF Bicolor Red/Green JD Clear/Amber

DG Bicolor Amber/Blue JF Clear/Green


Rotaries

Bicolor LED Bicolor Alternating Alternating Legends


Legend Caps 11 ON (pos) OFF (pos)
CF Red/Green
JCF Red/Green 12 ON (neg) OFF (neg)
DG Amber/Blue
Slides

JDG Amber/Blue 13 START STOP


14 OPEN CLOSE
Nonilluminated Solid Color Cap
Contact factory for custom
N No LED A Black
Tactiles

options.
B White
C Red
H Gray
Tilt

Part Numbers for Alternating Legends


Color Part Number
Red/Green AT3023JCF11 ~ AT3023JCF14
Touch

Amber/Blue AT3023JDG11 ~ AT3023JDG14


Refer to Ordering Table for Alternating Legend that
corresponds with last 2 digits of part number.
Indicators

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


NP0115HG03LF-JF
Accessories

High (2.5N) Clear Lens with Green Diffuser


Operating Force
Green LED
SPST
Supplement

OFF-Momentary ON Circuit Gold Contacts with 0.4VA Rating


Normally Open Contacts
Straight PC Terminals

D76 www.nkkswitches.com
Subminiature Smooth Actuation Pushbuttons Series NP01

Toggles
POLE & CIRCUIT

Illuminated Models

Rockers
Plunger Position
Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematic
( ) = Momentary

Pushbuttons
Normal Down Notes: Switch is marked with LC1, 1, L3, L4, L1,
L2, 2, LC2.
Pole Model
Lamp circuit is isolated and requires an
external power source.

Programmable Illuminated PB
NP0115AG03L
D
Normally
SP OFF (ON) 1-2 SPST 1 2 (+) (-)
NP0115HG03L Open

Nonilluminated Models

Keylocks
Plunger Position
Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematic
( ) = Momentary

Normal Down

Rotaries
Note: Switch is marked with LC1, 1, L3, L4, L1,
Pole Model
L2, 2, LC2.

Slides
NP0115AG03N Normally
SP OFF (ON) 1-2 SPST
NP0115HG03N Open 1 2

Tactiles
OPERATING FORCE

A H

Tilt
Standard Nominal Operating Force High Nominal Operating Force
1.5 ±0.5N 2.5 ±0.8N
Switch base is Black Switch base is Gray

Touch

CONTACTS, TERMINALS, & RATING


Indicators

G03 Gold Contacts Straight PC Terminals 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Accessories

ILLUMINATION

L Illuminated
N Nonilluminated
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D77
Series NP01 Subminiature Smooth Actuation Pushbuttons
Toggles

LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS


LEDs are an integral part of the switch and not available separately. R + IF E – VF
R =
The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic Anode IF
Rockers

temperature of 25°C. Where: R = Resistor Value (Ohms)


E VF
If the source voltage exceeds the forward voltage, a ballast resistor E = Source Voltage (V)
is required. Specifications in parentheses ( ) below for Bicolor LED Cathode VF = Forward Voltage (V)
IF = Forward Current (A)
denote simultaneous illumination of Red and Green. –
Pushbuttons

ATTENTION Single Color LED Bicolor LED


ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES
C D F CF DG
Programmable Illuminated PB

Color Red Amber Green Red Green Amber Blue


D Maximum Forward Current IFM 30mA 30mA 25mA 30 (25)mA 25 (25)mA 30mA 30mA
Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 16mA 20 (20)mA 16 (5)mA 20mA 20mA

Forward Voltage VF 1.95V 2.0V 3.3V 1.95V 3.3V 2.0V 3.2V

Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V


0.41mA/°C 0.38mA/°C 0.33mA/°C 0.40mA/°C 0.33mA/°C 0.40mA/°C 0.40mA/°C
Current Reduction Rate ∆IF
above 25°C above 25°C above 25°C above 25°C above 25°C above 25°C above 25°C
Keylocks

Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50°C –25° ~ +50°C

L4 (-) L4 (-)
L4 (-) LC2 Green LC2 Blue
LC2 (+) (+)
Rotaries

L3 (-) L3 (-)
(+)
L3 (-) Red or LC1
L2 (-) Red/Green Red Amber/Blue Amber
Amber LED
LC1
L2 (-) Green LEDs (+)
L1 (-) Bicolor LED L2 (-) Bicolor LED L2 (-)
(+) LC1 Red LC1 Amber
L1 (-) (+) L1 (-) (+) L1 (-)
Green Blue
Slides

CAP TYPES & COLORS


(12.0) Sq Cap for Single or Bicolor LED
.472
AT3022
Tactiles

12mm Square Cap (10.2)


.402 JB JD
Clear Lens/White Diffuser Clear Lens/Amber Diffuser
Material:
Polycarbonate Resin
JC Clear Lens/Red Diffuser
JF Clear Lens/Green Diffuser
Tilt

(12.0) Sq
Alternating Legend Cap for Bicolor LED
.472
AT3023
12mm Square Cap (10.2)
.402 JCF Red/Green
Touch

Material: Clear Lens


Polycarbonate Resin JDG Amber/Blue Alternating Legend Filter

Standard Alternating Legend Pairs


Indicators

11 12 13 14
ON OFF ON OFF START STOP OPEN CLOSE
Accessories

Green/Red Green/Red Green/Red Green/Red


or or or or
Blue/Amber Blue/Amber Blue/Amber Blue/Amber
Supplement

Cap illumination is alternating Green/Red or Blue/Amber; legend text is black.


Contact factory for other Alternating Legends.
Legend illustrations are approximate representations of the actual characters on the filters.

D78 www.nkkswitches.com
Subminiature Smooth Actuation Pushbuttons Series NP01

Toggles
CAP TYPES & COLORS (CONTINUED)
Solid Color Cap for Nonilluminated
(12.0) Sq
.472

Rockers
AT3024
12mm Square Cap (10.2) A Black
C Red
.402

Material:
B H Gray

Pushbuttons
Polycarbonate Resin White

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

Programmable Illuminated PB
Illuminated • Straight PC
(2.1) (2.0) Typ
D
.083 .079
L4 L3 1 LC1
LC1 1 L3 L4
(7.0) (7.0)
.276 LC2 2 L2 L1
.276
L1 L2 2 LC2

(0.3) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ


.012 CL .039
(10.2) (0.5) Typ
.402 .020
(12.0) Sq (12.5) (3.3) (2.0) Typ
.472 .492 .130 .079
NP0115HG03LF-JF

Keylocks
PACKAGING

No

Rotaries
Code Partitioned Tray
Any quantity. No code is required. Switches may be packaged with or without caps installed.

S Stick-Tube Packaging

Slides
50 pieces per stick
Switches must be ordered in 50-piece (15.3)
.602
increments when stick-tube packaging
is selected. This packaging is for the

Tactiles
switch body only. Caps will be packaged (11.85) (470.0)
.467 18.504
separately.

LEGEND ORIENTATION

Tilt
Top View Bottom View

LC1 1 L3 L4
Orient cap with legend as shown here, and “LC2” at lower right of switch body.
OPEN
Touch
L1 L2 2 LC2
Orders for switches with legends will be assembled as illustrated.
LC2

PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING & STORAGE


Indicators

1. NP01 Pushbuttons are electrostatically sensitive. To prevent damage to LED, devices must ATTENTION
ELECTROSTATIC
be properly isolated from static electricity. SENSITIVE DEVICES

2. Once the cap is installed onto the switch body, it cannot be removed.
Accessories

3. When assembling cap, align projection on switch body to slot on inside of cap. (Refer to
illustration at right.) Slot

4. * Legends may be printed on the lens with laser etch, screen print or pad print methods.
Epoxy based ink is recommended.
Supplement

5. Do not use excessive force during installation on PC board or for cap installation. Projection

* NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.

www.nkkswitches.com D79
Series UB Low Profile Pushbuttons

General Specifications
Toggles
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Power Level (silver): 5A @ 125/250V AC or 5A @ 30V DC
Logic Level (gold): 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
Pushbuttons

Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum for silver; 100 milliohms maximum for gold
Programmable Illuminated PB

Insulation Resistance: 200 megohms minimum @ 500V DC


Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
D 1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 1,000,000 operations minimum for momentary;
200,000 operations minimum for alternate action
Electrical Life: 10,000 operations minimum for silver;
100,000 operations minimum for silver with resistive load of 3A @ 125V AC
200,000 operations minimum for gold
Nominal Operating Force: Single Pole: 1.9N for Square & 1.9N for Rectangular
Double Pole: 2.55N for Square & 3.1N for Rectangular
Keylocks

Contact Timing: Break before make


Travel: Pretravel .067” (1.7mm); Overtravel .024” (0.6mm); Total Travel .091” (2.3mm)

Materials & Finishes


Housing/Bezel: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)
Rotaries

Snap-in Frame: Stainless steel


Movable Contactor: Phosphor bronze
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy or copper with gold plating
Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy or copper with gold plating
Slides

Switch Terminals: Phosphor bronze with silver or gold plating


Lamp Terminals: Brass with silver plating
Base: Glass fiber reinforced liquid crystal polymer (UL94V-0)

Environmental Data
Tactiles

Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F) for Illuminated
–20°C through +70°C (–4°F through +158°F) for Nonilluminated
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Tilt

Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)

Installation
Cap Installation Force: 7.55N (1.70 lbf) maximum downward force on cap
Touch

Soldering Time & Temp: Wave Soldering (PC version): See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 housing/bezel & base
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” before dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
Accessories

UL recognized only when ordered switch body with cap assembled.


All single & double pole models recognized at 5A @ 125/250V AC or 0.014A @ 28V DC.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
All single & double pole models certified at 5A @ 125/250V AC or 5A @ 30V DC or
Supplement

0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum.

D80 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB

Distinctive Characteristics

Toggles
Rockers
Red/green and amber/blue bicolors with alternating standard or custom legends.
Super bright LED provides brilliant uniform illumination.

Pushbuttons
Bright or super bright LEDs (an integral part of the switch) of red,
amber, green, blue, or white, in full face or spot illumination
plus square or rectangular models.

Programmable Illuminated PB
D
Combination of PCB mountability and short body
allows use in compact applications.

Small behind panel dimension for snap-in


mounting in tight spaces.

Keylocks
Snap-acting contact mechanism provides
sensitive actuation with audible feedback;

Rotaries
quick-make, quick-break characteristic
limits arcing and prolongs electrical life.

Slides
Latchdown mechanism, independent of switching
mechanism, gives visible and tactile indication of
circuit status.

Tactiles
Terminals are epoxy sealed to lock out flux, solvents, and
other contaminants.

Tilt
Momentary and alternate action circuits available in the same
space-saving body size.
Touch

Matching indicators available. Actual Size


Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D81
Series UB Low Profile Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH

UB 1 5 SK G 03
Rockers

Poles
Pushbuttons

1 SPDT Terminals
Circuits
2 DPDT Solder Lug
5 ON (ON) Mounting Types Contacts & Ratings 01 (for Snap-in
Mounting)
Programmable Illuminated PB

( ) = Momentary PCB Mounting Silver Rated 5A


W
D 6 ON ON SK Square @ 125/250V AC 03 Straight PC
Alternate Action RK Rectangular Gold Rated 0.4VA max
G
with Latchdown @ 28V AC/DC max
* Snap-in Mounting
KK Square
NK Rectangular
Rectangular with
NBK
Side Barriers
Keylocks

* Standard with
Solder Lug terminals
Rotaries

IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus &
Slides

CSA marking unless specified. UL, cULus &


CSA recognized only when ordered with
marking on the switch. Specific models,
ratings, & ordering instructions are noted
on General Specifications page.
Tactiles
Tilt

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


Touch

UB15SKG035C-CC
Indicators

Red, Bright LED & Red Lens


Gold Contacts with
with Red Diffuser
0.4VA Rating
Square SPDT ON-(ON) Circuit
Accessories

with PCB Mounting Straight PC Terminals


Supplement

D82 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB

Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE

5C CC

Rockers
LEDS Cap Types & Colors

Full Face Illuminated Cap

Pushbuttons
Bright LED
for Bright LED
5C Red
Lens/Diffuser Colors
5D Amber
CB Red/White FF Green/Green
5F Green

Programmable Illuminated PB
CC Red/Red *FJ Green/Clear
*CJ Red/Clear JB Clear/White
D
DB Amber/White JC Clear/Red
DD Amber/Amber JD Clear/Amber
*DJ Amber/Clear JF Clear/Green
FB Green/White *JJ Clear/Clear
Square & Rectangular Spot Illumi-
AB

Keylocks
nated Black Cap with White Window
* Not available with Rectangular cap

Super Bright LED Full Face Illuminated Cap

Rotaries
for Super Bright LED
6B White
JB Clear Lens/White Diffuser
6F Green
Spot Illuminated Black Cap
6G Blue AB
with White Window

Slides
Super Bright Bicolor LED Alternating Legend Cap/Diffuser Alternating Legends
6CF Red/Green JCF Red/Green 11 ON (pos) OFF (pos)
6DG Amber/Blue JDG Amber/Blue 12 ON (neg) OFF (neg)

Tactiles
13 START STOP
Nonilluminated Nonilluminated Cap Colors
14 OPEN CLOSE
N Nonilluminated A Black E Yellow
B White F Green

Tilt
C Red G Blue

Touch

Part Numbers for Alternating Legends


Indicators

Square Alternating Legends Rectangular Alternating Legends


Color Part Number Color Part Number Color Part Number Color Part Number
AT9450CF11 AT9450DG11 AT9451CF11 AT9451DG11
Accessories

AT9450CF12 Amber/ AT9450DG12 AT9451CF12 Amber/ AT9451DG12


Red/Green Red/Green
AT9450CF13 Blue AT9450DG13 AT9451CF13 Blue AT9451DG13
AT9450CF14 AT9450DG14 AT9451CF14 AT9451DG14
Supplement

Refer to Ordering Table for Alternating Legend that corresponds with last 2 digits of part number.

www.nkkswitches.com D83
Series UB Low Profile Pushbuttons
Toggles

POLES & CIRCUITS


Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch/Lamp Schematics
Rockers

Normal Down Normal Down Notes: Switch is marked with NC, NO, COM, L+ & L–.
Pole Model Lamp circuit is isolated and requires an external
power source.
Pushbuttons

1 COM
UB15 ON (ON)
SP 1-3 1-2 SPDT (+) (-)
*UB16 ON ON 3 NC 2 NO

1 COM 4 COM
UB25 ON (ON)
DP 1-3 4-6 1-2 4-5 DPDT
Programmable Illuminated PB

(+) (-)
*UB26 ON ON 3 NC 2 NO 6 NC 5 NO

D * When in latchdown position for the alternate circuit, cap position is .039” (1.0mm) above the housing.

MOUNTING TYPES & SHAPES


PCB Mounting
(5.08) (2.54) Typ (5.08) Typ (2.54) Typ (7.62) (2.54) Typ (7.62) Typ (2.54) Typ
SK Square
.200
3
.100 .200
6 3
.100 RK Rectangular
.300
3
.100
6
.300
3
.100
Keylocks

L+ L+ L+ L+
2 (10.16) 5 2 (10.16) 2 (10.16) 5 2 (10.16)
L- .400 L- .400 L- .400 L- .400
1 4 1 1 4 1

(1.2) Dia Typ (1.2) Dia Typ (1.2) Dia Typ (1.2) Dia Typ
CL .047 CL .047 CL .047 CL .047
Rotaries

Single Pole Double Pole Single Pole Double Pole

Snap-in Mounting (Solder Lug)

Square Rectangular Rectangular with Built-in


KK NK NBK
Slides

with Built-in Bezel with Built-in Bezel Side Barriers

(16.2)
.638
(16.2) Sq
Tactiles

.638

(22.4)
.882

Snap-in Mounting with Solder Lug terminals is the standard combination. Panel Thickness: .039 ~ .126” (1.0 ~ 3.2mm)
Tilt

CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS

W
Touch

Silver Contacts Power Level 5A @ 125V AC & 250V AC

G Gold Contacts Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum


Indicators

Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

TERMINALS
Accessories

(0.2)
.008 (0.2)
01 Solder Lug
(5.0) 03 Straight PC
.008
(1.6) .197 (4.0)
.063 (2.0) .157
(1.0)
Supplement

.079
(0.8) .039
.032 Thk = (0.5)
Thk = (0.5) .020
.020

D84 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB

Toggles
BRIGHT & SUPER BRIGHT LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS
The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C. LED circuit is isolated and requires external power
source. Polarity marks are on bottom of switch. If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required. Resistor
value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section. LED is an integral part of switch and not available separately.

Rockers
Super Bright LEDs are ATTENTION Bright Super Bright
ELECTROSTATIC
Electrostatic Sensitive SENSITIVE DEVICES
5C 5D 5F 6B 6F 6G

Pushbuttons
(+) (-)
Color Red Amber Green White Green Blue Unit
Maximum Forward Current IFM 30 30 25 30 30 30 mA
Typical Forward Current IF 20 20 20 20 20 20 mA

Programmable Illuminated PB
Forward Voltage VF 1.85 2.0 2.1 3.2 3.2 3.2 V
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5 5 5 5 5 5 V D
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.40 0.42 0.46 0.40 0.40 .040 mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50°C –25° ~ +50°C

N No Lamp

CAP TYPES & COLOR COMBINATIONS

Keylocks
Full Face Illuminated Cap for Bright LED
Lens/Diffuser Lens/Diffuser
Colors Available for Square Cap: Colors Available for Rectangular Cap:

Rotaries
CB DD FJ JF AT4074 (3.0) CB FB JD AT4117 (3.0)
.118
Lens .118 Lens
(12.0) Sq (12.0) (17.0)
CC DJ JB JJ .472 CC FF JF .472 .669

CJ FB JC DB JB

Slides
(0.5)
AT4075 (0.5)
AT4118 .020
Diffuser .020 Diffuser (15.35)
DD JC
(10.35)
DB FF JD
(10.35) Sq .604
.407 .407

Lens & Diffuser Material: Polycarbonate Lens Finish: Glossy Diffuser Finish: Textured

Tactiles
Spot Illuminated Caps for Bright & Super Bright LEDs
Cap/Window Colors Available: (1.9)
(1.9) .075
.075 (3.1)
Black Cap with AT4119 Square (3.1)
AT4120 Rectangular .122
AB Translucent White Window for Bright and
(5.0)
.197
.122
for Bright and
(5.0)
.197 (3.0)

Tilt
(3.0)
for LED Display Super Bright LED .118 Super Bright LED .118

(12.0) Sq (12.0) (17.0)


.669
Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Matte .472 .472

Full Face Illuminated Caps for Super Bright Bicolor LED


JB (3.0)
(3.0) Touch
.118
.118
(12.0) Sq (12.0) (17.0)
AT4074 Square Lens .472 AT4117 Rectangular Lens .472 .669 (0.5)
(0.5) .020
Indicators

.020
AT4188 Square Diffuser (10.35) Sq
AT4189 Rectangular Diffuser (15.35)
(10.35) .604
.407 .407

Lens & Diffuser Material: Polycarbonate Lens Finish: Glossy Diffuser Finish: Textured
Accessories

Cap Colors Available: Opaque Caps for Nonilluminated

A C F AT4073 AT4116 (3.0)


Square (3.0)
.118 Rectangular .118
Material: Polycarbonate (17.0)
B E G (12.0)
Supplement

(12.0) Sq .669
Finish: Glossy .472 .472

Color Codes: A Black B White C Red D Amber E Yellow F Green G Blue J Clear

www.nkkswitches.com D85
Series UB Low Profile Pushbuttons
Toggles

SUPER BRIGHT BICOLOR LEDS FOR ALTERNATING LEGENDS


The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C. LED circuit is isolated and requires external power
source. Polarity marks are on bottom of switch. If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required. Resistor
Rockers

value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section. LED is an integral part of switch and not available separately.

Electrical Specifications for Super Bright Bicolor LEDs


Pushbuttons

Super Bright ATTENTION

LEDs are
ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES
6CF Red/Green 6DG Amber/Blue
Electrostatic Sensitive Color Red Green Amber Blue Unit
Programmable Illuminated PB

Maximum Forward Current IFM * 30 * 30 * 30 * 30 mA


D Typical Forward Current IF 20 20 20 20 mA
Forward Voltage VF 2.3 3.2 2.1 3.0 V
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4 4 4 4 V

Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F 0.33 0.33 0.33 0.33 mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50° –25° ~ +50° °C
Keylocks

* Value applies to single color illumination for either Red or Green or Amber or Blue. When both colors are illuminated simultaneously,
the sum of the currents should not exceed the smallest value of the maximum forward current.

Super Bright Bicolor L1 (-)


Red
Super Bright Bicolor L1 (-)
Amber
Red/Green LED Amber/Blue LED
Rotaries

LC (+) LC (+)
L2 (-) L2 (-)
with 2 elements Green with 2 elements Blue

Alternating Legend Caps for Super Bright Bicolor LED


Slides

JCF JDG JCF JDG


(3.0)
.118
(3.0) (17.0)
AT4074 12.0mm Square .118 AT4117 12.0mm x 17.0mm (12.0)
.472 .669
Tactiles

Flat Cap (12.0) Sq Rectangular Flat Cap


.472

AT9450 Square AT9451 Rectangular


Legend Insert Legend Insert
Tilt

AT4188 Square Diffuser AT4189 Rectangular Diffuser

Lens & Diffuser Material: Polycarbonate Legend Insert Material: Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET)
Touch

Lens Finish: Glossy Diffuser Finish: Textured

Standard Alternating Legend Pairs


Indicators

11 12 13 14
ON OFF ON OFF START STOP OPEN CLOSE
Accessories

Green/Red or Blue/Amber Green/Red or Blue/Amber Green/Red or Blue/Amber Green/Red or Blue/Amber

Cap illumination is alternating Green/Red or Blue/Amber; legend text is black.


Supplement

Contact factory for other Alternating Legends.


Legend illustrations are approximate representations of the actual characters on the filters.

D86 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Single & Double Pole Square • PCB Mount
(0.5)
.020

Rockers
3 L+ 6
N.C. N.C. (5.08) Typ
(12.0) Sq .200
2 5
.472 N.O. N.O.
COM COM

1 L- 4

Pushbuttons
(0.5) Typ (2.54) Typ
.020 .100
(2.5) (1.0) Typ
.098 .039
(15.24) Sq (1.0) (10.0) (4.0) (5.08) Typ
.600 .039 .394 .157 .200
Latchdown Position

Programmable Illuminated PB
Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6. UB15SKG035C-CB

Single & Double Pole Rectangular • PCB Mount D


(0.5)
.020

3 L + 6
(12.0) N.C. N.C. (5.08) Typ
.472 .200
2 5
(15.24) N.O.
COM.
N.O.
COM
.600 (2.54) Typ
1 4
L -
.100
(0.5) Typ
(17.0) (2.5) .020
.669 .098

Keylocks
(20.32) (1.0) (10.0) (4.0) (7.62) Typ (1.0) Typ
.800 .039 .394 .157 .300 .039
Latchdown Position
Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6. UB26RKG035D-DD

Single & Double Pole Square • Snap-in Mount • Built-in Bezel

Rotaries
(1.4) (0.8) x (1.6) Typ
.055 .032 x .063

3 L+ 6
N.C. N.C. (5.08) Typ
(12.0) Sq .200 (15.8)
2 5
.472 N.O. N.O.
.622
COM COM
(2.54) Typ

Slides
1 4
L-
.100
(0.5) Typ
.020
(2.5) (2.0) Typ
.098 .079
(17.8) Sq (1.0) (10.0) (5.0) (5.08) Typ
.701 .039 .394 .197 .200

Tactiles
Latchdown Position
Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6. UB25KKW015C-CB

Single & Double Pole Rectangular • Snap-in Mount • Built-in Bezel


(1.4) (0.8) x (1.6) Typ
.055 .032 x .063

Tilt
3 L + 6
(12.0) N.C. N.C. (5.08) Typ
.472 .200 (15.8)
2 5
(17.8) N.O. N.O.
.622
.701 COM. COM
(2.54) Typ
1 4
L -
.100
(0.5) Typ

Touch
.020
(17.0) (2.5) (7.62) Typ (2.0) Typ
.669 .098 .300 .079
(24.0) (1.0) (10.0) (5.0) (22.0)
.945 .039 .394 .197 .866
Latchdown Position
Indicators

Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6. UB26NKW015F-FF

Single & Double Pole Rectangular • Snap-in Mount • Built-in Side Barriers
(0.8) x (1.6) Typ
.032 x .063
Accessories

3 L + 6
(12.0) N.C. N.C. (5.08) Typ
.472 .200 (15.8)
2 5
(17.8) N.O.
COM.
N.O.
COM
.622
.701 4 (2.54) Typ
1 L -
.100
(0.5) Typ
.020
Supplement

(17.0) (7.62) Typ (2.0) Typ


.669 .300 .079
(24.0) (3.9) (8.6) (5.0) (22.0)
.945 .154 .339 .197 .866
Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6. UB25NBKW015F-FB

www.nkkswitches.com D87
Series UB Low Profile Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Square • PCB Mount (0.5)
.020
(5.08) Typ (2.54) Typ
.200 .100
6 3
3 6
Rockers

LC
LC
(5.08) Typ N.C.

(12.0) Sq .200 (5.08) 5 2 (10.16)


2 5
.472 N.O.
L2
.200 L2 L1 .400
COM
4 1
1 L1 4
(2.54) Typ (1.0) Typ
(0.5) Typ .100 .039
.020 (2.54) (1.2) Dia Typ
CL
Pushbuttons

(2.5) (1.0) Typ (1.27) Typ .100 .047


.098 .039 .50
(15.24) Sq (1.0) (10.0) (4.0) (5.08) Typ
.600 .039 .394 .157 .200
Latchdown Position
UB25SKG036DG-JDG11 Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6.
Programmable Illuminated PB

Square • Snap-in Mount • Built-in Bezel


D (1.4)
.055
(0.8) x (1.6) Typ
.032 x .063

3 LC 6
(5.08) Typ N.C. N.C. (15.8)
(12.0) Sq .200 (5.08) .622 (16.2) Sq
2 5
.472 N.O.
L2
N.O.
.200 .638
COM COM
(2.54) Typ 1 L1
4
(0.5) Typ .100
.020 (1.0) Typ
(2.5) (4.0) (2.0) Typ (1.27) Typ .039
.098 .157 .079 .50
(17.8) Sq (1.0) (10.0) (5.0) (5.08) Typ
Keylocks

.701 .039 .394 .197 .200


Latchdown Position Panel Thickness:
UB25KKW016DG-JDG11 Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6. (1.0 ~ 3.2mm) .039 ~ .126”

Rectangular • PCB Mount (0.5)


.020
(7.62) Typ
.300
(2.54) Typ
.100
Rotaries

6 3
3 LC 6
(5.08) Typ LC
(12.0) N.C. N.C.

.472 .200 (5.08) 5 2 (10.16)


2 5
(15.24) N.O. N.O. .200 L2 L1 .400
COM. L1 L2 COM
.600 4 1
1 4
(2.54) Typ (1.0) Typ
(0.5) Typ .100 .039 (2.54) (1.2) Dia Typ
Slides

(17.0) .020
.669 (2.5) (1.0) Typ (1.27) Typ .100 CL .047
(20.32) .098 .039 .050
.800 (1.0) (10.0) (4.0) (7.62) Typ
.039 .394 .157 .300
Latchdown Position
UB25RKG036DG-JDG11 Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6.
Tactiles

Rectangular • Snap-in Mount • Built-in Bezel


(1.4) (0.8) x (1.6) Typ (22.0)
.055 .032 x .063 .866

3 LC 6
(12.0) (5.08) Typ N.C. N.C. (15.8)
.200
Tilt

.472 2 5
(5.08) .622 (16.2)
(17.8) N.O. N.O.
.200 .638
L1 L2
.701 COM. COM

1 4
(0.5) Typ (2.54) Typ
.020 .100
(17.0) (2.5) (4.0) (2.0) (1.27) Typ (1.0) Typ (22.4)
.669 .098 .157 .079 .050 .039 .882
Touch

(24.0) (1.0) (10.0) (5.0) (7.62) Typ


.945 .039 .394 .197 .300
Latchdown Position Panel Thickness:
UB26NKW016DG-JDG11 Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6. (1.0 ~ 3.2mm) .039 ~ .126”
Indicators

Rectangular • Snap-in Mount • Built-in Side Barriers


(0.8) x (1.6) Typ (22.0)
.032 x .063 .866

3 LC 6
(12.0) (5.08) Typ (15.8)
Accessories

N.C. N.C.

.472 .200 (5.08) .622 (16.2)


2 5
(17.8) N.O. N.O.
.200 .638
COM. L1 L2 COM
.701 1 4
(0.5) Typ (2.54) Typ
.020 .100
(17.0) (4.0) (2.0) (1.27) Typ (1.0) Typ (22.4)
.669 .157 .079 .050 .039 .882
Supplement

(24.0) (3.9) (8.6) (5.0) (7.62) Typ


.339 .197
.945 .154 .300
Panel Thickness:
UB26NBKW016DG-JDG11 Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6. (1.0 ~ 3.2mm) .039 ~ .126”

D88 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB

Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

Spring Loaded Protective Guard for Snap-in Mounting of Square PCB Model

Rockers
AT4173
Square Protective Guard/
(10.5)
Snap-in Frame .413
(15.64)
.616

Pushbuttons
Opens 180° (20.5)
.807
Closes automatically

Materials: (18.4)
Cover: Clear Polycarbonate .724

Programmable Illuminated PB
(20.4) (6.0) (9.0) (15.64)
Base: Black Polyamide .803 .236 .354 .616

Coil Spring: Stainless Steel


180°
D
Recommended
Panel Thickness: (18.2) Sq
.717
.039” ~ .126”
(1.0mm ~ 3.2mm)
(39.0) Min* Protective
AT4173 1.535
Guard
Recommended
2
Panel-to-PCB Range: (10.5) Panel

Keylocks
.413
.354” ~ .433”
(9.0mm ~ 11.0mm) (20.5) Installation
.807
1 Install switch onto 3
Switch
PC board.

Rotaries
(20.4)
.803 2 Snap protective 1 PC Board
guard into panel.
(9.0) ~ (11.0) (20.4)
.354 ~ .433 .803 (N) 3 Join the two
(N) = Number of switches assemblies.
* Minimum dimension allows opening of cover to 180°

Slides
Spring Loaded Protective Guard for Square Snap-in Model

Tactiles
AT4171
Square
Protective Guard (10.5)
.413 (17.9)
.705
Opens 180°
Closes automatically (20.5) (7.1)

Tilt
.807 .280

Cap Height
(18.4) When (14.2)
.724 Assembled .559
(20.4) (7.5) (17.9)

Touch
(16.2) Sq .803 .295 .705
.638

(39.0) Min*
1.535
AT4171
Indicators

180°
(10.5)
.413
Materials:
(20.5) Cover: Clear Polycarbonate
.807
Base: Black GFR Polyamide
Accessories

Coil Spring: Stainless Steel


(20.4)
.803
Recommended Panel Thickness:
(20.4)
.803 (N) .039” ~ .106” (1.0mm ~ 2.7mm)
Supplement

(N) = Number of switches * Minimum dimension allows opening of cover to 180°

www.nkkswitches.com D89
Series UB Low Profile Pushbuttons
Toggles

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

Spring Loaded Protective Guard for Snap-in Mounting of Rectangular PCB Model
Rockers

AT4174
Rectangular
Protective Guard/ (10.5)
.413
Snap-in Frame
(15.64)
Pushbuttons

.616
(20.5)
Opens 180° .807
Closes automatically
(24.6)
Materials:
Programmable Illuminated PB

.969
(26.6) (6.0) (9.0) (20.54)
Cover: Clear Polycarbonate 1.047 .236 .354
D
.809
Base: Black Polyamide (23.4)
.921 180°
Coil Spring: Stainless Steel

Recommended
(18.2)
Panel Thickness: .717
.039” ~ .126”
(1.0mm ~ 3.2mm) (39.0) Min* Protective
1.535
AT4174 Guard
Recommended
Keylocks

2
Panel-to-PCB Range: Panel
(10.5)
.413
.354” ~ .433” Installation
(9.0mm ~ 11.0mm) (20.5)
.807 1 Install switch onto
PC board. 3
Switch
Rotaries

2 Snap protective
(26.6) guard into panel.
1.047 1 PC Board
(9.0) ~ (11.0) 3 Join the two
.354 ~ .433 (26.6)
1.047 (N) assemblies.
(N) = Number of switches * Minimum dimension allows opening of cover to 180°
Slides

Spring Loaded Protective Guard for Rectangular Snap-in Model


Tactiles

AT4172
Rectangular
Protective Guard (10.5)
.413 (17.9)
.705
Opens 180° (20.5) (7.1)
.807 .280
Closes automatically
Tilt

Cap Height
(24.6) When (20.4)
.969 Assembled .803
(22.4) (26.6) (7.5) (24.1)
.882 1.047 .295 .949
Touch

(16.2)
.638
180°
Indicators

(39.0) Min*
AT4172 1.535

(10.5)
Materials:
.413 Cover: Clear Polycarbonate
Base: Black GFR Polyamide
Accessories

(20.5)
.807 Coil Spring: Stainless Steel

(26.6)
Recommended Panel Thickness:
1.047
(26.6)
.039” ~ .106” (1.0mm ~ 2.7mm)
Supplement

1.047 (N)
(N) = Number of switches * Minimum dimension allows opening of cover to 180°

D90 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB

Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Dust Covers
AT4001
Square

Rockers
(16.5)
(15.0) Sq (16.5) .650

Pushbuttons
.591 .650 (24.0)
.945

Only for use with KK mounting type Cap Height


When
Assembled (2.5) (22.7)

Programmable Illuminated PB
.098 .894
(7.3) (24.0) Sq (30.2)

AT4011
.287 .945 1.189
D
Rectangular
Materials:
PVC with polyethylene gasket
(PVC loses pliability below 0°C (32°F).)

Recommended Panel Thickness: .039” ~ .098” (1.0mm ~ 2.5mm)

Keylocks
Only for use with NK mounting type

LEGENDS

Rotaries
NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.

Suggested Printable Area for UB Lens & Film Insert

Slides
Recommended Methods: Laser Etch on clear lens, Screen Print or Pad Print on lens;

Laser Print on film insert.

Tactiles
Square Cap Shaded areas are printable areas.
Lens

Tilt
U

(10.48) (12.0)
P

Lens .413 .472

(10.48) Sq (0.76) Typ (0.76) Typ (15.48) (0.76) Typ


.413 .030 .030 .609 .030

Touch
(12.0) Sq (17.0)
.472 .669
Rectangular Cap
Indicators

Lens
(0.5) R (0.5) R
.020 .020

(8.78) (10.3)
Film Insert .346 .406
Film
Accessories
RU

Insert
(8.78) Sq (0.76) Typ
N

.346 (0.76) Typ (13.78) (0.76) Typ


.030 .030
.030 .543
Diffuser (10.3) Sq
.406 (15.3)
.602
Supplement

Film Insert: Clear Polyester 0.15mm max. thickness

www.nkkswitches.com D91
Series UB2 Low Profile Pushbuttons
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Power Level (silver): 5A @ 125/250V AC or 5A @ 30V DC
Logic Level (gold): 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons

(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)


Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB

Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum for silver; 100 milliohms maximum for gold
D Insulation Resistance: 200 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 1,000,000 operations minimum for momentary;
200,000 operations minimum for alternate action
Electrical Life: 10,000 operations minimum for silver;
200,000 operations minimum for gold
Nominal Operating Force: Single Pole: 1.90N
Keylocks

Double Pole: 2.55N


Contact Timing: Break before make
Travel: Pretravel .067” (1.7mm); Overtravel .024” (0.6mm); Total Travel .091” (2.3mm)

Materials & Finishes


Rotaries

Housing/Bezel: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)


Snap-in Frame: Stainless steel
Movable Contactor: Phosphor bronze
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy or copper with gold plating
Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy or copper with gold plating
Slides

Switch Terminals: Phosphor bronze with silver or gold plating


Lamp Terminals: Brass with tin plating
Base: Glass fiber reinforced liquid crystal polymer (UL94V-0)

Environmental Data
Tactiles

Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F) for Illuminated
–25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F) for Nonilluminated
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Tilt

Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)

Installation
Cap Installation Force: 15.0N maximum downward force on cap
Touch

Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering (PC version): See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Indicators

Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 housing/bezel & base
Accessories

UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” before dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
UL recognized only when ordered switch body with cap assembled.
All single & double pole models recognized at 5A @ 125/250V AC or 0.014A @ 28V DC.
Supplement

D92 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB2

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Wide selection of illumination effects is achieved with single and bicolor,
1- or 6-element LEDs in flat, beveled, or sculptured caps.

Pushbuttons
Alternating legends in choice of sculptured or flat caps, combined
with super bright bicolor LED.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Combination of PCB mountability and short body
allows use in compact applications.
D

Small behind panel dimension for snap-in mounting


in tight spaces.

Snap-acting contact mechanism provides sensitive

Keylocks
actuation with audible feedback; quick-make,
quick-break characteristic limits arcing and
prolongs electrical life.

Rotaries
Latchdown mechanism, independent of switching
mechanism, gives outstanding stability and
reliability plus visible and tactile indication of
circuit status.

Slides
Terminals are epoxy sealed to lock out flux, solvents,
and other contaminants.

Tactiles
Momentary and alternate action circuits available in the same
space-saving body size.

Matching indicators available.

Tilt
Touch

Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D93
Series UB2 Low Profile Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH

UB2 1 5 SK G 03
Rockers

Mounting Types Terminals


PCB Mounting Solder Lug
Pushbuttons

Poles
01 (for Snap-in
1 SPDT SK Square
Mounting)
2 DPDT Circuits * Snap-in Mounting
03 Straight PC
5 ON (ON) KK Square
Programmable Illuminated PB

D ( ) = Momentary * Standard with


Solder Lug terminals
6 ON ON
Alternate Action
with Latchdown Contacts & Ratings
Silver Rated 5A
W
@ 125/250V AC
Gold Rated 0.4VA max
G
Keylocks

@ 28V AC/DC max

Part Numbers for Alternating Legends


Rotaries

15mm Square Sculptured Cap 15mm Square Flat Cap


Color
Part Number Part Number
Red/Green AT3069JCF11 ~ AT3069JCF14 AT3070JCF11 ~ AT3070JCF14
Slides

Amber/Blue AT3069JDG11 ~ AT3069JDG14 AT3070JDG11 ~ AT3070JDG14


Refer to Ordering Table for Alternating Legend that
corresponds with last 2 digits of part number.
Tactiles

IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL & cULus marking unless
specified. UL & cULus recognized only when ordered with
marking on switch. Specific models, ratings, & ordering
Tilt

instructions are noted on the General Specifications page.


Touch

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


UB215SKG035C-1JC
Indicators

Gold Contacts Red, Bright LED and


with 0.4VA Rating Sculptured Cap with
Accessories

Clear Lens and Red Diffuser


Square with PCB Mounting
SPDT
Straight PC Terminals ON-(ON) Circuit
Supplement

D94 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB2

Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE

5C 1JC

Rockers
LEDS Cap Types & Colors

Pushbuttons
Bright LED Sculptured Cap Lens/Diffuser Colors
5C Red 1JB Clear/White
5D Amber 1JC Clear/Red
1JD Clear/Amber

Programmable Illuminated PB
5F Green
1JF Clear/Green
Beveled Cap & Colors
D
2B White
2C Red
2D Amber
2F Green
Flat Cap Lens/Diffuser Colors
3JB Clear/White

Keylocks
3JC Clear/Red
3JD Clear/Amber
3JF Clear/Green

Rotaries
Super Bright LED Sculptured Cap Lens/Diffuser Color
6B White 1JB Clear/White
6F Green Beveled Cap & Color
6G Blue 2B White

Slides
Flat Cap Lens/Diffuser Color
3JB Clear/White

Super Bright Bicolor LED Sculptured Cap Lens/Diffuser Color

Tactiles
6CF Red/Green 1JB Clear/White
6DG Amber/Blue Beveled Cap & Color
2B White
Flat Cap Lens/Diffuser Color

Tilt
3JB Clear/White
Sculptured Cap with Alternating Legend Alternating Legends
4JCF Clear; Red/Green 11 ON (pos) OFF (pos)
Touch
4JDG Clear; Amber/Blue
12 ON (neg) OFF (neg)
Flat Cap with Alternating Legend
13 START STOP
5JCF Clear; Red/Green
14 OPEN CLOSE
Indicators

5JDG Clear; Amber/Blue


See Part Numbers Table on
Nonilluminated Sculptured Cap Lens/Insert Colors Previous Page.
N Nonilluminated 4JA Clear/Black 4JD Clear/Amber Contact factory for custom
Accessories

4JB Clear/White 4JF Clear/Green options.


4JC Clear/Red
Beveled Cap & Colors
5A Black 5D Amber
Supplement

5B White 5F Green
5C Red

www.nkkswitches.com D95
Series UB2 Low Profile Pushbuttons
Toggles

POLES & CIRCUITS


Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch/Lamp Schematics
Rockers

Normal Down Normal Down Notes: Switch is marked with NC, NO, COM, L+ & L–.
Pole Model Lamp circuit is isolated and requires an external
power source.
Pushbuttons

1 COM
UB215 ON (ON)
SP 1-3 1-2 SPDT (+) (-)
*UB216 ON ON 3 NC 2 NO

1 COM 4 COM
UB225 ON (ON)
DP 1-3 4-6 1-2 4-5 DPDT
Programmable Illuminated PB

(+) (-)
*UB226 ON ON 3 NC 2 NO 6 NC 5 NO

D * When in latchdown position for the alternate circuit, cap positions above the housing are:
.059” (1.5mm) for snap-in models & .276” (7.0mm) for PCB models.

MOUNTING TYPES & SHAPES


PCB Mounting
SK Square SP, Single Color LED DP, Single Color LED SP, Bicolor LED DP, Bicolor LED
Keylocks

(5.08) (2.54) Typ (5.08) Typ (2.54) Typ (5.08) (2.54) Typ (5.08) Typ (2.54) Typ
.200 .100 .200 .100 .200 .100 .200 .100
3 6 3 3 6 3
L (+) L (+) LC+ LC+

(5.08) 2 (10.16) (5.08) 5 2 (10.16) (5.08) 2 (10.16) (5.08) 5 2 (10.16)


.200 L (–) .400 .200 L (–) .400 .200 L2- L1- .400 .200 L2- L1- .400
Rotaries

1 4 1 1 4 1

(1.2) Dia Typ (2.54) (1.2) Dia Typ


.047 (1.2) Dia Typ (2.54) (1.2) Dia Typ
CL .100 CL .047 .100
CL .047 CL .047

Snap-in Mounting (Solder Lug)


Slides

Square
KK with Built-in Bezel
(17.4) Sq Panel Thickness:
.685 .039 ~ .126”
(1.0 ~ 3.2mm)
Tactiles

CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS


Tilt

W Silver Contacts Power Level 5A @ 125V AC & 250V AC

G
Touch

Gold Contacts Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum

Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.


Indicators

SWITCH & LAMP TERMINALS

01 Solder Lug For Switch & For Super Bright 03 Straight PC For Switch & For Super Bright
Accessories

Bright LED & Bicolor LED Bright LED & Bicolor LED
(0.2) (0.2) (0.2) (0.2)
.008 .008 .008 .008
(5.0) (4.0) (4.0) (4.0)
.197 .157 .157 .157
(1.6)
.063 (1.0) (1.0) (1.0)
(2.0)
Supplement

.039 .039 .039


.079
(0.8) Thk = (0.5) Thk = (0.5) Thk = (0.5)
.032 .020 .020 .020
Thk = (0.5)
.020

D96 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB2

Toggles
BRIGHT LED & CAPS

The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C.


LED circuit is isolated and requires an external power source. Polarity marks are on the bottom of the switch.

Rockers
If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.
The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section.

The LED is an integral part of the switch and not available separately.

Pushbuttons
Electrical Specifications for Bright LED

5C 5D 5F

Programmable Illuminated PB
Color Red Amber Green Unit
D
Maximum Forward Current IFM 30 30 25 mA

Typical Forward Current IF 20 20 20 mA

Forward Voltage VF 1.85 2.0 2.1 V

Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5 5 5 V

Keylocks
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.40 0.42 0.46 mA/°C

Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50° °C

Rotaries
Bright Single Color LED with 1 element (+) (-)

Caps for Bright LED

Slides
AT3074 AT3075 AT3076
1 Sculptured
2 Beveled
3 Flat

(6.1) (5.6) (5.6)

Tactiles
.240 .220 .220

(15.0) Sq (15.0) Sq (15.0) Sq


.591 .591 .591

Tilt
Clear Lens Clear Lens
Translucent Translucent Translucent
Colored Diffuser Colored Cap Colored Diffuser
Touch

Lens/Diffuser Colors Available: Cap Colors Available: Lens/Diffuser Colors Available:


Indicators

JB Clear/White
B White
JB
Clear/White

JC Clear/Red
C Red
JC Clear/Red
Accessories

JD Clear/Amber
D Amber
JD Clear/Amber

JF Clear/Green
F Green
JF Clear/Green
Supplement

Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy

www.nkkswitches.com D97
Series UB2 Low Profile Pushbuttons
Toggles

SUPER BRIGHT LEDS & CAPS


The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C. LED circuit is isolated and requires
an external power source. Polarity marks are on the bottom of the switch. If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage,
a ballast resistor is required. The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section.
Rockers

The LED is an integral part of the switch and not available separately.

Electrical Specifications for Super Bright LEDS


Pushbuttons

Super Bright LEDs are ATTENTION


ELECTROSTATIC
6B 6F 6G
Electrostatic Sensitive SENSITIVE DEVICES
Color White Green Blue Unit
Maximum Forward Current IFM 20 30 30 mA
Programmable Illuminated PB

Typical Forward Current IF 15 20 20 mA


D Forward Voltage VF 3.3 3.5 3.6 V
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5 5 5 V
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F 0.25 0.50 0.50 mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range –20° ~ +50° °C
Super Bright Single Color LED with 1 element (+) (-)

Caps for Super Bright LED


Keylocks

1JB (6.1)
.240
2B (5.6)
.220
3JB (5.6)
.220

AT3074JB AT3075B AT3076JB


Rotaries

Sculptured (15.0) Sq
.591
Beveled (15.0) Sq
.591
Flat (15.0) Sq
.591
Clear Lens/ White Cap Clear Lens/
White Diffuser White Diffuser
Clear Lens Clear Lens
Translucent
Slides

Translucent White Cap Translucent


White Diffuser White Diffuser
Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy

SUPER BRIGHT BICOLOR LEDS & CAPS


Tactiles

The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C. LED circuit is isolated and requires
an external power source. Polarity marks are on the bottom of the switch. If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage,
a ballast resistor is required. The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section.
The LED is an integral part of the switch and not available separately.
Tilt

Electrical Specifications for Super Bright Bicolor LEDs


Super Bright ATTENTION
ELECTROSTATIC 6CF 6DG
Touch

LEDs are SENSITIVE DEVICES

Electrostatic Sensitive Color Red Green Amber Blue Unit


30 25
Maximum Forward Current IFM 30 30 mA
* 25 for Amber * 22 for Amber
Indicators

Typical Forward Current IF 20 20 15 15 mA


Forward Voltage VF 2.1 3.5 2.0 2.8 V
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4 4 4 4 V
Accessories

Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F 0.40 0.33 0.33 0.33 mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range –20° ~ +50° –20° ~ +50° °C

Super Bright Bicolor (–) L1 * Amber color is achieved by lighting red and green
Supplement

Red or Amber
LED with 2 elements (+) COM
simultaneously, but is not suitable for Alternating Legends.
(–) L2
Green or Blue

D98 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB2
Caps for Super Bright Bicolor LED

Toggles
AT3074JB Sculptured AT3075B Beveled AT3076JB Flat
1JB Clear Lens/White Diffuser
2B White Cap
3JB Clear Lens/White Diffuser

Rockers
(6.1) (5.6) (5.6)
.240 .220 .220

Pushbuttons
(15.0) Sq (15.0) Sq (15.0) Sq
Clear Lens .591 .591 Clear Lens .591

Translucent Translucent Translucent


White Diffuser White Cap White Diffuser

Programmable Illuminated PB
Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy
D
Alternating Legend Caps for Super Bright Bicolor LED

AT3069J Sculptured Cap AT3070J Flat Cap with


(6.1)
with Alternating Legend Alternating Legend (5.6)
OF

OCLP
.240 .220

OESN
NF

E
4JCF 5JCF
(15.0) Sq (15.0) Sq

Keylocks
.591 .591
Red/Green Red/Green
Clear Lens Clear Lens
4JDG Amber/Blue Alternating Legend Filter
5JDG Amber/Blue Alternating Legend Filter
Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy

Rotaries
Standard Alternating Legend Pairs

11 12 13 14
ON OFF ON OFF

Slides
START STOP OPEN CLOSE

Green/Red or Blue/Amber Green/Red or Blue/Amber Green/Red or Blue/Amber Green/Red or Blue/Amber

Cap illumination is alternating Green/Red or Blue/Amber; legend text is black.

Tactiles
Contact factory for other Alternating Legends.
Legend illustrations are approximate representations of the actual characters on the filters.

No Code No Lamp

Tilt
CAP TYPES & COLOR COMBINATIONS FOR NONILLUMINATED

4 AT3073 Sculptured
5 AT3077 Beveled Touch
(6.1) (5.6)
.240 .220
Lens/Insert Cap
Colors Available: Colors Available:
Indicators

(15.0) Sq (15.0) Sq
.591 .591
JA Clear/Black
A Black

JB Clear/White Clear Lens B White


Accessories

JC Opaque C Opaque
Clear/Red Colored Insert Red Colored Cap
JD Clear/Amber
D Amber
Supplement

Material: Polycarbonate Material: Polycarbonate


JF Clear/Green Finish: Glossy
F Green Finish: Glossy

www.nkkswitches.com D99
Series UB2 Low Profile Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Bright & Super Bright LED Straight PC (6.1)
.240
Rockers

3 3 6
L+ L+
(5.08) Typ (5.08) Typ N.C. N.C. N.C.
(15.0) Sq .200 .200 2 (5.08) 2 5 (5.08)
.591 .200 .200
N.O. N.O. N.O.
COM COM COM
1 1 4
L– L–
(2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ
.100 .100
Pushbuttons

(0.5) (0.5) Typ (0.5) Typ (1.0) Typ (1.0) (1.0) Typ
.020 .020 .020 .039 .039 .039
(15.24) Sq (1.5) (7.0) (10.0) (4.0) (4.0) (5.08) (5.08) Typ
.600 .059 .276 .394 .157 .157 .200 .200
Latchdown Position

UB215SKG035C-1JC Bright Single Color LED Super Bright Single Color LED Single Pole Double Pole
Programmable Illuminated PB

D Bicolor LED Straight PC (6.1)


.240
(1.0)
.039
(1.0)
.039
3 3 6
LC LC
(5.08) Typ N.C. N.C. N.C. N.C.
(15.0) Sq .200 (1.0) 2 (5.08) 2 5 (5.08)
.591 .039 L2
.200 N.O.
L2
N.O.
.200
N.O. N.O.
COM COM COM COM
1 1 4
L1 L1

(2.54) Typ
.100
(0.5) (0.5) Typ (1.0) (2.54) (2.54) (1.0) Typ
.020 .020 .039 .100 .100 .039
(15.24) Sq (1.5) (7.0) (10.0) (4.0) (5.08) (5.08) Typ
.600 .059 .276 .394 .157 .200 .200
Keylocks

Latchdown Position

UB225SKG03CF-1JB Bicolor LED Side View Single Pole Double Pole

(3.0) (0.8) x (1.6) Typ


Bright LED Solder Lug .118 .032 x .063
Rotaries

3 3 6
L+ L+
(5.08) Typ N.C. N.C. N.C.

(15.0) Sq .200 2 (5.08) 2 5


(5.08)
.591 N.O.
.200 N.O. N.O.
.200
COM COM COM
1 1 4
L– L–

(2.54) Typ
.100
Slides

(1.4) (0.5) Typ (2.0) Typ (2.0) Typ


.055 .020 .079 .079
(19.0) Sq (1.5) (15.5) (5.0) (5.08) (5.08) Typ
.748 .059 .610 .197 .200 .200
Latchdown Position

UB216KKW015F-1JF Single Color LED Side View Single Pole Double Pole
Tactiles

Super Bright LED Solder Lug (3.0) (0.8) x (1.6) Typ


.118 .032 x .063

3 3 6
L+ L+
(5.08) Typ N.C. N.C. N.C.

(15.0) Sq .200 2 (5.08) 2 5 (5.08)


Tilt

.591 N.O.
.200 N.O. N.O.
.200
COM COM COM
1 1 4
L– L–

(2.54) Typ
.100
(1.4) (4.0) (0.5) Typ (2.0) (1.0) (2.0) Typ (1.0) Typ
.055 .157 .020 .079 .039 .079 .039
Touch

(19.0) Sq (1.5) (15.5) (5.0) (5.08) (5.08) Typ


.748 .059 .610 .197 .200 .200
Latchdown Position

UB226KKW016F-1JF Single Color LED Side View Single Pole Double Pole
Indicators

Bicolor LED Solder Lug (3.0)


.118
(0.8) x (1.6) Typ
.032 x .063
(1.0)
.039
(1.0)
.039

3 3 6
LC LC
(5.08) Typ N.C. N.C. N.C. N.C.

(15.0) Sq .200 (1.0) 2


(5.08) 2 5
(5.08)
Accessories

.591 .039 N.O.


L2
N.O.
.200 L2
.200
N.O. N.O.
COM COM COM COM
1 1 4
L1 L1

(2.54) Typ
.100
(1.4) (4.0) (0.5) Typ (2.0) (2.54) (2.0) Typ (2.54)
.055 .157 .020 .079 .100 .079 .100
(5.08)
Supplement

(19.0) Sq (1.5) (15.5) (5.0) (5.08)


.748 .059 .610 .197 .200 .200
Latchdown Position

UB216KKW01CF-1JB Bicolor LED Side View Single Pole Double Pole

D100 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB2

Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

Protective Guard for Snap-in Model


AT4141

Rockers
Opens 90°
Closes manually

Pushbuttons
(11.1)
.437 (19.1)
.752
Materials:
(21.7) (8.05)
Cover: Clear Polycarbonate .854 .317

Programmable Illuminated PB
Base: Black GFR Polyamide
Cap Height
(19.5)
.768
(21.5)
When
Assembled
(6.5)
(16.1)
.634
(19.1)
D
Recommended Panel Thickness: .846 .256 .752

.039” ~ .106” (1.0mm ~ 2.7mm)

Spring Loaded Protective Guard for Snap-in Mounting of PCB Model

AT4170

Keylocks
Opens 180°
Closes automatically

(11.1)

Rotaries
.437 (18.1)
.713

(21.7) (15.64)
.854 .616

Materials:
Cover: Clear Polycarbonate

Slides
(19.5) (15.64)
.768 .616
Base: Black Polyamide (21.5) (6.5) (13.5) (18.0)
.846 .256 .531 .709
Coil Spring: Stainless Steel

Tactiles
180°
Recommended Panel Thickness: Recommended Panel-to-PCB Range:
.039” ~ .126” .531” (13.5mm)
(1.0mm ~ 3.2mm)

Tilt
(13.5)
.531
(18.8) Sq
.740

Touch

(40.0) Min*
1.575
Protective
Indicators

AT4170 Guard

Panel
(21.7)
.854
Accessories

Installation

1 Install switch onto 3 Switch


PC board.
(21.5)
.846 2 Snap protective 1
(21.5)
.846 (N) guard into panel. PC Board
Supplement

(N) = Number of switches 3 Join the two


* Minimum dimension allows opening of cover to 180° assemblies.

www.nkkswitches.com D101
Series UB2 Low Profile Pushbuttons
Toggles

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

Spring Loaded Protective Guard for Snap-in Model


Rockers

AT4142
Opens 180°
Closes automatically
Pushbuttons

Materials:
Programmable Illuminated PB

Cover: Clear Polycarbonate (11.1)

D Base: Black GFR Polyamide


.437 (19.1)
.752
Coil Spring: Stainless Steel
(21.7) (8.05)
.854 .317

Cap Height
(19.5) When (16.1)
Recommended Panel Thickness: .768 Assembled .634
(21.5) (6.5) (19.1)
.039” ~ .106” (1.0mm ~ 2.7mm) .846 .256 .752
Keylocks

Dust Cover

AT4145 Not for use with barriers.


Rotaries

(17.1)
.673
Materials:
Lid: Clear PVC
Operating temperature range:
Slides

(17.1)
0°C ~ +70°C (32°F ~ 158°C). (17.0) Sq .673
.669 (17.7)
Gasket: Polyethylene .697
Tactiles

Cap Height
When (2.5) (17.7)
Recommended Panel Thickness Assembled .098 .697
(6.4) (25.2) Sq
.039” ~ .098” (1.0mm ~ 2.5mm) .252 .992
Tilt

Barriers for Snap-in Mount

AT4143 AT4144
Touch

End Center (24.28)


.956
(20.07)
(4.1) Typ .790
.161 A
(4.8)
Indicators

.189

(21.0)
.827 (13.3) (17.4) Min
.524 .685
Accessories

End Position Center Position


(1.2) (1.2)
.047 .047
(20.07)
.790
Cutouts for more than 1 Switch:
A = .799” (20.3mm) x Number of Switches +
Supplement

Material: Polyamide .063” (1.6mm)

D102 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB2

Toggles
LEGENDS

NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.

Rockers
Suggested Printable Area for UB2 Lens, Film Insert or Diffuser

Pushbuttons
Recommended Methods: Laser Etch on clear lens, Screen Print or Pad Print on lens;
Laser Print on film insert.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Shaded areas are printable areas.
D
Beveled Cap Flat Cap Sculptured Cap

Lens
O

Lens Lens
N

Lens

Keylocks
(12.96) Dia (0.76) Typ
(13.5) Sq (0.76) Typ .510 .030
.531 .030 (14.48) Dia
(15.0) Sq .570
.591
Film
Insert
OF

Rotaries
F
Diffuser
(0.5) R
(0.5) R .020
.020

Film Insert Film Insert


(9.98) Sq (0.76) Typ or Diffuser or Diffuser

Slides
.393 .030
(11.5) Sq
.453 (11.88) Dia (0.76) Typ
(11.88) Sq (0.76) Typ .468 .030
.468 .030 (13.4) Sq
(13.4) Sq .528
.528

Tactiles
Film Insert: Clear Polyester 4 mil maximum thickness

Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D103
Series YB Short Body Pushbuttons
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Power Level (silver): 3A @ 125V AC or 3A @ 250V AC or 3A @ 30V DC
Logic Level (gold): 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
Pushbuttons

Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB

Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum for silver; 100 milliohms maximum for gold
Insulation Resistance: 200 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
D Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 1,000,000 operations minimum for momentary circuit
200,000 operations minimum for maintained circuit
Electrical Life: 100,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: Single pole: 1.47N for nonsealed; 1.67N for sealed
Double pole: 2.75N for nonsealed; 2.94N for sealed
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Keylocks

Travel: Pretravel .059” (1.5mm); Overtravel .059” (1.5mm); Total Travel .118” (3.0mm)

Materials & Finishes


Housing/Bezel: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)
Rotaries

Snap-in Frame: Stainless steel


Base: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)
Movable Contactor: Phosphor bronze with silver or gold plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy with silver plating or brass with gold plating
Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy or copper with gold plating
Slides

Switch Terminals: Phosphor bronze with tin plating


Lamp Terminals: Phosphor bronze with tin plating

Environmental Data
Tactiles

Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F) for Illuminated
–25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F) for Nonilluminated
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Tilt

Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Sealing: IP65 of IEC60529 standard for panel seal models
Touch

Installation
Mounting Torque: 0.785Nm (6.95 lb•in) maximum
Quick Connect Force: 24.5N maximum downward force on connector
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 housing & base
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Accessories

Add “/U” or “/CUL” before first dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
All solder lug models recognized at 3A @ 125/250V AC or 0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC maximum.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before first dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
Supplement

All solder lug models certified at 3A @ 125/250V AC or 0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC maximum.

D104 www.nkkswitches.com
Short Body Pushbuttons Series YB

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
Full face or spot illumination with incandescent lamps or multi-element LEDs,
with or without resistors.

Pushbuttons
Choice of super bright LEDs in white, green, and blue as well as bright LEDs
in red, amber, and green.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Combination bezel-barrier is an integral part of the switch and
prevents accidental actuation. D
Unique thermoplastic elastomer seal inside caps plus
rolled sleeve of nitrile butadiene rubber at joining of
housing and inner case, all for added protection to
interior mechanism.

Keylocks
Dust and oil tight as well as splashproof panel seal
models qualify to IP65 of IEC60529 Standards (similar
to NEMA 4 and 13). Panel seal models provided
with exterior o-ring.

Rotaries
Distinctive design of snap-action contacts for shock
resistance, long life, and sensitive actuation.

Slides
High density design to give behind panel depth of less than
one inch.

Tactiles
Terminals are epoxy sealed to lock out flux, dust, solvents, and other
contaminants.

Tilt
Latchdown for indication of circuit status, plus audible, tactile feedback
with smooth, responsive operation.

Matching indicators available.


Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D105
Series YB Short Body Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH

YB 1 5 C K W 01
Rockers
Pushbuttons

Poles Panel Seal Housing Terminals


1 SPDT No K Black only Solder Lug/.110”
Without Panel Seal 01
Code (2.8mm) Quick Connect
Programmable Illuminated PB

2 DPDT
With Panel Seal 03 Straight PC
D W
(Bushing Mount only)

Circuits Shapes Contact Materials


5 ON (ON) Bushing Mounting & Ratings
( ) = Momentary S Square Silver Rated
W
3A @ 125V AC
6 ON ON C Round
Keylocks

Gold Rated 0.4VA max.


Alternate Action R Rectangular G
@ 28V AC/DC max.
with Latchdown
Snap-in Mounting
K Square
Rotaries

M Round
N Rectangular
Slides

IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL & cULus marking unless specified.
UL & cULus recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Tactiles

Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the


General Specifications page.
Tilt

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


YB15CKW01-6F-JB
Touch

Green, Super Bright LED Led Cap with Clear Lens


and White Insert
Indicators

Round with Bushing Mounting


Without Panel Seal
Black Housing
Silver Contacts with
Accessories

SPDT ON-(ON) Circuit


3 Amp Rating

Solder Lug/.110” (2.8mm)


Quick Connect Terminals
Supplement

D106 www.nkkswitches.com
Short Body Pushbuttons Series YB

Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE

6 F JB

Rockers
Pushbuttons
Lamps Cap Types & Colors

Programmable Illuminated PB
Incandescent Lamp Solid Cap: Lens/Insert Colors
05 5-volt BB White/White D
12 12-volt CB Red/White
No EB Yellow/White
Nonilluminated
Code
FB Green/White
GB Blue/White

Keylocks
LED for Spot Illuminated Cap Spot Illuminated Cap: Lens/Insert Colors
LED Colors Forward Voltage JA Clear/Black
1C Red 2-volt JB Clear/White
02
(no resistor)
1D Amber JC Clear/Red

Rotaries
05 5-volt
JE Clear/Yellow
1F Green
12 12-volt
JF Clear/Green
1CF Red/Green 24 24-volt

Slides
Bright LED LED Cap: Lens/Insert Colors
LED Colors Resistor JB Clear/White
No Code No Resistor JC Clear/Red

Tactiles
5C Red
05 5-volt JD Clear/Amber
5D Amber
12 12-volt JF Clear/Green
5F Green 24 24-volt

Tilt
Super Bright LED LED Cap: Lens/Insert Colors
6B White JB Clear/White

Touch
6F Green
6G Blue
Indicators

Bicolor LED for Full Face Illuminated LED Cap: Lens/Insert Colors
LED Colors Forward Voltage JB Clear/White
2-volt
02
(no resistor)
Accessories

2CF Red/Green 05 5-volt


12 12-volt
24 24-volt
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D107
Series YB Short Body Pushbuttons
Toggles

POLES & CIRCUITS


Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch/Lamp Schematics
Rockers

Normal Down Normal Down Notes: Switch is marked with NC, NO, COM, L+, L–.
Pole Model Lamp circuit is isolated and requires
external power source.
Pushbuttons

1 (COM)
YB15 ON (ON)
SP 1-3 1-2 SPDT L (+) (-) L
*YB16 ON ON 3 2

1 (COM) 4
YB25 ON (ON)
Programmable Illuminated PB

DP 1-3 4-6 1-2 4-5 DPDT L (+) (-) L


*YB26 ON ON 3 2 6 5

D
* When in latchdown position for the alternate circuit, cap position is .020” (0.5mm) above the built-in bezel.

PANEL SEAL

No Code Without Panel Seal


W With Panel Seal
Keylocks

Bushing Snap-in Bushing


Mounting Mounting Mounting
only
Rotaries

Supplied with
Supplied with mounting nut
mounting nut. and o-ring AT089.

SHAPES & MOUNTING TYPES


Slides

Bushing Mounting Snap-in Mounting

S C R K M N
Tactiles

Square Round Rectangular Square Round Rectangular


Tilt
Touch

Bezel-barrier is an integral part of the switch body.

HOUSING
Indicators

K Black
Housing available in black only. The 1-piece body and bezel-barrier have a matte finish.

CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS


Accessories

W Silver Contacts Power Level 3A @ 125/250V AC

G
Supplement

Gold Contacts Logic Level 0.4VA max. @ 28V AC/DC max.

Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.

D108 www.nkkswitches.com
Short Body Pushbuttons Series YB

Toggles
TERMINALS

Solder Lug/
01 .110” (2.8mm) Quick Connect
Epoxy Seal (7.3)
.288

Rockers
(2.0)
.079 (2.8)
(1.2) .110
.047
Thk = (0.5)
.020

Pushbuttons
(3.7) Typ (3.7) Typ
03 Straight PC (4.4)
3 .146 6 3 .146
Epoxy Seal
.173 2 5 2
(0.6) R (4.85) Typ (4.85) Typ

Programmable Illuminated PB
.024 (2.8)
.110
Single Pole 1 .191 Double Pole 4 1 .191

D
(1.2)
.047 (3.0) (1.6) Dia Typ (3.0) Typ (1.6) Dia Typ
.118 .063 .118 .063
Thk = (0.5) (5.55) (5.55) Typ
.020
CL .219 CL .219

INCANDESCENT LAMP & SOLID CAP

Electrical specifications are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C. Lamp circuit is independent of switch operation.
For dimension drawing of lamp see the Accessories & Hardware section.

Keylocks
AT611 05 12

Voltage V 5V AC 12V AC

Rotaries
Current I 115mA 60mA
MSCP .150 .150
T-1 Bi-pin Endurance Hours 7,000 average

Slides
Ambient Temperature Range –25°C ~ +50°C

No Code No Lamp

Tactiles
Solid Cap for Incandescent Lamp & Nonilluminated

Lens/Insert (15.0) Dia


.591 AT3002

Tilt
Colors Available: Round
Translucent Colored Lens
(12.2)
.480
(4.0)
BB White/White
.157

Touch
CB AT3001 AT3003
Red/White Square Rectangular Translucent White Insert
Indicators

EB Yellow/White
(15.0) Sq
.591 (21.0)
(15.0) .827
.591

FB
(12.2)
.480
Green/White (4.0)
(12.2)
Accessories

.480
.157
(4.0) Translucent White Seal/Filter
GB Blue/White
.157

Materials:
Supplement

Lens & Insert: Polycarbonate Seal/Filter: Thermoplastic Elastomer Incandescent Lamp AT611

www.nkkswitches.com D109
Series YB Short Body Pushbuttons
Toggles

SPOT ILLUMINATED CAP WITH BUILT-IN LED


This spot-illuminated cap is factory assembled.
AT3010 AT3011 AT3012
Rockers

Square Round Rectangular


(15.0) Sq (15.0) (21.0)
.591 .591 .827
(15.0) Dia
.591
(2.0)
Pushbuttons

(2.0) (2.0)
.079 (12.2) .079 .079 (12.2)
(12.2)
.480 (5.0) .480 .480
(5.0) (4.0) (5.0)
.197 .197 (4.0) (4.0)
.157 .197
.157 .157
(8.8) (8.8)
.346 (8.8) .346
Programmable Illuminated PB

.346

D
(+) (+) (+)
(-) (-) (-)

Colors Available:
02 05 12 24
1C 1D 1F 1CF
Without With With With
Red Amber Green Red/Green Resistor Resistor Resistor Resistor Unit

Maximum Forward Current IFM 20 15 15 12 mA


Keylocks

Typical Forward Current IF 15 12.5 12.5 10 mA


Forward Voltage VF 2.1 5 12 24 V
Maximum Reverse Voltage (not applicable to bicolor) VRM 5 5 5 5 V
Rotaries

Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.27 –––– –––– –––– mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range –25 ~ +50 °C

Without Resistor 2-volt With Resistor 5, 12, 24-volt


Slides

(+) (-) (+) (-) (+) (-) (+) (-)

Single Color Bicolor Single Color Bicolor


Tactiles

The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C. LED circuit is isolated and requires
external power source. Single color LEDs are colored in OFF state. Bicolor LED is translucent white in OFF state.
If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.
Tilt

The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section.

Lens/Insert
Touch

Colors Available: Clear Lens Example part number


when cap is ordered separate
JA Clear/Black
from switch:
AT3010F02JA
Colored Insert
Indicators

for a
JB Clear/White Square Spot Illuminated Cap
with Green 2-volt LED
JC Clear/Red
Seal without resistor
Accessories

Clear Lens and Black Insert

JE Clear/Yellow
Materials:
Built-in LED
(integral part Lens & Insert: Polycarbonate
Supplement

JF Clear/Green of the cap) Seal: Thermoplastic Elastomer

D110 www.nkkswitches.com
Short Body Pushbuttons Series YB

Toggles
BRIGHT LED & LED CAPS
The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C.
LED circuit is isolated and requires external power source.
If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.

Rockers
The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section.

Electrical Specifications for Bright LED without Resistor

Pushbuttons
Bright Colors
AT628 Available:
5C Red
5D Amber
5F Green
No Code No Resistor Unit
LED Colors Red Amber Green

Programmable Illuminated PB
Maximum Forward Current IFM 40 40 40 mA
Typical Forward Current IF 26 26 26 mA
D
Forward Voltage VF 1.9 2.0 2.0 V
(+) (-) Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4 4 4 V
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.50 mA/°C
T-1 Bi-pin Ambient Temperature Range –25 ~ +50 °C

Keylocks
Electrical Specifications for Bright LED with Resistor

Bright Colors
AT634 Available:
5C Red
5D Amber
5F Green
05 12 24 Unit

Rotaries
Maximum Forward Current IFM — — — mA
Typical Forward Current IF 25 20 10 mA
Forward Voltage VF 5 12 24 V
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4 8 16 V

Slides
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF –––– –––– –––– mA/°C
T-11⁄4 Bi-pin
Ambient Temperature Range –25 ~ +50 °C

Tactiles
AT634 AT634 AT634
5-volt, 12-volt, 24-volt, (+)
(+) (-) (+) (-)
2-element 4-element 4-element (-)
with Resistor with Resistor with Resistor

Cap for Bright LED

Tilt
Lens/Insert AT3004 (15.0) Sq AT3005
.591 (15.0) Dia
Colors Available: Square Round .591 Transparent Clear Lens
Touch
(12.2)
.480 (12.2)
JB Clear/White
(4.0)
.157 (4.0)
.480

.157
Translucent Colored Insert
Indicators

JC Clear/Red
(21.0)
(15.0) .827
JD Clear/Amber
.591
Translucent White Seal/Diffuser
AT3006
Accessories

(12.2)
Rectangular .480
JF Clear/Green
(4.0)
.157
Supplement

Materials: Bright LEDs


Lens & Insert: Polycarbonate Seal/Diffuser: Thermoplastic Elastomer AT628 AT634

www.nkkswitches.com D111
Series YB Short Body Pushbuttons
Toggles

SUPER BRIGHT LED & LED CAPS

The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C.


LED circuit is isolated and requires external power source.
Rockers

If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.
The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section.
Pushbuttons

Electrical Specifications for Super Bright LED

Super Bright
AT625G Blue ATTENTION 6B 6F 6G
Programmable Illuminated PB

ELECTROSTATIC (+) (-)


AT631B White SENSITIVE DEVICES

D AT632F Green Colors: White Green Blue Unit

Maximum Forward Current IFM 30 30 30 mA


Typical Forward Current IF 20 20 20 mA

Forward Voltage VF 3.3 3.3 3.3 V


Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 7 7 7 V
Keylocks

Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.40 0.40 0.40 mA/°C
T-1 Bi-pin Ambient Temperature Range –25 ~ +50 °C

Cap for Super Bright LED


Rotaries

AT3014 AT3015 AT3016


Square Round Rectangular
Slides

(15.0) Sq (21.0)
.591 (15.0) Dia (15.0) .827
.591 .591

(12.2) (12.2)
.480 (12.2)
.480 .480
(4.0) (4.0)
Tactiles

.157 (4.0)
.157 .157
Tilt

Transparent Clear Lens


Touch

Lens/Insert
Colors Available: Translucent White Insert
Indicators

JB Clear/White
Translucent White Seal/Diffuser
Accessories

Super Bright LEDs


Materials: AT625 AT631
Supplement

Lens & Insert: Polycarbonate Seal/Diffuser: Thermoplastic Elastomer AT632

D112 www.nkkswitches.com
Short Body Pushbuttons Series YB

Toggles
BICOLOR LED & LED CAPS

The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C.


LED circuit is isolated and requires external power source.

Rockers
If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.
The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section.

Pushbuttons
Electrical Specifications for Bicolor LED

Bicolor AT621 Bicolor LED is translucent white in OFF state. 02 05 12 24 Unit

Programmable Illuminated PB
2CF Maximum Forward Current IFM 60 60 20 12 mA
Red/Green D
Typical Forward Current IF 45 45 15 10 mA
Forward Voltage (Red/Green) VF 1.9 / 2.1 5 12 24 V

Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.80 –––– –––– –––– mA/°C

T-11⁄2 Bi-pin Ambient Temperature Range –25 ~ +50 °C

Keylocks
AT621 AT621 AT621
Bicolor LED (+) (-)
Bicolor LED (+) (-) Bicolor LED (+) (-)

2-volt 5-volt 12 & 24-volt


6-element 6-element 6-element As shown for Red;

Rotaries
without Resistor with Resistor with Resistor Reverse polarity for Green

LED Caps

Slides
AT3004 AT3005 AT3006
Square Round Rectangular

(21.0)
(15.0) Sq (15.0) Dia .827
.591 (15.0)
.591

Tactiles
.591

(12.2) (12.2) (12.2)


.480 .480 .480
(4.0) (4.0) (4.0)
.157 .157 .157

Tilt
Transparent Clear Lens
Touch
Lens/Insert
Colors Available:
Transparent White Insert
Indicators

JB Clear/White

Translucent White Seal/Diffuser


Accessories

Materials:
Supplement

Lens & Insert: Polycarbonate Seal/Diffuser: Thermoplastic Elastomer Bicolor LED AT621

www.nkkswitches.com D113
Series YB Short Body Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Square • Bushing Mounting Single & Double Pole
Rockers

(9.4) (1.2) x (2.0) Typ (3.7)


.370 M16 P1 .146
.047 x .079
(0.5) Typ
.020
NC
3 6

NO
NO
Pushbuttons

2 L 5
(9.7)
-+
.382
1 4
(2.8) Typ COM
.110

(15.0) Sq (7.3) (7.3) (6.0)


.591 .287 .288 .236
Programmable Illuminated PB

(18.0) Sq (8.3) (24.3) (11.1)


.709 .327 .957 .437

D
YB15SKW01-12-CB Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6.

Round • Panel Seal Single & Double Pole

(0.5) (9.4) (1.2) x (2.0) Typ (3.7)


.020 .370 M16 P1 .047 x .079 .146
(0.5) Typ
Keylocks

.020
NC
3 6

NO
NO
2 L 5
(9.7)
-+
.382
1 4
(2.8) Typ COM
.110
Rotaries

(15.0) Dia (0.5) (7.2) (7.3) (6.0)


.591 .020 .283 .288 .236
(18.0) Dia (3.0) (5.3) (24.3) (11.1)
.709 .118 .209 .957 .437
Latchdown Position
Slides

YB26WCKW01-12-EB Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6.

Rectangular • Snap-in Mounting Single & Double Pole


Tactiles

(1.2) x (2.0) Typ (3.7)


.047 x .079 .146
(0.5) Typ
.020
NC
3 6
(15.0)
NO
NO

.591 2 L 5
(9.7)
(18.0) -+
.382
Tilt

.709 (2.8) Typ 1 4


COM
.110

(21.0) (7.3) (6.0)


.827 .288 .236
(24.0) (8.3) (24.3) (11.1)
Touch

.945 .327 .957 .437

YB15NKW01-5C-JC Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6.


Indicators

PANEL THICKNESS & CUTOUTS

Bushing & Panel Seal Mount Snap-in Mount


Accessories

Panel Thickness Panel Thickness


.020” ~ .197” .039” ~ .138”
(0.5mm ~ 5.0mm) (1.0mm ~ 3.5mm)
Supplement

(1.2) R
.047
(16.0) +– 0.0
0.2
Dia (16.0) +– 0.0
0.2
Dia
.630 .630

D114 www.nkkswitches.com
Short Body Pushbuttons Series YB

Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Dust Covers and Protective Guards reduce depth of switch behind panel by .047” (1.2mm).
Panel Thickness Range with Dust Cover or Protective Guards:

Rockers
Bushing Mounting Snap-in Mounting Panel Seal
.020” ~ .150” (0.5mm ~ 3.8mm) .020” ~ .091” (0.5mm ~ 2.3mm) .020” ~ .118” (0.5mm ~ 3.0mm)

Pushbuttons
Dust/Splash Cover (16.2)
.638
AT4115 Dust Cover
for Snap-in or Dust Cover Splash Cover (5.9)
.232
Bushing Mount

Programmable Illuminated PB
AT4115 AT089 AT4115

D
AT541
(5.2)
.205
AT4115 Splash Cover
and AT541 O-ring
for Bushing Mount (23.2)
(29.2)
1.150
.913

AT4115
(16.0) Dia
.630
Materials: Snap-in Mount Panel Seal
Lid: Polyvinyl Chloride

Keylocks
Base: Polyamide Note: AT089 o-ring supplied (20.0) Dia
.787
O-ring: Nitrile butadiene rubber with panel seal model. (0.5)
.020
AT541

Protective Guard Assembled


AT4072 Protective Guard Cap Height (1.2)

Rotaries
.047
Opens 90°
Closes manually (12.0)
.472

(22.9)
.902

Slides
Materials:
Lid: Polycarbonate (1.2) (6.6)
Base: Glass Fiber .047 .260
(11.2) (16.0) Dia

Tactiles
(23.9)
Reinforced Polycarbonate .941 .441 .630

Spring Loaded Protective Guard


AT4175 Spring Loaded Assembled
Protective Guard Bezel Height

Tilt
Opens 180°
Closes automatically
(12.5)
.492
(23.4)
.921

Touch
(16.0) Dia
.630

(45.0) Min* (1.2)


1.772
Indicators

.047
(23.9) (11.4) (16.0) Dia
AT4175 .941 .449 .630

(12.5) 180°
.492
Accessories

(23.4)
.921

Materials:
Lid: Polycarbonate
(23.9)
Base: Glass Fiber Reinforced Polyamide
Supplement

.941
(24.0) Min
.945
Coil Spring: Stainless Steel
* Minimum dimension allows opening of cover to 180°

www.nkkswitches.com D115
Series YB Short Body Pushbuttons
Toggles

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Adaptors
Rockers

(17.1) (17.1)
AT716 .673 AT717 .673
Single Pole Double Pole
Solder Lug/ (17.0)
Solder Lug/ (17.0)
Quick Connect .669 Quick Connect .669
Pushbuttons

Terminals Terminals

(5.0) (5.0)
.197 .197
Programmable Illuminated PB

NC NC
(4.85) Typ (4.85) Typ
D NO L NO NO L NO
.191 .191
– + – +

COM COM

(3.0) (3.0) Typ


.118 (3.7) .118 (3.7)
(5.55) .146 (5.55) Typ .146
.219 .219

(17.1)
Keylocks

(17.1) .673
.673
AT718 AT719
Single Pole Double Pole
(17.0)
Straight PC (17.0)
.669
Straight PC .669
Terminals Terminals
Rotaries

(4.0)
(4.0) .157
.157

NC NC
(4.85) Typ (4.85) Typ
Slides

NO L NO NO L NO
.191 .191
– + – +

COM (3.7) Typ COM (3.7) Typ


(3.0) .146 (3.0) Typ .146
.118 (3.7) .118 (3.7)
Tactiles

(5.55) .146 (5.55) Typ .146


.219 (4.85) Typ .219 (4.85) Typ
.191 .191

(1.85) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ (1.85) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ
.073 .039 .073 .039
(3.0) Typ (3.0) Typ
.118 (5.55) .118 (5.55) Typ
.219 .219
Tilt

CL CL

Material: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide Note: Order adaptors separately


Touch

Switch Dimensions Shown with Adaptor AT716


Indicators

Dimension A:
Solder Lug .197” (5.0mm); Straight PC .157” (4.0mm)
Accessories

Panel thickness for YB Bushing Mount:


.020” ~ .197” (0.5mm ~ 5.0mm) (30.3) A
1.193
Supplement

D116 www.nkkswitches.com
Short Body Pushbuttons Series YB

Toggles
ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
Cap Assembly LED Polarity & Orientation in Lamp Socket

Rockers
Spot ATTENTION
ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES
Plunger

Grip Slot Pinhole

Pushbuttons
Projections
Positive
Lamp Socket Flat
Negative Flat Flat
Switch Lamp Socket (+) (+) (+)
(-) (-) (+)
Body Part Number (-) (-)

Programmable Illuminated PB
Top View of Switch
LED LEDs LED
Spot Illuminated Cap AT628 AT625G AT621 D
with Built-in LED AT634 AT631B AT632F

The following installation tools are available: AT106 Socket Wrench for bushing mounting (Overtightening the mounting nut AT092
may damage the switch housing.); AT109 Cap Extractor; AT111 Lamping Tool.
Further details and dimensions are shown in the Accessories and Hardware section.

LEGENDS

Keylocks
NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.

Rotaries
Suggested Printable Area for YB Lens

Recommended Methods: Laser Etch on clear lens, Screen Print or Pad Print on Lens.
Epoxy based ink is recommended.

Slides
ON

(13.48) (15.0)
.531 .591

Tactiles
(13.48) Sq (0.76) Typ (13.48) Dia (0.76) Typ (0.76) Typ (19.48) (0.76) Typ
.531 .030 .531 .030 .030 .767 .030
(15.0) Sq (15.0) Dia (21.0)
.591 .591 .827

Tilt
Shaded areas are printable areas.

Suggested Printable Area for Film Insert

Touch
Lens

Recommended Print Method: Laser Print


Film Insert: Clear Polyester, 4 mil max. thickness
Film
Insert
Indicators
ON

Filter
(9.88) (11.4) (10.68) (12.2)
.389 .449 .420 .480
Accessories

Seal
(10.68) Sq (0.76) Typ (0.76) Typ (10.68) (0.76) Typ (0.76) Typ (16.68) (0.76) Typ
.420 .030 .030 .420 .030 .030 .657 .030
(12.2) Sq (18.2)
Cap .480 (12.2) .717
Base .480
Supplement

Shaded areas are printable areas.

www.nkkswitches.com D117
Series YB2 Panel Seal Pushbuttons
Toggles

General Specifications
Rockers

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)


Power Level (silver): 3A @ 125V AC or 3A @ 250V AC or 3A @ 30V DC
Logic Level (gold): 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons

(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)

Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum for silver; 100 milliohms maximum for gold
Programmable Illuminated PB

Insulation Resistance: 200 megohms minimum @ 500V DC


D Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 1,000,000 operations minimum for momentary circuit
200,000 operations minimum for maintained circuit
Electrical Life: 100,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: Single pole: 1.5N
Double pole: 3.0N
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Keylocks

Travel: Pretravel .059” (1.5mm); Overtravel .059” (1.5mm); Total Travel .118” (3.0mm)

Materials & Finishes


Bezel: Black: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0);
Rotaries

Chrome plated: Chrome plating over ABS resin (UL94V-2)


Housing: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)
Base: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)
Movable Contactor: Phosphor bronze with silver or gold plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy or copper with gold plating
Slides

Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy or copper with gold plating


Switch Terminals: Phosphor bronze with tin plating
Lamp Terminals: Phosphor bronze with tin plating
Tactiles

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F) for Illuminated
–25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F) for Nonilluminated
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
Tilt

in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours


Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Sealing: IP65 of IEC60529 standard
Touch

Installation
Mounting Torque: 0.785Nm (6.95 lb•in) maximum
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Indicators

Standards & Certifications


Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 housing, base & black bezel
Accessories

UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/CUL” before first dash in part number to order cULus marking on switch.
All solder lug models recognized at 3A @ 125/250V AC or 0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC maximum.
Supplement

D118 www.nkkswitches.com
Panel Seal Pushbuttons Series YB2

Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics

Rockers
24mm square and 25mm diameter pushbuttons with the shortest above-panel
dimension (1.8mm) in the industry for splashproof design.

Pushbuttons
Meets IP65 of IEC60529 standards (similar to NEMA 4 and 13), providing
dust tight and splashproof panel seal protection.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Tamper resistant 18mm square and 19mm diameter actuators.
D
Short body of .965” (24.5mm) conserves behind-panel space.

Distinctive long stroke and light touch actuation for clear


indication of circuit status.

Keylocks
Choice of cap colors includes clear, brushed chrome, red,
green, or yellow, for enhanced panel appearance. Metallic
silver cap option has bright ring illumination (round only).
Unbrushed chrome has the look of stainless steel when non-

Rotaries
illuminated, and LED color or legends when illuminated.

Brilliant illumination with multiple LED colors.

Slides
Bezel color options in black or brushed chrome.

Brushed chrome option is lighter weight than actual

Tactiles
metal switches due to metal plating on resin.

Available in momentary and alternate action with latchdown.

Tilt
Crisp actuation and clear circuit status provided by snap-action
contact mechanism. Arc barrier protects against crossover.

Touch
Combination solder lug and .110” quick connect terminals. Terminals Actual Size (Round)
are epoxy sealed to lock out flux, dust, solvents, and other contaminants,
as well as to secure terminals and improve contact stability.
Indicators

Custom legends on actuator or inserts.


Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D119
Series YB2 Panel Seal Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH

YB2 1 5 C W C K W 01
Rockers
Pushbuttons

Poles Contact Point Shape Terminals


1 SPDT Normally Open and C Round Solder Lug/.110”
01
Programmable Illuminated PB

C
Normally Closed (2.8mm) Quick Connect
2 DPDT S Square
D

Circuits Panel Seal Bezel Contact Materials


Keylocks

5 ON (ON) W With Panel Seal K Black & Ratings


( ) = Momentary P Brushed Chrome Silver
W
Rated 3A @ 125V AC
6 ON ON
Gold
Alternate Action
Rotaries

G Rated 0.4VA maximum @


with Latchdown 28V AC/DC maximum
Slides

IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without cULus marking unless specified.
cULus recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Tactiles

Specific models, ratings, and ordering instructions are noted on


General Specifications page.
Tilt

DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE


Touch

YB215CWCKW01-6B-JB
Indicators

White, Super Bright LED LED Cap with Clear Lens


& White Diffuser
Black Bezel
Round Black Housing With Panel Seal
Accessories

SPDT Silver Contacts with


ON-(ON) Circuit 3 Amp Rating
Supplement

Solder Lug/.110” (2.8mm)


Quick Connect Terminals

D120 www.nkkswitches.com
Panel Seal Pushbuttons Series YB2

Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE

6 B JB

Rockers
LEDS Cap Types & Colors

Pushbuttons
Bright LED Lens/Diffuser Colors
LED Colors Resistor JB Clear/White

Programmable Illuminated PB
No Resistor Metallic Silver Cap/Clear Ring
5C Red No
Code
(not for
JS
(Round only) D
Green)
CB Red/White
5D Amber 05 5-volt
EB Yellow/White
12 12-volt
5F Green FB Green/White
24 24-volt
HB Unbrushed Chrome/White Round or Square Cap with Legend
LED and cap need to be the same color. 001
Yellow cap pairs with amber LED to achieve

Keylocks
002 START
amber illumination. Codes JB and JS (Round
only) may be combined with all LED colors. 003 STANDBY
004 STOP
Super Bright LED Lens/Diffuser Cap Colors 005

Rotaries
6B White JB Clear/White Contact factory for custom options.
6F Green Metallic Silver Cap/Clear Ring
JS
(Round only)
6G Blue

Slides
HB Unbrushed Chrome/White Round or Square Cap with Legend
001
Nonilluminated Cap Color 002 START
N No Lamp JB Clear/White 003 STANDBY

Tactiles
CB Red/White 004 STOP
EB Yellow/White 005
FB Green/White Contact factory for custom options.

Tilt
HB Unbrushed Chrome/White
P Brushed Chrome

Touch

Part Numbers for Unbrushed Chrome Caps with Legends


Square Cap for Bright
Indicators

Round Cap for Bright LED Round Cap for Super Bright LED
or Super Bright LED
AT3017HB-001 AT3018HB-001 AT3025HB-001
AT3017HB-002 AT3018HB-002 AT3025HB-002
Accessories

AT3017HB-003 AT3018HB-003 AT3025HB-003


AT3017HB-004 AT3018HB-004 AT3025HB-004
AT3017HB-005 AT3018HB-005 AT3025HB-005
Supplement

Refer to Ordering Table for legend that corresponds with last 3 digits of part number.

www.nkkswitches.com D121
Series YB2 Panel Seal Pushbuttons
Toggles

POLES & CIRCUITS


Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch/Lamp Schematics
Rockers

Normal Down Normal Down Notes: Switch is marked with NC, NO, COM, L+, L–.
Pole Model Lamp circuit is isolated and requires an
external power source.
Pushbuttons

1 (COM)
YB215 ON (ON)
SP 1-3 1-2 SPDT L (+) (-) L
YB216 ON ON 3 NC 2 NO
Programmable Illuminated PB

1 (COM) 4
YB225 ON (ON)
DP 1-3 4-6 1-2 4-5 DPDT L (+) (-) L
D YB226 ON ON 3 NC 2 NO 6 NC 5 NO

CONTACT POINT PANEL SEAL

Panel Seal
C Normally Open and Normally Closed
W (Round and Square)
Keylocks

Contact points are both Normally Open and Two o-rings provide
Normally Closed. panel seal protection
meeting IP65 of
IEC60529 standards.
Rotaries

SHAPE BEZEL
Slides

C Round
S Square
K Black
P Brushed Chrome
Tactiles

For Round or Square


Tilt

CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS


Touch

W Silver Contacts
G Gold Contacts
Power Level: 3A @ 125/250V AC Logic Level: 0.4VA max. @ 28V AC/DC max.
Indicators

Switch base is black Switch base is ivory

TERMINALS
Accessories

Solder Lug/
01 .110” (2.8mm) Quick Connect
Epoxy Seal (7.3)
.288
(2.0)
(2.8)
Supplement

.079
(1.2) .110
.047
Thk = (0.5)
.020

D122 www.nkkswitches.com
Panel Seal Pushbuttons Series YB2

Toggles
BRIGHT & SUPER BRIGHT LEDS
The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C. LED circuit is isolated and
requires an external power source. If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.
Base of AT634 and AT636 is Black for 5V, Light Blue for 12V and Gray for 24V.

Rockers
Electrical Specifications for Bright LED without Resistor
Bright Colors
AT628 Available: 5C Red 5D Amber No Code No Resistor Unit

Pushbuttons
LED Colors Red Amber
Maximum Forward Current IFM 40 40 mA
Typical Forward Current IF 26 26 mA

Programmable Illuminated PB
T-1 Bi-pin Forward Voltage VF 1.9 2.0 V
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4 4 V D
(+) (-) Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.50 mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range –25 ~ +50 °C
Electrical Specifications for Bright Red & Amber LED with Resistor
Bright Colors
AT634 Available: 5C Red 5D Amber 05 12 24 Unit

Keylocks
Maximum Forward Current IFM — — — mA
Typical Forward Current IF 25 20 10 mA
Forward Voltage VF 5 12 24 V

Rotaries
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4 8 16 V
T-11⁄4 Bi-pin
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF — — — mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range –25 ~ +50 °C
AT634 AT634 AT634

Slides
5-volt, (+) (-)
12-volt, 24-volt, (+)
(+) (-)
2-element 4-element 4-element (-)
with Resistor with Resistor with Resistor
Electrical Specifications for Bright Green LED with Resistor

Tactiles
Bright Colors ATTENTION
AT636 Available: ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES
5F Green 05 12 24 Unit
Maximum Forward Current IFM — — — mA

T-11⁄4 Bi-pin Typical Forward Current IF 11 9.5 8.7 mA

Tilt
Forward Voltage VF 5 12 24 V
(+) (-)

5V Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5 5 5 V


Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF — — — mA/°C
Touch
(+) (-)

12V & 24V Ambient Temperature Range –25 ~ +50 °C


Electrical Specifications for Super Bright LED
Super Bright
Indicators

AT625G Blue
ATTENTION
ELECTROSTATIC (+) (-)
6B 6F 6G
SENSITIVE DEVICES
AT631B White Colors: White Green Blue Unit
AT632F Green
Maximum Forward Current IFM 30 30 30 mA
Accessories

Typical Forward Current IF 20 20 20 mA


Forward Voltage VF 3.3 3.3 3.3 V
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 7 7 7 V
Supplement

T-1 Bi-pin Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.40 0.40 0.40 mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range –25 ~ +50 °C

www.nkkswitches.com D123
Series YB2 Panel Seal Pushbuttons
Toggles

BALLAST RESISTOR CALCULATION FOR LEDS


R + IF E – VF
If the source voltage is greater than the rated voltage of R =
Anode IF
a lamp or LED, a ballast resistor must be connected in
Rockers

series with the lamp. This circuit diagram and formula E VF Where: R = Resistor Value (Ohms)
will assist in calculating the value of the required ballast E = Source Voltage (V)
Cathode VF = Forward Voltage (V)
resistor. IF = Forward Current (A)

Pushbuttons

CAPS & CAP COLORS

AT3017 Cap for Bright LED AT3018 Cap for AT3019 Cap for AT3020 Cap with
or Nonilluminataed Super Bright LED Nonilluminated Illumination Ring for
Programmable Illuminated PB

Bright or Super Bright LED


D Lens/Diffuser Lens/Diffuser Cap Color Available: Cap Color Available:
Colors Available: Colors Available:
Metallic Silver with
JB Clear/White
JB Clear/White
P Brushed Chrome
JS Clear Ring

CB Red/White Unbrushed Chrome/


HB White
EB *Yellow/White
Keylocks

FB Green/White (19.0) Dia (19.0) Dia


.748
(19.0) Dia
.748
.748

Unbrushed Chrome/
HB
Rotaries

(13.1) (13.1)
White (13.1)
.516 .516 .516
(4.9) (4.9) (4.9)
.193 .193 .193

(19.0) Dia
.748
Slides

(13.1) Material for Lens & Diffuser: Material for Lens: Materials
.516 Polycarbonate ABS Resin & Brushed Lens: Polycarbonate
(4.9)
.193 HB Lens: ABS Resin & Chrome Plating Insert: Polyester
Unbrushed Chrome Plating
Tactiles

*Yellow cap pairs with amber LED


to achieve amber illumination.

AT3025 Cap for Illuminated AT3027 Cap for


Tilt

or Nonilluminated Nonilluminated

Lens/Diffuser Colors Available: Cap Color Available:


Touch

Clear/White
JB For Bright & Super Bright LEDs
P Brushed Chrome
(18.0) Sq (18.0) Sq
.709 .709
Red/White
CB
Indicators

For Bright LED only


(13.1) (13.1)
*Yellow/White .516 .516
EB For Bright LED only (4.9) (4.9)
.193 .193
Accessories

Green/White
FB For Bright LED only
Unbrushed Chrome/White Material for Lens & Diffuser: Material for Lens:
HB For Bright & Super Bright LEDs Polycarbonate ABS Resin & Brushed Chrome Plating
Supplement

*Yellow cap pairs with amber LED


to achieve amber illumination.

D124 www.nkkswitches.com
Panel Seal Pushbuttons Series YB2

Toggles
Standard Legends for Unbrushed Chrome Caps

001 002 003

Rockers
Pushbuttons
Round or Square Cap Round or Square Cap Round or Square Cap
Bright or Super Bright LED Bright or Super Bright LED Bright or Super Bright LED

Programmable Illuminated PB
D
004 005

Keylocks
Round or Square Cap Round or Square Cap
Bright or Super Bright LED Bright or Super Bright LED

Rotaries
Images appear the color of the LED when lit.
Contact factory for other legends options.
Legend illustrations are approximate representations of the actual images on the caps.

Slides
Unbrushed Chrome/White Cap with Lens/Diffuser

Tactiles
Tilt
Without Illumination With Illumination

Touch

Depending on the design and the color of ink used, the legend may be visible when it is not illuminated.
It is recommended that the legend be clear and without ink in order to achieve the maximum visibility when the cap is illuminated.
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com D125
Series YB2 Panel Seal Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Single Pole Double Pole
Rockers

(1.2) x (2.0) Typ (3.7) (3.7)


M16 P1 .047 x .079 .146
.146
(0.5) Typ
.020
NC NC
3 3 6
Pushbuttons

NO
NO

NO
NO
(9.7) 2
L
2
L
5
(9.7)
.382 - + -+ .382
1 1 4
COM COM
(2.8) Typ
.110
Programmable Illuminated PB

(19.0) Dia (1.8) (7.3) (7.3) (3.0) (6.0)


.118
D
.748 .071 .288 .288 .236
(25.0) Dia (33.6) (5.55)
.219 (11.1)
.984 1.323 .437

YB215CWCKW01-6B-JB

Single Pole Double Pole


Keylocks

(1.2) x (2.0) Typ (3.7) (3.7)


M16 P1 .047 x .079 .146
.146

(0.5) Typ
.020
NC NC

(9.7) (9.7)
Rotaries

.382 .382
COM COM
(2.8) Typ
.110

(18.0) Sq (1.8) (7.3) (7.3) (3.0) (6.0)


.709 .071 .288 .288 .118 .236
Slides

(24.0) Sq (33.6) (5.55) (11.1)


.945 1.323 .219 .437

YB216CWSPW01-N-P
Tactiles

PANEL THICKNESS & CUTOUT

(25.4) Min (22.0) +– 0.0


0.3
Dia Typ
Tilt

1.00 .866

Recommended
Panel Thickness (25.4) Min Side-by-side Mounting
Touch

1.00
.020” ~ .197”
(0.5mm ~ 5.0mm) + 0.1
(10.5) – 0.0 Typ
.413

(1.7) +– 0.0
0.1 Typ
Indicators

.067

(24.5) Min
.965
Accessories

Recommended
Panel Thickness (24.5) Min Side-by-side Mounting
.965
.020” ~ .197”
(0.5mm ~ 5.0mm)
Supplement

(21.0) +– 0.0
0.3
Sq Typ
.827

D126 www.nkkswitches.com
Panel Seal Pushbuttons Series YB2

Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Adaptors

Rockers
(17.1) (17.1)
AT716 .673 AT717 .673
Single Pole Double Pole
Solder Lug/ (17.0)
Solder Lug/ (17.0)
Quick Connect .669 Quick Connect .669

Pushbuttons
Terminals Terminals

NC (5.0) NC (5.0)
(4.85) Typ .197 (4.85) Typ .197
NO L NO NO L NO
.191 .191

Programmable Illuminated PB
– + – +

(3.0)
COM

(3.0) Typ
COM
D
.118 (3.7) .118 (3.7)
(5.55) .146 (5.55) Typ .146
.219 .219

(17.1) (17.1)
.673 .673
AT718 AT719
Single Pole Double Pole

Keylocks
Straight PC (17.0)
.669
Straight PC (17.0)
.669
Terminals Terminals

NC (4.0) NC (4.0)

Rotaries
(4.85) Typ .157 (4.85) Typ NO L NO .157
NO L NO
.191 .191
– + – +

COM COM

(3.0) (3.7) Typ (3.0) Typ (3.7) Typ


.118 (3.7) .146 .118 (3.7) .146
(5.55) .146 (5.55) Typ .146

Slides
.219 .219
(4.85) Typ (4.85) Typ
.191 .191

(1.85) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ (1.85) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ
.073 .039 .073 .039
(3.0) Typ (3.0) Typ

Tactiles
.118 (5.55) .118 (5.55) Typ
.219 .219
CL CL

Material: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide Note: Order adaptors separately

Tilt
Round & Square Switch Dimensions Shown with Adaptor AT716

Touch
Indicators

(37.8) (37.8) A
A 1.488
1.488
Accessories

Dimension A:
Solder Lug .197” (5.0mm); Straight PC .157” (4.0mm)

Panel thickness for YB2 Round: Panel thickness for YB2 Square:
Supplement

.020” ~ .161” (0.5mm ~ 4.1mm) .020” ~ .126” (0.5mm ~ 3.2mm)

www.nkkswitches.com D127
Series YB2 Panel Seal Pushbuttons
Toggles

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS FOR ROUND

1. Remove knurled 5. Install the red o-ring


mounting nut. which was removed
Rockers

Red O-ring
in step 2 at the inside
bottom of the bezel.
Bezel
Pushbuttons

Knurled
Mounting Nut
6. Align tab inside of the bezel with keyway on housing and
bring bezel back into its original position.
Programmable Illuminated PB

2. Remove bezel and


D red o-ring from
housing. There are Keyway

two o-rings in this Housing


assembly: one is Red O-ring Orange
red, one is orange. Bezel Red
O-ring
O-ring Tab

Part Number
This Side Bezel
3. Install LED. Cathode
Keylocks

Socket (–)

Anode Back of
Socket (+) 7. Before installing into Bezel Bezel
panel, make sure that
Rotaries

LEDs the orange o-ring is Keyway


AT634 & AT636 ATTENTION
present at the back of
ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES
the bezel. Align keyway
D-Flat Align D-flat on LED with Part Number on bezel with tab in
on switch for appropriate polarity and panel and push switch
Slides

(+)
(–)
insert LED into base. all the way into the
panel.
Panel Tab
LED AT628
Align D-flat on LED with Part Number
on switch for appropriate polarity and
Tactiles

D-Flat
insert LED into base. 8. Attach mounting nut behind panel and tighten. Make
(+)
sure that bezel and actuator fit properly and that there is
(–)
ATTENTION no space between bezel and panel. Do not overtighten.
ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES
Mounting torque: 0.785Nm (6.95 lb•in) maximum.
LEDs AT625G,
Tilt

The larger metal part within the LED Optional socket wrench AT106 available.
AT631B,
represents the cathode (–). Align LED
AT632F
for appropriate polarity and insert LED
into base.
Touch

Actuator Bezel
(–) Cathode (–) Anode (+)
(+)
Indicators

Panel

Actuator
4. Align tabs (B) on both
Accessories

sides of actuator with B Knurled


the projections (A) inside Mounting Nut

of the housing and push A

actuator firmly down to


snap in.
Supplement

Housing

AT106 Socket Wrench

D128 www.nkkswitches.com
Panel Seal Pushbuttons Series YB2

Toggles
ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS FOR SQUARE

1. Remove knurled 5. Install the blue o-ring


mounting nut. which was removed

Rockers
Blue O-ring
in step 2 at the inside
bottom of the bezel. Bezel

Pushbuttons
Spacer 6. Align tab inside of the bezel with keyway on housing and
bring bezel back into its original position.

Programmable Illuminated PB
Knurled
Mounting Nut

D
Housing

2. Remove bezel Keyway


and blue o-ring
from housing. Blue O-ring Tab

Bezel Blue O-ring

Keylocks
Bezel

Part Number
This Side
3. Install LED. Cathode
Socket (–)
7. Before installing into
Back of Bezel
panel, make sure that Bezel

Rotaries
Anode the square gasket is
Socket (+)
present at the back of
LEDs the bezel. Align keyway
ATTENTION on bezel with tab in
AT634 & AT636 ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES panel and push switch

Slides
all the way into the
D-Flat Align D-flat on LED with Part Number panel. Panel
(+)
on switch for appropriate polarity and
(–)
insert LED into base.

Tactiles
8. Attach mounting nut behind panel and tighten. Make
LED AT628 sure that bezel and actuator fit properly and that there is
Align D-flat on LED with Part Number
on switch for appropriate polarity and no space between bezel and panel. Do not overtighten.
D-Flat
insert LED into base.
Mounting torque: 0.785Nm (6.95 lb•in) maximum.
(+) Optional socket wrench AT106 available.

Tilt
(–)
ATTENTION
ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES
LEDs AT625G,
AT631B, The larger metal part within the LED
AT632F represents the cathode (–). Align LED
for appropriate polarity and insert LED Actuator Touch
Bezel
into base.
Panel
Indicators

(–)
(+) Cathode (–) Anode (+)
Spacer
Accessories

Actuator
4. Align tabs (B) on both
sides of actuator with Knurled
B Mounting Nut
the projections (A) inside
of the housing and push A

actuator firmly down to


Supplement

snap in. Housing


AT106 Socket Wrench

www.nkkswitches.com D129
Series YB2 Panel Seal Pushbuttons
Toggles

LEGENDS

NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Rockers

Suggested Printable Area for YB2 Caps


Pushbuttons

Recommended Methods: Laser Etch on clear cap, Screen Print or Pad Print on cap.
Epoxy based ink is recommended.
Programmable Illuminated PB

D For Caps
AT3017, AT3018, and AT3019
For Cap
AT3020 (with clear ring for illumination)
For Caps
AT3025 and AT3027
Keylocks

(17.48) Dia (0.76) Typ (15.88) Dia (1.56) Typ (16.48) Sq (0.76) Typ
.688 .030 .625 .062 .649 .030
(19.0) Dia (19.0) Dia (18.0) Sq
.748 .748 .709
Rotaries

Shaded areas are printable areas.

Suggested Printable Area for Film Inserts


Slides

+0.1
(1.2) –0.1 Typ (0.6) R Typ (0.5) R
.047 .024 .020
Recommended Method:
Tactiles

(14.78) Screen Print; Epoxy based ink is recommended


.582 +0.1
(16.3) –0.0
.642

Film Material and Thickness:


Clear Polyester, 4 mil max.
Tilt

(15.88) (0.76) Typ (14.88) Sq (0.76) Typ


.625 .030 .586 .030
+0.08 +0.0
(17.4) –0.1 (16.4) –0.1 Sq
.685 .646
Touch

Shaded areas are printable areas.


Indicators

HANDLING & PRECAUTIONS


Accessories

ATTENTION LEDs are electrostatic sensitive devices. When installing and handling LEDs, use an electrostatic
ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES protected work station to prevent LED damage.
Supplement

D130 www.nkkswitches.com
Contents SmartSwitch
Toggles

OLED Pushbuttons, Display & Rocker...................E3


• Frameless OLED Switch with 96 x 64 Programmable Color Display
Rockers

• OLED Switch with 64 x 48 Programmable Color Display


• OLED Display with 52 x 36 Programmable Color Display
Pushbuttons

• OLED Rocker Switch with 96 x 64 Programmable Display


Programmable Illuminated PB

LCD 64 x 32 Pushbuttons, Display, Compact.....E21


E
• Switch with Programmable Display; Short Travel & RGB 64 Colors
• Switch with Programmable Display; Long Travel & RGB 64 Colors
Keylocks

• Display: Programmable with RGB 64 Colors & Long Life LCD


• Compact Switch with Programmable Display; RGB 64 Colors
Rotaries
Slides

LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons, Display, Compacts....E34


• Switch with Programmable Display; RGB Backlight
Tactiles

• Switch with Programmable Display; Red/Green Backlight


• Display: Programmable with RGB Backlight
• Compact Switch with Programmable Display; RGB Backlight
Tilt

• Compact Switch with Programmable Display; Red/Green Backlight


Touch

Accessories.................................................E48
Enhance Your Applications
Indicators
Accessories

Development Tools & Support


NKK provides numerous development tools to get any SmartSwitch project
started easily. Please visit out website or contact a sales representative.
Supplement

E2 www.nkkswitches.com
OLED Pushbuttons, Display & Rocker SmartSwitch

Toggles
OLED SWITCHES & DISPLAY

Frameless OLED Pushbutton ISF15ACP4

Rockers
96 x 64 Programmable Color Display
Video Capability; 180° Viewing Angle

Pushbuttons
High Definition, Excellent Contrast
Page E4

Programmable Illuminated PB
OLED Pushbutton ISC15ANP4

64 x 48 Programmable Color Display


Video Capability; 180° Viewing Angle E
High Definition, Excellent Contrast
Page E8

Keylocks
Rotaries
OLED Display ISC01P

52 x 36 Programmable Color Display


Video Capability; 180° Viewing Angle

Slides
High Definition, Excellent Contrast
Page E8

Tactiles
OLED Rocker IS18WWC1W

Tilt
96 x 64 Programmable Display
White Monochrome OLED Display
Exceptional Contrast; 180° Viewing Angle; IP64 Rating
Page E15 Touch
Indicators

For OLED Pushbuttons & Display


Handling & Storage Page E14
Accessories

For OLED Rocker


Handling & Storage Page E20

For Controlling, refer to Application Notes


Supplement

on website for more information.

www.nkkswitches.com E3
SmartSwitch Frameless OLED Pushbutton
Toggles

DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS

• High definition, contrast and resolution of 96RGB x 64 pixels in compact screen and minimal frame
Rockers

• Range of 65,536 colors in 16 bit mode


• Operating life of 50,000 hours minimum
Pushbuttons

• Maximum use of display lens with ultra-thin frame provides full screen capacity
• Multiple units easily combine to form one screen, offering flexibility in size and layout
• Smooth, silent operation with short stroke of 0.07” lends to tactile feedback unparalleled to touch panels
Programmable Illuminated PB

• Same outer dimensions of switch and footprint, enabling ease of replacement with current switches
• Operated by commands and data supplied via serial communications (SPI)

E • Incorporates bitmap display function


• Low energy consumption
• Dust tight construction
Keylocks

• Snap-in standoff for easy, secure mounting and alignment;


aids in prevention of dislodging during wave soldering
Rotaries
Slides

Viewing area: 21.28mm x 18.7mm (horizontal x vertical)


Tactiles

High reliability and long life of one million actuations


minimum

Highly reliable gold plated twin contacts


Tilt

Epoxy sealed straight PC terminals


Touch

Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

E4 www.nkkswitches.com
Frameless OLED Pushbutton SmartSwitch
ATTENTION

Toggles
SWITCH PART NUMBER & DESCRIPTION ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES

Part Number Switch Description OLED Pixel Format


SPST, Momentary ON Color OLED

Rockers
96RGB x 64 Pixels
ISF15ACP4 Gold Contacts Display Module
Horizontal x Vertical
Straight PC Terminals 65,536 Colors

SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS

Pushbuttons
Circuit SPST normally open
Leave actuator: 1 – 2 OFF
Contact Position
Push actuator: 1 – 2 ON

Programmable Illuminated PB
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load) 100mA @ 12V DC (resistive circuit)
Contact Resistance 200 milliohms maximum @ 20mV 10mA
Insulation Resistance 100 megohms minimum @ 100V DC
Dielectric Strength 125V AC for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Endurance 1,000,000 operations minimum
Electrical Endurance
Operating Force
1,000,000 operations minimum
2.0 ± 0.5 Newtons
E
Total Travel 1.8mm (0.07”)

Keylocks
OLED SPECIFICATIONS
Characteristics of Display
Display Device Color OLED display module
Display Mode Passive matrix

Rotaries
Viewing Area 21.28mm x 18.74mm (horizontal x vertical)
Pixel Format 96RGB x 64 pixels (horizontal x vertical)
Pixel Size 0.222mm x 0.293mm (horizontal x vertical)
Interface Serial (SPI) interface

Slides
65,536 Colors (16bit: R 5bit/G 6bit/B 5bit)
Number of Colors
or 256 Colors (8bit: R 2bit/G 3bit/B 3bit)
Operating Temperature Range –20°C ~ +70°C (–4°F ~ +158°F)
Storage Temperature Range –30°C ~ +80°C (–22°F ~ +176°F)

Tactiles
Operating Life (Display) 50,000 hours @ 100cd/m2 (based on 40% pixels ON; Ta = 77°F)

Absolute Maximum Ratings Recommended Operating Conditions


Items Symbols Ratings Items Symbols Minimum Typical Maximum
Supply Voltage for Supply Voltage for

Tilt
VDD –0.3V to +4.0V VDD 2.4V 2.8V 3.5V
Logic/Interface Logic/Interface
Supply Voltage for Drive VCC –0.0V to +19.0V Supply Voltage for Drive VCC 14.0V 15.0V 16.0V
Input Voltage VI –0.3V to VD D +0.3V Input High Level Voltage VI H 0.8 x VDD –– ––

Touch
Input Low Level Voltage VI L –– –– 0.2 x VDD
Current Consumption
(Temperature at 25°C, VDD = 2.8V, VCC = 15.0V) Optical Characteristics (Temperature at 25°C, Initial Value: 87 x 0F)
Items Symbols Min Typical Max Items Min Typical Max Unit Remarks
Indicators

All-Pixels-On Mode White


I CC1 –– 11.0mA 13.2mA Luminosity 80 105 130 cd/m2
*Drive System Power Current (All pixels on)
All-Pixels-On Mode White Color (x) 0.26 0.30 0.34 ––
I DD1 –– 0.17mA 0.20mA Coordinate (y) 0.31 0.36 0.41 ––
*Logic/IF System Power Current
Accessories

Red Color (x) 0.62 0.66 0.70 ––


Sleep Mode Coordinate
I CC2 –– –– 10μA (y) 0.30 0.34 0.38 ––
**Drive System Power Current
Green Color (x) 0.24 0.29 0.33 ––
Sleep Mode Coordinate (y) 0.59 0.63 0.67 ––
I –– –– 10μA
**Logic/IF System Power Current DD2 Blue Color (x) 0.10 0.15 0.19 ––
Supplement

* All pixels shall be turned on with the maximum level gray scale Coordinate (y) 0.10 0.17 0.23 ––
** All pixels shall be turned off (while chip is operating) Contrast Ratio 100 –– –– ––

www.nkkswitches.com E5
SmartSwitch Frameless OLED Pushbutton
Toggles

BLOCK DIAGRAM & PIN CONFIGURATIONS Color OLED Panel


96RGB x 64
SR1, SG1, SB1......SR96,
SG96,SB96 COM1....COM64
Rockers

Segment Driver Common Driver


OLED Driver
with Controller
VDD 3
Pushbuttons

SEG/COM
VCC 9 Driving Block

Gray Scale
Decoder
RES 5 Oscillator
Programmable Illuminated PB

SCK 7 Graphic Display Display Timing


Data RAM Generator
SS 4 96 x 64 x 16 Bit

SDI 8
D/C 6
MCU Interface Command Decoder

E ISF15ACP4
GND 10

SW 1 2 SW
Keylocks

Pin No. Symbol Name Function


1 SW Terminal of Switch Normally open
2 SW Terminal of Switch Normally open
3 VDD Power Power source for logic circuit
Rotaries

4 SS Slave Select Slave select for SPI. This line is active low.
Reset signal input. When pin is low, initialization of chip is
5 RES Reset
executed.
Data/Command Control. When pin is pulled low, data will
6 D/C Data/Command be interpreted as Command; when pulled high, data will be
Slides

interpreted as Data.
7 SCK Serial Clock Clock line for SPI that synchronizes command and data
8 SDI Serial Data In Data input line for SPI
9 VCC Power Power source for drive circuit
Tactiles

10 GND Ground Connect to Ground

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS Terminal numbers are not on the switch.


(3.3) (18.0)
Part No.
Tilt

.130 .709
This Side Standoff 1 Standoff 2

(0.6) (1.0) Typ


.024 .039
2 10
(18.74) 8
9
.738 (7.62) 6
7 (7.0)
(20.59) (16.0) .300 4
5 .276
Touch

3
.811 .630 1
(0.4)
.016

See Standoff Standoff 2 Standoff 1


Detail
(21.28) (0.3) Typ
Indicators

.838 .012
(23.13) (23.0) (3.4) (8.0) (7.05) (2.0)
.911 .906 .134 .315 .278 .079

R A (18.0) 2x (0.9) Dia


(0.2) .709 .035
.008
Accessories

Pixel Detail Standoff Detail (1.25)


Footprint (1.0) Typ
(.293) .039
.0115 (.263) R G B R
.049 9
10 2

.0104 (7.0) (7.62)


.276 4 .300
(2.0) Dia
3 1 (16.0)
(.074) .630
.0029 .079 8x (0.75) Dia
Dimension A .030
Supplement

(.044)
.0017 4x (1.3) Dia
(.222) Standoff 1 = (2.7) Standoff 2 = (2.3) (2.0) (7.05) (8.0) .051
.0087 .106 .091 .079 .278 .315 Landless

E6 www.nkkswitches.com
Frameless OLED Pushbutton SmartSwitch

Toggles
TIMING SPECIFICATIONS
AC Characteristics (Temperature at 25°C), VDD = 2.4V ~ 3.5V)

Items Symbols Minimum Typical Maximum

Rockers
Clock Cycle Time t c yc le 150ns –– –– D/C

D/C Setup Time t AS 40ns –– –– tA S tA H

Pushbuttons
tC S S tC S H
D/C Hold Time t AH 40ns –– –– SS

SS Setup Time t CSS 75ns –– –– tC L K H


tR t c yc le

Programmable Illuminated PB
SS Hold Time t CSH 60ns –– –– SCK

tF tC L K L
Write Data Setup Time t DS W 40ns –– ––
tD S W t DHW
Write Data Hold Time t DHW 40ns –– ––
SDI D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

SCK Low Time t C LK L 75ns –– ––


E
SCK High Time t C LK H 75ns –– ––

SCK Rise Time tR –– –– 15ns

Keylocks
SCK Fall Time tF –– –– 15ns

STATE TRANSITION

Rotaries
5 : Initialization
1 : Power ON,
State 0 5 : Initialization State 1 3 : Display ON State 2
Power OFF Display OFF Display ON

Slides
(VCC, VDD OFF) 2 : Power OFF (Sleep Mode) 4 : Display OFF

6 : Display Switch 6 : Display Switch

Tactiles
State Changing the Power ON/OFF Sequence
State Display Sleep VC C VD D
Number Display

0 Power OFF OFF –– OFF OFF Disable Initialization Setting

Tilt
1 Display OFF OFF ON ON ON Enable State 1
State 0 Power ON Power OFF State 0
State 2
2 Display ON ON OFF ON ON Enable Minimum 0µs Minimum 0µs

Touch
VDD 0V
State Transition Transition Index
Reset low pulse width Trw
(minimum 3µs)
1 Power ON
RES “L” or “Hi-z” “L” or “Hi-z”
Indicators

2 Power OFF Refer to

3 Display ON "Power ON/OFF Sequence" Minimum 3µs Minimum 0µs

4 Display OFF VCC


Accessories

5 Initialization Initialize Setting of Command/Data VDD level (due to ESD protection


D/C circuit between VDD and VCC)

Image Rewriting Send Display Data SS


“L” or “Hi-z” “H” or “L” “L” or “Hi-z”
6 SCK
Display Settings Dimmer, Scroll, etc. SDI
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com E7
SmartSwitch OLED Pushbutton & Display
Toggles

DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS
• Organic LED technology
• Life 30,000 hours @ 100cd/m2 (based on 40% pixels on) or
Rockers

• 60,000 hours @ 50cd/m2 (based on 40% pixels on)


• Power consumption only 3.8mA (30% less than previous product)
• Range of 65,536 colors in 16 bit mode, 256 colors in 8 bit mode
Pushbuttons

• Full viewing angle of 180°


• Exceptional contrast: 50 times greater than LCD products
• Four times more enhanced resolution
Programmable Illuminated PB

• High resolution provides sharp, clear images of very small characters


• Operated by commands and data supplied via serial communications (SPI)
• Distinct, long travel of 4.5mm (same as KP01 series pushbuttons)
• Dust tight construction
E • Stylish, translucent black housing design
Keylocks

Viewing area: 15.5mm x 11.6mm (horizontal x vertical)

High reliability and long life of three million actuations


minimum
Rotaries

High resolution of 64RGB x 48 pixels

Epoxy sealed straight PC terminals


Slides

Snap-in standoff for easy, secure mounting and alignment


Tactiles

Viewing area: 12.9mm x 9.9mm (horizontal x vertical)

High resolution of 52RGB x 36 pixels


Tilt

Bracket has crimped legs to ensure secure PC mounting


and prevent dislodging during wave soldering
Touch

Actual Sizes
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

Switch Display

E8 www.nkkswitches.com
OLED Pushbutton SmartSwitch
ATTENTION

Toggles
SWITCH PART NUMBER & DESCRIPTION ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES

Part Number Switch Description OLED Pixel Format


SPST, Momentary ON Color OLED

Rockers
64RGB x 48 Pixels
ISC15ANP4 Gold Contacts Display Module
Horizontal x Vertical
Straight PC Terminals 65,536 Colors

SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS

Pushbuttons
Circuit SPST normally open
Leave actuator: 1 – 2 OFF
Contact Position
Push actuator: 1 – 2 ON
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load) 100mA @ 12V DC

Programmable Illuminated PB
Contact Resistance 200 milliohms maximum @ 20mV 10mA
Insulation Resistance 100 megohms minimum @ 100V DC
Dielectric Strength 125V AC for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Endurance 3,000,000 operations minimum
Electrical Endurance 3,000,000 operations minimum
Operating Force 2.0 ± 0.5 Newtons
E
Total Travel 4.5mm (.177”)

OLED SPECIFICATIONS

Keylocks
Characteristics of Display
Display Device Color OLED display module
Display Mode Passive matrix

Rotaries
Viewing Area 15.5mm x 11.6mm (horizontal x vertical)
Pixel Format 64RGB x 48 pixels (horizontal x vertical)
Pixel Size 0.21mm x 0.20mm (horizontal x vertical)
Interface Serial (SPI) interface

Slides
65,536 Colors (16bit: R 5bit/G 6bit/B 5bit)
Number of Colors
or 256 Colors (8bit: R 2bit/G 3bit/B 3bit)
Operating Temperature Range –20°C ~ +70°C (–4°F ~ +158°F)
Storage Temperature Range –30°C ~ +80°C (–22°F ~ +176°F)

Tactiles
30,000 hours @ 100cd/m2 (based on 40% pixels ON)
Operating Life (Display)
60,000 hours @ 50cd/m2 (based on 40% pixels ON)

Absolute Maximum Ratings Recommended Operating Conditions


Items Symbols Ratings Items Symbols Minimum Typical Maximum
Supply Voltage for Supply Voltage for

Tilt
VDD –0.3V to +4.0V VDD 2.4V 2.8V 3.5V
Logic/Interface Logic/Interface
Supply Voltage for Drive VCC –0.0V to +19.0V Supply Voltage for Drive VCC 15.0V 16.0V 17.0V
Input Voltage VI –0.3V to VD D +0.3V Input High Level Voltage VI H 0.8 x VDD –– ––

Touch
Input Low Level Voltage VI L –– –– 0.2 x VDD
Current Consumption
(Temperature at 25°C, VDD = 2.8V, VCC = 16.0V) Optical Characteristics (Temperature at 25°C, Initial Value: 87 x 0F)
Items Symbols Min Typical Max Items Min Typical Max Unit Remarks
Indicators

All-Pixels-On Mode White


I CC1 –– 3.8mA 4.6mA Luminosity 75 100 125 cd/m 2
*Drive System Power Current (All pixels on)
All-Pixels-On Mode White Color (x) 0.26 0.30 0.34 ––
I DD1 –– 0.16mA 0.19mA Coordinate (y) 0.32 0.37 0.42 ––
*Logic/IF System Power Current
Accessories

Red Color (x) 0.63 0.67 0.71 ––


Sleep Mode Coordinate
I CC2 –– –– 10μA (y) 0.29 0.33 0.37 ––
**Drive System Power Current
Green Color (x) 0.19 0.23 0.27 ––
Sleep Mode Coordinate (y) 0.61 0.65 0.69 ––
I DD2 –– –– 10μA
**Logic/IF System Power Current Blue Color (x) 0.10 0.14 0.18 ––
Supplement

* All pixels shall be turned on with the maximum level gray scale Coordinate (y) 0.14 0.20 0.26 ––
** All pixels shall be turned off (while chip is operating) Contrast Ratio 100 –– –– ––

www.nkkswitches.com E9
SmartSwitch OLED Pushbutton
Toggles

SWITCH BLOCK DIAGRAM & PIN CONFIGURATIONS


Color OLED Panel
64RGB x 48
SR1,SG1,SB1......SR64,
Rockers

SG64,SB64 COM1....COM48

Segment Driver Common Driver


OLED Driver
with Controller
Pushbuttons

VDD 3
SEG/COM
VCC 9 Driving Block

Gray Scale
Programmable Illuminated PB

Decoder
RES 5 Oscillator

SCK 7 Graphic Display Display Timing


Data RAM Generator
SS 4 96 x 64 x 16 Bit

SDI 8
D/C 6

E
MCU Interface Command Decoder
ISC15ANP4
GND 10

SW 1 2 SW
Keylocks

Pin No. Symbol Name Function


1 SW Terminal of Switch Normally open
2 SW Terminal of Switch Normally open
3 VDD Power Power source for logic circuit
Rotaries

4 SS Slave Select Slave select for SPI. This line is active low.
Reset signal input. When pin is low, initialization of chip is
5 RES Reset
executed.
Data/Command Control. When pin is pulled low, data will
6 D/C Data/Command be interpreted as Command; when pulled high, data will be
Slides

interpreted as Data.
7 SCK Serial Clock Clock line for SPI that synchronizes command and data
8 SDI Serial Data In Data input line for SPI
9 VCC Power Power source for drive circuit
Tactiles

10 GND Ground Connect to Ground

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Terminal numbers are not on the switch.
See (3.3)
Pixel Detail (13.41) (18.0)
.528 .130 .709
Tilt

Standoff 1 Standoff 2
(0.6) Typ
.024 (1.0) Typ
.039
2 10
(11.6) (9.57)
9
.457 (7.62) (7.0)
(20.59) .377 .300 .276
(16.0)
Touch

.811 4
(0.4) Typ .630 1 3

(0.74) .016
.029
See Standoff Standoff 2 Standoff 1
(15.5) Detail (0.3) Typ (0.2) Typ
.610 .012 .008
Indicators

(23.13) (23.0) (3.4) (8.0) (7.05) (2.0)


.911 .906 .134 .315 .278 .079

(18.0) 2x (0.9) Dia


Pixel Detail Pixel Detail A Standoff Detail Footprint .709 .035
A
(0.2) (1.0) Typ
Accessories

(0.21) Typ (0.20) .008 .039


.0083 .0079 R (1.25) 10 2
(0.20) Typ (0.03) Typ .049 9
.0079 .0012 (0.17) (7.0) (7.62)
.0067
R G B R .276 .300
4 (16.0)
3 1 .630
(0.04) Typ (2.0) Dia 8x (0.75) Dia
.0016 .079 .029
Dimension A
Supplement

(0.03) Typ (0.07) Typ


.0012 See Pixel .0028 Standoff 1 = (2.7) Standoff 2 = (2.3) 4x (1.3) Dia
Detail A (0.21) (2.0) (7.05) (8.0) .051
.0083 .106 .091 .079 .278 .315 Landless

E10 www.nkkswitches.com
OLED Display SmartSwitch
ATTENTION

Toggles
DISPLAY PART NUMBER & DESCRIPTION ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES

Part Number Display Description OLED Pixel Format

Color OLED

Rockers
52RGB x 36 Pixels
ISC01P Straight PC Terminals Display Module
Horizontal x Vertical
65,536 Colors

Pushbuttons
OLED SPECIFICATIONS
Characteristics of Display

Display Device Color OLED display module

Programmable Illuminated PB
Display Mode Passive matrix

Viewing Area 12.9mm x 9.9mm (horizontal x vertical)

Pixel Format 52RGB x 36 pixels (horizontal x vertical)

Pixel Size 0.21mm x 0.22mm (horizontal x vertical)


E
Interface Serial (SPI) interface
65,536 Colors (16bit: R 5bit/G 6bit/B 5bit)
Number of Colors

Keylocks
or 256 Colors (8bit: R 2bit/G 3bit/B 3bit)
Operating Temperature Range –20°C ~ +70°C (–4°F ~ +158°F)

Storage Temperature Range –30°C ~ +80°C (–22°F ~ +176°F)


30,000 hours @ 100cd/m2 (based on 40% pixels ON)

Rotaries
Operating Life (Display)
60,000 hours @ 50cd/m2 (based on 40% pixels ON)

Absolute Maximum Ratings Recommended Operating Conditions

Items Symbols Ratings Items Symbols Minimum Typical Maximum

Slides
Supply Voltage for Supply Voltage for
VDD –0.3V to +4.0V VDD 2.4V 2.8V 3.5V
Logic/Interface Logic/Interface

Supply Voltage for Drive VCC 0.0V to +19.0V Supply Voltage for Drive VCC 15.0V 16.0V 17.0V

Tactiles
Input High Level Voltage VI H 0.8 x VD D –– ––
Input Voltage VI –0.3V to VD D +0.3V
Input Low Level Voltage VI L –– –– 0.2 x VD D

Current Consumption

Tilt
(Temperature at 25°C, VDD = 2.8V, VCC = 16.0V) Optical Characteristics (Temperature at 25°C, Initial Value: 87 x 0F)

Items Symbols Min Typical Max Items Min Typical Max Unit Remarks

White
Touch
All-Pixels-On Mode Luminosity 75 100 125 cd/m2
I CC1 –– 2.4mA 2.9mA (All pixels on)
*Drive System Power Current
White Color (x) 0.25 0.29 0.33 ––
All-Pixels-On Mode Coordinate (y) 0.31 0.36 0.41 ––
I DD1 –– 0.15mA 0.18mA
Indicators

*Logic/IF System Power Current


Red Color (x) 0.63 0.67 0.71 ––
Sleep Mode Coordinate (y) 0.29 0.33 0.37 ––
I CC2 –– –– 10μA
**Drive System Power Current
(x) 0.19 0.23 0.27 ––
Accessories

Green Color
Coordinate (y) 0.60 0.64 0.68 ––
Sleep Mode
I DD2 –– –– 10μA
**Logic/IF System Power Current
Blue Color (x) 0.10 0.14 0.18 ––
Coordinate (y) 0.14 0.20 0.26 ––
*All pixels shall be turned on with the maximum level gray scale
Supplement

**All pixels shall be turned off (while chip is operating) Contrast Ratio 100 –– –– ––

www.nkkswitches.com E11
SmartSwitch OLED Display
Toggles

DISPLAY BLOCK DIAGRAM & PIN CONFIGURATIONS

Color OLED Panel


52RGB x 36
Rockers

SR1,SG1,SB1......SR52,
SG52,SB52 COM1....COM36

Segment Driver Common Driver


Pushbuttons

OLED Driver
with Controller
VDD 1
SEG/COM
VCC 7 Driving Block
Programmable Illuminated PB

Gray Scale
Decoder
RES 3 Oscillator

SCK 5 Graphic Display Display Timing


Data RAM Generator
SS 2 96 x 64 x 16 Bit

SDI 6

E ISC01P D/C 4
MCU Interface Command Decoder

GND 8
Keylocks

Pin No. Symbol Name Function


1 VDD Power Power source for logic circuit
2 SS Slave Select Slave select for SPI. This line is active low.
Rotaries

3 RES Reset Reset signal input. When pin is low, initialization of chip is
executed.
4 D/C Data/Command Data/Command Control. When pin is pulled low, data will
be interpreted as Command; when pulled high, data will be
interpreted as Data.
Slides

5 SCK Serial Clock Clock line for SPI that synchronizes command and data
6 SDI Serial Data In Data input line for SPI
7 VCC Power Power source for drive circuit
8 GND Ground Connect to Ground
Tactiles

TYPICAL DISPLAY DIMENSIONS Terminal numbers are not on the switch.


(12.9) (0.4) Typ (10.0)
See .508 See Standoff .016 .394 (0.65) Typ
Pixel Detail Detail .026
Tilt

(9.9)
.390 (7.89) (16.8) (14.7)
(17.2) .311 .661 .579 (5.25)
.677 .207
(0.75)
Touch

.030
(2.0)
.079
(0.2) (2.0) (1.0) Typ (0.4) Typ
.008 .079 .039 .016
(10.89) (0.7) (7.0)
.429 .028 .276
(17.8) (9.9) (3.0) (15.0)
Indicators

.701 .390 .118 .591


(15.0)
.591
(10.0)
Pixel Detail Pixel Detail A Standoff Detail Footprint .394

(0.21) Typ (0.22) (0.7)


Accessories

.0083 .0087 (14.7)


R
(0.2) .028 .579
(0.22) Typ (0.03) Typ .008 (16.8)
.0087 .0012 (0.19) .661 (5.25)
R G B R
.0075 (0.8) Dia 8 2 .207
.031 7 1
(0.04) Typ (2.0)
.0016 4x (0.9) Dia .079
(1.5) Dia .035
Supplement

(0.03) Typ (0.07) Typ 3x (0.9) Dia


.0012 See Pixel .0028 .059 .035
(0.21) (1.0) Typ
Detail A .0083 .039 Landless
(7.0) 8x (.075) Dia
.276 .029

E12 www.nkkswitches.com
OLED Pushbutton & Display SmartSwitch

Toggles
TIMING SPECIFICATIONS FOR SWITCH & DISPLAY
AC Characteristics (Temperature at 25°C), VDD = 2.4V ~ 3.5V)

Items Symbols Minimum Typical Maximum

Rockers
Clock Cycle Time t c yc le 150ns –– ––
D/C

D/C Setup Time t AS 40ns –– –– tA S tA H

Pushbuttons
D/C Hold Time t AH 40ns –– –– t CS S t CS H
SS

SS Setup Time t CSS 75ns –– ––


tC L K H

Programmable Illuminated PB
tR tc y c l e
SS Hold Time t CSH 60ns –– –– SCK

Write Data Setup Time t DS W 40ns –– –– tF tC L K L

Write Data Hold Time t DHW 40ns –– –– t DS W t DH W

SDI D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
SCK Low Time t C LK L 75ns –– ––
E
SCK High Time t C LK H 75ns –– ––

SCK Rise Time tR –– –– 15ns

Keylocks
SCK Fall Time tF –– –– 15ns

STATE TRANSITION

Rotaries
7 : Initialization

State 0 1 : Power ON, 7 : Initialization State 1 3 : Display ON State 2


Power OFF Display OFF Display ON

Slides
(VCC, VDD OFF) 2 : Power OFF (Sleep Mode) 4 : Display OFF

8 : Changing the Display 8 : Changing the Display

Tactiles
Power ON/OFF Sequence
State Changing the
State Display Sleep VC C VD D
Number Display
Initialization Setting
0 Power OFF OFF –– OFF OFF Disable
State 1

Tilt
State 0 Power ON Power OFF State 0
State 2
1 Display OFF OFF ON ON ON Enable
Minimum 0µs Minimum 0µs
2 Display ON ON OFF ON ON Enable
VDD 0V

State Transition Transition Index Reset low pulse width Trw Touch
(minimum 3µs)

1 Power ON RES “L” or “Hi-z” “L” or “Hi-z”


Indicators

2 Power OFF Refer to


Minimum 3µs Minimum 0µs
3 Display ON "Power ON/OFF Sequence"
VCC
4 Display OFF
Accessories

VDD level (due to ESD protection


7 Initialization Initialize Setting of Command/Data D/C circuit between VDD and VCC)
SS
Image Rewriting Send Display Data “L” or “Hi-z” “H” or “L” “L” or “Hi-z”
SCK
8 SDI
Display Settings Dimmer, Scroll, etc.
Supplement

Note: Refer to Application Notes on web site.

www.nkkswitches.com E13
SmartSwitch OLED Pushbutton & Display
Toggles

PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING & STORAGE OF OLED PUSHBUTTONS & DISPLAY


ATTENTION
Handling ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES
Rockers

1. The IS Series OLED devices are electrostatic sensitive. To avoid damage to IC,
do not touch terminals unless properly isolated from static electricity.
Pushbuttons

2. Signal input under conditions not recommended may cause damage to the OLED unit or deterioration of the
display. Follow directions regarding supply sequences of power and signal voltages.
3. If the OLED panel is broken, avoid touching the contents. Wash off any contact to the skin or clothing.
Programmable Illuminated PB

4. Limit operating force to switch keytop to 100.0N maximum, as excessive pressure may damage the OLED.
5. For OLED display, it is necessary for bracket legs to be Grounded.
6. Recommended soldering time and temperature limits for OLED switch or display:

E Avoid temperatures exceeding 80°C at the OLED.


Wave Soldering: see Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: see Profile A in Supplement section.
7. The IS series OLED devices are not process sealed.
Keylocks

8. Pixels acquire diminished brightness over time and use, and those most frequently habituated have greater
reduction of brightness than those less used. To minimize this difference, operate OLED unit so that all pixels
are used as consistently as possible.
Rotaries

9. For switch, clean cap surface with dry cloth. If further cleaning is needed, wipe with dampened cloth using
neutral cleanser and dry with clean cloth. Do not use organic solvent. For display, avoid contact with any
flux or detergent. If any liquids spill on display surface, immediately wipe with soft absorbent cloth.
Slides

10. Proper serial resistors and buffers for signals should be used to prevent noise problems.

Storage
Tactiles

1. Store in original container and away from direct sunlight.


2. Keep away from static electricity.
3. Avoid extreme temperatures, high humidity, gaseous substances, and all forms of chemical contamination.
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

E14 www.nkkswitches.com
OLED Rocker SmartSwitch

Toggles
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS

• Organic LED technology in display rocker (patent pending)

Rockers
• Multifunction programmable device: select with rocker, push for activation
• Replaces multiple switches and displays with one device in a small package

Pushbuttons
• Broad display aids in navigation, both forward and reverse and up and down, in structured menus
• Wide viewing angle of 180° and large 0.92” display with exceptional contrast
• Conforms to IP64 of IEC60529 Standards on panel surface; dust tight construction of switch prevents

Programmable Illuminated PB
entry of dust and improves contact reliability
• Commands and data supplied via serial communications protocol (SPI)
• Long life OLED with 52,000 hours at 30% illumination
• High reliability and long mechanical and electrical life of one million actuations minimum E
• Stylish black housing design with matte finish complements any application

Keylocks
Monochrome OLED featuring sharp contrast and

Rotaries
high resolution with 96 x 64 pixels

Panel mount with easy, snap-in installation

Slides
Short 14.6mm (.575”) behind-panel height
for compact spaces

Tactiles
Actual Size

Tilt
Touch

SMARTSWITCH PART NUMBER & DESCRIPTION


Indicators

Part Number Description


Accessories

OLED Rocker Switch: SP3T Switch


IS18WWC1W Rocker (ON) (ON) (ON)
Pushbutton Normally OFF
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com E15
SmartSwitch OLED Rocker
Toggles

SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Circuit Single Pole Three Throw (Momentary)
Top Center Bottom
Contact Position Normal Down Normal Down Normal Down
Rockers

OFF (ON) 9-12 OFF (ON) 10-12 OFF (ON) 11-12


Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load) 3VA maximum DC
Contact Resistance 200 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance 500 megohms minimum @ 250V DC
Pushbuttons

Dielectric Strength 250V AC for 1 minute minimum


Electrostatic Resisting Pressure 15kV minimum
Mechanical Endurance 1,000,000 operations minimum
Programmable Illuminated PB

Electrical Endurance 1,000,000 operations minimum


Operating Force 5± 2 Newtons at center of cap; 3.7±1.7 Newtons at top and bottom
Total Travel 1.3±0.5mm (.051”±.020") at center of cap; 1.8± 0.6mm (.71”±.024") at top and bottom

E OLED SPECIFICATIONS
Characteristics of Display
Display Device Single color OLED display
Keylocks

Display Mode Passive matrix


Pixel Format 96 x 64 pixels (horizontal x vertical)
Pixel Size 0.16mm x 0.177mm (horizontal x vertical)
Interface Serial (SPI) interface
Rotaries

Color White/Black (normally White)


Splash & Dust Proof Conforms to IP64 of IEC60529 standards on panel surface
Operating Temperature Range –20°C ~ +70°C (–4°F ~ +158°F)
Storage Temperature Range –25°C ~ +80°C (–13°F ~ +176°F)
Slides

Operating Life Time (Display) 52,000 hours (30% brightness); 15,600 hours (100% brightness)

Absolute Maximum Ratings (Temperature at 25°C) Recommended Operating Conditions


Tactiles

Items Symbols Ratings Items Symbols Minimum Typical Maximum


Supply Voltage for Supply Voltage for
VDDA –0.3V to +3.6V VDDA 2.7V 2.8V 2.9V
Logic/Interface Logic/Interface
Supply Voltage for Drive VAH –0.3V to +18.0V Supply Voltage for Drive VAH 14.5V 15.0V 15.5V
Tilt

Input Voltage Vin –0.3V to VDDA +0.3V Input High Level Voltage VI H 0.75 x VDDA –– VDDA
Input Low Level Voltage VI L 0.0 –– 0.25V x VDDA

Current Consumption
Touch

(Temperature at 25°C, VDDA = 2.8V, VAH = 15.0V)


Optical Characteristics
Items Symbols Min Typical Max (Temperature at 25°C, Initial Value: depends on initial setting)
All-Pixels-On Mode Items Minimum Typical Maximum
Indicators

I H1 –– 11.0mA 13.2mA
*Drive System Power Current
All-Pixels-On Mode Brightness 75 cd/m2 100 cd/m2 125 cd/m2
I DD1 –– 0.58mA 0.72mA
*Logic/IF System Power Current (x) *1 0.310 *1
Sleep Mode Chromaticity
I H2 –– –– 10μA (y) *1 0.320 *1
Accessories

**Drive System Power Current


Sleep Mode Contrast 100 –– ––
I DD2 –– –– 10μA
**Logic/IF System Power Current * Chromaticity range is the area of the ellipse. (See Chromaticity Diagram
* All pixels shall be turned on with the maximum level gray scale next page) The ellipse passes through points A, B, C and D and
** All pixels shall be turned off (while chip is operating)
Supplement

designates the center of each side of the quadrangle.

E16 www.nkkswitches.com
OLED Rocker SmartSwitch
0.39

Toggles
Chromaticity Diagram 0.38
Point Chromaticity X Chromaticity Y 0.37 A
0.36
A 0.3441 0.3663 0.35
B 0.2983 0.3384 0.34 B

Chromaticity Y

Rockers
C 0.2799 0.2881 0.33
0.32
D 0.3257 0.3160 0.31 D
0.30
TIMING SPECIFICATIONS 0.29

Pushbuttons
C
0.28
AC Characteristics 0.27
(Temperature at –20°C ~ +70°C), VDDA = 2.8V, VAH = 16V 0.26
Items Symbols Minimum Typical Maximum 0.25
0.25 0.27 0.29 0.31 0.33 0.35 0.37

Programmable Illuminated PB
Clock Cycle Time t c yc le 100ns –– –– Chromaticity X

A0 Setup Time t SWDS 65ns –– ––


A0
A0 Hold Time t SWDH 35ns –– ––
tSWDS t SWDH
XCS Setup Time t CWS 65ns –– –– tC W S t CWH

XCS Hold Time t CWH 95ns –– –– XCS

High Level XCS Pulse Width t CSBH *10ns –– ––


tR
t SC L H
t c y cle
tCSBH
E
Write Data Setup Time t WDTS 10ns –– ––
SCL
Write Data Hold Time t WDTH 20ns –– –– tF t SC L L

Keylocks
SCL Low Time t SCLL 45ns –– –– tW D T S tW D T H

SCL High Time t SCLH 45ns –– –– SI D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0


SCL Rise Time tr –– –– 15ns
SCL Fall Time tf –– –– 15ns

Rotaries
* Requires more than 100ns after resetting software Black & White OLED Panel
96 x 64
SEG1 . . . SEG96 COM1 . . . COM64
BLOCK DIAGRAM & PIN CONFIGURATIONS
Segment Driver Common Driver

Slides
VDDA 1 OLED Driver
VAH 8 with Controller
Light Decoder

Display Control Oscillator


XRES 2
& Screen Saver Timing
Control

Tactiles
SCL 5 Graphic Display
XCS 3 Data RAM
SI 6 128 x 64 x 1 Bit
A0 4
I/F Circuit Block Register

VSS 7

Tilt
9 SW1
SW_COM 12 10 SW2
IS18WWC1W
11 SW3

Pin No. Symbol Name Function


1 VDDA Logic Type Power Source Touch
2 XRES Reset Terminal to initialize IC built-in logic; initializes with low level
3 XCS Chip Select Slave select for SPI. This line is active low.
4 A0 Address Terminal to input control signals of command/parameter
Indicators

Set low at time of command input and high level at the time
of parameter input.
5 SCL Serial Clock Read command/parameter at time of SCL signal standing up
6 SI Serial Data Input Terminal to input command/parameter by SPI
Accessories

7 VSS Ground
8 VAH Drive Type Power Source
9 SW1 Switch Terminal 1 N/O
10 SW2 Switch Terminal 2 N/O
Supplement

11 SW3 Switch Terminal 3 N/O


12 SW_COM Switch Common Terminal

www.nkkswitches.com E17
SmartSwitch OLED Rocker
Toggles

SMARTSWITCH TYPICAL DIMENSIONS


(21.8) (35.4)
.858 1.394
See (19.16)
Pixel Detail .754
Rockers
Pushbuttons

(38.8) (13.22)
1.528 .520 (35.1) (46.7)
(50.7) (15.3) 1.382 1.839
1.996 .602
Programmable Illuminated PB

E NKK P/N
This Side
(30.6) (2.0)
(0.8)
.031
1.205 .079
(37.9) (5.6) (14.6) (34.9)
1.492 .220 .575 1.374
Keylocks

12
11
10
(0.16) Typ (0.04) Typ
Rotaries

.0063 .0016 Panel Thickness Range


(48.6)
(0.177) Typ .039 ~ .157" 1.913
.0070
3 (1.0mm ~ 4.0mm)
(0.03) Typ
.0012 2
Slides

Pixel Detail Terminal Connector Detail


Tactiles

(35.4)
1.394

STATE TRANSITION
Tilt

State 0 Power ON/OFF Sequence


Power OFF
(VAH, VDDA OFF) Initialization Setting

State 1 ( State 3)
7 : Power OFF 2 : Power OFF State 0 Power ON Power OFF State 0
1 : Power ON, Initialization State 2
8 : Initialization
Touch

2.5V 2.5V
State 3 6 : VAH ON State 1 3 : Display ON State 2 VDDA 0V Waiting time for oscillation
stability (about 1.1ms)
Power Saver Display OFF Display ON Reset low pulse width
Mode (Sleep Mode) Trw (minimum 1µs) Reset low pulse width
5 : VAH OFF 4 : Display OFF
(VDDA x 0.75)V Trw (minimum 1µs)
Indicators

XRES “L” (VDDA x 0.25)V


9 : Changing the Display 9 : Changing the Display 9 : Changing the Display Minimum 0µs Completion time of reset Tr (minimum 0.1µs)
Waiting time to stabilize VAH VAH Level Waiting time to stabilize
voltage: 1ms (reference) VAH voltage: 1s (reference)
VAH 0V Minimum 0µs
State Changing
State Display Sleep VAH VDDA
Number the Display Maximum 100ms Maximum 100ms
Accessories

XCS “L” “H” or “L”


0 Power OFF OFF –– OFF OFF Disable

1 Display OFF OFF ON ON ON Enable A0 “L” “H” or “L”

2 Display ON ON OFF ON ON Enable


Supplement

SCL/SI “Hi-z”
“H” or “L”
3 Power Saver OFF ON OFF ON Enable

E18 www.nkkswitches.com
OLED Rocker SmartSwitch

Toggles
STATE TRANSITION (CONTINUED)

State
Transition Reference or Setting Procedure
Transition

Rockers
Refer to "Power ON/OFF Sequence" Display ON/OFF Sequence
1 Power ON
Refer to "Initialization Setting"
State 2 Display State 1 VAH OFF State 3 VAH ON State 1 Display State 2
2 Power OFF Refer to "Power ON/OFF Sequence" OFF ON

Pushbuttons
3 Display ON 2.8V
Refer to VDDA
"Display ON/OFF Sequence"
4 Display OFF ON
Display OFF
5 VAH OFF

Programmable Illuminated PB
Minimum 10ms Minimum 0µs
Wait until VAH becomes stable ON
6 VAH ON Standby
OFF Waiting time to stabilize VAH
voltage: 1ms (Reference)
7 Power OFF Refer to "Power ON/OFF Sequence" Minimum 0µs Minimum 0µs
15V
8 Initialization Refer to "Initialization Setting" VAH
0V

Image
96 x 64 Image Data Sending
E
Display Rewriting
9
Change Display Dimmer/Screen Saver/Indication

Keylocks
Settings 180° Reversal

INITIALIZITION SETTING

Rotaries
Command Parameter Command Parameter
Command Name Remarks Command Name Remarks
Address (1 or 2Byte) Address (1 or 2Byte)

Software Reset 01 X Axis Reading Start Address 38 00 Note 1


Dot Matrix Display ON/OFF 02 00 Note 1 Y Axis Reading Start Address 39 00 Note 1

Slides
Read/Write Operation Wetting 07 00 Note 1 Reserved 9 48 03 Note 2
Display Direction Set Command 09 00 Note 1 Screen Saver Event Timer Setting
C3 00 Note 1
Reserved 1 10 03 Note 2 Command

Tactiles
Reserved 2 12 63 Note 2 Screen Saver Event Timer Setting
C4 00 Note 1
Command
Reserved 3 13 00 Note 2
One Time, Repeat or Direction
Dot Matrix Display Standby ON/OFF 14 00 CC 00 Note 1
Setting for Screen Saver
Reserved 4 16 00 Note 2

Tilt
Start/Stop Setting for Screen Saver CD 00 Note 1
Reserved 5 17 00 Notes 1 & 2
System Clock Division Ratio Setting D0 80 Note 2
Reserved 6 18 09 Note 2
Setting the STBY Pin D2 00 Notes 1 & 2
Reserved 7 1A 04 Notes 1 & 2
DACA Setting D4 00 Note 2 Touch
Reserved 8 1C 00 Notes 1 & 2
DACB Setting D5 00 Note 2
Graphic Memory Writing Direction 1D 00 Note 1
DACC Setting D6 00 Note 2
Indicators

Setting Column Output Range 30 005F Note 1


DACD Setting D7 00 Note 2
Setting Row Output Range 32 003F Note 1
X Axis Reading/Writing Start Point 34 00 Note 1 Reserved 10 D9 00 Notes 1 & 2

Dimmer Setting DB 0F Note 1


Accessories

X Axis Reading/Writing End Point 35 0B Note 1


Y Axis Reading/WritingStart Point 36 00 Note 1 Reserved 11 DD 88 Note 2

Y Axis Reading/Writing End Point 37 3F Note 1 Image Writing 08 Image data

Notes: 1. Same as default value


Supplement

Notes: 1. Same as default value

2. Do not change setting value 2. Do not change setting value

www.nkkswitches.com E19
SmartSwitch OLED Rocker
Toggles

ACCESSORIES

AT715 Cable for Connection


Rockers
Pushbuttons

(500.0) +50.0
– 0.0
19.685
Programmable Illuminated PB

PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING & STORAGE OF OLED ROCKERS

E Handling ATTENTION
ELECTROSTATIC
1. OLED devices are electrostatic sensitive. SENSITIVE DEVICES

2. Signal input under conditions not recommended may cause damage to the OLED unit or deterioration of the display.
Keylocks

Follow directions regarding supply sequences of power and signal voltages.


3. If the OLED panel is broken, avoid touching the contents. Wash off in case of contact to the skin or clothing.
4. Limit operating force to 100.0N maximum, as excessive pressure may damage the display.
Rotaries

5. Under certain actuation conditions, one side of the rocker and the center switch can both send actuation signals.
6. Pixels acquire diminished brightness over time and use, and those most frequently habituated have greater reduction of
brightness than those less used. To minimize this difference, operate OLED unit so that all pixels are used as consistently
as possible.
Slides

7. Clean actuator surface with dry cloth. If further cleaning is needed, wipe with dampened cloth using neutral cleanser and
dry with clean cloth. Do not use organic solvent.

Storage
Tactiles

1. Store in original container and away from direct sunlight.


2. Keep away from static electricity.
3. Avoid extreme temperatures, high humidity, gaseous substances, and all forms of chemical contamination.
Tilt

Incorrect Correct
Panel Mounting
• Before snapping a switch into the panel, align the
Touch

gasket evenly under the bezel of the switch.


• When mounting into a panel, apply equal pressure Gasket position must be even with no gaps beneath bezel Gasket secure and flush against bezel

to sides of bezel and insert parallel to the panel.


Indicators

• After mounting, be sure there are no gaps between switch and panel. Lightly push into panel.
• After installing into panel, do not apply excessive force.
• After panel installation and wiring is completed, do not apply force horizontally or
Accessories

vertically from behind panel.


• Behind the panel, cut area should be squared. If front of panel is painted, do not allow any paint
to collect in corners of cutout to prevent level mounting.
• Avoid reinstalling a switch once it has been mounted into panel. This may cause deterioration of Clean Edges
Supplement

panel sealability.

E20 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Pushbuttons, Display & Compact SmartSwitch

Toggles
HIGH RESOLUTION LCDS

Pushbutton • Short Travel IS15EBFP4RGB-09YN

Rockers
Programmable Display; High Resolution: 64 x 32 Pixels
Backlight RGB: 64 colors; Black & White LCD

Pushbuttons
Up to 4 Lines with 10 Characters Each
Page E22

Programmable Illuminated PB
Pushbutton • Long Travel IS15EBFP4RGB

Programmable Display; High Resolution: 64 x 32 Pixels


Backlight RGB: 64 colors; Black & White LCD
E
Up to 4 Lines with 10 Characters Each

Keylocks
Page E22

Rotaries
Display IS01EBFRGB

Programmable Display; High Resolution: 64 x 32 Pixels


Backlight RGB: 64 colors; Black & White LCD

Slides
Up to 4 Lines with 10 Characters Each
Page E26

Tactiles
Compact Pushbutton IS15ESBFP4RGB

Tilt
Programmable Display; High Resolution: 64 x 32 Pixels
Backlight RGB: 64 colors; Black & White LCD
Up to 4 Lines with 10 Characters Each
Touch
Page E28
Indicators

For All LCD 64 x 32 Switches & Displays


Accessories

Timing Specifications Page E31


Bitmap Page E31
Commands & Data Page E32
Handling & Storage
Supplement

Page E33

www.nkkswitches.com E21
SmartSwitch Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Pushbuttons & Display
Toggles

DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS

• Programmable display graphics for alphanumeric characters and animated sequences


Rockers

• 64 colors of backlighting can be controlled dynamically


• Pushbutton switches or display with LCD, RGB LED backlighting
Pushbuttons

• General brightness of backlight is dynamically controlled in eight steps from dark to bright
• Operated by commands and data supplied via serial communications (SPI)
• Incorporates bitmap display function
Programmable Illuminated PB

• Dual image VRAM for quick change of displayed images


• Travel options: Short travel of 1.8mm, or long travel of 4.5mm (same as KP01 Series)
• Low energy consumption
E • Dust tight construction
Keylocks

Viewing areas:
Switches - 17.0mm x 13.0mm (horizontal x vertical)
Display - 14.4mm x 11.8mm
Rotaries

High reliability and long life of one million (short travel)


or three million (long travel) actuations

High resolution of 64 x 32 pixels


Slides

Epoxy sealed straight PC terminals


Tactiles

Snap-in standoff legs on the switches, or display’s


bracket with crimped legs, ensure secure mounting
and alignment and prevent dislodging during
wave soldering.
Tilt
Touch

Actual Sizes of Switches & Display


Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

Short Travel Long Travel Display

E22 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Pushbuttons SmartSwitch

Toggles
IS15EBFP4RGB-09YN IS15EBFP4RGB
RGB LED Backlight RGB LED Backlight

Rockers
Black and White LCD Black and White LCD
Short Travel Long Travel

Pushbuttons
SWITCH PART NUMBERS & DESCRIPTION

Programmable Illuminated PB
Part Numbers Switch Description LCD Mode LED Color
SPST
IS15EBFP4RGB-09YN Momentary ON Black & White
Red/Green/Blue
IS15EBFP4RGB Gold Contacts FSTN Positive
Straight PC Terminals

SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
E
Short Travel Long Travel

Keylocks
Circuit SPST normally open SPST normally open
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load) 100mA @ 12V DC 100mA @ 12V DC
Contact Resistance 200 milliohms maximum @ 20mV 10mA 200 milliohms maximum @ 20mV 10mA
Insulation Resistance 100 megohms minimum @ 100V DC 100 megohms minimum @ 100V DC

Rotaries
Dielectric Strength 125V AC for 1 minute minimum 125V AC for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Endurance 1,000,000 operations minimum 3,000,000 operations minimum
Electrical Endurance 1,000,000 operations minimum 3,000,000 operations minimum

Slides
Operating Force 1.7 ± 0.5 Newtons 2.0 ± 0.5 Newtons
Total Travel 1.8mm (.071”) 4.5mm (.177”)

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS FOR SHORT TRAVEL

Tactiles
Terminal numbers are not on the switch.
(17.0) (19.0)
See .669 .748
Pixel Detail (16.56) (10.5) (10.0) (16.0)
.652 .413 .394 Standoff 1 .630 Standoff 2

Tilt
(0.6) Typ
.024 (2.5) (1.0) Typ
.098 .039
2
(14.8) (11.66) 9
.583 .459 (7.62) 8
7 (6.0)
(20.59) (13.0) .300 6
5 .236
.811 .512 (15.0) 4
3 (18.0)
1
(0.4) Typ .591 .709
.016
Touch
See Standoff Standoff 2 Standoff 1
(18.5) Detail (0.3) Typ (0.2) Typ
.728 .012 .008
(23.13) (23.0) (3.2) (6.35) (6.15) (2.0)
.911 .906 .126 .250 .242 .079
Indicators

(16.0)
(0.239) A .630 2x (0.9)
.0094 (0.2) .035
(0.345)
Pixel Detail
(0.02) Typ
Standoff Detail .008 Footprint (1.0) Typ (2.5)
.0136 .0008 (1.25) .039 .098 2
9
.049 8
Accessories

(6.0) 7 6 (7.62)
.236 5
4 .300 (15.0)
3 1
.591
(2.0) Dia 7x (0.75)
.079 .030
Dimension A 4x (1.3) Dia
(2.0) (6.15) (6.35) .051
Standoff 1 = (2.7) Standoff 2 = (2.3) .079 .242 .250 Landless
Supplement

.106 .091

The Compact LCD 64 x 32 Pushbutton may utilize the same footprint as the Short Travel LCD 64 x 32 Pushbutton.

www.nkkswitches.com E23
SmartSwitch Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Pushbuttons
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS FOR LONG TRAVEL

Terminal numbers are not on the switch.


(17.0)
See .669 (3.9) (18.0)
Pixel Detail (16.56)
Rockers

.154 .709
.652 Standoff 1 Standoff 2
(0.6) Typ (1.0) Typ
.024 .039
2
(14.8) (11.66) 9
8
.583 .459 (7.62) 6
7 (6.0)
Pushbuttons

(20.59) (13.0) .300 4


5 .236
.811 .512 (16.0) 1
3
(0.4) Typ .630
.016

See Standoff Standoff 2 Standoff 1


(18.5) Detail (0.3) Typ
.728 .012
Programmable Illuminated PB

(23.13) (23.0) (3.4) (8.0) (7.05) (2.0)


.911 .906 .134 .315 .278 .079

A (18.0) 2x (0.9)
(0.239) (0.2) .709 .035
.0094 .008
(1.0) Typ
Pixel Detail (0.345) (0.02) Typ Standoff Detail (1.25) Footprint .039
.0136 .0008 .049 9
2
8
(6.0) (7.62)
E (2.0) Dia
.236

7x (0.75)
3
4
1
.300
(16.0)
.630
.079
Dimension A .030

Standoff 1 = (2.7) Standoff 2 = (2.3) (2.0) (7.05) (8.0) 4x (1.3) Dia


.106 .091
Keylocks

.079 .278 .315 .051

The following pages for Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Pushbuttons apply to the both Short Travel and Long Travel LCD 64 x 32 Pushbuttons.

LCD SPECIFICATIONS
Rotaries

Characteristics of Display
Display Operation Mode FSTN positive; background colors, black & white

Display Condition Transflective with built-in LED backlight


Slides

Viewing Angle Direction 6 o’clock

Viewing Area 17.0mm x 13.0mm (horizontal x vertical)

Pixel Format 64 x 32 pixels (horizontal x vertical)


Tactiles

Pixel Size 0.239mm x 0.345mm (horizontal x vertical)

*Operating Temperature Range –15°C ~ +50°C (+5°F ~ +122°F)

Storage Temperature Range –20°C ~ +60°C (–4°F ~ +140°F)


Tilt

Backlight LED RGB: red/green/blue


* In a low temperature environment (below 0°C), speed and contrast decrease when image changes. The non-indicator dot may become dense in
a high temperature environment (about +50°C). Highest backlight brightness level should not be used for temperatures above +35°C.
Touch

Absolute Maximum Ratings (Temperature at 25°C)


Items Symbols Ratings

Supply Voltage VDD –0.3V to +7.0V


Indicators

Input Voltage VI –0.3V to VD D +0.3V

Output Voltage VO –0.3V to VD D +0.3V

Optical Characteristics (Temperature at 25°C)


Accessories

Items Symbols Min Typical Max

Contrast Ratio Cr –– 3.0 ––

Viewing Angle Up & Down q –– 90° ––


Supplement

(Cr ≥ 1.1) Right & Left f –– 90° ––

E24 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Pushbuttons SmartSwitch

Toggles
Recommended Operating Conditions (Temperature at 25°C)

Items Symbols Minimum Typical Maximum

Supply Voltage VDD 4.9V 5.0V 5.1V

Rockers
High Level Input Voltage VI H 0.8 VDD — —

Low Level Input Voltage VI L — — 0.2VDD

SPI Clock Frequency fSCK — — 8MHz

Pushbuttons
Current Consumption I DD ** 10mA — *** 60mA

** 10mA: Backlighting LED is off


*** 60mA: Backlighting LEDs (Red, Green, Blue) are maximum brightness

Programmable Illuminated PB
SWITCH BLOCK DIAGRAM & PIN CONFIGURATIONS

E
Com1......Com32
Common Driver
Shift Register
32bit

64 x 32 Dot Matrix
LCD Panel

Keylocks
seg1.......seg64

Segment Driver

Rotaries
Backlight LED
64bit Red
Display Controller
Shift Register
Green

RAM #1 RAM #2 Blue

Slides
NC 9 256Byte 256Byte

SS 8
SCK 7
SPI LED Driver
SDI 6

Tactiles
SDO 5

VDD 4

GND 3

Tilt
SW 1 2 SW

Pin No. Symbol Name Function

1 SW Terminal of Switch Normally open Touch

2 SW Terminal of Switch Normally open


Indicators

3 GND Ground

4 VDD Power Power source for logic circuit and LCD

5 SDO Data Out Data output line for SPI


Accessories

6 SDI Data In Data input line for SPI

7 SCK Serial Clock Clock line for SPI that synchronizes commands and data

8 SS Slave Select Chip select for SPI; line is active low


Supplement

9 NC None No connection

www.nkkswitches.com E25
SmartSwitch Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Display
Toggles

DISPLAY PART NUMBER & DESCRIPTION

Part Number Terminals LCD Mode LED Color


Rockers

Black & White


IS01EBFRGB Straight PC Red/Green/Blue
FSTN Positive

LCD SPECIFICATIONS
Pushbuttons

Characteristics of Display

Display Operation Mode FSTN positive; background colors, black & white
Programmable Illuminated PB

Display Condition Transflective with built-in LED backlight

Viewing Angle Direction 6 o’clock

Viewing Area 14.4mm x 11.8mm (horizontal x vertical)

Pixel Format 64 x 32 pixels (horizontal x vertical)


E Pixel Size 0.200mm x 0.285mm (horizontal x vertical)

*Operating Temperature Range –15°C ~ +50°C (+5°F ~ +122°F)


Keylocks

Storage Temperature Range –20°C ~ +60°C (–4°F ~ +140°F)

Backlight LED RGB: red/green/blue

* In a low temperature environment (below 0°C), speed and contrast decrease when image changes. The non-indicator dot may become dense in
a high temperature environment (about +50°C). Highest backlight brightness level should not be used for temperatures above +35°C.
Rotaries

Recommended Operating Conditions (Temperature at 25°C)

Items Symbols Minimum Typical Maximum


Slides

Supply Voltage VDD 4.9V 5.0V 5.1V

High Level Input Voltage VI H 0.8 VDD — —

Low Level Input Voltage VI L — — 0.2VDD


Tactiles

SPI Clock Frequency fSCK — — 8MHz

Current Consumption I DD ** 10mA — *** 60mA

** 10mA: Backlighting LED is off


*** 60mA: Backlighting LEDs (Red, Green, Blue) are maximum brightness
Tilt

Absolute Maximum Ratings (Temperature at 25°C)

Items Symbols Ratings


Touch

Supply Voltage VDD –0.3V to +7.0V

Input Voltage VI –0.3V to VD D +0.3V


Indicators

Output Voltage VO –0.3V to VD D +0.3V

Optical Characteristics (Temperature at 25°C)

Items Symbols Minimum Typical Maximum


Accessories

Contrast Ratio Cr –– 3.0 ––

Viewing Up & Down q –– 90° ––


Supplement

Angle
(Cr ≥ 1.1) Right & Left f –– 90° ––

E26 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Display SmartSwitch

Toggles
DISPLAY BLOCK DIAGRAM & PIN CONFIGURATIONS

Com1......Com32
Common Driver
Shift Register
32bit 64 x 32 Dot Matrix

Rockers
LCD Panel

seg1.......seg64

Pushbuttons
Segment Driver
Backlight LED
64bit Red

Programmable Illuminated PB
Display Controller
Shift Register
Green

RAM #1 RAM #2 Blue


256Byte 256Byte

SCK 1
IS01EBFRGB
SS 2 RGB LED Backlight
SDO 3
SPI LED Driver
Black and White LCD E
SDI 4

GND 5

Keylocks
VDD 6

Pin No. Symbol Name Function


Serial Clock Clock line for SPI that synchronizes commands and data

Rotaries
1 SCK
2 SS Slave Select Chip select for SPI; line is active low

3 SDO Data Out Data output line for SPI

4 SDI Data In Data input line for SPI

Slides
5 GND Ground

6 VDD Power Power source for logic circuit and LCD

Tactiles
TYPICAL DISPLAY DIMENSIONS
Terminal numbers are not on the device.
(10.0)
.394
See (14.06)
Pixel Detail (1.3) (0.4) Typ (3.1) (0.65) Typ

Tilt
.554 .051 .016 .122 .026
Key

(0.5) Sq Typ
(12.2) (9.74) .020
.480 .383
(17.2) (11.8) (16.8) 2 1 (14.7)
.677 .465 (4.0) .661 .579
.157 6 5

(2.0) Typ Touch


(14.4)
.079
.567 (0.7) (2.0)
(17.8) .028 .079
.701
(9.9) (3.0) (15.0)
Indicators

.390 .118 .591

CL
(3.1)
.122
(0.200)
Pixel Detail .0079 Footprint (2.0)
(0.285) (0.02) Typ
Accessories

.0112 .0008 (16.8) .079


1 2 (14.7)
.661 (4.0) .579
(2.0) Typ 5 6 .157
.079
3x (0.9) Dia
.035
Supplement

4x (0.9) Dia (10.0) 6x (0.8) Dia


.035 .394 .031
(15.0)
.591

www.nkkswitches.com E27
SmartSwitch Wide View Compact LCD 64 x 32 Pushbutton
Toggles

DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS

Compact Size Combined with High Resolution


• High resolution of 64 x 32 pixels
Rockers

• 64 colors of backlighting can be controlled dynamically


• Pushbutton switch with LCD, RGB LED backlighting
• General brightness of backlight is dynamically controlled in eight steps from dark to bright
Pushbuttons

• Operated by commands and data supplied via serial communications (SPI)


• Can display as many as four lines of text with ten characters each
• Incorporates bitmap display function
Programmable Illuminated PB

• Programmable display graphics for alphanumeric characters and animated sequences


• Dual image VRAM for quick change of displayed images
• Low energy consumption
• Dust tight construction
E
Viewing area: 14.5mm x 11.8mm (horizontal x vertical)
Keylocks

Variety of LED backlighting with 64 colors and 8 steps


brightness

Dome gives crisp tactile feedback to positively indicate


Rotaries

circuit transfer

Epoxy sealed straight PC terminals


Slides

Snap-in standoff for easy, secure mounting and alignment


Tactiles

Actual Size
Tilt
Touch
Indicators

PART NUMBER & DESCRIPTION


Accessories

Part Number Switch Description LCD Mode LED Color

SPST
Momentary ON Black & White
IS15ESBFP4RGB Red/Green/Blue
Gold Contacts FSTN Positive
Supplement

Straight PC Terminals

E28 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View Compact LCD 64 x 32 Pushbutton SmartSwitch

Toggles
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Circuit SPST normally open
Electrical Capacity
100mA @ 12V DC
(Resistive Load)

Rockers
Contact Resistance 200 milliohms maximum @ 20mV 10mA
Insulation Resistance 100 megohms minimum @ 100V DC
Dielectric Strength 125V AC for 1 minute minimum

Pushbuttons
Mechanical Endurance 1,000,000 operations minimum
Electrical Endurance 1,000,000 operations minimum
Operating Force 1.7 ± 0.5 Newtons

Programmable Illuminated PB
Total Travel 1.8mm (.071”)

Absolute Maximum Ratings (Temperature at 25°C)


Items Symbols Ratings
Supply Voltage VDD –0.3V to +7.0V
Input Voltage VI –0.3V to VD D +0.3V E
Output Voltage VO –0.3V to VD D +0.3V

Optical Characteristics (Temperature at 25°C)

Keylocks
Items Symbols Minimum Typical Maximum
Contrast Ratio Cr –– 3.0 ––

Viewing Angle Up & Down q –– 90° ––

Rotaries
(Cr ≥ 1.1) Right & Left f –– 90° ––

LCD SPECIFICATIONS
Characteristics of Display

Slides
FSTN positive; background colors,
Display Operation Mode
black & white
Display Condition Transflective with built-in LED backlight

Tactiles
Viewing Angle Direction 6 o’clock
Viewing Area 14.5mm x 11.8mm (horizontal x vertical)
Pixel Format 64 x 32 pixels (horizontal x vertical)
Pixel Size 0.200mm x 0.285mm (horizontal x vertical)

Tilt
* Operating Temp Range –15°C ~ +50°C (+5°F ~ +122°F)
Storage Temp Range –20°C ~ +60°C (–4°F ~ +140°F)
Backlight LED RGB: red/green/blue

Touch
* In a low temperature environment (below 0°C), speed and contrast decrease when image changes. The non-indicator dot may become dense in a
high temperature environment (about +50°C). Highest backlight brightness level should not be used for temperatures above +35°C.

Recommended Operating Conditions (Temperature at 25°C)


Indicators

Items Symbols Minimum Typical Maximum


Supply Voltage VDD 4.9V 5.0V 5.1V
High Level Input Voltage VI H 0.8 VDD — —
Accessories

Low Level Input Voltage VI L — — 0.2VDD


SPI Clock Frequency fSCK –– –– 8MHz
Current Consumption I DD ** 10mA –– *** 60mA
** 10mA: Backlighting LED is off
Supplement

*** 60mA: Backlighting LEDs (Red, Green, Blue) are maximum brightness

www.nkkswitches.com E29
SmartSwitch Wide View Compact LCD 64 x 32 Pushbutton
Toggles

BLOCK DIAGRAM & PIN CONFIGURATIONS

Com1......Com32
Common Driver
Shift Register
32bit
64 x 32 Dot Matrix
LCD Panel
Rockers

seg1.......seg64

Segment Driver
Pushbuttons

Backlight LED
64bit Red
Display Controller
Shift Register
Green

RAM #1 RAM #2 Blue


Programmable Illuminated PB

256Byte 256Byte

SS 8
SCK 7
SPI LED Driver
SDI 6
IS15ESBFP4RGB
SDO 5
RGB LED Backlight
Black and White LCD
E
VDD 4

GND 3

SW 1 2 SW
Keylocks

Pin No. Symbol Name Function


1 SW Terminal of Switch Normally open
2 SW Terminal of Switch Normally open
Rotaries

3 GND Ground
4 VDD Power Power source for logic circuit and LCD
5 SDO Data Out Data output line for SPI
6 SDI Data In Data input line for SPI
7 SCK Serial Clock Clock line for SPI that synchronizes commands and data
Slides

8 SS Slave Select Chip select for SPI; line is active low

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Tactiles

Terminal numbers are not on the switch.


(14.5) (16.0)
See .571 .630
Pixel Detail (14.06) (10.8) (10.0) (0.3) Typ (0.2) Typ
.554 .425 .394 .012 .008
(0.6) Typ Standoff 1 Standoff 2
.024 (1.0) Typ
Tilt

.039
2
(12.8)
.504 (9.74) (7.62) 8
.383 (15.0) .300 (5.0)
(18.0) (11.8) .197
.709 .465 .591 1
4
3

(0.4) Typ (1.5)


.016 .059
Touch

Standoff 2 Standoff 1
See Standoff
(15.5) Detail (6.35) (2.0)
.610 .250 .079
(19.0) (23.0) (3.2) (6.15)
.748 .906 .126 .242
Indicators

(0.200) (16.0)
.0079 A
(0.3) 6x (0.75) Dia .630 2x (0.9) Dia
(0.285) (0.02) Typ .012 .030 .035
.0112 .0008 (1.5)
(1.25) .059 2
Pixel Detail Standoff Detail .049 Footprint 8
7
(5.0) 6 (7.62)
Accessories

.197
5
4 .300 (15.0)
3 1 .591
(2.0) Dia
.079 (1.0) Typ
.039
(2.0) (6.35) 4x (1.3) Dia
Dimension A .079 .250 .051
(6.15) Landless
Standoff 1 = (2.7) Standoff 2 = (2.3) .242
Supplement

.106 .091

The Compact LCD 64 x 32 Pushbutton may utilize the same footprint as the Short Travel LCD 64 x 32 Pushbutton.

E30 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Pushbuttons, Display & Compact SmartSwitch

Toggles
TIMING SPECIFICATIONS FOR SWITCHES & DISPLAY
SPI Characteristics (See Timing Diagram) Circuit Example
CLK_1
(Temperature at –15°C ~ +50°C and VDD = 5.0V ± 2%)

Rockers
SCK SCK SCK
Items Symbols Minimum Maximum SDI
SS
SDI
SS
SDI
SS

SPI_SS Set Up Time ts SS 10ns IS_1 IS_2 IS_3

Pushbuttons
CLK_2
SPI_SS Hold Time th S S 10ns
SCK SCK SCK
SPI_CLK Cycle tcyc C K 8MHz SDI SDI SDI
SS SS SS

IS_4 IS_5 IS_6

Programmable Illuminated PB
SPI_CLK Width thw C K 10ns
CLK_3
SPI_DI Set Up Time ts DI 10ns
SCK SCK SCK
SDI SDI SDI
SPI_DI Hold Time th D I 10ns SS SS SS

IS_7 IS_8 IS_9


SPI_DO Delay Time td D O 10ns
DATA_1 DATA_2 DATA_3 E
It is recommended that all SS pins be connected to a controller pin
instead of ground. A clock glitch during power up could cause the
SPI Timing Chart (SS Using) communication to fall out of sync. Toggling the SS line resets the

Keylocks
ts SS th SS communication.

SS
SPI Timing Chart (SS Low Level Fixed)
tc y c CK thw CK SS
Low

Rotaries
SCK
tc y c CK thw CK

ts DI th DI SCK
SDI D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
ts DI th DI

td DO SDI D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

Slides
SDO D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
td DO

SDO D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

SDI and SCK shall be kept high when idle.

Tactiles
BITMAP
Segment

Common 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 • • • 16 ••••• 49 • • • 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
Byte8 Byte7 ••• Byte2 Byte1

Tilt
COM1 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D0 • • • D7 ••• D0 • • • D7 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
Byte16 Byte9
COM2 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
• • • Touch

• • •
• • •
Indicators

Byte256 ••• ••• Byte249


COM32 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7

Transferring Display Data/Displaying LCD Command and Data Sequence


Accessories

Command Data (256 Bytes)


0 x 55 Byte1 Byte2 • • • Byte255 Byte256
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 D7 D6 • • • D1 D0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Supplement

Notes: Display RAM has two screen areas. The first area is for the display on current LCD; the second area is for the data to be displayed next.
The screens are changed when the second area is fully stored.

www.nkkswitches.com E31
SmartSwitch Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Pushbuttons, Display & Compact
Toggles

COMMANDS & DATA

• Transferring display data/displaying on LCD: command (1 Byte) + data (256 Bytes)


Rockers

• Others: command (1 Byte) + data (1 Byte)

• Commands can be accepted only when all bits coincide; otherwise, they are not acknowledged

• Additional commands will not be received until the communication of commands (1 Byte) and data (256 or 1 Byte) is completed
Pushbuttons

• There is no time limit from the beginning to end of data receipt

• Commands may be executed consecutively (no need to wait between commands)


Programmable Illuminated PB

• Irregular commands or data are not recognized

• Initial status at power activation: LCD display off, LED off (brightness 1/20, color off)

Transferring Display Data/Displaying on LCD


E
Command
Data Remarks
Hex Binary
Keylocks

0 x 55 01010101 256 Bytes (64 x 32 = 2,048 bits) See above for details of bitmap data

LED (Backlight) Color Set

Command
Data Remarks
Rotaries

Hex Binary

For each of RGB:


R R G G B B 1 1
2 bits x 3 00 = off 10 = 1/2
0 x 40 01000000
Slides

01 = 1/4 11 = full

LED (Backlight) Brightness Set

Command
Data Remarks
Tactiles

Hex Binary

For leading 3bits:

000 = 1/20 (dark) 100 = 1/3


001 = 1/10 101 = 1/2
*** 1 1 1 1 1
Tilt

0 x 41 01000001
3 bits 010 = 1/7 110 = 2/3
011 = 1/5 111 = full (bright)

Reset (Returning to Initial Status at Power Activation)


Touch

Command
Data Remarks
Hex Binary
Indicators

0 x 5E 01011110 00000011 Returning to initial status at power activation


Accessories
Supplement

E32 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Pushbuttons, Display & Compact SmartSwitch

Toggles
PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING & STORAGE OF LCD 64 x 32 DEVICES

Handling
ATTENTION

Rockers
ELECTROSTATIC
1. The IS Series devices are electrostatic sensitive. SENSITIVE DEVICES

2. Limit operating force to keytop to 100.0N maximum, as excessive pressure may damage the LCD device.

Pushbuttons
3. The IS series devices are not process sealed.
4. If the LCD is accidentally broken, avoid contact with the liquid and wash off any liquid spills to the skin or
clothing.

Programmable Illuminated PB
5. Clean cap surface with dry cloth. If further cleaning is needed, wipe with dampened cloth using neutral
cleanser and dry with clean cloth. Do not use organic solvent.
6. Recommended soldering time and temperature limits:
Do not exceed 60°C at the LCD level.
Wave Soldering: see Profile B in Supplement section. E
Manual Soldering for Switch: see Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering for Display: see Profile B in Supplement section.

Keylocks
7. Excessive images may result after the same image is emitted continuously for an extended period of time.
8. The highest backlight brightness level should not be used for temperatures above +35°C.

Rotaries
Storage

1. Store in original container and away from direct sunlight.


2. Keep away from static electricity.

Slides
3. Avoid extreme temperatures, high humidity, gaseous substances, and all forms of chemical contamination.

Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com E33
SmartSwitch Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons, Display & Compacts
Toggles

STANDARD RESOLUTION LCDS

Pushbutton IS15BBFP4RGB
Rockers

Programmable Display; Resolution: 36 x 24 Pixels


Backlight RGB; Black & White LCD
Up to 3 Lines with 6 Characters Each
Pushbuttons

Page E35

Pushbutton IS15BAFP4CF
Programmable Illuminated PB

Programmable Display; Resolution: 36 x 24 Pixels


Backlight Red/Green; Black & White LCD
Up to 3 Lines with 6 Characters Each

E Page E35

Display IS01BBFRGB
Keylocks

Programmable Display; Resolution: 36 x 24 Pixels


Backlight RGB; Black & White LCD
Up to 3 Lines with 6 Characters Each
Rotaries

Page E39
Slides

Compact Pushbutton IS15BSBFP4RGB

Programmable Display; Resolution: 36 x 24 Pixels


Backlight RGB; Black & White LCD
Tactiles

Up to 3 Lines with 6 Characters Each


Page E41

Compact Pushbutton IS15BSAFP4CF


Tilt

Programmable Display; Resolution: 36 x 24 Pixels


Backlight Red/Green; Black & White LCD
Touch

Up to 3 Lines with 6 Characters Each


Page E41
Indicators

For All LCD 36 x 24 Switches & Displays


Accessories

Switch Specifications Page E44


LCD Specifications Page E45 - E46
LED Characteristics Page E46
Supplement

Handling & Storage Page E47 Contact factory for additional options.

E34 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons & Display SmartSwitch

Toggles
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS

Standard with Enhanced LED Illumination:


• Broad and even light diffusion

Rockers
• Consistent backlighting
• Low energy consumption

Pushbuttons
Programmable LCD

Programmable Illuminated PB
Variety of LED Backlighting Colors

Rubber Dome

Epoxy Sealed Straight PC Terminals


E
RGB or bicolor red/green backlighting provides infinite color
availability.

Keylocks
Programmable to display graphics, alphanumeric characters
and animated sequences.
Integrated liquid crystal display provides wide viewing angle

Rotaries
with high contrast and clarity.
Viewing area for switches 17.0mm x 13.0mm
(horizontal x vertical) at 36 x 24 pixels;
Actual Sizes
Display viewing area 14.4mm x 11.8mm.

Slides
Dome gives crisp tactile feedback to positively indicate circuit
transfer.

Tactiles
High reliability and long life of one million actuations minimum.
Epoxy sealed terminals prevent entry of solder flux and other
contaminants.
Optional accessories available to enhance panel design and

Tilt
Switch Display
simplify production process.

Touch
PART NUMBERS & DESCRIPTIONS

Part Number Switch Description LCD Mode LED Color


Indicators

SPST
Momentary ON Black & White
IS15BBFP4RGB * Red/Green/Blue
Gold Contacts FSTN Positive
Straight PC Terminals
Accessories

SPST
Momentary ON Black & White
IS15BAFP4CF * Red/Green
Gold Contacts FSTN Positive
Straight PC Terminals
Supplement

* Simultaneous illumination of LEDs achieves infinite colors.

www.nkkswitches.com E35
SmartSwitch Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons
Toggles

CHARACTERISTICS OF DISPLAY
Viewing Area 17.0mm x 13.0mm (horizontal x vertical)

Pixel Size 0.440mm x 0.495mm (horizontal x vertical)


Rockers

Backlight LED RGB: red/green/blue Bicolor: red/green


Pushbuttons

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS FOR RGB


Terminal numbers are not on the switch.
(17.0)
See .669
(16.54) (10.5) (10.0) See Standoff (17.78)
Pixel Detail .700
Programmable Illuminated PB

.651 .413 .394 Detail

14
13
(14.8) 1
(12.34) (0.6) Typ
.583 .486 .024 (7.62) (13.75)
(20.59) (13.0) (17.78) .300 .541
.811 .512 .700 2

4
3
E
(1.25) Typ
.049
(18.5) (3.2)
.728 .126
(23.13) (23.0) (2.8) (12.7) (2.5)
.911 .906 .110 .500 .098
Keylocks

Bottom View: RGB

(0.440) (0.6) (17.78) 14x (0.9) Dia


.0173 .024 .700 .035
(0.02) Typ (0.3)
.0008 .012 (0.75) Dia 14
13
.030 12
Rotaries

(0.495) 11
2
.0195 10
(13.75) 9
(7.62)
(1.8) Dia .541
8
7 .300
.071 6
5
1 (17.78)
4
3
.700
(1.25) Typ
.049 2x (0.9) Dia
Pixel Detail Standoff Detail (2.5) (12.7) .035
Slides

.098 .500 Landless

Footprint: RGB

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS FOR BICOLOR


Tactiles

Terminal numbers are not on the switch.


(17.0)
See .669
(16.54) (10.5) (10.0) (17.78)
Pixel Detail .651 See Standoff .700
.413 .394 Detail
13
12

(14.8)
Tilt

(12.34)
.583 .486 (0.6) Typ (7.62) (12.5)
.024 .300 .492
(20.59) (13.0)
.811 .512 (17.78)
.700
4

(1.25) Typ
.049
Touch

(18.5) (3.2)
.728 .126
(23.13) (23.0) (12.7) (2.5)
.911 (2.8) .500 .098
.906 .110
Bottom View: Bicolor Red & Green
Indicators

(0.440) (0.6) (17.78) 13x (0.8) ~ (1.0) Dia


.0173 .024 .700 .031 .039
(0.02) Typ (0.3)
.0008 .012 (0.75) Dia 13
.030 12
(0.495) 11 2
10
Accessories

.0195 (12.5) 9
.492 8 (7.62)
(1.8) Dia 7 .300
.071 6
5 1 (17.78)
4
3 .700

(1.25) Typ
.049 2x (0.9) Dia
Pixel Detail Standoff Detail (2.5) (12.7) .035
Supplement

.098 .500 Landless

Footprint: Bicolor Red & Green

E36 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons SmartSwitch

Toggles
BLOCK DIAGRAM & PIN CONFIGURATIONS FOR RGB

Rockers
CK Shift Register
D 24bit

Com1
36 x 24 Dot Matrix

Common Driver
VLC LCD Panel
12
VDD

Pushbuttons
Com24
11
seg1 seg36

6
FLM
SCP Timing Control Segment Driver

Programmable Illuminated PB
8
IS15BBFP4RGB
RGB LED Backlight
7
LP 40bit Latch Black and White LCD
CK

CK 40bit
Din
9 D Shift Register Q 5 Dout E
10
GND

Keylocks
SW
1 2 SW
Red
3 BL-LED (–)

Rotaries
BL-LED (+) Blue
13 4 BL-LED (–)

Green
14 BL-LED (–)

Slides
Pin No. Symbol Name Function

Tactiles
1 SW Terminal of Switch Normally open
2 SW Terminal of Switch Normally open
3 BL-LED (–) Terminal of Backlight LED Cathode for red
4 BL-LED (–) Terminal of Backlight LED Cathode for blue
5 Dout Data Output Display serial output. Can be used to connect to Din of the next SMARTSWITCH. As a result,

Tilt
many SMARTSWITCHES can be controlled with one clock and data signal.
6 FLM First Line Marker The marking signal for the first line data of LCD display. The first line of LCD will be selected
by the falling edge of LP signal during the high level (FLM).
7
Touch
LP Latch Pulse Line data latch pulse will latch content of internal 40-bit shift register at falling edge for one
line of display. LP will also increment the display line by one.
8 SCP Serial Clock Pulse Clock used by 40-bit internal shift register of the switch, shifting the display data bit presented
at Din at falling edge.
Indicators

9 Din Data Input Display serial data bit. Note: to map the display data, because of the difference between the
number of internal shift register data (40) and the single line of LCD pixels (36), the first four
bits of data shifted will be dummy bits.
10 GND Ground
Accessories

11 VDD Power Power source for logic circuit


12 VLC Power Power source for LCD drive
13 BL-LED (+) Terminal of Backlight LED Anode for common
14 BL-LED (–) Terminal of Backlight LED Cathode for green
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com E37
SmartSwitch Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons
Toggles

BLOCK DIAGRAM & PIN CONFIGURATIONS FOR BICOLOR


Rockers

CK Shift Register
D 24bit

Com1
36 x 24 Dot Matrix

Common Driver
VLC LCD Panel
11
VDD

Com24
Pushbuttons

10
seg1 seg36

5
FLM
7
SCP Timing Control Segment Driver
Programmable Illuminated PB

6
LP 40bit Latch
CK
IS15BAFP4CF
Red/Green LED Backlight
Black and White LCD CK 40bit
8
Din D Shift Register Q 4 Dout
E
9
GND

SW 1 2 SW
Keylocks

Green
3 BL-LED (–)
12
BL-LED (+)
Rotaries

Red
13 BL-LED (–)
Slides

Pin No. Symbol Name Function


1 SW Terminal of Switch Normally open
Tactiles

2 SW Terminal of Switch Normally open


3 BL-LED (–) Terminal of Backlight LED Cathode for green
4 Dout Data Output Display serial output. Can be used to connect to Din of the next SMARTSWITCH. As a result,
many SMARTSWITCHES can be controlled with one clock and data signal.
5
Tilt

FLM First Line Marker The marking signal for the first line data of LCD display. The first line of LCD will be selected
by the falling edge of LP signal during the high level (FLM).
6 LP Latch Pulse Line data latch pulse will latch content of internal 40-bit shift register at falling edge for one
line of display. LP will also increment the display line by one.
Touch

7 SCP Serial Clock Pulse Clock used by 40-bit internal shift register of the switch, shifting the display data bit presented
at Din at falling edge.
8 Din Data Input Display serial data bit. Note: to map the display data, because of the difference between the
number of internal shift register data (40) and the single line of LCD pixels (36), the first four
Indicators

bits of data shifted will be dummy bits.


9 GND Ground
10 VDD Power Power source for logic circuit
Accessories

11 VLC Power Power source for LCD drive


12 BL-LED (+) Terminal of Backlight LED Anode for common
13 BL-LED (–) Terminal of Backlight LED Cathode for red
Supplement

E38 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Display SmartSwitch

Toggles
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS

Standard with Enhanced Illumination:

Rockers
Programmable to display graphics, alphanumeric characters
and animated sequences.

Pushbuttons
Standard SMARTDISPLAY TM can be used alone or in
conjunction with electromechanical switches.

Integrated liquid crystal display provides wide viewing

Programmable Illuminated PB
angle with high contrast and clarity.

RGB LED provides numerous color variations.

Viewing area 14.4mm x 11.8mm (horizontal x vertical)


at 36 x 24 pixels. E

PART NUMBER & DESCRIPTION

Keylocks
Part Number Terminals LCD Mode LED Color

Black & White


IS01BBFRGB Straight PC * Red/Green/Blue
FSTN Positive

Rotaries
* Simultaneous illumination of LED achieves infinite colors.

CHARACTERISTICS OF DISPLAY

Slides
Viewing Area 14.4mm x 11.8mm (horizontal x vertical)

Pixel Size 0.371mm x 0.445mm (horizontal x vertical)

Backlight LED RGB: red/green/blue

Tactiles
TYPICAL DISPLAY DIMENSIONS FOR RGB LED
Terminal numbers are not on the device.

Tilt
(3.7) (0.4) Typ (10.0)
.146 .016 .394
See (0.65) Typ
Pixel Detail (14.4) (0.8) Dia .026
.567 .031
Key

2 1
(12.2) (14.7)

Touch
(11.14)
.480 .439 (2.0) Typ (16.8) .579
(17.2) (11.8) (10.0)
.079 .661 .394
.677 .465
(0.5) Sq Typ 12 11
.020
(2.0) Typ
Indicators

(14.06) (8.6) (0.7) Typ (2.0) .079


.554 .339 .028 .079
(17.8) (9.9) (3.0) (15.0)
.701 .390 .118 .591

CL
Accessories

1 2
(0.371)
.0146 (10.0) (14.7)
.394 .579
(0.445) (0.02) Typ (16.8)
.0175 .0008 (2.0) Typ .661
Pixel Detail Footprint .079 11 12

(2.0)
Supplement

.079
(10.0) 19x (0.9) Dia
.394 .035
(15.0)
.591

www.nkkswitches.com E39
SmartSwitch Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Display
Toggles

BLOCK DIAGRAM & PIN CONFIGURATIONS FOR RGB LEDS


Rockers

CK Shift Register
D 24bit

Com1
36 x 24 Dot Matrix

Common Driver
VLC LCD Panel
1
VDD

Com24
Pushbuttons

4
seg1 seg36

9
FLM
6
SCP Timing Control Segment Driver
Programmable Illuminated PB

7
LP 40bit Latch
CK
IS01BBFRGB
RGB LED Backlight
Black and White LCD CK 40bit
Din
Dout
E D Shift Register Q
5 11

3
GND
Keylocks

Red
8 BL-LED (–)
Rotaries

BL-LED (+) Green


10 2 BL-LED (–)

Blue
12 BL-LED (–)
Slides

Pin No. Symbol Name Function


Tactiles

1 VLC Power Power source for LCD drive


2 BL-LED (–) Terminal of Backlight LED Cathode for green

3 GND Ground

4 VDD Power Power source for logic circuit


Tilt

5 Din Data Input Display serial data bit. Note: to map the display data, because of the difference between the
number of internal shift register data (40) and the single line of LCD pixels (36), the first four
bits of data shifted will be dummy bits.
Touch

6 SCP Serial Clock Pulse Clock used by 40-bit internal shift register of the switch, shifting the display data bit presented
at Din at falling edge.

7 LP Latch Pulse Line data latch pulse will latch content of internal 40-bit shift register at falling edge for one
line of display. LP will also increment the display line by one.
Indicators

8 BL-LED (–) Terminal of Backlight LED Cathode for red

9 FLM First Line Marker The marking signal for the first line data of LCD display. The first line of LCD will be selected
by the falling edge of LP signal during the high level (FLM).
Accessories

10 BL-LED (+) Terminal of Backlight LED Anode for common

11 Dout Data Output Display serial output. Can be used to connect to Din of the next SMARTDISPLAY. As a result,
many SMARTDISPLAYS can be controlled with one clock and data signal.
12 BL-LED (–) Terminal of Backlight LED Cathode for blue
Supplement

E40 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View Compact LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons SmartSwitch

Toggles
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS
Compact Size
• Perfect for rack mount router and other applications with space limitations.

Rockers
Compact body size: 19.0mm (.748”) x 18.0mm (.709”) compared to
Standard body size: 23.13mm (.911”) x 20.59mm (.811”)

Pushbuttons
• Vibrant Illumination
• Low Energy Consumption

Programmable Illuminated PB
Programmable LCD
Variety of LED Backlighting Colors
Rubber Dome
Epoxy Sealed Straight PC Terminals E
Snap-in standoff for easy, secure mounting and alignment

Keylocks
Programmable to display graphics, alphanumeric characters and
animated sequences.
Integrated liquid crystal display provides wide viewing angle with Actual Size

Rotaries
high contrast and clarity.
Viewing area 14.5mm x 11.8mm (horizontal x vertical) at 36 x 24 pixels.
Dome gives crisp tactile feedback to positively indicate circuit transfer.

Slides
High reliability and long life of one million actuations minimum.
Epoxy sealed terminals prevent entry of solder flux and other contaminants.
Optional accessories available to simplify production process.

Tactiles
PART NUMBERS & DESCRIPTIONS

Part Number Switch Description LCD Mode LED Color

Tilt
SPST
Momentary ON Black & White
IS15BSBFP4RGB * Red/Green/Blue
Gold Contacts FSTN Positive
Touch
Straight PC Terminals

SPST
Momentary ON Black & White
IS15BSAFP4CF * Red/Green
Indicators

Gold Contacts FSTN Positive


Straight PC Terminals

* Simultaneous illumination of LEDs achieves infinite colors.


Accessories

CHARACTERISTICS OF DISPLAY
Viewing Area 14.5mm x 11.8mm (horizontal x vertical)

Pixel Size 0.371mm x 0.445mm (horizontal x vertical)


Supplement

Backlight LED RGB: red/green/blue Bicolor: red/green

www.nkkswitches.com E41
SmartSwitch Wide View Compact LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons
Toggles

BLOCK DIAGRAM & PIN CONFIGURATIONS FOR RGB


Rockers

CK Shift Register
D 24bit

Com1
36 x 24 Dot Matrix

Common Driver
VLC LCD Panel
12
VDD

Com24
Pushbuttons

11
seg1 seg36

6
FLM
8
SCP Timing Control Segment Driver
Programmable Illuminated PB

IS15BSBFP4RGB
7
LP 40bit Latch
CK
RGB LED Backlight
Black and White LCD
CK 40bit
Din
9 D Shift Register Q Dout
E
5

10
GND
Keylocks

SW
1 2 SW
Red
3 BL-LED (–)
Rotaries

BL-LED (+) Blue


13 4 BL-LED (–)

Green
14 BL-LED (–)
Slides

Pin No. Symbol Name Function


1 SW Terminal of Switch Normally open
Tactiles

2 SW Terminal of Switch Normally open


3 BL-LED (–) Terminal of Backlight LED Cathode for red
4 BL-LED (–) Terminal of Backlight LED Cathode for blue
5 Dout Data Output Display serial output. Can be used to connect to Din of the next SMARTSWITCH. As a result,
Tilt

many SMARTSWITCHES can be controlled with one clock and data signal.
6 FLM First Line Marker The marking signal for the first line data of LCD display. The first line of LCD will be selected
by the falling edge of LP signal during the high level (FLM).
7 LP Latch Pulse Line data latch pulse will latch content of internal 40-bit shift register at falling edge for one
Touch

line of display. LP will also increment the display line by one.


8 SCP Serial Clock Pulse Clock used by 40-bit internal shift register of the switch, shifting the display data bit presented
at Din at falling edge.
9 Din Data Input Display serial data bit. Note: to map the display data, because of the difference between the
Indicators

number of internal shift register data (40) and the single line of LCD pixels (36), the first four
bits of data shifted will be dummy bits.
10 GND Ground
11 VDD Power Power source for logic circuit
Accessories

12 VLC Power Power source for LCD drive


13 BL-LED (+) Terminal of Backlight LED Anode for common
14 BL-LED (–) Terminal of Backlight LED Cathode for green
Supplement

E42 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View Compact LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons SmartSwitch

Toggles
BLOCK DIAGRAM & PIN CONFIGURATIONS FOR BICOLOR

Rockers
CK Shift Register
D 24bit

Com1
36 x 24 Dot Matrix

Common Driver
VLC LCD Panel
12
VDD

Com24

Pushbuttons
11
seg1 seg36

6
FLM
8
SCP Timing Control Segment Driver

Programmable Illuminated PB
7
LP 40bit Latch IS15BSAFP4CF
CK
Red/Green LED Backlight
Black and White LCD
CK 40bit
Din
9 D Shift Register Q Dout
E
5

10
GND

SW

Keylocks
1 2 SW

Green
3 BL-LED (–)
13
BL-LED (+)

Rotaries
Red
14 BL-LED (–)

4 NC

Slides
Pin No. Symbol Name Function
1 SW Terminal of Switch Normally open

Tactiles
2 SW Terminal of Switch Normally open
3 BL-LED (–) Terminal of Backlight LED Cathode for green
4 NC None No connection
5 Dout Data Output Display serial output. Can be used to connect to Din of the next SMARTSWITCH. As a result,

Tilt
many SMARTSWITCHES can be controlled with one clock and data signal.
6 FLM First Line Marker The marking signal for the first line data of LCD display. The first line of LCD will be selected
by the falling edge of LP signal during the high level (FLM).
7 LP Latch Pulse Line data latch pulse will latch content of internal 40-bit shift register at falling edge for one

Touch
line of display. LP will also increment the display line by one.
8 SCP Serial Clock Pulse Clock used by 40-bit internal shift register of the switch, shifting the display data bit presented
at Din at falling edge.
9 Din Data Input Display serial data bit. Note: to map the display data, because of the difference between the
Indicators

number of internal shift register data (40) and the single line of LCD pixels (36), the first four
bits of data shifted will be dummy bits.
10 GND Ground
11 VDD Power Power source for logic circuit
Accessories

12 VLC Power Power source for LCD drive


13 BL-LED (+) Terminal of Backlight LED Anode for common
14 BL-LED (–) Terminal of Backlight LED Cathode for red
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com E43
SmartSwitch Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons, Display & Compacts
Toggles

TYPICAL COMPACT SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Terminal numbers are not on the switch.

(14.5) (16.0)
See .571 .630
Rockers

Pixel Detail (14.06)


.554
(10.8)
.425
(10.0)
.394
See Standoff (0.3) Typ (0.2) Typ
.012 .008
Detail Standoff 1 Standoff 2

14
13
(11.8)

2
(11.14) (0.6) Typ
.439 .465 .024 (7.62) (11.0)
Pushbuttons

(18.0) (12.8) (15.0) .300 .433


.709 .504 .591

4
(0.4) Typ

3
.016 (1.0) Typ
.039
Standoff 2 Standoff 1
(15.5) (6.35) (2.0)
.610 .250 .079
(23.0) (3.2)
Programmable Illuminated PB

(19.0) (6.15)
.748 .906 .126 .242

A (16.0)
(0.3) 12x (0.75) Dia .630 2x (0.9) Dia
.012 .030 .035
(0.371)
.0146 (1.25) 13 14
2
.049 11 12
(0.02) Typ 9 10
.0008 (11.0) (7.62)
E
8
7
.433 .300 (15.0)
(0.445) 5 6
4
1 .591
.0175 (2.0) Dia 3
.079
(1.0) Typ
.039
Dimension A (2.0) (6.35) 4x (1.3) Dia
.079 .250 .051
Standoff 1 = (2.7) Standoff 1 = (2.3)
Keylocks

(6.15) Landless
.106 .091 .242

Pixel Detail Standoff Detail Footprint


Rotaries

SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Circuit SPST normally open
Slides

Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load) 100mA @ 12V DC

Contact Resistance 200 milliohms max @ 20mV 10mA


Tactiles

Insulation Resistance 100 megohms min @ 100V DC

Dielectric Strength 125V AC for 1 minute minimum

Mechanical Endurance 1,000,000 operations minimum

Electrical Endurance
Tilt

1,000,000 operations minimum

Operating Force 2.2 ± 0.5 Newtons

Total Travel 1.8mm (.071”)


Touch

Operating Temp. Range –20°C ~ +60°C (–4°F ~ +140°F)

Storage Temp. Range –30°C ~ +70°C (–22 °F ~ +158°F)


Indicators

Optical Characteristics (Temperature at 25°C)


Items Symbols Minimum Typical Maximum
Accessories

Contrast Ratio Cr –– 3.0 ––

Up & Down q –– 90° ––


Viewing Angle
(Cr ≥ 1.1)
Right & Left f –– 90° ––
Supplement

E44 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons, Display & Compacts SmartSwitch

Toggles
Absolute Maximum Ratings (Temperature at 25°C)
Items Symbols Ratings

Supply Voltage for Logics VDD –0.3V to +7.0V

Rockers
Supply Voltage for LCD VLC –0.3V to +12.0V

Input Voltage VI –0.3V to VD D +0.3V

Pushbuttons
Output Voltage VO –0.3V to VD D +0.3V

LCD SPECIFICATIONS

Programmable Illuminated PB
Characteristics of Display
Display Operation Mode FSTN positive

Display Condition Transflective with built-in LED backlight

Viewing Angle 6 o’clock


E
Driving Method 1/24 duty. 1/5 bias (built-in driving circuit)

Pixel Format 36 x 24 pixels (horizontal x vertical)

Keylocks
Backlight LED RGB: red/green/blue Bicolor: red/green

Recommended Operating Conditions (Temperature at 25°C)

Rotaries
Items Symbols Minimum Typical Maximum

Supply Voltage for Logics VDD 4.5V 5.0V 5.5V

Supply Voltage VL C 7.1 7.3V 7.5

Slides
Input Voltage VI 0V –– VDD

Driving Frequency f FLM –– 150Hz ––

Tactiles
Clock Operation Frequency f SCP –– –– 6.0MHz

DC Characteristics of LCD Drive (Temperature at –20°C to +60°C and VDD = 5.0V ±10%)

Tilt
Items Symbols Test Conditions Minimum Typical Maximum Unit

High Level Input Voltage VIH 0.7VDD VD D V

Low Level Input Voltage VI L 0 0.3VD D V

High Level Input Leakage Current ILI H VI = V D D 10 μA Touch

Low Level Input Leakage Current ILIL VI = 0V 10 μA


Indicators

High Level Output Voltage VOH I O H = –500μA VDD –0.5 V

Low Level Output Voltage VOL I O L = 500μA 0.5 V

High Level Output Leakage Current I LO H VO = V D D 10 μA


Accessories

Low Level Output Leakage Current I LO L VO = 0V 10 μA

Supply Current ID D f S CP = 1.0MHz 500 μA

LCD Drive Current I LC f L P = 2.4kHz VLC = 7.3V 500 2,000 μA


Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com E45
SmartSwitch Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons, Display & Compacts
Timing Characteristics of LCD Drive IC
Toggles

(Temperature at –20°C to +60°C and VDD = 5.0V ±10%)


Items Symbols Minimum Maximum

Clock Operation Frequency f SCP 6.0MHz


Rockers

Latch Pulse Frequency f LP 50kHz

Clock High Level Pulse Width tC WH 70ns


Pushbuttons

Clock Low Level Pulse Width tC WL 70ns

Data Setup Time t DS D 45ns

Data Hold Time tD H D 50ns


Programmable Illuminated PB

Data Output Delay Time tPD O 25ns

Latch Setup Time t DS L 50ns

Latch Hold Time tD H L 50ns

Latch High Level Width t LW H 200ns

E FLM Setup Time t DS F 50ns

FLM Hold Time tD H F 50ns

SCP, LP Rise/Fall Time t r/t f 15ns


Keylocks

Timing Diagram tr tCWH tCWL tf

SCP
tDSD tDHD
Rotaries

*1 Last data on first line Din *1 *2


tPDO
*2 Beginning data on second line
*3 Location of LP signal on first line Dout
tDSL tDHL
Slides

LP *3
tr tLWH tf

FLM
Tactiles

tDSF tDHF
LED CHARACTERISTICS
Typical Electrical Characteristics (Temperature at 25°C)

Backlight Color Symbols Red Green Blue Red/Green Unit


Tilt

Forward Current IF 10 8.5 8.0 15/15 mA

ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM FOR LEDS


Touch

Electrical Characteristics (Temperature at 25°C)

Backlight Color Symbols Red Green Blue Red/Green Unit


Indicators

Forward Current IF 20 20 20 20 mA

2.0 2.8 2.8


Forward Voltage VF 1.9/1.9 V
(I F = 10mA) (I F = 8.5mA) (I F = 8.0mA)

Reverse Voltage VR 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 V


Accessories

Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆ I F (DC) –0.33 –0.33 –0.33 –0.26 mA/°C

*Power Dissipation
PD 40 60 60 130 maximum mW
(LED Overall 115mW)
Supplement

*For uniform light emission, Power Dissipation should not exceed the Absolute Maximum Rating, and the Forward Current should not exceed the
derated Absolute Forward Current.

E46 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons, Display & Compacts SmartSwitch

Toggles
PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING & STORAGE OF LCD 36 x 24 DEVICES

Handling
ATTENTION

Rockers
ELECTROSTATIC
1. The IS Series devices are electrostatic sensitive. SENSITIVE DEVICES

2. Limit operating force to keytop to 100.0N maximum, as excessive pressure may damage the LCD device.

Pushbuttons
3. The IS series devices are not process sealed.
4. If the LCD is accidentally broken, avoid contact with the liquid and wash off any liquid spills to the skin or
clothing.

Programmable Illuminated PB
5. Clean cap surface with dry cloth. If further cleaning is needed, wipe with dampened cloth using neutral
cleanser and dry with clean cloth. Do not use organic solvent.
6. Recommended soldering time and temperature limits:
Do not exceed 70°C at the LCD level.
Wave Soldering: see Profile B in the Supplement section. E
Manual Soldering for Switch: see Profile A in the Supplement section.
Manual Soldering for Display: see Profile B in the Supplement section.

Keylocks
7. Recommendation for backlight color uniformity: Use constant current driver. For current limiting resistor
method, the power source should be at least twice the backlight LED forward voltage.
8. The VLC voltage should not be applied before logic voltage. If VLC voltage is present before logic voltage,
it may cause the driver logic to freeze and damage the LCD, and the driver logic may become damaged.

Rotaries
9. Backlight Forward Current should not exceed the derated Absolute Maximum Forward Current based on
the temperature.
10. Excessive images may result after the same image is emitted continuously for an extended period of time.

Slides
Storage

1. Store in original container and away from direct sunlight.

Tactiles
2. Keep away from static electricity.
3. Avoid extreme temperatures, high humidity, gaseous substances, and all forms of chemical contamination.

Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com E47
SmartSwitch Optional Accessories
Toggles

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

AT548 Panel Mount Housing Compatible Part Numbers for AT548


Wide View LCD 36 x 24
Rockers

Material: Polyamide
IS15BAFP4CF
IS15BBFP4RGB
Pushbuttons
Programmable Illuminated PB

(23.7)
.933

(31.5) (27.5) (29.0)


E 1.240 1.083 1.142
Keylocks

(12.6)
.496
(27.6) (2.0) (17.7) (23.2) (23.7)
1.087 .079 .697 .913 .933
Rotaries

The Panel Mount Housing is available for the LCD 36 x 24 Pushbutton only. Panel Thickness Range:
(1.5 ~ 4.0mm) .059 ~ .157”

Panel mount housing allows the LCD 36 x 24 Pushbutton to be snapped into a panel cutout for quick, secure mounting. It gives
Slides

flexibility in locating the devices anywhere on the panel. It also allows using the LCD 36 x 24 Pushbutton on an existing panel.
Tactiles

AT542 Coupler Compatible Part Numbers for AT542


(1.0) (16.0)
.039 .630 Wide View LCD 36 x 24
Material: PBT
IS15BAFP4CF
IS15BBFP4RGB
Tilt

(4.2)
.165

(1.0)
Touch

.039

(16.0) (4.2) (1.0) Typ


.630 .165 .039
This coupler is for connecting the
Indicators

LCD 36 x 24 Pushbutton into precise, Top Side Bottom

tight groupings that maintain an even


distance from PCB to top of the actuator. The Coupler is available for the LCD 36 x 24 Pushbutton only.
Accessories
Supplement

E48 www.nkkswitches.com
Optional Accessories SmartSwitch

Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

AT9704-02YC Socket for Single and Bicolor LCD 36 x 24 Pushbutton Compatible Part Number for AT9704-02YC
Materials: Wide View LCD 36 x 24

Rockers
Base - Glass Fiber Reinforced PBT IS15BAFP4CF
Terminals - Brass/Beryllium Copper

• The socket permits the SmartSwitch to be plugged in after automated processing.

Pushbuttons
• Use of the socket enables easy field replacement of the device.

13
12
11 2

Programmable Illuminated PB
(12.5) 10
9
(20.5) (7.62) (12.5) .492 8 (7.62)
.807 .300 .492 7
6 .300
5 1
4
3

(0.51) Dia Typ (1.25) Typ (1.25) Typ 13x (0.8) ~ (1.0) Dia
.020 .049 .049 .031 .039
(3.9)
.154
(23.0) (6.7) (12.7) (2.5)
E
(2.5) (12.7)
.906 .264 .500 .098 .098 .500

AT9704-065E Socket for RGB LCD 36 x 24 Pushbutton Compatible Part Number for AT9704-065E

Keylocks
Materials: Wide View RGB LCD 36 x 24
Base - Glass Fiber Reinforced PBT IS15BBFP4RGB
Terminals - Brass/Beryllium Copper

• The socket permits the RGB SmartSwitch to be plugged in after automated processing.

Rotaries
• Use of the socket enables easy field replacement of the device.

14
13
12 2
11
10

Slides
(20.5) (7.62) (13.75) (13.75) 8
9 (7.62)
.807 .300 .541 .541 7 .300
6 1
5
4
3

(1.25) Typ (1.25) Typ 14x (0.8) ~ (1.0) Dia


.049 .049 .031 .039
(3.9) (0.5) Dia Typ
.154 .020

Tactiles
(23.0) (6.7) (12.7) (2.5) (2.5) (12.7)
.906 .264 .500 .098 .098 .500

AT9704-065F Socket for Compact Pushbutton (All Models) Compatible Part Numbers for AT9704-065F
Materials: Wide View/Short Travel LCD 64 x 32

Tilt
Base - Glass Fiber Reinforced PBT IS15EBFP4RGB-09YN
Terminals - Brass/Beryllium Copper Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Compact
IS15ESBFP4RGB
Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Touch
• The socket permits the Compact SmartSwitch to be plugged in IS15BAFP4CF
after automated processing.
Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Compact
• Use of the socket enables easy field replacement of the device.
Indicators

IS15BSBFP4RGB

14
13 2
12
11
10
(17.9) (7.62) (11.0) (11.0) 9 8 (7.62)
Accessories

.705 .300 .433 .433 7


6 .300
5 1
4
3

(1.0) Typ (1.0) Typ 14x (0.75) Dia


(0.5) Dia Typ .039
.020 .039 .030
(4.2) (6.35) (2.0) (2.0) (6.35)
.165 .250 .079 .079 .250
(18.9) (7.0) (6.15) (6.15)
Supplement

.744 .276 .242 .242

Note: AT9704-065F Socket may be used with the LCD 64 x 32 SmartSwitch by removing pins 3, 4, 11, 12, 13 and 14.

www.nkkswitches.com E49
SmartSwitch Optional Accessories
Toggles

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

AT9704-085K Socket for LCD 64 x 32 Pushbutton Compatible Part Number for AT9704-085K
Materials: Wide View LCD 64 x 32
Rockers

Base - Glass Fiber Reinforced PBT IS15EBFP4RGB


Terminals - Brass/Beryllium Copper

• The socket permits the SmartSwitch to be plugged in after automated processing.


Pushbuttons

• Use of the socket enables easy field replacement of the device.


Programmable Illuminated PB

2
9
8
(20.3) (7.62) (6.0) (6.0) (7.62)
.799 .300 .236 .236 .300
4 1
3
(0.5) Dia Typ (1.0) Typ 9x (0.75) Dia
.020 (1.0) Typ
.039 .039 .030
(4.6)

E (22.9)
.902
.181
(7.4)
.291
(8.0)
.315
(7.05)
.278
(2.0)
.079
(2.0)
.079
(7.05)
.278
(8.0)
.315

AT9704-085L Socket for OLED Pushbutton Compatible Part Numbers for AT9704-085L
Keylocks

Materials: OLED Pushbutton Frameless OLED


Base - Glass Fiber Reinforced PBT ISC15ANP4 ISF15ACP4
Terminals - Brass/Beryllium Copper
Rotaries

• The socket permits the OLED SmartSwitch to be plugged in after automated processing.
• Use of the socket enables easy field replacement of the device.
Slides

10 2
9
(20.3) (7.62) (7.0) (7.0) (7.62)
.799 .300 .276 .276 4 .300
3 1
Tactiles

(0.5) Dia Typ (1.0) Typ


.020 .039 (1.0) Typ 10x (0.75) Dia
.039 .030
(4.2)
.165
(22.9) (7.0) (8.0) (7.05) (2.0) (2.0) (7.05) (8.0)
.902 .276 .315 .278 .079 .079 .278 .315
Tilt

AT9704-085M Socket for OLED Display Compatible Part Number for AT9704-085M
Materials: OLED Display
Base - Glass Fiber Reinforced PBT ISC01P
Touch

Terminals - Brass/Beryllium Copper

• The socket permits the OLED SmartDisplay to be plugged in after automated processing.
Indicators

• Use of the socket enables easy field replacement of the device.


(16.8)
.661
(16.8)
.661
Accessories

8
7
(17.6) (10.0) (7.0) (7.0) (10.0)
.693 .394 .276 .276 2 .394
1

(0.5) DiaTyp (1.0) Typ


.020 .039 (1.0) Typ 12x (0.75) Dia
.039 .030
Supplement

(4.4) (5.25) (2.0)


.173 .207 .079
(19.9) (7.2) (7.25) (5.25)
.783 .283 .285 .207

E50 www.nkkswitches.com
Series CK High Security Keylocks
Toggles

CK Series ...........................................F3
Rockers

16mm & 19mm High Security


3A Power Level
Solder Lug
Pushbuttons

Bushing Mount
Programmable Illuminated PB

SK Series ............................................F9
12mm Low & Medium Security
3A & 1A Power Level
Solder Lug
Bushing Mount
Keylocks

SK Series ..........................................F15
Rotaries

Antistatic Process Sealed Subminiature


0.4VA Logic Level
Straight & Right Angle PC
Slides

PCB Mount
Tactiles

SK Series ..........................................F19
Process Sealed
Tilt

0.4VA Logic Level


Straight & Right Angle PC
PCB Mount
Touch
Indicators

SK Series ..........................................F25
Antistatic Snap-in
Accessories

0.4VA Logic Level


Solder Lug
Snap-in Mount
Supplement

F2 www.nkkswitches.com
High Security Keylocks Series CK

Toggles
General Specifications

Rockers
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)
Power Level: 3A @ 250V AC

Pushbuttons
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 20 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC

Programmable Illuminated PB
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 30,000 cycles minimum
Electrical Life: 10,000 cycles minimum
Static Capability: Withstands 15 kilovolts minimum ESD minimum (for CKM models only)
Nominal Operating Torque: 16mm Bushing (CKM models):
.04 mNm (5.67 oz•in) for Flat Key
.08 mNm (11.33 oz•in) for Tubular Key
19mm Bushing (CKL models):

Keylocks
.05 mNm (7.08 oz•in) for Flat Key
.07 mNm (9.91 oz•in) for Tubular Key F
Contact Timing: Break-before-make
Angle of Throw: 90° for 2-position & 45° for 3-position

Rotaries
Materials & Finishes
Keys for CKM: Brass with nickel plating with ABS handle
Keys for CKL: Brass with nickel plating for tubular key;
brass with chrome plating for flat key

Slides
Housing/Bushing: Glass fiber reinforced PBT for CKM models;
zinc alloy with chrome plating for CKL
Base: LCP (Liquid Crystal Polymer)
Contact Terminals: Copper with silver plating

Tactiles
Common Terminals: Copper with silver plating
Movable Contactor: Copper
Movable Contacts: Silver

Tilt
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F) for CKM;
90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F) for CKL
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm for CKM or 0.7mm for CKL traversing the Touch
frequency range & returning in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration for CKM; 30G (294m/s2) acceleration for CKL; (CKM & CKL tested
in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Indicators

Installation
Mounting Torque: 1.5 Nm (13.28 lb•in) maximum
Accessories

Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com F3
Series CK High Security Keylocks
Toggles

Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers

High insulating material for 16mm CKM models withstands


over 15 kilovolts of electrostatic discharge, thus providing
antistatic feature.
Pushbuttons

Rugged, die cast housing 19mm CKL models designed for


Programmable Illuminated PB

higher security requirements.

Vertically rotating switching mechanism combines with


self-cleaning sliding contacts for high reliability and
long operating life.

16mm and 19mm diameter bushings available.


Keylocks

F
CKL and CKM on-off-on models with tubular keys have
push-and-lock mechanism which allows contactor to drop
Rotaries

and slide over stationary contacts.

Available in both flat and tubular key styles; flat key is


Slides

reversible for easier setting.

Epoxy sealed terminals prevent entry of flux and other


Tactiles

contaminants.

Actual Size CKM with Tubular Key


Interior construction provides seal for contact area.
Tilt

High dielectric strength of 1,500 volts between contacts


and case.
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

F4 www.nkkswitches.com
High Security Keylocks Series CK

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

Rockers
CK M 1 2A F W 01

Pushbuttons
Programmable Illuminated PB
Bushings Keys
M 16mm Diameter Poles F Flat Terminals
L 19mm Diameter 1 SPDT T Tubular 01 Solder Lug

Keylocks
F
Circuits & Key-Removable Positions Contact Material
Code Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 3 Key Removes Silver
W
Rated 3A @ 250V AC

Rotaries
2A ON NONE ON Positions 1 and 3
2B ON NONE ON Position 1
3E ON OFF ON Position 2

Slides
Tactiles
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
CKM12AFW01

Tilt
Touch
One key supplied
with each switch
Indicators

SPDT ON-NONE-ON Circuit


Key Removable in 16mm Diameter Bushing
Positions 1 and 3
Accessories

Silver Contacts
Solder Lug Terminals Rated 3A @ 250V AC
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com F5
Series CK High Security Keylocks
Toggles

POLES, CIRCUITS & KEY-REMOVABLE POSITIONS


Connected Terminals = Key Removable
Key Positions
Pole & (Terminal numbers are on switch) • = Not Removable
Throw Model Pos 1 Pos 2 Pos 3 Schematic = Maximum Arc
Rockers

Pos 1 Pos 2 Pos 3


POS 1
CKM12A ____
SPDT ON NONE ON COM-1 COM-2 COM
CKL12A 3
Pushbuttons

POS 1
CKM12B ____
SPDT ON NONE ON COM-1 COM-2 1 2
CKL12B 3

COM
2
CKM13E
Programmable Illuminated PB

SPDT ON OFF ON COM-1 OPEN COM-2 POS 1 3


CKL13E

OPEN
1 2

KEYS

Tubular Key
F Flat Key
T (must be pressed inward to actuate)

AT4147 for CKM 16mm AT4146 for CKM 16mm


Keylocks

F Brass with Nickel Plating key base & ABS key handle
AT4153 for CKL 19mm
Brass with Nickel Plating key base & ABS key handle
AT4152 for CKL 19mm
Brass with Chrome Plating (crosshatch texture on handle) Brass with Nickel Plating (smooth)

One key provided with each switch (no master key available) One key provided with each switch (no master key available)
Rotaries

For ordering additional keys, indicate the same key For ordering additional keys, indicate the same key
number that is engraved on the face of your switch. number that is engraved on the face of your switch.

Randomly assigned key number (001 through 010 for CKM Randomly assigned key number (001 through 025 for CKM
models & 001 through 025 for CKL models). models & 001 through 050 for CKL models).
Slides

Typical Key Ordering Example: AT4153-001 Typical Key Ordering Example: AT4146-001
Tactiles

(20.0)
AT4147 .787 AT4146 (26.0)
1.024

(3.5) AT4153 AT4152


.138 (3.5)
(20.0) .138
.787 (22.3) (25.0)
Tilt

.878 .984
(40.8) (19.0)
1.606 (7.0) Dia (33.5)
.276 1.319 .748
(10.5) Dia
.413 (1.5)
(20.0) .059
.787
Touch

(22.5)
(49.3) .886
1.941 (35.5)
(9.6) Dia 1.398
(1.8) .378
.071
Indicators

CONTACT MATERIALS, RATINGS & TERMINALS


Silver over Silver
Accessories

W Power Level 3A @ 250V AC


Epoxy Seal (5.0) Epoxy Seal (5.5)
.197 .217
(2.7) (2.4) (3.1) (2.8)
Solder Lug Terminal .106 .094 Solder Lug Terminal
01 (1.2) .122 .110
(1.4)
Solder Lug Terminals for CKM for CKL
Supplement

.047 .055
Thk = (0.8) Thk = (0.8)
.031 .031

F6 www.nkkswitches.com
High Security Keylocks Series CK

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS

POS 1
16mm Bushing • Flat Key
(1.2) x (2.4)
M16 P1 .047 x.094

Rockers
90°
90°
006 (20.0)
Angular

006
.787

1
POS 3
Throw
COM

(0.9)

Pushbuttons
.035

(1.4) (20.0) (4.0) (16.0) (5.0)


.055 .787 .157 .630 .197
(19.0) Dia (24.0) (35.2) (14.2)
.748 .945 1.386 .559

Programmable Illuminated PB
POS 1
45° (1.2) x (2.4)
M16 P1 .047 x .094
POS 2

45° 45°
Angular
0
0

POS 3

1
2

Throw
COM
002

(0.9)
.035

(20.0) (4.0) (16.0) (5.0)


.787 .157 .630 .197

Keylocks
(19.0) Dia (24.0) (35.2) (14.2)

F
.748 .945 1.386 .559
CKM12AFW01

16mm Bushing • Tubular Key

Rotaries
POS 1
M16 P1 (1.2) x (2.4)
.047 x .094
90° 90°
(11.0)
004
Angular .433

Throw

1
POS 3 COM

Slides
004 (15.0)
.591

(25.0) (4.0) (16.0) (5.0)

Tactiles
.984 .157 .630 .197
(19.0) Dia (29.0) (35.2) (14.2)
.748 1.142 1.386 .559

POS 1
45° M16 P1 (1.2) x (2.4)
POS 2 .047 x .094

45°

Tilt
45° 017
Angular POS 3
2

COM
Throw
017

(25.0) (4.0) (16.0) (5.0) Touch


.984 .157 .630 .197
(19.0) Dia (29.0) (35.2) (14.2)
.748 1.142 1.386 .559
CKM13ETW01
Indicators

PANEL CUTOUT & STANDARD HARDWARE FOR 16MM BUSHING


(16.0) Dia
AT016
Accessories

.630
16mm Hex Mounting Nut M16 P1
Maximum Effective for CKM
Panel Thickness:
(2.5)
.469” (11.9mm) 1 included with each switch .098
(19.0)
Supplement

(14.6) Steel with nickel plating .748


.575

www.nkkswitches.com F7
Series CK High Security Keylocks
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


19mm Bushing • Flat Key POS 1
(1.4) x (2.8)
M19 P1 .055 x .110
90°
Rockers

90°
Angular 005
(22.3)
Throw POS 3 .878

005

1
2
C
OM
(0.7)
.028
Pushbuttons

(1.0) (5.4) (17.0) (5.5)


.039 .213 .669 .217
(22.0) Dia (29.8) (40.0) (16.8)
.866 1.173 1.575 .661
Programmable Illuminated PB

POS 1
(1.4) x (2.8)
45° M19 P1 .055 x .110
45° POS 2

Angular 45°
0

Throw
15

015

1
2
POS 3
C
OM
(0.7)
.028

(20.0) (5.4) (17.0) (5.5)


.787 .213 .669 .217
Keylocks

(22.0) Dia (29.8) (40.0) (16.8)


F .866 1.173 1.575 .661

CKL12AFW01

19mm Bushing • Tubular Key


Rotaries

POS 1
(1.4) x (2.8)
M19 P1
90° 90°
.055 x .110

Angular
Throw (19.0)

1
2
POS 3
.748 C
Slides

OM

008 008

(22.5) (5.4) (17.0) (5.5)


.886 .213 .669 .217
Tactiles

(22.0) Dia (30.5) (40.0) (16.8)


.866 1.201 1.575 .661

POS 1
M19 P1 (1.4) x (2.8)
45°
45° POS 2 .055 x .110

Angular
Tilt

45°
Throw
1
2

POS 3 C
OM

042
Touch

(22.5) (5.4) (17.0) (5.5)


.886 .213 .669 .217
(22.0) Dia (30.5) (40.0) (16.8)
.866 1.201 1.575 .661
CKL13ETW01
Indicators

PANEL CUTOUT & STANDARD HARDWARE FOR 19MM BUSHING


(19.0) Dia
.748
AT019
Accessories

19mm Hex Mounting Nut M19 P1


Maximum Effective for CKL
Panel Thickness:
.496” (12.6mm) 1 included with each switch
(3.4)
.134
Supplement

(22.0)
Steel with nickel plating .866
(17.2)
.677

F8 www.nkkswitches.com
Low & Medium Security Keylocks Series SK

Toggles
General Specifications

Rockers
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)
Power Level (silver): 3A @ 125V AC for low & medium security; 1A @ 250V AC for low security

Pushbuttons
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC

Programmable Illuminated PB
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 30,000 cycles minimum
Electrical Life: 10,000 cycles minimum
Nominal Operating Torque: .026Nm (.234 lb•in) for low & medium security
Contact Timing: Break-before-make
Angle of Throw: 90° for 2-position & 45° for 3-position

Materials & Finishes

Keylocks
Key: Zinc alloy with chrome plating (matte) for low security models;
brass with nickel plating (shiny) for medium security models
F
Tumbler Barrel: Zinc alloy with chrome plating (matte) for low security models;
zinc alloy with chrome plating (shiny) for medium security models
Housing/Bushing: Zinc alloy with chrome plating (matte) for low security models;

Rotaries
zinc alloy with chrome plating (shiny) for medium security models
Base: Phenolic resin (thermoset)
Movable Contactor: Silver
Stationary Contacts: Silver capped copper with silver plating

Slides
Terminals: Copper or brass with silver plating

Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F)

Tactiles
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)

Tilt
Installation
Mounting Torque: 1.5Nm (13.28 lb • in) maximum
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.

Touch
Standards & Certifications
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” to end of part number to order UL recognized switch.
Indicators

All low security models recognized at 3A @ 125V AC or 1A @ 250V AC


& all medium security models recognized at 3A @ 125V AC
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” to end of part number to order CSA certified switch.
Accessories

All low security models certified at 3A @ 125V AC or 1A @ 250V AC


Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com F9
Series SK Low & Medium Security Keylocks
Toggles

Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers

12mm diameter bushing for easy panel cutout preparation and


high density mounting.
Pushbuttons

Epoxy sealed terminals prevent entry of flux and other


Programmable Illuminated PB

contaminants.

Short behind panel dimension - only 1.063” (27.0mm).

High dielectric strength of 1,500 volts between contacts


Keylocks

and case.
F

Detent mechanism gives crisp, positive action for accurate


Rotaries

switch setting.

Dust resistant interior construction protects contacts.


Slides
Tactiles
Tilt

Actual Size
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

F10 www.nkkswitches.com
Low & Medium Security Keylocks Series SK

Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE

SK 1 2B A W 01

Rockers
Pushbuttons
Poles Lock Mechanisms Terminals

Programmable Illuminated PB
1 SPDT A Low Security 01 Solder Lug
Medium Security
D (not combinable
with code 3D circuit)

Circuits & Key-Removable Positions Contact Material

Keylocks
Code Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 3 Key Removes Silver F
W
Rated 3A @ 125V AC
2A ON NONE ON Positions 1 and 3
2B ON NONE ON Position 1

Rotaries
3D ON OFF ON Positions 1, 2, 3
3E ON OFF ON Position 2

Slides
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.

Tactiles
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.

Tilt
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
SK12BAW01
Touch

Silver Contacts
Rated 3A @ 125V AC
Indicators

Solder Lug Terminals Low Security Lock Mechanism

SPDT ON-NONE-ON Circuit


Accessories

Key Removable in 2 keys supplied


Position 1 with each switch
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com F11
Series SK Low & Medium Security Keylocks
Toggles

POLES, CIRCUITS & KEY-REMOVABLE POSITIONS


Connected Terminals = Key Removable
Key Positions
Pole & (Terminal numbers are on switch) • = Not Removable
Throw Model Pos 1 Pos 2 Pos 3 Schematic = Maximum Arc
Rockers

Pos 1 Pos 2 Pos 3


POS 1
____
SPDT SK12A ON NONE ON COM-1 COM-2 COM
3
Pushbuttons

POS 1
SPDT SK12B ON NONE ON COM-1 ____ COM-2 1 2
3
2
POS 1 3
SPDT *SK13D ON OFF ON COM-1 OPEN COM-2 COM
Programmable Illuminated PB

OPEN
2
POS 1 3
SPDT SK13E ON OFF ON COM-1 OPEN COM-2 1 2

* Available with low security only

KEY REMOVABLE
Keylocks

F A Positions 1 & 3
90° Angular Throw
B Position 1
90° Angular Throw
D Positions 1, 2 & 3
45° Angular Throw
E Position 2
45° Angular Throw
Rotaries

LOCK MECHANISMS & KEYS

A Low Security Mechanism


D Medium Security Mechanism
Slides

Zinc Alloy with Chrome Plating (matte finish) Brass with Nickel Plating (shiny finish)

Two keys provided with each switch One key provided with each switch
(no master key available) (no master key available)
Tactiles

For ordering additional keys: For ordering additional keys, indicate the same key
AT4081 for SK12A and SK12B, marked “1201” number that is engraved on the face of your switch.
AT4082 for SK13D and SK13E, marked “1301”
Key numbers (001 through 010) randomly assigned.
Tilt

AT4081 (17.0)
Typical Key Ordering Example:
.669 AT4124-001
Touch

(14.2)
.559
Indicators

(1.8) (9.4)
.071 .370

AT4082
Accessories

(17.0) (20.0)
.669 .787

(16.2)
(14.2) .638
.559
(13.7)
Supplement

(1.8)
(1.8) (9.4) .071 .539
.071 .370

F12 www.nkkswitches.com
Low & Medium Security Keylocks Series SK

Toggles
CONTACT MATERIALS, RATINGS, & TERMINALS

W Silver over Silver Power Level 3A @ 125V AC

Rockers
(4.5)
Epoxy Seal .177

(2.0) (2.0)
.079 .079

01
(1.1)

Pushbuttons
.043
Solder Lug Terminals Thk = (0.8)
.031

Programmable Illuminated PB
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Low Security • 90° Angular Throw

POS 1 (1.1) x (2.0) Typ


M12 P1 .043 x .079
90° (0.8) Typ
.031
(17.0) 2

CO
POS 3 .669

Keylocks
M 1
(0.5)
.020 (2.0) Typ
.079 F
(3.0) (13.0) (4.5)
.118 .512 .177
(14.0) Dia (13.2) (30.0) (10.8)
.425

Rotaries
.551 .520 1.181

SK12BAW01

Slides
Low Security • 45° Angular Throw

Tactiles
POS 2 (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
45° 45° M12 P1 .043 x .079
(2.0) Typ
POS 1 POS 3 .079
(17.0) C
.669
O
2
M

(0.5)
1

.020

Tilt
(0.8) Typ
.031

(3.0) (13.0) (4.5)


.118 .512 .177
(14.0) Dia (13.2) (30.0) (10.8)
.551 .520 1.181 .425

Touch

SK13EAW01
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement

www.nkkswitches.com F13
Series SK Low & Medium Security Keylocks
Toggles

TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS


Medium Security • 90° Angular Throw
Rockers

(1.1) x (2.0) Typ


POS 1 M12 P1 .043 x .079
(0.8) Typ
90° .031
005
Pushbuttons

(20.0)

005
2

CO
POS 3 .787 M 1

(0.75) (2.0) Typ


.0295 .079
Programmable Illuminated PB

(10.0) (3.5) (13.0) (4.5)


(15.0) Dia .394 .138 .512 .177
(15.3) (32.7)

You might also like